THE
JATAKA
TOGETHER WiTH ITS COMMENTARY
BEiNa
TALES OF THE AUTERIOR BIRTHS
OP
GOTAMi BUDDHA,
' f:"':' r'N '
POE THE PIEST TIME EDITED IN THE ORIGINAL Pru
BY
,, ?.PAUSB0LIi_
AND TRANSLATED
BY ■
:T. W*EHYS DAVIDS.-
TMXT. YQL.I,
.A'.,'. ;
/ LONDON.
TECBNEE 4 CO.
■STRASSB'UBG, ROFBNHA&EN. •
K,AB.L. J, TEilBNEIi. \ U. H'AG'KEUF.; '■
1877.
[AU Eights, EeserTed.] ’ '
'• ' i-C" *
AeOa Mo,....
Fa^
DEDICATED
TO THE MEMORY OF
!■ . ■
I ' ■
THE GREATEST LINGDIST OF TflE NORTH
EASMUS KRISTIAN EASK
THE PEASANT’S SON.
PRELIMINARY REMARKS.
To .constitute tlie text I liaye only iiad three MSS*,, the Kopen-
liagen Palm leaf MS. described in Codices 'Orientales Biblio-
thecae, Eegias Havnien sis, Pars 1 p., oG, and two f|oite recent
: T r a 11 s c r i p t s on p a p e r , sent to Mr. Childers by two learned
natives of Ceylon, the o,ne by' the Buddhist priest' Subhuti (C'^)^,
the Editor of Mogg\ailaiia"s Abhid.iianappadipil:a. , the ot,!ier 'by L. Corn-
eille Wijesiiilia Muclaliyar ' "
These three M'ss. are all written .in Ci iiga'tes'e characters, and
represent in feet only one MS.' as they agree in very essential readings
of which some are evidently wrong, f. i. p, 24 'sueiin pi asucfni pi
foiv sucimhi as'ucimlii, p... 47—48 halahala for 'kolaliala , ,p, 75 — 76
pujayamaiio for pujiyaiijano , p. 84 -sirim for -siii, p. 112 sati for
satiiii, p. 122 tunil'ie for tiiinliehi,. p. 124. gainissati for ganiessati,
p. 142. gaiii fin gataiii, p. 150 vutte for viitto. p. 170 esa for esa. p. 171
the second hejnisiicli is wnniing*. p. 175 nandin for narnlT. p. 185 nahapeti
for iiahapelii , jk IV'J nUjami for afyu . p. IbG jiaviUhn for parittho,
p, 195 iaddhan for laddlia, p, 200 vaddliiti for vaddiu? p, 204 Sakko
for Sakke, p, 20G Sujata for Sujaiaiii, p. 224 anulhetjti ior aradiieti. The
agreement of these as well as all oilier Cingalese Mss. seems to point
to the existence of only one redaction of the Tepitaka Buddha-
Tacana in Ceylon, and a.s this redaction , in the course oi‘ time, has
been considerably coFriiptedj it will be of the greatest. Importance, in
editing texts., also to be able . to eo].iate Burmese and Siamese MSS,
When this, some time ago', si ruck me,' I fried to get a napy of the
Jataka from Siam, but failed. That is to say, J sent, ihmiigh the
Goveriior-deneral of India , copies of^ what .1 had hitherto published of
the Bodcihist Scripture to the King of Siam, and by another way a letter
in which 1 asked iiie king in return to present me with a copy of the
Jataka Book. I do not doubt that he has received my books , but I
am afraid that my letter never reac'hed . him , and that this is the
reason I neitlier got an an.swer, nor the' MS, 1 wanted.
Having no other sources • than Cingalese Mss, I can only give
^ The tlrst part only) the Nldina, wntten on palm-kav'es, : ■
^ In,, the Bhayre Collection in London there is no copy of the Jiifcakatllia*
vannanii, and it Is only recently I learn that it is to he fouml at Paris,
tlie C ing a le s e ' R e d a c t i 0 n ,■ a,nd trj by , paralleiisiH to correct it
where it is eyidently wrong. ■■ Howeyer , as Pali ■ is as yet so ' little
known's, its study being still, so young,:, I ,lia?e,. for .fear, of . making,
mistakes, in , many instances " preferred to giye what I found before
;.me ,,/ and only In the foot-notes to state my doubts; and point , to
emendatiohs. ' Should !■ in any place haye misunderstood the text , it
must be ,; my excuse that I haye had ,.so much , to.; do in the rough
■part of , the work that,' I have not had time for 'a Jiiglieiy
Furthermore eyerybody that has' been engaged in this sort of work
will wi,llingly, I am sure, excuse any mistakes on my part, as he will
know that one^s eyes get so ■dimmed by the dust of the rough work that
one is apt to lose sigdit of the whole ' -which otherwise would illuiiii-
,nate ■. the ' single parts 'and make, them appear in the right liglit^. But
also those who are not acquainted with the difficulties that beset a
, first edition, will make -allowances fbr any blunders I may liaye com-
mitted, considering that only just now the classical ]diilologists , after
publishing and studying texts for four hundred years , have begun by
a higher criticism to eliminate the many corruptions that liaye crept
into the classical authors.
■As I have made ■ it ■ a ■ rule not to alter anything in the
text before me arbitrarily, I have not meddled with such
apparent irregularities as ekadevatapi thatmii samattho nahosi p. 72,
balaya metti p. 189, bMbhaccha p, 61 and 171 etc.; nor have I
yentured to correct such forms as yiitte p. 156 and paylttlie p. 193,
considering that you find e for o in the Magadha dialect. I have
only corrected the text in places where I wvas sure, from other
passages, that it was wTong. When I have considered two different
readings equally good I have g’enerally’ in each single ease cliosen
the one that w’as supported by the two MSS., I think this is the
only -way in which we,' at , last ^may“ arrive at the right ' spelling of
Pali \yords, at least as far as the orthograiihy is concerned in which
they have been handed down to iis through the MSS. Sonietiioes I
have let the Sanskritic orthography guide me, but perhaps wTongly.
'That ^ my readers may judge of the state of m y m a, t e r i a I s
1 haye in the first eight sheets' given a pretty complete specimen of
the various readings of ' the ' MSS. , but have afterwards shortened
them much and shall continue ' to ' do so throughout the whole book
to save space.
I have,ta,ken. .care- not ,to overload the text' with European
pu n ctuation.
The printing ■,'of the -'book-' In three different types is an
attempt at disengaging the ' Text ' from the' Commentary by pointing
out the constituent parts of the book, but I am not sure I haye al-
ways, succeeded , still it_ is 'quite clear that throughout the book there
are; three different , element s, tk. the frame, the tale and the yerbal
interpretation,, 'all .three kept , quite separate , , but' .it seems that
eYBE. in the middle , of the, tale itself there may sometimes be fotmi
explanations that more properly belong to the verbal , interpretation f.
i. p. 99,14. How much of the three constituent parts, belongs to the'
fundamental Jataka Book is not clear, and cannot be told now as: the
Jataka itself does .not at present time exist separately.
I have continued to transliterate the Oriental into' Latin
.characters , and shall, continue to do so in all I publish of Pali, for it
is my .conviction that the' fine Latin Characters must not only
henceforward, be applied, to languages ■ which have no literature and.
to literatures which have hitherto .not been, published, but also that
they one .day will supersede all other characters when Europeo-
■A.merican .Civilisation has,- like a lava, .laid itself over all
other civtiisations and made them into Herculane.ums and .Pompeiis.
This edition of the Jatakatthavannana will appear .in five volumes
(ten parts) of about 30 sheets each, to be finished in ten years.
.Kopenhagen.
¥. FausbalL
a
CORRECTIONS A® iy)DITIONS.
Page 1 verse 3, for namassanadito read naiBassanadiiio.
— 2 line 2 from the bottom, before add I. Cfr. Blip. p. 1 16.
— 3 1. 19, for upari pasada- read uparipasada-.
13 LI, for mani- read mani-.
— 14 1. 1 6, yasma . . . samijjhati most belong to the Comment » and ought
therefore to have been printed in small type and witliout inimbei',
— 25 1, 2, for vicinissami read vielnissamL
■ — 26 V. 184, for sadevaketi read sadevake ti.
— 27 1.10 fr. the b., after dasaparaMiii add
— 29 i. 20, for llama read narna^
— :il L5 fr.the b., add (Bhp.p. 126K
— 38 L20, for bodhi. So read bodhi, so. '
— 45 L ULfr. the b., for esa read esa.
— 47 1. 14 for sukham dukkham read siikhamdukkhaiii.
— 50 i. 2 fr. the b. , add read haritapattaya?
— 53 1. 10, for maccitva read miincitva.
— 56 1. 11, for siribhavam read sirivibhavam.
— 60 1. 7 fr. the b. , add (Dhp. p. IIS).
— 62 1.12 fr. the b. , for -sadiso read -sadiso.
— 63 1. 10, for Kaiithakaiii read Kanthakam.
— SO 1. 7, for yevil read yeva.
— 921.19, for patihnam read patinhaiii.
•— 92 1.22, for -hirailna- read -hiraiina-.
— 107 1.14, for ossatthbahavo read ossatthabhavo.
— 120 1. 22, for malakiire read malakare.
124 1.5 fr. the b. , for ^so all three MSS. Instead etc*, read f so all three
MSS. I so ail three MSS. instead etc.
— 131 1. 3, for aiiavajjam I ought to have adopted the reading of C® 0^
— 131 1. 4 , for -santhitam read -santhitam.
•— 149 L 5 fr. the b., for theri read theri.
— 192 1.9 fr. the b., for palivethetva read pallvethetva.
— 216 1, 1 fr. the b., after MSS. add instead of pajjalito sikhiV
PRELIMINARY REMARKS 2
In preparing the Second Part of this First Volume for the press I
haye laboured under great difficulties, the consequence of which has
been that the publication has been considerabij delayed.
, For the Jatakas as far as ■ 42 I have, besides the Kopenhagen MS.
or K), had a Transcript by Siibhuti (C’’'), and for the Jatakas
as far as 50 one by Vijesinha Of the Jatakas 42 '-“50 I
received a Transcript by Siibhuti after having printed them, and conse-
quently conld only use it for the Corrections. For the Jatakas 50 — 104
I have had a portion of Vijesinha's palm leaf MS. which that gentle-
man with no slight risk took ont of his MS. and sent by post, he
not having time to copy it. Subhnti, in the same liberal spirit,, has
incurred the same risk by sending some of tbe Jatakas following after
50, but these I have not been able to profit by as they have not yet
reached me.
When I got as far as Jataka 104 I was left alone, having* only
the Kopenhagen MS. to -work from. In the midst of my distress I
learned from Childers that there was a copy of the Jataka in the
National Library at Paris, and I at once, without knowing anything
of the size of this MS., endeavoured to obtain the loan of it through
the Danish Government, but was refused. This however, did not
surprise me, as the MS., M. L. Feer infomied me, consists of 15 vols,
the text being mixed up with a Burmese translation. To make use
of such a MS. would always be a difficult task to any one but those
who by long acquaintance liad become quite familiar with it,
I again made an application through the Government, this time
to the St, Petersburg Academy which I knew some jeava ago had acquired
a MS. of the Jataka from Ceylon, but Schiefoer apprised me, on behalf
of the Academy, that it was being used by Prof. Minaycff, and conse-
quently r could not have it. In the mean time Prof. Minayeif kindly
ofierecl to compare nn- proofs with the Petersburg MS. A similar
oifer I had however already had from M. L. Feer in Paris, and I
therefore chose the latter as the most practicable, it will thus be seen
that had not this gentleman so obligingly come to my rescue I should
most likely have had to give up my undertaking. From Jataka 104
M. L. Feer has, with the greatest kindness and without being wearied
by my inquiries, revised my proofs by comparing the corrupted and per-
plexing passages in our MS. with the corresponding* ones in. tiie Paris
MS., and in this way it has been possible for me in most instances
to arrive at an intelligible text; however, there will of course remain
some obscurities that to all appearance might have been clearcM,! up by
means of a larger stock of materials.
It is witli the deepest sorrow I conciude these remarks, sorrow
over the loss of my dear friend R. C. Chiiders. All who have known
this truly good and noble man, this gifted and industrious scholar,
must feel what a great loss his friends and literature have sustained
by his premature death.
Kopenhagen July 12 , 1877.
CORRECTIONS AND ADDITIONS.
Page 4 1.11, IS, 15, The Buddhavamsa~MS. in the Phayre Golleetion of the
India Office Library reads picehi-.
— 11 1.5 fr. the b. agamanaramaggam, so also B-V. (Phayre Coil.)
— 13 1.15, for eattari B-V. reads eatuM.
— IB 1.8, for assatthassa mule B-V. reads assattharnkkhamulamhi.
— 17 1.6 fr. the b., for yam B-V, reads ya (= yard?!.
— 19 1.18, B-V. da.sasahassjna.
— 20 1. 2 fr. the b., B-V. kimsmiriifid.
— 21 1. 1, B-V. paripuraya.
— 25 1.18, for ubhato kotisu read ubhatokotisu.
— 27 i.2, B-V. abhivaiidisuih.
— 28 1. 21, B-V. kassaci varasahapattiyo.
— 31 1.15, for mukham viratamatte read mnkhamviratainatte, cfr. p. 279 I. 8
fr. the b.
— 86 1. 10, B-V, tejasiiii.
— 45 V. 259 , The Cariyapltaka-MS. in the Phayre Collection of the India
Office Library reads bhikkhayiipagataiii.
— 45 V. 260, 0-P. (Phayre Coll.) sulehi rijjhayaiite pi kotfiyanta pi satthlhi
— 46 V, 266, O'P. matapita na maiii dessa atthanaih me iia desiyo.
— 47 V. 267, 0-P. «* - na pi bliayarai kassaci mettaphaienupatthaddho - - tada.
— 47 v, 2B8, C-P. - - chavathlkarii unidhaya - - dassenii Jiappakani.
— 47 V.269, C -P. - - pathavi avinaya sukl'auidukkhriiii sapi danaphala -
— 105 1. 17, read medhaviti.
— 122 1. 22, so all three MSS. iristead of aggidi va sandhaman?
— 126 1.5, after akamsu Bi> add.s Baranasi antarabah'iranani kliii agghdi tan. In-
laTialika va assapancasatehi agghati fani ekatandulanalika iti Bodirisatto
imam gatham aha:
Kiiii agghati tanduianiilika ca
Baranasl aiitarabahiranani
assapaueasa|elu tiini ca
eka tanrhilaiialika ti. Tasodiii ete.
Cfr. L. Feer in Joiirn. As. 1876. VlIJ, 520.
— 140 1. 20, read -mahasalo.
— 142 1.20, solasanipate, so all three BISS, instead of dYada5?ri-.
152 1.17, after upasamvase, add (I)hp. p 329).
153 1. 22, read dhiratthu,
— 155 1.15, for kanditaiii read kandi, tarn,
— 155 1. 17, read taih saltan ca, raahantarh.
— • 155 1. 18, for galhavedhitarii read galhavedht, tarn.
— 156 L8, for rattiiehi read rasehi. '
— 158 1.8, for vataham read va taham.
— 169 1.17, add 18. after ti.
Page 171 1. 3, 8, 9, 10, 11, 23, 24, for ti read 'ti, likewise in similar passages.
— 171 1.15, etam “ - ~ vadhissasiti. ought to have been printed In the middle
type. After padan ti there seems to be a lacuna, but according to a
communication from Mr. L. Feer the MS. at Paris coincides with our MS.
— 172 1.8, Imasmim - ~ - nama seems to belong to the Comment.
— 175 1. 11, for thapayimsu read thapayiihsu.
— 180. 1. 22, for adubhayasapatham read adubhaya sapatbaiii.
• — 191 h 10, for atitam read atitam.
— 194 h 12, galesu, so all three MSS. instead of gale?
— 197 1 4, for pane read pana.
— 197 1. 12, for betthamancato read hettba mancato.
— 197 i. 23, for iia cirassa read nacirassa here and elsewhere.
— • 198 1.28, for issariyara nissaya ‘panavadharh read dssariyaiii iiiSsaya pana-.
— 211 1.1 fr. the b., note, for imah read imarh.
— 213 i. 13, for aiulako sampadalefcva read andakosani padaietva.
— 215 1.1, C-P. (Phayre Coli.) ha.s maha pajjalito sikhi.
— 221 1.3, iiagaravasikaiii, so all three MSS. instead of Jetavanavasikaiiu
— 227 i. 13, for ii atthi, Taiii read n atthi, Taih
— 235 1.15, for ‘Idlaiit amha’ read ‘kilant’ amha’.
— 240 1. 20, for pavatitva read pavattitva.
241 1. 3 .fr. the b,, Navanipate, so all three MSS. instead of Chanipate (=Ka^
potajataka in Pahcanipata).
— 248 1. 11, Rohinljataka, cfr. L. Feer in Jourii. Asiat 1875. VI p. 282.
— 248 1. 18, for matu sarire makkhika maretva „vinasaih read „matu * - vinasam.
— 250 1. 1, for rukka- read rukkha-.
— 253 1. 1, for ten’ eva vacakaranena read ten* eva ca karanena. have
teiieva vacakaranena, 0^'* teneva karanena.
— 253 1. 2, katva, so ail three MSS., omit katva?
— 253 1. 6, for aggho read with C*- C-’ anaggho.
— 253 1. 7, for uiioki, tato read with C*' iiUokite.
—•* 254 1.2 fr. the b.> note, after MSS. add so also C®.
— 254 1. 2 fr. the b., note, after ® read so 0^' C'^;.
— 254 1. 1 fr. the b., note, after ® read so G* C'^ ;.
— 255 1.1 fr. the b., note, for both read all three, ,
— 255 1. 1 fr. the b., note, after ^ add
— 256 1.2, for attanapi G'^ has attano pi.
— 253 1.2 fr. the b., note, after ^ add .
— 258 1.2 fr. the b., note, after MSS. add -sin am.
— 258 i. 2 fr. the b., note, after idani add C-’*' idani nakkhattam bhavissatitl
and idani nakkhattaiii bhavissati added after bhavissatL
258 1. 1 fr. the b., note, after add so (P
— 259 i. 1 fr. the b., note, after ^ add so G-'^;.
— 260 1. 1 fr. the b., note, after deva? add has deva.
— 260 1. 1 fr. the b., note, after add Gv
— 260 I. 1 fr. the b,, note, after ^ add so*0’C«;.
— 260 1.1 fr. the b., note, after ^ add so
— 261 1. 1 fr. the b., note, for so both read so all three.
— 261 1.1 fr, the b., note, after add G^'*'.
262 i. 3 fr, the h., for hanapetva read hanapetha*,.
— 262 1.2 fr. the b., note, for nahupetva read nahapetha.
— 262 1.2 fr. the b,, note, cross out note 3.
—* 265 1.4 & 3 fr. the b., for -samuggam,
— 266 I. 2, for nahananuiitto read nahatatiu-.
— 267 1,22 and p. 268 1.13, for karoth’ eva read karotv-eva?
— 268 1. 23, for macca- read matta-,
— 268 1.2 fr. the b., note, after ^ add maccasa-,.
— 269 1.21, for sura read suram?
Page 286 I* 16, for acriya read acariya.
— 290 J. 1, for jiraarh utagltaiii read imam jatagitadu
— 292 i. 10, omit one puppha?
— 296 I. 20, for silabliedam read silabhedam.
— 800 1.4, for vel5ya read velayo?
— 300 1. 80, for pati- read pafi-.
— 304 1. 30, Jor agantva read agantva?
— 305 1. 18, for karomiti patijaggahl read karomiti. Patijaggahi.
--r 306 1. 13, for afmam read anna?
— 307 1.11, for inagga read nagga?
— 317 1. 22, for amhakuih read ainhakarh.
— 322 1. 2 fr. the b., note, for du gandha read doggandha.
— 326 1. 1, for paccba bahaiii read pacchabahaiii liere and elsewlseri*.
— 326 1. 20, cross out the comma after atthi.
•— 330 i 16, for valakakam read valahakarii.
— 331 L 22, for Pajjuonadevamarajassa read -devarajassa.
— 332 1. 3 fr. the b., for kharidhavararii khandhe read kliandliiivaraiiikiiandh.
— 332 I 1 fr. the b., note, after xMSS. add instead,
— 339 1,4, cross out * after catuhi.
— 339 1, 11, for janapade read janapade?
— 339 1. 12, for vapakamme read vapanakanimafite?
— 345 L 15, for panca read ca?
— 351 I. 6, for atthi read n’ atthi?
— 360 1. 24, for pabbijitanarii read pabbajitanam.
— ' 360 1. 30, for nagaratonikkhainanto read nagarato ink-.
— 367 i. 10, for dhammanuvatti read dhammanu-.
— 370 1. 19, for danadiffiutto read danadliimiUto?
— 387 i. 8, for kattabbakatabbam read kattabbakattabbadi.
-- 388 1.1, for patibaddho read patibandho?
— 389 1. 8, for yatha ca read yatba va.
— 389 1.16, fr. the b., for mayham read mayhaiii.
— 397 1. 18. for pajapati read pajapatn
— 408 1.23, for Jabhcgga- read labhagga-.
— 421 1. 2 & 1 fr. the b., note, for B read
— 422 1. 20, for kundakhajjakam read kunflakakhajjakam.
— 422 1. 2 fr. the b., note, for B read Bi^
— ■ 424 1. 1 fr. the b., note, for B read
— 426 1. 1 fr. the b., note, for B read B:p.
' 427 1 22. for nikkhanto sadiso read nikklirnitasadiso.
— ' 430 1. 16, for lamghananataka yoiiiyaru read laiiighanaiiafakayoniyadi.
■ 433 i. 4 fr. the b., for karetki read karentUi?
— 442 i.„ 1, for pariyesamano read -maiia.
— 442 !. 3, for tata read tata?
— 445 1. 14, lor akasena read akafie naiii?
— 457 i. 20, for nivesanaih read ^livesanaih.
— 459 1. 7, for -gandusam read -gainlusam.
— 462 1, 20, for sikkha read sikbii.
— 470 L 28, for avatthitattii bhaya- read avatthitattabbaya-.
— 480 1. 1, for jayati read jayati.
— 483 I 13, for kalahaih katva „kassaci read „kalahaui katvii kassaci.
— 483 1. 2 fr. the b., add (Ohp. p. 147, 12 ).
— 486 1. 19, for Bodhisattassa rajjeiia read Bodhisattani sarajjeiiaV
— 488 i. 13, for nirana- read inarana-.
— 491 i. 25, for sarai pade read samipade.
~ 498 L 15, for utthaya read utthaya.
-- 504 1 14, Ibr nasiviso read asiviso?
NAMO tassa bhagavato arahato sammasambuddhassa.
s. fl atikotisaliasselii pamanaTalniam hitam
lokassa lokanatheiia kataiii yena Makesina
o. Tassa pade naiiiassitva katya Dliammassa c' aajalim
Saiiig-haS ca patimanetva sabbasamnmnablmjaQam
s. Namassanadito^ assa puMassa Rataaattaye
pavatfcassanubhaTena bbetra*'^ sabbe iipadda.ve
4 . Taiii taiii karanam aganima desitani jutimata
Apapnakadmi pura jatakani Mahesina
5. Yani yesii ciraiii Sattha lokaiiittharanattbiko®
anante bodliisambharu paripacesi* nayako
6. Tani sab ban i eka.yhaiii aropentehi saiiigabaih^
Jatakam iiama .>anigitaik' dhammasamgahakelii' yarn
Buddhavariisassa etassa iccliantena ciratthitim
yacito abhigantvana thereua Atfchadassind
s« Asaihsattbaviharena sada saddhiviliarma
tath’ eva Buddhaniittena santacittena yinnuna
9. MabimsdsakaTaiiisainhi sanibliiitena nayannuna
Buddiiadevena ca tatha bhikkl«aia suddhabuddbiaa
to. I^fahapurisacanyanam anubbavaiii acintiyarii
tassa 'yij,|otayante^ . J a At thay aim '
u. Maliaviharavasinam yacananiagganissitam
bliasissam% bhasato tant me sadhu ganbantii sadbayo.
^ namassanadino? ^ hetya, batva. ® -nittarana-, (> -nitlarana-
corrected to -nittbarana-. ^ panpdceti. ^ san^abaiii. * san^'itadi,
" -safigabakebi. bhasissam.
2
Tini Nidanani.
Sa paB^aiii Jatafcassa Attharannana Durenidanaiii Ayidiirenidaiiarii San-
tikenidanan ti inmni tini nidanani dassetra vanniyamana ye narh sinninti
tehi saniudagamato patthaya vinnatatta^ yasma sutthii vlnnata naiua
lioti tasma tarn tfni nidanani dassetva vannayissama. Tattiaa adito ta,va
tesaiii nidananaih paricchedo veditabbo. Dipamkarapadanullasinim hi
katabhiniharassa Mahasattassa yava Yessantarattabbava eavitva Tusita-
pure nibbattitaTa pavatto katliamaggo Durenidanam iiaina. Tusita-
bhavanato pana eavitva yava bodhimantle sabbanniitappatti tava pavatto
katbamaggo A v 1 d u r e n i d a n a rii nama. S a ii t i k e n i d a n a rh pana It ‘S: u
tesu tlianesu viharato tasmiiii tasniim yeva Ibdne jabbliatiti. Tatr‘
idam Durenidanam nama :
I, D iireni dana.
Ito kira kappasatasahassadliikanam catiinnaiii asaiiiklieyyanin'u
matthake Amaravati nama nagaraiii aliosi. Tattha S u ni e d h o nama brali-
mano pativasati ubhato sujato niatito ca pitito' ca samsiiddliagalianiko
yava sattama kulaparivatta akkhitto aiuipakkuttho jativadena abbirupo
dassaniyo pasadiko pararoaya vannapokkharataya samannagato. So
anSam kaminam akatva brahmanasippain eva iiggaiilii. Tassa daJiara-
kale yeva matapitaro kalam akaiiisu. Atli’ assa rasivaddhako ainacco
ayapotthakam"* aharitva suvannarajatamanimiittadibharite gabblu* vi-
varitva „ettakam^ te kumara matnsantakaiii ettakaiii pitu.santakarii
ettakaiii ayyakapayyakanaii“ ti yava sattamd kulaparivatta dhanarii
acikkhitva „etam patijaggahiti“ aha* Siiinedhapandito cintesi :
dhanaiii saiiiharitva niayhaiii pitiipitamahadayo paralokaiii gacelianta
ekarii kahapanani pi gahetva na gata, maya pana gahetva gamona-
karanaiii katum vattatiti“ raiino arocetva nagare bherih'’ carapotva .
inahajanassa danam datva, tapasapabbajjam pabbaji. Ima.ssa parf attiiaNsa
avibhavattham imasmim thane S ii m e cl h a k a t h a kathetabba . Sa j uin*
esa kinc’ api Buddhavamse nirantaraiii agata yeva gatliabaadhaaena
pana agatatta na sutthu pakata, tasma taiii antarantara gathahojidha-
dlpakohi vacanehi saddhim kathessama. .Knppasatasaha.N^adhikaiiruii
hi catumiam asamkheyyanam matthake dasahi saddebi avivittarh Ama-
ravatiti ca Amaran ti ca laddbanainaih nagaraiii abosi ; yaiii sand bay a
Buddliavamse vuttam:
^ seem to bavo vihnanatfa and vinnanatflia **
three MSS. * <0®' ettakan. ^ C .5 bheriiii.
so all
Siimedhakatha,
3
IS. Kappe 'ca.^ satasahasse ca .caturo ca asamkliiye .
Aniaram liama iiagara-iii dassaneyyaiii manoramam
clasalii saddelii avmttarii aauapauasamayutan ti.
Tattha dasalii saddelii avi vittan ti hatthisadderia assasaddeaa ratliasaddena
bherisaddeiia mutifigasaddena vinasaddena^ gitasaddena sammasaddena samklia-
saddeiia talasaddeiia^ „asanatha^ pivatha khadatka^* 'ti dasamena saddena ’ti
Inielii' dasalii saddelii' avivittam^ aliosi. Tesam. pana sa,ddanam ekadesam
eva galietva
13. Ilattliisaddam assasaddam bberisanikliaratliani ca
kliadatha pivatiia ’c-eya aiinapaaena gliositan ti
Buddliavaiiise vuttagatliaiii yatTa
14. Nagaraiii sabbangasainpannam sabbakammamupagatam
sattaratanasampaiiTiam nanajaBasamakulaiii
sfamiddliaiii devanagaram ya ayasaiii punSakamminaiii.
15. Nagare Amarayatiya Smiiedho nama brahmano
aiiekakotisannicayo paliiitad}ianadlia 55 ava^’
16. Ajjhayako maxitadbaro tinnam^ yedaaa paragu*’
iakkbane itibase ca sadbamme paramim gate ti
vuttam bi. Ath’ ekadiyasam so Sumedbaiiandito apari pasadayaratalo
rabogato biitya pailamkaiii abhajitya iiismBo eintesi : ,,puiiabbhaye
pandita patisaDdhigabanaih iiaina diikkham tatha iiibbattanibbattafcthane
saiirabbedanaib, aban ca jatidbaniaio jaradbaiiimo yyadliidbainmo iiia-
raiiadhaiwnio, eyambhuteiia maya. ajatiiii ajaram ayyadbiiii adiikkbaia
asiikbaiii sitalaiii Aniataniabaiiibbanam pariyesitaiii yattati, ayassam
bhayato mimcitya nibbaiiagdmiiia ekena maggena bliayitabban'* ti; it*na
yattam: • ^
IT. „Rahogato nisiditya evam^ ciates’ abaa tada:
“dukkbo punabbbayo nama saiirassa ca bbedanam.
18. Jatidiiaiiimo jaradbammo vyadbidbammo e' aban tadu
ajarani ainararii klieiiiam pariyesissami Nibbutiiii.
10. Tail nan' imam putikayam , nanalmnapapuritam*^*'
chad day itvdna^^ gacclieyyam anapjekba anattbiko.
^ Ck’ oniits ca. * vina'-. ^ ^ *■ asnatba, ^ O*-’ vivittaiii*
® G''’ palmta*. ' C* ttniiUj C^’ tiiiiia corrected to tiniiaiii, ^ G^-' C*' paragu.
^ ovafi. all three MS8. -kimapa-. cbaddliayitvaiia, C''* jaddhajltviaa,
„ , l^'V
4
Maggo Nibbanagami
20 . Atthi liehiti so maggo, na so sakka iia lietiiyeJ
pariyesissami tarii maggaih bhavato pariniuttiya' ti*
Tato uttarim pi evaiii cintesi: ,,yatha hi loke dakkhassa patipakkha-
blmtaiii sukiiarii imma atfchi evaiii bhave sati tappatif)akkheiia viblia-
yenapi bhaYitabbaiii, yatM ca unhe sati tassa vu]}asa,«iabhritai‘n sTiaiis
pi atthi evaiii ragadmaiii'"' Yilpasaioena Nibbaiienapi bbavitabbaih. yatbii
ca papakassa lamakassa dliamniassa patipakkbaijlrufo kalyano anavajja-
dhammo pi yeva evam eva papikaya jatiya sati sabbajatikbe"
panato ajatisamkhateiia Nibbanenapi bliaYitabbani eva^ ’ti: teaa vattiuh :
21 . ‘Yathapi diikkhe Yijjaiite siikliniri nama pi vijjati
eyaiii bhave vijjamaiie vibbaro pi icchitabbako.
22. Yathapi unhe vijjante aparaiii vijjati sitalahi
evaiii tmdhaggi yijjante Kibbjinaiii icchitabbakam.
2a. Yathapi pape yijjante kaly a iiain pi‘* yijjati
evam eva jati vijjante^ ajatiin pi icchitabbakan' ti.
Aparam pi cintesi : „yatha nama gfitharasimhi iiiniuggena purisena
durato pancavannapadimiasahchannaiii uiahataiakaiii disva ‘katarena
nu kho maggena ettha gantabban’ ti taiii taiakaiii gavesitiiiii yuttaiii
yam tassa agavesanam na so taiakassa doso evaiii kilesamaladliovaiie
Amataniahanibbaiiataiake yijjante tassa agavesanam na Amatanibbana-
mahatalakassa doso, yatha ca corehi samparivarito purlso |>aiayanainagge
vijjamane pi sace na palayati na so maggassa doso piirisass' eva doso
evam eva kilesehi parivaretya gahitassa purisassa yij,jamane yeva nibbana-
gamimhi sive magge maggassa agavesanaiii nama na maggas>a doso
puggalass’ eva doso, yatha ca yyadliijjllito puriso yijjamane vyadhi*
tikicchake vejje sace taiii vejjaih gavesitva %yadhii/' na likicehapets
na so vejjassa doso evain eva yo kilesavyadhipriito kilo.savupasama-
maggakovidaiii vij^amaimin eva acariyaiii na gavesaii tass' eva doso na
kilesavinasakassa acariyassa“ ’ti tena vuttam :
24. ‘Yatha guthagato puriso taiakam disvfuia puritani
na gavesati taiii ta|akaiii na doso taiakassa so
25. Evaiii kilesamaiadhove vijjantc Amatantale'
na gavesati taiii taiakaiii na doso Amatantale.”
^ hetuyo. * ragadinam. ^ kalyanam jd *eorfe<‘n*(i lo kaiyanum
api. Cl* evam jatimbi yijjante. C*-' vyadhiiii. ib" “tale. * -nde.
Maggo Nibbanagami. 5
96 * YatM ariMVparimddh^ Tijjante gamane pathe
im palayati so puriso iia doso anjasassa so
9 T. E?am kiiesapariruddho yiljamaiie sire pathe
na gaTosati taiii inaggaih na doso siTamanjase.
98. Yathapi Tyadliito puriso yijjauiaue tikicchake
na tikiccliapeti taiii yyadhim na so doso tikicchake
Eyaiii kilesavyadhiiii dukkhito patipiiitp
na gayesati taiii acariyam na so doso yioayakc' ti.
Apara.m pi cintesi : ,,yatha mandanakajatiko puriso kanthe asaitam
kuna-paiii® ehaddetva sukham gacchati eyam mayapi imam pil ( ikayaiii
chaddetva ana-pekhena Nibbanauagaram pavisitabbam^, yaiha ca nara-
nariyo ukkarabliumiyaiii uccarapassayam katya na tain uccbafigena va
adaya dasaiitena ya yethetya gacchanti jigucchamana pana anapekha
ya, cdiadfkdya gaccliaiiti eyaiii mayapi iniaiii piitikayaiii aiiapckliena
cliaddetya Amataiii* Nibbanauagaram pavisitum yattati, yatba ca navika
nama jajjararii nayam anapekha chaddetva gacchanti evaih ahaiii pi
iraaiii navahi yananiiikhelii paggharantam kayaiii cliaddetya anapekho
Nibbanauagaram pavisissami, yatba ea puriso nanaratanani adaya corebi
saddhiih maggaih gaccbanto attano rataiianasabbiiyena te cbaddetva
khemam maggam ganhati e yam ay am pi karajakayo rataimvilopaka-
corasadiso, sac’ ahaiii ettha taBbam karissami ariyamaggakusaladham**
maratanam me nassissati, tasnia niaya imam corasadisaiii kayarii chad-
detya Nibbaiianagaram pavisitum vattatitr* ; tena vuttam :
so. ’'Yathapi kunapaiir'* puriso ’kantbe baddliam jiguccbiya
mocayitvana gaccbeyya sukhj seii sayaiiivasi
ai. Tath’ ev’ iniaiii putikayaih nanakiinapasaneayaiii®
chaddayityana gaccheyyam anapekho anatthiko.
S9. Yatba uccaratthanambi kaiisan naranariyo
chaddayityana gacchanti anapejLhfi aiiatthika
aa. Evam eva' imaiii kayaiii naiiakunapapuritaiii'
chaddayityana gacchissaiii yaccaih katya yatba kutim.
84. Yathapi jajjaraih nayam pakiggam® udakagahinim’'^
sami cbadcletya gacchanti anapekha anattbika
® aribhi. ^ 0^-= C'* kunapaiii, kunapam corrected to kunapath. ^ pavisi-
corrected to pavisi-. 0^* amata, kunapam. ^ -kunapa-. ^
evam evaha, Qs evam evabam. ** 0# -kunapa- corretited to -kunapa-. ^ €»
paluggara. 0''- -gabinim.
6
Isipabbajja.
35. ETam eya imam kayam navaccluddaih clImTassaraiii
chaddayityana gacchissam cliimiaih^ iiavaih ya samika.
no. Yathapi punso corelii gacchanto bliaridaiu adiva
bhandacchedabhayam dlsya cliaddayityana gaccdiati
37. Evam eya ayam kayo mahacorasamo^ viya.
paliay’ imam gamissanii kusalacclicdanabhaja’*' il
Eyam Sumedhapandito nanayidhalii tipanialii imaih iiekkliaminripr!«^anv-
hitaih atthaiii ciiitetya sakaniyesaiie apariniitaiii bliogakkliundhani betrlia-
Yuttanayena kapanaddbikadmarii^ vissajjetvn maluidanaib datva vaithu-
kame ca kiiesakame ca pabaya Amaranagarato iiikkliaiiiitva ekako va
Himavante Dhammakam iiama pabbataiii nissaya assamaiii katra Joanna-
salan ca caihkainan ca ma|)etya pancalii myamnadosehi yiva^yitaih
„eyam samahite citte‘‘ ti adina yiittelii attliubi karanaguueld
samupetaiii abbinaasamkbatam balaiu aharituiii ta.<miih. a.s^anui|»a<le
nayadosasaniannagatam satakam paj aliitya d vadasagii nasama n n agat a ni
yakaciraiii luyasetya isipabbajjam xiabbaji, eyam 3)a]>bajito ajthadoha-
samakinnaih taiii pannasalam pabaya dasagunasanuinnagataiii rukkiui-
mulam iipagantya sabbam dbanSayikatim pabaya payattapliaialjbqjano bii-
tya nisajjattbanacamkamavasen’ eya padbanarii padabanto sattahabbluui-
tare yeya attbannam samapattinaih pancaDiiaS ca abbindaiiam labliT
abosi, eyan^ taiii yatb^attbitam abbiiiaabalam papuni; teiia vuttam:
38. jsEyabam cintayitvana nekakotisataiii dbanaiii
natbanatbanam datyana Himayaiitaiii upagamiiu.
39. Himavantassa ayidm-e Dbaniiiiako iiania pabbato
assanio sukato maybam pannasaUi sinaapita.
40. Camkaniaiii tattba mapcsiih^ pailcadosayivajjiiatii
atthagunasamiipctam/’ abbinnabalaiu abarini.
41 . Satakam pajabim tattba nayadosainupdgataih,
vakaciram niyasesim dya^asagiinaiiuipagatam,
42 . Attbadosasamakinpam pajabiiii paima.'salakabi.
iiimgamim imkkbamalam guiie dasali’ u]n”igataih.
43. Yapitam ropitam dbaMam pajabim Jiirayasc.salo.
anekagunasampannaiii payattapbalara adiyim.
^ Ci' chinnam corrected to jinnam, C« Jinnaih corrected to Jiisrian], * ma-
liacorabhato. ® G-® iapaiiaddhikadinam, kapaiiiddbikadlnaiii, C>‘’ kapafiaddlil-
kadinam. ^ €» evam. • ® mapetra. ^ so all three MSS.
Abhinnabalara.
7
44/ Tattha-ppadhanam padahim nipajjatthanacamkame,
abblmHtaramlii satt-alie abbinSabala papamii“ tb
Imixya pana paliya^ Stimedbapanditena assamapaniiasalacarakama saliattha mapita
viya vuttaj ayaiii pan’ ettha attho: Mabasattaiii .jHimavantam ajjhogalietva ajja
Dbaoimakapabbatara pavisissatiti^^’ disva Sakkeiia^ Vissakammaclevaputtaiii aman-
tetva „tata ayaiii Sumedhapaiidito ^pabbajissamiti’ nikkbanto, eta&sa yasanattlia-
riaiii mapebiti". So tassa vacaiiam sampaticchitva ranianiyaih assamam supanna-
salaiii nianoramam carakarnam mapesi. Bhagava paiia tada attano punilaiiubha-
vena nippliaiuiam taiii assamapadam ^andhaya „Saripiitt.a tasmim Dhammaka-
pabbate
Assamo sukato rnayham paiinasala sumapita,
eaiiikainam tattha mapesiiii paucadosavivajjltai/* li
aha. Tattha sukato may ban ti sukato maya, pan nasal a sumdpita ti
pannaccbadanasalapi me sumiipita ahosi; pailcadosavivajj itan li pane ime
carakaoianadosa niima® : thaddiiavisamata antomkkbata gahanacehannala^ atisam-
badhata ativisalata ti, thaddhavisamabliumlbhlgasmim hi caiiikame caiiikainantassa
pada rujaiiti phota utthalianti cittaiii ekaggatam iia labhati kanimafthanara vipajjatl,
mudusamatale pana phasuviharam agamma kammatthanarii saoipajjati^’, tasma
thaddhavisamabhumibhagata eko doso ti veditabbo, camkainassa ante inajjhe va
kotiyarii va rakkiie sati pamadam agaoima eamkamantassa nalataih va sisaiii va
patihannatiti antorukkiiata diitiyo doso, tinalatadigahanacchanne® camkame earn-
kamarito andhakaravelayaiii uragadike pane akkamitva va inareti tehi va daltho
dukkham apajjatiti gahaiiacchannata tatiyo doso, atisambadhe caiiikarne iiyamato
ratanlke vii arbiharatanike va caiiikame'^ eamkamantassa paricchede pakkhalitva
nakhapi ailguliyo pi bliijjantiti atisambadhata catiittbo doso, ativisale caiiikarae
caihkaraantassa cittaiii vidhavati ekaggatam iia labhatlti ativisalata paficamo doso,
puthulato pana diyaddharatanaiii dvisu passesu ratanamattani^ anucanikamanarii
dTghato satthihatthaiii mudutalaiii® samavippakinnaYalukaiii caiiikamanaiii vatfati,
Cetiyagirimhi dipappasadaka-Mahindattherassa camkamanaiii viya tadisaiii ahosi,
tenaha; caihkamaih tattha mapesim pancadosavivajjitan ti, at i h a gu n as a m u-
petan ti atthabi samanasukb.ebi upetaiii, aitb’ imani samanasukbani nama:
dlianadhannapariggabribbavo anavEijjapindapatapariyesanabhavo nibbutapindaru
bbunjanabbavo^'^ rattbaiii piletva dbanasaraib va sTsakabapanadini va ganbantesu
riijakulcsu rattbakilesabbavo upakaranesii niccbandaragabbdvo coravilope nibbhaya-
bbavo rajarajamabamattebi asamsattbabbavo catusu disfisii appatibatabbavo, fdam
^ paiiya, paiiya corrected to paliya, * Sakko. * C'-^om’its nama.
^ C-5 gahana- corrected to gabana-. ® sammajjati, C® sammajjati corrected
to sampajjafi. C« -gabana-. ^ omits oamkame. * ratanamatta
^ C" mudutala. so all three MSS,
8
vuttarii hoti: yatlia tasmim assame vasantena sakka lioiiti imaui atiba sukbani
vinditum evam attbagunasamiipetamV tarn assamari! mapesiii ti; abbifin'a-
balam aharin ti paccba tasmlm assame vasaiito kasinaparikarnmarh kaiva
abbiiinanau ea samapattxBan ca uppadanattbaya aTUccato diikkbato vipassaiiam
arabbitva^ tbamappattam vipassanibalam abaiiih'V yatba tasiiiirn vasanto tarn
baiarii abarituih sSakkomi^ evam tarii assamaih tassa abbiiifiattbaya vipassaria-
balassa anuccbavikam katva mapesin ti attbo ; satakarh pa|abim tattba ira-
vadosamupagatan ti ettbayaiii anupubbikatba^ : tadfi kira kunleuarainkamadi •
patimanditaih® piippbripagaphalupagariikkhasafichaunarii ramai.iTyaiii nsadbiira-
salilasayam apagatava|amigabhiriasaiiakasakiinaTh pavivekakkliainarii assamarb nia-
petva alatiikatacariikamassa iibhosii antesii ahmibanapbalakaiii saiiividhaya nisbia**
iiatthaya caihkamavematiJbe samatalaifi muggavannasilaiii mripetva anto panna-
salayaiii Jatamandalaih vakacTram tidaudakuiHlik.'idike tripasaparikkhare nian-
dape paniyakutapjxniyasaihkbapanTyasaravani''^ aggisablyaib ailgarakapaliadaruad ini
evam yaiii yarii pabbajitaiiam upakaraya saiiivattati taiii sabbaiii mapetva panna-
salabMttiyaih „ye keel pabbajltukama ime parikkiulre gahetva pabbajaotu/‘ bl
akkbaraiii cbinditva devalokam eva gate Vissakamme devaputte Sumedbapapdito
Himavantapiide girikaiidaranusareiia attaiio nivasaiiurupam pbasukatthanaib olo-
keiJito iiadlnivattaue vissakammaiiimmitam sakkatlattiyani ramaidyaih assamaii}
disva earakamaijakot.im gantva padavalanjaih® apassaitto „dbuvaiii pabbajitii dhiira»
game bbikkbam pariyesitva kilantarfipa agantva pannasalaiii pavisitva jnsliina bba-
vissantiti" cintetva tbokam agametva ./ativiya eirayantiti’ jarnssamitl'^ parinasa-
lakutidvarani'® vivaritva anto pavisitva ito c ito ea olokeiito mahabhittiyam akkba™
rani vacetva, „mayham kappiyaparikkbara ete^ ime gahetva pabbajissamiti" attana
nivatthaparutaiu satakayugam pajabi, tenaba: satakaib pajabirii tattba ti, evaiii
pavittho ahaiii Sariputta tassam papriasrdayaiii safakaiii, pajaliiui jiavadosa~
mupagatan ti satakam pajabanto nava dose disva pajabiii ti dipeti. tiipasa-
pabbajjam pabbajitanam bi satakasmim nava dosa npa|r]iabanti : mabagghabbavo
eko doso, parapatibaddhataya iippajjanabhavo eko, paribhogeiia lahuiii kiiissa^
nabhavo eko kiiiftbo ca dhovitabbo ea rajitabbo ea hoH, paribhogena Jira-
nabhavo eko jiiinassa ill tunnaiii va aggaiadanaiii^^ va katabbaiii boti, puna
pariyesanaya diirabbisambbavabbavo eko, tapasapabbajjaya asaruppabhrivo eko.
paccatthikariam sadbaranabbavo eko yatha hi naiii^^ paecatthika n<i ganhanti
tatha gopetabbaiii boti, paribbunjantassa vibhusanaftbanabJiavo eko. gabetva
carantassa khaiidbabbaramabiccbabbavo eko ti ; v a k a e I r a lii ii i v a s e s i n ti tadii
abam Sariputta ime nava dose disva satakaib pabaya viikaciraiii iiivasesidi, miin-
^ C» samOpetam. ^ abaritva. ^ ahari. ^ €^' sakkoti. ^ anu-
pubbakatba, anupubbakatba. ® C« kiitilena-. CM -kupi- ^ C-' C>'
amgara-. ® Gk padavaianjam. -sala-, CM -saia- corrected to -sala-".
” Ok aggala-. G*’ tarn.
V 'AbMnnabalam. ' ■■ 9
jatinarii bTrabiram kaiva garstlietvab katam vakaelram iiivasanaparupanafthaya®
adiyin ti attfio, d v a d as agii ii a m ii p ag atan ti d?5dasabi anisaibs^bi sansaiina»
galam, vakacTrasmiih hi dvMasa aiiisamsa: appagghara stiiuiararii kappiyan ti
ayan^ tava eko anisaihso , sabattha katurii sakki ti ayam diitlyOj paribhogena
sanikani*^ kilissatl dhoviyamaue'^ pi papanco n* atthiti ayam tutiyo, ]»aribbogeiia
jinne }ti sibbiiabbubhavo catuttliOj puna pariyesanfassa stikbeiia karaiiabbavo
paiicamo, tapasapabbajjaya saruppabhavo cbattho, paccattblkanaih niriipablio-
gabbavo^’ sattarno, panbhnnjaiitassa vibhfisanatihanabhavo attbaino. diiaranH"
sallabukabluiTO navaoio, civarapaccaye appiccbabhavd dasamo. vakiippattiya dbam-
mikaanavajjabbavo ekadasamo, vrikacire natfhe pi anapekkbabbavo dvadasaino (t;
a Hhaclosasamakin nani pajahiiii pan nasii lakan ti katbaiit pajabi, «o
kira varasatakayiigaiii omuncanto civaravaibse laggitaiii anojapuppiiadaniasadisarii
rattaiii \akacTraiii gahetva iiivasetva tass' upari aparaiii suvanuavannaiii vakatd*
raih paridabitva })tiiniagapu])pbasantharasadisam saklriiraih ajinacainmaih ekatiisarii
katva jatamandalaiii patimiincitva tudiiya saddhiib niccalabhavakaranatthani sa»
rasiieim" pavesetva muttajaiasadisaya sikkaya pavalavanaad)^ kiiudikad! odahitva
tfsii tbanesii vamkaih kajam adaya eldssa kajakofiya kundikaiii ekissa ariiknsa»
paccliim tidaiplakadTiii olaiiibet?a kharibbamib aibse katva dakkhiimna hatthena
kattaradaiiclaiii gabetva parn.iasalato iiikkliamitva satthihattbaiuabrieaiijkame apa-
laparaih cariikamaiito attano vesaiii oloktdva ,,mayhani mano matthakarii patio,
sobbati vata me pabbajja, BuddliapaceekabiiddhadTbi sabbebi vlrapurisebl vannitl
thomita ayarb pabbajja iiama, paMnaiii me gihibandhanarb, Jiikkbarito
nekkharamaitd^b laddha me uttamapabbajja. karissami sainanadhammad}, labhissami
maggaphalasukhan'*’ ti iissnhajato kharikajaib otaretva eanjkamavemajjbe mug-
gaTannasilapatte suvannapatima viya nisiuno divasabbagani vTtinfimetva sayanha-
samayaii) paiinascdam pavisitva bidalamancakapasse katthattharikaya nipanno
sanrarii lUuih gahapetva balavapaoeuse pabiijjhitva attano figamariani avajjesi:
,,a.haiii gbarfivase «adinavailt disva aniitabhogaih anantadi yasam pabaya arannani
pavisitva nekkiiammagavesako hutva pabbajito, Ito daiii pafthaya pamadacaraih
caritura na vattati*j pavivekaiu hi pabaya vicarantaib micebavitakkamakkhika
kbadanti, idiini maya vivekam aniibrubetuni vaftati, aliaiii bi gbaraviisani pali-
bodbato disvfi nikkbantO; ayafi ca manapa pannasaliij beluvapakkavaunaparibhatida-
kata bhumi, rajatavanna setabhittiyo, kapofapadavaunaiit pautiaecbadanaijs. vi-
dttattbarakavannabidalamancako, nivasapbasukaiii vasanauhariani, etto atirekatara
viya me gebasampada panfiayatitB^ paiujasalaya dose vidnanto aftha dose passi,
panuasalaparibhogasmiiii hi attjia ddinava: iiiabasambbarena dabbasambbare sam-
odhanetva karanapariyesanabluivo eko adfnavOj tinapannamattikasu p&titasn
^ gaiitetva, gaiitetvd corrected to gantbetva. C^* -parupaiia-, ® C^’ ayaib.
^ sanikariL ^ & dbopiyamane* -bbogabhavo. -siieim.
^ paviOavanaa, C^’ pavalavaaaam. ® 0*^' ■smii;n.>- nekkhamma.
lO DTpamkaro Buddho.
tasara punappuna t^Japetabbataya nibaddhajagganabluivo dutiyo, .,seiiasatian^
nama mahallakassa papunati, avelaya vutthapiyaaiiinassa cittekaggata iia liotitl**
utthapainyabhavo^ tatiyo, situnhapatighateiia kayassa sokhu^iaIakara^abba^’o ca-
tuUbo, „gehaiii® pavitthena yam kind papaiii sakka katiiri^' ti garaliapaljcchada-
nabhavo pancamo, „mayhan*^ ti parlggahakaranaiii diattbo, „gehassa atibibbavo
niima sadutiyakavaso" ti sattamo, ukamamknnagharagolikadinaih sadharana-
taya bahusadharanabhavo atthamo, iti ime atfhaadinave disva Mahasatto paniia-
salam^ pajabi, teiiaba: atthadosasamakinnaih pajahiih paiinasalakan ti; upfi-
gamim rukkbaniulam gune dasab’ upagatan ti „cbannaiu patikkbipiiva
dasabi giinebi upetaih rnkkbamuiaih upagato ’smiti“ vadatij tatr’iine dasa giina:
appasamarambbaia eko guno, „ijpagamanamattakam eva iil tattba ap]>a-
jaggariata*'^ dutiyo, „taiii bi sammattbam pi asaininarthain pi paribbogapbasukan>
boti yeva“ aimtfbapaniyabbavo^ tatiyo. y,garabani na paticdiadeti, tattba bi paparii
karonto lajjatiti^‘ garahaya apaticcbannabbavo catuttho, ,,abbhokrisavaso viya
kilyam na santbambbetiti^* kayassa asantbanibhanabbavo pailcanu), pariggaba-
karanabbavo chattho, gobalayapatikkbepo sattauio, bahiisildlidranagebe viya .vPati-
jaggissami’ ■ nikkbamatha" ti iiXharanakabhavo atthamo, vasaiitassa sappT-
tikabhavo navamo, rukkhamulaseriasanassa gatagatattbane suiabbataya anapekkba-
bhavo dasamo ti, „ime dasa gune disva rukkbamulani upagato ’smiti‘‘ vadati;
imani ettakaiii karanaiii sallakkbetva Mahasatto punadivasc bhikkhaya piivisi,
atb’ assa sampattagame maeussa mabantena ussfibena bbikkham adaiiisii, so
bhattakiccarii nittbapetva assamam agamma nisTditva diitesi: „nuban>. ‘aharaih
labhamiti’ pabbajito, siniddhaharo nara’ esa manamadapurisamade vaddheti, aha-
ramillakassa ca dukkhassa anto n’ attbi, yau iiunabaHi vapitaiii ropitaili dbaniia-
nibbattaiii ahararii Jabitva pavattapbalabbojaTio bbaveyyarr* ti; so tato pajtbaya
tatha katva gbatanto vayamanto ' sattababbhaiitare yova artfaa samapattiyo X)afica
abbirina nibbattesi, tena vuttaih:
Yapitam ropitam dbannam pajabi in niravasesato,
anekagunasampannam pavattaphalain adiyiiii,
Tattba-ppadhanam padahim nisajjattbanacaiiikame,
abbbantaramhi sattahe abhinfiabala papuuin ti.
E?am abbinnabaiam patTa Sumedliatapa.se samapatlisukliena vitina-
mente Dipariikaro® nama Sattba loke udapadi, Tassii patisandbi*
jatibodhidbammacakkappaTattanesu sakala pi dasasaliassilokadhatu saiii-
^ senasanan corrected to senasanam. ® all three MSS. nttbapaniya-, •'*
gaham corrected to garaham. pannasalam. ^ -Jagganta, C^* -JanaM
® Ck anuttbapaniya-. ’ patijaggissamim corrected to -ssami. ® omits
narh. ^ dipankaro.
Diparhkaro Buddho.
!!
kampi sampaka.mpi aampavcdhi maliaviraram viravi, d?aitim£;a pubhani*
mitani paturahaihfe'O. Siiiiiedliatax>aso samapatiisiikhciia Titiiiamento
n’ cva tarn saddain assosi na tani idmittaai acldasa; ieiiu Yuttaiii:
45 . „Evaih me yiddhippattassa vasibliutaysa yasaiic
Dipanikaro aama Jiiio iippa^iji lokanayako.
46 . Upj)ajjante ca jayante liiijjhante dhaininadeyane
caturo iiimitte naddayaiii* jhaiiaratisamapxdto^' ti.
Ta.smhii kale ])ipanikaradasabalo eatubi klurulsaYasatasaliaysehi pari-
Tuto auupubbena earikaiii carainano Raimnakam naiaa aagaradi j>a,tva
Sodassanamabaviliare pafciyasati. Raininaiiagaravdyiiio ,,Dipamkaro kira
sainanissaro paraiuribhisainbodhiih patvii payattayaradbaniiuacakko a«U“
pubbena carikaiii earaiufuio Rannnaiiagaraiii x>atya vSuda.syaitaiiiahavi-
hare pativasatiti'* sutva sappinavaintaduu c/ cva bbesayaiii yattbacclia,"
daiiani ca gabiipetva gandliaindladibattha yeiia Buddbo yeaa Diuunnio
yeiia Saihgbo taiiiiiiuia tappoiui taj)pabbhrira luitva Sattbaraiii npa*
samkainitva vaiulitva gandliadlhi piijetva ekaiaaiitaiii niyiiiiui, dham-
iiiadeyanarii aiityu avataiulya luniaatetva uttbayasana pakkaniiniyu. Tc
piinadiyaye mabadaiiam sajjetya iiagamm alaiiikaritya Dasabalitsya
again an aniaggarii alaiiikaronta udakabhiiiiiattbane.su pamsuni^ [jakkhi-
Xntva sainam bhfimitahuii katva rajatapatravannaiii valukani akiranti,
k\jani c’ eva puppbaui ca vikiranti, iianaviragebi rattheJii dhaja-
patakc ussa]>enti, kadaiiyo e/ eva jiunpaghatajiaiitiyo ca patitthapenti.
Tasmini kale Siiniedbatapasu attano assainax>ada uggaiiiva tei?aiii ina-
imssanaiii ux^irlbhagcna akdsena gacclianto to liajthatuttbc manusse
disya ,,kiii iiu kbo karanan*^ ti akasato oruyba ckaniantaiii thite
inaniLsse jiuccbi; ,.bambbo kassa tiimbe iinaih maggmh alamkarotha*^
’ti; tena vuttaiii:
47. .,raccantaclcsaYisayo nimaiitotTii# Tatbagataui
tassa agamanaimnaggam® sodhenti tuttluunanasa.
Allan tena .sanniyenu nikkbamitya sakassaiini
dhunanto vakacirani gacchanij ainbare tada.
49, Yedajataiii janaiii disva tuftliabafcthaih pamoditam
orobityana gagana niauiisse x>^cchi tavade:
C® niiddasasim. ^ & pariisu.
» SO aU three USB,
12
Dipamkaro Biidcibo.
50, ’‘Tiitthahaitho pamodito vedajato maliajaiio,
kassa sodhiyati* maggo anjasaiii yatumayanaii’^ tk
MaiiUis^a ahamsu: „bhante Sumedha iia tvam jaiiasi: ‘Dipariikarada *
sabalo sammasambodhim patva paYatta-Taradliammacakko c*arika!ii ca^
raamno amliakaih nagaram patva Siidassanamabavihare pativa.sati,
ma.yaii‘‘ tarii Bhagavantarii nimantayimha, tass’ etaiii BiKldha.Sft;a Bha»
gavato agamanamaggam alamkaroiim’^ ’ti. Suniedhatapaso cinte.si :
„‘Biiddho’ ti kho gliosa.ni attain pi loke dullabhaiii, pag eva Biiddhup"
pado, juayapi iniehi manussehi saddhiiij Dasabalassa niaggaiii alam^
karitum vaj^atiti**. So te inanusse aha : ,,sace bho tumhe etaiii inaggaiii
Biiddhassa alamkarotha inayliara pi ekaih okasam detha, ahani pi lum-
hehi saddhim niaggam alariikarissamitk^ Te „sadlui‘^ 'ti sainpaticchi-
tva „Sumedhatapaso iddhima*" ti jananta udakabhirmokasaiii sallak-
khetva „tyam imam thanam alamkaroliiti’‘ adaiiisu. Siimedho biiddha
rammanam pitiiii’ gabetva cintesi: ,,aham imam okasaiii iddbiya alaiii-
kaiitum pahoini, evarii alaiiikato pana mam na paritosessati* ajja maya
kayaveyyavaccam katniii vattatiti“ paiiisimi aharitva tasmira padese
pakkhipi, Tassa tasmim padese analaiiikate yeva Dipamkaro Dasa-
balo mahanubhavanam chalabhinnaklunasavanam catuhi satasaliassebi pa-
rivuto devatasu dibbamalagandhadilii'* pujayantesu'"’ dibbasaihgitesii pa-
vattantesu'’ manussehi’ mamisakagandliehi c’ eva maladlhi ca puja-
yantesu® anautaya Buddhalilhaya Manosilatale vijambhamano siho viva
tarn alamkatapatiyattamaggam patipajji. Sumedhatapaso akkhini iira«
miletva alamkatamaggena agaccbaiitassa Dasabaia.ssa dTaltiiiisamaba-
piirisalakkhanapatimanditam asitiya anubyanjanehi anubyahjitaih'' bya”-
mappabhaya’'^ samparivaritam mamvarmagagaiiatale nanappakara ' ’ yiiiul-
lata viva avelavelabhuta c’ eva yugaiayugaiablmta ca chabbannagha-
nabxiddharasmiyo^^ vissajijeutam rupaggappattaiii attabhavani oioketva
,.ajja maya Dasabalassa jivitapancciigaiii katuih vattatjti“ ,,ma Bhagava
kalale akkami, nianiphalakasetum pana akkamanto viva saddhim catuhi
khmasavasatasahasseiii mama pitt him maddamano gacchatu, taiii me
bhavissati digharattam hitaya Sukhaya‘S ’ti kese mocetvii ajinaj'atava-
’ C» sodMyati. ® mayam. ® G« buddhorammanam pitiiii. €'’ bu,ddharam»
manapitim. ^ G« "gandhadisu, G* gandhadisu. ^ pujayanfisu. ^ pavat-
tfyamariesu. so ail three MSS. ! instead of mariassesii? ^ pujlyamanesn.
® G* anuvyahjitara, 0 ^ vyama-. d' C« -kara, -kara. “ -ghaua*.
BEcldliabiiavaya Abhimharo*
n
kacirani kaiavanne'^ kalale.. jattliantva ''Bianiplialakaseto , ?ija kalala*
pittlie nipajji; tena . viittaai :
5 i. ,,Te me pattka yyakamiisu: 'Buddho loke aEiittaro
DipaHikaro Bama Jino uppajji lokaiiayako,
„ tassa sodiiiyati'^ anjasam .Tatumayanaiiv.
, ‘Biidcllio’ ti anama silty piti uppajji. tavade,
‘Biiddlio Biiddlio* ti kathayaiito somaBassaiii pavedayiiiu**
5 a. Tattha thatva viciiitesim tuttbo saiiitiggamanaso:
4 (llia bijani ropissaiii, kluiao ye nia iipaccaga,
54. Tadi Buddbassa sodhetba ekokasaib dadatha me.
ahani pi sodbajissami arljasam vatunlaJaBalh^
55 . Adamsii te manr okasam sodbetum ailjasaib tada.
‘Biiddho Biiddbo' ti ciriteiito maggara sodhenr aiiaa tadfi.
56 . Anittbite mam’ okase .Dipamkaro mabamuiii
cattarisatasahassebi^ cbajabbiiinebi tadibi^
kbinasayehi yimaiebi patipajyi anjasam^* Jino.
57 * Paccuggamana vattaiiti, yajjanti bberiyo balm* ,
amodita iiaramanl sadhiikaraik payattayuiii.
58 . Deva maniisse passanti manussapi ca devata,
iibho pi te panjalika anuyanti Tathagatam.
59. Deva dibbehi turiyehi maimssa marmsakebi ea
ubbo ]n te yajjayanta^ armyaiiti Tatbagataiij.
60. Dibbam mandarayaiii puppfaaiii padiimaib paricebattakaiii
disodisam okiranti akasanabbagata® inaru.
61. Campakaiii .salalani lupaiii nagapimiiagaketakaiii
disodisaih ukkhipanti bhfimitalagata nara.
69 . Kese muScity' ahaiii tattha yakaciraS ea eammaktuh
kalaie pattbarityana avaku^jo nipajj’ ahaiii.
63 . ‘Akkamitvana main Buddbo saiia sissehi gaeebatu.
ma*^^ kalaie akkamittho. iiitaya mie bliavissatiti’"*
so kalalapittbe nipaiinako ya pima, akkbxiii ummiietya Biparlikarada-sa-
balassa Biiddbasiriiii sampashamano eyaib ciateM: „.sac;e abaiii ieeiiey;v‘Ujji
sabbakilese jbapetya samghaiiayako butva Hammanagaraiij paviseyyanu
^ G*’ krda-. ® soclbiyati. ® pavedayadi. ■* so ail three MSS.
^ G^tadliUj CP' tadisi. ® CP’ aiyasan. ^ bahii. - \yjjiiyaia;e
^ akasatalagatd. G^‘ add naiiu
14
Atthadhamma.^
annatakayesena pana ine kilese jhapetya Ni!)baiiapatnya‘ kiccarh
n’atthi, yan iiunaham Diparnkaradasabalo viya pai-aniabinsambodhiiii patva
dhammanavaih aropetva niakajanam Saiiisarasagara iitiaretwa pacciid
pariiubbayeyya,m, idaiii maybaiii patirupan‘‘ ti. Tato attha dhamnie saui-
odbanetya Buddhabliayaya abhiniharaiii katva nipajji : tena vuttaui :
64. „Putbayiyam® nipanaassa eyam me asi cetaso :
dcchamaiio aimm ajja kilese jhapaye mama.
65 . Kim me anlafcayesena dhammaiiisaccliikateii’ idha.
sabbanaiitam*^ papunitva Biiddho hessaiii sadevake.
66 . Kim me ekena tinneBa purisena tlidmadassina,
sabbannutaiii'^ papimitya santaressarn sadevake.
67 . Imina me adbikarena purisesa tiiamadassinii
sabbaBButam papunami taremi janataiii babiuii.
68 . Samsarasotam cMndifcya yiddliamsitya tayo bhave
dharamanavam samaruylia santaressarn sadeyake^“ ti,
yasma pana Buddliattam pattbentassa
69. Manussattaiii lingasampatti beta Sattharadassaimiii
pabbajja gunasampatti adliikaro ca ciiaiidata
atthadlmmmasaniodhana abliiniharo samijjliati.
Manussattabhavasmuii yeva hi thatva Bnddhattaih patthentassa patlhana samyjhati
nagassa va supanriassa va devataya va patthana no saniijjhatij mauussattabhdve
pi pnrisalifige thitass’ eva patthana samijjhati itthiya va pandakanapmiisakaiibhatO"
byahjanakaiiaur’’ va no samijjhati, purisassa pi tasmiiii attabhave araliattappattiya
hetusampaimass’ eva patthana samijjhati no itarassa, hetiisanipannena pi sace
Jlvamanakabuddhass’ eva santika patthentassa patthana samijjhati parinibbnte
Buddhe cetiyasantike vii bodhimfile va patthentassa na samijjhati, Buddhanaiu
santike patthentassapi pabbajjaiinge thitass’ eva samijjhati no gihiliilge thitassa,
pabbajitass^i paficabhinnassa atthasamapattilabhino yeva samijjhati na imSya
gnnasampattiya virahltassa, ganasampannenapi yena attano jlvitaiii Buddhrmaui
pariccattaiii hoti tassa imina adbikarena adhikiirasan^pannass’ eva samijjhati na
itarassa, adhikarasampannassapi yassa Buddhak;iradhaininanaiii atthdya mahanto
chando ca mahanto nssaho ca vayamo ca pariyetthi*^ tass' eva saniijjiiaii na ita-
rassa, tatth* idaih chandamabantataya opammaiii : sace hi evam assa „yo sakala-
cakkavalagabbhaiii ekodakibhiltaib attano bfihiibalena pataritva paraiii gantmh
* 0^ nibbanappattiyii. ® puthuviyain. ^ sabbanfiutaiii. O' sabbafirmtam.
^ sabbannutam. ^ 0^ -vyaDdaim-. 0^’ pariyetilu.
Gotamo nama Buddbo.
ir>
samattho so Buddhattaiii papnnati, yo vii pana sakalacattavalagabbbaiii veliiginii-
basancbannaih vlyfiliit'Pa maddilvii pudasa gaccbaiitp param garttuih samattho so
Buddhattan’i papunati\ yo vd pana sakalacakkavalagabbhaht satdyo iiko|otva iii-
raiitaraiii satlithaiasamakinnaiii patlasft akkamamano paraiii garstuiii saiiiattbo so
Buddhattaiij papunati, yo va paiia sakalacakkavaiagabbharii vitaecikaiiigarabharilara
padehi maddaiiiano parani gantuai samattho so Buddhattam papunatlti“ yo etesu
ek&m pi attano dukkaraiii na mafinati ,jahaht etam pi taritva vd gantva va paratit
gahessamttf'* evaiii inahaiitena chaiidena ca xissaheiia ea vayamena ea pariyeithiya
ea samamiagato hoti tassa patthana samijjhatl na Itarassa* Samt'dhatdpaso
pana ime atlha dharame samodhrmet?a Buddhabhavaya abhimharaiit katva tnpajjh
DTpaihkaTo pi Bhagava agantva SumedBatapasassa sisabhage thatvd
maiiisThapanjaraiii^ uggliateiito viya parieavanna-pajsadasaiiipaiuiaiii ak-
kluiii iimmiietTa kalalapittlie nipaiinaiii Suaiedliatapasaiii disvii ,aiyaiii
tiipaso Buddhattaya*'* abiiirnharam katva iiipaiuio, ijjMssati jm klio laiassu
pattiianil iidahu ti anagatam saSnanam pesetva upadharento ..iio
kappasatasahassadiiikani eattari asamkheyyani atikkamitva (jotamo iiaina
Buddho bhavissatlti“ natva jhitako va parisama^he vyakasi ; „Pas$atha
no tumhe iniani iiggatapanf^ tii])asaiii kalalapittlie iiipanoau“ ti, ,,Evaiii
bhante**. »,Ayam Bnddhattaya'^ abluniharam katva nipanno. sam^ybis-
sati imassa pattbana* ito kappasatasahassadinkanam eatiinnaiii asarii-
kheyyanain inattliake Gotamo iiama Buddho bliavissati, tasmiiii pun’
assa attabhave Kapilavattliir'’ nama nagaraih iiivaso bhavissati, Alfiya
nama devi*' mata,, Snddhodano nama raja pita, aggasiivako Upaiisso
nama thero, dutiyasavako Koiito nama, Buddhupatthako Anando nama,
aggasavika Khema nama tiierB , dutiyasavika Uppaiavainia"' nama
then® bhavissati, paripakkafiano maliabliinikkltamanuni kat’vil maiia-
padbanaiii padahitva nigrodhamhle payasam patiggalietva Neraujaraya
tire paribhuiijitva bodhimandaiii arujha assattliarukkliamfde ablii.sann-
buyhissatiti*' ; tena vuttaiii:
-JO* ‘‘Blpaiiikaro’'^ lokavidu^^ ahutmam patiggaiio
tissisake nuuii thatviina idam vacanam abravi’^;
:i, "PasHalha imaih tapasaiii jiitilaiii uggatapunani,
aparimeyye ito kappe Buddiio loke biravisKuti.
^ €« C*'' mani-. ® buddliatthuya. ® C**? uggatapan. ^ €« biiddhattaya
corrected to buddhattliaya. kapilavattuu!. ® devi, ^ Ck- (/s
^ all three MSS. uppalavayim. i>- therl C*' dlpankaro. ** €?* loLv
vidu. -bruvj.
16
Nimittani.
72 . Alio Ka-pilavliaya ramma nikkliamitva Tatliagato
padlianaiii padakittana katya dukkarakariyaiii
73. Ajapalarukkhamule msiditya Tathagato
tattka payasam aggaylia Neranjaram upeliiti.
74. NeraSjaraya tire payasam adaya so Jiiio
patiyattayaramaggeHa bodliimiiiamhi eliiti.
75. Tato padakkliinaiii katya boclliimandam aiiiittaro
assatthassa mule bujjhissati mahayaso.
76. Imassa janika imita Maya nama biiayissati.
pita Suddhodano nama, ayaiii liessati Goto mo.
77 . Anasaya vitar%a santacitta samahita
Kolito Upatisso ca agga hessanti sayaka.
78 . Anando nam’ upatthako upattbissati tarn Jinam,
Khema Uppalayanna ca agga hessanti sayika
79. Anasaya yitaraga santacitta samahita.
Bodhi tassa Bliagayato ,Assattho‘ ti payuccati’“
Sumedhatapaso „may}iam kira patthana samijjhissatiti“ somanas-
sappatto ahosi. Mahajano Bxpamkaradasabalassa yacanaiii sutva ,, Su-
medhatapaso kira Biiddhabijam Buddhamkuro“ ti liatthatuttlio ahosi.
Eyaiii c* assa ahosi; „yatha nama puriso nadiih taranto iijukena titthena
uttaritum asakkonto hetthatitthena uttarati eyam evaih'^ mayaih Di-
pamkaradasabalassa sasane maggaphalam alabhamana anagate yada
tyaih Buddho bhayissasi'* tada tava sifmmukha maggaphalam sacchikatiim
samattha bhayeyyama“ ’ti patthanam Giapayimsu. Dipaihkaradasabaio
pi Bodhisattaiii pasamsitva atthahi pupphamntthihi pujetya. padakkliiiiaiii
katya pakkami. Te i>i catusatasahassasaiiikha klunasavii Bodliisattam
gandhehi ca malein* ca pujetya padakkhiiiaiii katva pakkamiiiifcU,
Devamaniissa pana tath’ eva pujetya yanditya pakkanta. Bodhisatio
sabbesarii patikkautakale sayana^yutthaya „paramiTo vicinisKamiti^’ pup-
pharasimatthake pallaiiikarii abhujitya''^ nisldi. Evaih nisinne Bodhi-
satte sakaJadasasahassacakkayale devata sannipatitya sadluikaraiit katya
,,ayya Sumedhatapasa poranakabodliisattanaiii pallamkam ahhiiiitva*’
‘paramiyo yicinissama’ ’ti nisinnakale yani pubbanimittani nama panha-
yanti tani sabbani pi ajja patiibhutani , nissamsayena tyaiii Buddho
^ pavuccatiti. ^ so all three MSS. * 0 ?*= bhavissati. malahi.
abhuhjitvii. ® 0 ^^ abhurljitva.
■ ■ . . Nimittam..' ' ■... , 1 '*^
bhayissasi, mayam etaiii jaiiama : yass’ etini 'GimittaEi pafinayanti ekaa-
tena^ so Buddlio lioti, tvarii attano ririyam dailmin katva paggaBba**
ti Bodliisattaiii na-Bappakarehi tlmtiM abbitthaniihsu® ; tena yuttam:
so. jjdani suivana vacaftaiii asaniassa Mabesino
amodita^ naramaru : ‘Buddbabijaiiikuro ayaibb
Si. Ukkutttiisadda vattanti appotiienti basanti'* ca
katanjaii naraassanti dasasabassi^^ sade?aka.
82. ‘'Yad’ iraassa Lokanathassa yirajjbissaraa sasanam
aiiagatamhi addhane hessania sammukba imam.
53. Yatha manussa nadiih taraiita patit-ittbam virajyliilya
hettbatitthe gabetyana attaranti mabiBadini
54. Eyani evam® mayam sabbe yadi muSoem’’ imam Jinam
anagatamhi addhane hessama sammukba imaiab
85 . Dipaiiikaro Lokavidu" abutinam patiggaho
mama kaiumaiii pakittetva dakkhinaib' padam uddbaii*\
86 . Ye tattha asmii Jinaputta sabbe padakkbinam akamsu mam,
nara naga ca gandbabba abbiyadetyana pakkanmm.
87. Bassanam me atikkante sasamghe Lokanayake
battbo battbena cittena asana yuttbabim tada,
88 * Sukbeiia siikbito liomi pamujjena pamodito,
pitiya ca abbissamio** pallamkaiii abhiyim tada.
89. Pallamkeiia nisiditva evam cintes' ahan tada;
‘vasibbuto ahaiii jhane abhinnasa paramim gato,
90 . Sabas sikam hi iokamhi isayo n’ attbi me sama,
asarao iddbidhammesii alabhim idisam sukhaiii’,
91 . Pailamkabbujane^'^ mayham dasasahassadhiyasiiio^'^
mabanadaiii payattesum: ‘dhuvam^^ Bnddho bbaTissasi.
92. Yaiii pubbe Bodhisattaiiarii paliamkavaramabbuje
nimittani padissaiiti taiii a^ya padissare.
93 . Sitaiii vyapagatam boti unban ca upasammati,
tani ajja padissanti, dlmvaih BJiddho bhavissasi.
94 . Basasabassilokadhatu'*'' nissadda boti ninlkuia,
tani ajja padissanti, dhuyam Buddbo bbavissasi.
^ C^’ ekattena. ^ 0^' abiiitthiitiihsn. ’ amodita, ' C-V iiimdin
^ 0^^ sahanti, sabanti corrected to hasaiitb ® O'*' dasasabassi. ^ so .ill
three MSS ^ C'^ "Vidu. ^ C^' dakkhijia. ^ uddhari, uddhariin. O'l'dinojjena.
abMssanto. 0 ^ sab«. C« -bhunjane. & tidasassadiiivasino.
C*^ fuvaih. & dasasahassi-.
4
18
95- Mahavata na myanti, na sandanti savantiyo,
tani ajja padissanti, dhuvaih Buddho bhayissasi.
96. Tbalaja dakaji puppba sabbe pupphaiiti tayade,
te p’ ajja puppbita sabbe, dbuvaiii Buddho biiayissasi.
97. Lata ya yadiva rukkha pbalabhara honti tayade,
te p’ ajja phalita sabbe, dhuyam Buddho bhayissasi.
98. akasattha ca bhummattba ratana jotanti tayade,
te p’ ajja rataua jotanti, dhuyam Buddho bhayissasi.
99. Manusaka ca dibba ca turiya yajjauti tavade,
te p’ ajj’ ubho abhirayanti, dhuyam Buddho bhayissasi,
100. Yicittapuppha gagana abhivassanti tavade,
te p’ ajja padissanti, dhuyam Buddho bhayissasi.
101. Mahasamuddo abhujati, dasasahassi pakampati,
te p’ ajj’ ubho abhirayanti, dhuyaiii Buddho bhayissasi.
los. Niraye pi dasasahassf aggi^ nibbayi tayade,
te p’ ajja nibbuta^ aggi*, dhuyam Buddho bhayissasi.
103. Vimalo hoti* suriyo, sabbe dissanti taraka,
te pi ajja padissanti, dhuyam Buddho bhayissasi.
104. Anoyattena udakena mahiya ubbhijji tavade,
tarn p’ ajj’ ubbhij^jate mahiya, dhuyaiii Buddho bhayissasi.
105 . Taragana yirocanti nakkhattam gaganamandale
visakha candimayutta, dhuyam Buddho bhayissasi.
106. Bilasaya darisaya nikkhamanti sakasaya,
te p’ ajja asaya chuddha, dimyaiii Buddho bhayissasi.
lOT. Na Iioti arati sattanaiii, santuttha honti tavade,
te p’ ajja sabbe santuttha, dhuyaiii Buddho bhayissasi.
108. Eoga tad’ upasammanti jighaccha ca vinassati,
tani ajja padissanti, dhuvam Buddho bhayissasi.
109 . Rago tada tanu^ hoti, doso moho pi nassati,
te p’ ajja vigata sabbe, dhuyam Buddho bhayissasi.
1X0. Bhayaiii tada na hhavati, ajja p’ etaiii padissati,
tena liiigena janama: dhuyaiii Buddho bhayissasi.
111. Rajo n’ uddhaihsati^ uddhaiii, ajja p’ etaiii padissati,
tena lingena janama: dhuvam Buddho bhayissasi.
119 . Anitthagandho pakkamati, dibbagandho payayati,
so p’ ajja vayati gandho, dhuyam Buddho bhayissasi.
^ 0* dasasah-'issi. aggi. * nibbuto. 0^ C* aggi, ^ 0*^ tanu. * C® *sati.
■ •V' ■ ^:fiiiddb'akIraka4ham'inS. ■ . ' ■
ils, Sabfoe devi .padissanti thapayitm arupm0v ,
te p’ ajja . sabbe dissaafei* dburam Buddbo bbairissasi.
114, Yayata niraya nama sabbe dissanti tavade,
te p’ ajja sabbe dissaati, dbavam Buddho bhayissasi,
; 115. : Kudcla kayata sela ca na lioatV avaranan’ tada,
' akasabMta te, pV a^lja, dbuyani Baddho bbayissasi. ,
116 , Cutx ca iipapatti' ca kbane tasatim’ na yijjativ
tani ajja padissanfci, dliuyam Buddbo bbayissasi,
117, Dalhaiii pag^ganha yiriyaiii, nia niyatta abliikkaiim»
raayam p’etam vijanama: dhuvam Buddbo bliavissasitr*\
Bodbisatto Dipamkaradasabaiassa ca dasasabassaeakkava|e deyatanafi
ca^ yacaaaiii sutva bhiyyosomattaja sanjatussaho butya cintesi : .,Buddha
nama amogbavacana, n’ attbi Buddbanam kathaja anSathattarh, yatha bi
akase kbittaleddussa patanam jatassa maranam arune uggate suriyass’
uttbanaiB asaya iiikkbantasibassa sibanadanadanaib garugabbbaya ittbiya
bbaramocanam dbuyaiB ayassabbavi eyam eyam^ Buddbauam yacanam
nama dhuyani amogham, addba abam Buddho bhayissaffitti“ ; tena yuttaia :
118, „ Buddhas sa vacanam sutva dasasahassina* c’ubbayam
tuttbabattbo pamudito eyaiii cintes' ahan tada:
118, ‘Adyejjbayacana Buddha, amogbayacani Jina,
yitatham n’atthi Buddbanam, dhuvaiii Buddho bhayam* abam.
120 . Yatha khittam nabhe leddu dbuvam patati bbumiyam
tath’ eya Buddhasefctbanam vacanam dbuyasassatam,
121. Yatbapi sabbasattanam maranarii dhuvasassatam
tatb' eva Buddhasettbanam vacanam dhuvasassatam.
122. Yatha rattikkhaye patte suriyass* uggamanam dlmvam
tatb’ eva Buddbasetfchanani vacanam dhuvasassatam.
123. Yatha nikkbantasayaoassa sihassa nadanarii dbuvam
tatb’ eva Buddhasettbanam vac^mam dhuvasassatam.
124. Yatha apannasattanaiii bliaramoropanarh" dhuvaiii
tath* eva Buddhasettbanam vacanam dhuvasassatan^** ti.
So „dhuv^ ahaiii Buddho bimvissamilb‘ evam katasannittbano buddlia-
karake dbamme upadbaretum **kahaii nu kiio Buddhakarakadhamma,
* hontavaranaii, hoiitacaraoaiL * C** tippatti, C*’ C« uppatti. ® khantes-
miiii. ^ C* devatioaiiii ca, C*’ -naiii ca corrected to -nanca. ^ so all three MSS.
® & dasasahassina. 0 ^ bharavoropanam ?
20
Danstparaml Silaparami.
kiiiri uddham udahu adlio disSsu ridisasu** anukkamena sakaladham-
madhatniii viciuaiito poranakabodhisatteln asevitanisevitam pathamaiii
danaparamirii disva evam attaoani ovadi : ,,Sumedhapandita tvaiii ito
patthaya pathamarii danaparaniiiii pureyyasi, yatlia hi iiikkujjito
udakumblio nissesaiii katva iidakam vamati yeva na paccaliarati .evam
cyaiii dhanam va yasam va puttadaram va angapaccaiigaiii ya anoloketva
sarupattayacakanaih sabbam icchiticchitaiii iiissesaiii katya dadamaoo
bodhirakkliamule nisiditva Buddho bhavissasiti“ pathamaiii daiiaparamim
dalhaiii katva adhitthasi; teiia yuttaiii:
135 . jjHanda buddhakare dhamme vicinami ito c’ ito
uddham adho dasadisa yavata dhammadhatuyap
136. Yicinauto tada dakkhim pathamaiii daiiaparamim
pubbakehi Mahesihi anucinnaiii mahapatham.
127. ‘Imaiii tvaiii pathamam tava dalhaiii katva samadiya
danaparamitam gaccha yadi bodhiiii pattum icchasi.
128. Yathapi kumbho samiiuiino yassa kassaci adhokato
vamate udakaih nissesam na tattha parirakkhati
139. TathV eva yacake disva hinamukkatthamajjhime
dadahi danam nissesam kumbho viya adhokato’^ ti.
Atli’ assa „na ettakeh’ eya Buddhakarakadbammehi bhayitabbaii“ ti
uttarim pi upadliarayato dutiyam silaparamim disva etad ahosi:
„Suniedhapandita tvahi ito patthaya silaparamim piirejyasi, yatha
hi camaramigo luima jivitam pi anoloketva attaiio vaiam eva rakkhatl
evarii tvain pi ito patthaya jivitam pi anoloketva silam eva rakkhaiito
Buddho bhavissasiti** dutiyam siiaparamiiii dalham katva adhitthasi;
tena vuttam:
130. ,,Na Ir ete ettaka yeva Buddhadliamma bhavissare,
anne pi vicinissami ye dhamma bodhipacaiia.
131. Yicinanto tada dakkhim dutiyaiii silaparamim
l>ubbakehi Maliesihi asevitanisevitam.
Imaiii tvaiii dutiyam tava dalham katva samadiya
silaparamitaiii gaccha yadi bodhiiii pattum icchasi,
133. Yathapi camari vaiam kismiei’ pativiiaggitaiii
upeti maranam • tattha na vikopeti vaiadhiiii (Ctr. iElian 16 , 11 .)
* 0 ^ kismim.
Fekkbammaparami , Pafinaparaml.
2 !
in4. Tath^ era catusii bbixmisu* siiam paripurlja^
parirakkha.^ sabbada silam caaxan Tiya valadhm’“ ti.
Ath’ assa ,,na ettakeh’ eya Buddhakarakadhammelii bliavitabban^ ti
, uttarim pi upadliara.yato tatiyaiii nekkbammaxxaramiiii disya etad aliosi :
.Biimedliapapdita . tyaiii ito . pattliaya. n e k k li am m ap a r-a m 1 m piirej-
yasi, yatlia hi dram pi bandlianagare yasaaiaiio jmnso na tattlia
sineliani karoti atlia kho ukkantlmti yeva ayasitukamo hoti evam eva
t-vaih sabbabhave baDdhanagarasadise katya sabbabhave iikknnthito
mimcitukamo hutya nekkbammabbimiikho ya bohi, eyaib Biiddbo bba«
vissasiti“ tatiyam nekkhanHaai>araniim dalbaiii katva adbittbaisi; tema
yuttam :
ia5. ,,Na Ir ete ettaka yeva Buddbadbamma bhayissare/
anne ja vidnissami ye dbanima bodbipacana.
136. Vicinanto tada dakkbim tatiyam iiekkhammaparamim
pubbakelii Maliesilii asevitaniseyitam.
137. ‘Imaiii tvam tatiyam taya dalbarii katya samadiya.
nekkbamme paramim gaccha yadi bodhiiii x^attom iccliasi.
138. Yatba andugbare drayuttbo dukhaddito
iia tattba ragaiii abbijaneti aiiittiiii yeva gavesati
139. Tatb’ eya tvaiii sabbabbaye andugbare viva,
nekkbammabbiinuklio hobi bhayato x^<irimuttiya’“ ti.
Ath' assa ,,na ettakeh’ eya Buddbakarakadbaainiebi bliayitabban** ti
uttarim x>^ iipadbarayato catuttbam xianSa|xaramiiii disra etad abosi;
,,SiHnedliaxiaiidita tvaiii ito pattbaya pannap a ra mini pi pureyyayi.
binamajjbimiikka,tthe.sii kiiiei^ arajjetva sabbe pi paiidite ii]>a?;amkanntya
Xmniiam x^^^^-'^^dieyyasi, yatha hi xiindaeariko bhikkhu liimnlibluHiesii
kiiiesii kiiici ayajjetva patipatiya jxindaya caranto kbippaiii yapaiiaiii
labhati evaiii tyam pi sabbapaiidite uxjasamkamitva panluiiii piuH-banto
Baddlio bliayissasiti*‘ catuttbaih ■ x^afmaxmramim dalbuiii katvil adiiijthasi;
,tena yiittam:
't4o.' ,«Na b' ete ettaka yera ■Buddbadhamma blmyissaye,;
anne pi vifini^sami ye dbamma bodbipacana,
141. Yiciiiaiito tada dakkliiib 'catoittbam x)a5Sa|>arainiiii
Xjubbakebi M ul ie.sibi aseTitamsevmiiii.' ■
149. ‘Imaih tyaiii catuttbam tava daibaib katva iiamadiya
pafiSaparamitaiii gaecba yadi bodbim x^^t-tum iediasi.
^ C^' bhuinisu. ® & C» parlpSrapa'. ^ parbakkiie. ^ so all three *^fSS.
n
Viriy^pSram!. Khantiparam!.
148. Yathapi* bhlkkliu bhikkhanto Mnamukkatthamajjhime
kulani na viyayjento e?am iabhati y%>aDam ^ ^ ^ ^
144. Tath’ eva tyam sabbakale paripucchanto budbam janam
paSnaparamitam gant^ri sambodbim papimissasxti’**.
Atb’ assa „na ettakeb' eva Buddhakarakadhammehi bliayitabban** ti
uttarim pi apadliarajato paScaniam viriyaparamim disTa etad ahosi:
„Sumedhapandita tyam ito pat'tliaya yiriyaparamim piireyyasi,
yatha siho xnigaraja sabbairijapatbesa dalhayiriyo hoti eyaiii tyaiii
sabbabhayesu sabbainyapatbesu dalhayiriyo anolinaviriyo samano Buddho
bhavissasiti“ pahcamam yiriyaparaniim dalhaih katva adliitthasi; tena
yuttam:
145. „Na h’ ete ettaka yeva Buddhadhamma bhayissare,
aSne pi vicinissami ye dhamma bodliipacaiia.
146. Vicinanto tada dakkhiih pancamam yiriyaparamim
pubbakehi Mahesibi aseyitanisevitam.
147. ‘Imam tyam. paScamam taya dalbaiii katya samadiya
yiriyaparamitaib gaccba yadi bodbim pattum iccbasi.
148. Yatbapi siho migar^’a nisajjatthanacamkame
allnayiriyo boti paggabftamano sad a
149. Tath’ eya tyairt pi sabbabbave pagganba yiriyarii dalbam,
viriyaparamitam gantya sambodhirii papimissasiti’^.
Atb’ assa „na ettakeb’ eya Buddliakarakadbammebi bharitabban^ ti
attarim pi upadbarayato cbattharii^ khaatiparamiiii disyii etad ahosi:
„Sumedbapandita tyaih ito pattbay a k h a n t i p a r a m i lii piireyyasi ,
sammanane pi ayamanane pi kbamo ya bbaveyyasi, yatlui]>i pathaviyaib
nama sacini pi pakkiiipaDti asucim pi nii tena patbari'' siiieluiib im
patigham karoti kbamati sahati adbiyaseti yeva evam evaiii tvani pi
sammananavamananesa kbamo va samanu Buddbu bbayissasiti^ ehattbam
kbantiparamim daibam katva adbittbasi ; tena Yuttaiii :
150 . „Na b’ ete ettaka yeva Buddliadbamma bbavissare.
anfie pi yicinissami ye dhamma bodbipacana.
151 . Yiciaaiito tada dakkbim chattbamaiii kbaatiparamiiii
pabbakebi Maliesibi asevitaniseyitam.
‘Imam tyam cliattbamaiii tava da|iiaffi katva samadiya
tattba adve^bamanaso sambodbim papmiissasi.
^ C*' yatba. C® cbattha, corrected to cbatthamam. * s,o all three MSS.
Saccaparaml. AdhHthanapIram!.
2 B
153 . Yathapi patliaTr nama sudm pi asucim pi oa
sabbam sahati nikkliepam na karoti patiglxam dajam
154 * Tatli’ eva tTam pi sal)besam sammanavamanakkliaiiio
kliantiparaaiitam gant?a sambodbim papunissasiti’**.
Ath’ assa „aa ettakeb’ eva Buddhakarakadbaiiiniehi bhayitabban^ ti
attarim pi upadharayato sattamam saceapammim disya etad aliosi:
„Siimedhapandita tyam ito pattbaja saecapirainini pi^ purejyasi,
asaaiya mattliake* patamanaya pi dhanadmaiii atthaya cliandadinam
vaseiia sampajanaiiiusavadam naina nia akasi, yatlia bi oyadbitaraka^
nama sabbautusu'* attaiio gania«a?ftliim jabitya annaya yjtbiya na
gacchati sakayithiya va gaccbati eyani eyam tvam pi saccam® pahaya
musayadam nama akaronto yeva Buddbo bbayissasiti’** sattamam sacca-
paramim dailiam katya adhittbasi: tena rattam:
165. nNa b' ete ettaka yeya Buddbadliamma bbavissare,
anie pi vicinissami ye dhamma bodbipacana.
156* Vicinanto tada dakkbirii sattamam saccaparamim
pubbakebi Mabesibi aseyitamseyitam.
157. ‘Imam tyam sattamaiii taya daibaiii katya samadiya
tattba adyejjhavacano sambodbim papanissasi,
158. Yatbapi osadhi nama tulabbuta® sadeyake
samaye utupasse" va na vokkamati vitbito
159* Tatb’ eva tyam pi saccesu ma yokkami vitbito,
saccaparamitam gantva sainbodhiiii papunissasiti’“,
Atb" assa ^na ettakeh*' eva Buddbakarakadbammebi bbavitabban'* ti
littarim ])i upadbarayato atBiainaiiradbitthanaparamim disva etad abosi:
,, Slimed hapandit a tvaiii ito pattliaya adbit tbanaparainim pi piireyyasi.
yarii aclliitpiasi tasmiiii adhittbane niccalo bbaveyyasi, yatba hi pabbato
nama sabbadisasii pi rate pabarante pi na kampati na calati attano
thane yeva titthati evam eyam tya^ pi attano adhittbane niccalo
bonto® va Biiddbo bbavissasiti‘v attbamam adbitthanaparamim dalhaiii
katya adhittbasi; tena yuttam:
itHK ,,Na Ii* ete ettaka yeya Buddbadbamma bimyissare,
aSne pi yicinissami ye .’dbamma 'bodbipacana..
saecaparamim*. ■ *. 0*’ mattake,.- -C'^' mattake ' corrected, to , mattliake. ^
osadliikaraki, ^ so all vitee liSS. . G® saceam. ® tnlabbuta. ^ C® iitiiyasse.
^ C® bhoiito.
24
Mettaparami ITpekkhaparami.
16 1. Vicinanto tada dakkhim atthamaiii adhitthanaparainm
pubbakehi Mabesihi asevitaniseTitaiii.
162. ^Iroam tvam atthamaiii tava dalham kat?a samadiya
tattha tyam acalo liutya sambodhim papunissasi.
163. Yathapi pabbato selo acalo sappatitthito
na kampati bhusavatehi sakaipiane ya titthati
164. Tath’ eya tyam pi adhitthane sabbada acalo bhaya,
adhitthanaparamiih gantya sambodiiiiii papanissasiti’“.
Ath’ assa „na ettakeh’ eya Buddliakarakadhaminehi bliayitabban“ ti
uttarim pi upadharayato nayamaih mettaparamim disva etad aliosi:
,,Sumedhapandita tyaih ito pattbaya m e 1 1 a p a r a m i lii pureyyasi, hitesu
pi ahitesu pi ekacitto bliayeyyasl, yath^ii udakaiii nama piapajanassa
pi kaly ana j anas sa pi sitabhayam ekasadisaiii katva pharati evam eyaiii ^
tyam sabbasattesu mettacittena ekacitto honto^ Bnddho bhavissasiti**
nayamam mettaparamim dalham katva adhitthasij teiia Tiittam:
165. b' ete ettaka yeva Buddhadlianima bhavissare,
anne pi vicinissami ye dhamma bodhipacana.
166. Vicinanto tada dakkhim nayamam mettaparamim
pubbakehi Mahesilii aseyitaniseyitaih.
167. ‘Imam tvaiii nayamaiii tava daiiiaih katva samadiya
mettaya asamo hohi^ yadi bodhiiii’^ patttim icchasi.
168. Yathapi udakara nama kalyane papake jane
samaiii pharati ^ sitena payaheti rajonialam
160. Tath’ era tyam jii ahituhite samaiii mettaya bliavaya,
mettaparamitaiu gantya sainbodium ptipunissa,>iti'‘‘.
Ath’ assa ,,na ettakeh’ eva Buddhakarakadhummelii bhavitabbair^ ti
uttarim pi upadharayato dasamaih iipekkhaparamim disya etad abo>-i :
,jSumedhapandita tvam ito pattiig^'a iipekkhaparamiru pi pureyvaisi,
sukhe pi dukkhe pi majjhatto va bhaveyvasi, yathapi ]>alhayl‘'’ nama
siicim pi asucim pi' pakkhippamane maphatta ra hoti evain evaiii
tvam pi sukiiadukkhesu majjhatto va honto*’ Budtlho bhaTissaslti*'
dasamaih upekkhaparamim^ dalham katva adbittbasi; tena vuttam:
V evil. ^ bhonto? G*’ bhonto. ® C'^' hotl, iKHihiin, **’ C*’** pavati
G^ harati. ^ pathavi, patliaviih. so all three MSS.j instead of suciinhi
asudmhi? ® bhonto. ® 0?-= C* (‘kha-
Paramlyo,
25
iTO* jiKa K ete ettaka yeva Buddlmdhamma bbaTissare*
aaSe pi vicmissami ye dliamma bodhipacana.
itl. Vicinanto tada dakldiiiii dasamam apekhaparaniim *
, pabbakebi \Mahesihi : asevitanisevitam.
1^2, '‘Imaiit tfaib dasamam. tava dalliam katva saiaadiya'
tulabliuto daiho Imtva isaiubodliim papunissasi,
173. Yathapi pathavi ruiina jnkkMttajn asuciiii .suciiii
iipekkliati iibho p’ ete kopaimHayaTajjita
174 . Tatli’ eva tYani pi sukiiadukkhe tulabMto sada bliava,
upekkliaparamitam ^ gaatva sambodhim papuiiissa.slti’**.
Tato cintesi: ,Jmasmim loke Bodhisattebi puretabba bodhiparipacana
Buddbakarakadbamiiia ettaka yeva, dasa paraiiiiyo tbapetya anSe n’ attbi,
iniapi dasa paraiiiiyo uddiiam akase pi n’ attbi, iiettha pathaviyam pi
purattbiraadisa * disasu pi n’ attbi, laaybam yeva pana badayaniamsantare
patittbita^V ti. Evaiii tasaiii hadaye patittbitabbayaiii disyi, sabbapi
dalbaiii katva adbittbaya punappuna samniasaiito anulomapatilomaiii
samroasati, pariyaiite gabeiva adirii papeti, adinilii gabetva pariyante
tbapeti, raa;jjhe gabetva ubbato osapeti, ubbato kotisu'^ gabetya niajjbc
osapeti^, aiigapariccago paramiyo nania bahirabbaiidapariccago upapara-
aiiyo nama jiyitapariccago paramattbaparaiiiiyo nama 'ti dasa paramiyo
dasa upaparamiyo dasa paraniattbaparamiyo ti yamakatelam vsnivattento ^
viya Maiianierum maiitbaiii® katva cakkavalamabasa mad dam aluiento®
viya ca sammasi. Tassa dasa paramiyo sammasantassa sammasaiitassa
dbanmiatejena catunahiitadbikaiii dve yojanasatasabassani babala ayam
mabapatbayl^''^ hatthina akkantanalakalapo viya piliyamanam uccbu-
vantaiii viya inaliaviravaiii yiraynmana samkampi sampakampi sampavedhi,
kxilaiacakkam viya telayantacakkam viya ca paribbbami ; teiia viittam:
175 . ,, ‘Ettaka yeva te loke ye dbamma bodbipacana,
tat’ uddliam ii' attbi aiiatra, dalbam tat tba patitthahab
176. Ime dliamme sammasato sa.bbavasarasalakkha,ne
dbanimatejeiia vasiidba dasasahassi pakampatba,.
17 T. Caiatl^^ ravatl patbavi *^ uccbuyaatam va piiitam,
telayante yatlia eakkam. evam kaiiipati. .medmitr*.
^ so all three MSS. * so all three MSS. " so all three MSS. ^ paratthiimidi.
^ so all three MSS. ® obhaseti. t Q& vinivaddhento, viidvaddhento?
^ mattha, C« matthaiii, matthahi corrected to manthaiii, ^ alulaiito,
alaleiUo. pathavi, 0“^ mahapathavi. C« 'nala-. C'"* calati. piithavi.
26
Pathavikampanam .
Mahapathayiya kampamanaya Rammanagarayasmo santhatum asakkonta
yugantayataralxa ^ hata ixiahasala* viya mucchitamucchita papatiihsu,
ghatadini kulalabhajanani payattantani ^ annamannaih paharantani
cunnayicunnaiii ahesum. Mahajano bhitatasito Sattharam upasamkamitva
„kin nu kho Bhagava nagayatto^ ay am bhutayakkhadevatasu
annatarayatto? ti, na hi mayaiii etam janama, api ca kho sabbo pi
ayam mahajano upadduto, kin na kho imassa iokassa paj)akam
bhavissati udahu kalyanam, kathetha no etam karanan“ ti aha. Sattha
tesam kathaih sutya „tumhe ma bhayatha ma cintayittha, n’ atthi to
itonidanaiii bhayann yo so maya ajja Sumedhapandito ‘an%ate Gotamo
nama Buddho bhavissasiti* yyakato so idani paramiyo sammasati,
tassa paramiyo sammasantassa vilolentassa ^ dhammatejena sakala-
dasasahassilokadhatu ekappaharena kampati c’ eva ravati ca“ ’ti aba;
tena vattam:
ITS. „Yavata parisa asi Buddhassa pariyesane
payedhamana sa tattha mucchita seti bhdmiya.
tT». Ghatanekasahassani kumbhinan ca sata bahu
sancunnamathita tattha annaraann’ upaghattita®.
ISO. Ubbigga tasita bhita bhanta vyadhitamanasa
mahajana samagamma Dipamkaram upagamum,
181. ‘Kim bhavissati iokassa kalyanam atha papakam,
sabbo npaddato ioko, tarn yinodehi cakkhuma’.
182. Tesaiii sada’‘ sannapesi Dipamkaro Mahtouni^^:
‘yissattha hotha ma bhatha imasmirii pntha-yikampane,
188. Yam ahaih ajja vyakasim ‘Buddho ioke bhayissati’
eso sammasati dhammaih pubbakaih jinasevitaiii.
184 . Tassa sammasato dhammam Buddhabhumim asesato
tenayam kampita puthavi dasasahassi sadeyaketi’“.
Mahajano Tatliagatassa vacanam sutya hattliatuttho maiagandhayile"
panam ad ay a Rammanagara nikkhamitya Bodhisattam upasamkamitva
maladihi pujetva yanditva padakkhinam katya Rammanagaram eya
payisi. Bodhisatto pi dasa paramiyo saramasitya viriyaiii dalhaiii katva
adhitthaya nisinnasana vutthasi ; tena vuttarii:
^ so all three MSS, ® sala corrected to mahasaia. ® pavaddhantani.
^ nagavaddho. ® -vaddho. ® bhavissasititi , bhavissatiti.
^ C^' viiolentassa. ® C« -sabassi-. ^ C^nipagbattita? C«
yamagamma. tada, O*' sada corrected to tuda. mahamnni.
Thnti.
27
185. „Buddhassa vacanam sntya mano nibbayi tarade,
sabbe mam upasamkamma puna pi mam abhivandiyum
186. Samadiyitya Buddhagunam dalham katyana manasam
Dipamkaram namassitva ya* asana vutthabiih tada*‘ ti.
Atha Bodbisattaih asana vuttbabantam sakaladasasabassacakkayaie *
deyata saniiipatitya dibbehi malagandbehi pujetya ,,a-yya Sumedha-
tapasa* taya ajja Dipamkaradasabaiassa padaraule mahati pattbana
pattbita, sa te anantarayena samijjbatu , ma te bbayaiii va cham-
bbitattaih va abosi, sarire appamattako p>i rogo ma uppajji, kbippam
paramiyo puretva sammasambodbim patiyijjha, yatha pupypbupaga-
phalupaga rukkba samaye puppbanti c’ eva phalanti ca tatb’ eya tyam
pi samayarh anatikkamitva kbippam bodhim uttaniaiii pbusassii** ’ti adini
tbutimangalani payirudaliamsu , evam payirudahitva attano attano
devattbanam eya”^ agamamsii. Bodliisatto deyatahi abbittbuto ,,abam
dasaparamiyo puretva kappasatasabassadbikanam® catunnam asamkbey-
yanam matthake Buddbo bbavissannti“ viriyam dalham katva adhitthaya
nabhaih abbbuggantva Himavantam eva agamasi; tena yuttaiii:
18T. „Dibbam manusakam puppbam deva manusaka ubho
samokiranti puppbehi vuttbahantassa asana.
188. Vedayanti ca te sottbim deva manusaka ubbo:
‘mabantam pattbitaih tuy bam tarn labbassu yathiccbitaih.
189 . Sabbitiyo yivapjantu, sabbarogo vinassatu,
ma te bbavatu antarayo, pbusa kbippam bodhim uttamam.
190. Yathapi samaye patte puppbanti puppbino duma
tatb’ eva tvam mabavira Buddbananeiia piipphasi.
191. Yatba ye keci Sambuddha purayum dasaparamim ‘
tatb’ eva tvam mahavira purebi® dasaparamim.
192. Yatba ye keci Sambuddha bodbimandamhi bujjbare
tath’ eva tvam mabavira bujjhtSssu Jinabodbiyam.
193. Yatba ye keci Sambuddha dbammacakkam pavattayum
tatb’ eva tvam mabavira dbammacakkam pavattaya.
194. Punnamase yatba cando parisuddho virocati
tatb’ eva tvam punnamano viroca dasasabassiyam.
^ so all three MSS. =* C*’ omits va, ® 0*^ -cakkavaie, *0^ Sumedha. devattbanaii]
omitting eva. ® -sahassadhikaiii, -sahassadhikaih corrected to -sahassadhi-
kaoarh. dasaparami. ^ puresi. ® 0^ dasaparami.
28
Dipamkaro.
195* Raliumutto yatha suriyo tapena V atirocati
tath’ eva lokam muncitva yiroca siriya tuvam.
196* Yatlia ya kaci nadiyo osaranti maliodadhim
eyarii sadeyaka loka osaraiitu tav’ antikam’,
197. Tehi tliutippasattlio so dasa dharame samadiya
te dliarame paripurento payanaiii pavisi tada“ ti
Sumedhakatlia nittliita.
Rammanagaravasino pi kho iiagaraiii pavisitya buddhapamukhassa
bhikklmsamghassa nmbadanam adaihsu. Sattlia tesarii dhammam desetya
mahajanam saranadisu patittbapetya Rammanagarainlia nikkhamitya
tato uddliam pi yavatayukaih titthaiito sabbam Buddkakiccam ^ katva
anukkamena anupadisesaya Nibbanadhatuya parinibbayi. Tattha yam
yattabbaih tarn sabbam Buddhayaiiise yuttanayen* eva yeditabbarii,
yattam hi tattha :
198 . „Tada te bliojayitvaiia sasamgham Lokanayakam
upaganchum saranarii tassa Dipariikarassa Satthuno.
199 . Saranagamane kanci^ niyesesi Tathagato
kanci'^ l)ahcasu silesu siie dasavidhe pararii.
200. Kassaci deti samannaih caturo phalamattame,
kassaci asame dliamnie deti so patisanibhida.
201 * Kassaci varasamapattiyo ® attlia deti Narasabho,
tisso kassaci vijijayo chalabhinha pavecchati.
202. Tena yogena janakayaiii ovadati Maliaiiiuni»
tena yittharikaiii asi Lokanatliassa sasanam.
203 . Mahaliaim usabliakkhandho lllpamkarasanamako
baliu' jane tarayati parinioceti duggatim.
204 . Bodlianeyyam janaiii disva satasaliasse ^pi ® yojaiie
khanena upagantyana bodbeti tarn Mabamuni.
205 . Patbamabhisamaye® Buddbo kotisatam abodhayi,
dutiyabbisamaye^® Natbo satasabassam abodbayi^^
206. Yada deyabbayanambi Buddbo dbaniniam adesayi
nayntikotisahassanaiii tatiyabliisamayo ahu.
^ G’ tiperia. ^ so all three xMSS. ® sabbabuddhakiccaiii^ sabbaiii kiccaiii.
^ Jiinci. ^ kihci corrected to kanci, ^ so all three MSS. C***’
bahu. ® bi. ^ -samayo. C« -samayo, -samayo corrected to -samaye.
abodhayi.
Dipamkaro.
29
207* Sannipata tayo asum Dipamkarassa Satthiiao :
kotisatasahassanaiii pathamo asi samagamo.
2Q8. Puna Naradakutainlii pavivekagate Jine
khinasava vitamala samimsu satakotiyo.
209. Yada vasi’ Maliaviro Sudassanasiluccaye ^
navutikotisaliassehi j>avaresi tada Muni.
210. Aharii tena samayena jatilo uggatapano
antalikkhamhi carano pancabliinSasu paragu®.
211. Dasavisamsahassanarii dliammabhisaniayo aliu,
ekadvinnaiii abliisamayo gananato^ asamkhiya.
212. Vittharikaiii bahujannam iddhani pltaiii® ahii® fada
.Dijiamkarassa Bliagavato sa-sanam suvisodhitam.
213. Cattari satasaliassani chalabhinSa mahiddiiika
Bipamkaram Lokaviduiii parivarenti sabbada.
214. Ye keci tena samayena jahanti manusam bliavam
appattamaiiasa sekha garabita va bhavanti te.
215 . Supappbitiuii pavacanaiii arahantelii tadilu
kiiinasavehi vimalehi upasobbati sadevake.
216. Nagaraiii Ranmiavati naina, Sumedho nama kliattiyo,
Sumedlia^ nania janiya Dipamkarassa Sattiiuno.
217 . Sumangalo® ca Tisso ca ahesum aggasavaka,
S%ato nam’ upatpiako^ Dipamkarassa Satthuno.
218. Nanda c’ era Sunanda ca ahesum aggasarika,
bodhi tassa Bhagavato Pix')phaliti payuccati.
219 . Asitihatthamubbedho Dipamkaro Mahamuni
sobhati diparukkho ya salaraja ya phuliito.
220. Satasahassam yassani ayuiii tassa Mahesino,
tayata tittbamano so taresi janatam bahuiii.
221. Jotayityana saddhammam santaretra mabajaiiam
jalitya aggikkhandho ya nibbuto so sasayako.
222. Sa ca iddhi^° so ca yaso^^ tabi ca padesu cakkaratanani^*
sabbam samantarahitam, naim ritta sabbasaiiikliara ti.
^ vasi. 2 G« "Siluccaye. ^ piiragu. ^ gaiiaiiatho corrected to
gaiianato, gananatho. ^ 0*^ pitaih corrected to pliitarii. ® aliu.
’ C« 0^ sumedha. ® sumaiiigalo. ® C* namiipatthako. iddhi. C'»
so ca so, C*' ce yaso corrected to so ca yaso* so all three MSJS. C*
-samkhara, , 0^ -samkara.
30
Kondanno. Vijitavi.
223. „Dipamkarassa apareua* Kondanno nama Nayako
anantatejo amitayaso appameyyo durasado*'.
Bipamkarassa pana BhagaTato aparabh%e ekam asamkheyyam
afcikkamitva Kondanno nama Sattha ndapadi. Tassapi tayo sa-
vakasannipata ahesnm* pathamasannipate kotisatasaliassam, dutiye
kotisahassaih , tatiye navntikotiyo. Tada Bodhisatto Vijitavi nama
cakkavatti* hutva kotisatasahassasamkhassa bnddkapamukhassa
bhikkhusamghassa raabadanarh adasi, Sattba Bodhisattaih „Boddho
bbavissasiti“ vyakaritva dhamniarii desesi. So Satthu dhaminakatham
sutva rajjam niyyadetva pabbaji. So tini * Pitakani uggahetva attha
saraapattiyo panca ca abhinnayo uppadetva aparihinajjhano ^ Brahmaloke
nibbatti. Kondannabuddhassa pana Rammavati nama nagaram, Snnando
nama khattiyo pita, Sujata ntoa devi mata, Bhaddo ca Subbaddo ca
dve aggasavaka, Annruddbo nama npatthako, Tissa ca Upatissa ca
aggasavika, Salakalyani® bodhi, atthasitihatthubbedham sarirara, vassa-
satasahassam ayuppamanam ahosi. Tassa aparabhage ekam asamkheyyam
atikkamitva ekasmiih yeva kappe cattaro Buddha nibbattiriisu : Mangalo ®
Sumano Revato Sobhito ti. Mangalassa Bhagavato tayo savakasaimipata
ahesuih, tesu’ pathamasannipate® kotisatasahassaiii bhikkhu ahesum,
dutiye kotisahassam , tatiye navutikotiyo. Vematikabhata kir’ assa
Anandaknmaro navutikotisamkhayaparisaya saddhiiii dhammasavanatthaya
Satthu santikam agaraasi**. Sattha tassa anupubbikatharii**^ kathesi,
so saddhiih parisaya saha” patisambhidahi arahattam papuni. Sat*
tha tesam kulaputtanam pubbacaritam olokento iddhimayapattacivarassa
upanissayam disva dakkhinahattham pasaretva „etha bhikkhavo“ ti
aha. Sabbe tarn khanam yeva iddhimayapattacivaradhara satthi-
vassathera viya akappasampanna hutva Sattharam vanditva pari-
varayimsu. Ayam assa tatiyo savakasannipato ahosi. Yatha pana
annesam Buddhanam samanta asitihatthappamana yeva sarirappabha
ahosi na evam, tassa pana Bhagavato sarirappabha niccakalam
dasasahassiiokadhatuih pharitva atthasi. Rukkhapathavipabbata*
samuddadayo antamaso ukkhaliyadini upadaya suvannapattapariyonaddha
viya ahesuih. Ayuppamanam pan' assa navutivassasahassani ahosi.
Ettakam kalarii candasuriyadayo attano pabhaya virocitum na sakkhimsu.
rattindivamparicchedo na pannayittha , diva suriyaiokena viya satta
^ aparena corrected to aparena. ^ cakkavatti. ^ tini, 0^^ tini corrected
to tini. * 0*^ -hina-. * so all three MSS. ® Ok G« marhgalo. C« tesu
corrected to te, te corrected to tesu, ® -patesu. ® C* agamasi. q ,
anupubbikatham. 0* saba., ** dasasahassi.
Mangalo Kharadathiko.
B1
niccam Buddhaloken’ era vicarimsu, sayam pupphanakusumanam pato
va ravanasakunadinaS ca vasena loko rattindivamparicchedam ^ sallak-
khesi. „Kim pana annesaiii Buddhanam ayam anubiiayo n’ atthiti“
no n’ atthi, te hi pi akamkhamana dasasahassi^ va lokadhatum tato
va bhiyyo abhaya phareyyum, Mangalassa^ pana Bhagavato
pubbapatthanavasena annesam vyamappabha viya saiirappabha niccam
eva dasasahassilokadhatum ^ pharitya atthasi. So kira Bodhisattacariyakale
vessantarasadise attabhave thif u saputtadaro vamkapabbatasadise pabbate
vasi, Ath’ eko Kharadathiko nama yakkho Mahapurisassa danajjha-
sayatam* sutva brahmanavannena upasamkamitva Mahasattam dve
darake yaci. Mahasatto ,,dadami brahmanassa puttake“ ti hat^a-
pahattho udakapariyantam pathavim kampento dye pi darake adasi.
Yakkho caihkamanakotiyam alambanaphalakam nissaya thatva passantass’
eya Mahasattassa miilakalapam viya darake khadi. Mahapurisassa
yakkham oloketva mukham vivatamatte aggijala viya iohitadharam
uggiramanam tassa mukham disvapi kesaggamattam pi domanassam
na uppajji®, „sudinnaiii vata me danan“ ti cintayato pan’ assa sarire
mahantam pitisomanassam udapadi. So „imassa me nissandena anagate
imina va niharena rasmiyo nikkhamantu** ’ti patthanam akasi. Tassa
tarn patthanam nissaya Buddhabhutassa sarirato rasmiyo nikkhamitva
ettakaih thanam pharimsu. Aparam pi ^ssa pubbacaritarii atthi: so
kira Bodhisattakale ekassa Buddhassa cetiyam disva „imassa Buddhassa
maya jivitam pariccajituih vattatiti** dandakadipikavethananiyamena
sakalasariram vethapetva ratanarnakulam satasahassagghanakaih ^
suvannapatiiii sappissa purapetva tattha sahassaiii vattiyo® jaletya tarn
sisenadaya sakalasariram'^ jalapetva cetiyam padakkhinam karonto
sakalarattim vitinamesi , evam yava arunuggamana vayamantassa pi
’ssa iomakiipamattam pi usumam na ganhi, padumagabbham pavittha-
kalo viya ahosi, dhammo hi nam’ esa attanam rakkhantam rakkhati;
tenaha Bhagaya :
324 . „Dhammo -have rakkhati dhammacarim,
dhammo sucinno^'^ sukham avahati,
esanisamso dhamme” sucinne^^:
na duggatim gacchati dhammacanti**
' C*”’ rattindivaparicchedam. ® 0^ C« dasasahassi. ® C*' manigalassa.
^ dasasahassi-, * C* -sayanam, * C« upajji. ^ all three MSS.
satasahassagghanakam. ® vaddhiyo. ^ G* omits jaletva — sakalasariram.
10 0* Cv sucinno. 0* dhammo, dhammo corrected to dhamme. 0^ sucinno.
n
Surud.
iraassapi kammassa nissandena tassa Bhagavato sarirobliaso dasa-
sabassilokadhatum ^ pharitra atthasi, Tada amhakam Bodhisatto Suruci
nama brahmano liutva Sattharam „nimantessamiti“ upasamkamitya
madhuradhammakathara sutva „sve mayhaiii bhikkhaiii ganhatlia
bhante"* ti aha. „Brahmana kittakehi te bhikklmhi attho“ ti.
,»Kittaka pana vo bhante parivarabhikkhii“ ti aha. Tada Satthu
pathamasaimipato yeya hoti, tasma „kotisatasahassan“ ti aha. „Bhantei
sabbehi pi saddhim may ham gehe bhikkhaih ganhatha‘‘ ’ti. Sattlia
adhivasesi. Brahmano syatanaya nimantetva gehaiii gacchanto cintesi:
„aham ettakanam bhikkhunam yagubhattavatthadmi datum noiia
sakkomi, nisidanatthanam pana katham bhavissatiti“. Tassa sa cinta
caturasitiyojanasahassamatthake thitassa devaranno Pandukambalasila-
sanassa unhabhayam janesi. Sakko „ko nu kho mam imasma thana
cayetukamo“ ti dibbacakkhuna olokento Mahapurisam disva ,, Suruci-
brahmano buddhapamukham bliikkimsariigham nimantetya nisidanattha-
natthaya cintesi, may%i tattha gantya punnakotthasam gahetum
yattatiti“ vaddhakivannam nimminitya^ yasipharasuhattho Mahasattassa
purato patur ahosi, „atihi nu kho kassaci bhatiya kattabban*‘ ti aha.
Mahapuriso disya ,,kim kammam karissasiti*^ aha. ,, Mania ajananasippam
nama n’ atthi, gebam ya mandapam va yo yarii kareti tassa tarn
katuiii janaraiti“. „Tena hi mayham kammam atthiti‘\ „Kim ayya“
’ti. ,, Syatanaya me kotisatasahassabhikkhii nimantita, tesara nisidana-
mandapam karissasiti*^ ,,Aham nama kareyyam sace me bhatiih
datum sakkhissatha“ Ti. ,,Sakkhissami tata‘* ’ti. ,,8adhu karissamiti“
gantva ekam padesam olokesi. Dvadasaterasayojanappamano padeso
kasinamandalarii ^ yiya samatalo aliosi. So „ettake thane sattaratanamayo
mandapo utthahatii** ’ti cintetya olokesi, tayad eva puthayiiii ^ bhinditva
mandapo utthahi. Tassa sovannaraayesu thambliesu rajatamaya ghataka
aliesum, .rajatamayesu sovannamaya, manittliambhesu pavalamaya^
payalatthambhesu raanimaya, sattaratanamayesu sattaratanamaya ya^
ghataka ahesum. Tato „nTandapassa antarantare kiihkinikajalam
olambatu“ ’ti olokesi. Saha olokanen’ eya jalarn oiambi yassa
mandayateritassa pancangikass’ eya turiyassa madliurasaddo niggacchati,
dibbasangitiyattanakaio® yiya hoti. „Antara^ gandhadamamaladamani
olambantu“ ’ti cintesi, damani olambimsu. „Kotisatasaha 5 sasamkhanaiii
^ dasasahassi-. * nlniiiiiiiitva. ® kasina-. puthuviih corrected
to puthavim. » 0* pavala-, pavala-. ^ qs ca. » -saiiigiti-.
® antarantaia.
Surud,
3S
bliikkliunam asanani ca adkarakani ca pathavim bhinditya iitthabantu“
’ti cintesi, tavad eya utthaiiimsu. ,,Kone kone ekeka udakaeatiyo
uttlialiantu“ ^ti cintesi, udakaeatiyo uttkahimsu. Ettakam mapetya
brakmanassa santikaih gantva „eki ayya, taya mandapam oloketya
maykaiii bkatiiii dekiti“ aha. Makapuriso gantva niandaparii oiokesi,
olokentass’ eva sakalasariram pancavannaya pitiya nirantaram phutam
akosi. Ath’ assa mandapam oloketva etad ahosi: „nayam mandapo
manussabhiitena kato, maykaiii pana ajjhasayam mayhaih gunam
agamma addka Sakkabkayanaiii unkarii ahosi, tato Sakkena devaranna
ayaiii mandapo karito bhayissati, na kho pana^ me yuttaih eyarupe
mandape ekadivasaiii yeva daiiaiii datum sattakam dassaniiti” cintesi.
Baliirakadanani ** hi kittakam pi sanianarii Bodhisattanam tutthim^ katum
na sakkoti, alamkatasisam ^ jiaiia chiuditva anjitaakkkini iippatetya
hadayamaihsaiii va ubbattetva diniiakale Bodhisattanaiii cagarh nissaya
tuttki nama hoti. Amliakam pi hi Bodkisattassa Sivijatake devasikaiii
pancakaliapanaiiimanani Yissa,jjetva catusu dvaresu majjke nagare danam
dentassa taiii danam c%atutthiih uppadetuiii nasakkhi, yada pan’ assa
brahmanavannena agantva Sakko devaraja akkliiiii yaci tada iiani uppatetva
dadamanass’ eya haso uppajji, kesaggamattam pi cittam'-^ annathattam
nahosi. Eyam danam nissaya Bodhisattanaiii titti nama n’ atthi. Tasma
so pi Mahaj)iiriso ,,sattaham maya kotisatasahassasamkhanam bkikkhunam
danaiii daturii vattatiti“ cintetya tasmiiii mandape nisidapetva sattakam
gayapanaiii nama danaiii adasi. Gavapiiiian ti mahante mahante koiambe^
khlrassa puretva uddliaiie iiropotva gbanapakapakke kkire thoke taiidule pakkhipitva
pakkaiii madhusakkaiacuiuiasappihi abiusaiiikhatabbojauaiii vuccati. Manussa
yeva pana pariyisitum nasakkhiihsu, devapi ekantarika kutya pariyis*
iiiisu®. Dyadasaterasayojanappamanatthanam pi bhikkhu ganhituia
na-ppakosi yeva, te pana bkikkku attaao attano anubkarena nisidimsu,
Pariyosanadivase sabbabhikkhunaiii pattani dhoyapetya bkesajjattkaya
sappinavanitamadhupkanitadini ^ puretya ticiyarehi saddhim adasi.
Samgkanayakabkikkhuna iaddhaciyara'lataka satasahassagghanaki ^
aliesuiii. Sattha anumodanaiii karonto ,,ayam puriso eyarupam
makadanaiii adasi, ko nu kko bbavissatiti** upadharento ,,an%ate
kappasatasakassadkikanam dyinnaiii asamkkeyyanam matthake Gotamo
nama Buddko bkayissatiti^ disva Mahapurisam amantetya „tyam
^ omits pana. * so all thrse MSS. ® 0^ C*' tuttM. * alamkatasisaiiu
^ C^' kolambe. ® 0^ pavisiriisu, 0^ -ppanita-, -ppkanita-, C« -pphanita-
corrected to “plianita-.
a
34
Sumano, Atulo.
ettakaiii nama kalam atikkamitva Gotamo iiaina Buddho bliayissasiti**
vyakasi. Mahapuiiso Yyakaranam sutva i,aliam kira Buddiio bhavissami»
ko me gharayasena attho, pabbajissamiti^ ciiitetya tathampaiii saiiipattiiii
kbeiapindam viya ])a]iaya Sattliu santike pabbaji, pabbajitya
Buddiiavacanaiii agganhetva. * abhinua ca samapattiyo ca nibbattetya
ayupariyosaue Bralimaloke iiibbafcti. Mailgalassa^ paiia Bliagavato
nagaram Uttaraili nama aliosi, pitapi Uttaro nama kliattiyo, matapi
Uttara nama, Sudevo ca Bliaiiimaseno ca dye aggasayaka, Palito nama
upatthako, Sivali ca Asoka ca dye aggasavika, Nagarukkbo bodin',
atthasitihattliubbedliaiii sariram ahosf. Navutiyassasahassani thatya
pariaibbute pana tasmijh ekappaharen’ eya dasacakkavalasabassani
ekandbakarani ahesum , sabbacakkavalesu manussanaih inabantam
arodanaparideyanaiii akosi.
925. „Kondannassa aparena* Maugalo^ nama nayako
taniam ioke nihantvana dhammokkara abhidbarayiti‘‘.
Evam dasasaliassiiokadhatum ■' andhakararii katya parinibbutassa
Bhagayato aparabliage Sumano nama Sattba udajjadi. Tassapi tayo
sayakasannipata, patbamasamiipate kotisatasaliassam bliikkhu aliesum,
dutiye Kaiicanapabbatamhi ® nayutikotisatasabassani, tatiye asitikoti-
satasahassani. Tada Mabasatto Atuio nama nagaraja ahosi mahiddbiko
niahaimbbaro. So „Buddho uppaii 2 io‘‘ ti sutya natisaiiigbaparivuto
uagabhayaiia nikkbamitya kotisatasaliassabbikkhiipariyarassa tassa
Bbagayato dibbaturiyehi upabaraiii karetya mahadanam datya paccekarii
dussayugani datva saranesu patittbasi. So pi naiii Sattba „an%ate
Buddho bhayissasiti’** vyakasi, Tassa Bbagayato nagaraiii® Kliemam
ntoa ahosi, Sudatto nama raja pita, Sirima mama mata, Sarano ca
Bhavitatto ca aggasayaka, Udeno nam’ upatthako, Sona ca Upasona
ca aggasavika, Nagarnkklio^ 6a bodhi, nayutihattlmbbedhaiii saiiraib,
nayuti yeva yassasahassani ayhppamanam ahositi»
226. ,,Mahgaiassa^^ aparena^^ Sumano nama nayako
sabbadhamrnehi asamo sabbasattanam iittamo‘%
^ uggahetva. ® maiiigalassa. ® C» aparena, ^ maihgalo. “ C
dasasahassi-. * -pabbatampi, -pabbatampi corrected to -‘pabbatambi.
^ C« bbavissatiti. ® nailgaram. ^ C® naiigarukkbo. C*' va.
mamgalassa. « apareua.
Kevato^ Atidevo. Sobhito. Ajito* 35
Tassa aparabliage Rerato nama Sattha udapadi. Tassapi^ tayo
sayakasannipata, pathainasannipate ganana naraa n atthi, dutiye koti-
satasalmssaiii bliikkliu ahesum, tafcha tatiye, Tada Bodliisatto Atideyo
nama bralimano iiutya Sattbu dhammadesanam sutya saranesu patitthaya
sirasi anjalim tbapetya tassa Satthuno kilesappahane yannam yatya
uttarasamgena pujarii akasi. So pi nam*'' ,»Baddho bhayissasxti“
yyakasi. Tassa pana Bhagayato nagaram Sudhannayati^ imma abosi,
pita Vipulo nama khattiyo, mata Vipula nama, Varuno caBrahmadeyo
ca aggasayaka, Sambliayo nama npatfcliako, Bliadda ca Subhadda ca
aggasayika, N^arukkho'^ ca'*^ bodbi, sariram asitihatthubbedham aliosi,
ayum^ satthiyassasabassaniti.
227. ,,Sumanassa aparena* Reyato nama nayako
anupamo® asadiso atulo uttamo Jmo“ ti,
Tassa aparabli^e Sobbito ntoa Sattha udapadi. Tassapi tayo
sayakasannipata, patiiamasannipate kotisataiii bbikkhu aliesuiii, dutiye
nayutikotiyo, tatiye asitikotiyo. Tada Bodbisatto Ajito® nama brahmano
butya Sattbu dhammadesanam sutya saranesu patitthaya buddha-
pamukhassa bliikkhusamghassa iiiahadanam adasi. So pi naiii „Buddho
bhayissasiti^®“ yyakasi. Tassa pana Bhagavato nagaraiii Sudhammam
nama aliosi, pita Sudhanimo nama raja, matapi Sudhamma nama,
Asamo ca Sunetto ca aggasayaka, Anomo nama upafcthako, Nakuia
ca Sujata ca aggasayika, N%arukkho^ bodbi, attbapaSnasa-
battbubbedham^^ sarirara abosi, nayutiyassasabassani ayuppamanaii ti.
228. „Revatassa aparena’^ Sobbito nama nayako
samabito santacitto asamo appatipuggaIo“ ti.
Tassa aparabbage ekaiii asamkbeyyam atikkamitya ekasmirh kappe
tayo Buddha nibbattiiiisu; Anomadass^* Padumo Narado ti. Ano-
madassissa Bbagayato tayo sayakasannipata, pathame attha bbikkhu-
satasabassani abesum, dutiye satta, tatiye cba. Tada Bodbisatto eko
yakkbasenapati^^ abosi mabiddhiko mabanubbayo anekakoti-
^ C*”’ tassapi. ® taiin ® 0^ dhannavatl * yiangamkkho. ^ 0^ C*' va.
® Tiyu. C*‘ aparena. ® C'^'anupamo. ® C« ajino? bhavissatiti^
n 0*^ va. -pannasa-, 0® -pannasa-. C® aparena. 0®
tiiomadassi. 0^ C^’ -seiiapatl
36
AnomadassT, Yakkhasenaputi. Padiimo, Siho.
satasahassanam yakklianam adhipati. So „Buddho uppanno** ti sutya
agantya buddhapamukhassa samgliassa maliadanaiii adasi, Sattliapi
nam ,,ariagate Buddlio bha?issasiti“ yyakasi. Aiiomadassissa pana
Bhagavato Candavati' nama nagaraiir aliosi, Yasaya nama raja pita,
Yasodliara nama mata, Hisablio ca Anomo ca aggasayaka, Yaruno
nama upatthako, Sundan ca Sumana ca aggasayika, Ajjunarukkbo
bodbi, sarirarii atthapanaasaliatthxibbedhaiii aiiosi, yassasatasahassarn
ayii® ’ti.
229. ,,Sobhitassa aparena^ Sambuddlio dipaduttamo
Anomadassi'^ amitayaso tejasi® duratikkanio“ ti.
Tassa aparabhage Padumo nama Sattha udapadi. Tassapi tayo
sayakasannipata, patbainasannipate kotisatasahassaih bhikkbu^ aliesuiii,
dntiye tini® satasahassani, tatiye agaraake aranne mahayanasandayasmam
bhikkhiinam ^ dve satasahassM. Tada Tathagate tasmim vanasande
vasante Bodhisatto siho butya Sattbararii nirodhasamapattirii samapannarh
disya pasannacitto yanditya padakkbinam katya pitisomanassajato
tikkhattum sihanadam naditya sattaham biiddbarammanam^° pitim
arijabitva pitisukhen’ eya gocaraya apakkamitya jlyitapariccagam katya
payirupasamano atthasi. Sattba sattahaccayena nirodha vutthito siham
oloketya ,,bhikklmsamglie pi cittam pasadetva saiiigham yandissatiti“
»,bbikkiiusamgbo agacchatu*V ’ti cintesi. Bhikkhu tayad eya agamirhsu,
Slho saiiighe cittarii pasadesi. Sattba tassa manaih oloketya ,,anagate
Buddbo bhayissatiti‘v yyakasi. Padumassa pana Bhagayato Cainpakam
nama nagaraiii^* ahpsi, Padumo nama raja jnta, inatapi Asania nama,
Sale ca Upasalo ca aggasavaka, Yaruno nam’ upatthako, Rama ca
Uparama^^ ca aggasayika, Sonarukkbo^V bodiii, attliapannasa-
battbubbedhaiii^* sariram ahosi, ayuiii^'^ yassasatasahassan ti.
eao. „Anomadassissa apareip. Sambuddlio dipaduttamo
Padumo nama namena asamo appatipuggaio'* ti.
Tassa aparabb%e Narado nama Sattha udapadi. Tassapi tayo
sayakasannipata, pathamasannipate kotisatasahassabhikkhu ahesum,
^ candavati. ^ C« nangaram. ^ C« ayu. ^ C« aparena. ® 0* anomadassi.
® O tejasi. ^ all three MSS. bhikkhu. ® C*‘ tini, tlui corrected to tint.
® bhikkhunaiii, buddharammana. C« nahgaraih. C« Suraiiia,
omits uparama ca. C« sona- paimasa-, 0^^ paiinasa-. ayu.
I
Narado. Isi. . Padumuttaro. Jatilo, Sumedho, Utt&ro. 37
datiye nanitikotisatasahassani, fatiye asitikofcisatasahassani. Tads
Bodhisatto i s i pabbajjam pabbajitya pancasu abhinnasu atthasu ca
sainapattLsu ‘ rasi liiitra buddhapamiikbassa saiiigbassa mahadanam
datya lohitacandanena pujam akasi. So pi ,,anag*ate Buddho
b]iayiysa.si6i'‘ yjakasi. Tassa Bbagavato DhaSnayati iianiia nagarara
ahosi, Siiiuedlio iiama. kliattiyo pita, Anoma nama iiiata, Bliaddasaio
ca Jitamitto^ ca. aggasaraka, Yasettho nam’ upatthako, Uttara ca
Pbagguni'^ ca aggasayika, Maliasonarukkho ^ nama bodhi, sariram
attliasitihattlmbbedbaiii alio.si, nayutiyassasaliassani ajd ^ti'\
231. ^tPadumassa aparena Sam buddho dipad uttamo
Narado nama imniena asanio appatipuggalo** ti.
Naradabuddhassa a]5arabhage ito satasahassakappaniatthakc ekasmim
kappe eko ra^' Paduiimttarabuddlio nama udapadi. Tassapi tayo
savakasannipata, pathame kotisatasahassaih bhikkim ahesum, dutiye
Yebliarapabbate iiayutikotisahassani, tatiye asitikotisahassani. Tada
Bodhisatto Jatilo nama Maharatthiyo hutya buddhapamukhassa
samgliassa civaradanaiii adasi. So pi naiii „ajiagate Buddho bhavissasiti**
yyakasi. Padumuttarassa paiia Bhagavato kale titthiya nahesum*
sabbe devamaimssa Buddham era saranaiii agamamsu. Tassa nagaraiii^
Haiiisayati® nama ahosi, pita Anando nama khattiyo, mats Sujata
nama, Deyalo ca Sujato ca aggasaraka, Smnano nama upatthako,
Amita ca Asama ca aggasayika, Salarukkho ca^ bodiii, sanram
atthasitihattliubbedhahi ahosi, sarirappabha samantato dyadasa yojanani
ganhi, yassasatasahassam ayuiii^^'.
332. ,,Naradassa aparena Saaiibiiddho dipaduttaxno
Padumuttaro nama Jino akkhobbho sagaruj)amo“ ti.
Tassa aparabhage tiiiisakappasahassani fj^tikkamitya Sumedho ca Sujato
ca Ti ekasmirii kappe dye, Buddha nibbattimsu, Sumedhassapi tayo
savakasannipata, pathamafcannipate Sudassananagare ^ kotisatam
khinasava ahesuih, diitiye nayutikotiyo, tatiye asitikotiyo. Tada
Bodhisatto Uttar o nama manavo^^ hutya nidahitya thapitaiii yeya
^ samapattisUj 0^-= samapatti. ^ so all three MSS. ^ 0 ^ phaggunf, ^ 0 «
-sona-. 0'*' ayuti. omits va. C* nahgaram. ^ hamsavati.
9' 0« va. ayu, G® -nafigare, manavo.
B8 Siijato. Cakkavattiraja. Piyadassl Ka?sapo,
asitikotidhanam Tissajj[jetva buddhapamuldiassa samgliassa maliadaBaii
datva dhaiumarii sutva saranesu patittliaya nikklaamitra pabbaji. So
pi iiaii) jjanagate Buddho bbavissasiti‘* vyakasi. Sumedhassa Bbagayato
Sudassanarii ntoa nagaraiii ^ abosi, Sudatto . imma raja pita, rnatapi
Sudatta aama, Sarano ca Sabbakamo ca dve aggasayaka. Sagaro
nama iipatthakos Hama ca Surania ca dye aggasayika. MahaTiiparukldio
bodhi, sariram atthasitihattlmbbedhara ahosi, ayii^ navutiyassasabassarii,
gnn. „Padiimiitta.rassa apareaa Sumedbo nama nayako
durasado uggatejo sabbalokuttamo
Tassa aparabliage Sujato nama Sattba udapadi. Tassapi tayo
sayakasannipata, pathaniasannipate satthibliikkliusabassani abesuiii,
dutiye pannasam^j tatiye cattMsam \ Tada Bodbisatto cakkayattiraja'^
hutva ,,Buddbo uppanno^ ti sutva upasariikamitya dbammam sutva
buddhapamukbassa sariighassa saddliini satlabi ratanebi catimmliadipa-
raj^jara datva Sattlui santike pabbaji. Sakalarattbavasino ratthuppadaiii
gahetva aramikakiccaiii sadlienta buddhapamukbassa saiiigbassa niccarii
mahadanam adamsu. So pi naiii Sattba vyakasi. Tassa Bbagayato
nagaram^ Sumangalarii nama abosi, Uggato® nama raja x>ita, Pabbavati
nama mata, Sudassano ca Deyo ca aggasiiyaka, Narado nama upatthako,
Naga ca Nagasamala ca aggasavika, Mahiiyelunikldio bodhi. So kira
mandacliiddo glianakkbandbo upanmabasakhahi niorapinjakaJapo ’’ ylya
virocittlia. Tassa Bbagayato sariram pannasabattliubbedbam’® ahosi*
ayum^* navutiyassasahassaniti.
234. ,,Tatth^ eya Mandakappambi Sujato nama nayako
sxhaban’usabliakkhandlio appameyyo durasado** ti.
Tassa aparabbage ito attbarasakappasatamattbake ekasmim kappe
Piyadassi Attiiadassi Bbamniadassiti tayo Buddha nibbattiiasu.
Piyadassissa tayo sayakasannipata, pathame kotisatasabassam
bhikkhu ahesuih, dutiye nayutikotiyo, tatiye asitikoiiyo ti. Tada
Bodbisatto Kassapo nama manavo^^ tinnam yedanara paraiii gato va
hutva Sattbu dbammadesanam sutva kotisatasabassadlianapariccagena
^ iiafigaraih. ^ so all three -MSS. ® C® pamnasam. ^ C?- C*‘ cattarisaim
® cakkavattiraja. ^ nangaram. sumaiiigalam, ® upaggato.
* C« -kalapa. all three MSS. paninasa-. 0^ ayn. O' ])lyadassissa|>k
manavo.
Attliadassi. Susimo. Dhammadassi. Sakko. 39
samgharamam karetra, saranesii ca sjlesu. ca patitfchasi. Atlia nam
Sattlia j.aUliarasakappasataccayeiia Buddho biiavis.sa.siti“ yyakasi.
Tassa Bliagavato Anomaiii nama iiagaraiii^ aliosi, pita Sudiimo nama
raja, inata Ganda nama, Paiito ca Sabbadassi ca aggasayaka, Sobhifco
nam’ upattliako, Siijata ca Bbammadinna ca aggasavika, Piyangiirukkbo®
bodhi, saiiraiii asitiliatthiibbedlia«] abosi, navutiyassasahaNsani ayil'** ^ii.
235. ,,Suja-tassa aparena^ sayambM^ lokanayako
durasado asaniasamo Piyadassi mahayaso** ti.
Tassa aparabliage AtthadassT nama ' Sattha tidapadi, Tassapi tayo
sayakasaiinipata, patbame at.tlianavutibhikkbusatasabassan{ ahesnm,
dutiye atthasitisatasahassani, tatha tatiye, Tacla Bodhisatto Susimo
nama maliiddbikatapaso hutya deyalokato mandarayapnpphacliattam
aharitva Sattbararii pujesi. So pi naiii yyakasi. Tassa Bhagayato
Sobliitaiii nama Jiagaraiu^ abosi, Sagaro nama raja pita. Slid ass ana nama
mata, Santo ca Upasanto ca aggasayaka, Abhayo iiain* upattliako,
Bbanima ca Sudbamma ca aggasavika, Campakanikkho bodhi, saiiram
asitibatthiibbedbaiii abosi, sarirapj^abba samantato sabbakalaih yojana«
mattani pharitya attbasi, ayniii yassasatasabassamti^.
330 . sjTattlT eya Mandakappambi Attbadassi narasabho
raaliatamam niliantyana patt-o sainbodbim iittaman'‘ ti.
Tassa aparabhago Dliammadassi iitoa Sattha udapadi. Tassapi tayo
savakasannipata, patdiame kotisatam bbikkhu ahesmii, diitiyesattatikotiyo,
tatiye asitikotiyo. Tada Bodhisatto Sakko devaraja Imtya
dihbagandhapupphelii «.'a dilibaturiyehi ca pujarii akasi. So ■ pi naiii®
yyakasi. Tassa Bbagayato Saranam^ nama naga-raTn abosi, pita
Sarano nama raja, mata Sonanda nama, Padiimo ca Plmssadeyo ca
aggasayaka, Sunetto nam’ iijiattliako, Kbenia ca Sabbanama ca
£^g’gasavika, Rattakuravakariikkbo bodhi, bimbijalo ti pi vnccati. Sa-
nrarii pan’ assa asitibattbubbedbaiii abosi, yassasatasabassaib ayu ’tl.
237 ., „Tattli’ eya Mandakappambi Dbammadassi mabayaso
tamandbakaram yidhametya atirocati sadeyake‘* ti.
* G'« anomanamanafigaraiii. ^ piyamgn-. * ayu, ^ 0^ aparena. ® C «
sayambhu. ® nafigaraih. ^ -sabassanti. ® tarn. saranan.
40 Siddhattho. Mangalo. Tfsso. Siij^o. Fliusso. Tijitavi,
Tassa aparabhage ito cattinaTutikappaniattihake okasniim kappc cko
va Siddliattho nania Buddho udapadi. Tassapi tayo sayakasaniiipata,
pathaniasannipate kotisatasaliassam bhikkliii aliesuiii, diitiye iiavutikotiyo,
tatiye asitikoti 3 ’’o, Tada Bodhisatto uggatejo abhinriabaiasampanno
Mangalo^ nama tapaso hufcya mahajanibuplmlam abaritva Tatb%atassa
adasi. Sattha tarn plialam paribhunjitya ,,catuiiayutikax)pamatthake
Buddho bhavissasiti“ Bodhisattam vyakasi, Tassa Bhagaycito nagararii^
Vebbaraiii nama ahosi, pita Jayaseiio nama raja, mata Suplmssa nama,
Sambalo ca Sumitto ca aggasavaka, Revato nama upattbako, Siyali
ca Surama ca aggasavika, Kanikaranikklio ^ bodhi, sariram sattlii-
hatthnbbedham ahosi, vassasatasaliassaiii ayu ’ti.
2 fl 8 . nDhammadassissa aparena^ Siddliattho nama nayako
nihanitra tamam sabbam snriyo v’ abbhuggato^ yatha“ ti.
Tassa aparabhage ito dyanayntikappamatthake Tisso Phnsso ti
ekasmiih kappe dye Buddha nibbattirasu, Tissassa Bhagayato tayo
savakasannipata, pathaniasannipate bhikkhunam kotisataiii ahosi, dutiye
nayutikotiyo, tatiye asitikotiyo. Tada Bodhisatto raahabhogo inahayaso
Sujato nama khattiyo hutya isipabbajjaiii pabbajitya mahiddhiktibhayam
patya „Buddho uppanno** ti sutya dibbaiii mandarayapaduniam
paricchattakapupphani adaya catupaiisamajjhe gacchantam Tathagatam
piijesi, akase pupphayitanam akasi. So j)i nam Sattha ,,ito dyenaTutikajipe
Buddho bhayissasiti“ vyakasi. Tassa Biiagavato Khemam nama
nagaram ahosi, jiita Janasandlio nama khattiyo, mata Paduraa ntoa,
Brahraadeyo ca Udayo ea aggasavaka, Sambhavo nama upatthako,
Phussa ca Sudatta ca aggasavika, Asanarukkho bodhi, sariram
satthihatthubbedham ahosi, vassasatasaiiassaiii ayu ’ti.
sno. ,,Siddhatthassa aparena* asamo appatipuggalo
anantasiio amitayaso Tisso lokagganayako“ ti.
f . ■ ■
Tassa aparabhage Phusso nama Sattha udapadi. Tassapi tayo
savakasannipata, jiathamasannipate satthirii^ bhikkhnsatasahassani,
dutiye jianSasa*, tatiye dvattimsa. Tada Bodhisatto Vijitavi nama
khattiyo hutya maharajjam® pabaya Satthu santike pabbajitva tmi
^ 0^ mamgalo. * nailgaram. ® kanikara-. ^ apareiia. ^
tabbhugato. ® aparena. ^ satthi. ^ 0^ pannasa, pannasa. ® 0 ^
O*' maharajjam. C*' C« tini.
TIpassT. Atulo. SikM. Arindamo.
41
pitakani uggalietra mahajaiiassa dhammakatham kathesi silaparamin
ca piiresi. So pi aaiii Buddho tatli’ era yyakasi. Tassa Blia-garalo
Kasi^ nama xiagaram'^ aliosi, Jayaseno iiania raja pita, Sirima uama
mata, Siirakkbito ca Dhammaseno ca aggasayaka, Sabhiyo uama
upatfchako, Gala ca Upacala aggasayika, Amalakariikkho bodhi, sariram
attbapaunasahatthubbedham ® abosi, imyutiyassasabassM ayu ’ti.
^?4o. ,,Tattb’ eya Mandakappambi ahu* Sattba anuttaro
aniipanio® asamasamo Phusso lokagganayako“ ti,
Tassa aparabbage ito ekanayutikappe Vipassi uama Bhagava udapadi.
Tassapi tayo s«avakasanmpata , patbamasannipate atthasattbim ^
bbikklmsatasabassaiii abosi, diitiye ekasatasahassam, tatiye asitisahassani.
Tada Bodhisatto rnahiddhiko mabaimbbavo Atul o uama nagaraja luitya
sattaratauakhacitani soyannaiuayapitbam Bbagayato adasi. So pi tam^
„ito ekauavutikappe Buddho bhayissasiti®** vyakasi. Tassa Bhagavato
Bandbumati uama nagaram^ abosi, Baiidbunia nama raja pita,
Bandbumati uama mata, Kbando ca Tisso ca aggasaraka, Asoko nama
upatthako, Canda ca Gandamitta ca aggasayika, Pataiirukkbo bodhi,
sarjram asitihatthubbedbam abosi, sarirappabba sada sattayojanani
pbaritva^'^ attbasi, asitiyassasabassani ayu ’ti.
241. ,,Phussassa aparena Saiubuddbo dipaduttamo
Vipassi nama naiuena loke upp^’i cakkbuma** ti,
Tassa aparabbage ito ekatimsakappe Sikbi ca Vessabbu ca’ti dve Buddha
abesum. Sikbissapi tayo sayakasannipata, pathaniasannipate bbikkhu-
satasabassaih abosi, dutiye asitisabassani, tatiye sattati. Tada Bodhisatto
Arindamo nama raja hutya buddbapaunikbassa samghassa saciyaram*^
mabadanaih pavattetya sattaratanapatimauditaiii battbiratanaiii datya
battbipamanaih katyd kappiyabbandam ^adasi. So pi naiii^^ „ito eka»
timse kappe Buddbo bhayissasiti“ vyakasi. Tassa pana Bbagayato
Arunayati nama nagaram abosi, Aruno nania kliattiyo pita, Pabbavati
nama mata, Abbibbu ca Sambbavo ca aggasavaka, Kliemamkaro nama
upatthako, Makbila ca Paduma ca aggasayika, Pundarikarukkbo bodhi,
^ so ail three MSS. ® C« nahgararh. ® G« C® -pannasa-, 0 ^*^ pannasa. G*
ah 11, C'^ ahu. ® C-5 aTiiipamo. ^ -satthi. nam? ^ bhavissatiti.
® G« nangaram. paritva. civaradi. ** taiii.
42
Yessabhii. Sudassano. Kakiisamiho. Khenio.
sanraiii sattatiriisahatthiibbcdham abosi , sarirappabba yojanattayam
pbaritva atf=]msi» sattatimsavassasabassam ayu ’ti.
242 . nVipassissa aparena Sambuddho dipaduttamo
Sikhisavhayo * nama Jino asamo appatipug’galo” tb
Tassa aparabh%e Vessabhii nama Sattha adapadi. Tassapi iayo
savakasaiiuipata, pathamasannipate asitibhikkbusatasahassani abesum,
dutiye sattati, tatiye satfcbi. Tada Bodbisatto Siidassaiio nama raja
hutva buddhapamukbassa saiiigbassa saciyaraiii mahadanaiii datya tassa
saiitike pabbajitya acaragiinasamj)anno Buddharatane cittikarapltibahnlo
abosi. So pi naih Bliagava ,,ito ekatiiiisakappe Buddho bhayissasitb‘
vyakasi. Tassa pana Bhagavato xVnopamam nama nagaram abosi »
Suppatito nama raja pita» Yasavati nama inata, Sono ca Uttaro ca
aggasavaka, Upasanto nama upattbako, Bama ca Samala ca aggasayika,
Salarukkho bodhi, sariram' satfchihatthubbedbarii abosi, safctbiyassa-
sabassani ayu ’ti.
2 is. ,/rattb’ eva Mandakappamhi asamo appatipnggalo
Vessabhii nama namena loke nppajji so Jino“ ti.
Tassa aparabbage imasmim kappe cattaro Buddha nibbatta: Kakusandbo
Konagamano Kassapo ambakaiii Bhagaya ti. Kakusandbassa Bbagavato
eko sannipato% tattba eattalisaih® bhikkliiisabassani abesuiiu Tada
Bodbisatto Khcmo nama raja biitya buddhapamukbassa samgbassa
sapattaclyaram niahadanan'^ c’ eya anjanani bhesajjaiii c’ eya datya
Satthu dhammadesanaiii sutva pabbaji. So pi naiii Sattba yyakasi.
Kakusandbassa pana Bbagavato Kbemaiii nama nagaram abosi,
Aggidatto nama bralimano pita, Visakba nama brabmani niata,
Yidhiiro*^ ca Sahjivo ca aggasavaka, Buddbijo nama uj)at4hako, Sama
ca Campaka ca aggasavika^, Mabasinsarukkho bodhi, sariram
cattaiisahatthubbedham abosi, cattalisam vassasabassani ayu Ti.
244. „Yessabliussa aparena' Sambucldlio dipaduttamo
Kakusandbo nama namena appameyyo duyasado'* ti.
^ sikMsavhayo corrected to sikhivbayo. * savakasannipato, sarmipato
corrected to savakasannipato. * 0* cattalisam. ^ 0^ pattacivaraiti. ® ma-
hadanarh. ** vidhuro. ^ aparena.
Koiiagamano. Pabbato. Kassapo. Jotipalo. 43
Tassa aparabhage Konagamano' nama Sattlia iidapadi. Tassapi eko
saTakasannipato, tattlia tiiiisabhikkhusaliassani ahesiim. Tada Bodhisatto
Pabbato aama raja liiitya amaccaganaparivuto Sattliu saiitikaih gantya
dhaaimadesanam sutya bucldliapainakham bliikkhiisamgliam iiimantetya
maliadanam payattetya pattannacinapattaih ® koseyyaiii kambalaiii
dukulani^ c’ eva sayannapattakan^ ca datya Satthii santike pabbaji.
So pi iiam^’ vyakasi. Tassa Bbagayato Sobhayati nama nagaram ^
aliosi, TaSnadatto nama brahmano pita, Uttara nama brahmani mata,
Bliiyyoso" caUttaro ea ag;gasavaka, Sotthijo nama upattiiako, Samudda
ca Uttara ca aggasayika, Udumba-rarukkho bodlii, saiirarii visatihattlmb-
bedliam^ aliosi, timsayassasahassaiii ayu ^ti.
„Kakiisandbassa aparena® Sambuddho dipaduttamo
Konagamano^^ nama Jino lokajettho narasabbo** ti,
Tassa aparabliage Kassapo nama Sattha ioke iidapM. Tassapi eko
sayakasannipato , tattlia yisatibliikklmsahassani aliesurh. Tada Bo-
dhisatto Jotipalo nama manayo^* iiutya tinnaih yedanaiii paragii
bliuraiyan ca antalikkhe ca pakato Ghatikarassa . kumbliakarassa
mitto aliosi. teiia saddhiiii Sattliaram iipasariikamitya dliammakatham
sutya pabbajitya araddhayiriyo tlni pitakani uggahetya vattayatta-
sampattiya Buddhasasanaih sobliesi. So pi naiii Sattha yyakasi. Tassa
Bbagayato jatanagaraiii Baranasi nama ahosi, Brabmadatto nama
brahmano pita, Dbanayati nama brahmani inata, Tisso ca Bharadvajo
ca aggasavaka, Sabbainitto nama npatthako, Anuia^^ ca Uruyela ca
aggasayika, Nigrodharukkho bodhi, sariraiii visatihatthnbbedham' ahosi,
yisatiYassasaha>ssani ayh ’ti.
21G. ..Konagamanassa aparenat* Sambuddho dipaduttamo
Kassapo nama so Jino dhanimaraja pabhamkaro“ ti.
■ ■ . m- ■
Yasmim pana kappe Dipaiiikaradasabalo udapadi tasmiiii anne pi tayo
Buddha ahesum. Tesahi santika Bodhisattassa yyakaranam n’ atthi,
^ koniigamano, konagamaiio., * -paddhaiii, .G« pattunnam cina-
paddham. ^ ^ 0^* 0^ dukulani. -patthakah, -paddhakah. * C« taiii.
® 0® nangaraih, ^ yaso. ® timsatihatthubbedharri. * aparena.
konagamano, 0^ konagamaiia, C* manavo. 0^ omits so. 0® annia,
C® aparena.
44
Sabbe Buddha. Anisariisa.
ta$ma te id ha na dassita, xlfcthakatliajarii pana taraha kappa patthaja
sabbc Kiiddhe das-setura idam yuttaiiii
211 , j/fanhamkaro Medhariikaro atho pi Saranaihkaro
Dtpaiiikaro ca sambuddho Kondanno dipaduttamo.
. 218. Madgalo^ ca Suinano ca Beyato Sobhito muni
Aiiomadassx Padumo Narado Padumiittaro.
2 UK Siimedho ea Sujato ca Piyadassi mabayaso
Atthadass! Dliammadassi Siddhattho lokaiuiyako.
250 . Tisso Plnisso ca sambuddho TipassT Sikhi Ye.s.sabliu
Kakusaiidho Kon%amano Kassapo capi nayako.
251 . Pte ahe.smii Sambiiddha vitaraga samahita^
sataramsiya uppauna maiiataniavmodana,
jalitva aggikkhaudha® va uibbuta te sa.savaka‘‘ ti.
Tattha amliakam Bodhisatto Dipamkaradinam catuvisatiya Biiddlianam
santike adhikaram karonto kappasatasabassadhikani cattari asamkheyyani
agato. Kassapassa pana Bhagavato orabhage fhapetva imam
Sammasaiiibuddhaih anno Buddlio nama n’ attlii. Iti Dipamkaradinam
catuyisatiya Buddhanam santike laddhavyakarano pana Bodhisatto.
Yena pana tena
Manussattam lihgasampatti hetu Sattharadassanani
pabbajja gimasampatti adliikaro ca cliaudata
atthadhanimasamodhana abbiniharo samijjhatiti
ime atthadhamme samodhanetva Bipamkarapadamiilc katabhiniharena'^
,,banda buddbakare dhamme vicinami ito c’ ito“ ti mssaham katya
,,yicinanto tada dakkbim patbamam danaparamin‘* ti danaparamitadayo
buddhakarakadbamma dittha ne® |>urento yeya Tessantarattabhaya
agami, iigaccbanto ya/ ye te katabhinibaranam Bodhisattanam
anisamsa samyannita :
252. .,EYaiii sabbangasampanna bodbiya niyata nara
saiiisaram digbam addhanam kappakotisatehi pi
253. Ayicimhi na uppa^'anti, tatha lokantaresu ca,
mjjbamatapha khuppipasa na honti kalakahjaka,
na honti klniddaka pana uppajjantapi diiggatim,
5 Qh (jv mamgalo, ^ mahayasa. ® C® aggikkliandho. ^ C* -harenaj C<’ -haro
na. » C» te. * so all three MSS.
Danaparami. Sllaparami. Nefckhammaparami. 4 5
254. Jayamana manussesu jaccandha na bhavanti te,
sotavekalyata n’ atthi, na bhavanti miigapakkhika,
255* Itthibhavam na gacclianti, ubbatovyanjanapandaka
na bhavanti pariyaxninna bodhiya niyata nara,
250. Mntta anantarlkehi * sabbattha suddhagocara
inicchaditthiiii na sevanti kammakiriyadassana,
257. Vasainanapi saggesu a«ahnam^ na nppajjare,
suddhavasesu devesu hetu nama na rijjati,
258. Nekkhainraaninna sappurisa visaiiiyutta bhavabbave
caranti lokatthacariyayo piirenta sabbaparamiti^
te anisariise adhigaiitva va agato. Paramiyo c’ assa
Akittibrahmanakale Sariikhabrahmanakale Bhananjayarajakale Mahasu-
dassanakaie Mahagovindakale Nimiinaharajakale Candakiimarakale
Visayhasetthikale Sivirajakale Vessantarakale ti danaparaniitaya
puritattabhavanaiii ^ parimanam n’ atthi. Ekantena
Sasai)anditajatake
259. ,,Bhikkhaya iix:>agatam disva sakattanaiii^
danena me same n’ atthi, esa me danaparamiti“
evaiii attapariccagam karontassa danaparainita pararaatthaparami nama
jata. Tatha Silavanagarajakale Camx>eyyanagarajakale Bhuridattanaga-
rajakale Chaddantaii%arajakale Jayaddisarajassa ^ putta-AIinasattu-
kumara-kaie ti silaparamitaya pnritattabhavanaiii parimanam nama n’
atthi. Ekantena pan’ assa Samkhapalajatake
260 . nSnlehi vijjhayanto^ kottayante^ pi® sattibi
Bhojaxmtte na kux^x^ami, esa me silaparamiti“
evam attapariccagain karontassa silaparamita paramatthaparami nama
jata, Tatha Somanassakumarakale Hatthipalakumarakale Ayoghara-
panditakale ti maharajjam pahaya nekkhammaparamitaya puritattabha-
vanaiii parimanam nama n’ atthi. Ekantena pana Ciilasutasomajatake
^ 0^ -rikehi. ^ asamnaiii. ® puritatthabhavaiiam corrected to
puritatthabbavanarh, 0*^ pOjitattabbavanaiix corrected to puritatta-. ^ 0^ sakkantanaiii
corrected to sakattanam. ^ C« jayaddinarajassa, 0^^ jayaddiya-. ® omit pi.
^ so all three MSS., instead of vijjhayante? ® C« kondayante, kottayaiito.
® omits pi. cula-.
46 FafifiriparamT. ViHyaparamT. Khantiparami SaccaparamT.
26 1. „Maharajjam hatthagatam klieiapindam^ ysl cliaddayim,
cajato na hoti laganaiii, esa me nekkliammaparamiti”
eTaiii nissaiigataya^ raj jam cliaddetva nikkhamantassa nekkhamma-
parami paramatthaparami iiama jata. Tatlia Yidlnlrapanditakale ^
Mali%OYindapanditakaie Kaddalapanditakale Arakapanditakale Bo-
dliiparibbajakakale Maliosadhapanditakale ti paiSnaparamiya ^ piiritatta-
bhayanaiii parimaiiaiii nama rC attlii. Ekantena pan’ assa Sattubbatta-
jatake Senakapanditakale
262. „Pa5naya® pavicinanto ’ham® bralimanam niocayim dukba*
pannaya ’ me samo n’ attbi, esa me pafmaparamiti
antobkastagataih sapparh dasvsentassa pannaparaini^ paramattbaparaiirl
nama jata. Tatba yiriyaparamitadinam pi puritattabbayanam parlmanam
nania n’ attbi. Ekantena pan’ assa Mabajanakajatake
263. „AtIradassi jalamajjlie hata sabbe ya rnanusa,
cittassa annatba n’ attbi, esa me yiriyaparam!ti“
eyarii niabasamuddaih tarantassa viriyaparami paramattliaparami nama
jata. Kbaiitiyadajatake
261. „Acetanam va kottente^ tinbena pbarasuna mama
Kasiraje na kuppami, esa me kbantiparamiti**
©yarn acetanabbayena yiya mabMukkbam adbiyasentassa khantiparami
paramatthaparami nama jata. Mahasutasomajatake
965. „Saccayacam annrakkbanto cajitya mama jiyitam
niocayim ekasatam khattiye, paramattbasaccaparamiti’^**
eyam jivitam cajitya saccam anurakkbantassa saccaparami paramattba-
parami nama jata. Mugapakkhajatake
266. „Matapita na me dessa, na pi me dessaib mabayasaiii,
sabbannutam piyam maybam, tasma yatam adbittbaliin'' ti
^ khela-. ^ 0*^ nissaibgataya. ^ vidhrira-. paiijna-. ^
paihfiaya. ® C*' omils haib. C* paiiiua-. ® kondeiitc. ^ paramattbam
saccaparamiti, paramatthaparamiti.
A(lhitthaiiaj>aramL MettaparamT, tJpekha^^ 41
eram jivitam ^ pi cajitya vataiii adhitthahantassa adhitthanaparami
paramattliaparami nama jata. Ekarajajatake
niaiii koci uttaisatl, na pi ’liam bliayanii^ kassaci,
mettabaleii’ upattliaddlio ramami payane sada“ ti
evaiii jivitam pi anavaloketya inettayantassa mettaparanu paraniattlia-
pararai nama jata. Lomaliamsajatake
268. „Susane seyyaiii kappemi chayatthikam upadiiay’ aliaiii,
gomandala ixpagantya rupam dassent’ anappakan^^ ti
eyaiii gamadarakesu nitthublianadnii c’ eya malagandbupaliaradilii ca
sukbadukkliam iippadentesu pi upekbam anatiyattassa iipekhajjarami
paramattliaparanu nama jata, Ayam ettha samkhepo, vittliarato pan’
esa attlio Cariyapitakato galietabbo, Eyaiii paramiyo piiretva
Vessantarattabliaye^ thito
269. „Acetanayam puihavi^ avinSaya sukbaiii dukliarii,
sapi danabala mayliaih sattakkbattum i>akampatlia“ 'ti
eyam raali^xatkavikamimnani ® maliapunSani karitya ayu 2 > 4 inyosane tato
onto Tusitabliavane nibbatti. Iti Dipaiiikarapadamniato patpiaya yaya
ayaiii Tusitapure nibbatti ettakam thanaih Dnrenidanarh nama 'ti
yeditabbamt
IL Ayidiirenidana.
Tusitapure yasante yeva pana Bodliisatte Buddiialialaiiaiaiii ^ nama
ndapadi. Lokasmiiii^ hi tini halabalani nppajjanti : "Kappabalahaiam
Budclliaiiaiaiialam Cakkayattibalahalan ti. Tattha yassasatasahassassa
accayena kapputtlianam bhayissatiti Lokabyuha nama kamayacaradeya
muttasira yikinnakesa rudammukba assuni liattliehi punjamana
rattayattlianiyattiia ativiya yirnpayesadharino ^ hutya maniissapatiie
yicaranta eyaiii arocenti: ,,marisa®, ito yassasatasahassassa accayena
kapputtlianam bliayissati, ayam ioko yinassissati , maliasamuddo pi
^ 0 ^ jivitam. ® bhayiimi, ^ vessantatabhave. ^ 0 ^ C*- putbavi,
pathavi. ® 0 ^ niabapatbavi. ®*so all three MSS. instead of -koiahalaiii? ^ C*'
tassapi iokasmiiii, ® C « -dharii.io, ^ C« marisa marlsa, C* marisa.
48
TIni Baiihaiani, Kalo.
sussissati, ayaS ca inahapafchaTi ’ Siiieru ca pabbataraja uddayliissanti
Tinassissanti, yava Brabnialoka lokavinaso bhavissatiti * mettam marisa
bhayetha, karunaih miiditaiii apekkham marisa bhayetha , mataraiii
upatthabatha pitararii iipatthabatha , kiile jetthapacayiao liotba“ ’ti,
Idaiii Kappahaiahaiam nama* Yassasaliassassa accayeiia pana
sabbanaii-Buddho lake iippajjissatiti iokapaladeyata: ,,ito inarisa
yassasahassassa accayeiia Baddlio lake uppajjissat3ti“ uggliosenta ®
Mndanti. Idaiii Buddhalialabalara iiaina. Vassasatassa pana
accayena cakkavattiraja uppajijissatiti deyata ycya: „ito marisa
yassasataccayena cakkavattiko ^ raja loke uppajjissatiti“ uggkosentiyo
ahindanti. Idaih Cakkayatfcihalahalam iiama> Iniani tini
balabalani inahantani honti, Tesn Biiddhahaialialasaddaiii siitya
sakaladasasabassacakkayale deyata ekato sannipatitya „asuko nama
satto Buddbo bhayissatiti“ Batya tarn upasariikamitya ayacanti,
ayacamana ca pubbanimittesu nppannesu ayacanti/ Tada pana sabbapi
ta ekekacakkayale Caturamaharaja « Sakka - Siiyama - Santusita-
Paranimmitayasavatti-Mababrahmehi saddbiiii ekacakkavaie '^ sannipatitya
Tusitabbayane Bodhisattassa santikam gantva ^marisa*'', tiimbebi dasapa-
rainiyo piirentebi na Sakkasarapattirii na Mara-Bralima-Cakkayatti-
sampattiih’ pattbentehi purita lokanittbaranattbaya® pana sabbanniitaiii ®
X>atthentehi purita, so yo dani kalo marisa Buddhattaya’^, samayo
marisa Buddhattaya‘^“ ’ti yaciiiisu. Atba Mabasatto deyatanaiii
patinnam“ adatya ya kaladipadesakulajanettiayupariccliedayasena
pancamahayilokanan nama yiiokesi. Tattha „kalo nu k]io*‘ ti^* „akaio
nu kbo“ ti patbamaih kalaih yilokesi. Tattha yassasatasahassato
uddhaih yaddhitaayukalo kalo nama na hoti, kasnia? tada hi sattanarii
jatyaramaranani na pannayanti*''* , Buddbanan ca dhammadesana
tilakkbanamutta nama u’ attbi, tesaih aniccadukkhamanatta ti
katbentanaiii ,,kin nam’ etam katbentiti“ n” eya sotabbaiii na
saddhatabbam mannanti^^, tato abhisamayo na lioti, tasmim asati
aniyyanikam sasanam hoti, tasma so akalo. Yassasatato unaaynkalo ^
pi kalo na hoti, kasma? tada satta ussannakilesa honti, ussannakilesanan
ca dinno ovado oyadattliane na titthati ndake dandaraji^^ yiya khippam
* 0^ -pathavi. ^ bhavissati, ® G* ugghosento. ^ 0^ cakkavatti. ^ G^ -vale.
® so ail three MSS. & na mara na brahma na cakkavattisampattim, na
mrira na brahma na cakkavattisampattiin. ® C-’ nittarana-. €*•’ sabbannutaiii.
10 QTi Qsi buddhatthaya. ** G^* G'*^ patimnam. O omits ti. C® paihfmyanti.
0^ mamnanti. -ayakalo, C* -raji
Bipo. Okaso, Knlaih. Mata, Ayum,
49
vigacchati, tasma so pi akalo* Tassasatasahassato pana pattliaya
hettha vassasatato patthaja uddham ajukalo kalo nama, tada ca
yassasatakalo, atha Mahasatto nibbattitabbakalo ^ ti passi, Tato
dip am viiokento saparivare cattaro dipe oloketya „tisu dipesu Buddlia
na nibbattanti, Jambudix^e yeva nibbafctantiti“ diparii passi. Tato
„Jambudipo nama maba, dasayojanasahassax>arimanam^ katarasmiiii
nu kilo padese Buddlia nibbattantiti** okasaiii yilokento Majjhimadesam
jjassi. Majjhimadeso nama ,,puratthimadisaya Kajangalan nama nigamo
tassa aparena Mahasalo tatoparam paccantima janapada orato majjhe,
pubbadakkilinaya disaya Salalavati nama nadi tatoparam paccantima
janapada orato majjlic, dakkbinaya disaya Setakannikan ® nama nigamo
tatoparaih paccantima janax>ada orato majjhe, pacchimaya disaya
Thunan^ nama brahmanagamo tatoparam paccantima janapada orato
majjhe, uttaraya disaya Usiraddliajo nama pabbato tatoparam paccan-
tima janapada orato majjlie“ ti eyaiii Vinaye vutto padeso. So
ayamato tini yojanasatani yittharato addhatiyani parikkliepato
nayayojanasataruti. Etasmiiii padese Buddha Paccekabuddlia aggasayaka
mahasayaka asiti maliasayaka cakkayattiraja ahne ca mahesakkha®
khattiyabrahmanagahapatimabasala uppajjanti. „Idam c’ ettha
Kapilavatthukam nama nagaram, tattha maya nibbattitabban‘‘ ti
nitthaiii agamasi. Tato kulaiii yilokento „Buddlia nama yessaknle
ya suddakule ya na nibbattanti, lokasammate pana khattiyakule ya
brahmanakule ya ti dyisu yeya kulesu nibbattanti, idani ca kbattiyakulam
lokasammatam, tattha nibbattissami, Suddbodano nama raja me pita
bhayissatitb* kiilam passi, Tato mataram yilokento ,,Biiddbamata
nama lola suradhutta na boti, kappasatasahassam pana puritaparaini,
jatito pattliaya akbandapancasila yeva hoti, ayan ca Mahamaya nama
deyi edisa, ayan ca me mata bhayissatiti, kittakam pan^ assa®
ayun“ ti dasannam masanaih upari satta diyasani passi. Iti imam
pancamaiiayilokanaiii yiloketya „kalo me marisa^ Buddbabbayaya** ’ti
deyatanaiii sangabaiii karonto patinnaii}i^ datva „gaccbatba tumhe‘‘ ti
ta deyata uyyojetva Tiisitadeyatabi pariyuto Tusitapiire Nandanayanam
payisi. Sabbadeyalokesu hi Nandanayanam atthi yeya. Tatra nam
deyata „ito cuto siigatiih gaccha*^ ’ti^ pubbe katakusaiakammokasam
^ 0^ nibbattitabbo kaio. ^ G« -parimanarii, ® 0® setakannikan. ^ thunan.
5 mahesakka. G* paiiassa. so ali three MSS. ® Xiatimnani.
^ G^ ito cuto siigatirii gacchati, C® ito cuto sugatim gaccha ito cuto sugatim
gacchatn corrected to -- gacchati.
4
50
MaMmayaya supiiiaih.
samyamana vicaranti. So evam deyatahi kusalaiii sarayamanalii pariyuto
tattha vicaranto cavitya Mahamayaya deyiya kuccbismim patisaadhiiii
ganhi. Tassayibhavattham ^ ayaiii anupubbakatha : Tada kira Kapi-
layattbunagare ^ asajhinakkliattanr"* ghiitfchaiii ahosi. Maliajano jaakkhattarii
ki|ati*. Mahamaya deyi pure punnainaya .sattaiuadivasato patthaya
vigatasurapaiiaiii ^ inaiagandhavibhutisarapannarii nakkliattakiiaiii ‘
aniibhayaEiana isattamadivase pato va iifcthaya gaiidhodakena nabayitya
cattari .satasabab-yani yisba^yetya mahadanam datva sabbalaiiikaravibbusita
yarabliojanara bhuaijitva upobatlmngani^ adbittbaya alamkatapatiyattaiii
sirigabbharii pavisitya sirisayane nipanna niddaiii okkainamana imaui
supiiiaiii acldasa : Cattaro kira iiaiii iiiabarajaiio .sayaiien’ era isaddliiiii
ukkhipitva Himayantaih netva batthiyojanike Manosilatale battayojanikassa
mahasalarukkhabba lietfcha thapetva ekamantaiii atthaiasii. Atha nesaiii
deyiyo agantva devim Axiotattadahaiii netva nianusbamalaharanattharii
nahapetya dibbavattham nivasapetya gaudhebi vilinipapetya dibbapuppliani
pilandhapetva® — tato ayidure Rajatapabbato, tassa anto kanakayimanani
atthi — tattha pacinasibakaiii dibbasayaiiaih pannapetya iiipajjapesum.
Atha Bodhibatto betavaravarano hutya — tato avidure eko
Suyannapabbato — tattha caritva tato oruyha Ra,jatapabbatam
abhiruhitya ’ ^ uttaradibato agaiiiiua rajatadamavannaya sondaya
setapaduniaiii gahetya koncanadaiii naditya kanakavimanam payisitya
matusayanam tikkliattuiii padakkhiixaiii katva dakkhinapasbam taletya*^
kucchirh payitthasadiso ahobi. Eyaiii uttarasalhanakkhattena^*'^ patisan-
dhiiii ganhi. Punadivase pabuddha devi taiu supmam rahho arooesi.
Raja catasatthimatte brahmanapamokklie pakkosapetya haritiipattaya^''
. lajadDii katamahgaiabakkaraya ^ bliuiuiyil rnaliaraharn asanani
■ pannapetya tattha msiimanaiit brahmanaoaiii bappii«adhasakkarabbi“
bamkhatasba yarapayasasba buyaimarajatapatiyo puretya suvanna-
rajatapatihi yeya patikajjetva adaai anfiehi*® ca ahatayatthakajdla-
gayidanadihi te bantappebi. Atha tebaiii babbakamehi bantappitanaxh
supinani arocapetya „kim bhs^yissatiti'* pucchi. Brahmana ahariisii;
niiia ciatayi maharaja, deviya te kucchimhi'^' gabbho patitthito, bo
^ 0* tassa vibliabatthaiii. ^ C« -nailgare. ^ asalhi», kiiati.
-surapaua. ® O^-gandhavibbusaiiasampamiaiii. C« -kbiiam. uposatiiaggarii.
® pilandbapetva. C^-* paiiihapetva. O abhirahitva. taietva,
phaietva. so all three MSS. O pakkhosiipetva. C* bbaiitapaimaya
corrcted to bharitupattaya, harituxialittaya. »inaihgaia-. 0" patikiij"
Jhetya. aiiidehi. C*‘ ahata'- 0^ sautappikanaiii. kucchisiiiiui.
Dvattimsa pubbanimittani. g|
ca^ kho purisagabbho na itthigabbho, putto te bhavissati, so sace
agaraiu aijliaTasissati raja bhavissati cakkavatti', sace agdra
pabbajissat-i Buddlio bhavissati loke vivattaochaddo'* ti. Bodhisattassa
pana matukacchirahi . patisandbigahanakkhane= ekapi>aharen’ era
sakaladasasahassl lokadhatu saiiikampi sampakampi sampavedhi.
Dvattimsa pubbanimittaui patur ahimsu : dasasu cakkavalasahas-
sesu-' appamano obhaso phari, tassa tarn siriiii daithukania riya andha
cakklmm patilabhniisu, badhira saddaih sun^msu^ imgS, samalapimsu,
khiyja ujugatta ahesmn, pang-ula padasa ganiaiiaiii patilabbiihsu,
bandhanagata sabbasatta andubandhanadihi nmccimsu*, sabbanarakesu
aggi nibbayi, pittivisaye khuppipasa vupasami, tiracchananam bhayaih
nahosi, sabbasattanam rogo vupasami, sabbasattS piyamvada ahesuih,
madhurenakareiui assfi hasirasu” varana gajjiihsu, sabbaturiyani
sakasakauiimadaiii muSoiihsu aghattitaui' yeva, inauussanam hatthupaga-
dim® abharanani viraviriisu, sabbadisa vippasaniia ahesum, sattanarii
sukham uppadayamaiio mudu sitalo vato vayi, akaiamegho vassi,
pathavito pi udakaiii ubbhijjitva vissaudi, pakkhiuo akasagamanaiii
vijahimsu, uadiyo assandaiuaua ’ atUiaiiisu, mahasamudde madhuram
udakaiii ahosi, sabbatthakain era paSoarannehi padumehi sanchannatalo
ahosi, thalajajala,jadini sabbapupphani pupphimsu, rukkhanaih
khandliesu khandhapadumani saldiasu sakhapaduniani latasulatapadumaui
pupphiiiisu, thale silatalani bhinditva uparupari satta satta " hutva
dantopaduniani nama uikkliamiiiisu, akase olambakapadumani nama
nibbattimsu, samantato puppliavassarii vassiihsu ”, akase dibbaturiyani vaj-
jimsu, sakaladasasahassi ” lokadhan vattetva vissatfchamaiaguiam ” viya
uiipiletva baddhamalakalapo viya alaihkaiapatiyattarii malasaiiam viya
ca ekamalamalini ' ' vipphurantavalavijanl pupphadlmpagandhaparivasita”
paramasobhaggappatta ahosi. Evaiii gahkapatisandhikassa Bodhisattassa
patisandhito patthaya Bodhisattassa c’ eva BodJiisattamatuya ca
upaddavanivarauattham khaggaliattha cattaro devaputta arakkham
ganhiihsu. Bodhisattamatu purisesu ragaoiltam ii’ uppajji, labhaggayasag-
gappatta ca ahosi sukhiul” akilantafcaya, BodhisattaS ca anto-
» C* C« cakkavatti. ’ OA -C<.' -ganhaua-. =■ C* cakkavala-. “ & 0® sunimsu
’ 0*= samuceimsu. 0® heshhsu. ’ C* agkatthitaui. « Ca hatthupaga<b-ni'
C« hatthupagadiiii corrected to hatthupagatadini, 0* hatthupagadini. » C» 0®
asandamauS. C*: -jadihi. " C* satta. C® vassi. ” C'i -sahassi. C*
visattha-, C« & vissatthamalaguiarii. “ c* ^paetra, C» uppJIetva. ”■ C>
ekaekamaiini. ” -parivarita. ” C*: sukhuni, C« sukhiui.
4
52 Bodhisattamritti dbammata. ; Snlasrikbri, Oattaro Mainabrabmano.
kuccliigatarb yippasanne mamratane aTiitapandiisufctaiii viya passati.
Yasraa ca Bodhisattena vasitakiicchi nama cetiyagabbhasadisa aa sakka
hoti aunena^ avasitum va paribhunjifcuiii va tasma Bodhisattainata
sattahajate Bodliisatte kalaiii katva Tiisitapure , iiibbattati. Yatlia ca
a55a^ itthiyo dasaniase appatv%i atikkaniitvapi iii.siiuiapi nipaiinapi
yijayanti na evaih Bodhisattaraata, sa pana Bodhisattaiii dasaiiiase
kuccliina pariharitva thita va yijayati, ayaiii Bodliisattamatu dliammata.
Maliamay%’)i devi patteiia telaiii viya daf^amase kucchiya Bodhisattaiii
pariharitva paripunnagabblia natigdiaram gantukaiiia Sucldhodanaiiia-
harajassa arocesi: ,,icchara’ ahaiii deva kiilasaiitakaiii F3evadahanag'araih
gantun“ ti. Eaja ,.sadliu‘; ’ti sanijiaticchitva Kapilavattluito yava De^
vadaliariagara maggam saniam karetva kadalipunnaghatadhajapatakadilii ^
alamkarapetva devim sovannasivikaya nisidapetva ainaccasahassena
ukkhipapetya mahantena pariyarena pesesi. Dyiimaiii pana nagara-
nam antare iibhayanagarayasinain ^ pi Jjumbinivanam nama man-
galasalayanam atthi. Tasmith saniaye nuilato patthaya yava aggasakha
sabba.m ekaphaliphullaih ^ ahosi, sakliantarehi c’ eva pupphaiitarehi ca
pancayannabhamaragaiia nanappakara ca .sakunasaniglia madhurassarena
yikujanta vicaranti. Sakalam Liimbinivaiiahi ^ cittalatavanasadisaiii
mahanubiiavassa ranno siisajjitaapananiandaiaiii viya abosi. Beviya
tarn disva salayanaknam kilitiikamata udapadi. Aniacca deviiii
gahetva salavanaiii pavi.simsu. Sa mangalasalamiilaiii gantva salasa-
khayam ganhitukama ahosi. Salasakha suseditavettaggam viya
onaraifcya deviya hatthapatham iipaganchi Sa hatthahi pasaretva
sakham aggahesi. Tayad eva c’ assa kammajayata calimsii. Ath’
assa sanim parikkhipitva mahajano patikkami. Salasakham gahetya
titthamanaya eva c’ assa gabbhavutthanaih ahosi. Taih khanahi yeva
cattaro pi snddhacitta Mahabrahmano ^ ^ suyannajalam adaya sampatta
tena suvannajaleiia Bodhisattaiii .sampaticchitya main purato thapetva
„attaniana devi’* hohi, mahesakklio te putto iippanno*^ ti ahariisu.
Yatha pana anne satta matukucchito nikkhamanta patikkulena
asucina makkhita nikkhamanti na eyaiii^^ Bodhisatto. Bodhisatto
^ C*' aiiihena. ^ C® aiima. ® kadali-. C^“ C« -vasinam. ^ C"
lumbiin-. ® ekaphalipiiUaih, efcapulipbullaui. C^* lumbini-. ® &'
salavanaiii kilitu-, 0® salavanakilihi kilitu-. ^ C^' iipaganji. 0^^ tavadevassa,
C*' tavadevavassa. mahabralimano, maiiabrahmano corrected to iiialiabra»
hmaiio. O*' devi, patikuiena, tam evarii, C® na eva.
Dve udakadliara. Sattapadavitiharo. Sihanado, Mabosadho.
63
pana dhammasanato otaranto dhammakatliiko viya nissenito^ otaranto
purlso viya ca dve ca liatthe dye ca pade pasaretya thitako
matukucchisambliavena kenaci asucina amakkhito suddho visado
kasikayatthe nikkliittanxaiiirataBam yiya jotanto* matukncchito nikkliami*.
Eyaiii saute pi Bodhisattassa ca Bodliisattamatuja ca sakkarattharii
akasato dve iidakadliara aikkhamitva Bodliisattassa ca matu c’ assa
saiire iitiiiii gahapesum. Atlia iiara suya,iinajaleiia patiggabetva
tliitanam Braliinanaiii liattliato cattaro iBaharajano jiiaBg’alasammataya
siikliasaraphassaja ajinappayeniya ganhimsu, tesam hattliato mamissa
dukalacumbatakena, maBussanam hattkato muccitya^ patkayiyam
patitthaya piirattiiimadisaiii olokesi. Anekani cakkavalasahassani ^
ekanganani’^ ahesuiu. Tattha deyamanussa gandliamaladihi pujayamana
,,Maliaimrisa idha tumliehi sadiso anno n’ attlii, kut’ ettlia uttaritaro*^
ti ahaiiisu. Eyaiii catasso disa ca catasso anudisd" ca hettlia^ upariti
dasa pi disa anuyiloketya ^ attano sadisaiii adisva ,,ayam uttara*" disa“ ti
sattapadavitihareiia agamasi Makabrahmuna setaccbattaiii dhariyamano
Suyameiia valavijanini annehi ca deyatalii sesarajakakudhabhandahattlialii
anugamnianiano, tato sattainapade tliito ,,aggo ’ham asmi lokassa“ ’ti
adikam asabhiiii vacaiii niccharento sihanadaiii nadi'^ Bodhisatto hi
tisu attabhayesn matukucchito nikkhantamatto eva vacaih niccharesi
Mahosadhattabhaye Vessantarattabhaye imasmim attabhaye ti. Ma-
hosadhattabhaye kir^ assa matukucchito nikkhamantass’ eya Sakko
dcvaraja agantva candanasaram hatthe tliapetva gato. So tarn mut-
thiyaiii katya ya nikkhanto. Atha nam mata „tata kiiii gahetva agato
siti“ piicchi. „Osadham amma“ ’ti. Iti osadham gahetya agatatta
Osadhadarako t’’ ey’ assa namam akamsu. Taiii osadhaiii gahetya
catiyaiii pakkhipimsu. Agatagataiiaiii andhabadhiradinam tad eya
sabbarogaviipasamaya bhesaj^jaiii ahosi, Tato „mahantam iclam
osadham mahantam idaiii osadhan“ ti "\ippannayacanaih upadaya
Maliosadlio t’ cy’ assa uainara jatarii. Vessantarattabhaye pana matu-
kucchito nikkhamanto dakkhinahatthaiii' pasaretya ya „atthi nu kho
amma kinci gehasmiiii, danaih dassamiti“ vadanto nikkhami. Ath’
assa snata „sadhane kuie nifobatto si tata‘* ^ti puttassa hattham
J nissenito, ® jotento. ^ C* mUncitva. ^ 0 ^ ca&kayala-. ^ 0^
ekaiiiganani, G« ekanganani. ® evam disa ca catasso catasso anudisa hettba,
evam catasso disa ca catasso anudisa hetiha, anuloketm ® 0^ uttara.
® nadi. andhabadhiranaiii. ** 0^^ omits mahantam idarb osadham.
54
Satta sahajata. KEIadevalo tapaso. Patliamaiii vandanarii,
attano hattliatale katva sahassattliayikam tliapapesi, Imasmim pana
attabhave imaih sihanadam naditi. Evam Bodhisatto tisu attabbayesu
raatukucchito nikkliantamatto ya yacaiii iiiccliaresi. Tatha ca
patisandhikkhane jatikkhane dvattimsa pubbanimittani patur
ahimsu^ Yasmirh papa samaye amhakam Bodhisatto* Lumbiniyane
jato^ tasiniiii yeya samaye Rahalaipata deyi"’ Channo aiaacco Kaludayi*^
a-macco Kantbako assaraja Mababodlii rukklio cattaro nidhikumbbiyo
ca jata, tattha eka gaviitappamana eka addbayojanappamapa' eka
tigayiitappamana eka yojanappamana aliositi ime satta saliajata aama,
Ubhayanagaravasino Bodhisattam gahetva Kapilayatthunagaram eva
aganiamsu. Tarii divasam yeva ca ^Kapilayatthunagare Suddhodaaa-
maharajassa putto jato, ayarii kiimaro bodhitale nisiditya Buddho
bhavissatiti** Tavatimsabhayane® hatthatuttba deyasaiiiglia eelukkhepadini ®
payattenta Idlimsu Tasmim saniaye Suddbodanaraaharajassa
kulnpako^^ attbasamapattilabhi Kaladevalo nama tapaso bhattakiccarii
katya diyavibaratthaya TayatiiiisabhaYaiiam gaiitva tattha diyayiharam
nisinno ta devata disya »,kimkarana tuiiilie evaiii tiitthamanasa
kilatha^^, raayhaih p’etam karanam katlietiia“ ’ti pucchi. Deyata
ahamsu: „iiiarisa ‘Suddhodaparafino putto jato, so bodhitale nisiditya
Buddho hutya dhammacakkaiii payattessati, tassa anantaiii Buddhalilham
datthum dhaiimiap ca sotuiii iacchama’ ’ti iniina. karaiiepa tutth*
amha‘* ’ti* Tapaso tasam yacanam sutva khipparii devalokato oruyha
rajaniyesanam payisitv«a panpattasane nisinno ,.putto kira te niabara-ja
jato, passissami pan“ ti aha. Raja alamkatapatiyattam kiiniaram
anapetya^*' tapasaiii vandapetum abliiliari. Bodliisattassfi pada
parivattitya tapasassa jatasu patitthahiiiisu. Hodliisattassa hi ten’
attabhavena yanditabbayiittako anno nama ivatthl. sace hi ajananta
Bodhisattassa sisahi tapasassa padamale thapeyyum sattadha assa
muddham pihaleyya ■'Tapaso ,,pa me attanaiu nasetuih yuttan“
ti utthayasana Bodhisattassa anjalini paggahesi. Raja taiii accbariyrui}
disva attano piittam yandi. Tapaso atite cattalisa kappe aiiagate
cattalisa ’ti asiti kappe anussarati. Bodliisattassa lakkhanasanipattiiit
disva ,,bliayisvsati nu kho Buddho udahu no'* ti avajjitva iipadharento
,,pissamsayam Buddho bhayissatiti** natya ,,accha,riyapuriso ayan“ ti
^ C« paturahaiiisu. ^ C^' bodhisatte. C« 0^ lumbiiavaiic. jate.
^ & devi. ^ kaludayi. ‘ addha-, ® C*' -bhavanato. ^ (P celu-.
kilimsu, C« C« kilimsu.. Qk knlupako. -labbi. 0^ kala--
kllatha. 0^ aPapetvSj O' anapetva. iP muddha. C' puieyya.
1
Nalakadarako,
55
sitarii akasi. Tato ,»aliarii imarii Buddhabliutam datpmiii labliissami
nu kho“ ^ ti iipadharento ,,iia labliissami, antara yeva kalam katya
Buddhasatena pi Buddliasaliassena pi gantya bodbetum asakkuneyyo ^
Arupabhaye^ nibba,ttissamiti“ disva „eyarupam nama accliariyapurisarii
Buddhabhiitam datilium na labliissamiti yata me jani®
biiavissatiti‘‘ parodi. Maniissa disva’ ,,amhakam ayyo idan’ eya
liasitya puna rodituiii upattbito, kin nu kbo bbante arahakam
ayyaputtassa koci antarayo bbayissatiii” puccbimsu. ,,K'’ atth’ etassa
antarayo, nissariisayena Buddho bhayissatiti“. ,,Atha kasma parodittha“
’ti. ,,‘Evanlpam purisam Biiddhabliutaiii dattluirh na iabhissami, raa-
bati’ yata me jani^ bbavissatiti’ attanaiii anusocanto rodamiti** aha.
Tato „kin nu kbo me natnkesu koci etaih Buddhablmtam dattbuiii
labhissati na lab}iissa,titi-‘ upadbarento bhagineyyam Nalakadarakam
addasa. So bbaginiya gebaih gantya ,,kabani te putto Naiako*‘ ti.
„Gebe ayya“. ,,Pakkosabi‘' nan“ ti. Attano santikam agataiii aha:
,,Tata Suddhodanamabarajassa kule putto jato Buddhariikuro, esa
pancatiriisa vassaui atikkamitva Buddho bbavissatiti tyarii etaiii
dattlium labliissasjti, ajj’ eva pabbajabjti“. Sattasltikotidhane kule
nibbatto darako ,,iia maiii matiilo anattbe niyojessatiti^* cintetya tavad
eva antarapanato “ kasavani c’ eva inattikaj)attah ca aliarapetya
kesamassuib obaretya kasayani yattba-ni acciiadetya „yo loke
uttamapuggalo tarn uddissa mayhaiii pabbajja'* ti bodbisattabliimukham
anjalim paneapatittliitena vanditra pattaiii thayikaya
pakkhipitya ariisakute olambetya Himayantaiii ]>ayisitya samanadham-
mani akasi. So paramabbisanibodliiiii pattaiit Tatbagatarii upasam-
karaitva -Nalakapatipadaiii katbapetya puna Himavantam pavisitya
arabattaiii patva iikkattbapatipadaui patipanno satt‘ eya niase ayurii
j)aletya ekaiii Suvanuapabbataiii nissaya tbitako va anupadisesaya
Nibbanadhatuya parinibbayi. Bodbisattam pi kho pancamadivase
sisaiii uahaiietva^^ ,,namagabanarii gauhissama'' ^ti rajabhayanam
catujatikagand belli viiimpityii lajapancamakani pupphani yikiritya
asambbinnapayasaiii pacapetya tinnaiii yedanaib parage atfchasatam
brabmane nimantetya rajabbavane nisidapetva subhojanam bhojetva
^ adds no. ^ asakuueyye, asakkuiieyye. ® arupabhavane. * C»
iabbissaaii. ^ raabati, ® jati. mahati. ? 0^ jati. ^ 0* pakkosaM.
C« bbavissasiti. 0^' antarapanato. 0* aryaliiin C* pancadivase.
^ ^ nabapetvana.
56
Attha brahmaiia lakkhanapatiggahaka.
mahasakkarani ' katya ,jkin nti klio bliavissatiti“ lakklianani
patiggabapesurii ^ Tesu
‘2:o. Ramo Dliajo Lakkhano capi Manti
Kondanno ea Bhojo Suyamo Sudatto.
ete tada attim aliesaiii brahmana,
chalangaya^ niantaiii yyakarimsa ti
ime atth’ eya bralnnana lakkhanapatiggaiiaka^ abesuiii, Pafcisandhi-
gahanadivase supino^ pi eteb’ eva patiggahito ■\ Tesu satta jana
dve auguliyo iikkhipitva dyedha vyakarimsu : „imelii lakkhapehi
saniannagato agaraiii ajjhayasamano raja hoti cakkavatti^, pabbajamano
Buddho“ ti sabbam eakkavattiranno siribhayaiii acikkhimsu. Tesam
pana sabbadaiiaro gottato Kondanno iiaina manavo’ Bodhisattassa
lakkhanavaranipphattirii oloketva ,,etassa agaraiuajjlie tbauakaranaiii
n’ attbi, ekanten* eva vivattaccliaddo Buddho bhavissatiti“ ekam eva
anguliiii ukkhipitya ekamsavyakaranarii vyakasi. Ayaiii hi katadliikaro
pacchimabharikasatto pannaya itare satta jane abhibhayitva ,amelii
lakkhanehi saiuannagatassa agaramajjjlie tlianaiii nama ii' atthi, asani-
sayam Buddho bhavissatiti‘‘ ekani eva gatirii addasa, tasnia ekaih ahgulim
ukkhipitya evam yyakasi. Atlia te^ brahiuaiia attano gharanl gantva
putte aniautayimsu : ^tata'**, amhe uialiallaka, SuddliodanamabMjassa
piittam sabbannutaiii pattara mayam sambhayeyyama ya no va,
tumhe tasmim kumare sabbannutam patte tassa sasane pabbajeyyatha“ ^ ^
ti. Te satta pi’ jana yavatayukaih thatva yathakanimam gata.
Kondanno maiiavo ya arogo ahosi. So Maliasatte buddhim anyaya
imahabhinikkiiamanaiii abhinikkhamitva anukkamena Uruvelam gantra
^.ramamyo vata ayam blmmibhagOj alaih vat’ idam kulaputtassa
padhanatthikassa padhanaya** ’ti cittaiii uppadetva tattlia vasaiii
upagato. ,,Mah%uriso pabbajito*' ti siitva tesarii braiiniaiianam putte
upasamkamitya evam aha; ^,Siddhatthakumaro kira pabbajito. so
nissamsayam Buddho bhavissati, sace tumhakam pitaro aroga^*^' assiim
ajja nikkliamitra pabbajeyyum, sace tumhe pi icclieyyatha etha, ahan
tam purisaiii anupabbajissamiti“. Te sabbe ekacchanda bhavitum
^ C^’ patiggahesum. ^ C* chalangava. ® -patiggahaka, -patiggahaka.
^ 0^ supine. 0^ pafigganhiriisu* ’ ® cakkavatti. ^ manavo.
® ne. ® C« tata. C« sabbanfiutappattaiii. “ C* C« pabbajeyyatha,
C^ramaniyyo, C?" arogii*
Pancavaggiyathera. yappamafigalam.
57
oasakkliimsu. Tayo jana na pabbajimsu. KondanSabrahmanam
jettkakam katya itare cattaro pabbajimsii. Te panca pi jana
Pancayaggiyatliera nama jata. Tada pana mja „kim disya inayham
putto pabbajissatiti“ pucchi. „Cattari pubbanimittamti*'. „Kataraih
kataran ca“ ’ti. „Jarajiniiam vyadliitaiii niatam pabbajitan“ ti. Raja
„ito pattiiaya eyarupanaiii mama pnttassa santikam upasamkamitnm
ma adattlia, inayhaiii pnttassa Buddhabhavena kammam n’ atthi, aham
mama puttaiii dyisaiiassadIpapariTaranam catunnam mahadipanam
issariyadbipaccam rajjam karentaiii cliattimsayojanaparimandalaya
parisaya pariyutam gaganatale yicaramanam passitiikamo** ti, eyan ca
pana ratya imesarh catuiipakaranam purisanam kuraarassa cakkhupathe
agamanam^ niyaranattham catusu di.sasu gayute gayute arakkham
tliapesi, Taiii diyasan ca pana mangalattliane sannipatitesu asitiya
natikulasaliassesn ekeko ekamekam puttaiii patijani: „ayam Buddho
ya kotu raja va, mayaiii ekamekaiii'^ puttaih dassama, sace pi Buddho
bhayissati klmttiyasamaneli’ eva purakkhatapariyarito yicarissati, sace
pi raja bliayissati kliattiyakumareh’ eva purakkhatapariyarito
yicarissatiti**. Raja Bodhisattassa uttanmrupasampanna vigatasahhadosa
dhatiyo paccupatthapesi. Bodhisatto anantena parivarena mahanteiia
sirisobhaggena vaddhati. Ath’ ekadiyasarii ranno vappamangalam nama
ahosi, Taiii divasam sakalanagaraih devayimanam yiya alamkaronti.
Sabbe dasakammakaradayo ahatayattlianiyattlia gandhanialadipatimandita
rajakuie samiipatanti, Ranno kammante nangaiasahassaiii ® yojiyati,
Tasmiih pana diyase ekena iinaiii atthasatam saddhiih baliyaddarasmiyottehi
rajataparikkhatani ^ honti. Ranno aiambananangale ® pana ratta-
suyannaparikkhatarh^ hoti. Balivaddanaiii singarasmipatodapi suyanna-
parikkhata^ va^ honti. Raja mahapariyarena nikkbamanto puttam
gahetya agamasi. Kammantattlmne eko jamburukkho bahalapalaso
sandacchayo aliosi. Tassa hettha kumarassa sayanaiii pa£na|)etya^
upari suyannatarakhacitaiii yitanam bandhapetya sanipakarena parik-
khipapetva arakkhaiii thapetva raja sabbalamkaraiii alamkaritva
amaccapariyuto iiangalakaranatthanam agamasi. Tattha raja suyanna-
nangalam^^ ganhati, amacca ekaunatthasataiii rajatanangalani, kassaka
sesanangaiani, te tani gahetya ito c’ ito ca kasanti. Raja orato
ya param gaccliati parato ya oraiii agacchati, etasmim thane
^ agamana. ® ekameka. ® namgala*. ■* C«’ parikkhitani. ®
'-naiiigale. ^ -parikkliitara. ^ C*' -parikkliitS, 0* -parikkata. ® va,
^ pamnapetva. O® sani-, “ -namgalam. ke. C« ekasmim.
58
Dutiyam vandanam. Bodhisatto sippam dasseti.
maliasampattim ^ anubhosi^; Bodhisattam parimretTa nisinna dbatiyo
,,ranno sampattim pa.ssissaraa“ ’ti antosanito^ bahi nikkbantii. Bocllii-
satto ito c’ito ca olokento kafici adisva vegena iitthaya pallaiiikam
abhujitva anapane paTiggahetva patlianmj,jhanarb nibbattesi, Dliatiyo
khajjabhojijantare vicaramana, tbokam cirayiiiisu. Sesamkkhanaiii
chaya ativatta tassa pana rukkbassa parimandala liiitya atthasi,
Bhatiyo ,,ayyaputto ekako“ ti vegexia saniiii iikkbipitya ante payisamana
Bodhisattam sayane pallamkena nisinnarii tan ca patiharij^aiii disya
gantva ranno arocesuiii : ,,deva kiimaro evaih nisinno, annesam
mkkbanam chaya atiyatta jainburukkhassa chaya parimandala thita^‘*
ti. Raja vegenagantya patihariyaiii disva „idam te . tata dutiyaiii
yandanan" ti piittam vandi. Atha auiikkamena Bodhisatto solasayassa-
padesiko jato. Raja Bodhisattassa tinnaiii utfmarn anucchayike tayo
pasade karesi ekaiii nayabhumakaih ekaib sattabhfimakaiir’ ekam
pancabhnmakam \ cattalisasahassa ca natakiyo upatthapesi. Bo-
dhisatto deyo yiya accharasamghapariynto alamkatanatakapariyiito
nippnrisehi tnriyehi paricariyaniano ® mahasampattihi anubhayanto
utuyarena utuyarena tern tesu pasadesu yiharati. Rahulamata pan’
assa deyi aggamahesi^ ahosi. Tass’ eyain mahasampattiiii anubhayantassa
ekadivasaiii natisarhghassa abbhantare ayaiii katlui udapadi: ,,814-
dhatto kiiapasuto^’ va vicarati, na kihei .sippam sikkhati, sangame®
pacenpatthite kirn karissatiti“. Raja Bodhisattam pakkosapetya »,tata
taya nataka ‘Siddhattho kihei sijipam asikkhitva kliapasnto ya
yicaratlti’ yadanti, ettha kim 2 :)attakale mahnasiti ,,Deya raaina
sippam sikkhanakiccam n’ atthi, nagare mama sippaiii dassanatthaih
bherin earapetlia. ito sattamadiyase natakanam sippaxh dassessam'iti/'
Raja tatha akasi. Bodhisatto alikhanayedhivalayedhidhaiinggahe
sannipatapetya mahajauassa majjhe ahhehi ca dbantiggahehi asadharanam
Satakanaih dyadasavidharii sippam dassesi. Taiii Sarabhangajatake
agatanayena yeditabbam. Tadassa ilatisaiiigho nikkamkho ahosi.
Ath’ ekadiyasarii .Bodhisatto uyyariabhumiiii gantokamo sarathiib aman-
tetra ,a'atham yojehiti** aha. So ,,sadhii^‘ ’ti patisunitya mahara-
haiii uttamarathari) sabbalamkareiia alaihkaritya knnnKlapattayanne
^ mabasampatti. ^ qs ahosi. ^ C-'>' aiUosam'to. ^ pan-
man (lalatthita corrected to i^anmandalattbita. ® -hhumikarh. ® parivariyamano.
C^’ aggamahesi, ® kilapasuto, C« kiiiipasuto, ^ 0^*^ samgame. 0^
kilapasuto, kilapasuto, 0* mamhastti. C*** vajavedM.
patisunitva.
Cattari piibbanimittan!»
69
cattaro mangalasindliave * yojetya Bodbisattassa patiredesL Bodhi-
satto devayimanasadisam rathaiii abliiriiliitya^ uyyanabhiraukbio agamasi.
Beyata ,,Siddbattliakiimarassa abhisambujjhanakalo asanno, pub-
bammittaiii dassessama“ ’ti ekaiii deyaputtaiii jarajajjaram kliandadantara
palitakesaiii vaiiikam obbag^gaisanram dandahatthaiii payed hamanaiii ^
katya dassesura. Tam Bodhisa-tto c’ eya saratbi * ea passaati. Tato
Bodbisatto sarathiiii sjsaiimia, ko nam’ esa puriso, kesapi ’ssa iia
yatha a55esan*‘ ti Mabapadane agatanayena puccijitya tassa yacanaiii
sutya »,dln«*r-atthu rata blio jatiya yatra hi iiama jatassa jara
pahnayissatiti“ samviggahadayo tato ya patinivattitya pasadam eya
ablliruhi^ Raja „kiiiikarana mama putfco kbippam patiniyattiti‘‘
pucchi, ..Jiiiiiaiii purisarii disva deva ’ti ^ jinnam purisaiii disya
pabbajissatiti'‘ ahariisu. ,,Tasma^ inaiii iiasetba, sTgbarii puttassa
imtakani sajjjetha, sarapattim anubbayanto ])abbajja 3 ’'a satim na
karissatiti“ yatra arakkbaiii vaddbetya sabbadisasu addhayojane
addliayqjane tbapesi. Pun‘ ekadiyasara Bodbisatto tath’ eva uyyanam
g*aechanto deyatabi niinmitani yyadbitam purisaiii disva purimanayen’ era
pucchitva saihyiggahadayo luvattitya pasadaiii abliirubi®. Rajapi puccbitva
hetthayuttanayen’ era samyidahitva puna vaddbetya samantato
tigarutappamane padese arakkbaiii tha-pesi. Aparam pana ekadirasam
Bodbisatto tath’ eva uyyanam gacchanto deyatabi nimmitam kalakatam
disva purimanayen’ era pucchitva saiiiviggahadayo puna nivattitya
pasadaiii abhirfiiir* Rajapi pucchitva Iietthaviittanayeir’ era samvidabitya
puna yaddhetya samantato yojaiiappamaue jjadese arakkham thapesi.
Aparaiii pana ekadiyasarii uy^^anatii gacclianto tatlt’ era deyatabi
nimmitam sunivatthaiii suparutaiii pabbajitarii disva ,,ko iianT eso
sarama“ ^ti saratbiiii puccdii, Sarathi kincapi Buddhuppadassa abbaya
pabbajitaiii va pabbajitagune va na janati, devanubharena pana
^pabbajito nam' esa deya“ ’ti vatya xmbbajjaya gune vannesi. Bo-
dliisatto pabbajjaya ruciiii ii}>padetva tarii diyasaiii uyyanam agamasi.
Dlgbabbanaka panahu: .cattari nimitSani ekadivasen’ era disya
aganiasiti. Tattha divasabhagam kilitva mangalapokkharaniyarii
nabayitya attbaiii gate suriye . maiigalasilapatte nisidi attanam
aiamkarapetukamo. Atb’ assa ji^^i’jcsarakajmrisa* nanayannani dussani
iianappakara abbaranayikatiyo malagandhayiiepanani ca adaya samanta
paaiyaretya atthaiiisu. Tasmim kbane Sakkassa nisinnasanarii tmbam
^ maibgala*-. ^ abhiruhitva. ® pavedhamanakarii* ^ G« 0*^ sarathi.
C« abMruhi. ^ so ail three MSB, ^ tasma corrected to kasma.
** abhiruhl ® 0^" paricarika- , .
60
Bodbisattassa alathbaranaih, Kahulo jato. KisagotamT.
aliosi. So ,,ko nu kiio mam imamha thana caret ukamo*' ti upadharento
Bodliisattassa alaiiikaranakalam disra Vissakammam amantesi : „sanima
Yissakamnia, Sicklhatthakumaro ajja addliarattasamaye maliabhinik-
khamanam^ oikkhamissati, ayam assa paccliinio alamkaro, uyyaiaaiii
gantva Maiiapurisaiii dibbaalamkarelii alarakaroliiti'*. So „sadhii“
’ti patisiinitva devatanubbareaa taiii kbanam yeva upasaihkaniitra
tass^ era kappakasadiso hutva kappakassa liattliato vethaiiadiissara
gahetra Bodhisattassa ssLsam vetliesi. Bodhisatto liatthasaiapbassen'
era ,,n%aiii maiuisso, deraputto eko“^ ti aiinasi^. Vetlianen’ era
vetbitamatte sisamoliyam manirataiiakarena diissasaliassarh abbluig-
ganchi^, puna retbentassa diissasaliassaii ti dasakkliattuiii vetbeiitas.sa
dasadussasabassani abbliuggacchimsu. Sisam kliuddakaiii dussani
bahuni katbaiii abbbuggatamti na. cintetabbaiii, tesu hi sabbamabantam
samalatapiipphappanianam avasesani kutumbakapupphappamanani
abesum* Bodhisattassa sisam kinjakkhagavacchitam viya kuyyaka-
puppham ^ abosi. Atb’ assa sabbalaiiikarapatimanditassa sabba«
talavacaresu ® sakaiii sakani ca patibbanani^ dassayantesu brabmanesu
jaya-nanda-ti-adi-vacaiiehi siitamagbatandbakadisu nanappakarelii
mangalaracanatbutigbosehi ” sambhavantesu sabbalamkarapatimandi-*
tain rathararaiii abhiruhi*'*. Tasmirii samaye ,»Eabulamata
vijata^* ti sutva Suddhodanamaharaja „x)uttassa me tiittbirii nivedetlia^
’ti sasanam^'^ pabini. Bodhisatto tarn siitra i 3 abulo jato, bandbanam
jatan“ ti aha. Raja „kim me putto araca‘‘ 'ti piiccbitra tarn racanaiii
sutva »,ito pattliaya me iiattu^^ Raliiilakiimaro yeva namarh botu“
^ti* Bodhisatto pi kbo ratiiavaraiii ariiyiia maliantena yasena.
atimanoramena sirisobhaggena nagaraiii parisi* Tasmirii samaye
Kisagotarai nama kbattiyakanna uparipasadavaratalagata iiagararii
padakkliinaiii kui'uraanassa Bodhisattassa rupasiririi disra xHtisomauassajata
imaib udanaih udanesi:
271. „lJ?ibbuta nuna sa mata,
nibbuto ndna so pita,
nibbuta nuna sa nari^'*
yassayarii idiso patiti."‘
I 0 ^" -nikkhamanain. ^ eso. ® aihriasi. ^ G^ abbhuggariJI.
-sahassaih. ® kiriijakkha-. C« kuyyatha- corrected to kuyyata*.
^ -ta|a-, ^ C’5 patibhanadini. suta- -disu, C ® suta- -tandhakadisu
corrected to -khaodakadisu. C" maingala-. sambhaventesu, G^
-patimandita. abhirubi. tutthi, sasanam. G^ 0^
natta. atimanobaiena. so all three MSS. 0?*^ yasmayaib.
Natakitthiyo.
61
Bodbisatto tarn sutva cintesi : ^ayam eyaiii aha, eyarupam attabbayam
passantiya matuhadayaiii aibbayati pituhadayaiii nibbayati paja-
patihadayam * nibbayatjti^, kasmim nu kho nibbiite hadayaiii
nibbiitarii^ nama hotati‘b AtlP assa kilesesu yirattamanasassa etad
ahosi: „rag’agg‘imlii nibbute iiibbutazii nama hoti, dosaggimbi mobag-
giiiilii nibbute nibbutam iiania boti, manaditfcbiadisu sabbakilesadaratlzesu
nibbutesu nibbutam nama boti, ayarii me siissavanaxh sayesi, abam
bi nibbanaih gavesanto caranii, aj^J’ eva maya gliarayasaiii cbaddetva'’’
nikkbamma pabbajitya nibbanaiii gayesitum vattati', ayara imissa
acariyabbago botu“ ‘ti kantbato onmncitya Kiyagotamiya satasa-
bassaggbanakarii luuttabaram pesesi. Sa „Siddbatthakun]aro mayi
patibaddbacitto biitva pannakararii x)esesiti“ somanassajata abosi.
Bodbisatto pi maliantena sirisobbaggena attano pasadam abhirubitya ®
sirisayane nipajji. Tayad eya iiaiii sabbaiamkarajjatimandita nacca-
gitadisu”* siisikkbita devakanna’^ viya ruj)ax)x>atta ittliiyo nana-
turiyani gabotya samparivarayitva abbiramapeiitiyo naccagitavaditani
payojayiiiisu. Bodbisatto kilesesu yirattacittataya naccadisu anabliirato
nmbuttam niddaiii okkami. T%i ittliiyo „yass’ atthaya inayam
naccadini payojayema so niddaih upagato, idani kimattliam kilamama“
’ti gabitagaiiitani turiyani ajjhottbaritya nipajjiihsu. Gandhatelapadipa
jbayanti. Bodbisatto pabujjliitya sayanapitthe pallaiiikena nisinno
addasa ta ittliiyo turiyabliandani ayattharitya niddayantiyo ekacca pag-
gbaritakbela laiakilinnagatta ekacca dante kbadantiyo ekacca
kakaccbantiyo ekacca Yix)X)alaxxantiyo ^ ^ ekacca yiyatamiikba ekacca
apagatayattba ^ So tasarii tarij
vix>pakaram disya bbiyyosomattaya kamesu viratto abosi, Tassa
aiamkatapatiyattaiii sakkabbavanasadisani jzi tarn niabatalaiii vix^payid-
dbananakunapabbaritam amakasiisanaiii viya ux>attbasi, tayo bbava
adlttagebasadisa viya kbayiiiisu, „upaddutam vata blio upassattbarb
yata bbo“ ti udanaiii pavatti, ativiya pabbajjaya cdttam
nanii. So „ajj’ eya maya mahabSinikklianianaih nikkliamituiii
yattatiti^ say ana yiitthaya dvarasamipam gantya „ko ettlia“ ’ti aba.
^ C® pajapati-. ^ nibbayati. ® C« nibbuta. 0^ C*’’- nibbutan.
5 Qk Qs sussavaiiam. ® 0^*= C*’ cbad(ibetva. C*’ vaddhati. ® all three MSS.
-gghanakaiii. ® abhiruhitva, -tadisu, C» -karima, so all
three MSS. -khela, 0^ -khela corrected to -khela, vipphalapaiitiyo.
apagatavattha. -sambandha-. 0^ bhiyyo-. vippati-
viddhanunakauapa-, 0^-^ mahabhinikkhamanara.
02 Bodhisatto raahabhinikkhamanarri nlkkhamituljamo.
Ummare 5isaiii katva nipanno Channo „aham ajyaputta Channo'' ti
aha. ,,Ahani ajja niababhinikkhaaianaiii ^ nikkhamitiikamo, ekaiii me
assam kappebiti**. So ,,.sadbu deya'V ’ti assabhandakaiii gahetva assa-
salam gantva gaadbatelapudlpesu jalantesu sumanapattavitaiiafissa "
lieftha ramaiujc bhumibbage thitam Kantbakani assarajanaiii disva
,ja.ija mayjl imam ova kappetum vafctatxti’'^** Kanthakaiii kajxpesi. So
kappiyamano va ahna^i'^; sjayarii kappaiia utigalba, annesu diyasesu
uyyaiuikjiadigamane kappaiui viya na boti, mayharii ayyaputto ajja
mahabbiiiikkiuiraaiiajh ^ riikkb am it ukaaio bhavissatiti“, tato tuttiiamanaso
mabahajiitaiii ba^si®. So >addo isakalanagaraiii pattharitya gaccheyya.
Devata pana taiii .^addaiii iiiriimbitya ^ iia kassaci .sotum adamsu.
Bodhisatto pi kho Chamiaiii pesetya ; va „puttaiu tava pasyissanuti^
*cintefcya nisiunapallamkato vutthaya Eahuiamataya vasaiiatpianam
gantva gabbhadyaram viyari. Tasmim kljane aiitogabbhe gandhatelap-
padipo jhayati. Rahnkmata sumanamixilikadinaiii puppbanam amniana-
mattena abhippakiunasayane puttassa matthake liatthaiii tliapetya
niddayati. Bodhisatto ummare padam^ thapetra rhitako va oloketvd
,,sac' aham deviya iiattliam npanetya mama puttaih gaiihissaini cleyi
pabujjbissatiti^ evaiii me gamanautarayo bbayLssatiti, Buddbo butva ya
agantya passis.samiti“ pasadatalato otari. Yum pana Jatakat-
thakathaya „tada sattabajato Rabulakimiaro ]iotiti*‘ vuttaiii tarn
sesattbakathasu n att-hi. Tasma idam eva gahetabbam. Eyaiii
Bodiiisatto pasadatala otaritva assasaralpam gantva evani aha: ,»tata
Kantliaka, tvarii ajifa ekarattiiii maiii, taraya ahahi tarn nissaya
Buddho hutva sadevakaih lokaiii tares«amiti<% tato ullaiiighityd
Kajithakassa pifcthim abhirubi Kantbako giyatu pattbaya ayamena
attbarasahattho hoti tadamiccliavikena ubfaedhena yamaniiagato tbama-
javasampanuo sabbaseto dhotasaiiikliasadiso. So sace Imseyya va
padasaddaih kareyya va saddo sakalanagaram avattiiareyya, tasma
devata attano anubhavena tassa yatliii iia koci .^iinati eyam hasitaiii-
j?addam sannirumbliitya akffamanaakkamanapadayare battliatalani
upimamesuni. Bodhisatto asyavarassa pittbiyaramajjiiagato Channam
^ mahabbiuikkhamaiiam. ^ C® -paddha-. ^ C-n^addhatiti * 0* amilasi.
^ mahabbmikkhamanaiii. ® mababesitaih hesi, mahahasitaiii baiiisito
corrected to -haihsi. ^ 0^'= 0*^ niinmbbitva. ^ padaiii. ® pabujjbisati-
sesakatthakatbasu. C*‘ man. taraya, C''' tilraya corrected to
taraya. abbinihi, so all three MSS. 0 ^ basseyya, heseyya.
omit Va, so all three MSS. C akkamariaakkamana-, ak»
kamauaakkamaiia-. pittbidvaramaJjhagatO; 0 ^ pittbimajjhagato.
Cfeaiino. Kanthako. Maro.
if
assassa valadliim galiapetya addharattasamaye mahadyarasamipam patto.
Tada pana raja ,,eYaiii Bodhisatto yaya kayaci velaya nagaradvaraiii
yiyaritya iiikkliamituih iia sakkliissatiti'* dvisii dvarakayatesu ekekam^
parisasahassena vivaritabbaiii karapesi. Bodhisatto thamabalasamx>aiijtio
iratthiganaiiaya, kotisahassahatthinam balarii . dhareti pmisaganaiiaya
dasax)orisakotisahassassa “. So cintesi: ,jsace dvaraiii na ayapurlyati
ajja Kaiithakas&a pitthe nisiano va yaiadhiiii gaiietya thitena Channena
saddhim yeva Kantliakaiii iirahi aippiietya ^ attharasahatthubbedhaiii
pakaram upx)atitva atikkamissamiti‘‘. Chamio ciatosi: ,.sace dyaraiii
iia yiyariyati ahadi ayyaputtam khajidhe iiisidapetva Kanthakam dak-
khinahattiieiia kucchiyam parikkliipaato upakacchantare katva pakaraiii
iippatitva atikkamisstoiti'\ Kantiiako pi , cintesi: „sace dyaram na
yiyariyati ahaiii attano samikaiii jnttliiyaiii yathanisinnani eva Ghannena
yaiadhiiii gahetva thitena saddhim yeya ukkhipitya pakaraiii uj)patitya
atikkamissamiti“. Saee dyaraih na avaininyittha yathacintitam eya
tisu Janesu anhataro * saiiipadeyya. Bvare adliivattha devata pana
dyaram vivari. Tasnvim yeva kliane Maro ,,Bodhisattaih nivattessamiti“
agantva akase thito aha: ,,iiiarisa ma nikkhami, ito te sattame diyase
cakkaratanahi patubluivissati, dyisahassajmrittadipaparivaranaih catunnaiii
mahadijianarh rajjaiii karessasi^ nivatta 3uarisa“ ’ti aha. ,,Ko si tyan“
ti. j,Aimni Vasayattlti‘\ ^Mani janam’ aham niayhaih cakkaratana-
patubhayaih, anatthiko ’ham rajjeiia, dasasahassilokadhatum ^ imnadetya
Buddlio bhayissamiti’’ alia, Maro dani te patthaya kamayitakkam
ya yyapadayitakkam yd yiliihisaTitakkaiii vd cintitakale janissamiti‘‘
otarapekho chaya viya anapagacchanto ' anubandhi. Bodhisatto pi
hatthagatarii cakkayatthajjaiii khelaxiindam^ viya anapekho chaddetya^
mahantena sakkarena nagara nikkhamitya asalhipunnanuiya uttarasal-
hanakkhatte ^ ^ vattamane nikkhainitva ca puna nagarani ax)aloketukamo
Jato, evaii ca pan' assa citte uppannamatte yeya „Mahapurisa na
taya niyattityd oiokanakamiuam katan“ ti vadaniana viya mahapathavi
kuiaiacakkam viya chijjitya parivatti, « Bodhisatto nagarabhimukho
thatva nagaraiii uloketya tasmim pathavippadese Kanthakaniyatta-
nacetiyatthanam dassetvd gantabbamaggabhiiuiikham Kanthakam
^ C^-' ekeka. ^ dasapurisakorisahassanahij kotlsahassassa leaving out
dasapurisa. ’’ O'*' rimhl. ^ nippiietvd. •’'* 0 ^- C« ariiilataro. ® C® 0 ^'
dasasahassi-. anupagacchaiito. ^ Ck kheia-. ^ 0^ ciiaddhetva.
Ck asaihi-, asallii-. ' ^ Qk uttarasalhauakkliattena, attarasalhanakkhatte-
Ok mahapathavi. Qk pathavi-. gantafebam maggSbhimukhamj
0 ' gaiitubbamaggahhimukho.
64
* Anoraa nama nadi.
katya payasi iiiahaiiteua sakkarena ularena sirisobha-ggena. Tada kir’
assa devata purato satthim ukkasaliassani dliarayiriisu pacchato sat-
tliiiii dakkhinapassafco satthim vamapassato satthim. Apara deyata
cakkayalamukhayattiyam ’ aparimaiia akka dharayimsu, apara deyata
ca nagasiipaimadayo ® ca dxbbehi gandbehi malehi cuniielii dhupehi
pujayamana gaccliahti, paricchattakapiippliehi c/ eva glianamegha*
yuttliikale dharahi yiya nabham iiirantaram ahosi. Dibbani sahgitani'^
payattaiiti, sainantato attbatiiriyaui satthitariyaniti atthasatthituriyasata-
sahassani payajjayiihsii» samiiddakucchiyam megbatthaiiitakaio yiya
Yugandharakiiccliiyarii sagaranigghosakalo yiya yattati. Imina siriso»
bhaggena gacchanto Bodhisatto ekaratten* eva tini ^ rajjaiii atikkamma
timsayojanaraattbake Anoinanamaxiaditirarii papiini, „Kiiii pana asso
tatopararii ganturii na sakkotiti*** Nona sakkoti, so hi ekacak-
kayalagabbhaih iiabhiya ® thitacakkassa nemivattiih maddanto yiya
antantena^ caritya pure patarasani eya agantya attano sampaditam
bhattam bhunjiturii samattho. Tada pana deyatanagasiipannadihi
akase thatya ossattliehi gandhamaladlhi yava uriippadesa sanchannam
sarirarii akaddhitva gandbtoal^'atam ^ cdiindantassa atipapanco aliosi»
tasraa timsayojanamattam eyit agamasi, Atlui Bodhisatto iiaditire
thatya Channam pucchi: „km iiama ayaih ’’ iiac}iti‘S. „Anoma nama
deya*' ’ti. „Amhakam pi pabbajija anoma nama bhayissatiti“ panhiya
gbattento assassa saSnam adasi, Asso u]xpatitya atthausabhayit-
tharaya nadiya parimatire atthasi. Bodhisatto assapitthito oruyha
rajatapattasadise ^ ^ valukapiiline thatya Channam amantesi: „samma
Channa, tyam niayharh abharanani c’ eya Kanthakan ca adaya gacclia,
aham pabbajissamitb*. „Aham pi deya pabbajissamiti”, Bodhisatto
„iia labbha taya pabbajituihj gaccba tyan“ ti tikkhattiim patibahitya
abharanani c’ eva Kanthakan ca paticchapetva cintesi: „ime mayhaiii
kesa samaiiasai’uppa na hontiti, anno Bodhisattassa kese chinditum
yuttariipo n’ atthi, tato sayam eva khaggena chindissamiti“ dakldiina-
hatthena asim ganhitva vamafeatthena moliya saddhiiii ciiiaiii gahetya
chindi. Kesa dyahgulamatta hiitva dakkhinato avattamana sisam
alliyimsu, tesaiii yavajivam tad eva pamanaiii ahosi, massim
tadanurupaiii ahosi. Pima kesamassuoharaiiakiccam ntoa naliosi
^ -vaddhiyaiu. ^ C" naga-. * saiiigitani. ^ tint. ^ C® cakkayala-'.
® nabhi. ^ 0^ attantena. ^ gandhamala-. ^ 0^*^ ayan. 0 -^ safiiham.
C’ rajapaddlia-. 0® -puline. paticchadetva. 0^ culaiii.
0^ dvaiiigula-. massum ca, massu ca. na hosl, na host
corrected to nahosL
Ouiamaiiivethanam. Samanaparikkhara. Kanthako. 05
Bodliisatto saha molina culaiii^ gahetya ,»sac’ aham Buddho bliavissaml
akase titfciiatu, no.ce bhuiuiyam patatii** ’ti antalikkhe khipi, tam^
culamaniyetbanaiii yojanap|)^iiia5Qaiii thauaiii gaiitva akase atthasi.
Sakko deyaraja dibbacakkhuna oloketva yojamyaratanacamg’otakeiia ^
sainpaticcbitya Tayatimsabliayane Culainanicetiyan nama patlttbapesi "* :
272 . jjCbetyana nioliiii varagandhavasitam
yebasayam ukkhipi aggapaggalo,
sabassanetto sirasa patiggahi®
sayannacaiiigotayareiia Tasayo“ ti.
Puna Bodhisatto cintesi: kasikayattbani mayhaib na sama-
nasariippauitr'. Atb’ assa Kassapabuddbakale piiranasahayako ^
Gbatikaro ^ Mababrahma ekaiii Biiddhantaram jaraiii appattena niitta-
bhayeiia ciritesi: ,,ajja me sahayako mababbinikkhamauam ^ nikkbanto,
sainaimparikkbaram assa gabetya gaccliissamiti“.
27.^. j/ficiyaran ca patto ca
yasi siicin ca bandhanarii
liarissavanena, attb’ ete
yuttayogassa bhikkbuno“ ti
ime attba samauaparikkhare aharitya adasi. Bodhisatto arahaddhajaih
niyasetya uttamapabbajjavesam ganhitya „Cbaniia mama yacaaena
matapitimnaih arogyaiii yadelnti** uyyojesi. Channo Bodliisattaxn
yanditya padakkhinam katya pakkami. Kanthako };>ana Channena
saddhim niantayamanassa Bodhisattassa yacanam sunaiito thatya
attb’ idani may bam puna samino dassanan“ ti cakkhupatbam
yijahanto sokaiii adhiyasetuiii asakkonto hadayena jibalitena kalam
katya Tayatiibsabbayane Kanthako nama deyaputto hutya nibbatti.
, Cbaniiassa pathamam eko ya soko akosi, Kanthakassa pana kaia-
kiriyaya'^ dutiyena sokena piiito rodanto parideyanto nagararii
agamasi. Bodliisatto pi jiabbajitya — tasmim yeya padese Anupiyam
nama ambayaiiam attiii, tattha sattaham pabbajjasukbena yitinametya —
^ CLiIam. 2 naiii. ^ cula-. * so all three MSS. ® 0* patitthapesi.
® 0^ i^atiggahi. ” -sahayo. ® gbatikaro, ghatikara. ® 0^ -nikkhama-
nam. sotam. kalakiriya^ pilito, all three MSS.
aimpiyaiii.
5
66
Bodhisatto pabbajitva Rajagahaia pavisL
ekadiyasen’ era timsayojanamaggam padasa gautyti Rajagaliam ^
payisi, payisitya sapadanam pip^ya cari. Sakalanagaram Bodhisattassa
rupadassanena Bhaiiapalakeiia payifctka-Eajagaham viya Asuriiidena
payittha-Deyanagaram yiya m samldiobharii agamasi. Rajapiirisa
gantya „deya, eyarupo uama satto nagare pindaya carati, ‘devo va
manusso ya nago ya supannd ya ko iiam’ 680“’ ti na jananm“ ’ti
arocesum. Eaja pasadatale tliatva Maliapurisuiii disva accliariyabbiiuto
jato purise anapesi: ,,gacchatba bkane vimaiiisatha, sace anianusso
bkayissati nagara nikkhainitya antaradliayissati, sace devata bliavissati
akasena gaccliissati, sace nago bliayissati patbayiyam nimujjitya
gamissati, sace manusso bhayissati yatliaiaddham bhikkbadx pari-
bliunjissatiti*‘. Mabapuriso pi kbo missakabbattam samharitva „alam
me® ettakaih yapanaya** ’ti natya payitikadvaren’ eva nagara
nikkhamitva Pandavapabbatackayaya puratt-habliimukho nisiditva aharaiii
paribkunjituih araddho* Ath^ assa antaiii pariyattitya mukhena
nikkhamanakarappattani ahesuiii. Tato tena attabbavena eyarupassa
akarassa cakkhimapi aditthapubbataya tena patikkiiiakareiia *attiya-
mano* eyaiii attana ya attanaiii oyadi: „Siddhattha tvaiii suiabhaanna-
panakule tivassikagandhasalibkojanam iianaggarasohi bkimjanattkane
nibbattityapi ekarii pamsukuiikam ^ disya *kada lui kho abam pi eyarupo
hutya pindaya caritya bbunjissami, bhayissati® nu kho me so kalo’ ti
cintetya nikkhaiito, idani kirn nam’ etaiii karositi“. Eyaiii attana ya
attanam oyaditya nibbikaro hutya aharam paribhunji. Ra-japurisa tarn
payattira disva gantya ranno arocesum. Raja dutavacanam sutya
vegena nagara nikkbamitva Bodbisattassa saiitikam gantva iriyapathasinim
yeya pasiditya Bodbisattassa sabbaiii issariyarii niyyadesi. Bodhisatto
j,maybaih maharaja yattbukamehi ya kilesakaiuebi ya attbo n’ attbi,
abam paramabbisambodhim pattbayanto nikkbanto** ti. Raja anekappa-
karaih yacanto pi tassa cittam alabhitya „addha tvaiii Buddho bhayissasi,
Buddbabhutena pana te patbamam mama vijitarii agantabban“ ti.
Ayam ettba samkhepo, vitth^o pana „pabbajjaiii kittayissami yatba’
pabbaji cakkkuma** ti imam Pabbajjasuttam saddbirh Atthakatbaya '
oloketya veditabbo. Bodhisatto pi ranno patinnam® datya anupubbena
carikam caramano Aiaran ca Kaiamam Ucldakan ca Ramaputtam upa-
samkamitya samapattiyo nibbattetva „n%am maggo bodbiya“ ti tarn
^ rajagabam. ^ konamoso. ® G* ce, ^ C^' addhiyamano. ®
pamsuknlikam. ^ & bhavissasiti, 0^ bbavissasi. attbakatbayaihj
Os atthakatbayam corrected to -katbaya. ® ramno patiriinaiii^
Dukkarakarika. Pancavaggiya bhikkhu* 57
pi samapattibhaTanaiii analamkaritya sadeyakassa lokassa afctano tha-
mayiriyasandassaxiattham makapadhanaiii padahitukamo Uruyelam gantya
5 ,ramaniyo* vatayam bliunjibhago“ 6i tatth’ eya vasaiii upagantya
makapadhanam j)adahi. Te pi Kondanna-pamukha pabbajita
gamanigainarajadlianisii? bhikkha^'^a caranta tattha Bodbisattam sampa-
puniiiisu, Atha naiix cliabbassam mahapadhanaiii padaliantaih „idani
Buddho bli.avis«ati idaiii Buddho bhayissatiti** pariyenasammajjanadikaya ®
yattapatiyattaya upatthaliamana santikavacara assa ^ aliesuiii. Bo-
dhisatto pi klio j,kotippattarii'^ dukkarakarikam karissamiti“
ekatilatanduladilii pi yitiiiamesi, sabbaso jxi aliarupaccliedam akasi,
devatapi ioniakiipelu ojarh upasamliaramana i)afcikkliipi Ath’ assa
taya iiiraharataya paraiiuikasimanapxxattakayassa^ suyannayanno kayo
kalayanno* aliosi, dvattiiiisa Mahapunsalakkhanani® paticcliannaiii
ahesurh. App-ekada appanakam jlianaiix jhayanto maliayedanahi
abhitunno yisannibliuto “ camkamanakotiyarii patati ^^. Atba nam
ekacca deyata jjkalakato samano Gotamo“ ti vadanti, ekacca ,,vibaro
y’ eso araliataii** ti ahamsii. Tattha yasaiii ,,kalakato“ ti ahosi ta
gantya Sudclliodanamaharajasjsa arocesum: „tiimliakaiii putto kalakato“
ti. „Maaia putto Buddho liutva kalakato almtya ti. ,,Bxiddho
bhayitum nasakkhi, padhanablmmiyam yeya kalakato^ ti.
Warn sxitya raja s,naham saddaliami, maiiia puttassa bodhirii appatya
kaiakiidya nama n’ atthiti“ patikkliipati „Kasma pana raja ua
saddaliatiti‘% Kaladeyalatapasassa vaixdapanadiyase janiburukkhamule ca
patihariyanaiix ditthatta* Puna Bodhisatte sannaiii^® patilabhitya
utthite ta deyata agantya ,,arogo te maharaja putto“ ti aroceiiti.
Eaja ,janam’ aharn puttassa anxaranabhayan“ ti yadeti, Maliasattassa
chabbassani dukkarakariyarii karoiitassa akasc ganthikaranakalo yiya
ahosi. So ,,ayam dukkarakarika iiama bodhaya maggo ua liotiti^®**
oiarikaiix aharaiii aharetuih gamanigamesu pindaya caritya aharaiix
alxari, Atli’ assa dyattiiiisa Mahapurisalakkhanani pakatikani ahesuih,
kayo suyannaya^o ahosi. Pancayaggiya foliikkhu „ayam chabbassani
dukkarakarikam karoixto pi sabbanautam patiyijjhituiix nasakkhi, idani
^ C« ramamyo. ® -dhaiiisu. ® parivena, C» cassa. *
kotipattaih. ® parikkhipi. ^ C® -Msimana-, 0 ^ -kasima-. ^
kalavanno. ^ -lakkhanani 0 ^ appanakam. visamni-.
omits this word, 0 ^' patti. so all three MSS.; add va? 0 ^ patikkhipiti.
0^ C* bodhisatto. C* 0^ saranarh. 0* arogyo, C® arogo. O*’ hoti.
olarikam, C® olarikam corrected to olarikam.
5 ^
68
SBjata.
gamadisQ * pindaya carit-va olarikaiii ^ aharaiii ahariyamano kiiii
sakkhissati, bahuliko esa padhanavibblianto, sisaiii rialiayitiikamassa^
ussayabindutakkanam viya amhakaib etassa satitika yisesatakkanam
kim no imina"‘ ti Mahapurisam pahaya attano attano pattaciyaraiii
gabetya attbarasayojanamaggarii gaiitva^ Isipataiiaiii pavisiiiisii. Tena
kho pana samayena Uruyelayam Senaniniganie*’' Seiianikiitinibikassa gelie
nibbatta Siijata" nama darika yayappatta ekasniim m'grodbarukkbe
patthanaih akasi : ,,sace samajatikaiii kulagliaraiii gantya patliamagabbhe
puttam labliissanii anusariivaccliararii te satasaliassapariccagena balikam-
maiii karis.samiti“. Tassa* sa xiattbana samijjhi. Sa Maliasattassa
dukkarakarikam karontasya cbatfche va.ssc paripunne’^ Visakhaptinnaraaya
balikamiiiam ^ katukaina luitva puretaraiii dlienusabaysaiii Lattliimadbu-
kavaiic carapetva tasaiii khiraih panca dbcuusatani payetya tasaiii
kbirarii addliatiyaniti evam yava solasaiuiaiii dhenuiiaiii khiram attha
dhenuyo , piyanti tava klilrassa babalatan ca iiuidhurataS ca ojayantatan
ca patthayamana kbiraparivattanam nama akatii. Sa Visakliapun-
aamadiyase pato va „balikammam kan.s.samiti*‘ rattiya paccusasianiayam
paccutthaya ta attha dhenuyo dubapesi. Vacchaka dhcnrmaih thana-
mulam nagamamsu. Thanamide pana navabbajanesu upanitamattesu
attano dhaminataya khiradhara pavattiiiiiiu. Tam acchariyaiii disya
Sujata sabattbeii’ eya kluraih galietya narabhajane pakkhipitya saliat-
tben’ era aggiih katva x)acitum arablii’^. Tasmim payase x^accamane
mahantamabaiita bubbiila uttbabitva ’ " dakkliinayatta hutya sancaranti,
ekapbusitam pi balii na x^atati*^* uddbaiiato appamattako in dbnmo
na nttbabati. Tasmim sariiayc cattaro iokax)ala agantra uddbane
arakkham ganbimsu. Mababrahma cbattaiii dbaresi. Sakko alataiii ^
samanento aggiiii jalesi. Bovata dyisabassadlpapanyaresu catusu
mabadipesu deyanan’*^ ca manussanan ca iipakappanaojaiii attano
deyanubbayena dandakabaddbarii madimpatalarii plietya madbuiii
ganbamana yiya sariiharitya t^ttha pakkhipimsu. Annesii In kales u
deyata kabale kabale ojam . sambodliidiyase ca
parinibbanadiyase ca ukkbaliyarh yeva x>akkbipanti. Sujata ekadiyaseii’
^ Ci’ gamanigaraadisu. “ olarikaiii, ^ babbayitukamossa. ^ 0^
-takkanarii. ^ gamtva. ® C* -nigamo, C*' -nigama. Siija.
paripuana. ® parikammaih. C?- ovacbantaa, C« ojayantan, ovajantatail
corrected to ojavantatan. -bbajane. C-^’ arabbi. vut-
tbahltva. patti, pattk alatani. C« dcvatanan. X^b^tva,
piletva. arimesu. 0^* omits bi.
Bodhisatto mk&liamule msinno.
69
eya fattlia attano pakatani anekani accharijani disra Pannadasim
amaiitesi: ,,anima Punne ajja amhakam devata ativija pasanna, maja
ettake kale eyarupam accliariyam nania na dittliapubbaih \ yegena
gantya deyattluinarii patijaggahiti**. Sa „sadlni ayye“ ti tassa yacanarii
sampaticcbitya tiiritaturita rukkbamxilarh aganiasj. Bodhisatto pi kho
tasmim rattibhage paHca raahasupine disva pariganhanto „nissam-
sayeBaliaiii Biiddho ajja blmvissaimti** katasannitfcbano tassa rattiya
accayena katasarirapatijaggano bhikkliacarakalam agamayamano pato
ya agantya tasmhh rokkliamiile nisidi attano pabhaya sakalarukkliaiii “
obhasayamano. Atha kho sa Punna agantya addasa Bodhisattam
rukkhanmle pacTnalokadhatum olokayamanam nisinnam, saiirato c’ assa
nikkhantalii pabhahi sakalarukkbam suyannayannaih disva tassa etad
ahosi : , 5 ajja nnihakaiii devata rnkkbaio oruylin sabattheri’ eva
balikammaiii paiicehitiuii nisinna, ma5ne^“ ti iibbegapatta hutva vegena
gantva Siijataya elain attham arocesi"*. Snjata tassa yacanaih sutva
tiitthanianasa hiitya ^,ajja dani pattliaya mama jeithadhitutthane
titt]iahiti‘‘ dliitii annccbavikani sabbalamkaram adasi, Yasma pana
Buddhabhayam papunanadivase .satasahassagghanikaih suvannapatirh
laddhnm yattati*'* tasma sa, ,,.suyannapatiyaih payasam pakk]iipissamiti‘*
cittam iippadetya satasahassaggbanikaiil^ suvannapatirh niharapetva
tattha payasam pakkliipitukama pakkabliajanaiii ayajjesi. Sabbo payaso
padiimapatta udakam viya viniyattitva ® patiyaiii patitUiasi, ekapati-
puramatto ya ahosi. Sa tnih patim ahnaya siivannairatiya patikujjetva®
yasanena yetlietya sabbalailikarehi attabhaYarii alariikaritva taiii patim
attano sTse thai>etva mahantena anubhavena nigrodhamulaih gantva
Bodhisattam oioketya balavasomanassajata rukkhadeyata ti sannaya
ditthatthanatp pattliaya onatonata -gantva sisato tlialaih otaretva
viyaritya suyannabliiihkarena gandhapupirliavasitam udakaih gabetya
Boclhisattarh upagantva atthasi. Ghatikaramahabrahmuna dinnamattika-
patto ettakarh addhanaih Bodhisattam avijalhtya tasmim khane
adassanaih gato. Bodhisatto pattaih mpassanto dakkhinahattham
pasaretva udakam sampaticchi. Sujata sah’ eya patiya payasam
Mahapurisassa liatthe thapesi. Mahapuriso Sujataih olokesi. Sa
akaram sailakkhetya ,,ayya maya tumhakaiii pariccattaih ganhitva
yatharucim gacchatha“ ’ti vanditva ,,yatha mayliam manoratho
^ C* difthapubba. ® sakalam riikkham. ® C* marhne. “* arocesi.
-ggbanika. ® vaddhati. ^ so all three MSS; C* vinivaddhitva.
® patikucchitva* saiimaya. onato, onatonata.
70 Bodhisattassa pati patisotaiii gacchati. Sotthiyo nama tinaliarako.
nipphanno^ eram turahakam pi nippajfjatii** ’ti yatya satasaliassag«
ghanikaya^ suyaimapatiya piiranapanpam ^ viya anapekkha hutya
pakkami. Bodhisatto pi klio nisinnatthana uf;t}iaya rokkiiaiii padak»
khinam^ katya patiiii adaya Neranjaraya tiraiii gantya anekesam*’
Boclhisattasahassanaih abhisambujjhanadivase otaritya — nalianattbanarii
Suppatittbitatittbam iiama attbi, tassa. tare patim tbapetya otaritya —
nabatya anekabiaddliasatasabassanarb iiiyasaaam arabaddliajarii niyasetra
poirattbabbimuklio iiisiditva ekatthitaiapakkappaiuane^ ekbnapan-
nasa^ pipde katya sabbaiii appodakam madbupayasam paribbunji. So
era bi ’ssa Biiddbabliutassa sattasattabam bodliimande vasaiitassa
ekiinapa55asa® diyasani abai^o abosi, ettakaiii kalam n’ eya anno aharo
attlii na nabanaaii na mukhadboyanaiii na sarirayalanjo jbanasukbena
maggasukhena pbalasukhen’ eya vitinamesi. Tam pana payasam
bbunjitva suyannapatiih gabetya ,,sac’ aliaiii aj[ja Bnddho bbayitam
sakkhissami ayaiii pati^ patisotam gaccbatii, no ce sakkbissami anu-
Siotam gaccbatii^ ’ti yatya pakkbipi. Sa sotaiii chindamana nadimajjbarii
gantya maijbamajjbattbanen’ eya jayasampaimo asso yiya asitibattba*-
mattattbanam patisotam gantya ekasmiiii avatte nimujjitya Kalanagaraja-
bbayanaiii gantya tinnam Buddbanam paribliogapatiyo kili kiiiti ^ ^
rayam karayamana pabaritya tasam sabbahettbima bntya atthasi.
Kalo nagaraja tarn saddaib sutva ^jbiyyo*^ eko Buddbo nibbatti,
puna aj[Ja eko nibbatto“ ti anekebi padasatebi tlmtiyo vadamano
atthasi. Tassa pana mahapathayiya ekayojanatigayutappamanara
nabbaiii puretya arohanakalo ajja va bi^^yo ya ti sadiso ahosi. Bo-
dbisatto pi naditlramhi supiipphitasalavane diyayibaram katya sayan-
hasamaye puppbanain yantato muncanakale deyatabi alamkatena
attbusabbayittbarena maggena siho va yijambbamano bodbirukkbabbi-
mukbo payasi. Nagayakkbasupaimadayo dibbebi gandbapuppbadibi
piyayixhsu, dibbasamgitani payattayimsu, dasasabassilokadhatu
ekagandba ekaniala ekasadbukara ahosi. Tasmiib samaye Sotthiyo
nama tinaharako^^ tinam a(Hya patipatbe agaccbanto Mahapm-isassa
akaram natva attba tinamuttbiyo adasi* Bodhisatto tinam gabetya
^ 0^ nippanno. ^ so all three MSS. ^ 0^ purana-. / padakkhinam.
® aneka. ® tassa. -ppamano, -ppamaiio. ® -pannasa,
-pannasa. ® 0^ -paiiinasa. -valanjo. O’® kilitl. 0'^ bhiyyo,
bMyyo corrected to hiyyo. padasantehi. -vittharena corrected
to -yittharena. C« -sangitani. C« -dhatum. tinakareko, C-^ tina-
haraiiiko.
Pallamko. Marasena.
71
bodhimandam aruyha dakkhinadisabliage uttarabhimuklio attkasi.
Tasmiiii kliane dakkhinacakkavaiam ' osiditya hettha ayicisampattam
viya aliosi, uttaracakkavalam ^ ullamghitya upari bliaraggappattam yiya
aliosi. Bodhisatto .,idam sambodhiih papunanatthanaiii na bbayissati,
Bianne^'* ti padakkliinarh karonto pacchimadisabbagaiii gantva parat-
tliabbimuklio attbasi. Tato paccliimacakkayalam ^ osiditya hettlia ayici-
sampattara yiya aliosi, purattbimacakkayalaiii ullamgliitya bha-yaggap-
pattaiii yiya ahosi, thitatbitattiiane kir’ assa nemivattapariyante
akkante nabliiya patittiiitamaliasakatacakkaiii viya maliapathayi
oiiatunnata® abosi. Bodbisatto ,,idam® pi’ sambodliiih papunanat-
thanaiii na bbayissati, nianSe^** ti padakkbinaiii karonto iittaradisabbagam
gantva dakkbinabbimukbo attbasi. Tato uttaracakkavaiam osiditya
hettba ayicisampattarii yiya abosi, dakkhinacakkavalam * ullamghitya
bliayaggappattaiii viva abosi. Bodbisatto „idam pi sambodhipapunanat-
thanam^ na bbayissati, maii5e^“ ti padakkbinam karonto purattbima-
disabbagam gantva paccbiniabbimukho attbasi. Purattbimadisabbage
pana sabbabuddhanaiii pallamkattbanam, taiii n’ eva-ccbambbati® na
kampati. Maliasatto ,,idaiii sabbabuddbanarii ayijabitaacaiattbanam
kiiesapanjarayiddbamsanattbanan^ ti natva tani tinani agge gabetya
calesi. Tavad era cuddasabattbo j)allamko abosi. Tani pi klio tinani
tatharupena santbanena santhahirhsu yatbariipaih snkasalo pi cittakaro
ya potthakaro va aiikbitnni pi samattho n’ atthi. Bodbisatto bodhi-
khandham pittbito katya purattbimabhimukho da}hamanaso butva
„kamam^^ taco ca nabaru^^ ca attbi^^ ca ayasussatu, xipasussatu
sarire mamsalobitaiii, na tv-eya saxmnasamboclbim appatya imam ‘
paliamkam bhindissamiti‘* asanisatasannipatenapi abbejjarupam
aparajitapailaiiakarii abhujitya nisidi. Tasmim samaye Maro devaputto
„Siddbatthakiimaro maybam vasaiii atikkaniitukaino, na dani ’ssa
atikkamitum dassamiti“ Marabalassa santikam gantva etani attbara
arocetya Maraghosanam nama ghosapetva Marabalarii adaya nikkbami.
Sa Marasena Marassa purato dyadasa yojanani boti, dakkbinato ca
ytoato ca dvadasa yojanani, paccbato yava cakkayalapariyantam
katya tbita, nddhaiii nayayojannbbedha, yassa unnadantiya imnadasaddo
^ G*' -valam. ® C*’ -valaiii. ® mariine. ■* C*’ -valam. ® onatunnata,
« CJ^ idam. omit pi. ® C« sambodhi. ® so ali threo MSS.
bodhikandhara, bodhikhandara. 0^ kayaih. 0 ^ nabard. C*
atthi. 0^ 0’*' abhejjarupa, 0*^ abhejjarupa corrected to abhejjarfipam.
is C*' cakkavala-.
n
Ekadevatapi fhatnra samattlio nahosi
yojanasahassato patibaya patliayiudnyanasaddo ’ yiya siiyati, Atha
Maro deya^putto diyaddliayojanasatikam ^ Girimekhalam^ nania iiattliiai
abliinihitya'^ baliusaliassam mapetva jiaiiayudliani aggabesi. Ayasesaya*^
pi Maraparisaya dve jana ekasadisakam ayiidhaiii na ganliiiiisu,
nanappakarayanna nanax^pakaramukha butya Mabasa,ttani ajjbottba-
raiiiana’^ agamimsii®. Basasabassacakkayale® deyata pnna Mabasattassa
thiitiyo yadamana attbaiiisiu Sakko deyaraja Vijayuttarasaihkbaili
dbamamano attliasi, so kira saiiikho yTsambattbasatiko lioti, sakiin
vataiii gabapetya dliamanf o cattaro mase saddaib karitya nissaddo
hoti. MabakalanagarSja ’ ^ atirekapadasatcTia rannam radanto atOiasi.
Mababrabiiia setaccliattaih dharayaiiiano atibasi. Marabalc^^ pana
bodhiniandaib iipasaihkamaate npasamkanmiite iesaiii eko pi thatuiii
nasakkbi, sammukbasanimukbatttianen’ eya^^ palayiiiisii. Kilo
nagaraja patliayiyam nimujjitya pancayojanasatikaiii Manjerikaaaga-
bbayanaiii gantya iibbobi hattbebi' mukbarii pidabitva ■nipanno. Sakko
Yijayuttarasamkliam pittbiyaib kaiva cakkayalainukhayattiyaih attbasi.
Mababrabma setaccbattam cakkavalakotiyam idiapetva Brahmalokam
eya agamasi. Ekadeyatapi tbatufn saniattbo naliosi. Mahapiiriso
ekako ya nisidi. Maro pi attano parisarii aba: ,,tata, Siiddhodana-
puttena Siddhattbena sadiso anno puriso nama n’ attbi, mayam
samniukha yuddham claturii na sakklussama, paccbabhagena dassama**
’ti, Mahapuriso pi tini passani oloketya sabbadeyatanam palatatta
sunna addasa. Puna uttarapassena Marabalam ajjhottliaramanaiii
disya ,,ayam ettako jano main ekakaiii sandbaya mabantaib yayamam
parakkaniam karoti, imasniim tliane mayliaiii niatapita ya bbata ya anno va
koci natako n’ attbi, ima x^ana dasa paraniiyo ya niaybam dlgdiarattaiii
puttbaparijaiiasadisa, tasma paramiyo ya pbalakaih kaiya paramisattben’
eya pabaritya ayaib balakayo maya yiddhaibsetum vattatiti dasa
paramiyo , ayajjaniano nisidi. Atha Maro deyaputto ,,et€n’ eva
Siddbattbaiii palapessamiti** yatamandalam samuttbapesi. Taiii kbanaiii
yeva purattbimadibbeda yata r samuttbabitya addhayojanadyiyojana-
^ -udriyana-, -udayana-. ^ 0^ -santikaiii. ^ -la* ^ 0^* abhlnibltva*
^ bahusahassa. ^ C* asesaya. O’® C*' ajjbottaramu.iia. ® C^’ agamimsu.
^ C« -cakkavale. C® dhammano* C® C^’ mabakala-. C® marabalaiii,
C® -tbaneneya. C® kajo. cakkavaja-j C® -miikbavaddhiyaiii*
C*' cakkavala-. mayham. 0*' palatatta corrected to palayitatta.
so all three MSS* instead of sunnani? C® C®’ ajjbottaxamiinam. C®
vaddhatiti. 0® samntthahitva, €*» samiitthana hutva.
Nava vritavassapasanapaharanangarakukkulavilukakalalandhakaravirttlii- 7 3
tiyqjarjappamanaoi pabbatakiitani padaletva ranagaccharukkadini ummuie-
iva samanta gaiiianigaine ciiapavicimnaih ’ katniii samattliapi Maba-
purisassa ]ma5aiejena Yihataiiubhava Bodliisaitaib patva civarakanna-
mattam pi caletuih nasakkliimsu, Tato ,,udakena naih ajjhottharitva
iiiaressaniiti“ inabavassani samiitfcliapesi, tassanubliayena uparupari
watapatalasabassapaialadibbeda valahaka. uttbahitva vassimsii, yuttbidhara-
Yegena patbavi^ cbidda ahosi, vanarukkbadliiam uparibliagena inahaogiio
agantya Mahasattassa ciyare ussavabindutthanaiiiattam pi temetuiii
nasakkhi. Tato pasanavassaiii «aniuttbape.si, lualiantani Bialiantani
pabbatakutani dinlpayantani ])a^'alaBtani ^ akasenagantva Bodhisattaiii
patya dibbamalagulabbayam ’ apajjimsu. Tato pabaranavassaiii
saniutpiapesi, ekalodlidraubiiatodlulraasisattiklmrappadayo'' dhupayanta
pajjalanta akasenagantya Bodhisatlam patva dibba piipphaai abesuiii*
Tato aiigarakavassaih^' saniuttbapesi, kiiijsukayaniia afigara akasena*
gantva Bodhisattassa padaniule dibbapiippbani Imtya vikiriihsu. Tato
kukkulavassarh ‘ samutthapesi, accunho aggiyanno^ kiikkiilo® akasena-
gantya Bodbi,sattassa padamule caiidanacimnaib biitva riipati. Tato
valukayassaih saniatthapesi, atisukliumavaluka dhupayanta pajjalanta
akasenagantya Bodliisattassa padanmle dibbapuppliani liutya nipatiihsu.
Tato kalalayassaiij samutthapesi, taiii kalalaiii dhupayantarh pjyjalantam
akasenagantya Bodhisattassa padaniule dibbayilepanarh hutya nipati.
Tato ,,injina bliiiiisetva Siddhattharh palapessaniiti“ andhakararh
samutihapesi, tarii caturangasamannag-ataih nmbatamaiii hutva Bo-
dhisattaiii patya suriyappabbavihatahi yiya andhakaraiii antaradhayi.
Eyaiii Maro imahi nayabi vatavassapasaxiapaharanafigarakukkuiayalika-
kaialandhakarayiitthihi ^MSodhisattani palapetuiii asakkonto ,,kmi bhane
tittbatha, imaiii kumarahi ganliatha lianatha palapetlia“ "ti parisaiii
anapetya*® sayam pi Girinickbalassa hatthino khandhe nisinno
cakkavudhaiii adaya Bodbisattaiii iipasamkamitva 5 ,Siddhattiia,
utthaiiatlia etasma pallarbka, nayaiii tuybaiii papuiiati, mayhaih eso
papunatiti“ aba. Mabasatto tassa yamnam sutra ayoca: ,,Mara,
n’ eya taya dasa j)arainiyo purita na upaparamiyo na paramattba-
paramiyo, na pi pancanvahapariccaga pariccatta, na nanatthacariya ®
na lokattliacariya na buddbicariya purita ^^5 nay5,ni pallamko tuybarii
^ cannaihvicunnam. ^ so all three MSS. ® pajjalamtani. ■* -gxila-.
-satthi-. ® 0^*= afigaravassarb, aiiigaraka-, ^ kukkula-. ® C*’
aggivaiuia. ® kukknlo. valuka-. ** -valika-, so all three MSS.
O anapetva. C*”’ cakkayudham, ,C* purita.
74
Mabapathavl sakkbT.
pa.puna.ti, mayh’ ev* eso papunatiti**. Maro kuddlio kodlia.Yegam
asalianto Mahapurisassa cakkaTudhaiii ^ vissajje.si, tan tassii dasa paramiyo
avajjentassa uparibh%e malavitanaiii liutva attliasi. Taiii kira
kliuradharam cakkavudham annada tena kuddheim vissattliam ekagkana-
■pasane® thambhe vamsakaHre* viya cliindantaiii gacclmti. Idani paiia
tasmiiii malayitanaiii hiitva thite avasesa Maraparisa j-jdani pallaiiikato
Tuttiiaya paiayissatiti“ inaliantamahantani selakutani Tissajjesum, tani
pi Mahapurisasya dasa paramiyo ayaljentassa iiialagulabliavam apajjitya'^
bhumiyarh patiiiisu. Devata cakkaTajamiikbayattiyam " tbita giyaih
pasfetva slsaiii ukkbipitya „nattho vatn bbo Siddbattbakuinarassa
rupaggappatto attabbavo, kin nu kbo karissatiti“ olokenti. Tato
Mahapuriso „puritaparanunam Bodbisattanaiii abbisanibujijbanadiyase
pattapallamkaiii maybarii papunatiti‘* vatva tbitaiii Maraiii aba:
„Mara tuybam danassa dinnabbaye ko sakk}uti‘‘ aba. Maro „irae
ettaka sakkhino“ ti Marabalabbimukbaiii battbam pasaresi. Tasmirh
khane Maraparisaya ® „abam sakkbi’’' abaiii sakkhiti“ payattasaddo
patbaviudrlyanasaddasadiso^ ahosi. Atha Maro Mahapnrisani . aha:
,,Siddbattha tuybam danassa dinnabbave ko sakkbiti“. Mahapuriso
^tuybam taya danassa dinnabbaye sacetaiia sakkbino, mayham pana
iraasmim thane sacetano koci sakkbi*’ nama n’ atthi, tittbatu taya me
ayasesattabbavesu dimiadanarii, Yessantarattabbaye pana tbatya
sattasatakamabadanassa taya dinnabbave ayam acetanapi gbanamaha-
patbavi^ sakkbiti“ civaragabbbantarato dakkbinabattbaiii abhinabari-
tya „ Yessantarattabbaye tbatva maybarii sattasatakamabadanassa
dinnabbaye tyarii sakkhi na sakkbiti“ mabapatbaviabbimukham
hattharii pasaresi. Mabapatbavi ,,aban te tada sakkb!ti“ yiravasatena
yirayasabassena yirayasatasabassena Marabalam avattbaramana viva
unnadi. Tato Mahapurise „dinnan te Siddhattha mabadanam
iittamadanan“ ti Yessantaradanarii sammasante sammasante diyad-
dbayojanasatiko Giriraekhalabattbi jannukebi patittbasi. Maraparisa
disayidisa palayi, dve ekamaggena gata nama n’ attbi, sisabbaranani
c’ eya niyatthayattbani ca pahaya sanimukbasammnkba disahi yeva
palayimsn. Tato deyasamgba palayamanam Marabalarii disva
* cakkayudhaih. ^ ekaghanapasano, 0^ ekaghanapasane, C?’ ekaghana-
pasane. ^ -kalire. ■* 0^ apajjitva, C® avajjitva. cakkavalamukhavad-
diyaih, ® -parisa, C^sakkbi. ® C^patbavuidriyana-j patbayludriyana-.
® sakkbi. C^' asesa~. G^-pathavi. “ -pathayi-. so all three MSS.
C^G* JanpukeM. C* phalayamana, G*» palayamana corrcted to palayamanarii.
Baddhassa jayo.
75
,,Marassa parajayo jato, Siddhatthakuiriarassa jayo, jayapujam karis-
sama“ 'ti naga naganam supanna siipannaTiam de^ata deTatanam
bralimano brabniaaaiii pesetva gandhamaiadihattha Mahapiirisassa
santikarh’ bodliipallamkam agamaihsii. Evam gatesii ca pana tesu
ST 4* 5 , Jayo hi Buddhassa sinmato ayam
Marassa ca papiniato parajayo‘S
iigghosayurii bodhimande pamodita
jayam tada nagagana Mahesino.
ST5» nJayo hi Buddhassa sirimato ayam
Marassa ca papimato parajayo*%
ugghosayum bodhimande pamodita
supannasarhghapi jayam Mahesino.
ST6. 5 , Jayo hi Buddhassa sirimato ayam
Marassa ca papimato paTajayo‘S
ugghosayuiii bodhimande pamodita
jayam tada devagana Mahesino,
277. »,Jayo hi Buddhassa sirimato ayam
Marassa ca papimato parajayo‘%
ugghosayuiii bodliimande pamodita
jayam tada brahmaganapi tadino.
Avasesa dasasii cakkavalasahassesu® derata nialagandbayilepanehi
pujayamana. nanappakara thutiyo vadamana atthariisu. Evaiii dharamane
yeva suriye Mahapuriso Marabalam yidhametya ciyaruparipatamanehi *
bodhirukkhamkurehi rattapayaiadalehi yiya pujayamano'^ pathame
yame pubbeniyasaSanarii majjhimayame dibbacakkhiim yisodhetra
pacchimayame paticcasamuppade nanaih otaresi. Ath’ assa dvadasapa-
dikaiii paccayakaraiii vattayiyattavas^^na*^ anulomapatilomato sam-
masantassa sammasantassa dasasahassilokadhatu’^ udakaj)ariyaiitam
katya dyadasakkhattum saiiikampi. Mahapurise^ pana dasasahassiioka-
dhatum^ unnadetya arunuggamanayelaya sabbannutananam ^ pa-
^ santika. ® 0* civarupari-. ® C** cakkavala-. ^ C« -pavala-. so all
three . MSS, instead of pujiyamano^ ® 0® vaddhavivaddbavasena. G*
dasasahassi-. ® mahapurlso^ mahapuriso corrected to mahapurise. ® G^
sabbamnilta-?, 0^ sabbanniltam.
'M
Sakalaflasasahassilokadhatu alamkatapatiyatta ahosi*
tiYijjliante sakaladasasahassilokadiiatu * alarhkatapatiyatta ahosi.
Paciiiacakkayjllaniukliayattiyam ^ usst%>itanam dliajanaiii patakanaiii
raiiisiyo'^ pacciiiniacakkavaiamuklmyattiyam^ paharanti\ tatha
paccliiniacakkayaiamukhaTattiiyam^ ussapitanarh paciiiacakkayala*
nluk}myattiyalil^ ultaracakkavalaimikhavattiyam ^ ussapitanaiii dak-
khinacakkayalamukhayatfciyam ^ , dakklu'iiacakka viil am u khavafctiyairi ^
ussapitanarh iittaracakkavalaniukbayattiyaiii'^ paharanti, patliavitale
ussapitanaiii pana dliajanaih patakaiiarh Brahnialokam rihacca attliaihsu.
Bralimaloke baddhanaiii patliavitale patittliahirhsii, dasasahassa-
cakkayale"^ pujiphupagarulckha puppliaiii ganhihisu, plialupagarukklia
plialapindibliiirabharita ahesum, kliandhesu kliandliapadumani pupphixhsii,
sakhasu sakliapadumani, latasu latapaduinani» akase olambakapaduniani^,
siiatalani biiiiiditva uparupari^ sattasatta hutva daiidakapadumani
ufctlialiiiiisu, dasasahassilokadhatu yattetva’’ vissattliamalagula viya
susanthatapupphasantliaro viya ca ahosi, cakkavalantaresu atthayojana-
saliassalokantarika sattasuriyappabhaya pi anobliasitapubba ekobhasa
ahesuiii, caturasltiyojanasahassagaiiibhiro mahasamuddo madliurodako
ahosi, nadiyo iia-iipavattiihsu, jaccandha rupani passimsu, jatibadliira
saddam sunimsu, jatipithasappi padasa gacchimsii, andubandhanadiiii
chinditya pat iriisu. Eram aparimanena siriyibhayeiia ^ ^ piijayamane ^ ®
nekappaktosu acchariyadhaimnesu patuhhutesu sabbannutanaiiaiii
patiyijjhitya sabbabuddhanaiii avijahitniii udanarh udanesi :
2X8. ,,Anekajatisamsararii
sandhavissarii anibbisaih
galiakarakam gayesanto,
dukkha jati punappunaih. (Dhpd. v. 15B.)
279 . Galiakaraka dittlio si,
puna geliaih na kabasi,
sabba te phasuka bliagga,
galiakutamc yisaiiikliitam ,
yisamkliaragatam cittam
tanhanaih khayam ajjhaga*' ti. (Dhpd, v, 154.)
^ "dasasahassi". ^ C" -cakliavaja-, -vaddhiyani. ^ (jit omit raihsiyo.
^ D’ paharanti. omits ussapitanaiii, ® C« pathavitale. 0^*= G*' 'Cakka-
vale. * olambika-, ® O'’ uparupari. 0^^ O’® sattasatta. C’ 0^’ dasasa-
hassr-. 12 Qs vaddhetva. C« 0*^ cakkavalantaresu. C’ -pTthasappi.
15 Q]c -vibhavena. so all three MSS^ instead of pfijiyamano.
sabbarlnuta-?, C’ sabbaiiinuta-?. 0’ visaiiikaraaigataiii.
Sattasattahan! . Animisacetiyarh .
77
Iti Tusitapnrato patfchaya yara ayam bodhimande sabbaiiniitappatti '
ettakam thanam Ayidurenidanam nama ’ti veditabbarii.
IIL S antikenidana.
Saiitikeiiidanam paiia ,,Bbagava Sayattliiyaiii yiharati Jetayane
Anathapiiidikassa arame, Vesaliyaih yiharati Mahayane kiitagarasaiayaix“
ti eyarii „tesu tesu thanesu yiliaranto tasmim tasmim thane yera
labbhatiti‘* yuttam, kinc’ api evarri vuttam atha kho pana tarn pi
adito patthaya eyaiii yeditabbam. Udanam hdanetya nisinnassa hi
Bbagayato etad ahosi: ,,aham kappasatasahassadhikani cattari asam-
kheyyani imassa pallamkassa karana sandhayiiii^, ettakam me kalaih
imass’ eva pallamkassa karana alamkatasisam giyaya chinditva dinnam,
snafijitani akkhmi hadayamamsam ubbattetya dinnaih, Jalikuraara-
sadisa^ putta Kanhajiiiakumari-sadisa dhitaro Maddideyi-sadisa^
bhariyayo ca paresaih dasatthaya dimia, ayaiii me pallarhko jaya-
pallaiiiko varapallaiiiko ca, ettha me msinnassa samkappa paripnnna,
na taya ito viitthahissaniiti^ anckakofcisatasahassa samapattiyo sama-
pajjanto sattahaiii tatth’ eva nisidi, yam sandliaya „atho kho Bhagaya
sattaham ekapaiiamkena niaidi^^ yiinnttisukhapatisaihyediti**. Ath’
ekaccanam deyataiiarh .jajjapi nuna Siddhatthassa kattabbakiccam
atthi, paiiamkasmiiii hi alayaiii na yijahatiti“ pariyitakko udapadi.
Sattha deyatanam yitakkam natya tasam yitakkaiii ynpasamanatthaih
yehasaiii abbhnggantya yamakapitihariyam dassesi. Mahabodhimanda-
smiih hi katapatiliariyan ^ ca natisamagame katapatiliariyan ca
Patikaputtasamagame katapatiliariyaS ca sabbaiii gandambamule
yamakapatihariyasadisaiii ahosi. Eyam Sattha imina patihariyeua
deyatanam yitakkam vupasametva isakaiii pacinanissite
uttaradisabii^e thatya ,,imasmim vata me pallaiiike sabban-
nutananam® patividdhan“ ti cattari asamkheyyani kappasata-
sahassan ca piiritanaiii paraminaiii pkaladhigamatthanam pallaiii-
kam animisehi akkhilii olokayamaiio sattaham yitinamesi. Tam
thanam Aiiimisacetiyan nama jatam. Atha jxaliamkassa ca thitat-
thanassa ca antara camkamam mapetya puratthimapacchimato ayate^^
^ 0^ sabbahhuta-, 0® sabbariihuta 0*^ sabbanhuta-?. ^ C* upasandhavim.
® O’ jaliyakumara-, * maddidevi-, maddidevi-. * 0^ ekapailamke. ® C*'
liisiditva. ^ C« -patibariyam, -patihariyaih corrected to -padhariyah, ®
patika- corrected to patbika-. ® sabbamnata-, sabbannuta-, 0^ sabbah-
fiiita-? 0^ pbaladbigamana-. C* ayane, ayatane?
78 Ratanacarakamacetiyam. Ratanagharacetiyaiii. Marassa solasa lekha.
ratanacamkame caiiikamanto sattaiiam Titinamesi, Tam tlianam
Ratanacamkamacetiyan nama jatam. Catutthe pana sattahe bodhito
pacchimuttaradisabhage devata Ratanagharaiii mapayimsu. Tattlia
pallaiiikena nisiditya Abhidhammapitakam yisesato ettha ^ anantaiiayam ^
samantapattbanaiii yicinaiito sattaham vitinamesi. Abhidliammika
panaliu: Ratanagbaran ^ nama ratanamayam gehaiii sattannaiii pakara-
nanam^ .sammasitattbauam ratanagbaran ti, yasnia pan’ ettha iibbo j>*
ete pariyaya yujjanti tasraa ubhayani p’ etaiii gabetabbam eya. Tato
patthaya pana tarn thanaiii Ratanagbaracetiyan nama jataiii. Eyaiii
bodbisamipe yeya cattari sattahani vitinametya pancanie sattabe
bodhirukkbanulla yena Ajapalanigrodho ten’ upasamkami. Tatr%)i
dbammarii viciuauto yeva vinmttisukban ca patisamyedento nisidi.
Tasmim samaye Maro devaputto j^ettakam kaiam anubandhanto
otarapekkho pi imassa kinei kbalitaih naddasarii, atikkanto dani esa
mama vasan‘* ti domanassappatto mabamagge nisiditya solasa karanani
cintento bhnmiyam solasa iekba kaddbi : „aham eso viya danaparamim
na piiresim, ten’ anihi imina sadiso na jato*‘ ti ekarh lekbaiix kaddbi;
tatha „aham eso yiya silaparamini neklthammaparamiiii pannaparamiib
yiriyaparamiih khaiitiparamim saccaparamim adbifcthanaparamirh metta-
paramim npekbaparamim na puresim, ten’ ambi imina sadiso na jato**
ti dasamam lekhaiii kaddbi; „abam eso viya asadharanassa
indriyaparopariyananassa^* pativedbaya upanissayabbuta dasa paramiyo
na puresiiii, ten’ ambi imina sadiso na jato“ ti ekadasainarii lekbam
kaddbi; tatba „abarii eso yiya asMbaranassa asayanusayananassa^
mabakarunasamapattinanassa ® yamakapatihirananassa ^ anavarana-
nanassa sabbannutananassa pativedbaya upanissayabbuta dasa paramiyo
na puresim, ten’ ambi imina sadiso na jato“ ti soiasamam lekbam
kaddbi. Evaiii imehi karanebi mabamagge ’ ’ so|asa iekba akad<pia"
mano nisidi. Tasmim samaye Tanba Arati Raga ti tisso Maradhitaro
„pita no na pannayati kabam nu kbo etarahiti“ oiokayamaoa tarn
domanassappattaih bbumirii likbamanam disya pitii santikaiii gantya
„kasmasi tata dukkhi domanasso“ ti pucchiiiisu. ,,Amma ayaiii
Mabasamano mayham vasam atikkanto, ettakam kalaiii olokento
otaram assa dattbum nasakkhim, ten’ amlii dukkhi dummano** ti.
^ cetta. ^ G« anantanayanaiii. ^ C* -gharam. C'^ pakarananaih. ^
otaxapekklio. ® C* -nanassa, ^ C® -nanassa. ® C« -karuna% ® 0^ -nanassa.
0« sabbamnuta-, 0^^ sabbamniita-. C'^ ♦-maggebi. 0^^ 0^ pamnayati,
13 Qh dukkhi. 0^ amma.
Maradhitaro.
79
„Yadi eyarii ma cintayittlia, niayam etaih attaiio yase katya adaya
agamissama“ ’ti. ,,Na sakka aniraa eso kenaci vase katurii, acalaya
saddhaya^ patitdiito eso j)uriso“ ti. „Tata mayaiii itthiyo naniaj
idaii' era tarn ragai)asadihi bandhitya anessaraa, tumhe ma cmtayittlia“
’ti Biiagayaiitarii upasamkamitva ,,pade te Samana paricarema^** ’ti
aliamsu. Bliagaya n’ eva tasaiii yacajiaih manasi akasi^ na akkhini^
imimiietya olokesi, anuttare upadhisarakhaye vimiitfcamanaso yiye-
kasukhan*^ aeya anubhayanto nisidi. Puna Maradhitaro ,,uccayaca kho
jiurisanam adhippaya, kesanci kiimarikasu pemam lioti kesafici
pathamayaye thitasu kesanci majjhimavaye thitasu kesanci pacchi-
mayaye thitasu, yan imiia mayaiii nanappakarehi paioblieyyama“ ’ti
ekameka kumariyannadiyasena sataih sataiii attabhave abhininiminitya®
kumariyo avijata sakiiii vijata duvijata majjhimitthiyo maliitthiyo ca
hutya cliakktiattum Bhagavantam upasamkamitva 5 ,pade te Samana
paricarema“ ’ti ahamsu. Tam Bhagava na manas’ akasi yatha
taiii anuttare" upadhisamkhaye virnutto. KecP^ panacariya vadanti; ta
maliitthibliavena upagata disva Bhagava eyani eyaih eta khanda-
dauta palitakesa liontii ’ti adhitthasiti, taiii na gahetabbam, na hi
Sattha evarupaih adhitthauani karoti, Bliagaya pana „apetha, tumhe
kirn disva evam yayamatha, evanipam nama avitaragadinam purato
katuiii vattati®, Tathagatassa pana rago pahmo doso pahino moho
pahino ti attano kiiesappahanam arabbha
280. „Yassa jitaih nav^’iyati
jitaiii assa no yati koci loke
tarn Biiddham anantagocaram
axiadam kena padena nessatha; (Dhpd. y. 179.)
281. Yassa jalini visattika
taiilia n’ atthi kuhinci netave
tarn Buddliam anantag^aram
apadaih kena padena nessatha*^ ’ti (Dhpd. v. 180*)
ima Dhammapade Buddhayagge dye gatha vadanto dhammam kathesi.
Ta ^saccaih kira no pita ayoca: ‘Arahaih Sugato loke na ragena
^ saddaya, 0^ sabbaya. ® C« paricaraca. ® akash ^ 0^ na sakkhTtini,
0 ^ na cakkhlni. * O*' -sukhah corrected to -sukhasan, -sukham. ® C*'
abbinimminitva. 0^ anuttaro. .® 0* koci, ® C® vaddhati. pahino.
0^^= navajiyati. jalini.
80 Miicaliiido. Tapassu-Bhalluka vaaiju, Cattiiro pattfi,
siiTaiiayo’ “ ti adini vatya pitu santikarii agamaiiisu. Bhagayapi tattlia
safctaham vitinainetva Mucalindam agamasi. Tattlia sattaham yltiiiame-
tya yaddalikaya uppannaya sltadipatibahanattliaiii ^ Macalindena
nagarajena sattakkhatturii bliogelii parikkhitto asambadham gandha-
kutiyaiii Tiliaranto yiya yiniuttisukham pati.samYediyaiiiano sattaliam
yitinametya rajayataDaiii upasamkami. Tattliapi Yiiiiuttisakhapatisam-
yedi^ yeva nisidi. Ettavata sattasattaham paripiiimani. Ettli’ antare^
n’ era raukhadhovanarii na sarirapatijaggaiiam iia aharakiccaiii akosij
jhanasukliena maggasukliciia phalasuklien’ eya ca yitiiiamesi.
Ath’ assa tasmiih sattasattahaniattiiake ekuiiapaSnasatiine divase
tattlia nisinnassa „mukhaiii dliovissamiti^ cittarii udapadi. Sakko
deyanaiii indo agadahantakaiii ’’ aliaritva adasi. Sattlia taih pari-
bhunji, ten assa saiiravalanjam abosi. Ath’ assa Sakko yeya iiagalata-
dantakattliaE c’ eva mukhadhovanaudakan ca adasi. Sattlia taiii dan-
takattharix khaditva Anotattadahe udakeaa luukham dliovitya tatth’ eva
rajayatanamule nisidi. Tasmiiii saniayc Tapassii-Bhalluka*’ iiama dye
yanija^ pancahi sakatasatelii Ukkala jaiiapada Majjhiniadesam gacchanta
attano natisaloliitaya devataya sakataiii sanniruinhitva'’ Satthu dhara-
sampadanc* ussabita maiitban ca madbupindikan ca adaya ,,patigan-
batu*\no bhante Bbagaya imam aharaiii anukampam upadaya“ ’ti
Sattliaram upasamkamitva attbaihsu, Biiagava payasam^“ patiggahana-
diyase yeya pattassa autarabitatta ,,iia kbo Tatbagata batthesu
patiganbanti, kinilii nu kbo abarii patiganhcyyan“ ti cintesi. Atb’
assa cittaiii natya catubi disahi cattaro Mabarajano iiidanilamanimaye
patte upanamesuiii. Bbagaya te patikkhipi. Puna muggayannaseiamaye
cattaro patte iipanamesuiix. Bbagaya catuniiarn pi deyaputtanam
anukampaya cattaro patte patiggahetya iipariipari piapctya „eko
botu*‘ ’ti adhitthabi. Cattaro pi nmkhayattiyarii pannayamanalekba ’ ^
biitya majjbimena pamanena ekattaiii upagamiibsu. Bbagaya tasmiih
paccaggbe selamaye patte |baram xiatiganbitya paribbunjitva an mho-
danam akasi. Dye bbataro yanija Buddban ca Dbamman ca sarariaib
^ sitapad-, 0^ sitapati- corrected to sitapati-. vimuttisukhanipaiisaiii-
vedi, C^ vimuttisukhaiiipatisaiiivedi corrected to -sukhapati-. ^ ettantare, ^
-pamilasatime, -pahnasatimeva. ® so all three MSS. ® tapassu-.
^ C« vanija. ^ 0^ sanriirumbhitva. ® 0* aharamsampadane. O'*’ matthah.
padggaahatu. 0 ^ payasa. so ail three MSS. 0'« uparupari.
15 G« paihhayamana-. ** omits pamanena and adds anteiia ca, pana-
manena corrected to pamanena, C* pamanena.
Brahma Sahampati. , -Paneavagfiyathera, 8i
gaotva dyevacikaupasaka aliesEiii. Atha tesam „ekarh no bkante
paricaritabbattflianam detlia** ’ti Tadantanam dakkhinahatthena attano
sisaiii parainasitva kesadhafciijo adasi. Te attano na.gare ta dhatnyo
anto pakkliipitTa cetijam pati|tliapesiim. Sammasambiiddbo pi klio
tato iitpiaya puna Ajapalaiiigrodhani era gantva rtigrodhamule iiisidi.
Atb’ assa tattha iiisiniiamattass’ eva attana adhigatassa dhainmassa
gambMrattani paccayeklchantassa Baddhaaara acinno ^ ,jadiiigato kho
liiy-ayam*'* dhamnio** ti paresarii dhammam adesetukaminatakarappaTatto
vitakko iidapadi. Atha Brahma Sahaini)ati® „nassati yata bho loko,
vinassati yata bho loko*' ti dasahi cakkavalasabassehi Sakka-Suyama-
Santusita-Suuimnnta-YasaYatti-Mahabrabmuno^ adaya Satthu santikam
gantya ,,desetu biiante Bhagaya dhammam, desetu Bhagaya bhante'^
dhamman“ ti adiiia iiayeiia dhanimadesaiiam ayaci. Sattha tassa
patinnaiii® datva ,,kas.<;a no kho abam pathamarii dhammam deseyyan^
ti cintento „Alaro pandito, so imam dhammam khippaiii ajanissatiti“
cittam iippadetya puna olokento tassa sattahakalakatabhayam^ natya
Uddakam ayajjesi®. Tassa pi abbidosakalakatabhayaih hatya „bahupa-
kara® kho Paacavaggiya bhikkhu“ ti Fancavaggiye arabbha manasi-
karaiii katra ,,kahaiii nu kho te etarahi viharantiti‘‘ ayajjeiito „Ba-
ranasiyam Migadaye“ ti hatya „tattha gantya dhammacakkam
payattessamiti'* katipahaiii bodhiraandasamanta yeva x>mdaya caranto
yiharitya „Asalhipimnamasiyam Baranasim gamissamiti** catuddasiyam
paccusasamaye pabhataya rattiya kalass’* eya pattacivaram adaya
attharasajojanamaggani patipanno anta-ramagge U])akam ’ * ntoa
ajivikam disya tassa attano Buddhabhavam acikkhitya taiii divasam
yeva sayanhasamaye Isipatanam aganiasi. Pancayaggiyathera Ta-
tbagataiii durato ya agacchantarii disya „ayam ayuso samano Gotamo
paccayabaluiliaya ayattitya payipunnakayo plutindriyo ^ suyannayanno
liutva agaccliati, imassa abhiyadanadlni na karissama, mahakulappasiito
kho j>an’ esa asanabhihararii arahati, teiT assa asanamattam panna-
pessama ’ti katikam akamsu. Bhagaya sadevakassa lokassa
cittacaram jananasamatthena hanena „kin nu kho ime cintayimsu“ ’ti
ayajjitya eittaiii a5nasi*\ Atha ne sabbadeyamanussesu anodissakarasena
^ C« G® acinno. ^ C« myayam. ® -path * C* -suyama-. bbagava
bhante corrected to bhante bbagava, ® 0^ 0« patimnaiii. ^ sattabam-.
® O'’ avajjesi. ^ C« bahiipakara, bodbisimanta. G^ iidakaih. 0^
sayaiiba-. 0^ tbigitindriyo corrected to tbipitindriyo, pbitindnyo corrected
to pitindriyo. -ppasuno. G^ C* pamna-. 0 ^ G« amhasi.
6
82
Yasa. Bhaddavaggiyaknmara. Tebhatikajafila.
pharaBasamattharii mettacittam samkhipitva odissakayasena luettacittaiii
phari. Te Biiagavata mettacittena. phattha ^ Tatliagate upasamka-
mante upasamkaixiante sakaja katikaya ' santhatam asakkonta
abMvadanapaccufctbanadini * sabbakiocani akamsii, Sanibiiddhabhayam
pan’ assa ajanamana kevalam namena ca avusoyadena ca .sainndacaranti.
Atlia ne Bbagavi „nia bbikkhave Tathagatam namena ca avusoyadena
ca samuciacaratba, ahaiii Idiikkbave Tathagato Sammasambuddho^* ti
attano Buddhabhavam sannapetya ‘ painuattavarabuddhasane nisinno
Uttarasalbanakkhattayoge vattamane attharasahi^ Brahmakotibi parivuto
Paficavaggiye there amantet va Bhainniacakkappayattanasiittarii desesi.
Tesu Annakondaunathero ' desananusaremi ** nanam pesento suttapariyo-
sane atfcharasabi Brabmakotibi saddbini sotapattipbale patittbasi*
Sattha tatth’ eva vassarii upagantya punadivase Vappatberaiii ovadauto
yihare yeva nisidi. Sesa cattaro pindaya carimsu. Yappafchero pub-
banbe^ yeva sotapattiphalam papimi. Eton' era upayena punadiyase
Bhaddiyatberarh punadiyase Mabanainatberaiii punadivase Assajitberan
ti sabbe sotapattiphale patifct-hapetva pailcaruiyarh pakkbassa paSca pi
jane sanniptotva Anantalakkbanasuttantaiii desesi, desanapariyosaue
panca pi thera arahattapliaU^ patitthahiiii.su. Atha Sattha Yasassa
kulaputtas.sa \ipanis.sayam disva tain rattibliage nibb^jitva gebam
pahaya nikkliantaiii ,,ebi Yasa“ ’ti pakkositva ta-sinirii yeva rattibhage
sotapattiphale punadivase arahatte patittbapetya apare pi tassa
sahayake catupanna.sa jane ehibbikkimpabbajjaya pabbajetya
arabattaiii papesi. Evaiii loke ekasatthiya araliantesu jatesu
Sattha yutthavasso pavaretva ,,caratha bbikkhave carikan** ti
sattbim bhikkhu disasii pesetva sayaiii Uruvelam gacchanto antara-
magge Kappasiyavanasande timsa jane Bhaddavaggiyakuinare vinesi.
Te.su sabbapacchinmko sotapaimo .sabbuttaiuo aiiagami abosi. Te pi
sabbe ebibbikkhubhaven" eva pabbajetya disasu pesetva .sayam
Uruyelaiii gantva addliuddhaip pafcihariyasabas.sani das.setya Uruvelakassa-
padayo .sahas.sajatilaparivare tebbatikajatile yinetva ebibbikkbubbaveii'
eva pabbajetya Gayasise nisidapetya. Adittapariyayadesanaya arahatte
patittbapetya teiia arahanta.saba.ssena parivuto ,vBinil)isararan5o dinnam pa-
^ C« puttha. ® C'' vatikaya. ® €•'' -paceiipatthanaclTiii. C?" C« saiiuiapetya.
^ C« pamnatta-. ^ attharasamasebi. amuakonilajhna-. ® -sarena.
® pubbanhe. 0^ -phalesu. ehibhikkhu, 0^' bbavena added
instead of pabbajjaya. arahatthaih, 0* vuttavasso. carata.
0^ 0 ^ anagami. arahante.
Uravelakassapo Tathigatena damito. SB
tiSnam^ mocessamiti‘‘ Rajaga-lianagarupacare Latpiimnuyyaiiam^ agamasi.
Raja i2yyanapa!assa> santika „Sattha %ato‘‘ ti siitTa dvadasanalmtehi
bralimaaagahapatikelii parivuto Sattharam upasamkamitva cakkavicitta-
talesu suYannapataTitanaiii Yiya pabhasaraudayam Yissa^jjentesu*
Tathagatassa padesu sirasa iiipatitya ekamantam nisidi saddliim
parisaya. Afcha klio texam bralimanagahapatikanam etad ahosi: „kio
im klio Mahasamano^ UruYelakassape brahmacariyarh carat i udahu
UniYelakassapo Mahasamane ti. Bliagaya tesaiii cetasa cetopariyi-
takkam aSnaya*^ theram gathaya ajjbabMsi :
982. .,Kim eya disva llniyelayasi
pahasi aggirii kisako vadano^
pucchami tarn Kassapa etani attham:
katham pakmam taya aggibuttan** ti.
TJaero pi Bbagayato adhippayarii viditva
28ft. Rape ca sadde ca atho rase ca
kamitthiyo eabhivadanti ” yannaiii \
etam malaii ti upadhisu natva
tasma na yittbe na bute aramjin ti
imam gatbam yatva attano sayakabba.vax>pakasanatthani Tatb^a-
tassa padapittbe sisam tbapetva „sa'ttha me bbarite Bhagaya,
sayako ’bam asiniti*‘ vafcya ekatalam dyitalaiii titalan ti yava
' sattatalappamanarii sattakkhattiim yebasaiii abbliuggantya oruyba
Tatbagatarii yandifcya ekamantam nisidi. Tam patihariyam disya
mahajano „abo mabanubbaya Buddba, eyaiii tbamagataditthiko ^ nama
*araba' ti mannaniano Uruyelakassapo pi ditthijalam bbinditya
Tatbagatena damito** ti Sattbu gunakatbam yeya katbesi. Bhagaya
„nabam idanim eya Uruyelakassapam darllemi, atite pi esa maya damito
yeya** ’ti yafcya imissa attbnppattlya Mahanaradakassapajatakam
katlietya cattari saccani pakasesi. Magadbaraja ekadasabi nabutebi
saddbiih sotapattiphale patittbasi, ekam nabntam npasakattam patiyedesi.
I C* patimnam. ^ lattliu-. 0* vissajjantesn. ^ 0^ mabasamane.
^ mabasamanOy C* mahasamano corrected to -saraano. ^ 0^ aranaya,
cabiyadanti, O*' cabbivadanti corrected to nabhivadanti. ® yamnani,
€« sannaih corrected to yannam. ® tbamaganaditthiko.
84
Sakko. Biid4hass.‘i paricarako.
Raja Satthu santike nisinno yeva panca assasake pavedetva saranam
gantva SYatanaya nimantetya asana vutthaya Bhagavantaiii padakkhi-
nam katva pakkanii. Puna.diyase yehi ca Bha.gaya dittho yehi ca
adittlio sabbe pi Rajagahavasino atfcbarasakotlsamkha iiianassa
Tathagataiii dattlmkama pato va Rajagaliato Latthivanaiii agamamsu.
Tigayutamaggo na-ppahosi, SakalalatRiiyanuyyanam oirantaraiii putam ^
ahosi. • Mahajano Dasabalassa rupaggappattarii attabhavam passanto
tittim katurii iiasakkhi* Yannabhu' iiani' esa. eyarupefjii hi fchanesu
Tathagatassa lakkhapaiuibyahjana.dippabheda sabl)api riipakayasirim ^
yannetabba. Evain riipaggappattam Dasa))a]assa sarirarii passanianena
raahajanena nirantaraiii pate’’ nyyane ca inagge ca ekabhikkhussapi
nikkhamanokaso nabo.^i. Taiti divasam kira .,B]iagaya cliinnabbatto
bhayeyya, tarn nui ahositi“ Sakkas.sa nisiniiasanaiii imhakararh dassesi.
So ayajjainano tarn karanara hatya nianavakavannaih abhiniinminitya ^
Buddha-Dhamma-Samgha-patiisamyiittathut iy 0 ^ y adamano Dasabala ssa
piirato otaritya devanubhayena ^ ok£sam katva
284, „T>anto dantehi saha piiranajatilehi vippaiimttehi
sihginikkliasavanno Rajagaham pavisi Bhagava.
285. 288 . Mufcto muttehi -pe-. Tinno tinnehi -pe-.
287. Dasavaso Dasabalo dasadharamayidii ” dasahi c* upeto
so dasasatapariyaro Rajagaham pavisi Bhagava** ti
imahi gathahi Satthu vannaih vadaniano purato i>ayasi. Mahajano
manayakassa rupasirim disva „ativiya abhiriipo ayarii manavako
na kho pan^ amhehi ditthapubbo** ti cintetya „k«to ayam manavako
kassa ya ayan‘* ti aha. Tam sutva manavo^'*
288. Yo dhiro sabbadhi danto Buddho appatipuggaio
araliami siigato loke tassaham paricarako ti
gathaiii aha. Sattha Sakkena katokasaiii maggaiii patipajjitya
^ pathaiii, piithaiii corrected to putarii. ^ so all three MSS,, instead of
vannabhumi ? ® lakkhananuvyafijanadi-, lakkhananubbyanjanMi-. ^ so all
three MSS., instead of -sirT? ^ phute. ^ mana-. 0*^ abhinimminitva.
® C^' -parisaiiiyutta-, -patisarayukta-, C*' -patisaihyutte-. ® 0^* devatanubhavena.
vippamiitto vi[ipamuttehi. G« -vidu. so all three MSS. 0^
manavakassa, 0*^ raanavako. maiiavako. 0^’ miinavo. C*
parivarako. ’
Veftivanara seiiasanam Sariputto* Moggaliano.
85
bliikkhusahassapariyuto Eajagaham* pavisi. Raja buddhapamukliassa
samghassa mahadanaiii datva ,»aliam biiaiite tini* ratanani vina yattitum
iia sakkliissami, yelaya va avelaya va Bhagavato santikaiii agamissami,
Latthivaimyyanan ca iiaiua atiduro idam'^ pan’ amhakaiii YeiuTanaiii
iiama uyyanaiii iiafcidure, gamanagamanasampannaiii biiddharaliaiii
senasanaiii idam iiie Bhagava. patiganhati ti ssuyannabhimkarena *
puppliagaiidiiavasitamaniyannandakam adaya Vduyanuyyanarii paricca-
janto Dasabalassa liatfclie iidakani patesi, Tasniini arainapatiggahane ’’
Biiddbasasanasc;a nmlani otinaaniti inahapathavi® kainpi. Jambudipas-
mini ^ lu tliapetva Veluyaiiam annaiii*’ pathavim kampetva gahitasenasanam
nama a’ atthi, Tambapannidipe pi fcbapetya Mahayiiiararii annam
patbayiiii kampetva gabitasenasanarii nama n’ atthi. Sattha Veluvana-
ramam patiggabetvji ranno aiiutnodaiiam katva iittbayasana bhik-
kbusariigbapariyuto Vehivanaiii agamasi. Tasiniiii kbo pana saniaye
Sariputto c;a Moggaliano ca ’ti dve paribbajaka Rajagahain upanissaya
viharanti amataiii pariyesamaua. Tesii Sariputto Assajitberam pindaya
pavittbaiii disva pasamuicitto ])ayirupa.sitva i,ye dhamma lietuppabbava’’
ti gatham sutva sotapattipbale patittbaya jsabayakassa Moggallana-
paribbajakassapi tani eva gatJiaiii abliasi. So pi Motapattij)bale patit-
thahi, Te iibbo pi Sanjayaiii oloketya attano parisaya saddhiiii Satthu
santike pabbajiiiisu. Tesu Mabamoggallano .sattahena arabattani
papuni Saripiittattbero addbaniasena, ublio pi ca ne Sattba aggasaya-
kattbaoe tbapesi. Sariputtattberena arabattaj)attadiyase yeva sayaka-
sannipatam ak£si. Tatliagate pana tasmin^ neya Veluvanuyyane
yiharante Suddbodanamabaraja kira' me cbabbassaiii dukkara-
karikaiii caritva paramabliisambodbirii patya : iiavattavaradhammacakko
Rajagabaiii nissaya Veluyane vibaratiti“ sutva annataraiii amaccaih
amaritesi: ,»ebi bhane purisasabassaparivarb Kajagahaiii gaiitva mama
yacaiiena ’pita vo Suddliodanamaliaraja dattbukamo’ ti yatva puttam
ganliitva ehiti“ aba. So i^evaiii deva^ ’ti ranno vacanaiii sirasa
sampaticcbitya purisa.saha«sapanyaro kbippam eva >sattbiyojanamaggam
gantva Dasabalassa, catuparisamayiie iiisiditya dharnmadesanavelaya
yiliaraiii pavisi. So „tittbatu taya ranno pahitasasanan“ ti parisante
thito Satthu dbainmadesanaiii sutya yathatbito va saddhiiii purisasa-
^ so ali three MSS. ^ tini. ® C« idaiii, * suvannabhimkareiia,
suvaonabhimkarena. C« -gahane. « -pathavi. ^ C* jambudipasmim.
® C« amnam. ® 0^ C« tasmiih. C* arhnataraiii. ** puttameva,
^ ^ (> ramno.
86
Raja puttaiii datthuih iccliati. Kaludayt.
hassena arahattaiii patra pabbajjaiii yaci. BJiagava „etha bhikkhaTo*''
ti hatthaiii pasare«i* Sabbe tarn khanaiii yeva itldhiruayapattaclvaradhara
yassasatikathera Tiya ahej^mii. Arahattaiii pattakalato patpiaya paiia
ariya naina majjliatta* va hontiti raSho pahitasasanaih Dasabaiahjsa
na kathesi. Raja ,,ii’ eva gatako va^ %acchati iia .'sassaiiam suyatith^ ^,ehi
bliane tvam gacclia“ ’ti ten* eva niyaineiui anhaiii^ amaecahi pesesi.
So pi gantva purlinaiiayeij’ eva .saddlahi iiarisaya arahattaiii patva
tunM^ ahosi. Raja eten’ eva iiiyaiiieria pmisasahasfiaparivare iiava'"^
ainacce pese«i. Sab be attaiio kiccaiii nittlrapetva tuiilii blmta tattli’
eva vihariihisu. Raja sasaaainattakam pi aharitva acikldiaiitaiii
alabhitva ciiitesi: .,ettaka jaiia iiiayi .siiiehabhaveiia '* ijiisanainattarii pi
na paccaharim.sii, ku uu klio me vacaiiaiij ka,ris?>atiti‘- sabbaiii raja-
baiaiii oiokeuto Kaludayiiii adda^sa. So kira ranno' sabbattliasiMiiako
abbliautariko ativiis.sasiko Bodhisattena ^saddhiiii ekadivase jato sahapam-
{iukilito^ sahayo. Atba nani raja ainantesi: „tata Kaludayi, aliam
mama puttam passitukaiuo iiava purisasahaii^ani pesesira, ekapuriso pi
agantva sasana-mattaiii arocetvapi ii’ atthi, diijjaiio kho pana
jmtaiitarayoj aliaiii jivaniano va puttaiii datthmii icchami. sakkliissati
nu kho me puttaiii dassetun“ ti. „Sakkiii.s.saiiu deva sace pabbajituiii
labhissamiti'h „Tata tvam pabbajitva va apabbajitva va mayliam
puttam da.ssell^ti‘^ So ,,sadlm deviV* ’ti raSho' jsasaiiaiii adaya
Rajagaliaiii gantva Sattliu dhammadesanavelaya parisapariyante thito
dhammam iutva saparivaro arahattapiialam patvii ehibhikkhubiiave
patitthasi . Sattha Buddho hutva pathaniaiii antovassam Isipatane
vasitva vutthavasuo ’ * pavaretva Univelahi gantva tattha tayo mas:e
vasaato tebliatikajatile vinetva bliikkim-saiiassaparivaro Pliussaiuasa**
puniiamaya Riyagaham gantva dye mase vasi. Ettavata Baranasito
iiikkhantassa paSca ruasa jata, sakaio liemanto atikkanto,
Udayittlierassa agatadivasato sattattbadivasa vitivatta. So Phagguni-
pumaamayiyaiii ’ dntesi: j,atikkanto liemanto, vasantasamayo .aniip-
patto, manusfciehi sassadiiii udfiharitva sammukliatthaue magga dimia.
haritatmasancbaima pathavi, supupphita vana^anda, patipajjanakkbama
magga, kaio Dasabalassa natisamgaham katun“ ti. Atlia Bliagavantaiii
upasamkamitva
^ O'’ majjatta. “ 0« ca. ^ 0* afimam. ^ tiinlii. ^ 0 ^ naca, 0^ neva.
* O*' siaekabliavena. raiiino. ® -JtIUto. * so all three MSS., instead
of sakkMssasi? C** ehibhikkhu patitthash C« vuttavasso. 0^ iiik-
khamantassa. 0*^ phaggiioa-. Ck -sahjaiino.
BhagfiTa Kapiiavattimm agamasi, Thei’O piiidapataiii ahari. 87
.jAiigariuo^ dani duma bhadante
plialesiiio cliadanaiii yippahaya,
te accimaiito ya pabhasayanti,
ijaraayo Mahayira -bhagi rasanaiii.
290. iiatmriiiam iiatidubbliikkliachatakaui^*
saddaia harita blmmi, esa kalo Mahamumti“
satthimattahi^ gathahi Dasabaiassa kulaaagaragamauattbaya gamana-
yaniiam yannesi, Atha luim Sattha „kiu nu kho Udayi madhurassarena
gamanavannaiii vannesiti^ aba. ./Bliatite fcumhakam pita Suddhodana-
mabaraja passiitukaiiio, karotha natakanam ft>amgaban^“ ti. ,,Sad}iu
Udayi. karis.sanii natakauaib samgahaiiu bbikklHi{!iajng‘bai;;.sa arocelii,
gamiyayJittaiii puresfjaiititi^. j.Sadbu bbante“ ti tbero arocesi.
Bhagaya Aiiga-'^lagadiia-ya.suiam*^ kulaputtanaiii da:<abi sahassehi
Kapilavatthuvasiiiaiii da.sahi sahassehiti yabbelU eva visatisahassehi
kbiimsayabhikkhuhi parivuto Rajagaba nikkhamitya diyase diyase®
yojanaiii gacchati. ,,Rajaga]iato Katthiyojanaiii Kapiiavattluuii dvihi^
luasebi papunissaiiiiti**’ aturitacarikam pakkanii. Tbero pi .,Bbagayato
aikkbantabliavaiii rafmo^ arocessaButi“ velmsara abbbuggantya ranno®
niveisane ])atiir aiiOfii. Raja tberam dii>va tutthacitio niabarabe pallamke
nisidapetya attaiio patiyaditassa, liaiiaggarasabbojanassa pattam piiretya
adasi. Tbero attMya gamaBikiraiii, das'sesi*' ’ ■ j^lSHsiditya • bhafijatba**
Ti. ,,Sabthu santikarii gantya bbuBjiiisami mabaraja** ’ti, ,,Kabam
paiaa Sattba*^ ti. ^Visatibbikkiaisaba&’sapaSdyaro.tiiBjbakaiit dassa-iiattbaya
carikadi nikkhaato Jiiaharaja^ Ti. R^‘a tutthamaimso aba: imam
paribbiinjitya yava oiama putto imam iiagaraiii paponati tay’ assa ito
va pindapataib paribaratha“ Ti. Tbero adbivasesi. Raja tberam
pariyisitya pattam gandliacunuena ubbattetva uttamabhojanassa puretva
j/rathagatassa detiia^ Ti therassa battlie patittbapesL Tbero sab besam
passantaoam^ yeva pattam akase kfaipitya say am pi vebasam
abbbuggaiitya pin{la]>atam abaritya Satlbu liattbe thapesi. Sattba'
tam paribbuiji, Eten’ upayena tbero diyase divase ahari. Sattb^n
iitttaramagge ranno yeva pindapatam paribbunji. Tbero |>i bhatta-
kiccavasane diyase di vase »,ajja etiakam Bbagava agato, ajja ettakan**
* abgSritto corrected to agariiio. * G« -Jatakariu ^ sattbimantahi.
* 0 « sabgabiuoi, ® 0 « amga-. ® €« omits, one iivase. diM. ® C «
raiimo. * pasannanam, €« passamtanara. , C«xambo. “ omits one
divase. .
8S Sakiya manajatika. Bhagava patihariyaiii akasi.
ti buddbagunapatisaihyuttaya ca katliaya aakalarajakulam Sattliu
dassanam yiiia veva Sattharl sanjatappasadani akasi. Ten' eya narh
Bhagaya „etadaggarii* bhikkhave mama sayakaiiam bhikkhunam'’'
kulappasadakanaiii yadidaiii Kaludayiti“ etadagge thapesi. Sakijapl
kho anuppatte Bhagavati ^amliakaiii natisettharii passissaffia“ ’ti sau-
nipatitya Bhagavato yasanatfclianarii viniamsamana ^Nigrodliasakkassa
aramo ramanlyo^** ti sallakkbetya tattha sabbaiii patijagganayidliim
karetva gandbapuppiiabattba paccuggamanarh karonta sabbaiamkara-
patimandite daliaradahare nagaradarake ca darikayo ca pathamaih
pabiniriisu % tato rajakiimare ca rajakumariyo ca* tesaiii anantaraiii
saniam gandhapupphacunnadihi pujayamana Bbagavantaiii gabetva Ni-
grodharamam eya agaiuamsu. Tatra Bhagaya visatisabasbakbinasava-
parivutb pannattavarabuddhasaue nisidi. Sakiya nama manajatika
manattliaddba. Te ^Siddhattbakumaro ainhebi dabarataro ambakaih
kanittlio bbagineyyo putto natta“ ti eintetva dabaradabare rajakumare
abamsu; „tumhe vandatha, mayam tumbakaiii pitBiitu nisidissama“ Hi,
Tesu evaiii nisiiiuesu Bhagava tesaiii ajjha-sayam oloketya ,,na maiiii
natayo vandanti, banda dani iie vaiidapessamiti“ abbinna]>adakajjiianam ‘
samapajjitya vutthaya akasam abbhnggiuitva tesuui sise padapaiiisuiii
okiramauo viva Gandambamule yaniakapatibariynsadisaib patibariyani
akasi. Eaja taih^ acchariyam disra aba: ,,Bbagava tunibakam
jatadiyase Kaiadevaiassa vandanattliaib upanitanaiii pade yo parivattitya
brahmanassa inattliake patittliite disvapi abaih tumlie yandirii, ayam
me patbamayandana, vappaniangaladiyase jambiiccbayaya sirisayane
nisiniianaiii vo jambuccliayaya apariyattanaiii disvapi pade vandiiii, ayaiii
me dutiya^ yandana, idaiii imam adittbapubbaiii patiliariyam disTapi
tumbakam pade vandami, ayaiii me tatiya vandana‘^ ti, Ranne pJtna
yandite Bhagayantam avanditva tbatum samattlio nama eko Sakiyo pi
nahosi, sabbe yandimsu yeya. Iti Bhagava natake yandapetya akasato
otaritva pannatte ^ ^ asane nisidi* Nisinne Bhagavati sikhappatto
natisamagamo aliosi. Sabbc ekaggacitta hutva nisidiiiisu. Tato
mahameglio pokkliarayassam vassk tambavannam udakam bettba yiravaii-
tam gaccbati, temitnkamo va temeti, atemitnkamassa saiire udabindu-
matto pi na patati. Taiii disya sabbe accliariyabbhutacittajata „aho
acchariyam aiio abbhutan** ti katharii samutthapesum. Sattha »jna
^ 0^ C*’ etadaggam. ® bhikkhimam. ^ rammaniyo. ^ dahare dabare.
^ pahinimsu. * 0^ anaihtararii. C« abhirhna-. ® nam. ®
dtttiya. C« rarhno. pamhatte.
Bhagava Kapilavatthum pUidaya. carati.
89
idanim ova niayliaiii natisamagame pokkharavassaiii vasyati, atite pi
vassiti‘^ imissa atthuppattiya Ves.santai’ajatakam kathesi. Dliannna-
de^ianam .sutva sabbe uttliaya vaiiditva pakkamiihsu, eko pi raja va
rajamaliainatto va ,,.sve amliakaiii bliikkhaiij ganhatlia“ ‘ti vatva gato
nama n’ atthi. Sattba puiiadivase visatisalia«ii>abhikkimparivuto
Kapilavatthiuii pindaya pavisi. Tam iia koci gant-va iiimantesi va
pattaiii va aggahesi. Bhagava indakliile thito va avajjesi: „katlian
jiu klio pubbabuddha kulanagare pindaya cariiiisus kirii uppatipatiya
issarajananam gliarani agamamciu ’ udaliu .sapadanacarikam carimsu“
Ti. Tato ekabuddhassapi uppatipatiya gamaiiaiii adisva^ ,,mayapi
daiii ayam eva vamcjo ayaiii me paveni^ paggahetabba, ayatin ca me
savakapi mamaiS'^ neva aimsikkhanta pindacariyavattam paripuressantiti“
kotiyaiii nivitthagehato pattliaya sapadanaiii ® pindaya carl. ^Ayyo
kira Siddhattliakumaro pindaya caratiti^ dviblmmakatibhumakadisu^^
pasadesu siiiapanjare vivaritva maliajano dassanavyavato abosL
Rahulamatapi devi^ „ayyaputto kira imasmirii yeva nagare maliantena
rajanubhaveiia suvaimasivikadihi vicaritva® idani kesamas«uih obaretva
kasayavatthavasano kapaiahattbo pindaya carati, sobliati nu kho“ ti
sihapaiyaraiii vivaritva olokayamaiia Bhagavantaiii naiiaviragasamujjalaya
sarirappabhaya nagaravitbiyo obhasetva vyamappabhaparikkiiepasamu-
pabbulhaya*’ asitanubyanjanavabliasitaya dvattimsanmhapurisalakkhana-
patimanditaya anopaniaya Buddbasiriya virocamanam, disva
oyi. „SiniddliaiulamudukuScitakeso
suriyasunimmaiatalabhinalato
yuttatungamudukayatanaso ,
ramsijalavitato narasiho“ ti
evamadikahi atthabi nara^ibagatbabi nama abbitthavitva ,,tumbakam
putto pindaya caratiti“ ranno ^ ^ arocesi. Raja samviggahadayo batthena
satakarii santhapento turitaturitam nikkhaiiiitva vegena gantva Bbagavato
purato Biatva aba; „kim bha.nte ambe lajjapetha, kimattbam pindaya
caratba, kirn ‘ettakanaiii bhikkimnam iia sakka bbattam laddbun’ ti
* agamariisu. ^ disva. ^ 0^ pameni corrected to paveni, pameni
corrected to paveiii. * C« mamaib. ^ sapadanam, ® G« dibbumaka*-,
^ devi. ® vivaritva. ® byama- -samupa*-^ vyama- -samnpabbu-,
vyama- -samupabbii-. 0^ asityannbyanjanavabbasitava, asifanubyanjana-
vabhasitava, asitanubyanjanavabbasitaya, 0* rariino.
90 Hajavamso. Buddhavamso. Eaji sotapattipale patitthasl.
saSfiara* karittha“ ’ti. sjCarittam etam* makaraja amhakan** ti.
,,Naiiu bhaiite amhakaiii Mahasammatakhattiyavamso oania vamso,
tattka ca ekakiiattiyo pi bhikkhacaro naina n’ j.Ajam
mahar^’a rajavamso nama tava vamso, amhakaiii pana Diipamkaro^
Kondanno «pe- Kassapo ti ajam Buddhayamso nama, ete ca anne ca
anekasahassa^samkha Buddha bhikkliacam bhikkhacaren' eva jivikam
kappe«un“ ti antaravithiyam* thito va
2112 . ,,Uttitthe na-ppamajjeyya,
dhammam sucaritarii care,
dhammacari sukhaih set!
asniim loke paramhi ca“ (Dhpd. v. 168.)
imam gatham aha. Gath^iariyosane raja .votapattiphale patitthasi.
j**, Dhammam care sucaritaiii,
na nam duccaritam care,
dhammacari sukhaih seti
asmiiii loke paramhi ca“ Hi (Dhpd. v. 169.)
imam paua gathaiii sutva sakadagamiphale patitthasi. Dhamma-
palajatakam sutva aiiagamiphale patitthasi. Maranasamaye setacchattassa
hettha sirisayane nipaimo yeva arahattaiir’^ papuiii. Arannavaseiia
padhananiiyogakiccarii ^ raSno® iiahosi. Sotapattipiialam sacchikatva
yeva pana Bhagavato pattam giilietva saparisam Bhagavantaiii
mahapasadam aropetva paniteiia khadaniyeiia bhojaniyena® parivisi.
Bhattakiccapariyosane sabbarii itthagaraiii agantva Bhagavantaiii vaadi
thapetva Rahuiamataraiiu Sa pana „gaccha, ayyaputtam vandahiti^
parijanena vuccamanapi ,,sace mayham guno atthi sayam evn me
santikaii) ayyaputto agamissati, agatam eva narit vandissamiti‘‘ vatva
na agamasi. Bhagava rajanam pattam gahapetva dvihi aggasavakebi
saddhim rajadhitaya siiigabbliaih gautva ,,rajadhita yatharucim
vaiidamana na kifici vattabba“ ti vatva pahhatte^^^ asane nisidi. Sa
vegena gantva^‘ gopphakesu gahetva jiadapitthiyam sisaiii parivattetya
yathajjhasayam vandi. Raja r^'adhitaya Bhagavati sineliabahumana-
digimasampattiyo kathesi : „bhante mama dhita ‘tumhehi kasayaiii
^ 0 ^ saiimadi. ^ evaih. dipaiiikara. ^ 0^ aataravithi. ^ 0^
arahattam. ** araimia-, ^ C® padana-. ® €®ramho. ^ 0^ khadaniyena
bhojaiuyena. pamhatte. “ C^ v^genagantva.
Bhagava Naiidarii |.>abbaje$i. Rafaulo dayajjam yacati. 9i
mVatthaniti' .sutyji tato paUliaya kasavavattha jata, tumbakam
ekabliattikabliavaiis .'siitva ekabhattika va jata, tuinhelii iiiahasayanassa
<!badditabbayani ‘ ilatra pattikainancake ^ yeya aipanna, tunihakam mala-
g*andhadilii viratabhavaiii natva virataiualagandha '* va jata, attano
natakesu 'mayaiii pafcijiigg'issaiiia’ ’ti sasane pesite ekaiSatikaiii pi iia
olokesi, evam gnnasanrpaniia me Bhagava dhita** ti. ,,Aimccha.riyam
maharaja yaiii idani taya rakkhiyaniana rajadMta paripakke nape’^
attanam rakklieyya. esa piibbe anarakklia pabbatapade vicaramaiia
aparipakke nape attaiiaih rakkhiti** vatva Candakmnarajatakaiii
kathetva utfchayksana pakkami. Datiyadirase Nandassa rajakumarassa
abhisekagehappave.sanavivahamafigalesu rattamaneyii taissa gehaiii
gantva kuniaraiti patturii galiapetva pabbajetukamo inafigalarii vatva
ntthayasaiia pakkami. Janapadakalyani kumaraih gacchantam disva
,,tuvateiii kluj ayyapiitta agacclieyyasiti^ vatva givaiii pasaretva olokesi.
So pi Bhagavantam ,,patta!ii ganhatha" 'ti vattuiii avisahamaiio viha-
rarii yeva agaiiiasi. Taiii anicchanmnam yeva Bhagava pabbajesi. Iti
Bhagava Kapilapuraiii gantva tatiyadivase Nandaiii pabbajesi, Sattame
divase Rabulaniata kuinaraih alanikaritva Bhagavato santikam pesesi :
,,Fa»sa tata etam visatisahassasamanaparivutam suvannavannam
brahmariipivannam ^ samanam, ayaiii te pita, etassa mahanta nidhiyo
ahesum, ty-assa^ nikkharnanato patthaya na passaina, gaccha nam
yaca: ‘aharii tata kiimaro, abhisekaih patva cakkavatti
bbavissami®, dhanena me attho, dhanam me delii, samiko hi putto pita
santakassa’*‘ ’ti. Kumaro c a Bhagavato santikam gantva pitii sineham
patilabhitva hatthatuttho „siikha te samana ehaya‘' ti vatva annani^
pi bahaiii attano anurupaiii vadanto atthasi. Bhagava katabhatta-
kicco anuinodanam katva iitthayasana pakkami. Kumaro pi ^dayajjam
jue samana, dehi. dayajjahi me samana dehiti'^ Bhagavantam aniibandhi.
Bhagava kinuaraih na nivattapesi. Parijano pi Bhagavata saddhim
gacchanto nivattetum nasakklii. Iti so Bhagavata saddhim aramam
eva agamasi. Tato Bhagava cintesi: T,yam ayaiii pitu santakam
dhanam icchatl taiii vattanngatam savighatam, hand^ assa bodhi-
mande patiladdliam sattavidham ariyadha-nam denii. iokuttaradayajjassa
nam*® samikam karomiti** ayasmantam Sariputtam amantesi: ,,tena hi
* €« Jaddita*, chafkihita-. ^ paddhika, 0» patikka-. ^ C*'' viratamala-
gandha corrected to "maiagandha. ^ parrpakkanano, C« paripakkanaiie.
^ -yam. * -vanna. tassa. ® 0*^ bhaviseama. ® amnani.
C* vadamto. C*’ santikaiii. vaddhiaagatam. tarn.
92 Sarlputto Eahalam pabbajeti. Raja anagami. Anathapindiko-
tvaiii Sari]>utta Raliulakumaram pabbajeluti‘^ Pabbajite pana kumare
ranno adhimattadukkhaih u]>pajji. Taiii adhivasetmii asakkonto
Bhagavato nivedetya „sadlm bliante, ayya^ luatapitiihi ananimnataiii
pattam na pabbajeyyuii** ti varam yaci^ Blmgava tassa tarn varaih
datya punadiyase rajamyesane katapatarasu ekamantaiii nisiiinena
rafifia* ,jbhante, tuiiiliakam dukkaracarikakale eka devata maiii
upasariikamitva ‘putfco te kalakato’ ti aha, tassa vacanaiii asaddahanto
*na mayham putto bodhim appatva kalaiii karotiti’ taiii patikkhipiii‘*
ti vutto^ „idani kim'^ saddabissatba ye tumhe pubbe pi atthikaiii^’
dassetya *putto te niato" ti yutte na .saddaluttha“ ti imissa
atthuppattiya Mahadhammapai^jatakam katliesi. Kathapariyosaue raja
anagamiphale patitthalii, Iti Bhagava pitaram tisu phalesu patitthape-
tva bbikkhusamghapariyuto puba-d-eva Rajagaham gantva Sitavane
yihasi. Tasmiiii samaye Anathapindiko gahapati pancahi sakatasatehi
bhandam adaya Rajagahe piyasabayassa setthino geharii gantya tattlia
Buddhassa Bhagavato uppannabhayaiii satva balavapaccusasamayc
deyatanubhavena yivatena dvarena Sattharaiii upasariikamitya dhaminaiii
sutya sotapattipbale patittbaya dutiyadivase buddhapaamkhassa sam-
ghassa niahadanam datva Sayatthiiii^ agamanattbaya Satthii patiiinam®
gabetva antaramagge pancacattarisayojanattbane satasahassaiii satasa-
hassam dapetya yojanikaya yojanikaya vihare karetya® Jetayanaiii
kotisantharenaattharasahirannakotihi kinitva ^"iiavakammam patthapesi
So niajyhe Dasabaiassa gandhakutirii karesi. Taiii parivaretva asiti-
mahatberanam patiekkasannivesane avase ekakuddakadyikuddaka-
haiiisayatokadighasalamandapadivasena sesaseiiasanani pokkharaniyo
ca^’^ camkamanarattittbanadivattbaiiani ca ti attharasakotipariccagena
ratnaniye bbumibbage uianorainam viharam karapetva Dasabaiassa
agamanattbaya dntarh pesesi, Sattba dutassa sasanaiii sutya maba-
bbikkhnsamghapariyaro Rajagaha nikkhamitya anupubbena Sayattb!*
nagaram papuni. Mabasetthi pi klxo viharamabarii sajjetya Tatha-
gatassa Jetayanam payisana^iyase puttam sabbaiamkarapatirnanditarii
katya alamkatapatiyatteii’ eva pancahi kunm,rasatebi saddbiiii pesesi.
So sapariyaro pancayannayatthasamujjaiani pancadbajasatani gahetya
^ C*-’ ayya. ^ anauuyyataiii, ananuiiinataiin ® ramnii. ^ vutte.
sakim. adbitthakani. 0^ savatthiyaih. ^ patimnaiii* ®
karapetva. C^‘ kinitva. “ pattapesi- -maliattheraiiaih,
0® -mabattheranarii. . 0^ patiyakka-, G*' sasasenasana. 0*^ omit
ca. “Setthi. 0^ , jetavanassa.
Bhagava Jetavaiiaviharam paviai. Vlharanisaiiiso. 93
Basabalassa purato aliosi. Tesam paccliato Mahasiibhadda- Ciila-
subhadda^ ti dye setthidhitaro pancahi kuraarisatehi^ saddhim punnaghate
gahetya iiikkbamirasu. Tesam paccliato setthibhariya sabbalamkara-
patiinandita pancahi matugamasatelii saddhiiii punnai>atiyo gahetva
iiikkiiami. Sabbesaiii pacchato sayaiii mahasetthi^ ahatavatthaniyattho
ahatavatthelT eya pancjilii setthisatehi saddhiiii Bhagavantaiii abbiing’-
ganchi^ Bhagaya imam upasakapaidsam purato katva mahabhikkhu-
samghaparivuto attano saiirappabhaya’' suvannarasasekapinjarani yiya
vauantarani kiirumaiio aiiantaya Buddhalilhaya*^ appatisaniaya Buddha-
siriya Jetayaiiayihararii payisi. Atha naih Anathapindiko jmcchi: „kath’
iiham bhante imasmim yihare patipajjamiti“. ,,Teua hi gahapati iinaiii
viharaiii agatanagatassa bhikkluisaiiighassa deJiiti*‘, ,,Sadhu bhante“
ti mahasetthi^ suvannabhimkaraiii adaya Basabalassa hatthe iidakam
patetva „imam Jetavanaviharam <%atanagatassa catuddisassa buddha-
pamukhassa saiiighassa dammiti“ adasi. Sattha vilKiraiii patiggahetya
anumodanarii karonto
,,Sitaih unhaiii patihanti ^
tato yaiamigaiii^ ca
sirimsape ca makase ca
sisire capi vutthiyo.
295 . Tato yatatape ghore
sahj ate*^ patihannati ^ .
Lenatthah ca sukhatthan ca
jhayitun ca vipassitmh
viharadanam samghassa
aggaiii Buddliena yannitaiii.
29tJ. Tasma hi pandito jjoso
sampassam attham attano
yiliare karaye ramme
yasay’ ettha faalmssute.
29*?. Tesam annan ca panan ca
yatthasenasanani ca
dadeyya ujubhiitesu
Yippasannena cetasa.
* -cula-. ^ 0 ® kumari-. ® so all three MSS. C® abbhugganji.
•’ C-’ ^anra-. ® C’ -lilhaya ^ vala-* ® C® sariijate. ® 0^^ patihariihati.
94
Vibaramaho.
Te tassa dhammam desenti
sab badukkMpanSdanam i
yam yo dbammam idh’ annaya^
parinibbati anasavo** ti
yiliaramsaiiisam katbesi. Aoatliapindiiko dutiyadivasato patthaya yilia-
ramabarii arabhi, Visakbaya pasadamaho catiihi* masebi nittbito..
Anathapindikassa paiia viharamaho uavabi inasebi nittbasi, Yiharamaiie
pi attharas' eva^ kotiyo ag’araamsu, iti imasmirii yeva vihare catupanna-
sakotisaiiikham dbanarii pariccaji, Atite pana Vipassissa BhagaYato
kale Pimabbasumitto nama settbi^ suYannittbikasanthslrena kiiiitva^
tasmirii yeya thane* yojanappamanam sarngbarainaiii karesi. Sikhissa
Bhagavato kale Sirivaeldho nama settbi^ suYaimapbalasantharena^
kinityd*^ tasmirii yeva thane tigavutappamanam samgharamam karesi,
Vessabbussa Bhagayato kale Sotthiyo nama setthi*^ suyannabattbipada-
santbarena kinitya'^ tasmira yeya thane addhayojariappnmanam sam-
gbaramam karesi. Kaku.sandhassa Bbagavato kale Accuto nama
settbi^ .suyannitthikasantbaron’ era' kinitva^ tasmirii yeva thane gimi-
tappamanaih saihgharamaiii karesi, Konagamana.ssa Bbagavato kale
Uggo nama setthi^ suYannakacchapasautharena’^ Idnitva^ tasmiin yeva
thane addhagavutappamanaxh sariigharamaib karesi. Kassapassa Biia-
gavato kale Suraarigalo^ nama settbi^ .suvanirittliikasantbarena kinitva
tasmirii yeva thiine solasakarrsappatnanaiii sariigbaramarii karesi. Am-
bakarh Bbagavato kale Anatliapindiko settbi" kabapanakotisaotharena^^*
kinitva^ tasmirh yeva thane atthakarisappamanarii sajugbaramain karesi.
Idam kira tbanarii sabbabuddbanaiii avijabitatthanam’^ eva. Iti malia-
bodbimande sabbannutappattito’^ yava mahaparinibbanamanca yasmim
plane Bhagava vihasi idarii S antike nidan am narna, tassa vasena
sabbajatakani vannayissama.
NIDANAKATHA
• nittbita.
^ idhaiimaya. ® attharase yeva. ® so ail tiiree MSS. ^ kinitva
^ -tbarena. ® C*' kinitva. ' -thareneva. ® kinitva. ® C« 0^'
sumaiiigalo. kabapana- , kahapanakotisantbarena. avijabitam
thanam. C« sabbafiriiltappattiko, sabbannuppattito.
NAMO TASSA
BHAGAVATO ARAHATO SAMMASAMBUDDHASSA*.
I. E K AN I P A T A.
1 . A p a n n ak aj a t ak a.
Imaih tava Apaniiakadhammacjesanaiii Bhagava Savatthim^ upanis-
saya Jetayariamah avihave viharanto kathesi, Kam paiui arabbha
ayarh katha .samutthita ti. Setthissa sahayake pancasate tittliiya-
savake'*. Ekasmim hi diyase Anathapi'ndiko settbi^ attano sahayake
pancasate anSatitthiyasavake adaya bahumalagandhayilepanafi ^ c’ eya
telamadhuphanitavatthacchadanani" ca gahapetya® Jetavanarii gantya
Bhagayantam yanditya maladlhi''* pujetya bliesajjaiii c‘ eva yattbani ca
bbikkbusamghassa yissajjetya cha msajjadose ya.yetva ekajiiantam
nisldi. Te pi aShatitthiyasayaka Tath%atam vanditya Sattlm punna-
candasassinkara iimkhaiii lakkhananubyaSjaaapatimanditam yyamappa-
bhaparikkhittarh'^ brahamkayaiii avelayela'^ yamakayamaka^'^ hutya nic-
cbarantiyo** ghanabuddimrasnuyo ca^’*^ olokayaniana Anathapindikassa
saiiiipe yeya iiisidimsB, Atba tesam***' IVlanosilatale sihanadam nadanto
taruBasilio yiya gajijanto payussakanaegbo yiya ca Akasagangaiii'^ ota-
^ namo bxiddhaya. * 0^ savattMyam, savattbim corrected to savattMyara.
^ -savake ti. ^ so all three MSS. ® 0* titthiyasavake, 0^ amnatittMya-.
^ C» -viiepanaoi. 0^ telamadhappanitara-, sappiteJamadhuphamta-. ® 0*
gabapetva. ® 0* malagaridhadibi. te pi am«a-y. Q* atha kho te anna-.
0^ byama-. ** C*' avelavela, C« avela avola eorxected to avela ayela.
yamakSyamaka, 0^ ylniccharantiyo.* '’*,;0„Qiialts ea* C<^, nesaiij* C*
akasagamgaro, 0® akasagailgi.
96
1. Ekaiiipata. L Apanijakavagjra.
reEto yiya* ratanadSmam gantbento viya ca attiiailgasaEiaimagatena
savaniyena* kamaBlyena b|ahraa»ssareiia aananayaTicittarii madhara-
dbammakatham® katliesi, Te Satthu dbainmadesaoam sutya pasanaacitta
yutthaya^ Dasabalam yanditva a.5natit-thiya..saranaih^ bhiaditva Biiddhaiii
' saranarii tigaatarasii. ■ Te iate'''- 7 m|piaya' '' ijicTakalaiii Aiiatbapiiidikena '
saddliim gaiKihaaialidibattha vibaraivi garit-va (Ihaininaiii sunantj dSaaiii
deiiti siiaii} ra-kkhaiiti uposatbakaramam karooti. Atba Bliagava Savat-
tbito pima-d-eya Rajagaham agamif^i, Te Tatbagatassa gatakale
saraimiii bhinditva puna annatitthiyasarananv* ganty^ attano niulattbane
yeva patittbita. Bhaga.yapi sattattbamase* vitinanietya puna Jetayanarii
aganiasi. Anathapindiko puna pi te adaya Sattbii saiitikam gantya
Sattbaram gandbadibi*' piijetva vanditva ekainantaiii ni.sidi. Te pi
Bhagayantani vanditya ekainantam nisidimsu. Atba nesain Tatbagate
carikaiii pakkante gahitasaranaib bbinditya puna annatittbiyasaranam
eya gahetya mule patitthitabhayam Bbagayat<s arocesi. Bhagava
apariinitakappakotiyo ^ nirantaram payattiTayay isucaritaiHibhay^ dib-
bagandhagandbitam^^ nanagandhapuritam ratanakarandakaiii yivarento viya
mukbapadiimaih yivaritya ma<lhurassaram" uiccharcnto ,,saecam kira
tumlie upasaka saranani bbinditya aFinatitthiyasaranam'^ gata“ ti
pucchi. Atba tehi patkcbadetum asakkontebi ,,saccaih Bbagava” 'ti
vutte Sattba „upasaka» liettba ^avioim upari bhayaggam |)ariccbedam
katya tiriyam aparimanasu lokadbMsu^^ sTladigimena Buddliena sadiso
naraa iT attlii, kuto adhikaiaro, *yayata bhikkhaye .satta apada ya
Tatbagato tesaiii aggam akkliayati’, ‘yarn kinci vittam idha va liurasn
ya -pe-^ 'b *aggato ye pasannanan^ ti adibi suttehi pakasite ratanatta-
yagune pakasetva^’ evam uttamagunebi^^ samannagatam ratanattaya-
saranam^^** gata upasaka ya upasika ya nirayadisu''^*^ nibbattanaka nama
n’ attlii, apayanibbattito pana nmccitya^* devaloke uxipajjitya^^ xnaba-
sampattiiii aimbbonti®'\ tasma tumliehi eyarupam saranam bbinditya
annatitthiyasaranaih gacchantehi ayuttam katan^^“ ti aba. Ettba ca
tmi ratanani mokkbavasena uttaraavasena saranagatanara ajiayesu
nibbattiya abhayam"'* dipanattham imani suttani dassetabbani :
^ C« adds ca. ® C'^ savaruyena ® C® madburasarara dhammam. ^ uttiiaya.
^ C^aiiina-. C*' omits tarn. sat'ta attbamase. ^ gandbamaladihi. ^
-kotiye. C^^'O’-ganthitam. ** madburasaraiii. imi. O^-dbatusu.
0® apada va dipada va catuppadava. O huraiti va ti., Cfr. Kbiid. Patba p. 7.
C-sf pasannaiiam. pakasitva. C« -giina. ratanattayara saranaib.
20 Q& ^yadisu. muncitva. devalokam uppatitva, 0« aim-
bhavanti C* katam. C« abhava, Ck abhavaiii corrected to abhava.
97
!. Apannakajataka. (1).
Ye keci Buddham saranam gata se
na te gamissanti apayamV,
pahaya maniisam deham
de?akayam paripiires santi ® .
Ye keci Bhaiumam -pe-.
Ye keci Samgham -pe-,
devakayaiii paripuressantiti^^
Bahum ye saranam yanti
pabbatani vanani ca -pe-,
etam saranam agamma
sabbadukkha pamnccatiti. (Dhpd. t. 188 — 192).
Na. keyaian ca nesam Sattha ettakam yeva^ dhammarii desesi, api ca
kho „upasaka BuddhanussatikammaUhanarii nama Dhammanussati -pe-
Samghanussatikammatthanarii nama sotapattimaggaiii deti sotapatti-
phalaria deti sakadaganiimaggaih deti sakadagamiphalam deti anagami-
maggarh deti aiiagainiphalarii deti arahattamaggam deti araliattaphalam
detiti“ evamadihi pi nayehi dhammam desetya „evarupaiii nama saranam
bhindantelii ayuttaiii tuuihehi katan“ ti alia. Ettha ca Buddhanussa-
tikamma,tthanadinaiii sotapattiinaggadippadanaih’^ ,,ekadharamo bhikkhave
bhavitc bahulikato ekantanibbidaya yiragaya nirodhaya upasamaya
abhinhaya'’ sambodhaya nibbilnaya s'aihvattati , katamo ekadhammo,
Buddbarmssatiti** evamadihi suttehi dipetabbaiii. Evam Bhagaya nanap-
pakarehi npasake ovaditva ,,iipasaka, pubbe pi manussa asaranam
saranaii ti tokkagaiiena viradcihagaheiia gahetva amanussapariggahite '
kantare yakkhabhaltaiii hutva nialuivinasaiii patta, apannakagahani ^
pana ekaiii.sagahaiii Hviruddhagabam gabitamaniissa tasinim yeya
kantare sottbibhavam patta“ ti vatva timin'^ abosi. Atha kho Ana-
thapindiko gahapati utthayasana Bliagavantarii vanditva abhitthavitva
sirasi^^ ahjalim^^ patitthapetva evam aha^: ,,bhante idani tava imesam
upasakanam nttaniasaranam bhinditva takkagahanam arahakarh
pakataiiu pubbe pana amanussapariggahite kantare takkikanam vinaso
apannakagahaiii gahitamanussanan ca sotthibharo amhakam paticchanno
^ apayabhurninL ^ 0^ -ssanti, -ssantiti. ® paripurlssanti, * 0* etta-
kam eva. ^ 0^ sotapaltimaggaiii dippadariaih, -maggadippabhedanam* *
abhlmnaya. ^ CA‘ * parigahite, mannssapariggaln'te. ® -gaham. * 0^ tunbi.
0^ stmanilifc 0^ ahjail. uttaraam aaranarii* Os' adds yiruddha-
gahanarii. ‘ ,
7
118
i. Ekanipata* 1, Apanjiakava^j^a.
turahakam evji pakato, sadhii vata ao Bhagava akase piumacandani
iittbapento viya imaih kfiranaiii pakataui karotu''^ ^ti* Atlia Bhagava
.,maya kho galiapati aparimitakalani dasa psiramiyo pfiretya lokassa
kaiiikhacchedanatthain era sabbahhutananajii pajividdhaiii , sihavasaya
suvaiinanalirii^ porerito viya .sakkaceam sotaiii (idabitva siinahiti®‘* settbino
satuppadarii janetva himagakbharit padalctva ])iinnaeaiulam niharanto
viya bbavaatarena paticfdiannakaranaiii jaikataiit akasi :
Ati te Ka sirat the B a r a n a s i n a, g a r e" B r a h m a d a 1 1 o na ma.
raja, ahosi. Tada Bodliisatto sattlia va bakiile patisandliiih
gabetva* anupnbbena vayappatto paiicahi sakatasatehi vanijjaiii''
karouto vicarati. So kadaci puhbantato aparantaiii gaccliati
kadaci aparantato piibbantaiii. Baranasiyaib yeva afiilo*'’ pi
sattliavaliaputto attbi balo avyatto anupayakiisaio. Tada Bodlii-
satto Baraimsito inahaggbaiiv bhandaiii gabetva }>afica sakata-
sataoi puretva gamanasajjani katvd tliapesi. So pi bnlasattha-
vabaputto tatlf eva pailca sakatasatani [Mlretva gamanasajjani
katva tbapesi, Bodhisatto cintesi: j,,saco ayaiii balasatthavaba-
putto maya saddhiiii yeva gamissati sakatasabasse^" ca® ekato
magge gacchaotG maggo |>i iia - ppahessati uianussaiiiaiii
darudakndTni pi balivaddanaih tinaiii pi dullaldiaiii bhaviis-
eteua va maya va purato gantuih vatfatiti*^ so taiii
pakkosapetva etam attliaiii arocetva aiubebi ekato
gantuib na sakka’-' ti , kirh tvam piirato gamissasi’^’ odalui
paecbato*^ ti aba. So cintesi: ),mayi purato gaccbante bahrS*
anisaihsa^®, maggena a.bbinneii’ eva ganiissami, gona anamattba-
tinaiii kbadissanti, mannssanaih aniiinatthaib*® .^Qpeyyapannaiii
])bavissati, pasannaih^'' uflakanij yatbariiciiii aggham tbapetva
bbandam vikkinisstoiti'*^^^ so 5 ,ahaih ^amma purato ganiis-
^ G* -ijalini, ^ O sunohiti. * 0 ^ baranasi-, O'’ baranasT-. adds dasa-
masaocayeiia matiikucehito iiikklianiitva. vanijjaih ^ <.’/• aiiiilo, ' nia-
ba«'glia. ^ <> sakafasahasse corrected to -saiiassehi, 0 ^ “Saliasscbi. va *? C-’ omits
ca. 0 omits magge. 0^*? napabossati. Gk darfidakadinam, daruda-
kani. G 0" omit pi, adds pi- G« sakko. G*;' gacchast.’ G ''
haho. (>■ [toifsaibsaih. €•'' arulmattka* G« pasarma. vikkini--
1. Apanimkajataka. (1),
99
Bodhisatto pi pacchato gamane bahS anisamse addasa,
evam® hf assaahosi: j,piirato^ gacchanta'^ magge visanmt4haoaiii
samaiti kaiissanti, aliam tehi gatamaggena gamissami, parato
gatehi balivaddelii parinatathaddliatine^ khadite mama gona
puna uttMtanP madhuratinani® khadissaiiti® , galiitapannatthanato
utthitaiii mauiissanaiiTi sfipeyyapaniiam madhuram bhavissati,
aiiiidake*'^ thane‘s klianitva ete udakam uppadessanti, pareM^"'
katesii avatesu mayaih udakaih pivissania, agghatthapanam nama
manussanafn jivitii voropanasadi$ai1i , ahaih pacchato gantva
etehi thapitagghen' eva^^ bhandaiit vikkinissamlti^^ atha so
ettake anisaiiise disva 5 ,samma tvaiii purato gaccha^^^ ’ti aha*
„Sadhii samnuV‘ *'ti balasatthavaho sakatani yojetva nikkhanto
anupubbeiia’ maniissavasaih atikkaniitva kantaramukham papuni.
Kantaraiii**' nama corakantaram valakantarain ” niradakakan-
taram^*^ amanussakantaraiii appabhakkhakaiitaran*'' ti pafica-
vidharii, tattha corelii adiiitthito maggo corakantaram nama,
siliadihi adhittbitaniaggo valakantarani*^ nama, yattha nahayituiii
va patuiii’" va udakaiii n’ atthi idam niriidakakantaram’** nama,
amanussadhitthitam’*‘ amanussakantarani nama, mulakhadaniya-
dmrahitaiir“ appabhakkbakantaraih nama, imasinim pahcavidhe
kantare tam kantaraiii nirudakakaiitarah c’ eva amanussa-
kantaran Tasma so satthavahapiitto sakatesu inahanta-
maliantacatiyo'^^ thapeU^a^’^ udakassa pxirapetva satthiyojanikaiii
kantaraxii patipajji. Atli’ assa kantaramajjhaih gatakale^^ kantare
adhivatthayakklio „imehi gahitaudakarh chaddapetya^^ dubbale
katva sabbe va khadissamiti^^^sabbasetatarunabalivadda-
^ C« adds aba. ^ <I« evaui. ® omits hi, * ete purato. ^ O*’ gaechaato.
® paritthaddhatiiie. 0^ puna vutfhitaai. ^ omits madhura. ® C* kha-
yissaati, armdake. (> adds Mtaiii 0^ paresuhi. 0^^"
thapitaggho, C^’ fhapitagghe, O gacehahl ** C* anupubbo. kantaraiii
corrected to kantara. vaia-. Of C*' Birqdaka-. C* -kantaraiii.
0^ pivitum. 0 ^ amamissehi adhittbitamt 0*= C*^ -khadaniya-.
ceva. C'** mabantamabanta-. C» tbapapetva. kantarainajjbakale.
0^' chaifdbapetvil, 0^ sabbe Jane.
loo
1. Ekanipata. 1. Apai.iiiakavagga.
Yuttaih^ manoramaih yanakaiii mapetva* dlianiikalapapliafaka-
vudhaliattliehi^ dasahi dvadasahi amanussehi parivuto iippala-
kunmdaiii pilandhitva^ allasLso allavattho issarapiiriso viya
tasmiiii yanake nisTditva kaddamain.akkhitebi''; ckk^elii patipa-
thaih agamasi. Parivaramaimasapi 'ssa pnrat^'f|i,* pacchato ca
gacchanta allakesa allavattlia nppalakuniudami^l^I ^pfjandhitvil ^
padumapiindankakalape galietol \bhisamulaljlni’’ nda-
kabindrdii c' eva kalalena ca agam*sii* Sat-
thavflha ca nama yada yanake nisi-
ditva upatthakaparivuta rajam ’'pa^g^anta piirato gacchanti,
yada pacchato^ vayati tada ten” '^wdayena pacclmto gac-
chanti, tada pana dliuravato ahosi% t^&na so satthavahaputto
purato agamasi. Vakkho taiii agacd^ntaii) disva attano ya-
nakaih maggfi okkametva*^’ ,,kaliaiii gaccliatlnP* 'ti tena saddhim
patisanthilraiii * aktasi. Satthavjlho pi attano yaiiakaiii niagga
okkamapetva'^' sakatanajii ganianokasam datva ekamantaiii
thito’“ taiii yakkhaiii avoca: „blio, ainhe tava Baranasito
agacchama, tumhe pana uppaiakumudani pilandhitva paduma-
pniidankahattha bbisamuiala ni kbadanta kadclanicamakkhita '■*
udakabindilhi paggharantebi agaccbatba, kin^^ iin kho tiimhelii*"’
agatamagge devo vassati iippaljidisanchannani**' sa,rani attbiti**'
pucchi* Yakkbo tassa katbaih sutva ,,sanima, kiiii nam’ etaiii
katbesi, esa nllavanaraji paiinayati tato pattbaya sakalarh
arannaiii ekodakam, pibaddham^® vassati, kandara pilra, tasmiih
tasmim^® thane padumadisanchannani'^'* sarantti'^^** vatva patipafiya
M> sabbasetarii-. ^ adds udakakalalamakkhitehi. -vudhadihatthehi. ^ 0^
pilandhitva. (y- -makkhite, -makkhito corrected to -niakkhitehi.
-mulani, <>“* -millani corrected to ^ C*’ yadadhuravnto purato vayati, O'-''
yada purato vato vayati. ^ C*' adds vato, (> tada pana purato viito ahosi, (>■
tada pana dhuravato purato ahosi. b® <>' okkamitva, ‘y G^' okkanietva.
yaih. 0?'*' -infiialani corrected to -mrilani, O -nuilani corrected to -mulaiani.
O khruJanta ca udakakaialamakkhita. <> kiiii. tumhe. t>
uppalasancli- corrected to uppaladisaiich-. G?* paiiihayati, O adds devo.
-pilraya tasmiiii tasmim, C-’ -puWi yasmiih. G’ padumaRanch*.
G^ sarani atthiti.
1. Apannakajatalja. (1).
101
gacchaotesu sakatesii sakatani adaya kahaiii gacckatha^
’ti pocchi. ,,A8iikam janapadaiii nama^® ’ti. 5 ,Imasmiii ca
imasmiil ca sakat-e kiih naiim bliandan^'' ti. ^Asiikan ca asukan
GiV‘ ’ti. 5 sPaccliato agaccliantarii sakataiii ativiya garukaiii
Imtya agaccli.ati, etasniiiii kim bhaiidan'' ti. „Udakam ettha^^
’ti. „PaFat0 %Iva udakarii anentelii* vo nmnapaiii^ kataiii, ito
patthaya ten^^fidakeaa kiccaih ii’ atthi, purato bahmiP udakaiii,
catiyo^ blmditva udakaiit cliaddetva^ sakhena gaccliatha'^ ’ti
aim, evan ca pana vatvix „tuinlie gaccbatha, anihakam papanco
tliokaiii gaotva tesarb adassanarli patva attano yakklia-
nagaram eva agamilsi. So pi kho** balasattli avail o attano bala-
taya yakkhassa vacanaiii galietva catiyo bhindapetva pasata-
mattam^ pi udakam xaiavasesetvil sabbaiti cliaddlietva® sakatani
pajapesi^ Purato appainattakam pi udakam nahosi. Manussa
paniyara^^* alabhanta kilamiiiisu. Te yava suriyass’ attliaganianaJ^
gaiitva sakatani mocetva parivattakena tliapetva gone cakkesu
bandliiihsu. eva gonanarii udakaih aliosi na manussanaiii
yagubhattaili va'^ Dubbalamanussa tattlia tattlia nipajjitva
sayiiiisu. Eattiblulgasamanaiitare yakklia yakkhaimgarato agautva
sabbe pi gone ca manusse ca jivitakkhayaiii papetva marhsam
khaditva atthlni avasesetvii againaiiisu Evaiii ekaiii bala-
sattliavaljaputtaiii nissaya sabbe te vinasaiit papunimsu, hat-
tliattliikadnii disavidisavippakinnani^*’ ahesmii, pafica sakata-
satani yatbapuritan’ eva attliaiiisu. Bodhisatto pi kho bala-
satthavaliapiittassa nikkliaotadivasato niasaddhamasaiii vTtina-
metva pancalii sakatasatehi nagara iiikkliamma anupubbena
kantaramukliaiii papiiiii. So tattha udakacatiyo puretva bahum
udakara adaya khandhavare bherin^^ carapetva manusse sanni-
^ O abarantehi. O amanapaiii. ^ bahu. * 0^ udakacatiyo. ® O*’ chad-
dhetYa, O omits kbo, C« -mattam. ® C* cha^cjiapetva. ® C*' pajapesi.
paBiyam. sunyatthagamanil. C* adds va yagubhattam
C« omits yagubhattam va. agamimsu, C* adds pi. G^ disM-*
disisii vippak-’. . ‘^0* bheriiii.
!02
f. EkanipSta. : ■ ■ I . Apaniiakavagga.
patetva e?am aha: auapucchitva pasataiiiattam pi udakaiii
ma valafijayittha, kantare visariikklul aama hoiiti, pattaih
popphaiii va plialaiii va tuiiihehi pure^ akhaditapiibbaiii maiii
anapucchitva nul kluldittlal*^ ’ti evatri Hiaimssanaiii ovadaiii
datva pailcalii sakatasatehi kautaram patipajji. Tasiiiiio kan--
tiraniajjhaiii sampatte so yakklio purimaiiayeii' eva Bodhisat-
tassa patipathe attaaaiii dassesi* Bodhisatto taiii disva va
afihasi®: kaiit«re iidakaiii ii’ attlii, iiinldakakantaro ^
nam’ esa, ayafi ca nibbhayo rattanetto, chayapi ’ssa na pah-
hayati , nissaihsayaib imina purato gato balasatthavahaputto
sabbairi iidakaih cliaddapetvar’ kilametva sapariso khiidito bha-
vissatij mayhairi pana panditabhavaiti upayakosaiiaiij na janati,
mahhe*^ ti» Tato naib aha: j,gacehatha tumhe, mayarii viinija^'
nama, ahham’ udakaiii adisva gahitaudakaih® na chaddeinaj dit-
thatthane pana'** cliaddetva sakatam sallahukani katva gainis-
sama^* ’ti. Yakkho thokaih gantva adassanaiii upagamma
attano yakkhanagaram eva gato. Yakkhe pana gate inanussa
Bodhisattaii) ahaihsu: 5,ayya, ete inanussa '•'esa nJlavanaraji
panhayati, tato patthaya devo nibaddhaib vassatiti* vatva
uppalakumudamalamaliao^^^ padumapundarlkakalape adaya bhisa-
khadanta aliavattha allasisa udakabindtibi paggha-
rantehi agata, udakaih chaddetva Jahukehi sakatehi khippaih
gacchtoa“ ’ti. Bodhisatto^ vacanaib**^ satva sakatani
thapapetva sabbamannsse^^ saonipatapetva ,,tuinhehi ‘iinasmiiii
kantare saro va pokkharam^'^ vl attMti' kassaci sutapubban*'
ti pucchi. „Na ayya ^sutapubban ti nirlldakakantaro
nama ti. ekacce inanussa *etaya nilavanarajiya
parato devo vassatiti’ vadanti, vuttliivato nama kittakaiii
^ C*' pure. ^ C* amnasi. ® so all tkrea MSS. ^ pamnayati. 0
chaddhapetva. * vaiiija, C« vanijja. ^ arnfiam. ^ 0-^ gahitaih-. ®
omits pana. -malamalino. 0^ -mulalarhj C» -niiilani corrected to
-mijialani, C« kathaiii. sabbe-. & 0« -ni. O sotapubbanti
corrected to sntapnbbaih. O nameso.
I. Apannakajataka. (!).
m
fhiiiaiii. ^YojaimiiiaMaii) ayya!'^*' ’ti. ' j^Kacci pana
VO ekassapi sarire^ vutthivato paliaratiti^^ „N’ atthi ayyS^*
■‘tf. sjMeghasisaii} rulma kittake thane pahhayatiti*'^^ j/Yojana-
inatte'^ ayyil^^ *tL „ Atthi pana vo kenaci ekani pi meghasisarii
ditthaii*^ ti. s,N' atthi ayya’-'^ ’ti. 5,Vijjullata nama kittake
thane painlayatlti^*', 3,Caiiipancayojane ayya'^*^ 'ti. ,, Atthi
paiia VO kenaci vijjuliatoblmso ditiho*^ ti. atthi ayya/^ 'ti.
j/Megbasaddo nama kittake thane siiyatiti^^S ^Ekadviyoiana-
matte ayya*^ 'ti'’. „ Atthi paua vo kenaci meghasaddo suto^^
ti. 55Y' atthi ayya'^ ‘ti. j,Na ete*' maniissa^ yakkha ete, amhe
udakaiii chaddtlpetva diibbaie^ katva ^hadissaiml* 'ti agata
bliavissaiiti, ]mrato gato balasatthavahaputto 11a upayakusalo,
addha so etehi iidakant chaddapetva kilanietva khtldito bliavissati,
pafica sakatasatani yathapriritjxn* eva thitani“ bhavissanti, ajja
mayam tclni }.)assissama, pasataniattam pi ndakarh achaddetva
sighaslghaih ^ pajethii Hi pajapesi. So gacchanto yatha-
pilritan’ eva pafica sakatasatani gonamannssanah ca hat-
thatlhikadi'ni disasu vippakinnani disva sakatani mocapetva
sakataparivattakena khandhavarairi bandhapetva kalass’ eva^®
mannsse ca gone ca sayamasabhattaiii bhojapetva inanus-
sanam majjhe gone nipajijapetva sayarii balanayake gahetva
khaggahattho tiyamarattim arakkhaih gahetva thitako va arunam
iitthapesi. Funadivase pato ya sabbakiccani nittixapetva gone
bhojetva^^ diibbalasakatani chaddetva tliirani gahapetva ap-
pagghaiii bhandam chaddapetva^® maliaggliarii'*’’ aropetva yatha-
cihippetaiiY’ thanam gantva dvigunatigunena^* mhlena bhandam
vikkinitva sabbaiiF'’ parisam adaya puna attano nagaram eva
agami^si.
* * 0* pamSSyatiti. ® €« tiyojanana&tte. * €* sayyatiti * C*
-Hiatts sayalltl, ® ete na, dabhalam. iMta^ * slghaiii.
^ gopamarm-. €** dlsSvMliairti. safeal^ssava,
Cl^ sakalassaTa aowdclad I© sakalasseva. O l>hojapetva. ehacldlbSpetvS.
C* Mb bhaii<|aitj. 0* «p|>©ta. C* 0* sabta.
104
1. Bkaiiipata. 1. Apatujakavagga.
Sattha imam katlsam kathetya ,,evaui gahapa.ti piibbe takka-
gabagabino mabavinasam patta^ apanimkagaliino ^ pana amaxuissanab}
hattbato muncitya sottbina iccbitattbanarii gaiitva pima sakattlianam
eva. paccagamiiiisii ’ti dve pi ya.ttlmiii gbatetva imissa® apanna*-
kadbammadesanaya^ abliisambuddbo bufcya imaiii gatbani aba:
Apannakaiii tbanam eke dutiyaiii aim takkika,
etad annaya medbayi tarn ganbe yad apannakan ti ‘\ 1.
Tattha apanpakaa ti ekaujsikaiii aviruddhaiii inyyilnikaiis , thfinan ti
karanam, karanaih hi yasma tadayattavuttitaya piiaiaih titfliati nama tasma
tlianan ti vuccati, ^thariafi (?a Ibiinato atthanan ca atthanato^^ ti adisu c assa
payogo veditabbo, iti apannakaiii rhanari*^ ti padadvaytmapi ^ ekaritahitasiikba-
vahattii® paipjitebi paripannaiii ekaiiisikakiiranadt avhuddbakaranaih niyyani-
kakaranam® idan ti dipeti, ayam ettha sailikln^pOj paldiedaio pana tini saraiia-
gamanani panca silani dasa silaiii patimokkbasaiiivaro indriyasaiiivaro ajiva-
parisuddhi paccayapatisevaiiaih sabbam pi (latiiparisuddhisilaiii indriyesii
guttadvarata bbojane Kiattaniluta^ ^ jagariyanuyogo jiianatid^ vipassaiut abhiilna
samapatti ariyamaggo ariyapbaiaili sabbam p’ etafn apannakattlianaiii apaniiaka-
patipada niyyanikapatipada^^ ti attho, yasina ca pana nly^aiiikapatipadiiya etaiii
namam tasma yeva Bhagava apaiinakapaiipadaitj dcscnto^^ IinaiJi snttam aha:
y,T!bi bhikkbave dhammehi samamiagato bidkkbii apannaUapadpadadi patipanno
boti, yoniso^^ c assa araddho hoti ilsavanaiii khay.iya, katainehi lihi: idha
bhikkbave bbikkhu^*^ indriycsit gwttadvaro hoti, bbojane inattanfin^’ hoti,
Jagariyaiii anuyutto hoti, kathan ca bliikkliave Wiikkliu indriyesu guttadvaro
hoti: idha bliikkliave bhikklni eakkhunii rupatii disvfi na nimiltaggiihl^*^ hot!
-pe- evaiii ktio bliikkliave bhikkliu indriyesii guttadvaro hoti, kathan ca
bhikkbave bhikkhu bbojane niattannrd^ hoti: idha bliikkliave bhikkhu paiisathkha
yoniso abaram ahareti^® u' eva daviiya na madaya -pe- evaiit kho hhikkhave
bhikkhu bbojane mattannfi*^ hoti, kathan ca bhikkbave bhikkhu jagariyatii
anuyutto hoti; idha bhikkbave bhikklm divasatii caiiikamena nisajjaya -pe- evam
kho bhikkbave bhikkhu jagariyaih anuyutto hotlti^*, imasmiii^® capi sutte tayo
va dhamma vutta, ayaiii pana apannakapatipada yOva arahattaphalani labbhat’®^
^ C* apannakagahagahino. ^ paccha- , pacoha- corrected to paccii-.
^ C® imissaya. ■* 0^ “dhammaihdesanaya. ® €•’ taiii ganheyya apanaakaiii corrected,
as It appears, to -dapannakaiiu * apannakatthanan, 0^’ apannakatthanan cor-
rected to apaimakam thaiian. add yarrn ® -vahanta, C«’ -vahanta,
® niyyanika-. sabbam. G* mattamnuta, €« mattaihnuta, C*' mattafmuta.
C« jhana. niyyanika- corrected to niyyanika. C^' dassento. C« viriy.
0^ bhikkhu. 0^ mattamnu, mattariihu. 0^ -ggahi. 0*^ mattannu.
so all three MSS. 0^ C" mattannu. C»'' bhikkhu. V:k imasmiih.
i . A paniiakajataka, ( i ).
105
eva, tattlia arahatfcapliaiam ^ pi pljalasanmpattivlliarassa c eva aimpadapari-
iiibbanassa ca patipaday’ eva hoti, eke ti ekacce paiulitamanussa, tattha
kiiV apl asuka nama ’ti liiyanio ii’ atthi, idaiit pana saparisam^ Bodhisattam
yeva saiulhaya viiUa?! ti veditabbaiJi : dutiyarh alni takklkii ti, dutiyau ti
pathamato apannakatilianato niyyauikakaranato.'^ dutiyarii takkagriliakaranam*'’
aniyyanikakiirai.iaiii’^ j aliu takkika ti ettha pana saddhiih purimapadena ayarii
yojanii: apannakatthanaiii aviruddhakaranaih*^ niyyanikakaranaiii eke® bodhisatta*
pamukbil pandltamamissa ganbiiiisu , ye pana balasattbavahapiittapamukha^
takkika abu to dutiyaib sa.paradbaiii anekaihsikaithanaih aniyyanikakaranam^^
aggabesmii, tesu ye apannakalthauarii aggahesuiii te sukkapatipadam patipaniia^^,
ye dutiyaib ,,p(irato bhavitabbaiii ndakena" ’ti takkagaliasaiiikhatarh aniyyanika-
karanam aggaiiesuoi te kaniiapatipadam patipanna, tattlia sukkapatipada apari-
haiiipatipada kanhapaiipada parihuuipatipada , tasma ye sukkapalipadaiii pati-
panna te aparihina sotthibbavadi pattii ye pana kanliapatipadaiii patipanna
te panbliiii. anayavyasauaiii apanna ti ; imam attliaiii Bhagava Anatbapindikassa
gahapatino vatvu** nttarub idain ilha: Eta<3 aiinaya^^ inedhavl taiii ganhe
yad apannakaip^ ti, tattlia etad afifiaya*^ inadiiilviti niedha 3ad-
dhanriinaya, visuddhaya iittaniaya pafinriya^® samannagato knlaputto, etaih^’
apannakan c eva apannake cii’® 'ti dvisu atakkagahatakkagaliasamkbatesu thanesu
gunadosaiii vnddbihanirh atibanattbaiii natva ti attho, tain ganhe yad apan-
riakan^^ ti yani apannakaib ekanisikasukkapalipadaaparihaniyapatipadasam-
khataib niyyanikakaranaiii tad eva ganheyya, kasma: ekaiiisikadibhavato yeva,
itaraih pana*^’ na ganheyya, kasma: anekaibsikadibhavato yeva, ayaih
apaanakapatipadfl nama sabbesani Buddhapaccekabuddhabuddhaputtanaih
patipadil, sabbabuddha hi apannakapatipadayam eva*^ thatva dalliena viriyena
paramiyo puretva bodhitale Buddha nitma iionti, Faecekabuddha parcekabodhirri
uppadenti, Biiddhajmtta savakaparauiinanaih*'** pativijjhanti.
Iti Bhagava te^aiii iipasakanark ,,tisso kusala-^ampattiyo^^ cha
kainasagge Brahnialokasainpattiyo ca datvapi^‘’ pariyosane arahatta-
* C*' -phalaiii. 0^*' iiania. ** C*' saparisajn eorreeted to saparisa. *
-karanato. ^ -karanarii, takkiigahakaranann ^ 0*^ -karana. ^ C^‘
-karaaaib. ® eie. ^ C*^ -viihapamukha. 0^^ -karana, 0* patipanno.
vatthii. Ci’*'’ amnilya, C^* ganheyyadapartnakan, C*’ ganfaeyyaapannakairi
corrected, as it appears, to -dapannakam. medhaya. 0* pamnaya.
ekaiii, apannakan'jceva-, apanilakanceva sapannake ea corrected
to “Sapanriakanca , C^* apannakam ceva apannafiea corrected to -apannake ca
{in a note appaiiiiakapannanca), C* tarn ganheyyadapanpakan, C® tarii gan-
heyya apannakan. omits pana. omits hi. 0^ C*' sabbesam.
apannakapatipadaya ceva, -patipadayayeva. -paramifiana, 0*^
-paramiyofianam. »» q„ kulasampattiyo, 0» datva,
106
I. Efeainpata. j. Apaiinakavugga.
uiaggadiiyika apaimakapatipadi mima catu&u* apiiye.su'^ paricaHu
nicakuiesii iiibbattidayika sapannakapatipada^ iiama‘' ‘ti iiuam apan-
nakadhaniniade&anaiu dassetva upari ciittavs >a<xaiii soiasahi akarehi
pakasesi. Saccaparlyosaat* sabhe pi te ])ai3casata upasaka .sotapatti-
pbale patitthabimsiL
Sattha iriiaiii dhaimmadesanaiii aliaritva" da«s;efcva. dve vattbuiii ka«-
thetyil auiisaudbiiu g'liatetva jatakam sauiodhanetva da.sse.si: ,,Tasmim
&aiuaye balasattbavahaputto BeTadatto aliosi, tassa paiisa Beyadatta-
parisa va ” ^ panditasattkayabapufctapa.ri.sa Buddha-parisa . paiKlita-
sattha.vabaputfcu pana aiiam eva. ahosm“ ti desanam nitfcbapesi, Apan-
naka jafcak a lii*
Vamutpatlui^
Akiia.suiio ti. Jraam dba-mmadesanf^^^^ Bbagava Sayafcfchlyam
yiharauto kafcbesi. Kam arabbba ’ti. Ekaiii o s .s a t fc h a v i r i y a rii
bhikkhurii. Tatbagafce kira. Hayattlilyaiii viiiarante eko .sayatthi-
yasi’ kulaputto Jetavanam gaMva Ssittbu sautike dhaniuiadesanaiii
sufcya pasannaoitto kamesu adiuavam^ disva pabbajitva upasampadaya
paiacayassiko hutva dve nuitika ugganlutva. vipas-saiiricaraiii .sikkhifcyii
Satthu santike afctano cifctaraciyarii kaiiiuiatfchaiiaiii gabetva ekarii
arannam*'^ payisifcya vassarh upagantya teinasani vayaniaiifco obbasamafct-aiii
ya nimittamattam va uppadetuiii na.sakkbi. Atb’ assa etad abosi;
.jSatthara cattaro puggala kntblta, te.su uiaya padaparamena
bbayitabbam, n" atthi itianne*^ nuiyhaui inia-smint attabbave maggo'^
va piudaiii va, kiiii kari.ssami ararma.va.seiia ‘\ Sattbu .sautikaiii^^ gautya
rupaggappatiarii Buddhasanram oiokeiito luadburadbamiuadesanani
.supanto vihari.ssam!ti"‘ puna Jetavanam eya- paccagaina.si.. Attia naiii
sandittba sambbatta ahaiiLSu : ,,avuso, tyarii Satthti santike kammatpia-
narh gabeiva ‘sainanadhanHuaui karissaniiti’ gate, idani paiia agantya
samganikaya: abbiramamano carasi, kin nu kbo te pabbajitakiccam
mafctbakaih pattniii, appatisandhiko jato ,,Avmo akau) maggam
va phalaiii va alabkitva ‘abkabbapuggaiena ma.ya bbavitabbair ti
viriyaiii ossajitva agato ’mkifci**. ,»Akaranam’^ te avuso kataiii daMia-
viViyassa Satthu sasaiie pabbajitva viriyaiii o.ssa.jaiiteiia. ehi Tatkaga-
^ so ali three MSS. - payesu. omits oa. ^ sappannaka-. C’’'
omits abaritva. * omits va. ^ C*-' savatthivasi. ** & C'« adinavam-. ®
araiimam. O*' mamfie. ffiagge, C’ maggarii. aramna-.
santika. 0^ akaranarb.
2, Yaamipathajataka, <2).
tassa tam dassama” *ti t-am adaya Sattha ^saatikaiii agaamdisa.
Sattha disva. evaiu aba : »,b!}ikkbava, tuiiihe etaiii bliikkluidt aniccha-
laanaiii adaya agala , kbii kafcaiii iaiiiia^ ti. ayarii bhikkbu
evarape niyyanikasasa.iu? ]>abbajitva ftjainanadbammam karonto yiriyam
ossajitva %ato'‘ ti. Athu aaih Sattha aba : „j5accaib kira taya
bhikkbu viriyaih o.ssa.tthaiii“. .^Saccaib Bhagava“ ti.- „Kbij paiia tvaiii
bbikkhu fyarupe sa.sane pabbajitva a]>piqcbo ti va santuttbo ti va
paviyitto ti va araddbaviiiyo ti va* evarii attaiiaiii ajanapetya osfsattba-
viriyo bbikkhu ti Jaaape.si, iianu tvairi pubbe viriyaya abosl, taya
ekena kataviriyani uissaya iuanikantare*^ paacasu aiakatasate.su manussa
{•a g’ona ca paniyaib ‘ iabbitva sukbita jata. idani kasma yiriyam
ossfyasiti‘‘. So bhikkliu ettnkeiia upattbambbito aliosi. Tam pana
katbaiii sutva bbikkhu^ Bbagavantaiit yacinisu: ,,b]iante idani imina
bhikkbuna viriyassa o.s.sattbbabavo ainliakam pakato, pubbe ])ana etassa
ekassa yiriyam nissaya marukantare gonainanussanarii paniyam** labbitya
sukbitabbayo paticcbanno tumbakaib sabbanniitanaiiass’ eya*^ pakato.
ambakam p’ ^‘tani karanaiii katbetba“ 'ti. ,,Tena lii bhikkbaye
sunatha“ 'ti Biiagaya tesaiii ijbikkhunani satiippada-m janetya bbayaa-
t arena paticchannakarananj pakaiam akasi:
Atite Kasiratilie Bariinasiyaib Bralimadatte rajjam
karente Bodhisatto satthavah akule patisandhim gahetva
vayappatto pancahi sakatasatelii vanijjarii karonto vicarati.
So ekada satthiyojanikarit marukantaraib patipajji. Tasmim
kaotare sukhiunavalika iDutthina gahita hatthe iia titthati,
suriyuggamanato pattbaya afigararasi viya uiiba hoti, na sakka
akkamitum* tasina tain patipajjanta dariidakatelatanduladini
sakatehi adaya rattim eva. gantvjl arunuggamaiie*’’ sakatani
parivattam" katva matthake mandapam karetva kalass' eva®
abarakiccaiii nittliapetva cbayaya bisinna divasaiti khepetva
atthaiii gate suriye sayaxiiasam bhufijitva bliumiyci sitalaya
jataya sakatani yojetva gaccbanti, samuddagamanasadisam eva
gamauaiii hoti, thalaniyamako'”* nama laddhum vatuti, so tara-
* vi ti. ^ marii-. ^ C® paniyam. * 0^ bM&kbu. C« C“ sabbaibfiufca-,
* C* araM|!g-, ^ 0® parivattakaib* ^ 'sakaiasseva corrected to kilasseva.
* Ck -niyyamaiso, pbalaniyyamako.
108
I. Ekaiiipata. 1, -Apai.iiiakavagga.
f
1 ^.
kasafinaya^ sattharh tareti^ So pi sattliavaho tasmiih kale
iinina va niyamena*'* taih kaiitaraih gacclianto ekfinasatthiyojanani
gantva ^jidani ekaraWea’ eva uiarukantara iiikkhamanaih bhavis-
satiti^* sayamasaiii bliunjitva sabbaih danldakaiit khepetva sakataoi
yojetva payasi, Niyamako^ puriniasakate asancliiii santliarapetva
akase taraktT' olokeiito j,ito pujetha*'^*' ’ti vadamaiio mpajji. So
digham addlianadi aniddayauabliaveua kilanto iiiddaib okkami,
gone‘ iiivattitva^ agatamaggam eva gaidiaate iia anfiasi’'. Gona ''\
sabbarattiiii agaiuam.su. Niyauiako^ arunuggainaiiavelaya^^ pa-
buddho iiakkhattaih oloketva jjsakatani iiivattetha**^ nivattetha'^
’ti aha. Sakatani nivattetva patipat.iiu karontanaiii yeva aruno
uggamano Manussa jjhiyyo amhakaih nivitthakhandhava-
ratthanam ev’ etaiii, darudakam pi khina2‘a^% idani ’mha
nattha** ti sakatani mocetva parivattakena tliapetva matthake
mandapaih katvil attaiio attano sakaiassa hettlnl aausocanta
nipajjiihsu. Bodhisatto „iuayi viriyai’n ossajante*'' sabbe vinas-
sissantiti^ pato sitalavelayain eva abindnnto ekani dabbatina-
gacchaiii disva ^imani tinaiii hettlia udakasinehena utthitani
bhavissaiititi^' cintetva kaddalaiii gahapetvaV' taiii padesaih
khanapesi. Sattliihatthattliauaiii. klianiiiisu. Ettakaiii thanaiu
khanitva paharantanaiii kuddaJo hetrlul pasane patiliafini^% pa-
hatamatte sabbe Yiriyaiii ossajimsu. Bodhisatto pana j^imassa
pasanassa hettha lulakena bhavitabl^sin^'^ ti otaritva pilsane
thito onamitva^^ sotaiii odahitva saddaiii jlvajjeoto hettha
iidakassa pavattaiiasaddai'n sutva uttaritva culripatthakaiii aha:
jjtataj taya viri]ye ossatthe sabbe viiiassissama, tvaiii viriyaiii
anossajitva,. imaiii ayaktitaiu gahetva avataih otaritva etasmirii
pasane paharaih dehtti^^‘‘. So tassa vacanaiii satnpatiechitva
i Qk Qv -sarhilaya. taresi. liiyyameua. O-' niyyamako.
karaka. ® ito pitjetha ito pajetha. gono. ® 0-^ iiivattetvii. ^ C^“
amnasi. 0^’ gone. arunugg-. G-’ omits iiivattetha. uggato?
C^' uggamatOj arune uggamanato. no. C*' kbinaiii. C« ossajente.
gahapetva, gahanhapetva corrected to ganhapetva, gahiipetva corrected
to gahapetva. C» -hathni, onamitva. 0^ adds aha.
2. Vaiinupathajataka, (2).
109
sabbesu viriyaiii ossajitva thitesii pi’ viriyaib anossajanto otaritva
pasane pabaraiii adasi. Pasano majjhe bhijjitva hettha patitva
sotaiii sannirumhitva" attbasi. Talakkhaiidbappamana** adaka-
Yatti'^ llggaflchi^ Sabbe paniyaih pivitva nahayiiiisii. Atirekani
akkbayiigadlni pbaletva/’’ yagubbattain pacitva bhubjitva’^ gone
ca bbojetva siiriye attbaiii gate udakavatasamipe ^ dhajaiii'*
bandbitva icchitatthanaib againiihsin Tc tattha bhandaiii
vikkinitya dvigunaiid^ catuggunam bhogaiii labhitva attano va-
sanattbanam eva agamiiiisu. Te tattha yayatayukam thatva
yathakammaih gata. Bodbisatto pi danadlni piinnanp’ katva
yathakainmam eva gato.
Sammasambiiddbo iiiiaiii dbaminadesanam kathetya abhisambuddho
va imam gatham kathesi:
Akiiasuiio vannupatbe’* khananta
iidafigane tattha papaih avinduiii,
evaiii yiriyabalupapanno
. akiiasii yinde hada,yassa santin ti. 2.
Tattha akilasano ti nikkosajja araddhaviriya, vannupathe ti, vannu
vunaafi vjihika, vahikaraagge ti attho, khaiianta ti bhOmim khaiiamaua^^,
Iidafigane ti, ettha uda iti nipato, angane ti attho, maimssanam sarii-
caranatthane anavate*’’ bhiimibhage ti attho, tattha ti taSmirii vannupathe,
pap am aviridun ti udakairi iablnuisn, udakain^*^ hi papiyariabhavena^^ papa
ti vnccati, pavaftaiid® va apaiii paj>aiu, mahodakan ti attho; evan ti opanuna-
patipadanaiid®, munitP”, monain vnccati nanaiii, kayamoneyyadisn®^ va ahna-
faraiiP^, tena samannagatafta puggalo miiniti®® vuccati, so pan’ esa agariyamuni
anaganyamiini sekliamuni asekhamnni paccekamnni miinimunitP^ anekavidho,
tattha agariyamuniti gilu agataphalo vinhatas^ano®^, anagHiiyamuuiti tathiirupo
va pabbajito, sekhamurnti sattasekha, asekhamniTiti^'*’ kinnasavo, paccekamuniti
paccekasambuddlio , mnninnnuti sammasainbinfdho , imasmiih pan’ atthe sabba-
^ omits ])i. sanninimbhitva. -nafu, ■* C* O udakavaddhi,
-vatti correlated <o -vaddhi, ^ C'*’ uggacohi. ^ C* prdetva. ^ O’ adds thito.
^ G/“ O^ udakavaplsamTpe. Oojhadharii. digin.iaiii. 0 ^ 0 ^
puiinmni. O vannu-. muni, O'" muril G« khananta. C«
anavace. OMi^Midakam. paplyana- corrected , as it appears,* to
pivana-. C-^ pavaifam corrected, as it appeari^, to pavaftham, C^- -pati-
padiinaiii, O’? -pati|Hldanam. 0 -^^ muniti, ®V # -moneyyadisii. 22 q;, fr
aiiinafarauu Qt ouuucurnti. 24 Vhhnata** -muniti.
ito
1. Ekanipata. 1. Apannakavagga.
saragahikavasena^ moneyyasamkhataya pannaya* samannagato muniti veditabbo,
viriy aba iu papa nno ti viriyena c* e^a kayabalanaiiabalena ca® samaniiagato,
akilasu ti nikkosajjOj kamam^ taco ca**^ naharu® ca attbi® ca avasussatu
upasussatu® sanre inarhsalohitaii ti ev^am vutteoa caturaOgasamarinagatcna viriyena
samannagatatta analaso, vinde hadayassa s an tin ti cittassa pi hadayaru-
passa pi sTtalabhiivakaranena santiii ti saibkhari) gataiii jhiinavipassanabbinna-
arabattamaggananasajhkhataih’* ariyadliammaiii vindati palilabhatiti attho. Bha-
gavata bi: j,dukkliani bliikkhave kixsito viharati vokinuo pa}>akehi akusalehi
dhammebi mahantafi ca sadatthaiii pariliapeti, /iraddhaviriyo kho bhikkbave
sukhaiii viharati pavivitto papakehl akusalehi dhammebi mahanfan va sadatthaiii
paripureti*^ , na bhikkbave hinena aggassa pattf® hotiti'* evatii aiiekehi suttehi
kiisitassa dnkkliaviharo araddhaviriyassa sukhaviharo sanivainatOj idhapi firaddha-
viriyassa akatabhinivesassa^® vipassakassa viriyabaleua adhigantabbaiu , tarn eva
sukhaviharaih dassento „evaui innni^^ viriyabalfipapamio akilasu vitide hadayassa
santin“ ti iiiha. Idam vuitaiii hoti: „yatha te vanija akilasimo vannupathe*'^
khananta udakaiii labhimstt evaii) imasmim sasane akilasu hutva vayaraamano
pandito^^ bhikkhu imaiii jhanadihhedarii hadayasantiiii’*^ labhati, so tvaiii bhikkhu
pubbe udakanuittassa atthaya viriyaiii katva idaiii evarfipc maggapbalatthaya^®
niyyanikasasaiie kasrna viriyaiii ossajasiti*‘.
Evarii imaiii (!haunnaclc^'salladl das.sefvii rnttari Njiceaui pakasesi.
Saccapariyosaiie ossafetliaviriyo bhikkhu aggapiiale araliatte patitthasi.
Sattha dve vatthuni katlietva amisandhim ghafcetva jatakaiii
samodbanetva dassesi: ,,Ta.smiiii sariia-ye viriyam auossajiiva pasanaiii
bhinditva lualiajanassa udakadayako erilupatthiiko'"''’ ayaiii o^s-sattliayiriyo
bhikkhu ahosi, avasesaparisa idani Buddliaparisa jata, .satthayahn-
jetthako pana aham eva ahosm^‘ ti desanaiii niUbapesi, Tannu-
patkaj atakaih
3. Serivaiiij aj ataka.
Id ha ce hi nam vir adliesiti. Iinam^* pi dhammadesanaih
Bhagaya Sayatthiy am^yiharanto ekam os sattliayir iyaiii eya
bhikkhum arabbha kathesi* Tam hi purimanayen’ eya bhikkhiihi
aiiitam Sattha aha: ,,tyam bhikkhu eyariipe luaggapbaiadayake
^ 0^ sabbiihikavasena. ® 0*^ pariirlaya. ® viriyabalupapanno ti kayabaiena
ceva fianabaiena ca. ^ fcaraan, kamaii corrected to kamaiiu ® omits ca.
fi Qv naharil. ^ atthi. ^ 0'^ omits upasussatu. ® -bhiiiiaa".
C^' va. C^-' pureti. so all three MSS. C*' akatadhini-. 0^’ mum.
0-®' vanmi". 0*^ hi paudite* O hadayassa santinu G^-
magge*. C® -tthake. Gk O’"’ idam*. Qk bhikkhu tvaih.
{^envanijajataka. (3).
til
sasane pabbajitya yiriyaiii ossajanto satasaliassagghanikaya ^ kaiit-
eanapatiya parihiBO Serivavanijo ^ yiya ciram socissasjti“, BhikkM
tassa attbassavibliayattliarh’ Bhagavantam yacimsu. Bliagaya bhayan-
tareiia paticcbannam karanaiii pakataiii akasi:
Atite ito paficaiiie kappe Bodhisatto Serivaratthe Se-
ri vo llama kaccliapiitavanijo^ ahosi. So Seriva iiama ekena
lolakacchaputavanijena'^ saddhiih Telavaliam'^ nania iiadiiii utta-
ritva Andhapnraiii nama nagaraiii pavisanto iiagaraTithiyo
bliajetvji attano pattavitbiya bhaiiclam vikkinanto^ cari. Itaro
attaiio pattaih^ vitliiih ganbi. Tasmifi ca nagare ekaih setthi-
kulam parijiiniaiii ahosi , sabbe puttabhatika ca dhanafi ca
parikkhayaiii agamasi. Eka’-^ darika ayyakaya saddhim avasesa
ahosi. Ta dve pi paresam bliatim katva jivanti. Gehe pana
tesaih mabilsetthina paribhuttapubba suvannapati bhajanantare
nikkhitta dlgharattaih avaJanjiyaiiianjV'' nialaggaliTta*^ ahosi. Ta
tassa suvannapatibhavam pi iia jaiianti. So lolavapijo tasmiiii
saroaye ^manike gaiihatha’% maiiike ganhatha‘‘ ’ti vicaranto
gharadvaraiii pajnini. Sa kumarika taiii disvii ayyakaih aha:
55 amma mayharii ekarii pilandhanaih ganha^' 'ti.
niayaih duggata , kirn datva ganhissania^* ’ti. j,Ayam no pati
atthi no ca amhakaiii upakara , imaiii datva ganha^‘
hi. Sa vanijaih pakkosilpetvii asane nisidajietva taiii patiii)
datva ,>ayya imaih gahetva tava bhaginiya kihcid eva dehiti‘®
jiha. Vanijo^*' patim hattliena gahetva ^^suvannapati bhavis-
parivattetva piitipitthiya^ suciya lekhaih kaddhitva^®
suvannabhavaih hatva^'^ ,pniesani kinci adatva va imam patiiii*^
iiariss?imiti'^ ,,ayaih kii’u agghati^S adidhamasako pi ’ssiX mulaiii
* so all three MSS. ^ C* scnvanijo, setivavuiujo corrected to serivanijo.
® tassatthavibhii-, <J'’ tassatthassavi-, ^ Ce -vaiiijo, adds voliaratthaya
gacdiatsto X*'’ -vauljeiia. t> kelavahaiii 0'^ adds in pareiithesi tilayaham.
' yikknianto. ^ paUaik corrocted to patta. eka 0^ avariji-
yamana corrected to avajiyaiaanii,, €» avalafijiyamarii. (J« malaggahita.
omits nmuike gaiJimtha. pijaTidhauarh. 0^ 0*^ auatthi. vanijaiiL
vaiiijo. 0^ C^’ patipitthim , patipitthiya corrected to patipitthiiio
O’ kad/iitva. 0'^ jariitya. pati. agghiti.
m
h BfeanipSta. t* Apmmkmgg&.
na bhumiyarh khipitva uttMyasaiia pakkami. Tena^
pavisitva nikkhantavithiiii ’ itaro pavisituiii Jabbhatiti Bodhi-
satto taih vithim* paviaitvi „maiiike ganliatha*^ ’ti tam eva
gharadvaraui papuni* Puna sa kuniarika tatlP eva ayyakam
aha, Atha imh ayyaka „amma, pathamaiii figatavanijo patiih
bhumiyaiiP khipitva gato, idani kiiii datva ganhissama^^ ’ti aha,
„Amma, .so vanijo phanisavaco, ayarii pana piyadassaiio mu“
dusallapo, app-eva nama narii gaiilieyya*"' ’ti. ,/fena hi
pakkpsa“ ’ti. Sa tauii pakkosi, Ath’ assa geliaiii pavisitva
nisiiinassa taih patiiii ackiitsu. So tassa suvannapatibhavairi
hatva „amina, ayaiii pati satasahassam agghati> patiagghanaka-
bhandam*^ mayhaiii hatthe n’ aha. „Ayya, pathamaiii
agatavanijo hiyam addhamasakam pi na agghatiti’ bhumiyaiii
khipitva gato , ayaiii [>ana tava (nulneua siivaiinapati jatn
bhavissatiti rnayaih imaiii tuyhaiii dema, kihcid eva no datva
imaih gahetva yahlti^*. Bodhisatto tasmiih kharie hatthagatani
pafica kahapanasatani pahcasatagghanakan ^ ea bhandaiii
sabbaiii datva „mayhani imaih tnlaii ca pasibbakafi ca attha
ca kahilpane^ detha‘’‘ ’ti ettakaih yacitva adilya pakkami. So
sigham eva naditifaih gantva navikassa attha kaliapane^ datva
navaiii abhirilhi. Tato lolavanijo’'* pi puna geliaiiP’ gantva „ahara-
tha tahP® patiiii, tumhakam kincid eva da.ssamiti‘‘ aha. Sa tarn
paribhasitva ,jtvam amhakam satasaliassagghanikam’® suvanna-
patim addhaiimsakagghanikam** pi na akasi, tuyham pana
samikasadiso eko dhammikavanijo amhakam sahassaiii datva
taiii adaya gato*^ ti aha. Taih sutva ^tassa satasahassaggha-
nikaya^^ hi'^ suvannapatiya parihino ’mhi, mahajcmkaro vata
me ayan^''^^ ti sahjMabalavasoko satiih’" paccupatthapetohi asak-
^ kena, ektiiia. ® -vithi, 0'^ -vTthi, •* O vTthi. ^ bhumiih. so
all three MSS. ^ C'« kaliapana-. ' -satagghana-, ^ C>‘ aftha kaha-
pane ca, attha ca kahapane. ^ €>’ kahapane. CV' -vanijo.
puna gehii. ** iiaiii? so all three MSS. 0*^' omits hi, G^’
ayarit. all three MSS. sal).
3. Serivainyajataka. (3).
113
konto viBanui* Iiutva attano liatthagate kaliapane* c’ eva
bhanilakari ca gliaradvare yeva vikiritva nivasaiiaparupanain
paliclya*’ tuladandam miiggaram katva adaya Bodliisattassa
aniipaclaih pakkanto nadltlrarii gantva BodMsattaih gaccliantaiii:
disva, jjambho^ iiavika^ navaih nivatteliiti^*' alia. BodMsatto
iiivattayiti*^^^ patisedheti. Ttarassapi BodMsattaiii gac-
eliantam passantassa passantassa balavasoko udapadi. Hadayam
iinhaih ahosi, mukhato loliitaih ugganciu, vapikaddamo viya
hadayam pliali. So Bodhisatte aghatarh bandhitva tatth’ eva
Jivitakkliayarh papiini. Idarh pathamaiii Devadattassa Bodhi-
satte agliatabaiidlianam. Bodhisatto danadmi punnani karitva
yathakammaiti agamasi.
Sammasambuddho imam dhammadesanam katlietva abhisambuddbo
ya imam gatliam kathesi: .
Idha ce hi naih viradhesi .saddhammassa niyamatarii
ciraiii tvarii anutapessasi Seriyayaiii va yanijo ti. S.
Tattha idha ce hi naiii viradhesi saddhammassa Tiiyamataii ti
iamsBiim sasane etaiii saddhammassa niyamatasamkhatam^sotapattimaggaih viradhesi
yadi viradhesi viriyadi ossajaiito iiadhigacchasi «a patilabbasiti attho, ciram
tvam aiuitapessasiti evaiii sanle tvam digham addhai)am socanto pari-
devanto ainitapessasl, athava ossatthaviriyataya ariyamaggassa viradhitatta digha-
rattaiii nirayadisa*^ uppanno nanappakaratxi dukkhani aimbhavanto anutapessasi
kiiamissasiti^j ayam ettha attho; katham: Berivayaiii va vanijo'® ti, Seriva
ti evaiiinamako yam, va *ti yatha, idarir vuttam hoti: yathu pribbe Seriva aama
vaiiijo satasahassagghanikaiiri^ savannapfitinj labhitva tassa gabanatthaya^"'* vinyarii
akatva tato parihTao aiiiitappi evam eva tvanx^^ pi imasmim sasane patiyatta-
suvannapatisadisaih ariyamaggaih ossatthaviriyataya anadhigaccharito tato
parihiiio digharattaiii anutappissasi'**, sace panawiriyani na ossajissasi^'^ pandita-
vanijo suvaiinapfitiiii viya mama sasane iiavayidham pi lokuttaradhammaiii
patilabhissasiti^'^.
1 Qk Qv visanim, kahapane. ^ C® -parupanam pabaya. ^ amho. ®
navika. ® C« nivattehiti corrected to iiivatteyiti. all three MSS. -ta. ® 0*'
“disu. kilamessasiti. vanijo. so all three MSS, G^ gahana-.
C’ tvaiii. C® aimtapissasi , C*' anutappissasi corrected to anutapissasL
ossajissas). lokuttaraiii-. ail three MSS*, -ssatiti.
.8
114
I. Ekaidpata. 1. Apaniiakai'agga.
EriiiJi asssa Sattha .arahatteaa ^ kiltarn ganhaiito iuiaTi! dlianiiiia-
ile^aiiaiii dassetva eattan saccani pakaj^esi. Saecapariyosiiae ossattha-
viriyo bhikklm agga})hale arahatte"^ patitthasi.
Satthapi dve vatthuai katiietvi aniisaHdhirti gliatetva jatakaiii
samodhanetya dayse^i : „Tada baiavanijo* llevadatto abosi^ panditayaiiijo
abani era alioyin‘" ti, desanaiii nitthapesi* .Seriranij ajiltak aih"^.
4. Uuilakasettliijd taka.
A p pa ken a pi luedhavitf. Imam dbammadeftiariaiii Bhagara
liajagaliaiii upauissaya Jiv akambar ane viharanto Ciillapnntlia-
kattlieraiii arabbba kathesi. Tattha’’ Culiafjantlmkasya tava nibbatti
kathetabba. liajagiihe kira dbaiiasettbikidussa dhitii attaiio dasen’ era
saddhirii santharam katva, ,,arme [)i me imaiii kanimam janeyyun" ti
bhita evam aba: „anihehi imasiiiim thane vaniturii iia sakka. sace me
matapitaro imam dohaiii janissanti kbandakbandani karissanti, videsam
gantra vasiyyaiiui*' 'ti hattbafiarafu gahetva aggadrarcna nikkliamitva.
,,yattha vfi tattiia vn annelii ajanaiiattbanani gaiitva vasissaiiia^ ‘ti
ubho pi agamaiiisu. Te.saui ekaymiiii jliaiie va.saiitfiiiaiii sariivasam
anvaya tasyil kucchiyaiii gabblm patitthasi. 8:1 gabbbaparipakam
agamma yamikena yaddliiih iiianteyi: „gabbbu me ]>aripakafi) gate,
rKltibandhiivirahite ea thane gabbhavutthanaiii luima ubbiniiaiu ])i
arnbakaiii dukkbam era, kulagcliaiii gauebamjr* ’ti. So ,,ajja gacdiama,
are gacchama^ ‘ti"* divaye^ atikkameyi. ,Sd eintesi; ,,ayam bale attano
doaamahantataya ganturii mi nssabati , matapitaro nama ekautabita,
ayarii gacebatu ra ma ra maya gantuiii vaUat■iti“^ Tayniiiii geha
nikkhante gehaparikkbaram patiyametva attain) kuiagliaraiii gatabhavani
anantaragebayayinaih arocetva raaggaiii patipajji. Atha yo puriso
gharaiii agato tani adiyyiV pativisyake pucc.iii.tva 5 ,kuiaglxara.m gata*'
ti sutva yegena anubaiKlhitya antaramagge ‘ ’ sampapuni. Taysapi
tattb’ era gabbhavutthaiuim^abosi. So „kiiii idam bbadcle*‘ ti pucchi.
,»Sami, eko putto jato“ ti. „Idani kjiii kari.ssanul“ ‘ti, ,,Yays’ attbaya
may am kiilugiuiraiii gaccheyyama tarn kaminaiii aiitani va nippbannam^^
tattba gantva kiiii ka.ris.sama, «iyattama*‘ ’ti dye pi ekacitta biitya
nirattimsu. Tassa ca darakassa paiithe jatatta Pantbako ti namaiii
^ C« araiiatte. arahattam. ® »vanijo. ^ -vamja-. omits tattba.
^ so ajja gacebama ti, ^ divade. ^ & C® vaddhatiti, ^ C® antarageba-.
aiiaiitaragehavasmam, dism 0^ ariantara-^. (jf nippaimo.
115
4. Callakasettiiyataka. (4).
akaiiisu. Tas«a na cirass' e?a aparo pi gabbho patittbabi. Sabbarij
piirkianayeii' eya vittliiret-abbaiii. Tassa pi darakassa panthe jatatta
pathanaajataysa Mabapanthako ti niinam katra itarassa Ciillapaiitbako ti
namarii akam.sii. Te dye pi darake gabetra attano vasanattbaiiam era
agafca* Tesarii taitba vasaiitanam ayam Panthadarako anae^ darake^
ciiilapita ti ayyako ti ayyaka ti^ yadaate^ siitva niataraxii puccbi : „amaia
aiSe^ daraka eullapita ti ayyako ti ayyaka ti” vadanti, arabakaxh Sataka
id atthiti*‘» 5 ,Aiiia. tata, taadiakam ettba nataka n atthi, Rajagaha-
nagare pjiiia*’ yo dbaiiasc-^ttbi* naaia -ayyako^ tattha tamhakarh bahufia-
taka'‘ ti. „F\a.sitia tattha aa gacciiama amma“ ti. Sa attano agamaaaka-
ranaiid putta.ssa kathetya piittesu pimappima katbeiitesu samikam aba:
^inie ilaraka ativiya kilanienti. kirii no matapitaro diisva iiiaiiisaih kba-
dissaati, ehi flaratiaiKuii ayyakakuiam daH8ema‘‘ 'ti. „Aba«i saminukba ya
piatiuii lai .sakkhissaini, taiii pana tattba iiayivssajiuti“^. ,,Saclbii ayya,
yeaa kenaci nayeaa darakanum ayyakakuiam*^’ eva da>tthiim
Dve pi jaaa darake a<Ifiya aaupiibbena Ra.jagabam'" patva aagaradyare*''
ekissa salaya iiiyasam kappetya daratcamata dve darake galietya
agatabhayaiis raatapitunnam arocape.si. I’e tarn sasamiiii sutva ^samsare
caraiitaoam iia piitt(> dhita*'’ oama n' atibi^ te aiiibakaiii mabapara-
dhikij na sakka tebi aiidulkadi cakkhuimtbe tbatuiii, ettakaiii paxia
llama dbaiiaib gahetva dve pi jana pbasiikatfehanara gaatva jiyantu,
darake*^' paiia idita peseiitrp^- ti. ‘ -Settbidb-iti' aiatapitSM** pesitaiii
dbaiiaiii galietva- darake agatadiitaiaam yeva battiie datva pesesi.
Baraka ayyakakule vaddbaiitL Tesu Culiapaiitbako- atidabaro , Maba-
paathako paua ajyakeiia saddhim Basabaiassa dbaminakatbam sotmii
gaccliati* Tas^a iikcam Sattliu ^ammukha dhaammiii siiiiantassa
pabbajjaya cittam iiami. So ayyakam aba: „sace tumbe sampa-
ticcbatba abairi pabbajeyyaii^ ti, „ICim vadesi tata* maybaiii sakalalo-
kassapi pabbajato ta?" cva*^' pabbajja bbaddika* 'sace sakkosi pabbaja
tata*‘ *ti saiiipaticcbitya Satthu santikam gato. Sattba „kiiii mabasettbi
darako te lacldbo*^^ ti, ^Ama bhaate, ayam 'darako mayham uatta^^
^ C* nmne. ^^O^durako. cttUapitaayyakoayynkati j ciilJapitatisiyya-
kotiayyakati ^ C* vadantesit ^ . 0^ culiapitaayyikotiayyibati , (> cidiapifca-
ayyakoayy&kftti, cullapitatiayyakotlayyakati, * omits pana, ^ so all three
MSS* ® C* agamaua^. C* ua sakkbissaEii’'A?am paua tattba nayissamis
ua sakkhlssiroi taiii paiia iiayissamitb Of ayyakulam. vaddbatiti.
C*^ -gabam, -dvareua. 0* adaya, repeats dbita, C^’ oa dhlti.
darako. -pitubl, tamera. ,
116
I. Ekanipata. 1. Apai.inakavagga.
‘fciimliakam saotike pabbajaraiti’* aha/*. Sattlia annataraiii^ pinda-
dirskarii Jnmih darakam pabbajehiti** aimpesi'*. Tbero ta.ssa taca-
pancakakammatthanaiii acikkbitva pabbajesi. So babom Buddlia-
Tacauam ugganhitva paripunnavasso upasampadam iabhi. upasainpaniio
yonj.sornanasikare karamarh karoiito arabattaiii papuiii’k So jliana-
siikbena maggaHiikhena ca vitiaaiuento cintesi: „sakka iiu kbo imam
Hukham Ciillapanthakassa datun“ ti. Tato a,jvakasettbissa santikam
gantva .miaba.setthi sace turnhe saiiipaticcluxtha abaib Cullapantliakam
pabbajeyyan** ti aha. „Pabbajetba bhante“ ti. Thero Cullapantliaka-
diirakam pabbajetva dasasu sTle.su patittliapesi. (Jiillapantliakasamanero
pabbajitva va dandho aIiosi»
Paduniam yatiia kokanadaiii sugaridham
pato siya phuUam avitagandham
Angirasaai passa* virocanulriam
tapantam adiccani iv^ antalikklie ti
imam ekaih gatliam catubi' iiuiselii gauliituiii urisakkiii. So kira
Kassapasaimnasambuddliakaie pabbajitvii pariiiava'' Imtva aonatara.ssa
daiidbabhikkhimu uddesagahariakale paribasakeliiii a,ka.si. So bbikkliu
tena parihasena’" iajjito n’ eva uddesaih gaabi iia .sajyhayani akasi.
Tena kammenayam pabbajitva va'* daudlio jilto, gahitaga^iitam padaiii
upari ujjari ganbaiita.ssa nassati, tassa imam eva, gathaih gabetuiii vayamaii-
tas.sa cat taro niasa atikkanta. Atba narii Maliapanthako aba : „Pa«thaka,
tvaiii imasmiiii .sasane abliabbo , catuhi ‘ masehi ekam gatliam pi
gabetuiii iia sakkosi‘^ pabbajitakiecaiii pana tvarii katharii mattbakaih
papessasi, nikkhama ito viliara** ti nikkaddhi. Cuilapaiitljako Buddlia-
sasane sinehena gihibbavam’" na pattbeti. Tasmiil ea ,kaie Malia-
pantbako bbattudde.sako boti. Jivako Komarabbacco*'* babuiii gaiidiia-
malam adaya attuao ambavaiiam gantva Sattiiaraiii piijetva dbarumaib
sutva uttbayasana Dasabalaih vanditva Mabapantbakam upasamkamitva
,»kittaka bbaiite Sattbu .saiftike bhikldiu** ti pucchi. ,,Pancamattani
•sataniti.** „Svo bbante biKldbapamukliaiii panea bbikkimsatani adaya
ambakam iiivesaiie bhikkUaih ganhatba/* ’ti. „Upasaka, Ciillapantliako
nama dandho ayirriihidhammo*-\ tarn thapetva se.sanam nimantanam'^
^ pabbajjamiti. ^ 0*^ aiiina-* . ® 0*^' iniipesi. arabattam.
papuni. phassa. ^ so all .three MSS. ^ paiiuTava.. & -kejam,
& paribhasakeliiii. paribhasena. C« omits va. gabetuaiasakkosi.
C'^ glM-. -bbapdo. avirulhi-, C?-’ nimantarjam.
4 . Ciiliakasefthijatalca. (4).
117
paiicc]ianiiti“ ihero aha* Taiii siitva Oullapanthako cintesi: „thero
ettakaaaih bhikkliuiiaiii niiiiaiitanaih paiicchaiito niaiii bahiraib katva
paticchati, iii\s.>a!h.sa.,yahi luayharii bhatika.s.sa iiiayi citttuh' bbiniiam
bhavi.ssali, kirii dani jiiayham iinina sasanena, g*ihi liutva danadmi
pinihani'* karoato .so pimadivase pato va ,,gihl bhavissa-
nnti^' paya.si. Sattiul paccusakale yeva lokaiii olokento iniarii karanaiii
disva patlianaitararij gaatya Ciillapantliaka.ssa gaamnaraaggc dvara-
koWhake eamkajiiaiito attiiasi. Culiapantbako ghpra nikkhamaiifco
Sattharaih disva upasaiiikaniitva vaudi. Atha nam Sattha „kaharii
pana tyaih CiillapaiJitlmka iitiaya yelaya gacchasjti^ aha. ,,Bhata
maiii bhante iiikkaddhati, teiiahaiii vibbhaiiiiturii gacciiani!ti‘k ^Culla-
paathaka, tava pabbajja iiaam mama saiitaka* bhatara nikkaddhito
kasiiia mama santikarii luiganchi , ebi kin te gihibliayena , mama
santike bhayi.s.sasiti“ Cullapauthakaiii adaya gantyfi gandhakutipamukhe
nisidapetya .^Cullapaiitbaka purattbabhimiikbo luitya imam pilotikaiii
rajoharanarh rajoliaranan ti parimaj.janto idb’ eva hohiti“ iddhiya
abhisamkhatam iiarisuddluihi pilotikaiii datva kale arocite bhikkhu-
sariigliapariyuto Jiyaka.ssa geliahi gantva pannattasane^ iiisidi. Culla-
panthako ^ pi suriyarn olokento taiii piiotikakhandam rajoharanam
rajoliaranan ti jiarimajjanto nisidi. Tassa taiii pilotikakliandaiii pari-
majjantassa parimajjanta.ssia kilitthaiii ahosi. Tato cintesi; „idam
pilotikakbandaih atiriya^ parisuddhaiii, imarh pana attabhayam nissaya
purimapakatim vijahitva evaiii kiiittliam jatam» anicca vata samkliara‘*
ti khayayayam pattbapeiito yipas.sanam vaddheai. Sattha Cullapan-
thakassa” cittam vipassaiiaih'^ anlihan ti natya „€ullapant}iaka®, tyam
‘etaiii pilotikakhaiidam eva samkilitthaiii rajaranjitam'* jatan’' ti ma
sanhaiii kari , abbhantare pana’^‘ te ragarajadayo attlii , te liarahiti“
yatva obhasuiii vissaj,jetya purato iiisinno viya pannayamanarupo ^ ‘
hiitya ima gatha abbasi :
li%o rajo iia ca pana renii^^ vuccati,
r^ass" etarh adhivacanam rajo ti ;
etaiii rajarh yippajaliitya bhikkhavo
yiharanti te yigatarajassa sasane.
* nlssaiijsayaili may! bhatikassa dttaixi. pniiihani. ^ C* gihi-.
^ O pmmtte wane, 0*^ paiiinattasane. .0^ O*' cQIa^, ® ta. ^ C® atl.
C® vipassani. ® 0^ rajafijitam corrected to rafyitaih. 0^ omits pana.
C» pamhi«. 0^ renti.
Its
I. EkaTiipata. I. Apaunakavagga,
Doso rajo -pe-.
Moho rajo na ca paiia renu^ vuccati,
raohass'* etam adhivacanam rajo ti ?
etaih rajarii rippajaliitva bhikkhavo
vibaranti te .rigataraja^sa.' sasane ti.
Gatha])ar!yosane CnliapaDihako’’* .saba parisambiiidahi araliattanr* papiiui ^
Far.iisaiubhidafu* yov’ iis.sa tiai^ Pifcakani agamimsu So kira piibbc
raja hutva. iiagarairi padakkliioarii, karonto ‘ jialatato sede naincariie'’
pavi.sxKldhena satakeiia nalataBtadj punji'b Satako kiiittbo ahosi. So
,,in3aiii sariniiii iiissaya erarupu pari.suddlio satako pakatiih jabitva
kilifctbo Jjito* aiiicca vata ftaijikbara'* ti aaicraisafiiiiajii^'’ patilablii, teiia
karanen’ as.sa rajobaraiiaiii eva paccayo jato. Ji'vako pi kbo“ Koinara-
bbaccft*^ Dasabalassa dakkhinodakaiii upanainesi. Sattha ^iiaiiu Jivaka
vihare bhikkba’* hattbena pattadi |)idab!. Mahapantliako
„naaa bhante yihare n’ atthi bbikkhuti‘ *“ aha. Sattim Jiraka*’
’ti aha. JTvako ^jtena bi bliape'' gattcba**’’, viijaro bhikkhunaiii attbi-
bhayarri va naithibbaYaiii va jaiialnt)“’ puri,saib posesi. Tasnjiiii khane
Cuiiapanthako^ ,,mayhaiii l>luitiko n'ibare bbikkhu ii' altliiti/ bhanati,
vihare^’ bhikkbiiiiniii atthibhavara assa pakases.samiti^ sakalaiii amba-
Taaarii bldkkhiinari neva pureisi. Ekacce Ijhikkbu eivarakainiiiam
karonti, okacce riijanakanimaih 'k ekacce sajjiiayaiii karontiti eyaiii
ahhamafsnan!^^'* asadisara bliikkhusabas.saiu laapesi. So punso yihare
baliu bhikkhu disva nivattitva >,ayya. sakalaiii ambavanam bhikkhiilii
paripiinaan^ ti Jiyakassa arocesi. There pi klio tatth* eva^’
„Sahassakkliattuu) attanaiii iimnidirttvaiia Panlhaki- .
nisidi ambavane rainiue yava kalappa\edan{i“ ti.
Atha Sattha tam purisaiii aha : ^viharaiii gautya ‘Sattha Ciillapanthakaih''^
nama jiakkosatiti’ yadeh3ti*‘. Tena gaatva tatha vutte „a}iam Ouila-
j>aiithako^^ aham Cuilapanthako’’'^“ ti laiikhasaiiassam utthahi. Pariso
gaatya »,sabbe pi kira bhante Cullapanthaka’'** yeya nama‘‘ ’ti aha.
„Tena hi tram gantva yo ‘ahaih Cullapanthako'^^ ii pathaiuaiii vadati
* renu. ^ oula-. C* araliattaw. ^ O'" papiiiii, •** G^-’ tiiii.
agamiiiisa, ‘ G’^’ karonte. ^ C^' muccaa'ta. ^ C*' punji corrected to punchi.
iy -sarrmaju. 0^ oiaits kho. • hhaipio corrected to -bbaccoV C'* -bhaddlio.
bhikklm. 0^ vihare bhikkhO natthiti. 0*‘ bhante. repeats
gaccha. C* adds natthi. ** C* bhikkliunaiii neva. 0*''' rajatakammam?
ar'nhamaiiinani. iiattheva, cula-j G'' cula-. 0^' O’ cilia-.
4 . CoHakasettiifjgtaka. ( 4 ).
119
tam hatfchc ga.iri|ja , avasesa antaradhayissantiti**. So tatba a»ki3i.
Tavad era sahasisamatta bliikkhfi aiitaradliayimsu. Tliero gatena
puriseua sadclliirii aganiasi. Sattba bhattakiccapariyosaiie Jivakam
amaatess: „3iTaka, Cullapantbakassa^ pattaiii gaaba, ayan^ te anu”
niodanaiii karissatiti-'. Jirako tatba akasi. Tbero sihanadaiii iia-
daiito'^ taruaasibo viva tllii Pitakebi samkbobbetva anumodaiiam akasi.
sSattha uttliayasana bhikkhusaihgbaparivaro vibarairi gantva bbikkiiiibi
vatte dassite utthayasana gaadhakutipamukbe tbatva bbikkhiisamghassa
Sugatovadaib datya kaiinrjattbanaib katljetva bbikkbusaixigiiam uyyojetya
sarabbigaadbavasitaii} ‘‘ gandhakutiiit pavisitva dakkliineiia passena
s»niaseyyabi upagato. Atha .'Miyaiihasamay^e dbanuiiasabbayarii bhikkbii
itu c’ ito ca, saniosarliva rattakambalasaniiii parlkkiiipanta viya
nisiditva Satthu gunakathaiii rirabbinisu : ,,avuso. Mabapanthako Culla-
pantbakassa ajjbasayaiii ajananto 'catuhi'" inasehi ekaiii gatbam
ganhitum iia sakkoti, daudho ayair ti vihara nikkaddbi, Samnia*
samhuddho j>aaa attario aiuittaradbaianiara,jataya ekasniiiii yev’ assa
antarabhatte saiia patisambbidaya'’ arahattam adasi, tini Pitakani pati-
sambbidabi yeva agatani ’, alio Bucldbanam balan~ iiama inaiiantan^ ti.
Atha Bbagaya dbaiiiriiasabiiayam imam katliapavattiiii natva ,,aya
maya gantiiiii vattatiti''^ Buddbaseyyaya uttbaya surattadupattarh
iiivasetya vijjullata yiya kayabandhanarii baiidhitva rattakambalasadi-
sam Siigatamahacivaranj parupitra surabbigandijakutito nikkbamma
mattavarayaranasihavikkantavilaseiia aaantaya Buddhalilhaya dbam-
nmsabbayaiii garitya alariikataniaiidapamajjhe supannattayarabuddha-
saiiatir^ abbiniylia vbabbaiiimbuddbarasniiyo vissajjento annayakucebim
obha.sayamano Yugaudharaiaattbake balasuriyo viya asanamajjbe nisTdi.
Sammasaoibuddbe paiui agatamatte bliikkliusaiiigbo katbam paccliinditya
tunbi: abusi. Sattba mudiikeoa mettacittena parisaiii oloketva ,,ayam
parisa ativiya sobbati, ekassa‘‘* pi battbakukkuccam ya padakukkuccam
va ukkasitasaddo va kldpiiasaddo va. id attbi, sabbe p*" ime Buddha-
garavena, sagarava Buddhatejeiia, tajjita mayi ayukappaiii pi akatbetya
nisimie patbamaiii kathaiii .samutthapetya iia kathessanti, kathasamuttba-
panayattaii iiaiua maya va- janitabbaiij, aham era patbamaiii katbessa-
Buti“ madhureua brahmassarena bbikkbii aniantetya ,,kaya nu ’ttha
® eullapaptbassa. ® 0’^ ayaiii* ® C® 'nadautena.- f sQrabbigaridbayasava-
sltaiii, iurabbigandhavEsamSsitadi. so all tbi'ea MSS. * 0® patisambbidahi.
^ patisambbldlyeys agata. ’"■' * balaib. ’ ^ 0^ vaddbatTti, vaddhMti,
C^* parfipitva? ** mattayirarja**.- O^supamHatta-. phassa. ■
120
1. Kkaiilpata. 1. Apannakavagga.
bliikkliave ctiirabi kathaya 's>aimijsinna , ka ca paaa vo antarakailia
Tippakatil’ tj aka. „Bkantcs na inayarii iiiiayaiiiii tha-nc niriiima, annam
tiracchaiiakatliam kathema. tmiiliakaiii yeva paiui giirie vaunayamana^
oitsinn^ amha“ ’fci, ,»aViiso, Ma]ia])anthako ijiilki]>anthaka.ssa ajjhasayaiii
ajauanto -j>e- alio Buddhauaiii balan luiaia iiiahantaii** ti, Sattha
bbikklnliram katiiam sutva ,,blnkkliave , Cullapantliako luadi nissaya
Idaiii taya dhaniiuesu djauiiuiaiimharitataiii patto, piihbe ])aria aiam
uijsijSya bjioge.su pi bliogaiuaJiaiitataui papuniti“ alia. Blakklui tass’
attiia.ssa avihhayattbaiii J^Jliagavautaiii yacliii.sa. Bliagaya bliayantareiia
paticciiaiiiiaiii karanaih pakatarh akasi:
Atite Kasiratthe Earaiiasiyam Brahmadatt-e rajjaiii
karente Bodhisatto sett.hikule nibbattitva vayappatto setthit-
tharmm labliitva Cul lakasettbi'* nama ahosi. Bo pandito
vyatto sabbanimittani janati. So ekadivasaiii rajupattlianaiii
gaccbanto aEtaravitliiyaiu matamusikaiii disva taiiikbaiie nak-
kbattam samaiietva idam aba; 5,sakka‘* cakklmniata kulaputtena
imam unduraiii gahetva darabbaraiiaiii va^ katuih kammantc
ca* payojetun‘* ti. Anfiataro duggatakuiaputto tarh settbissa
vacanam sutva ,jn%aih ajanitva’’ katliessatiti*' milsikaiii gahetva
ekasmilh fipane' bilalass’ attiiaya datva kakaiiikaiii^ labhi.
Taya kakapikaya’- pbapitaiii'’ galietva ekena kutena paniyam*'’
gaiihi. Bo arailnato^ * agaccliarite iiialakdre disva tliokaiii tiiokam
phanitakhandam^^ datva alumkena panlyam^'^ adasi. Te tassa
ekekam pappiianiuttbiih adaiiisu. So tena pupphamillena
punadivase pi pbanitaa*^ ca panlyagbatah ca gahetva pupphara-
mam eva gato. Tassa taiii divasaiij malakara^*'* atidiiocitake^^
puppliagacclie datva agamathsu. Bo aa cirass' eva iiBiiia
opayena atiha kaliapane labhi. Puna ekasiniih vatavutthidivase
rajuyyaiie ba'hii snkkliadandaka ea sakha ca palasafi ca
vatena patitaiii lioti. Dyyanapalo chaddetuiii npayaiii na
^ & vippakatha,. vippakatha corrected to vippakata. ^ vaiiiiayaniaiia.
® so ali three MSS, ^ sakkha. ^ kammanteiia. ^ C^’ ajarietva.
apane. kakani-. ® C« phanitam. parnyam, C® paniyaiii. * ‘ 0* anna-
sota, & aramiiato. malakare. fjfc ]>hanita-. parnyam.
C« pbanitah. 0/'^ 0*'’ malakara. VA -vitake. O'* -mi take. C^"C*'bahu.
C^Jaddetum, chaddhetum.
4. Cullakasefibijataka, (4).
121
passati* So tattha gantva ,jSaco imaiii darupannaiii mayliaiii
dassasi alian ‘ te sabbani niharissaaiiti*^ iiyyanapalaiii
aha. So ^sganlui ayy?l*‘ ’ti sainpaticchi. Cullaiitevasiko dara-
kaiiaiii kelimandalarir' gaiitva phaiiitaih” datva muliutteiia sab-
baai dfiriipaimaiu mliarapetva uyyanadvare rashh karesi^ Tada
rajakiimbliakaro rajakulanaiii bhajanaiiaiii pacaiiattliaya daruiii
pariyesamano uyyanadvare tani disva tassa Iiatthato vikkinitva
ganld. Tam divasaih Cullajitevasiko daruvikkayena solasa
kaliapane catiadini ca pailca bhajanani*'^ labhi. So catuvisatiya
kaliapanesu jfxtesu jjattlii ayaiii upayo mayhan‘* ti iiagaradvarato
avidfirattliane ekaih paniyacatiih thapetva pancasate tinaharake
paniyena upattliahi, Te aliaiiisu: ^tvarh sarnma amhakaiii
bahOpakaro^ kin' te karoma“ ’ti. So ^mayliam kicce uppanne
karissatlia‘‘ ’ti vatva ito c’ ito vicaranto tlialapatlia-
kammikeiia ca jalapatliakammikena'' ca saddhiiii mittasanthavam
akasi. Tassa tlialapathakammiko „sve”^ imaih iiagaraih assa-
vanijako^^ pahca assasatani gahetva agamissatiti^' acikkhi. So
tassa vacanaiii sutvjl tinaharake alia: „ajja mayham ekekam
tmakahlpaiij detha, maya ca tine avikkite^^ attano tinam ma
vikkinatha^^ ’ti. Te j^sadhil*® ’ti sampaticchitva pafica tina*
kalapasablni aharitva tassa ghare patayimsu. Assavanijo^^
sakalanagare assanaiii tinahi*‘' alabliitva tassa sahassam datva
tarn tinaiii ganhi. Tato katipaliaccayena tassa jalapatha-
kammikasaliayako arocesi: j^pattanaiii mahanava agata^^ ti.
So jjatthi ayaiii upayo*' ti atthalii kaliapanehi sabbaparivara-
sampannaiii^’’ tavakalikam^** ratliaih ^alietva mahantena yasena
navapattanaii] gantvii ekaiii afiguliinuddikaiii navaya saccakaram
datva aviduratthane saiiiih parikkhipapetva nisinno purise
anapesi: 5,baiiirato vanijesu^* agatesu tatiyena patiharena’^
^ abaiii. ^ keli-, 0*^ kelimandalam. ^ 0® pbani-. * karesi. ^ C® omits
panca bhajanani. ^ babu upakaro. ? C® kim. ® 0® omits ca. ® C® jala-
kammikeoa. C® ssa. -viisi-. 0*^ avikkite. 0^ & cirim.
0^ C*’ ssa. C® -parivara-. -kalikam. C® pafihariyeiia.
122
L Kkanipata. I. Apa!ii)akava.sr^^a-
srocetIuF* 'ti. jyNjIVfl agata^* ti siifcva Baranasito sataiiiatta. ^
vaiisja 55bhan<]aai ganlulmi.** ’ti againiriisu. ,,B]iandain tiuahe
na labln.ssatha , asukatthane iiania. mahavaiiijeoa saccakarc.
tl Te tain’*' sutva tassa santikaiii figata. Fadaiiaolika-*
ptirisa piiriraasaiiilavasena tatiyeoa patiliareiia tesaiir‘ agata-
bbavaiii flrocesiiih, Te satamattapi^ vapija ekekaiii saliassaui
datva tena saddbiih aavaya pattika Imtva puna ekekaiii sahassaiii
datva pattiih vissajjapeiva bbandaih attaiio santakaiii akanisu.
Cullantevasiko dve satasabassaivi ganbitva Baranasini agaiitva
^katanfjuna ' bhavituriF vatfattti” ekaiii satasabassam gahapetva’
Cullakasettliissa samipaih gato. Atba nani settlii*' 5,kin te tata
katva idaib dhaiiaih laddhaiF* ti puccbi. So „tumbe*' kathi-
taiipaye thatya catjimasabbhaiitareii’ eva !addban‘^ ti mata-
musikaih adim katva sabbaiii vattliuin kathesi. Ciillanialiasettbi'^
tassa vacanaiii sutva „na dani evarupaui d.irakaiii parasantakaiii
katuiii vattatiti’'^‘‘ vayappattaib dliltaraiii datva sakalakotumbassa
samikaib akasi‘b So settbino aecayena tasmiib iiagare setthil>
tbanam lal)h]\ Bodliisatto pi yatbakammaiii agamiXsi.
Saniniasarnbufldbo pi imaiti dhammadesauaiii katbetva abbi>
sanibuddlio vn iinaiii gatiiaiij kathesi :
Appakena pi meclbavi^’^ pabliatena vicakkharHj
fsanmttbapeti attanaih aniiiii uggiva santhainan ti. 4.
Tattha appakena piti thokeruipi parittakenapi, medhaviti paiinava
pabhatena ’ti bbandamrilena, vicakkhano t,i voharakiisalo’b eamutibapeti
at tan a II ti mahautam dhanafi ca yasafi ca*'^ uppfidetvii tattha attanarh saiUha*
peti^^ patitthapetij yaiha kini; aninij aggiva santliainaiii; yatba pandito
puriso parittaih aggim anukkamtnfa gomayaijunnadini pakkhipitva mukhavateria’"
dhainaiito samulfhitpeti vaddiieti maharitaiii aggikkiiandhaiii karoti evaiii eva paiplito
thokam pi pnbhataiii labhitva nanaupayehi paypjetva dhanan ca yasafi ca^^
^ & sattamatta, D’ sattamattadi. * safu. ** O' omits tesaiii. sakamattapi.
O’ katanfnita? ^ O’ bhaviturh, " O gahiipetva. so all three MSS. '* so
ali three MSS. instead of tmnhehiV O- C^’ vaddhatiti. 0 ^ adasi. aditsi.
medhavi, 0'^ parhhava. '•* C« vobfirake kusalo. O"' maliantam
dbaiiasahcayaiis. C« samthapeti. ’’ fjk sukhavatena. C*' dhariasan-
eayahca, O' omits yasafi ca.
5. Tan^lnlamalijataka. {5).
123
vailfilieti vaildhetva cn paria tattha attaimm patitthapeti, taya eva va paiia
dhanayasaoialiaiitatriya attaimiii samutthapeti, abliinnalarh* pakaiaih karotiti attho.
ft! Bliagaya .,b}iikklia.ve. Ciillapantliako maiii iiissaya ida-Di
flhainme.su dbaminamaiiantatam patto, pubbe pana bhogesu pi blioga-
mahaBtataiii papuniti*‘.
Evani imam dhainmadesanaiii das^etva cJve vattbuni kalhetya
anusaiulhim ghatetva jatakaih samodhanesi : „Tada Cullaiiteyasiko
Ciillapaiithako ahosi, Cullakamaiiasetthi ^ pana abaiu eva ahosin“ ti
desanara nitthapesi. Culiakasettliijatakam^
o. Taiuliilanalijataka.
K i ni a , g g b a t i t a ii d ivi a n a 1 i k a ti , Jdaiii S a 1 1 b a J a t a v a n e
vibaranto Laluday ittberam* arabbha katliesi, Tasmim samaye
ayasma Dabbo Maila])utto .saiiighassa bbattuddesako boti. Tasmira
pato va. salakabbnttani uddisamiinc'' TldayittJierassa.® kadaci varabhattarh
papunati' kadaci laniakabbattaiii. 8o laniakabiiattassa pattadiyase
salakaggam^ akiiiam kavoil ; ,,kiiii Dabbo va"* -salakarii datum janati,
ambe na jaiiama‘‘ vadati. Tasmiiii .saiakaggaiii akulaiii karonte
„liaiKla dani tvaiii eva salaka debiti“ salakapaccliiii! * ndamsu. Tato
pfitthaya so smhgbassa salakam adasi. <Jadanto pana i<lam varabhattan
ti va ianiakabbattan ti va asiikavas.sagge varabhatiaih thitam asuka-
vassagge lamakabbatiaii ti va na janati , tliitikaui karonto pi asuka-
vassagge tliitika ti na sallakkbetj, iibikkhunaib thitavelaya imasmirii
tbane ayaiii thitika thita imasiniiij thiincB' ayan ti bbumiyani va
bbittiyam va lekbaiii kaddhatB". Puiiadivase salakagge bbikkbii
mandatara va bonti bahutara va. tesu nuindataresu iekba bettba boti
babuiaresii’ u|.>an , so tbitikam ajanaiito lekbasannaya^'* .s<alakam deti.
Atba naii! bbikklui ,.avnso rdayi‘^ fekba nania bettba va upari
va, varabliattarn paiui asukavassagge thitaiii lamakabbattam asuka-
va.Hsagge“ ti sibaibsiL So bbikkhu^^' patippbaranto ,,yadi evam ayam
iekba kasma evaiii thita , kirii aliaib tumbakaiii saddabami , imissa
lekbaya saddfibaraiti^^ vadati. Atba narii daliara ca sanianera * ‘ ca ,,avuso
^ abhiihnataih. so ail three MvSS. ^ 0^ culiasetthi-. * C^M?l]iidayi-
tberaiii , C« bliodayitthwaifi. ® uddisamano, C» udayitherassa. ’
paptiTil ^ C« salakabhafctaih. ® C^' omits va, dabbarii va* ’ 0® adds pi.‘
fjv omits ayadi thane. €® kaddheti. -samfiaya. ndayi.
I!® omits hot!. 0* bhiklthtt.' 0^ gamaneri.
l.-EkanJpita.- .. 1. ■. Apanriakavagga,
124
^ tayl .salaka^ dente Wiikkliu labheiut pariJiayaHiu na i?am
datinii ariucchaviko , aiggaceha ti snlakaggalo aikkaddliiiiiMi.
Tasiiiim kliane Haiiikagge Jnahantam koliiiialaiii aho.si. Tarii siitva
Sattba Aiuiiidattheram*^ pucchi: „Ananda, salakaggc luahanhiiii kola*
halaiii, kiihsaddo jiaiid ti. Thero Tathagatatisa tam attluirh
arocesi, ,,Aiiauda, iia idiii'* eva Udayi ‘ attaiio balataya paresain
iabhalianim karoti, pubbe pi aka.si yova^* ’ti aha. Tliero tans’ atthajssa
avibbaratthaih Bbagavantaiu jaci. Bbagaya bhayantoreiia paticcbaanaili
karanaiii piikataii! akasi :
Atite Kiisiratf he Ear a u a s i y a lii B r a h m a d a 1 1 o raja ahosi.
Tada amhakaih Bodhisatto tassa agghakarako ahosi 5
hatthiassjldiiii c’ eva manisuvannadini ca agghapeti, agghapetva
bhandaSfimikanaiii^ bhandanurfipani eva niOlaiii dapesi. Raja
pana luddho hoti, so lobhapakatiya.^' evaiii cintesi : j^ayam aggba-
panako evaiii agghapeiito na cirass’ eva mama gehe dhanam
parikkhayaiii gamissati^ aiinaiiV agghapanakaiij karissamiti^'' so
sihapanjaraiii iigghatetva rajangaiiaih olokento ekaiii gamika-
. manussaih lulabfdam rajanganena gacchaiitaiii disva j,esa mayhaiii
agghapariakakammaiii katuiij sakkhissatiti^^ taiii pakkosapetva
sjsakkhissasi bliane amhakam aggliapaiiakakammaiii'* katiin** ti
aha. jjSakkhissdmi devfd* 'ti. Raja attano dhanarakkha-
natthaya’^ taih balaih agghapanakakamme^'* tbapesi. Tato
pattbaya so balo hattliiassadfni agghapeiitcj agghaiii hapetva
yatharuciya’ ^ katheti^ tassa thanantare thitatta yam so katheti
tam eva miilaiii hoti. Tasmini kale uttarapathato eko assa-
vanijo'^ panca assasataoi anesi. Haja tam purisam pakko-
sapetva asse agghapesi.^ So paficannaih assasatanarh ekarii
tandulaiialikaiii aggham akasi^ katvii ca pana „assavani-
jassa^^ ekaiii tandnlanalikam detha'^ 'tl vatva asse assa-
^ liiliidayi. sai^ka corrected to saiSke. unaiidatheraiii. so
all three MSS. instead of gamessati? '> C« saniikanaiii. C*' C^’ -pa'katitaya.
anifiarii. ^ 0 ^^ agghapanika-, agghapanika-. ^ 0^ C^' -rakkliaua-. O*
agghapaiiiyakamme, agghapamyakamme. -ruciya. -vanijo. 0*’
-nalikaiH, G^ -vanijassa.
6. Tanfliiknaltfataka, (5).
125
salayaih santlmpesi. Assavanijo^ poranakaagglmpanikassa^ san-
tikam gantva taiii pavattim arocetva, „idani kiiii kattabban^^ ti
piicchi. So aha: 5 ,tassa purisassa lancaiii^ datva evam puc-
ciiatha: j/amhakaiii tava assa ekam tanrliilanaiikam‘* aggliantiti'*’
fiataiii etaiii, tumhe patia nissaya tanclulanaliya® a.ggham jani-
tukaiir amlia% sakkhissatlia no rahho® santike thatva Ssa tandu-
lanalika/’ idarh nama aggbatiti’ vattun ti, sace ^sakkomiti’ vadati
taiii gahetva rahno*^ santikaiii gaccliatha, ahain pi tattlia
agamissamiti^^ Assavanijo^ „sadhfi‘‘ ’ti Bodbisattassa vacanarh
sampaticchitva agghapanikassa lancam^ datva tam atthaih
arocapesi. So lahcaih^ labhitvji va „sakkhissami tandnlanalim
agghapetun^^ ti. ,/rena hi gacchama rajakiilan“ ti taiti adaya
railho® santikaiii agamasi. Bodhisatto pi afihe pi bahuaniacca
againaiiisii. Assavanijo^ rajanaiii vanditva j;aharii deva pah-
caniiaiii assasatanaiii ekaiti tandiilanalim'’ agglianabhavam janiiti,
pana tandulan?Tli kim agghatiti’ agghapanikaih piiccha deva^^
’ti.. Raja tam pavattim ajananto „ambho agghripanika panca
assasatani kiih aggliantiti^-^^ pucchi. „Tandulana!iih^ deva‘‘ ti.
bhane, pafica assasatani*^ t;1va tanduiaiialiih*^ agghantu, sa
pana kim agghati tandulanalikfV*’^ ti pucchi. So balapuriso
,,Baranasim saiitarabahiram agghati tandiilaiialika**’^'^ ti aha.
So kira pubbe nljanam ainivattanto ekaiii Scllitandulanalim ***
assanam agghaiii*' akasi, puna vanijakassa*^ hatthato lahcam'^
labliitva tassii taiuiuiamilikaya'’ Baranasiih santarabahiraiii
aggham akasi. Tada pana B«aranasiya pakaraparikkhepo dvada-
sayojaniko hoti, idam assa’'*'" aiitarabahiram*'^ pana tiyojana-
satikaratthaiir^ iti so halo evaiii maliaiitaiii Baranasim**^ saan-
tarabahiraih^^ tandulanalikaya** aggliani akasi. Tain sutva amacca
^ “Vaaijo. O poramka-. 0 ^ lanjaih. ^ C® “Ualiiii, 0^* -iialikaih. ^ aggha-
titi, C« agghatiti corrected to aggiiaiititi. -nali-. C> Janituiii kamamiia. ^ 0 ^
raihoo. ^ C^agghatiti. ^^C^C^-sata. C^C«^'-na!ika.
0^- baranasi, baranasi corrected to bMnasiih. G^^-najika, ^ G^salirii, O^-’-nalim.
G^vani-. ^M>C^^tassa. ®^G«C*’assa. G^C^’antarambahiram.
O’-satikam-. G^^barauasiyaih. G«mahantam saantarani bahiraiii corrected to
mahaiitaih baraiiasim aotarababiradij C® saantarathbahiraih, 0^'antaraiii sabahiraiiu
m
L Ekanipata. 1* Apannakavag#?a,
pjIiHiii V|)aliaritva Jmsaraan^^^ „mayain pubbe patliaviil , ca rajjafi
ti'a aoaggliaii ti safmiiio'^ ahumlia, evaih iiinliantaiii kira saraja-^
kaiii Barrinasirajjarii taiKlulaiialiniattain aggliati, aho agghil-
panikassa |)anilasampad«a\ kabaih ettakaiii kalarii aggliapanik^^
\ihasi5 amlmkarh ranilo^ e^a anucchaviko*'® ti pariliasam akaihsu.
Tasmbi! kilie raja, lajjito taih haiam mkkaddhapetva Bodld-
.sattass* eva aggliapanikatt.haiiaih adasi. Bodbisatto pi yatlia-
kammaiii gato.
Sattiiii, Imaiii dhaiivmadesanam aliaritva das.setYa dye vattliuni
katbetya anusaiidhirii ghatetva jatakam .saiiiodhaiiesi : ,,Tada ganuka-
balaagghapaniko Laludayi'* ahosi, panditaaggliapaiiiko ahaiii eva
aho,sii}“ ti deyanam nittliapesi. T a n d ii 1 a n a i i j a t a k a lii
6. Devadhammajatakau
H i r i 0 1 1 a ]> p a sj a rn a n a a ti. Idarii B hag a y a J e t a y a n e
viharaato aanatararii^ b a h u b h a n d a rit b h i k k h u lii arabbha katliesi.
Sayatthivasr kir"* eko kutumbiko® bhanyaya kaiakataya pahbaji. So
pabbajanto attano parivenaa*^' ca aggisalaa ca bhaiKlagabbltaa ca karetya
bhandagabbhaiii sappitaiidtiladlhi purotya pabba ji , pabbajitva pana
attaiio diise pakkosapetva yatharucitam aljaraiii pat-iipetva blmujati,
baliuparikkbaro ra aliosi, rattirii, aimaiid’ iHva!^aimpai*u])anarid^ hoti diya
aonaiii, yiharaparcante vasiati, Tass’ ekadivasam clyarapaccatfharaaadini
nlharitva^’* jJuHvene^^ patiharitya .'jukkliapeiiia.s.sa f^ambalioia jaiiapada
bhikkhu Heimsaiiacarikaiii ahiudanta pariyeiiaiii gantya nyaradini
disya imanitP* pucchiiiasu* So „i»aybam avuso“ ti aba, ,,Atiiso
idam pi civaraiii idam |n civaraiii idam pi niya.'iaiiani idaiu pi mva-
.^ajiarii idaia pi^'‘ paccattharaimnd^ sabbam tuybani eya‘^ ti. „Ama
mayliani oya‘‘ ti. „Avu.<o» Bliagavata tinP‘ ciyarani aniuiilatani
tvaiii eyniii appicchassa FW*dbas.sa .sa«aae pabbajitya eyam babu-
parikkbaro jato , ehi tarn Dasabalassa saiitikaiii iiossama^* ti taib
adaya Satthu saatikam agamam>su, Sattba disva „kin \m kho bliik-
^ C'"’ pani, O prmiih. ® C* 0^" sumilino. O pailiila-, ® CJ- C’-
raihrlo, ® (?-» -dayi. B. Ofr. Dasaratba-j. p, 39. " aiiulatamiii. 0-
-yasi. 0 kutimbiko corrected to kufumbiko, kiitambiyo. pariveiiab.
muimu omits nivasana. •'Oudibi niharitva. G«'
parivene. 0 omits idaai pi. 0 sapacca-. €« ti. CM Qv armiijiiataid.
6. Bevadliararaajata^ta, (6).
127
kliave aiiiccliamanakam yeya bhikkhum galietva^ agai’ attba“ ti alva.
„Bkaote ayam bhikkliu bahubhando bahuparikkhar<)“ ti. ,,Saccarii
kira tvaiii bhikklui balmbiiando^ ti. „Saccan:i Bliagava^ ti. ,,Kasina
pana tvani bhikklai haJmbbando jato, nanii aliani appiccliataya san-
tuttiiiya -pe- pavirekas.sa viriyararnbliassa vannaih vadaniiti**. So
Sattlm vacaiiaib sutva kupito daiii nihareiia rarissaniiti^*
parupanani clsaddetva' parisamajjhe ekacivaro afcthasi. Atha naiii
Sattba upatthanibbayaiiiano ,,naiiu tvam bhikkhu piibbe hirottappa-
gayesako'* dakarakkbasakale pi hirottapparii gave«a»iano dvadasa sarii-
yaccharani yiha^ii , atha kasma idaiii evaiiigaruke Ruddimsasane
pabbajitya oatuparI.saraajjlie pariipanam cliaddetva’^ hirottapparii pahaya
tbito So Sattbu vacaiiaiii .sutva liirottappaih paccupatthapetya
tajii civaraiii ptlrupitya Sattbaraiii vanditva ekaiuantarii nisldi. Bldkkiiii
tass’ attha.ssa avibbavattiiaib Bliagavantaiii yacim.su. Bliagaya bha-
vautareiia paticcbajmaiii kai'ariaui pakataiii aka.si :
Atite Kasiratthe Biiranasiyaiii Brahmadatto raja
ahosi. Tada Bodhisatto tassa aggamahesiya kucchismirh
patisandhim ganhi% tassa namagaliaiiadivase Maliimsa-
.sakumaro ti iianiaih akaihsiu Tassa adliavitva paridliavitva
vicaraiiakale rafiho^ afiilo pi putto jato, tassa Candakumaro
ti namaih akaihsa. Tassa pana adliavitva paridliavitva vicarana-
kale Bodhisattamata kalam akasi. Raja ahfiaih^’ aggamahe-
sitthane tliapesL Sa ranilo’^ piya ahosi uianapa. Sa piyasaih-
vasam anvaya ekam puttaiii vijayi, S iiriy aknmaro ti tassa
namam akaihsu. Raja piittaiii disva tuttiiacitto „bhadde put-
tassa varaiii daniiiilti^* alia. Devi varam iccliitakaie
gal^etabbaiii katva tliapesi. Sa piitte vayappatte rajaiiaiii alia:
,jdevena mayliam puttassa jMakale varo diuno, puttassa me^
rajjaiii dehiti^^ Raja ^mayliaiii dve putta aggikkliandha
viya jalamaiia vicaranti, na sakka tava puttassa rajjaiii datuu^^
ti patikkhipitva taiii punappuiia^ yacamanaiu eva disva ^jayaiii
' Qy gayliitva. ^ jaddhetva, ^ hirottappaibgaYesako. ^ adds in
the margin dasamasaccayena puttaiii vijayi. * ramfio. ® 0^ C’y amilaiii.
^ C^' lie. ® G» add ra. '' punappunam.
128
I. Ekaiiipata. I. Apaonafeavagga.
mayliaris puttaiiaifi papakam' pi eiiiteyya^^ ’ti putte pakkosa-
petva aim: ^tata , ahaih 3 uriyakiimara.ssa jatakaie varaih
adasinij idani "fisa inata rajjam yacati, aharn tassa na datukamo,
matugamo mania papo, tumliakaiii papakam pi cinteyya, tunilie
arannarh* pavisitva mam’ accayena kmlasantake iiagare rajjaiti
kareyyatha''*'* ^ti kanditva roditva sTse cumbitva uyyojesi. Te^
pitaram vanditva pasada orohante rajangane/ kllamano'^ Siiriya-
kmnaro pi disva. taih karamam fiatva jjaliain pi bliatikelii saddhim
gamissaraiti^^ telii saddliiiii yeva nikkiiami. Te Himavantaih
pavisiriisu. Bodliisatto niagga okkarama rukkliamaie nisiditva
Suriyakumaraiii amamtesi : jjtcita Suriya etaiii saraui gantva
nahatva ca pivitva ca paduminipannelii amhakam pi pamlyam
aneliiti*^ Tani pana saram Vessavaiiassa’ samtika ekena^
dakarakkhasena laddham hoti, Vessavamo'* ca tarii alia:
petva devadbamniajananake ye anfie^^^ imaih .saraiii otaranti
te khadituiii labliasi, anotinne na labliasiti’b Tato pattliaya
so rakkbaso ye taih saraih otaranti te devadhamme^® puccliitva
ye na jananti^ te khadati. Atlia kbo Suriyaknmaro tarn saram
gantva avimaihsitva'^ va otari» Atlia naiii so rakkhaso galietva^’’^
„devadliammam janasiti^'^ pucclii. So 5,devadliainnia nama
Canda-Suriya'^ ti alia. Atlia nam 5,tvaih devadlianime na
janasiti*^ udakaiii pavesetva attano vasanattliane thapesi. BO“
dbisatto pi tarn cirayantam disva Caiulakiiniaraiii pesesi.
Rakkhaso tarn pi ganliitva jjdevadliamme janasiti^^ puechi.
5jAma janami, devadliamino nama^^ catasso disa'^^ ti. Rakkhaso
5,na tvam devadhamme jamlsiti'^" tarn pi galietva tattli’ eva
thapesi. Bodliisatto tasmim pi cirfiyante jjekeiia antarayena
bhavitabban” ti sayaih tattha gantva dvinnam pi otarana-
^ C^*' araiimaiii, 0*^ araihna. * kareyyatha. ^ ne. ^ 0^^ O- rajaiiigaiie.
^ C'^’ kila-- ® 0^ -paimehi. 0^ -nassa. ^ eko. 0?^' C-^’ -no,
aiimo, 0*^ aiiine. C* labbhasiti. 0^^ “clhammesu, 0'* jariti, Ck
avimamsitvii. (> gantva. pUaraih cirayantaiii eorrectod to pitaiii atici-
rilyantam. adds in the margin cattaro dissati.
Dsvadhamm^jaUka. (6).
129
padavalalijam ^ disva sjrakkhasapariggaJiitena® imina sarena
bliavitabbaii^^^ ti kbaggaiii sannayhitva® dhanum gahetva attliasi.
Dakarakkliaso Bodliisattam adakam anotarantam disva vana-
kammikapiiriso ^ viya liiitva Bodhisattaiii aha; 5 ,b}io piirisa,
tvaih iiiaggakilanto, kasina imaih saraiii otaritva naliatva^
pivitva bhisamulalaui khaditva pupphaai pilaudhitva' yatlia-
siikhaih na gacchasiti**, Bodhisatto taiii disva „eso yakkho
bhavissatiti^* hatva „taya me bhatika gahita*'^ ti aha. „Ania
maya“ ti. jjKimkarana** ti. j^Ahaiii imaiii saraiii otinnake
iabham}ti‘'% j^Kiiii pana sabbe va labhaslti'’^^ deva-
dharame jaiiaiiti te thapetva avasese labhaniiti^. j^Atthi pana
te devadhammehi attho'^ ti, „Ama atthi^‘, j/Yadi evaiii ahan^
te devadhamme kathessainiti^^ jjTena hi kathehij ahaiii deva-
dhamiiie siiiiissaniiti**. Bodhisatto ^ahaih devadhamme ka-
theyyaih, kiiitthagatto pan' amhiti^‘ aha, Yakkho Bodhisattaiti *
iiahapetva bhojanaiii bliojetva pariiyani payetva pnpphani
pilandhapetva’'' gandhelii vilimpapetva alaiiikatamandapamajjhe
pallaihkaiii attharitva adasi. Bodhisatto asane nisiditva yakkhaih
padamtile nis'idapetva jjtena hi ohitasoto sakkaccam deva-
dhamme $iinahiti*’“^ imam gatham aha:
Hiriottappasampaiina sukkadhammasamahita
sauto^" sappurisa loke devadhamma ti vuccare ti, 5.
Tattha lari o tlajiijasam pann a ti hiriya ca ottappena ca samannagata,
tesu kayaduccariiadTlii hiriyatiti hiri, lajjay’ otaiii adhivacanaih, telii yeva ottapatitl’ ®
ottappaiii, papato ubbegass’ etaiii adhivacanain , tattha ajjhattasammutthana Mri
bahiddhasaumtihaiiaiii ottappaiii, attadbipafceyya^'^ hiri lokadhipateyyam ottappam,
laJjasabbavas^'intMfca biri bliayasabhavasaiithitam^ottappaib , sappatissavalakkbana
bill Yajj<ab}}Trukabbaya{!asiSHVilukkbauaiii’® ottappaiir, tattba ajjhattasamutthanam
hirim^® catub)^^' karanebi samuttbapeti , jatirii paccavekkhitva vayara pacca-
^ 0^ -?a]anjarii. ® -parigabitena, C® -pariggabitena. ® samiahitva. * 0*vata*-j
C« Tana-? vauakampika-, '* Gk iiabayitva. ^ C* -mtilalam, -muialam,
^ 0?"' pilartdhitva. labbbasid. ® C* abaib. G^ pilandhapetva. 0^
suiKlblti. satto. ottappatxti. 0^ -teyyam, -teyyam corrected
to -teyya, so all three MSS. all three MSS. -na biri.
130 L IfesnlpSta. 1 . Apannakavagga,
vettliltw sumbliavaih paccavekkhitva bS!msaeeaih paceavekkliltva, katliaih ? „papa-
karapasii nM‘ etarii na jatisampannanarh kammaiii ; Mnajaccanaiii kevattidinaiii
idadi kamraant, tadisassa jatisampannassa idaiii kaiiimaiii katuiii na yuttair* ti
evaii^ tava jatiiii paceavekkliitva panatipatridipapafn akaroiito hiriiii samutt^dpeti.
tatba ^jpapakarariaih nam’ etaiii dahaTeJti kattabbakaiiimaiii ® 5 tadisassa vaye
tbitassa idarii kammaiii® katufu iia yuttan^* ti evaiii vayaiii paci'avekkhitva paiia-
tipatadipapaiii akaronto hirini . tatha ,jpaparii nam ^taiii (hibbala-
jatikanaris kammam , tadisassa surabhavasampaniia.«sa idaiii kaminaih katniii na
yuttari^ ti evatii siirabbavani paecav«kkbitva panatipatadipapaih akaronto hiriiii
samuttbapeti, tafliit „pa]mkammani nam <dani andhabalaiiam kaminani na pandi-
tauaiii, tadisassa panditassa bahiissulassa idaiii kaminaia katmii na yuttan^^ ti
evaii) bahusacoaiii pacoavekkbitva panatipatadipapaiu akaronto biriin sainiittbapeti,
evarh ajjhattasaiimtthanani hiriih^ ratubi'' karaimhi samuttbapeti, sain uttb ape tva
ca pana attano eitte hirini pavosotva papakammarij na karotij ewiit biri ajjbatta-
samiitthana nama bott; katbaih ottappairi bahiddhasamuttbanaih nama, „sac8
tvam papakammarii karissasi eatusu^ parisiisu garabappatto bhavissasi,
(Jarabissanti tarn vinnu asueiih nagariko yatba,
vivajjito'^ sllavantebi kathani bbikkhxi kari&satitf“
paccavekkharito^ babiddhasamutthitena oUappena pfipakainmaiii na karoti, evaiii
ottapparii babiddhasainutthanaiii lOiiiia boti; kathaui biri attadhipateyya nama,
Mb’ ekacco kulapntto attanaiit adhipatiih jeffbakant katva ^tadisassa saddba-
pabbajitassa babnssutassa dhutavridissa na yuttaiii papakammaiii katun*^ ti paparij
na karoti, e?aiii biri attiMbipateyya iiuma hoti, tenuha Bbagava: „Yo attanaui
yeva adiiipatiia katva akusalaiii pajabati kusalaiii bhaveti grivajjaiii pajabati
anavajjaiti bbavetl siiddham attanarii pariiiaratiti‘* 5 katbaiii ottappaiii lokadbi-
pateyyam nama, idli* ekacco kiilapiUto iokaiii adbijiatiiii jeitbakari) katva papa-
kammarh na karoti, yathaha: „Maha kbo panayaiii {okasannivaso, tasmiih® kho
pana Jokasaunivase santi samanubrrtbinana iddbimanto dibbacakkhiika para-
cittaviduno te durato pi passanti asamie pi *'- dissanti, cetasapx cittaib
pajananti, te pi mjtiii evaiu janissanti ; 'passatha bho imam kulapiittaiii, saddbaya
agarasma aiiagariyain pabbajito sarnSno'*® voMnno^^ viharati papakebi akusalebi
dbammehiti^®’, santi devata iddbimaato dibbacakkbuka paraeittaviduniyo*®, ta
durato pi passanti asaime pi^’ dissanti, cetasiipi citlaiii pajananti, tapi marh^''
janissanti: ‘passatba bho itnaiii kulapnttaih , saddbaya agarasina aiiagariyaiii
^ evarii. ® C*' katiabbarli kammaiis, ® 0 ^ omits kammaiin ^ €•' “ttbaiiu
biri. ® so ail throe MiSS. ® vajjito. ^ 0 ’^ karissasiti. ^ adds hi.
^ 0 ^ maban tasmiih. iddbimarita. Gk-viduiie, O*’ -vidune. 0 '^
adds na, C« omits samano. G* vokiniie, G« dhammebb G^-
-vidutiyo. *" C« adds na. adds evarii.
6. JPevadhammaJataka, (0).
m
pabb^ito samaHO vokinijo ^ vlharati 'pEpakebl akusalebi dhammehiti’ , so iokaiii
yeva adblpatlili karitva akiisalaih pajabati kwsalam® blia?eti savajjarb psjabaf!
anavajjam® bhaveti suddham attanaih pariharatiti*' , evaiii ottappam. lokadbi*
pateyyaiis namn. hoii^: lajjaaabhavasaistbita hiri bbayasabbavasaiifldtain"* ottappau
tl, ettha parm lajja li lajjatiakaro tena fiabbav^na sanibitri bin, bbayan ti
apayabbayarh lena sabhavt^na saiithitaiii cdtapparh , ladubbayam pi papapari-
vajjane pakafasii holi, ekat’co^ hi yatbn niim’ eko kulapiitto uccarapassavadini
karoFJil'O lajjitabbayuttakarii'* akarii disva lajjanakarappatto hbaveyya bilito® 6vam
evaiii ajjhaitsiii laJJiilbattHoaiii okkaroefva papakammaih lia karotl, ekacco*
apayabbayabhito butva papakamiiiaiii im karoti , tatr’ idaiii opaaimaiii : yatba
bi*^* dvisii ayogubiMi oko silalo bbaVMyya** j^utbamakkhito eko aiibo aditto
tattba [‘andiio sjtalaiii gutbamakkhUaifa Jiguccbaiito na gaiihati itaram (bihabba-
yena^^ tattba sitalassa guthamakkhitas.sa .jigu<icha>a agaiihaiiarii^*'* viya ajjbattaiii
lajjidhaminads okkaoieiv;**'’ p.ipassa akarapadi iiubassa dahabhayeiia aganbaiiam'^
viya ap/iyabbayeiia papasisa akaranaih veditabbaiii ; sappatissavalafckliaua bin
vajjabhirukabbayadasHHvilakkhanarii ’ ottappau t,i, idatii pi dvayarii papaparl-
vajjane yeva pakalasii hoti’*’, okaceo bi jatiwiabantapaccavekkbana^^ sattbu-
mabaniipac(‘avekkhaaa dayajjamabantapaccavekkharui vsabrabinacarimabaiitapacca-
Tekkbana*'* ti eatuhi*'*^ karanehi sappatissavakkkbanam biviih samuttbapetva
papaiii iia karoti, ekacco attaimvadabhayaiii paranuvadabhayan» dasuiabbayaiii
doggatibbayau'^ * ti catubl^'^ karanebi vajjabbirukabhayadassavilakkbanam ottappam
samuttbapetya papabi lia katoti, tattba jatimabaiitapaccavekkbaiiadim c eva
attaimvadabbayadiuj oa vittbarelva katbetabbani , tesaih vittharo Aiiguttarattba-
katbaya vuttO ”''^5 siikkadhatomasaraabita H idam eva®^ birottappam adiiii
katva kattabba®'^ kosala dbanioja sukkadbamma nama, ie sabbasarhgabikaiiayena
catttbbiimakaloklyalokultaradbauiittE , tehi samobita sawiannagata ti attboj
sail to sap purls a loko ti kayakaiumadinam sautataya santo kataiinukata»
veditaya®^' sobiiaiiapunsa''*^ ti sappurisa,, 1. oko ti paiia saiiikbaxaloko sattaloko
okasaloko kbandbaloko ayataimloko dbatuloko ti aiiekavidho, tattba eko ioko
sabbs satta ribaraftbitika®' -pe- aftbarasaloko attbarasa dbatuyo ti, ettba sam-
kbaraloko vutto, kbandbalokadayo tadantogadba yeva, ayaiii ioko paraloko
devaloko 'maiiiissaloko tl aclisu paria sattaioko"*^ vutto,
^ vokino. ® kusalaiii, ^ C’'* anav^jarb. ^ botiti. ® C^' C**
-santbita. ^ VA ekayce, iajjitabbakayuttaiii. ^ 0* bilito, bilito,
bilito. ^ C*‘ adds bi, omits bi. bbaveyyaiii. daba*.
agababaui, 0^' agaiibataiiu C*’ okkamitva. C« agabaiiara. Cl«
-daasavK omits hot!. 0^ -ua. O-* -cari-. so all
tbwe MSS. C« -bbayaib. Ok ?att4. 0^ idbameva. 0« kattabba.
katayedikaya, sobhapa-. C* Shara*. 0^ adisiipaBtasaiitaloko.
9 ^
132 I* Bkanipata, 1. Apannakavagga.
Yavata candimasuriyii pariharanti virocana
tava sahassadha loko ettha te vattatt^ vaso ti
ettka okasaloko vutto , tesu idha sattaloko adkippeto , sattalokasmiih hi yeva
evarupa sappurisa; te devadhamraa ti vuceare, tattba deva ti sammiiti-
deva Tippattideva visuddhideva ti tividha, tesu Mahasammatakaiato patthaya
lokena deva ti sammatatta rajiarajakuniaradayo sanmmtideva luima, devaloke
upparma uppattideva iiama, khinasava visuddhi'deva naraa, vuttam pi c’ etam:
sammutideva nama rajano deviyo kumara-^ uppattideva naina bhummadeve
upadaya tatuttariih deva, visuddhideva nama Buddhapaccekabuddliakhinasava ti,
imesam devanam dhamma ti devadhamma ti^ vuccare ti vuccanti, hirottappa-
mutaka hi kusaladhamma**^, kusalasampadaya c’ eva devaloke nibbattiya ca
visuddhibhavass* eva*^ karanatta^ karanatthena tividhanarii tesarii devanam
dhamma ti devadhamma, tehi devadhammehi samannagata puggal^pi devadhamma,
tasma puggaladhitthanaya desanaya® te dhamroe dassento santo sappurisa loke
devadhamma ti vuccare ti aba.
Yakkho imaiii dhammadesanaiii sutva pasanno Bodhisattaiii
aka: 5,pandita, aharii tiimliakam pasanno, ekaiii bliataram demi,
kataraiii „K.anittliaiii anelliti^^ „PaiKlita, tvaiii
kevalaiii devadbanime janasi yeva, na pana tesu vattaslti^^
„Kiriikarana^^ ti. „Yamkarana jettliam piapetva kanitthaiii
anapento jettliapacayikakaiiimam nama na karositi^’^^ ^Deva-
dhamme caliaih yakkha janarai tesu ca vattami, mayaiii M
imam arannaiii’^ etarii nissaya pavittha, etassa hi atthaya
amhakam pitaraih etassa mata rajjaiii yaci, amhakaiii pana
pita varam adatva amhakam anurakkhanattliaya^'^ arailha**
vasaih^* anujani, so kumaro anivattitva amhehi saddhim agate,
^tam arahhe eko^^ yakkho khaditi’ vutte pi na koci sad-
dahissati, tenaham garahabhayabhito tarn eva anaperaiti^^
„Sadhii sadhu panditaj tvaiii devadhamme ca janasi tesu ca
^ vattatiti, 0^*^ sammafcta. ® C* kumara corrected to rajakumara. ^ 0^“^
omits ti. kusala-. ® visuddhiyavasseva corrected to visnddhibhavassaca.
^ karanaiita. ® 0 ^ omits desanaya. ® C® kanittham corrected to kanittham.
C® kanitthani. C® nama karositi, C*‘ nama karositi corrected to na
karositi. C* C*' araiiinaih. C« riarii. anurakkhana-. C^’
atamSa-, 0^ aranne-. Ck aihramnarafievako corrected to ainnevako, 0^'
ararane eko. so all three MSS.
6. Devadhammajatafca. (6).
133
vattasiti®^ pasannacitto y^kklio Bodhisattassa sadhukaram datva
dve pi bliataro anetva adasi. Atlia iiaih Bodhisatto alia :
jjsammaj tvarii publ)e attaiia kateiia papakaoiiiiena paresam
manisaloliitakliaclako’yakklio liiitva nibbatto, idani puna pi papani
eva^ karosi, idaiii te papakainmarh iiirayadibi muccitum na
dassati, tasoia ito pattbaya papaiii pahaya kiisalaiii karohiti^%
asakklii ca pana tarn'* danietuih. So tarn yakkham dametva
teiia^ saihvilvitarakkho tattli’ eva vasaiito ekadivasam nak-
khattam oloketva pita kalakatabhavaiii batva yakkhaiii adaya
Baranasiii) gantva rajjaiii gabetva Candakumarassa oparajjaiii
Siiriyakiiina rassa senapatitihanaih datva yakkliassa rarnaniye
thane ayatanaih karetvfi yatha so agganialaih aggapuppham
aggabliattaii ca labliati tatha akasi. So dhainmena rajjaiii
karetva yathakauimaih gato,
Sattlia iniaiii diiainniadesaiiaih ahariiva dasset-ya/’ saccani pakasesi.
Saccapariyosane . so blu'kkbii sotapattiphale patitthahi. Samxna-
sambuddho j)i vattliuni kathetva anusandbim ghatetya jatakam
samodhaiiesi : j,Tada dakarakkbaso bahubbandikabliikkhu ahosi, Suriya-
kximaro Anando , Candakuinsh-o Sariputto , jetiliakabhata Mabxmsasa-
kumaro ahaiu eya altosin'’^ ti. Dey ad b a in ui ajatakam.
7. Kattlialiarijataka.
Putto tyabaiii*' mabaraja ti. Idam Sattba Jetavane
yibaranto y asabhakhattiy ay a yattluuh arabbba katbesi. Vatthum
Bradasa^nipate Bliaddasalajatake avibhavissati. Sa kira Mabanamassa
Sakkassa dhita Nagainundaya nama dasiya kuccbisBiiiii jata Kosala-
rajassa aggumaliesi almsi. Sti,^ railao'^ ^xuttam vijayi. Raja pan’
assa paccba dasibhavaib natya thanaiii parihapesi , puttassa Yiduda*
bbassaj)i tbanaiii paiibapesi yeva. libbo pi antoriiyesaue yeya yasanti.
Sattba tam karanaiii natya pubbanbasa-maye ^ ^ paricasatabbikkbiipari-
' C* majiisaiii-. ^ C'"* papakammeva corrected to papakameya. ® 0^ C^'
iiaih. ^ & te. samvihita-. ® so all three MSS. ’ adds pi. 7 Ofr.
Dbpd-p. 216. ® tyaha, C*' tyaha corrected to tyabarii. ^ omits sii, 0^*
0*^ raihiio. pubbanba-.
134
I. Ekanipata. 1* Apannakavagga.
viito^ ranno Bifesanam gantra panfiattasane ^ nisiditra „inaliar^ja
kaiiaiii Vasabliakhattiya*' ti aha. Raja taiii karanam arocesi. j.Maha-
raja Vasabliakhattiya kassa dhita** ti. ,,Mahananmssa bhante‘* ti.
.jAgacchaitiana kassa %ata*‘ ti. ,,Mayham bhante‘‘ ti. ^Maharaja,
esa raSSo^ dhita, raSSo*'' ya agata, rajanaiii yeva"' paticca puttam
labhi , so® putto kimkarana pitu santakassa rajjassa sarniko na hoti,
pubbe rajano malmttikaya katthaharikaya kucchismiih puitaih iabhitya
puttassa rajilarii adariisu” 'ti. Raja tass" attliassavlbhayatthaya Blia-
gayantam yaci. Bhagaya bhavaDtarena paticchaniiam karanam pa-
kataih akasi;
Atite Baranasiyaiii Brahmadatto raja mahantena
yasena uyyanarh gantva tattha pnpphaphalaloblieim vicaranto
uyyanavaiiasaiide’ gayitva gayitva.*^ darunP uddliaraiuanam ekam
itthiih disva patibaddbacitto sa.ibvasarh kappesi. Tam kbanaiii
yeva Bodbisatto tassa kucchiyam yeva patisaiKlbirh ganbi.
Tavad eva tassa vajirapurita viya garuka kuccbi^'^ abosi. Sa
gabbhassa patitthitabimvara aatva 3,gabbbo me (leva patittbito‘*
ti aha. Raja angulimuddikam datva 5,sace dhita boti imaiu
vissajjetva poseyyasi, sace putto boti rauddikaya saddbira mama
sautikam aneyyasiti/''^® vatva pakkami. Sapi paripakagabbha^'^
Bodbisattam vijayi. Tassa adbavitva paridbaviiva yicaraiiakale
kelimandale^"' kOantassa evaiii vattaro^^ hontl ^jiiippitikeif
amha^® pabata^^ ti. Taiii sutva Bodbisatto matii saiitikaiii
gantva 3,amma ko mayham pita‘^ ti pucchi. ,jTata tvam Ba-
ranasiranno* putto^® ti. ^^Amma attbi pana koei sakkhiti^'*
„Tata raja imam muddikam datva/sace dhita boti imam vissajjetva
poseyyasi, sace putto hoy imaya muddikjlya saddhiih aneyyusiti'
vatva gato‘^ ti. „x\mma evam sante kasma main pitu santikaiii
^ C« dyesata». ^ ramno. ^ 0 *^ paiiuiattJi-, ^ ova sa ramno ya
corrected to evarh sa ramfio va, esa ramuo. 0^^ yena. ^ labhito.
^ -yanasaiuleiia. ® C« omits one gayitva* ^ daruni. has later
added ssa. C^’ -siti. C« paripakka- corrected to paxipakka-.
kelimandale, keliraainlale kelimandale. C* Miantassa. 0 ^ cattaro.
C® yatta corrected to vattaro. nippitikenamhi, €?*■ nlppftlkenamaha.
T. Kattljabarijataka. (7),
135
naneslti^^ Sa puttassa ajjhasayaiti fiatva rajadvaram gantva
rarino ‘ iirocapesi ranno ^ ca '"* pakkosapita pavisitva rajanaib
vaoditva jjayam te deva pidto*^^ ti alia. Raja jananto pi pari“
samajjhe lajjaya „aa mayliam piitto'^ ti alia. ^Ayan^ te deva
muddika, imaih sanjaoasiti^^ j^Ayani pi mayliaiii miiddika na
,,Deva idani^ thapetva saccakiriyaiii anno® mama
sakklu*' ii’ atthi, sac’ ayaiii darako tuaibe paticca jato akase
tittliatu, noce bliumiyani patitva maratti^^ ’ti Bodliisattam
pade galietva akase kliipL Bodhisatto akase pallaiiikam abhu-
jitva nisinno madhiirassarena pita dhammam katliento imaiii
gatliam aha:
Patto ty-ahaih maharaja, tvaiii luaiii posa jariadhipaj
anne’ pi devo poseti kihca devo sakairi pajan ti. 6.
Tattha putto tyaliaii ti putto te abaiii, putta ca iiam’ ete® atrajo khettajo
antevasiko dinnako ti eatubbidha^ , tattha attanarii paticca^*^ Jato atrajo nama,
sayanapitthe pallaihke nre ii evam iidlsu^^ nibbatto khettajo nama, santike
sippuggahanako^'^ antevasiko aama, posavanatthaya dinno dinnako nama, idha
pana atrajarii sandhaya putto ti vuttam, catuhi^^ sangahavatthuhi janani ranjatiti
raja, inahanto raja maharaj’-i, tarn amantento aha: m ah 2 raja ti, tvarh mam
posa janadhipa ti janadhipa mahajauajetthaka tvaiii mam posa bharassu
vaddhehi , a n h e ^ ^ pi devo p o s e I i t i anne pi hatthibandhadayo manusse
hatthiassfidayo tirauohariagate. bahujane ca devo poseti, kinca devo sakaih
pajan ti, ettha pana kinca ti garaiiatthe ca aiiuggahatthe**^ ca nipato, sakaih
pajaih attano piUtam main devo nn posetiti pi^^ vadaiito garahati nama, aime^®
bahujane^^ posetiti vadaiuo anuganhati iiaina, iti Bodhisatto garahanto pi
anuganhaulo^^^ pi kinca devo sakaih pajan ti aha.
Rtljii Bodliisattassa akase iiisiditva evaiii diianimam desen-
tassa sutva ,,ehi tata, aliam eva poJessami abam eva poses-
samiti*'® hattham pasaresi. Hatthasabassam pasarayittha^\
^ 0^' -ramfio. 0*' omits ca. ayatiu * C* has iater added imam.
arimo. 0 '^^ 0^ sakkhi. ’ ariide.; ® 0^ aamete corrected to namesa.
^ C« catubbidha corrected to catufobidho. 0*^ pat;i. ^ 0* 0*^ adisu.
sippuggaiihanako. so all three MSS, ** G* amfio, C*'' amne. 0*^
ahme. C*' anuggankanatthe. C* posetititp. C« bahujana. 0^'
anugganhati. 0*' amigganhanto. pasariyittha? G^ pasaresiyittha.
136
I. Ekanipata. t. Apannakavagga.
BodHsatto annassa^ liatthe aiiotaritva raSno'^ va liatthe otaritva
aihke nisidi®. Raja tassa oparajjam datva iimtaraiii aggamalie-
sirii akasi. So pita accayena Katthavalianaraja^ ntoa butva
dhammena rajjaiii karetva yathakammaih gato.
Sattha KoisalaraSno’"' iiuam dhammade&anam aba.ritva dye yatthiiBi
dassetya anusandhim g’hatetva jatakam samodkaiiesi : „Tada rnata
Makamaya ahosi, pita Siiddliodanamaliaraja . Kattliayahanaraja^ aham
eya ahosin** Kattliabarijatakam.
8. GaEianijataka.
Api ataramananan ti. Idam Sattha Jetavane yiharanto
ossattkayiriyarii bki k k li u lii arabbha katkesi . Imasmim pana.
jatake paccuppannayatfckun ca atitayattlum ca Ekadasanipate Sam-
yarajatake ayibhaylssati, vattlmm hi tasniin ca imasniin ca ekasadisam
eva, gatka pana iiana. Gamanik uiiiaro^ Bodkisattassa ovade
tkatva bkatikasaiassa kanittho^ pi Initva biiatikasatapariyarito se-
tacckattassa hettha yarapallamke''^ nisinao aitano yasasampattim oio-
ketya „ayam luaykam yasasampatti amkakam acariyas.sa santaka‘*
ti tiittko imam ndanaik udanesi;
Api ataramaiianam plialasa‘‘ ya samijjliati,
yipakkabrakmacariyo ’smi, evam janaki Gamaniti^^ 7,
Tattha apiti nipatamattam, ataramaiianan ti panilitruiarii o^s^ude thatva
aturitva avega kitva^® npayena kammani karontauarii ^ pkaiasa^^ va sa-
mijjkatiti yathapatthitaphaie asa*® tasaa pkalassa nipphaUiya samijjhati
yeya, atka va pkalasa^^ ti asaplialam, yathapatthitam'^ plialaiu samijjliati yeva
ti atthOj vipakkabrahmacariyo \sraiti ettha catiari sangabavafthiini
setthacariyatta krakmacanyam nama tan ca tammuiikaya yasasarnpattiya pati-
laddhatta vipakkaii*^"^ nama, 7o vassa yaso nipphanno*’ so pi setthatthena
brahmaeariyam nama, tenaha vipakkabrahmacariyo smiti, evaui janahi Ga-
^ 0* C*' amnassa. ^ Ck raiimo. ^ nisidi. * katthavahana-. ^ C^’
-ramno. ® omits Sattha . . . ahosinti. . ^ G^ gamani-. ^ C^' kunittho.
® Ok C*' varariipallaiiike. Gs mayhaiii. 0'^'* phalasa, 0^ pkalaiiisa corrected
to phaiasa, G^ G^' gamaniti, 0^^ avegahitva, G‘^ avegahitva corrected to
avegayitva. phaiasa. asa. 0?'^ nippattiya. 0^' phaiasa.
omits yathci saihgalia-. C*’ vipakkanani , vipakkata crrected
to vipakkarh. 0^ nippanno.
S. Gamanijataka. (8).
137 .
maniti^ katthaci gMkapuriso® pi gamajetthako pi gamaTii®, idha pana sabba-
janajettbakam attanarii sandhayaha: ,jambho Oaraani^, tvaiii etam karanara
evaih* janabi, acariyarh nissaya bhatikasataiii atikkamitva idarii mabarajjam
pattb ’smiti“ udaiiaih liddnesl.
* Tasiiiiih pana rajjaih patte sattattbadiyasaccayena , sabbe pi
bbataro attano yasanatthanaxh gata* Gamaniraja® dhanmiena raj^am
karetya yatbakamnifjra gato. Bodhisatto pi pnnSani® kat-ya yatha-
kaiiimaih gato.
Saitlia imaiii dhanimadesanaik aharitya dassetva’ saccani pakasesi.
Sacca-pariyosane ossatthayiriyo bliikkhu arahatte patitthito ti. Sattha
dye yattlmni katbetya auusandhiiii gbatetya jatakam saraodhanesi.
Gamanij atakadv'’.
9. Makliadevaj a taka.
UttainangaiMitia'* inayhan ti. Idaiii Sattba Jetavane
yiharanto m a h a n e k k li a in ni a lii arabbba katbesi . Tam hettba
Nidanakatbayara katbitam eva. Tasmiiii pana kale bhikkbu Dasaba-
lassa nekkliainmarii vannenta nisidimsu. Atba Sattba dhammasabbaiii
agautva Buddhasane nisinno bhikkbu amantesi: „kaya nii ’ttha
bbikkbaye etaralii kathaya sanni&iiina“ ti pucchitya „bhante na annaya
kathaya, tumhakaih yeva pana nekkbaniniam yannayamana nisinn*
amlia“ ti ,jbhikk!iaye , na Tatliagato etarahi yeya nekkbanimam
nikkhanto, pubbe pi nikkhanto yeva^ *ti aba. Bhikkliii tass’ atthassa'
vibhayattbatii ^ ’ Bhagayantani yacimsii. Bliagara bhayantarena pa*
ticobannam * karanaiii pakatam akasi:
Atite Vi deharattlie M i t h i 1 a y a lii M a k h a d e v o iiaina
raja aliosi dhaaimiko dliainmaraja. So catunlsJtiYassasabassarii
kumarakilam*^ tatha oparajjam tatha maliarajjam katva dJghaiii
addhanaiii khepetva ekadivasam kappakarii amantesi : 5 ,yada
me samma kappaka sirasraim phaiitani passeyyasi atha me
aroceyyaslti"^ Kappako pi'* dlgliam addbanam khepetva eka-
^ 0*^ gamaniti ^ gamaka-. ® 0 ^ giimaip. ^ 0 *^ eva. ® gamamraja^
gamaniraja , 0® gamaniraja. ® C^' pumnani. so all three MSS. ® C*^
gamani**. ^ uttamaiiiga-. C® omits yeva. ^ ^ -bbavattbam corrected
to “bbuvatthaya. 0-*^ paticcbaima, -kilam. . Gromits pi.
1^3 1. Ekanlpata, t. Apannakavagga.
divasaiii ranno^ anjanavanimnaiti kesaoam antare ekam eva
plialitam disva „(leva ekan te^ phalitaiii dissatiti^^ arocesi,
3 ,tena hi me samnia tarn phalitam iiddharitva panimlii tha-
peMti*^^ ca’** Yiitto suvanpasandasena uddharitva raniio^ panimhi
patittlmpesi. Tada raniio^ caturasitiYassasahassaiii ayiim ava-
sittham hot). Evam sante pi phalitam disva va^ maociirajanaitt
agaiitva samipe thitam viya attanaih aclittapannasalam pa-
vittham viya ca madnamallo^ samvegaiii apajjitva*'' ,,bala Ma-
khadeva yava phalitass’ uppada^ va ime kilese jaliitum na-
sakkhiti^^ cintesi®. Tass'" evara plmlitapatiibhavaifr' avajjaiitassa
avajjantassa antodaho uppajji, sarira seda miiceimsii, sataka
plietva apanetabbakarappatta ahesnrh* So „ajj’ eva maya
nikkhamitva pabbajitum kappakassa satasalias-
sutihanam gaiiiavaram datva jettliaputtam pakkosapetva ^tata^
mama sise phalitam^^ patubhutam, mahallako ’mhi jato^“, bliutta
kbo paiia me maniisaka ktoa, idani clibhakame pariyesissilmi,
nekkhammakalo*''* mayhaiii, tvaih imaih rajjath patipajja, ahaiti
pana^^ pabbiijitva Makhadevambavanuyyane*^ vasanto samana-
dhammam karissaiatti^' aba. Taiii evam pabbajitukamaib
aniacca iipasamkamitva ,,deva kiiii tiimhakaiii pabbajjakaranan*^
ti pucchimsu. Raja phalitam^* hattbena^*‘ gahetva amaccanam
imam gatbam aha:
IJttamamgaruha mayhaiii ime jata vayohara
patubhfita devadxlta, pabbajjasamayo mama ’ti. 8.
Tattha ntt amangaruha^^ ti kesa^^, kesa hi sabbesam hatthapadMaam
ahgariam uttsime sirasmirh ruhatCTi^® iittamangaTaha^^ nama vuccanti, ime
jata vayohara ti passatha tata phalitapatwbhavena^^ tinnam vayanam
i G& ca xaiiino. ^ tena. ® C« omits ca. omits va.
mamnamano. ® has later added cintesi, ^ phali- corrected to pali-.
^ omits cintesi. ^ palita-. C*’ vaddhatlti. C*' palitaiii.
pato. nekkhammamkalo. omits pana. inakhadevavaniiyyane.
G« hatthe. O*' uttamaihga-. 0?^ kesaruhiitikesa. riihatt^,
C« C» nttamamga-, 0« palita.
9, Makhadevajataka. (9).
139
imranato 5me Jata vayoliara^ patubhuta ti nibbatta, devaduta ti, devo ti
maceu, tassa duta ti devaduta, sirasmini hi phalitesu patubhutesu maccurajassa
santike thito viya hoti, iasrua phaUtani maccadevassa duta ti vuccanti, deva
viya duta ti pi devaduta,, yatha hi alaiiikatapatiyattaya devataya akase thatva
,.asiikadivase marissasiti'^ vutte tara tath^ eva hoti evaiii sirasmua phalitesu
patubhutesu devataya vyakarauasadisara eva hoti, tasuia phalitani devasadisa
duta ti vuccaiiti, visudclhidevanarh duta ti pi devadutii, sabbabodhisatta hi
jinnavyadhimatapabbajite disva va .saiiivegam apajjitva iiikkhamma pabbajanti,
yathaha ;
Jirmafi ca disva dukbitan^ ca vyadhitam
.matan ea disva gatam ayusamkhayam
kjisayavatthaih pabbajitan ca disva
tasma abarh pabbajito 'mhi raja ti,
imina pariyayeiia phalitani visuddhidevanam dutatta devaduta ti vuccanti,
pabbaj Jasamayo niamaii^ ti giinbhavato mkkhautatlhena pabba,ija tiladdhana-
massa sainanalifigagahanassa^ kalo niayhan ti daaseti-
So. evaiii vatva'^ tarii divasam eva rajjam pahaya isipab-
bajjaiii pabbajitva tasmin^ ileva Makhadevambavaiie viliaranto
caturasitivassasaliassani cattaro brahmavihare bhavetva apa-
rihmajjhaiie thito kalaiii katva Bralimaloke nibbattitva puna
tato cuto Mithilayam yeva Niini nama raja hutva ossakka-
manaiii^ attano vaihsam gliatetva tattif eva ambavane pabbajitva
brahmavihare bhavetva puna bralimalokiipago va ahOvSi.
Satthapi ,,«a bliikkliave Tatluigato idaii’ eva inahabhintkkliamanam
nikkhanto, pubbe pi iiikkbanto yeva“ ’ti iinaiii dhammadesaiiam aha-
ritva dassetva cattari saccani pakasesi. Keci sotapanna ahesum, keci
sakadagamino , keci anagamino. Iti Bhagava imani dve vatthiini ka-
thetva anusaiidhiiii ghatetva jatakam saraodhanesi : ,/rada kappako
Anando ahosi , putto Raluiio * Makhadevaraja pana abaiu era ti.
Makliade vajatakam.
‘ Cv dukkhitan. ^ 0*^ maman corrected to mama. * C*' -gahanassa. ^ C*
vatta. €*■’ tasmim, ® sic I ossakkanamam.
140
I. Kkanipata. i. Apannaliavaggs.
10. Suklia viliarijataka.
Yaa ca aane^ na rakkliantitii Tdam Sattlia Ajiupiyaiia^
garam^ nissaya Anupijambavane* riliaranto sukhaviharim Bhaddi-
yattherarii^ arabbha kathesi. Sukliavihari ^ Bliaddiyattliero ^ cha-
kliafctiyasaniagame Upali-sattanio pabbajito. Tesu Blmdcliyattkero
ca Kimbilattliero'' ca Bliaguttbero ca XJpalitthera ca arahattaiii patta,
Anandatthero sotapanno ^jato , Aimraddliaftliero dibbacakkhukoj Deva-
datto jlianalabbi*^ jato, Cliaaiiaiii pana kbattiyanam yatthuri) yara
Anupiyanagara^ Kliandabalajatake avibhayisv^atk Ayatiiiia pana Bbaddiyo
rajakale attaiiarb rakklianto rakkbasamvidiianadeyata ya bahfihi^'
rakkhalii rakkhiyamanassa upari pasadatale maliasayane ^amparivatta®
mana.ssapi^* attano bliayapattin^"^ ca idani araliattam patva arafinadnsu^'^
yattlia katthaci Vicaraiito pi attano vigaiabliayataii ca .sarnanupassanto
„aho sukbara abo sukban'V ti udanarii udanesi. Taiii bhikklul ,,ayasma
Bhaddiyo aSfiam^^ yyakarotiti‘‘ Bhagavato arocesum. Bhagava
„bbikkhaye, Bbaddiyo na idan’ eya sukhavibari^*^. ])ubbe pi sukliayi-
hari yeya‘* ’ti aha. Bhikkhii tass’ attJias.savibhayattbaya Bbagayantaiii
yacimsu. Bhagava bhavantarena paticehannaiii karanarii pakataiii akasi :
Atite Baranasiyam B rah in ad at te rajjaiii karayamane
B 0 dhisatto ud ic cabrahmananiahasal o liutva kamesu
admavam^^ nekkhaninie oanisaiiisam disva kanie pahaya Hima-
vantaiii pavisitva isipabbajjam pabbajitva attlia samapattiyo
nibbattesi. Farivaro pi ’ssa maba aliosi paOca tapasasataiii.
So vassakale Hiniavantato nikkbamitva tapasagainaparivuto
gamamganiadisu carikaib carauto Baranasiih patva nljanaiii
nissaya rajiiyyane vasam kappesi. Tattba vassike'*' cattaro
mase vasitva rajauaiii apucchi. Atha naih raja 5,tumhe bhante
mahallaka, kiih vo Hiinafaatena, antevasike Himavantam pe-
^ 0^ aiiiFie, ® anupiya-. ® C'-' bhaddiyatheram. ^ G^ -vihai’i,
* 0?*= bhaddiyatUero. ^ omita cha, €*» jakhattiya-. ^ kimbliathero.
8 07c -labhi. ®aU three MSS. anupiya-. -devatahiva? C^attanaih rakkbanto
viviya rakkhasamvidhananceya tava corrected to attano rakkbavidhanam deyatava,
C^'-sarbvidhaiiadyevatava. bahubi. -manassapk ^^C^-pattan.
Qh Qv aramnadiau. C^’ C*’ ariinaih. -hari. adinayaih,
C*’ -madisu. C^vassiko.
10. Sukhavihanjataka. (10).
141
setva idh' eva vasatha“ ’ti yaci. Bodhisatto jetthantevasikaiii
panca tapasasatani paticcliapetva ^^gacclia tvaiii, imehi saddhiiii
Himavante vasa, ahara pana idh’ eva vasissamiti^^ te uyyojetva
tatth’ eva vasaiii kappesi. So pan’ assa jetthanteviisiko raja-
pabbajito^ inahaiitaih rajjaiii paliaya pabbajitva kasinaparikam-
maiif^ katva attbasamapattilabhl*’ abosi. So tapasehi sadclhim
Hiraavante , vasamjluo ekadivasaiii acariyam dattlinkarno liutva
te tapase amantetva j^tumhe aiuikkaatlianmna idh’ eva vasatha,
ahaiii acariyam vanditva againissamiti“ acariyassa santikam
gantva vanditva patisantliaram'* katva ekaiii tattikaih’’^ attharitva
acariyassa santike yeva nipajji, Tasmin ca samaye raja 5 ,ta*-
pasaih passissam'iti^* iiyyaiiaiii gantva^ vanditva ekamantam
nisldi^ Antevasitapaso^ rajanaiii disvapi ii’ eva vutthasi^,
nipannako yeva pana’" ^^aho snkhaih aho siikhan^‘ ti udanara
udanesi. Raja ^ayaiii tapaso mam disvapi'^ na ti
anattaniano Bodhisattam aha: ^bliante, ayaiii tapaso yadiccha-
kaiii bluitto bhavissati, iidanaiii udanento sukhaseyyam eva
kappet^ti^^ ^sMaharaja, ayaiii tapaso piibbe tiiinhadiso eko
raja aliosi^ sv-ayaih ^ahaiii pubbe gihikale’* rajjasiriiii anubha-
vanto avudhahatthehi bahiihi rakkhiyamano pi evarupaiii sukham
nama nalatthan’ ti attano pabbajjasukliaih jiianasnkham arabblia
imaiii udanaiii udanetiti^^ evaii ca pana vatva Bodhisatto ranno^^
dhamniakatliam kathetiiiii imam gatliam aha:
Yah ca ahhe’* na rakkhanti yo ca ahhe’’^ na rakkhati
sa ve raja sukiiam seti kamesii anapekkliava ti. 9.
Tattha yah ca ahhe*'"* na rakkhan tl*i yaiB pnggalaiii ahhe*^ bahu^®
puggala na ra&kbanti, yo can he*’' na rakkhati ti yo ca „ekako aharii rajjam
karemtti" anSe^® bahu^® na rakkhati, sa ve raja sukham setlti maharaja
^ raja-. * kasiiia-. ^ & ^labhi. ** patisariikharam. ® C^’
taddhitarii, taddhikam. ® agantva. ^ nisidi. ® antevasT-. ® 0^
vutthasi. omits pana. C« disva. 0* gihl-. C» raiimo.
0^ amhe. 0^ aiiine. bahu. canine.. 0^ bahn,
bahnjane, jane being added later.
142
I. Ekanipata. 2. STIavagga.
so ptiggaio eko adiitiyo pavivitto kayikacetasikasukliasamangl ^ iiutva sukham
Bed, idan ca desanasisam eva: na kevalaiii paiia seti yeva, evarupo pana pxiggalo
sukhairi gacchati titthati nisidati sayatiti sabbiriyapathesu sukhappatto va hoti,
kamesu anapekkhava ti vatthiikamakilesakamesxi apekkharabito vigatacclian»
darago nittanho, evarupo puggalo sabbiriyapathesu snkham viharati maharaja ti.
Raja dliaminadesanam sutva tiitthamanaKSO vanditva nive-
sanam eva gate. Antevasiko pi acariyam vanditva Hima-
vantam eva gato. Bodhisatto pana tatth’ eva viliaranto apa-
rilimajjhano kalani katva Brahmaloke xiibbatti.
Sattha imam defsauam^ aharitva dassetva dve vatthuni katlietya.
anusandhim gliatetva jatakam saraodhaiiesi : „Tada antevasiko Bliaddi-
yattbero® ahosi, ganasattha aham eya*‘ *ti. S ukhayiliarijatakam.
Apannakayaggo pathamo.
S. sij.-A.-V-A.aG-A..
1. Lakklianajataka.
Hoti siiavatam attho ti. Idam Sattha Eajagaham upa*
nissaya Ve|uyane viharauto Deyadattaiii arabbha kathesi.
Deyadattassa vattluiiii yaya Abliimarapayoja-na Kbaudahalajatake
ayibhayissati yaya Bhanapalakayissaiyana pana Cullahamsajatake
ayibhayissati yaya pathavipayesana Solasanipate Samudclavanijajatake
ayibhayissati. Ekasmiiii lii saniaye 33evadatto paSca vattlmni yacitra
alabhanto samgham bhinditva paSca bhikkhiisatani adaya Grayasise
yiharati. Atba iesaih bhikkhuiiam iianatii'^ ])aripakam agamasi. Tam
natya Sattha dve aggasayake amantesi: ^Sariputta, tumhakam nissi-
taka paScasata bhikkhu Bd^adattassa laddiiim rocetya tena saddhim
gata, idani pana tesam^ Banam'^ paripakam gataih\ timibe bahthi
bhikkhuhi saddhirii tattha gaiitya tesam dhaiimia-iii desetyii te bhikklifi
maggaphaiehi sambodhetya gabetva agacchatha^ 'ti. Te tatli' eva
gantya tesam dhammaiii clesetva maggaphaiehi pabodlietya pimadivase
^ -samamgi, saniaihgi. ® dhammadesanaiin O’- bhaddlyathero,
0'^ Balia. 0^ iiesam. ® all three MSS. gata.
L I^akkhanajataka. (11).
143
anumggamaaayeiaya te bhikklixi adaya Yeluvanani eya agamaiiisu.
Agantya ca pana Sariputtafchero * Bhagayantam vanditya ^ piitakale
bhikkhii tlieraih pasaihsitva Bliagayaiitarii aliamsu: „bliante, amliakariije-
tthakabbafciko dhainmaseiiapati pancabi bhikkhusatehi pariyiito agac^
cliaiito atiyiya sobhi, Devada^tto paiia j>aTirnapariyaro jato“ ti. ,,Na blii-
kkliaye Sariputto klan’ eya. Satisamgkapariviito agacchaato subhati, pubbe
pi sobhi yeva , Bovadatt-o pi aa idaii' eva ganato parihnio ^ pubbe
parihino yeya^ ’ti. Bhikkhii lass' atthassayibiiavatthaya Bliagava-iitaiii
yaciiisu. Bbagava bhavaniarena'^ paticchamiam karanam pakatam akasi:
Atite Magadharattlie Rajagahanagare eko Magadha-
raja rajjaiii karesi. Tada Bod hi sat to migayoniyam pati-
sandhim gahetva vuddhippatto aiigasaliassapari varo arahile *
vasati. Tassa Lak k iiano ’ caKalo'* ca "ti dve putta ahesmh.
So attano niahallakakale 3, lata, aham idani iiiahallakoj tiimhe
imaiii gaiiaih pariharatha^ "ti pahca pahca migasataiii ekekaiii
puttaih paticchapesi. Tato pattliaya te dve jana‘ migaganahi
pariharanti. Magadharatthasniih ca sassasamaye kittliasam-
badhe arafmo'’ miganaiii paripaiitiio lioti, Maiiussa sassakliadaka-
naiii iBaranatthaya^''tattha tattha opataih khananti’^ sulani ropeati
pasanayantani’^ sajjenti kutapasadayo pase ocldenti’’\ Bahti^^
miga viniisam apajjauti. Bodhisatto kitdiasaiiibadhasaiiiayam
r)a..tva putte pakkosapetva aha: jjtata^^ ayaiii kitfchasambadha-
samayOj baliii^* miga vinasaiii papiinaiitij mayaiii mahallaka.,
yena ken" iipayena ekasmhh thane vltinamessama^ tmnhe tmnlia-
kam migagane gahetva arahiie'* pabbatapadaiii pavisitva sassa-
narh iiddhatakale agaecheyyatha*'^^*' ’ti. Te j^sadhii^^ ’ti pitu
vacanam sntva saparivara nikkhaniimsu» Tesaiii pana gamana-
magge maiiussa jananti ; 5,iinasmi5i kale miga pabbatam
arohanti, imasmiiii kale oroliaiititi*^ Te tattha tattha^’ pa-
^ -tthero. ^ so all three M8S. ^ C« -larena. ■* O’ aramhe. ^ 0«
lakkhaiio. kalo. ’ C® gana. * 0^ -smiiii. ® 0^ aramfie ,
ararime. C» maraim-, earana” corrected to marana-. khaiianti.
Qs c*’ pasaiia**. oddheiiti. Qv bahu. 0^ tata. C®
agacchayyatha. 0^ omits on© tattha.
J44 Efcampata. 2. Silavagga.
ticcliannatthane iiilma baliumige vijjliitva mareiiti. Kalamigo^
pi attano dandhataya ^raaya nama velaya gantabbaiii, iaiaya
velaya na gantabban” ti ajananto niigaganaiii adaya pubbanlie
pi sayanlie'^ pi padose pi paccdse pi^ gamadvareim' gaccliati.
Manussa tattha tattlia pakatiya va tliita ca nilina ca baliii^
mige vinasam gaiueiiti. Evaiii so attaiio daiidliataya bahu®
niige vinasam papetva appakeli’ eva niigebi aranilam^ pavisi.
Lakkiiananiigo pana pandito vyatto upayakusa.Io ^jimaya velaya
gantabbaiii% imaya vel%a na ga-Btabban^*^ ti jaiiatij so gama-
dvarena pi iia gacchatij divapi na gaccliati, padose pi pacctise
pi na gacchati, migaganaiii ad%a addharattasamayen’ eva
gacchati, tasma ekam pi migam aviiiflsetva^ arannam^ pavisi.
Te tattha cattaro mase vasitva sassesu iiddhatesu pabbata
otariihsB. Kalo paccha gacchanto pi pnrimanayen" eva
avasesanijge vinasam papento ekako va agarai. Lakkhano”
pana ekamigam pi avinasetva pancahi pi migasatehi parivuto
raatapitunnaih santikaih aganii. Bodbisatto dve putte agaccliante
disva migaganeiia saddhirii maiiteiito imam gatliaih vsamiitthapesi :
Hoti silavataih attho patisantharavuttinam,. (Dlipd. p. 146).
Lakkhanam passa ayantaiii natisamghapiirakkhatam,
atha passas’ imam Ka]am‘^ suvihinaiii va natiliiti^'h 10.
Tattha silavaian ti suhkasTJataya sllavaiitanam aclrasampaimaiiariij attho
varldM, patisantbaxavut tinari ti dhammapatisantharo ca amisapafl-
saBtharo ca etesaiii vufctiti patisaiitharavattino, tesaiii patisaBtharavuttirinrii^®,
ettha ca papanivaranaovadanusasaiuvasena dhaiBQiapattsantharo ca gocaralabha
pana gilanupatthanadhammikarakkhavaseBa amisapafisantharo veditabbo, imam
xuttaiii hoti: imesu dvisu patisaritharesu thitaiiariP^ panditaiiam vaddhi nama
' #> ... ... , . ' ‘ ■ ■ ■■
hoti, idaui tarn vaddhim dasaetum pnttamalararh alapanto viya Lakkhanarii
passa ti adim aha, tatrayam samkhepattho : acarapatisantharasampanuaih attano
^ all three MSS. bala-. ® sayanhe. ^ 0® omits paccuse pi, ^ 0 ^
-dvarena. bahu. ® bahu. Ckaramhaih, aramhaiii. ^
omits imaya velaya gantabbam. * C® viriasetva. kale, C® kalo. C®
-no. all three MSS. kalaiii. 0^^ hatibhiti. 0^ omits ti. C®
v'nttinam. C*' adds acarasampannanaiii.
2, Nigrodhamigftjataka. (12).
}mttam ekamigam pi avinasetvii natisamghena purakkliataparivaritani agacchantam
passa, taya pana acarapatisantharasampadaya vihinam dandliapanfiam^ at ha
passasim am Kalara^ ekam pi natirh anavasesetva suvihinam eva
natlhi^ ekakaiii agacchantan ti.
Evam puttarii^ abhinanditva pana BodMsatto yavatayukaiii
thatva yatbakammam gate.
Sattliapi „]ia bhikkhaye Sariputto idan’ era natisamgbapariyarito ®
feobhati, pubbe pi sobhi yeva, na ca Beyadatto etaralii yeya ganamha
pariliino, pubbe pi parihlno*^ yeva** ’ti imam dhammadesanam dassetva
dye yatthvini ghatetva anusandhiiii yojetva^ jatakam samodbanesi :
„Tada Kalo*^ Beyadatto aliosi, parisapi ’ssa Devadattassa parisa va,
Lakkliano Sariputto, parisa assa Buddhaparisa, mata Rahulamata
aliosi, pita pana aliam eya aliosin“ ti. Lakkhanaj a takaiii.
2. Nigr odhaniigajataka.
Nigrodliam eya seveyya ti. Idaiii Sattha Jetayane
viharanto Kumar akas sapatheras sa mataram arabbha katbesi.
Sa kira Rajagabanagare raahayibbavassa settbino dbit-a abosi ussaniia-
kusaiamuia parimaddhitasamkliara pacchimabbayika , antokiite^ padipo
yiy’ assa"’ badaye^^ arabattupanissayo’^ jaiati. Sa attanam janana-
kalato pattbaya gebe anabbirata pabbajituk toa butya matapitaro aba :
„anmia tata^^, maybaiii gbarayase cittam nabbiramati, abaiii niyyanike
Buddbasasane pabbajitiikama, pabbajetha man“ ti. ,,Amma, kiiii
vadesi, imaih kulaiii babuyibhayam , tvan ca ambakam ekadhitaka^*,
na labbba taya pabbajitun** ti. Sa punappuna yacityapi raatapitunnaiii
santika pabbajjarii alabbamana cintesi: „hotu, patikulam gata samikam
aradbetva pabbajissamiti*" sa yayappatta patikulam gantya patideyata
butya siiayati^® kalyanadhamma agaram ajjbayasi. Atb’ assa saiiiva-
sam anyaya. kucebiyam gabbbo patittbahi. Sa gabbbassa patittbita-
bbayaiii na annasi^^ Atba tasmim nagare nakkliattaiii gbosajimsu.
1 0^-*= “paranam, -panila. ^ kalaru. ® natihi. * vuttaiiu
"parivuto. ® omits pubbe pi parihino. ’ sopetva? ® 0* kalo.
2. Cfr. Dhpd, p. 327. ^ «kute. C® viya issa corrected to Tjya assa.
hadayo. harahattupa- , arahattupa- corrected to arahattupa-.
Qy tata. -dhitaka, CJ^ -diutika. silavati. 0^ aiimasi,
JO
146
I. Ekanipata. 2. Silavagga.
Sakalanagaravasiiio nakkhattarii kflimsu\ Nagaram devanagaraih
viya alamka.tapatiyattam akosi. Sa pana taya ularava® pi nakkliatta-
kilaya^ vattamanaya attano sariram na vilinipati aalaiiikaroti , pakati-
yesen’ eya cara.ti. Atka nam samiko aka: „bkaclde, sakalanagaram
nakkkattanissitam % tyaik paaa saiiram na-ppatijaggasiti“, „Ay5^a»
dyattimsaya me kukapeki^ piiritam sariram, kiiii imina alariikatena.
ayaih ki kayo n’ eya devaiiimmito oa brakmaiiimmito ria- suvannamayo
na manimayo na hancandaiianiayo iia pinidankakamaliippalagabbiia-
sambkiito na amatosadkapnrito , atka kho kiinape' jato matapettika-
sambkavo aniccuccliadanapariniaddanabhedanaviddlmiiisanadkanimo kata-
isivaddkano tanluipadiiino*^ sokaiiam nidanaik paricleyanarii vattliu sabba,-
roganam aiayo kammakarananam patiggaho antojjdtibakiniccapaggkarano
kimikulanam avaso sivatkikapayato marapapariyosano sabbalokassa
cakkhupatke vattamano pi
Atthinakamsariiy iitto* tacaniaihsay ilepano ^ ■'
chayiya kayo paticckanno yathabhutam na dissati
Antapuro udarapuro yakapelassa” vatthino
kadayassa pappkasassa*^ yakkassa pikakassa ca
Simgkanikaya^® kkelassa’^ sedassa medassa ca^'
lokitassa lasikaya’*^ pittassa ca yasaya ca.
Ath’ assa nayahi soteki asilci’^ savati sabbada
akkkimka akkkigufchako kannanika kannagutkako
Simgkanika^® ca nasato miikhena yamati ekada
pittam semkan ca yamati kayamka sedajallika,
Ath’ assa susiraih sisaiii inatthainngena puritarh,
subkato naih mannati^^ balo ayijjaya purakkkato.
Anantadlnayo kayo visarukkliasamupamo
ayaso sabbaroganaik punjo dnkkkassa keyalo.
Sace imassa kayassa anto bakirato siya
dandaiii nnna gaketvana kake gone ca yaraye.
Duggandko asucikayo'”^® kiinapo'*'^ nkkarupamo
nindito cakkhnbkuteki kayo balabkinandito.
^C^Jjiinhsm ^ 0?^ C« ularaya. 0^ -kiUyu, ^ naklihattaih-. C-’ knnapehi.
® -piijito, kiinape. ® 0^ tanfauppadinno, tanhuppadinno. ^ O'atlhT-*
naharu-. ^ ^ 0® C*' -pelassa. pappasassa. siiiigbanikaya.
khelassa. so all three MSS, lasTkaya. * • asucT. -nikii,
maihnatl. C-’ asilcK C® knnapo.
2. Kigrodhamigaiataka. (12).
147
Ayjaputta , imarii kayaiii alamkaritya kiiii karissami , nanu imassa
alamkaraBarii gutliapupnaghatassa baliicittakaniniakaranam viya.
Settliiputto tarn tassa yacanaiii sutva aha: ^Ijliadde tyaiii imassa
sarirassa evaiii dose passamana kasma na pabbajasiti“. , 5 Ayyaputta
aham pabbajjarii labhamana ajj' eva pabbajeyyan“ ti. Setthiputto
„sadiiii , abaiii taiii pabbajessamiti“ ratva nialiadanaiii pavattetya
niahasakkaram katya maliantena parivarena bliikkliimiupassayaiii aetya
tarh pabbajento Devadatta-pakkliiyanaih bliikkhuninam santike pabba-
jesi. Sii pabbajjaiii labliitya paripunnasaiiikappa attaniana abosi.
Atli’ assa gabblie paripakaiii gacchante indriyanaiii aniiathattam hattba-
padapitthinaiii’ babaiattarii iidarapatalassa ca rnaliantafaiii disya bbikkhii-
niyo taib paccbimsii : ,,ayye tyaiii gabbbini^ yiya j>^'5nayasi ^ , kim
etan^*‘ ti. ^»Ayye ‘idaiii nama. karanan’ ti na janami, silam pana
me paripunnair* ti. Atlia iiam ta*^ bliikkhuniyo Deyadattassa santikam
netya Beyadattarh piiccbiihsu: n^^yy^s ayaiii kiiladluta kicchena samikaiii
aradbetya jiabbajjarh iabhi, idani*^ pan' assa gabbho paniiayati^, mayarii
imassa gabbbassa giliikale^ ya pabbajitakale va. laddhabluivam na
janama, kiiii dani karoina^ ’ti. Devadatto attano abuddbabhayena
kliantimettanuddayanan ca nattbitaya evaih cintesi : ,, ‘Deyadattassa
pakkbika bhikkhuni’^ kuccbina gabbbaiii x>aribarati, Beyadatto ca
tain ajjhupekkbatiti’ niayhaiii garaba uppajjissati, maya imam uppabba-
jetuiii vattatiti^'** so aviniamsitva ya seiagulam^*’ payattayamano'^
yiya pakkhanditya ,,gacchatba, imaiii uppabbajetba“ ti aba. Ta tassa
yacanam sutya iitthaya yanditya npassayaih gata. Atha sa dabara
tii bbikkbniiiyo aba: ,»ayye, na Beyadattatbero Biuldbo , na pi
maybam tassa santike pabbaj[ja , loke pana aggapiiggalassa Samma-
sambuddhassa santike maybaih pabba,jya, ya^’"^ ca pana me dukkbena
laddba^‘‘ ina nam^* antaradbapetba, etha'^ maiii gahetya Sattim
santikam Jetayanaiii gaccbatha“ ti. Ta tarn adaya Rajagaha^^ Xianca-
catalisayojanam maggaiii atikkamma aimpiibbena Jetayanam patya
Sattbaram yanditya tarn attbam arocesmiR Sa-ttba cintesi: ,ikiSc’ api
gibikale'^ etissa gabbho patitthito eyam sante pi ‘Samano Gotamo
i {)?« Os -piftbinam. ^ gabbhini. * 0^ paihnayasi. ^ C« etaiii. * 0^ rjE.
« daoi. ^ pamnayati. « gibi-. ® C* 0« bhikkhuni. C« kuccbito,
vaddhatiti. avi-. sevala-, C® selaguiam. all three MSS.
pavaddhayamano. ^ sa. C* laddba, C* laddbaiia. na.
omits edia. 0^ rajagaba. C* -lisa-.
10 ^
148
I. Ekanipata. 2. Silavagga.
Deyadattena jahitikam adaja caratitF tifcthiyanam okaso bliayissati,
tasma imam kathaih pacckinditum sarajikaya parisaya majjhe imam
adhikaranam vinicchitum^ yaffcatiii” punadivase rajanaiii Pasenadikosalaih
Mahanathapindikarii Culanathapindikam * Yisakhaiii mahaupasikaiii am-
jaanP ca abkinnatani^ mahakulani pakkosapetva sayanhasamaye'^ catusu^
parisasu sannipatitasu Upalitlieram^ amantesi : „gacclia, catuparisaniajjbe
imissa daharabhikkhuniya kammarii sodhebiti^. „Sadhu bhante*‘ ti
thero parisamajjliam gantya attaiio pattasane nisiditva ranno'^ purato
Visakliaiii up^sikarii pakkosapetva imam adhikaranam paticchapesi :
,,gaccba Visakhe , ‘ayaih dabara asukamase asukadivase pabbajita’ ti
tattato natya imassa gabbliassa pure va pacclia va laddliabhavaiii
janahiti“. Upasika „yadhu“ ’ti sampaticcbitva saniih^ parikkhipapetva
antosaniyam® daharabbikkhmiiya hattbapadanabhiudarapariyosanani olo-
ketva masadivase samanetva gihibhave^ gabbbassa laddhabbavarh tattato
natva tberassa santikarh gantva tarn attbam arocesi. Thero catu-
parisamajjbe tarn bbikkhimiiii suddhim" akasi. Sa suddba hutva
bhikkbusaihgban ca Sattbaran^’ ca vanditva bliikkhunlhi saddhiiii
upassayam eva gata. Sa gabbbaparipakam anvaya Padumuttarapada-
mule patthitapattbanam niabanubhavam puttaiii vijayi. Ath’ ekadi-
vasam raja bbikkhuiiiupassayasaniipena*® gaccbanto darakasaddaiii
sutva amacce piiccbi. Amacca tarn karanam natva n^^^va, sa dahara-
bhikkhiini puttaih vijata, tass’ eso sadclo“ ti ahamsii* „Bbikkhuniiiam
bhane* darakajagganan iiama’’* palibodlio, mayam naiii jaggissama** ’ti.
JRaja tarn darakam iiatakittlunaiii dapetva kumaraparibarena vaddha-
pesi. Namagabanadivase c' assa Kassapo ti namarii akamsu. Atha
nam kumaraparibarena vaddbitatta Kuniarakassapo ti sanjaniriisu’^*.
So sattavassikakale Sattbu santike pabbajitva paripnnnavasso upasam-
padam labbitva gaccbante gaccbante'’^ kale dhamraakatbikesu citra-
kathi^® abosi. Atha nam Sattba „etadaggaiii blukkbave mama sava-
kanarii citrakatbinam yadidaiii Kiimarakassapo** ti etadagge tbapesi.
So paccha Vammikasutte’^ aTahattaih papimi. Matapi ’ssa bhikkbuni^®
vipassitva aggaphaiani patta. Kuniarakassapo thero Buddhanam sasane^'*
^ vinkclnmtuiii. ^ cula-. so all three MSS, '* 0^*= abhimnatarii,
^ C® sayamha-. ^ 0*^ raiimo. C« sanim. ® C« -sam-. gihi-. C
-sarngham. 0^ -ram. C« -samTpe. O'? -Jagganantama paii-,
^Jaggananapali- corrected to -jagganapali-. C* saihjanimsu. omits
one gacchante. citrakathi corrected to cittakathi.’ -kathinaiii, C«
cittakathinara, 0^ C« vamraika-. 0* C« bhikkhuni. buddhasasane.
2. Nigrodhamigajataka. (12).
149
gagauamajjhe punnacando yiya pakato jato. Ath’ ekadivasam Tatlia-
gato paccbabhattam pindapatapatikkanto ^ bliikkhunaih ovadarh datya
gandhakutim pavisi, Bliikkha oyadaiii gabetva attano rattitthana'*
divatthanesu^ diyasabhagam khepetya sayaiibasamaye^ dhammasabhayam
seiinn|)atitya ,,§¥1180 . Deyadattena attano abuddhabliayena c* eya
kliantimettadinan ca abhavena Kumarakassapathero ca tberi ^ ca
inanaih^ iiasita, Sammasanibuddlio pana attano dbammarajataya c’ eva
khantimettanuddayasampattiya ca ubhinnam jn tesaiii paccayo jato‘‘
fci Buddhagune yannayamana iiisidimsu. Sattba Buddhaliihaya^ dhamma-
sabhaiii agantya pannattasane nisiditya „kaya nu ’ttba bliikkhaye
etarabi kathaya sannisiima“ ti puccbi. ,,Bliante turahakani eva guna-
kathaya“ ’ti sabbaiii arocayiiiisu. „Na bhikkbave Tatliagato idan’
eva imesaiii ubhinnam paccayo ca patittha ca jato , pubbe x>i ahosi
yeva“ ’ti, Bhikkhii tass’ atthassavibhavatthaya Bhagayantam yacirhsu.
Bhagava bhavantarena paticchaiinaiii karanaiii paka^ni akasi:
Atite Baranasiy aril Bralini adatte rajjarii karayamane
Bodhisatto mig ayoniyaih patisandhirii ganhi. So matu
kiicchito nikkhanto suvannavaniio ahosi, akkhlai c’ assa mani-
gulasadisani ahesurii, sirigani rajatavamiani , mukham ratta-
kambalapurijavannarii, hatthapadapariyanta lakha parikammakata
viya, valadhi camarassa viya ahosi, sanrarii pan’ assa inahantarh
assapotakappamanarii^ ahosi. So paricasataiiiigaparivaro aranne^®
vasam kappesi namena Nigro dhamigaraja nama. Avidtre
pan’ assa aririo^^ pi paricasataiiiigaparivaro Sakhamigo nama
vasati, so pi suvannavaniio va ahosi. Tena sainayena Baraiia-
siraja^^ migavadhapasuto hoti, vina mariisena na bhurijati,
manussanam kammacchedariri^ katva sahbe'^ negamajanapade**'
sannipatetva devasikaiii migavarii gacthati. Manussa cintesuih:
,,ayam r«aja amhakarii kammacchedaiii karoti, yan nuna mayarii
^ -patix^akkaiito. ^ C« -divatthauesu, , ^ sayaiiha-. ^ 0^ then.
^ manena. ^ C« -inhaya, -lilhaya, ’ <3*^ pairmatta. ® matiigula*
0^ -manamj -potappamanam. 0^ aramrie. aiiiho. »8i-.
migapavadhapasuto. kamacchedam. C« omits sahbe. C®
fp -janapade.
150
I. Ekanipata. 2. Silavagga.
uyyane iBiganaiii nivapam va.pitva^ paniyam^ sampadetva bahu-
mige uyyane pavesetva dvaram ' bandhitva rafmo® iiiyyadema^“
'ti te sabbe uyyane nivapatinam^ ropetva udakaiii sampadetva
dvaram yojapetva nagare adaya muggaradinanavudhabattlia*^
arannam’ pavisitva mige pariyesamana „majjbe thite mige
gaiiMssama®^^ ’ti yojanamattam thanaih parikkhipitva samklii™
pamana Nigrodliamiga - Sakhamiganam vasanattluinaui majjhe
katva parikkhipiiiisu. Atlia naiii migaganaiii disva rukkha-
giimbadayo ca bliiunm ca miiggarehi paliaranta migaganaiii
gahanattlianato nlliaritva asisattidhanuadinf avudliani iiggiritva
inalianadam nadanta naiii migaganaiii iiyyanaiii pavesetva
dvaram pidbaya rajanaiii upasamkamitva, ^deva, nibaddharii
migavaih gaccbanta amhakam kammaiii nasetliaj amhehi aran-
nato^® mige anetva tumliakam uyyanam puritam, ito patthaya
tesaiii mamsaiii khadatha‘‘ ’ti rajanaih apucchitva pakkaniiiiisu.
Raja tesarii vacanaiii sutva uyyanam gantva mige olokento dve
suvaimamige disva tesaiii abbayam adasi, Tato patthaya pana
kadaci samarii gantva ekamigam vijjhitva aneti, kadaci ’ssa
bhattakarako gantva vijjhitva aharati. Miga dhaniiiii disva va
maranabliayena tajjita palayanti, dve tayo ' paliare labhitva
kilamanti pi gilanapi honti maranam pi papunanti. Migagaiio
taiii pavattim Bodhisattassa arocesi. So Sakhaiii pakkosapetva
aha: 5,samma, balm^^ miga nassanti, ekaiiisena maritabbe sati’^
ito patthaya ina kandena mige vijjhaiitUj dhammaganthikattliane*®
miganaiii varo^Miotu, ekadivasam mama parisaya varo papunatii,
ekadivasaiii tava parisaja varo papunatu, varappatto migo
gantva dhammaganthikaya sisam piapetva nipajjatu, evaiii
sante miga vanita^® na bhavissantiti^'. So 5,sadlm“ ’ti sam-
paticchi, Tato patthaya varappatto va migo gantva dhamma-
^ vasitva. - 0 ^ paniyam. ® O*' rarhno. ^ C*? myya-. ® C-« -tanani,
-tinarii. ^ O -iianayudha-. araiimaiiu ® C® gaihhi-. O -adiiiL
10 Q-jc (jy ararimato. foaha. ekaiiisenassitabbe sati.
“ganrlika-. dvaro. C« -gandi-, C*’ -gaiidhi-. O vanita.
2. Nigrodhamigajataka. (12).
gantliikaya^ givam tliapetva mpajjati. Bliattakarako agantva
tattha nipaonakam eva galietva gacchati. Ath’ ekadivasaiii
Sakliamigassa parisaya ekissa -gabbliinuBigiya ^ varo papuni.
ScI Sakbaib upasaiiikamitva ^sami, aliaiii pigabbliini^ puttakam
vijayitYcI dve jana yaraiii gamissama, maybaiii varam atikka-
alia. So 5,ua sakka tava varaiii annesaiii^ papetaiiij
tvam eva tuyhaih pattaiii janissasi, gacchahiti^^ jiba. Sa tassa
santika aiiuggaliaiii alabliamana Bodhisattaiii upasaiiikamitva
tam atthaih arocesi. So tassa vacanaih sutva jjhotu, gaccha
tvaiii, alum te varaiii atikkamessamiti^‘ sayaiii gantva dliamma-
ganthikaya' sisaih katva nipajji. Bliattakarako taiii disva
,,iaddliabhayo migaraja gantliikaya'^^ iiipanno, kin nu karanan^^
ti vegena gantva raiino' arocesi. Raja tavad eva ratliaiii
aruylia maliantena parivarena agantva Bodliisattaiii disva alia:
jjsamina migaraja S naiiu inaya tuyliani abliayarii diimaiii, kasma
tvaiii® idha nipaiino^^ ti. ,, Maharaja, gabbhinl^^ migl^^ agantva*^
unama varaiii afniassa’^ papehitr aha, na sakka kho pana
maya ekassa maranadukkhaih anhassa^^ upari pakkhipituih,
sv-ahaiii attano jivitaiii tassa datva tassa santakam raaranam
galietva idha nipanno, ina afinam’® kiilci asaihkittha maharaja^'
’ti. Raja aha: „sami suvaniiavannamigaraja^% maya tadiso
khantimettaimddayasampanno manussesu pi na ditthapubbo, tena
te pasanno ’srai, utthehi , tuyhaii ca tassa ca abhayaih dam-
,,Dvihi abhaye laddhe avasesii kiih karissanti narinda^^
’ti. „Avasesanam pi abhayam damma'^ samiti^^ ,, Maharaja,
evam pi uyyane yeva iniga abhayam labliissanti , sesa kim
ka^ssant^ti‘^^ „Etesam pi abhayam*’ dammi saralti^^ „Malia-
raja,, raiga tava abhayam labhantu, sesa catuppada kim karis-
* C*’ “gaiujliikayaj -gaiiidikaya. ® C* gabbhmi-. ® C® gabbhini. ^
arhnesam. ® ail three MSS. -gaiifli-. * all three MSS. gandi-. ’
ramno. » -raja. ® tuvam. gabbhini. C« migi. C*
gantva. o7£ Qv amnassa. 0^^ aibMsa. 0^ amnarh. 0'^ svaniia-
vararamigaraja. ” damraf.
152
I. Ekanfpata. 2. Silavagga.
santiti^^ ,jEtesam pi abliayaiii dammi j^Maliaraja^
catuppada tava abliayaiii labliantu^ dvijagana kim karissantiti*^
jjEtesam pi^ damrni samiti^^ s, Maharaja, dvijagana^ tava
abhayaiii labhissanti, udake vasanta maccha kiiii karissantiti^'.
5,Etesam pi abliayam dammi samiti^^ Evaih Mahasatto raja-
naiii sabbasattanaiii abliayaiii yacitva utthaya rajanaiii pahcasu
silesu patitthapetva „dlianimaiii cara maharaja, matapitusu^
puttadhltasu brahmanagalmpatikesu negamajanapadesu^ dhani-
marii caraiito samaiii caraiito® kayassa bheda sugatiiii Saggaih
lokaiii gamissasiti^’’^^ raniio BuddhalTlhaya'^ dhammaih desetva
katipaliaiii uyyane vasitva rahho® ovadaiii datva migagana-
parivuto arahnaiti^ pavisi. Sapi kho migadhenu pupphakaiini-
kasadisam puttarh vijayi. So kilamano^^ Sakhamigassa santikam
^ gacchati, Atha naiii mata tassa santikaiii gacchantaiii disvil
j^putta, ito patthaya ina etassa santikaiii gaccha, Nigrodhass’
eva santikam gaccheyyasith‘ ovadantf^ imam gatham aha:
Nigrodliam eva seveyya, na Sakhaiii'^ upasaihvase,
Nigrodhasmim inatarii seyyo yance Sakhasmim® jivitan ti. IL
Tattha nigrodham eva seveyya ti tata tvaiii va anfio va attano
hitakamo Nigrodham eva seveyya bhajeyya upasaiiikameyya , iia sakham
upasaihvase ti Sakhamigam paiia na upasaiiivasej upagamma na samvaseyya,
etaiii nissaya jivikam nakappeyya, nigrodhasmim mataih seyy o ti Nigrodha-
rahho^® padamule maranam pi seyyo varaih iittamaih, yance sakhasmim
givitan ti yaiii pana Sakhassa santike jivitaiii taiii ii^ eva seyyo na varaih na
uttaman ti attho.
Tato patthaya ca pana abhayaladdhaka miga maiiussanam
sassani khadanti. Manus^ia „Iaddhabhaya iine miga*^^ ti paha-
rituiii ya palapetuiii va na visahanti. Te rajailgaiie'^ sanni-
patitva rahho'® tarn attham arocesum. Raja „maya pasahnena
’ Cy adds abhayam* ^ C** dijagana. ‘‘ so aii three MSS- * 0 ^ -janapadesu.
® omits samaiii caranto. ® gamissanti corrected to gamissasitij (> gamis-
satiii. -Hlhaya. « C?"- C^’ ramno- ® C« araihham. C« kiia-.
C« ovadaiiti. C*' aihho. -rarimo. C« rajafigane, C*'* rajaiiigane.
G® ramho»
3. Kandinajataka* (13).
153
Nigrodharaigavarassa varo dinno^ ahaih rajjam jalieyyaiii* na
ca taiii® patinnaih^ gacchatha, na koci mama vijite mige
paharitum labliatiti^^ Nigrodhainigo taiii pavattiiii sutva miga-
ganaih sannipatapetva ^jito patthaya paresam sassaiii khaditum
na^ labhatha^' ’ti mige varetva raanussanam arocapesi: ^jito
pattMya sassakarakamanussa sassarakklianattham® vatiiii'^ ma
karontu, khettaiii pana avijjhxtva/ pannasannam** bandhantn^^ ’ti.
Tato pattliaya kira kkettesu pannabandhanasannaiii® ndapMi,
tato pattMya pannasafifiam*® atikkamanakaraigo nama n’ atthi,
ayaiii kira nesaih Bodliisattato laddhaovado. Evaiii migaganaiii
ovaditva Bodhisatto yavatayukaih tkatva saddhiih migehi yatha-
kammaiii gate. Rajapi BodMsattassa ovade thatva purinani’^
katva yathakammaiii gate.
Sattha »,na bliikkhave idaii’ eyahaiii theriya ca Kumarakassapassa
ca arassayo, piibbe pi arassayo eva“ ’ti imarii dhammadesanaiii aha-
ritva catusaccadhammadesanaiii Tiniyattetva dve vatthuni kathetva
aiuisandhiih ghatetya jatakam saniodhanesi : „Tada Sakhamigo Deya-
datto ahosi, parisapi \ssa Deyadattaparisa niigadheim then*'*’
ahosi , putto Kumarakassapo , raja Anando , Nigrodhamigaraja pana
aham eya ahosin“ ti. Nigrodhamigajatakam.
3. Kandinajataka.
Dhirathu kandinam sallaii ti. Idam Sattha Jetavane
yiharanto puranadutiyikapalobhanam arabbha kathesi. Tam
Atthanipate Indriyajatake ayibhayissati. Bhagaya pana tain bhikkhum
etad aroca: ,,bhikkhu pubbe pi tvam etaiii matugamam nissaya jiyi-
takkhayaiii patya vitaccikesu ahgaresu •pakko“ ti, Bhikkhh tass*
atthassayibhayattliaya Bhagavaiitani yacimsu. Bhagaya bhayantarena
paticchannam karanaiii pakapim akasi. Itoparaiii pana bhikkhunaxii
^ t> haheyyaih. ^ naiii. ^ patuhnam. * 0* omits na, ^ so
-rakkhaiia. ** 0^ tim. ' avijjhitva. ® paniiasaiii, C*’ pai.inasaihhaih,
(j« paniiasahilaiii. C^.panna-, G* -samiiajh. C* 0** -saiiinam, 0^' panna-
sanfiam. pumhani. ca. G*' then. vitacdkesu,
C« dtakaccikesu.. , .
154
I. Ekanipata. 2. Silavagga.
yacaiiani bliava,iitarai>aticchaiinatan ca avatva ,,atitam a'hariti** ettakam
eya yakkhama» ettake yxitte pi ayacanam yalahakagabbiuito caudaniha-
ranupama ca bkavantarapaticclianiiakaranabhavo ca *ti* sabbam etaiii
lietthayuttanayen’ eva yojetva yeditabbaiii k
Atite Magadliaratthe Rajagahe Magadharaja rajjani
kareti. Magadliavasikanaiii sassasamaye miganaiii® maliapari-
pantlio hoti. Te aranne* pabbatapadaiii pavisanti. Tattlia eko
arafinavasipabbateyyamigo^ ekaya gamaotavasiniya" iiiigapoti-
kaya saddliiiii saiitliavam katva tesaiii iiiiganaiii pabbatapadato
oruyha puna gamantaiii osaranakale migapotikaya patibaddha-
cittatta tehi saddhixii yeva otarr*. Atlia naiii sa aha: jjtvaih
kho si ayya pabbateyyo balamigo, gamaiito ca iiama sasaiixko
sappatibhayoj ma amliehi saddhim otarSiiti^^^ So tassa pati-
baddhacittataya anivattitva saddhiih yeva agamasi, Magadha-
vasino „idani miganaiii pabbatapada otaranakalo*^^ ti hatva
magge paticchaunakottliakesu titthanti. Tesam pi dvinnaiii
agamanamagge eko luddako paticclianiiakotthake thito hoti,
Migapotika mauussagaiidhaiii ghayitva 5,eko luddako thito
, bhavissatiti^® taiii balamigaiii purato katva sayaiii pacchato
ahosi, Luddako ekena sarappaharena migaiii tattli' eva patesi.
Migapotika tassa viddhabhavam hatva iippatitva^ vatagatiya
palayi. Luddako kotthaka nikkhamitva iiiigaih okkantitva
aggiiii katva vitaccikesu^ ahgaresu^‘^ madhuramaiiisaih pacitva
khaditva panlyaiii^* pivitva avasesaih lohitabindiihi^^ paggha-
rantehi kacenadaya darake tosento gharaiii againasi. Tada
Bodhisatto tasmiih vanasande devata luitva nibbatto hoti.’ So
taiii karanam disva „imassa balamigassa maraaam n’ eva
niataraiii iiissaya na pitaraiii nissaya atha kho kamam iiissaya.
i 0^" C'^“ vetlitabba. omits miganam. ® C'*-’ araihne. ^ araiiula-, 0^
araiiina-, C*' arannavasi-. ■'*’ C« gamamta-. ^ Otari. ” otarabTti. ^ Of;
Bppattitva, 0^^ uppattitvii corrected to appatitva. ® O-'*’ vitacchikesa, 0='’ vitasi-
kesa, afigarakesu. paniyaiii, Qv -biTuluhi.
kajenadaya.
3. Kandinajataka* (13).
kamaniffiittamlii , satta. ^ sugati yava liatthaccheda''* cluggatiyan
ca pancavidhabandharicldinanappakarakam dukkliaiii papimantij
paresam maranadukldmppadanam pi nama imasmiiti ioke garahi-^
tarn eva^ yam janapadaiii matugamo vicareti anusasati so itthi-
parinayako^ janapado garahito va, ye satta matugamassa vasaih
gacckanti te pi garahita va'*' ’ti ekaya gathaya tiiii garalia-
vatthuni dassetva vanadevatasu sadhukaraiii datva gandha*
puppkadihi pujayamanasu madhurena sarena tain vanasandam
umiadento imaya gatliaya dliaminam deseti:
Dlii-r-attliu'^ kaiKlinaiii sallaiii purisam galhavedhinaiii,
dlii-r-attliu^ taih janapadaiii yatth’ ittlif parinayika/,
te capi dhikkita satta ye itthinam vasaiti gata ti. 12.
Tattha dhirattliii 'ti garahanattbe® nipato, sv-ayam idha iittasaubbegaYasena
garahane® dattliabbo, uttasitubbigga ® hi houto Bodhisatto evara aha, kaiidam
assa atthiti kanditaiii'-* kandinaiid^, taih^^ pana kaiidam aimpavisanatthena^^
sallan ti vuccati, tasma kandinaiii sallan ti, ettha sallaih kanrlin ti attho, sallam
va assa atthiti sallo^'"*, tarh^^ sallan mahaatarh vanamnkharh^*^ katva bala-
vappaharam dento galhaiii vijjhatiti galhavedhitam^® g a I h a v e d h i n a rh
nariappakarakena kandena kiimudapattasantbanathalena^^ ujukagamanen’ eva®^
saliena ca samannagataiii galhavedMnarh** purisam clhiratthO 'ti ayam ettha
atthe, pariri ayika^^ ti issara saihvidhayika, dhikkita^® ti garahita, sesara
ettha uttanattham eva, itoparaih pana ettakara pi avatva yaih yaih anuttanaiii
taiii tad eva vannayissama.
Evaiii ekaya gatliaya tmi garahavatthani dassetva Bodhi-
satto vanaih unnadetva BuddlialTlhaya^*’ dliammaiii desesi.
Sattha iinani dliammadesaiiaiii aharitva saccani pakasesi. Sacca-
pariyosane ukkantliitabhikkliu^^ sotapattiphale patittliahi. Sattha dve
’ read sattanaiiiV 0^" tJ^^‘ -cchedadi. ' O^MtUnparinayako, itthiparinayako.
^ O'"? dhi", dha- corrected to dhi-. ^ dhi-. ^ C« itthi. parinayika.
^ so all three MSS. ^ C« kandinaih? kandinaih, kandinam later
put in parenthesi, 0^ nam. -tthe. salla. O naih. C®
sallanti. vana-. 0^ -haram. galham, G^ galhavedhTtarii,
G^ gajhavedhzta , 0^ galhavedhitaiii. C* galhavedhitaiii , C-** galhavedhinaiii.
C« “-samthana-. fjy ujugamaneneva. -vedhitarii, C« galhavedhiriaiti.
^4 f>* C'w parinayikd. G^ dhikkika. G« riiUiuya, C-^ ukkaiiUhita-.
156
I. Ekanipata, 2. Silavagga.
vattlmiii katlietva amisandliim ghatetva jatakam samodhancsi. Itoparam
pana „dye vatthuiii katlietya' - ti imam avatya „aim«aiidhim g}iafcet?a“ ti
ettakam eva' vakkhtoa , avuttaiH pi pana hetthayuttanajen’ eva
yojetya gahetabbaih. „Tada pabbatejyo migo iikkanthitabliikkhu ^
abosi, migapotika pnranadut-iyika*, kamesu dosaiii dassetya dharamara
desitadevata pana aliam era ahosin^ ti. Kan dinajatakaiii.
4. Vatamigajataka.
Na kiratthi ratthelii papiyo ti. Idaiii SatUia Jetayane
yihai*aiito Giillapindapatikatissatlieraih ^ arabbha kathesi.
Satthari kira Rajagaham npanissaya Veliiyane viharante Tissakumaro
nama ma^avibhayassa settbikulassa putto ekadiyasaih Yeluyanam
gantya Satthu dhammadesanam sutva pabbajitukamo pabbajjaiii yacitya
matapitiihi ® anaimnnatatta patikkbitto sattaliam bhattacchedaih katya
Rattbapalathero^ viya mitapitaro annjanapetva Satthu santike pabbaji.
Sattha tarn pabbajetva addhamasamattam Yeluyane yiharitva Jetayanaiii
agamasi. Tatrayam kulaputto terasa dliutangani samadaya Savatthiyam
sapadanam pindaya caramano kalani yitinaineti. Cullapindapatikatis-
satthero^^ nama ti vutte^ gaganatale cando viya Buddhasasane pakato
pamnato alxosi. Tasmim kale Rajagahe nakkhattakilaya yattamanaya
therassa matapitaro yan tassa gihikale*^ aliosi abharanabhandakan ®
tarn rajatacamgofcake nikkhipitva ure thapetya „annasu iiakkliattakiiasu
amliakaiii putto imiria imina alamkarena alamkato nakkliattam kilati.
tan no ekaputtakaiii gahetva Samano Gotamo Savatthinagaraiii gato,
kaham nu kho so etarahi nisiimo , kabam thito‘* ti vatva rodanti.
Atb’ eka vannadasi^'^ taiii kulam gantya setthibhariyam rodantim disya
pucchi: „kmi ayye rodasiti“. Sa tarn attbaih arocesi. „Kim pana
ayye ayyaputto piyayatiti“. „Asuka5 ca asukan ca“ ’ti. „Sace
tumbe imasmirii gebe sabbarii issariyam may bam detha ahani vo p attain
anessanuti“. Setthibbariya^ „sadbu“ ’ti sampaticcbitva paribbayaiii
datva niabautena parivarena tarn uyyojesi; „gaccha, attano balena
mama puttam anehiti“. Sa paticchannayane nisinna Sayatthiiii gaiitva
therassa bhikkbacarayitbiyarii niyasam gabetya settbikuia agata-
^ ettbakameva. ^ C*’ ukkaiiithxta-. * €*' -duti-. ^ so ali thrtie MSS.
-pitnhi. ® -tissathero ti, -tissatthero ti. ^ so ail three MSS. instead of vutto ?
^ Ok C*-* giM“. ^ -kan corrected to -kaih. C« vannadasmam, C*' varinadasi.
4. Vatamigajataka. (14).
157
manusse therassa adassetya attano pariraren’ era pariyuta tlierassa
pindaya payittliassa adito ya ulumkabhikkhaih sarakabkikkliaia ca
datya rasatanhaya bandhitya anukkamena gebe nisidapetva bhikkhaiii
dadamana attano vasam upagatabhayam iSatya gilanalayaiii dassetva
antogabbhe nipajji. Thero pi bhikkhacarayelaya sapadanam caraiito
gehadvaram agamasi. Parijano therassa pattam galietva therarii ghare
nisidapesi^ Thero nisiditya ya „ka}iam apasika^ ti pucchi. „Gilana
bhante, tiimhakarii dassaiiam icchatiti“. So rasatarihaya ^ baddho
attano yatasamadanaih^ hhinditva tassapi* nipannatthaiiam payisi. Sa
attano agatakaranaiii kathetva tarn palobhetva rasatanhaya® bandhitya
uppabbajetya attano vase'"* thapetya yane nisidapetva mahantena pari-
y arena Rajagahani eva agamasi. Sa payatti pakata jata. Bbikkhii
dhammasabhayara sannisinna „Ciillapindapatikatissattbera.m'^ kira eka
yannadasi^ rasatanhaya^ bandliitva adaya gata*‘ ti katham samuttha-
pesum. Sattha dbammasabhaih upagantva alamkatasane nisiditya
„kaya nii ’ttha bhikkhaye etarahi kathaya sannisinna** ti aba. Te
tarn pavattim kathayiihsu. ,,Na bhikkhaye idan’ eya eso bhikkhu
rasatanhaya bandhitya*^ tassa yasam gato, pubbe pi tassa vasam gato
yeya** ’ti vatva atitam abari'^:
Atite Bai’aiiasiyaiii rahho Brahmadattassa Saiijayo
llama uyyanapalo ahosi. Ath’ eko vatamigo uyyanam
agantva Sanjayaiii disvii palayati. Sahjayo pi na taiii tajjetva
niharati. So punappuna agantva uyyane yeva carati. Uyyana-
palo nyyane nanappakarakani piipphaphalani gahetva divase
divase rahho abhiharati. Atha naiii ekadivasaiii raja pucctd:
5,atthi pana samma uyyanapala nyyane kihci acchariyam pas-
sasiti^^^^ jjDeva ahhaiii na passami, eko pana vataraigo agantva
uyyane carati, etahi passamiti“. „Sakkhissasi pana taiii gahetun'^
ti. jjTliokam nGiadhiim labhanto ima^iii antorajanivesanam ]pi
tarn anetnm sakkhissamtti'^ Raja tassa niadhum dapesi. So
taiii gahetva uyyanam gantva vatamigassa caranatthane^* tinani
^ -pesi. ® C« -taibbaya. O*' -danam. * 0* tasmapi. G^ attana vese.
^ -tissatberam. ^ vannadasi, C« vannadasi. ® bajjhltya. ® C®
ahan. omits tarn, acchariyam passatiti. marana-, varana-
corrected to carana-.
158
I. EbanipSta. 2. Silavagga.
madhana makklietva nillyi\ Migo agantva madhumakkliitani
tiiiani khaditva rasatanhaya baddho aiinattha agantva^ iiyyanam
eva agaccliati. Uyyanapalo tassa madliiimakkhitatiiiesu pa-
luddliabhavaiii natva anukkamena attanam dassesi. So taiii
disva katipaham palayitva punappiina passanto vissasaih apajjitva
anukkamena uyyanapalassa liatthe thitatiimni kliadituiii araddlio.
So tassa vissasaiii apannabhavam natva yava'" rajanivesana ^
vTtliiiii kilanjelii parikkliipitva vataliam sakliabliaogam patetva
madliulabukaiii aiiise laggetva^ tinakalapaiii iipakaccliake tlia-
petva madhiiinakkliitani tinani migassa piirato purato vikiranto
antorajanivesanaih yeva agamasi. Mige*^ antopavittbe^ dvaraiii
pidahimsu. Migo raanusse disva kampamano maranabhayabhito
antonivesanaiii gato^ adhavati paridliavati. Raja pastlda oruylia
tarn kampamanam disva „vatamigo ntoa maniissanaiii ditthattlifi-
nam sattaliaiii na gacchati, tajjitattlianam yavajivaiii na gacchati,
so evarupo gahananissito ^ vatamigo rasatanhaya baddho idani
evaruparii thanarri*^ agato, n’ atthi vata bho loke rasatanh^a
papakataraiii nama*^ ’ti imaya gathaya dhammadesanam
patthapesi:
Na kir’ attlii rasehi papiyo
avasehi va santliavehi va,
vatainigaiii gehanissitam
vasam anesi raselii Sahjayo ti. 13.
Tattha kira ti aimssavatthe nipato, rasehiti jivhavinneyyelii*^ Diadimram-
biladihi, papiyo ti papataro, avasehi va santhavehi vfi ti nibaddba-
vasanatthilnasaiiikbatesu hi avasesu pi mittasaiithavesu pi chandarago pfipako va
tehi paiia saccliandaragapariblfogebi^® avasehi va mittasanthavehi va satagunena
sahassagiinena madhuvapatisevanatthena^® aharani vina jivitiridriyapaiaiiaya^^
abhaveiia ca sacchandaragaparibhogarasa va papatarrp-’^ ti Bodhisatto paiia arm-
* niliyi, C^nlliyi. . * agantva, agantva corrected to nagantva. ^ C-’
omits yava. ^ -luvesanara. ® iagetva. ® migo. ' 0^^ -patitthe.
8 -nivesaiiamgato corrected to -nivesanariigano; -nivesanaiiigane. €«•’
gahanissito. evarupatthaiiam. -vimfieyyiW. C^' -rugabhogehi.
C'^ cadhuva-. G*'’ jmtendri-. papataro.
5» ICbaradiyajataka. (15),
159
svagataiii viya imam attbarii katva iia kiratthi rasebi papiyo aviisebi va san-
thavebi va ti aha, idani tesam papiyabhavam dassento vatamigan-ti-adim
aha, tattha geh an iss i tan ti gahanatthananissitaih, idaiii vuttaiii hoti: pas-
satha^ rasanam papiyabhavam , imam nama^ arannayatane gaiiananissitam vata-
migarh Sanjayo uyyanapalo madhiiraseM attajio vasaih ane.si, sabbathapi sacchan-
daragaparibhogehi rasehi samaih ailnaih papakataraii) iamakataram n’ atthlti
rasatanhiiya adinavarn® kathesi kathetva ca pana taih migaih aranham eva pesesi.
Sattha ,,na bhikkbaye sa yannadasi^ idani etaiii rasatanhaja
iiandliitya attano yase karoti, piibbe pi akasi yeya“ ’ti imam “dhamma-
desanam aharitya anusandhim gbatetya jatakam samodhanesi : ,,Tada
Sanjayo ayaiii yannadasl^ ahosi, vatamigo Cullapindapatiyo, Baranasiraja
pana aiiam eva ahosm“ ti. Y atamigajatakam.
5. Kharadiyaj ataka.
Atihak bnram Kbaradiye ti. Idaiii Sattlia Jetavane
yibaranto annatararii dubbac abhikkhurii arabbha kathesi. So kira
bhikkbu dubbaco oyadaiii na ganhati, Atha nam Sattlia pucchi:
^saccaiii kira tyam bhikkhu dnbbaco ovadam na ganhasiti“. ,,Saccam
Bhagaya“ ’ti. Sattha ,,piibbe pi tyarii dubbacataya panditanam ovadam
agahetya pasena baddho va jivitakkhayam patto** ti yatva atitam ahari :
Atite Baranasiyam Bralimadatte rajjam karente
Bodhisatto migo hiitva migaganaparivuto aranhe vasati.
Ath’ assa bhaginf migi puttakam dassetya jjbhatika, ayan^ te
blifigineyyo 5 etaiii migamayaih ugganhapehlti^^^ paticchapesi.
So taiii bhagineyyaiii ^asukavelaya nama agantva agganhahiti^^
alia. So vuttavelaya na gaccliati, yatha ekadivasam evarh
sattadivase sattoyade atikkanto so migamayam anngganhitva®
va yicaranto pase bajjhi. Matapi ’ssa bhMaraiii iipasaih-
kamitva te bhatika bhagineyyo migamayam ugganliapito^^"^
ti pucchi. Bodhisatto ca j^tassa anoyadakassa ma cintayi%
^ 0^ passa. ^ namaiii. ^ ali three MSS. adinavaih. ^ 0 ^ vannadasi,
vamiadasi. G-*? bhagini. « 0^' aya, ayarii. ’ 0^? uggamha*. C«
armggamhitvii. ^ 0*’ eintayL
160
I. Ekanipata. 2. Silavagga.
na te^ puttena migamaya* uggahita^'^ ti vatva idani pi tam
anovadituktoo va hutva imaiii gatham alia:
Atthakhuram Kharadiye migam vaiiikativariikinam
sattaki kalah’ atikkantam na naiii ovadit’ ussalie ti. 14,
Tattha atthakhuran ti ekekasmira pade dvinnarh dvimiaih vaseiia attba-
khuram, Kharadiye ti tam namena alapati, migari ti sabbasaihgahikavaca-
iiaiii*, vamkati vaihkiiian ti mule vamkfini agge ativaiiikani tMisani siagririi
assa attbiti vaihkativamkinam , sattahi kalahatikkan tan ti sattalu ovada-
kalehi ovadarh atikkantaih, na nam ovaditussaheti evam dubbacamigam® abaih
ovadituih na nssahami, etassa me ovadanatthaya cittam pi iia uppajjatiti dasseti.
Atlia naiii dubbacamigara pase baddliam liiddo maretva
mamsam adaya pakkami. -
Sattbapi „na tyam bhikkliu idan’ eva dubbaco, pubbe pi dubbaco
ye7a‘* ’ti imam dhammadesanam abaritva anusandbim ghatetva jatakam
samodhanesi®: „Tada bhagmeyyo migo dubbacabhikkhu'^ ahosi, bha»
gini^ Uppalavanna, oyadakamigo pana abam eva ahosin“ ti. Kbara-
diy ajatakaiii.
6. Tipallatthamigajataka.
Migan tipallattban ti. Idaiii Sattha Kosambiyaim Badari-
k a r a m y iharanto sikkhakamam R a h a 1 a 1 1 li e r a rii arabbha katliesi.
Ekasmiih hi kale Satthari Alayinag’aram^^^ nissaja Aggalave^^ Cetiye
yiharante baliii^^ upasika ca bhikkbuniyo ca yiliaraiii dhammasayanaya
gacchanti. Diva dbammasavanam lioti, gacchante pana kale upasika
ca bbikkhuniyo ca na gaccbiriisu, bhikkhd c’ eva upasaka ca abesimi.
Tato patthaya rattiih'® dhaiumasavanaiii jatam. Dbammasavanapari-
yosane tbera bhikklm*"* attano attano vasanatthanani gacchanti. Babara
upasakehi saddhiiii upattbr^nasalaya sayanti. Tesu^** niddairi upagatesu
ekacce ghurughunlpassasa^^’ kakaccbamana dante khadanta nipajjiriisu.
^ tesu. ^ -mayam. * uggahita corrected to ugganhita. C
sabbasamghahika-, sabbasariikhagahika-. dubbajamigaiii, dubbamidam.
omits diibbacamigam aharii . . . samodhanesi. ^ dubbaja-. C*' dubbaja- cor-
rected to dubbaca-. ® all three MSS. bhagini. ^ C* khabadarika-, badiraka-.
alavi-. C« aggalave. O*' bahii. rattiiii corrected to ratti.
atthabhikkhu , C* C*' bhikkhu. 0^-^ tesii corrected to kesu.
-passasa; ghurnghuru-, 0^ ghurughuru- corrected to gliurnghuru-.
6. Tipaliattliamigajataka. (16).
161
ekacce inuhuttaih iiiddayitra ufethahiiiisu. Te tarn vippakaraiii disra
Bliagavato arocesaiii. Bliagava „yo pana bhikkhu^ anupasampannena
saha seyyaiii kappeyya pacittiyan“ ti sikkhapadaiii panSapetva Ko-
sambim agamasi. Ta.tfcha bhikkhii ayasmautaiii Rahulam ahaiiisu :
,,aYiiso Eahiila, Bhagavata iiikkhapadam pannattaiii, idani tvam attaiio
vasanatthanam janahiti“. Pubbe paua te bhikkliu Bhagavati ca
garavaiii tassa cayasmato sikkhakaniataiii pafcicca taiii attano vasa-
aatthanam agatani ativiya samganhaiiti, khuddakaniancakarii panna-
petva assisakaranatth^a civaraih denti, taih divasam pana sikkba-
padabhayena vasanatthariani pi na adaiiisu. Rahiilabhaddo „pita me“
ti Dasabalassa va „upajjhayo^ iHe“ ti dhaininasenapatino va „acariyo
me** ti Mabamoggaiianassa ya ,,cullapita ine“ ti Anandatherassa* ya
santikaiii ^ agantya^’ Dasabalassa valanjanavaccakiitirii ^ brahinavinianaiii
pavisanto yiya pavisitva vasaiii kappesi. Buddhanam hi® yalaSjana-
kutiya® dvaraiii supihitam lioti, gandhaparibliandakata bbiimi, gandha-
daraamaladamam osaritanV eva honti * sabbarattim dipo jhayatP*.
Rahuiabhaddo pana na*^ tassa/*** kiitiya imam samp attirh pa ticca tattha
yasam upagato, bbikkhiihi pana ,,vasanatthaDarh janahiti“ vnttatta
ovadagarayena sikkliakfunataya tattha vasam upagato, antarantara*^
hi bhikkhu pi tarii ayasmantam durato va gacchantam disra tassa
vimamsanatthaya* ’ mutthisammujjanim*^ va kacavarachaddanakam^^ va
bahi khipitva tasmirii agate „avuso imam kena chadditan“ ti vadanti,
tattha kehici „Rahiilo imina maggena gato*^ ti vutte so ayasma
^naham bhante etam janamiti'* avatva va*^ tarii patisametva va „klia-
matha me bbante“ ti kharaapetva gacchati, evam esa sikkhakamo* so
tarn sikkhakamatam yeva paticca tattha vasam upagato. Atha Sattha
pure arunam yeva vaccakiitidvare thatva ukkasi, so panayasma ukkasi:
„ko eso'‘ ti. „Aham Rahulo“ ti nikkhamitva vandi. „Kasma tvam Rahula
idha nipaimo*‘ ti, ,,Vasanatthanassa abhavato, pubbe hi * bhante
bhikkhu mama samgahaiii^*^ karonti, idani attano apattibhayena vasa-
* bhikkhu. ^ C-’’' bhikkhu. * adds va. ^ so all three MSS. ^
adds na. C'' agantva., C^’ iigaiitva corrected to agantva. valanchana-,
valahjana corrected to valahchana-. ® 0^ buddhanamhi, G^ -nampi, C*' buddha-
namhi corrected to buddhanaihhi, ® valahjana- corrected to valahcbana-. G *^
-mala-. ^ * 0?*^ jjhayati, C*' jjhayati corrected to jhayati. C« pana, omitting na,
0^^ paniia corrected to pana na. nassii. antaiita, 0*^ antaiitara cor*
reeled to antarantara, <> vimanasanatthaya. ^*^0^ -sammuhja- corrected to
“sammujja-, 0^’ -sammunja-. -chaddha-, jaddanaka corrected to
ehaddanakani. vutto. omits va. sangahaiii.
11
162
I. Ekanipata. % Silavagga.
natthanarh na denti , sv-aham ‘idaiii annesaih asamgliattanatthanan* ti
imina karanena idlia nipanno** ti. Atha Bhagayato „Eahulam tava
bhikkku evam pariccajanta anne kuladarake pabbajetya kim karis-
santiti“ dhanimasamyego udapadi. Atha pato va bliikklm sanni-
patetya dhammasenapatim patipucchi: ,.janasi paiia tyam Sariputta
ajja katthaci Bahulassa yutthabhavan“ ti. „Na janami bliante^ ti.
„Sariputta a^a Rahulo vaccakutiyarh yasi, Sariputta tumhe Rahulaiii
eyam pariccajanta anrie kuladarake pabbajetva kiiii karissatha, eyaiii
hi sante^ imasmira sasane pabbajita na-ppatittha bhavissanti, ito dani
patthaya aiuipasarapannena ekadve va divase attano santike yasa-
petva tatiyadivase tesarii yasanatthanam natva bahi vasetlia‘‘ *ti imam
anuppanSattiih® katva puna sikkhapadaiii pannapesi. Tasmirii samaye
dhammasabhayam sannisiuna bMkkhu Rahulassa giinam kathenti :
„passatliavuso yava sikkhaktoo yat%am Rahulo ‘tava yasanatthanam
janahiti’ yutto nama ‘aharii Dasabalassa putto, tumhe ke senasanassa,
tumhe yeya nikkhamatha’ ’ti ekabhikkhum pi appatippharitya yacca-
kutiyaiii^ vasam kappesiti“. Eyan tesu kathayamanesu Sattha dham-
masabharh upagantva alamkatasane nisiditva ,,kaya lui ’ttha bhikkhave
etarahi kathaya sannisinna“ ti aha. ,,Bhante Rahulassa sikkhakama-
kathaya^ na amnaya kathaya ’ti. Sattha ,,na bhikkhave Rahulo
idan’ eva sikkhakamo, pubbe tiracchanayoniyam nibbatto pi sikkha-
kamo yeya“ ’ti vatva atitaiii ahari:
Atite Eajagalie eko Magadharaja rajjaiii kareti.
Tada Bodhisatto migayoniyani nibbattitva migagaiiaparivuto
arahne vasati. Ath’ assa bhaginl attano puttakam upanetva
^bhatika imam bhagineyyaih migamayaih sikkliapehiti^' aha,
Bodhisatto 5,sadhu‘^ ’ti patisunitva jigacclia tata, asnkavelaya
nama agantva sikkheyyasiti^^ aha. So matulena vuttavelam
anatikkanietva tarn up^aiiikamitva migamayaiii sikkhi. So
ekadivasam vane vicaranto pasena baddlio baddharavaiii ravi,
Migagaiio palayitva „putto te pasena baddho'' ti tassa matuya
arocesi. Sa bhatu santikaiii gantva ^bhatika bhagineyyo te
migamayaiii sikkiiapito^'^ ti pucchi, Bodhisatto „ma tvaiii
^ bhante. ^ C*’ idam main anuppattim. ^ C*' “kutiyaiii. ^ -kathaya.
^ omits na aihfiaya kathaya.
6. Tipallatthamigajataka. (16).
163
puttassa kiilci papakaiii asamki% suggahita* nena^ migainaya,
idaoi tam^ hasayamaiio agaccliissatiti^* vatva imam gatham aha:
Migaii tipallattham anekamayaih '
attliakhuraiii addharattavapayim
ekena sotena chamassasanto®
chalif kalah’ atibhoti' bhagineyyo ti. 15 . ‘
Tattba migan ti bhagineyyamigaii, tipallatthan ti pallattharh vuccati
sayanarii, ubhohi passehl wjiikam eva ca goiiisinnakavasena ti akarehi
pallattbam assa, tini va pallattbani assa ti tipaliattho , tarn® tipallattbam
anekamayaii ti balmmayam^ bahuvancanam^®, atthakhurau ti ekekasmiiii
pade dvinnara dvinnam vasena atthahi khiireM samannagatam, addharattava-
payin ti punniayamaih atikkamitva majjhimayame aranfiato agamma panlyassa^^
pivanato addbaratte avapivatiti arblbarattavapayi tarn addharatte apayiii ti attbo,
mama bbagineyyara migam abaiii sadhukam migamayarii ugganhapesiih, katbaih:
yatha^® ekena sotena cbamassasanto^^ cbahi^^ kaiahatibhoti
bhagineyyo ti, idam vuttam hoti: aharn hi tava pnttaih tatha ngganhapesim
yatha ekasmiiii iipariraanasikasote vatarii sannirumhitva pathaviyam alllnena
ekena hetthimasotena tatth’ eva chamayaih assasanto’^ chahi^® kalahi luddakam
atibhoti^® chahi-^ kotthasehi ajjhottharati vancetiti*^ attho, katamahi cbahi:
cattaro pade pasaretva ekena passena seyyaya®* klmrehi tinapamsukhananeiia*^
jivhaninnamanena udarassa nddhumatabbavakaranena^^ uecarapassiivavissajjanena
vataiii sannirumhanena*'' ’ti, aparo nayo: padesu gahetva abhimukhakaddhanena^®
patipanamanena^^ ubhato passesu sancaranena uddhaih ukkhipanena adho
avakkhipanena ’ti imahi cbahi kalahi yatha atibhoti mate ayan ti samnarh^®
■uppadetva vanceti, evaiii naiii migamayaih ngganhapesin ti dipeti, aparo nayo;
tatha naih ugganhapesiiif yatha ekena sotena chamassasanto^® chahi kalahat’i
dvtsii^^ pi nayesii dnssitehi chahi karanehi kalahati^^ kalayissati Inddakarh
^ 0® asaiiiki. “ suggahita. ® G* tena. ^ omits taiii. ® 0^ jamassasanto.
® chabhi, jahT. kalahetibhoti. ® C^' nam. 0*^ tan. ® O'*’’ bahumayam
ti bahumayaih, O* bahumayanti. bahuvacanaih, C« bahuvacanam, bahii-
vacanaiii corrected to ^bahiivancanaih, paniyassa. katharhkathaya.
ebamasasayanato, C* jamassasanto. C^' 0*^ jahi. kalahatihoti.
nparimanasika-. C® assasamento. G*^ jahi. 0^ atihoti.
Jahi. C^vammetiti, 0*^ vamcetiti corrected to vancetTti. C^' G®
sayyayaiii, G^ seyyeya corrected to seyyaya. tinapamsnkhanante.
nddhumatakabhava-. O*’ sannirumbhanena> sarinirumhanto. -kada-
ganena. -namanena. C^* 0-® atihoti. so all three MSS.
chamassayanto. -dvisu. C*' omits kalahati.
It
164
I. Bkanipata. % Silavagga.
vaneessatiti , bhotiti^ bhaginim alapati , bhagirieyyo ti evaiii chahi^ kfira-
nehi vancanakaih bhagineyyaiit niddisati*.
Evaiii Bodhisatto bhagineyyassa inigamayaya sadhukaih
aggaMtabhavaiii dassento biiaginim samassasesi. So pi miga-
potako pase baddho avipphanditva yeva bhuniiyam mahapha-
siikapassena* pade pasaretva nipanno padanaih asanBatthane
kliiireh’ eva paliaritvil paiiisu ca tinani ca uppatetva uccara-
passavani yissajjetva sTsaiii patetva jivliaiii ninnametva sanrajh
khelakilinnaih ■' katva vataggahanena ndaraiii uddhumatakaiii
katva akkhini parivattetva Jiettiianasikasotena vataih sancara-
peixto*^ uparimanasikasotena^ vMaiii sannirumhitva** sakalasariraiii
tbaddhabhavaiii gahapetvfl® matakakaraiii dassesi. Nilamakklii-
kapi naiii sampan varesuiiii. Tasmim tasmiih tliane kaka nil!-
yimsu. Luddo agantva iidare battliena pabaritva j^pato va
baddho bbavissati, putiko jato“ ti tassa bandbanarajjiikani
mocetva'*^ jjettif eva dani naiii iikkaotitva maihsaih adaya
gamissamiti‘‘ nirasamko butva sakbapalasaii] gabetum araddho.
Migapotako pi nttbaya catulii" padelii thatva kayaih vidhu*
TiitviV'*' glvaxii pasaretva mahivatena cbinnavalabako viya
vegena matu santikanb agamasi.
Sattbapi „na bhikkbave Kalmlo idan’ eva sikkhakanio , pubbe
pi sikkhakanio** yeva“ Hi imam dhainmadesanaiii aharitva anusandiiiiii
'ghatetva jatakam samodhanesi : ,,Tada bhagiiieyyo migapotako Habulo
ahosi, mata Uppalavanna . matiilaniigo paiia aham eva aliosin“ ti.
T i p a I la 1 1 h a m i g a j a t a k a rii.
7. ^Malutajataka.
Kale'*'' va yadi va junhe ti. Warn Sattba Jetavane
vibaranto dve buddh apabbajite arabbha kathesi. Te kira Kosaia-
^ hotlH. ^ C*’ jahi. ® O'- iiiddissati. ^ C’* -pbasiipassena.
khela-. saiiicaru-. ^ O’ aparimanH-. upariaiaiiasikasote. ^ C*' samii-
rumbhitviL ^ O'-’ gahapetva. O mecetvu, O'’ (ratuhi. 0^*'
vidhunitvu. C-’ adds pi. O- knlo, C” kiilo corrected to
kiile, O kale.
■j, ...
* 1 , Malut^'ataka* (17).
165
jaoapade ekasinim arannayase^ yasanti eko Kalatfchero^ nama eko
Junhatthero^ nama. Ath* ekadirasam Junho Kaiam ^ pucchi :
,,bhante'' sitam^ nama kasmirii kale hotiti“. So ,,kaie^ aha.
Ath* ekadivasam Kalo*^ Jiinham^ pucchi: „bhante Junha sitam ntoa
kasmiiii kale hotiti“. So hot]ti“ aha. Te ubho pi attano
kamkliam chinditum ^ ‘ asakkouta Satthu santikam gantva Sattharam
randitva ,,bhante sitam nama kasinim kale hotiti“ pucchimsu. Sattha
tesarii katliarh sutya ,,pubbe p’ aham bhikkbaye tiimhakiim imam
paSham kathesiiii, bhayasamkhepagatatta pana na sallakkhayittha** ’ti
yatra atitaih ahari:
Atite ekasmirn pabbatapade si ho ca^'^ vyaggho ca dve
sahayaka ekissa yeva guhayam vasanti. Tadil Bodisatto pi
is ipabbajjam pabbajitvil tasmiiii yeva^^ pabbatapade vasati.
Ath’ ekadivasam tesaiii sahayakanam sitaiii nissaya vivado
udapadi, vyaggho ,,kale*^ yeva sitam hotiti^* aha, slho 5,junhe^"
yeva^‘ ti. Te iiblio pi attano kamkliam chinditum^*’ asakkonta
Bodhisattaiii pucchimsu. Bodhisatto imaiii gatham aha:
Kale*' va yadi va junhe*® yada vayati maluto,
vatajani**^ hi sitani, ubho ’ttha-m-aparajita ti- 16 .
Tattha kal«^^ va yadi vii junhc^*’’ ti kajapakkhe^^ va junhapakkhe*”
va, yada vayati maluto ti yasmim samaye puratthimadibhedo vato vayati
tasmim samaye sitam hoti, kiiiikarana : viitajani^^ hi sitaiii®* yasnia vate®'^
vijante yeva sitani^® honti, kajapakkbe^® va junhapakkhe v:l ettba appamanaii ii
vuttam hoti , n b b o 1 1, b a ni a p a r a j i t a ti ubho pi tnmhe imasmim panhe
aparajita ti.
Evaiii Bodhisatto te sahayake sahhapesi.
Sattiiapi ,, bhikkbaye pubbe pi maya tumhakam ayam paSho
kathit()‘^ ti imam dhammadesanaii) aharitva saccani pakasesi. Sacca-
^ arafme vilse , 0^ arasiiiVivase. ^ all three MSS. kala-. jumba-
■* C^‘ kalaiii. ® omits kalani pucchi bbante. ^ C® sitaiii. kaio,
C^' kale, ^ kalo. '* jumham. 0* junho. C« €«’ jindituiii.
G'« omits ca. C« tasmim samaye ca* O’® kale, C® jumhe.
jindituiii. * C® kiile. C® -jam , O*’ jatajani corrected to vatajam.
C® kala-. C« jumba-. 0^^ vatajam, 0® jatajani, O jatajani corrected
to vatajani, G® sitani. C« yasmiiii te.
166
I. Ekanipata, 2. Silavagga.
pariyosane dye pi te them ^otapattiphale patitthabimsa. Sattha anu-
sandbim gliatetya jatakarii samodMnesi: ,,Tada vyaggbo Kaio* alio si,
sihoJunho, panhayissajjanakatapaso pana abam eva ahosin** ti.
tajatakara.
8 , Matakabhattajataka.
Eyan ce satta j aneyy uii ti. Idam Sattha Jetavane ylha-*
ranto ma t-akabhattam arabbha kathesi, Tasmim hi kale maimssa
bahu^ ajelakadayo'^ niaretva kalakate natake uddissa matakabhattam
nama deiiti* Bhikkhu te manusse tatha karonte disra Sattharam
pucchimsu: „etarahi bhante maniissa bahu'* pane jiyitakkhayam pa™
petya matakabhattarii nama denti, atthi nu kho bhante ettha yaddbiti^**,
Sattha „na bhikkhave matakabhattam dassama ti, kate pi panatipate
kaci yaddhi nama atthi, pubbe pandita akase iiisajja dhammam desetya
ettha adinayamMcathetva sakalajambiidipavasike etarii kammarii jaha-
pesura, idani pana bhayasamkhepagatatta^ puna patubhutan“ ti yatya
atitaih ahari :
Atite Baranasiyarii Bralimadatte rajjaih karente eko
tinnaih vedanam paragu® disapamokkho acariyo brahmano
^matakabhattam dasstoiti®^* ekaih elakaih gahapetva^^^ ante-
vasike aha: „tata imaiii e|akam nadiiii netva nahapetva kanthe^^
raalam parikkhipitva pancangulikaiii datva mandetva anetha^
ti. Te 3,sadhu^‘ ti patisunitva tarn adaya nadim gantva naha-
petva mandetva naditire thapesmh. So elako^^ attano piibba-
kammaih disva „evarupa nama dukkha ajja muccissamiti^^ so-
manassajato . ghatam bhindanto viya mahahasitam liasitva puna
33ayam brahmano^® mam ghatetva maya laddhaiii dukkham
labhissasiti*^^^ brahmane*Vlcarunnam uppadetv^ maliantena sad-
dena parodi. Atha naiii te manavaka pucchimsu: ,,jSarama
^ kalo, ^ Gromits balm, C® has later added bahu. ^ C'^ ajelaha-,
ajelaka-. ^ C*’ bahu. yaddhiti. ® all three MSS. adinavara. ^ C«
-khepatanta, -khepaiiatta? corrected to -khepaganatta. ^ C® G^ paragu.
® dassamati. gahapetva. 0® kamthe. 0^ C® elako. 0^
brahmane. so all three MSS, instead of labhissatiti. 0® brahmano, C*'
brahmano.
S. MatakabbatiajiUka, (18)^
167
elaka^ tvaiti mahasaddena hasi c' eva rodi ca% kena na kS-
raiiena liasi, kena- karanena roditi^^ ^Tumlie mam imam
karanaih attano acariyassa santike puccheyyatha^'^^ ti. Te tarn
adaya gaiitva idaiii karanaiii acariyassa arocesiiih. Acariyo
tesarii vacanaih sutva elakam pucclii: ^^kasma tvaiii elaka
hasi, kasma rodlti'k Elako attana katakammam® jatissa*
rafiaiieiia'^ aiuissaritva brakraanassa kathesi: ^aliaiii brahmana
pubbe tadiso va maiitajjhayakabrahmaiio hiitva ‘'mataka-
bliattaiii dassaraiti’ ejakam maretva adasiihj sv-aliaiii ekassa
elakassa ghatitatta eken’ fmesu® pancasu attabhavasatesu si-
sacciiedaiii papunim, ayam me kotiyaih thito pancasatimo atta-
bhavo^ ‘^sv-abam ajja evarfipa dukkha muccissiimiti’ somanassa-
jato imina karanena hasinij rodanto pana ^aliaih tava ekaih
elakaiii maretva pancajatisatanr sisaccliedadiikkliam patva ajja
tasma dnkklia muccissamiti, ayaih paiia brabmano maiii maretva
abam viya pancajatisatiini sisacchedadukkbam iabbissatiti’ tayi
kariinnena rodin^^ ti. j/Elaka, ma bh%i, naban taib mUressa-
jjBrabmaaaj 1dm vadesi/tayi marente pi amarente pi
na sakka ajja raaya inarana muecitun*^ ti. ^Blaka, ma bliayi,
ahan te arakklmiii gahetva taya saddhirii yeva vicarissamiti^^
jjjBrahmana, appamattako tavaarakkho, maya katapapam pana®
iiiabantam balavan^^ ti. Brahmano elakaih muiicitva jjimam
ejakam kassaci pi maretum® na dassama^^ ti antevasike adaya
elaken’ . eva saddhiib vicari. E}ako vissattbamatto va ekam
pasanapittbam nissaya jatagnmbe^^ givam nkkhipitva pannani
kbMitiiiii araddbo. Tarii kbanam ^ yeva^^ tasmiiii pasana*
pittbe asani patita. Eka pasanasakalika’^ cbijjitva elakassa
pasaritaglvaya patitva sisam chindi. Mabajano sannipati. Tada
* C* liasitaiii ce rodi ca , C« hasitance rodita corrected to -rodica , hasikam
ceva rodi ca corrected to Iiasi ceva rodi ca. ® 0^ 0^ puccheyyatba. ®
omits kata. ^ jatiramiianena , jatissaramnanena corrected to jatissa-
ranaiiena. ^ C^' maritasajjhayaka-. ® C® ekenunesu. pancajati. ^ 0^
adds ca. ® maretva. C« Jatakumbe. 0* omits yeva. -sakhalika.
168
I. Ekanipata. 2. Silavagga,
BodMsatto tasmim thane rnkkhadevata hiitva nibbatto. So
passantass’ eva tassa* mahajanassa devatanubhavena akase
pallamkena oisiditva jjime satta evaih papassa phalam jana-“
mana app-eva nama panatipataiii na kareyyun*^ ti madhurena
sarena dhammam desento imam gatham aha:
' Evan ce ’satta janeyyuiii ‘dukkh’ ayaiii jatisambhavo’
na pano paninam hahne, panaghati hi socatiti. 17.
Tattha evan ce satta jiineyyu]i ti ime satta evai) ee jrineyyuiri, katharii r
diikk hay aril jatisambhavo ti ayaih tattha tattha jati^ ca jTitassa anukka-
raeiia vaclpiisaitikhato sambhavo ca jaravyadhimaranaappiyasainpayogapiyavippa-
yogahatthapadacchftdridTiiam dukkhauarii vatthubhutatta ^ dukkho ti yadi ja-
neyyurii, iia pa no paninaiii haiine ti parajh vadheiito jatisambhave vadharii
labhati pilento pllar’n labhatiti jatisambhavassa dukkhavatthutaya dukkhabhavarh
Jananto koci pano anriaiii paninarii na hatine, satto sattaiii na haiieyya ti attho,
kimkarana; panaghati hi socati yasma saliatthikadisu chasii payogesu yena
kenaci payogena parassa jivitiiniriynpaccliedanena panaghatapuggalo atthasu
mahanirayesu solasasii ussadanirayesu nanappakaraya tiracchanayoniya petti-
visaye^ asurakaye ti imesn eatiisu apayesu mahadukkharii aniihhavamano di-
gharattaiii antonijjhayanalakkhanena sokena socati, yatha va ayaih elako marana-
bhayena soci evarii dlgharattam socatiti pi hatva na pano paninarii hanhe, koci
panatipatakammarii nama na kareyya, mohena pana mulha avijjaya andhikata^
imam adTnavaih^ apassanta panatipataiii karontiti.
Evaiii Mahasatto nirayabhayeiia tajjetva dliammam desesi.
Mannssa tarn dhammadesanaih sutva nirayabhayabhita panati**
pata viramimsu. Bodhisatto pi dhammaiii desetva mahaja-
naiii sfle patitthapetva^ yathakamam gato. Mahajano. pi Bo-
dhisattassa ovade thatva*’ danadini puhhani katva devana-
garam piiresi.
• ■ ' ■ #
Sattha imam dhammadesanam aharitva anusandhim ghatetta
jatakam samodhanesi; ,,Ahan teiia saraayena rnkkhadevata ahosm‘* ti.
Matakabhattajatakaih.
^ omits tassa. “ jati. ® -diiiarh. * C* -bhiitattha corrected to
bhutatta. -visayesii. ^ andhikatha. ^ adinavaih. ^ patittha-
petvi. ® 0^ thapetva.
9. Ayacitabhattajataka. (19).
169
9. Ayacitabhattajataka.
Sace munce ti. Idaiii Sattha Jetavane viharanto devata-
nam a jacanabaiikamm am arabbha kathesi. Tada kira nianussa
vanijjaya * gacchanta pane vadliit?a devatanaiii balikammam katva
,,iiiayam anantarayena atthasiddbim patva agantya puna tumhakaiii
balikammam karissama'‘ ti ayacitya gacchanti. Tattba anantarayena
attliasiddhim ])atva agata ,»deyatanubbayena idaiii jatan“ ti mafinamana
balm^ pane vadliitya ayacanato muccitum balikammam karonti. Tam
disya bbikkhu „a,ttbi nu kho bhante ettba a.ttho‘* ti Bhagayantam
pucchimsu. Bhagaya atitarii ahari:
iktite K a s i r a 1 1 li e ekasmim gainake k u t i in b i k o gtoa-
dvare thite ^ nigrodliarukkhe devataya balikammam patijanitva
anantarayena agantva bahu pane vadhitva jjayacanato^ muccis-
samlti“ rukkbaiinllam gate. Rukkhadevata khandbaviUpe thatva
imam gMliam aha:
Sace moiice pecca inimcej muccamano hi bajjhati^
na li’ evaih dhfra muccanti, mutti baiassa bandhanan ti.
Tattha sace in u nee pecca munce ti bho purisa tvam sace munce yadi
muccitukamo si pecca munce yatha paralokena bajjbasi, evaih muccamano hi
bajjbatiti yatM pana tvaiii panam vadhitva mucciturii icchasi evam muccamano
In papakammena bajjbasiti, tasma na hevam dhira muccanti ye pandita-
purisa te evam patissavato na muccantij kimkaraua; evarupa hi mntti ba-
iassa bandhanaiii esa punatipataih'’’ katva miitti -iiama baiassa bandhaiiam
eva hotiti dhamniaiii dcsesi.
Tato patthaya manussa evarupa paiiatipatakamma ^ virata
dhammam caritva devanagaram purayimsii.
Sattha imani dhammadesanam aharftya aiiusandium ghatetva
jatakam saiuodhanesi : ,,Ahan^ tena samayena rukkhadevata ahosin*‘ ti.
xAy acitabhattaj atakam.
^ all three MSS. vanijjaya. C« bahii, C® bahu corrected to bahu. ^ 0^^
thito corrected to thite. ^ ayacanta, C® ^acanta corrected to aytonato.
panatipata, G« pauatipataiii, parratipata corrected to -taiii. ® pana-
tipata-j C'^ panatipata-, panatipapakammS* 0^ ahaiii.
i
170
I. Ekanipata. 2. Silavagga.
10* Nalapanajataka,
Disva padam anuttinnan ti. Idam Sattlia Kosalesu
carikan^ caramano Nalakapanagamam ^ patva. Naiakapanapokkharani-
yam^ Ketakavaue^ ?iliaranto naladaiidake arabbha kathesi. Tada
pana bhikkhu Nalakapanapokkharaniyarii nahatva sucigiiaratthaya
samanerehi najadandake^ gahapetva® te .sabbafcthakaxn era cbidde disva
Sattbaram upasaihkaniitYa „bha,nte niayaiii silcigharattbaya nala-
dandake^ ganliapema, te miilato yava agga sabbattliaka-m eva chidda,
kin nil kho etan“ ti pucchiiiisu. Sattlia „idaiii bliikkhaye mayham
poranakadbitthanan'’** ti yatva atitam abari:
Pubbe kira so vanasando aranno ahosi* Tassapi pokkha-
raniya eko dakarakkhaso otinnotimie’® khadati. Tada Bo-
dhisatto rohitaraigapotappamano^' kapiraja hiitva asiti-
sahassamattavanaraparivuto yuthaiii pariharanto tasmim aranne
vasati. So vaiiaraganassa ovadaiii adasi : jjtata imasmiiii
araxine visarukkhapi amanussapariggahita pokkharaiiiyo pi
honti, tiimbe akhaditapubbam phalaphalam khadanta va apita-
pubbam paniyaiii'® pivanta va patipuccbeyyatha*^ ti.
Te 5 ,sadhu^‘ ti patisunitva^^ ekadivasaiii agatapubbattlianaih
gata. Tattha babu-d-eva divasaih caritva paniyaiii^® gavesa-
mana ekam pokkharaiiim disva paniyam^*^ apivitva va Bodhi-
sattassa agamanaiii olokayanmna nisidimsu. Bodhisatto agantva
5 jkim tata paniyam^® na pivatha^* ti aha, jjTumhakam aga-
manam olokema^^ ti. ,,Sutthu tata“ ti Bodhisatto pokkharaiiim
avijjhitva^^ padait paricchindanto otinnam eva passi na uttin-
nam. So ^jiiissaitsayam esa^® amanussapariggahita^ ti natva
„siitthu vo kataiii panlyam^*^ apivantehi, amanussa-
pariggahita^^ ayan^^ ti aha. Dakarakkhaso pi tesaiii anotarana-
10. Cfr. supra p. 120 and Dlip. p. 304, ^ C« carikarii, karikan corrected to
carikam. ^ iialaka-, ® nalaka-, C*’ -niyarii. ^ ketavane.
-myair! , C® nalaka-, ^ C* suci. ^ C® nala-, ® gahapetva corrected to
gahapetvii. ^ porariakadi-. C& C*’ otinnotinno, C« otinno. -pota-
kappamano. -Mta. qs paniyaiii. Qs nam. -sunitva.
C* pani-. C® avijjhitva, all three MSS. esa.
-ggahita. C® adds ti. 0® C*’ -ggahita.
1 0. Nalapanajafcafea. (20)^
171
bhavaiii fiatva nilodaro pandaramiikho siarattahattliapado bhi-
bbaccliadassano ^ hutva iidakam dvidha katva nikkbamitva
jjkasma iiisinn" attlia, otaritva panlyam^ pivatha‘‘ ti aha. Atha
naiii Bodhisatto piiccH: „tvam idha nibbattadakarakkliaso^^ ti.
jjAma ahan^^^ ti. „Tvam pokkharanim otinnake^ labliasiti^S
sjAma labbaiiiiti% aliaiii idb’ otinnam antamaso sakunikaiii^
upadaya na kihci muncami, tiimhe pi sabbe khadissamiti^^
„Na mayaiii attanaiii tuyliaih khaditum dassamti^ ti. 5 ,Pani«-
yarii^ paaa pivissatha^^ ti. ^jAma paniyan^ ca pivissama^ na
ca te vasaiTi’ gamissama^ ti. 5 ,Atlia katham pMyam^ pi-
vissatlia^ ti. j^Kiiii pana tvarii raannasP /otaritva pivissantiti’,
mayam hi anotaritva asitisahassapf ekamekarii naladandakarh^*^
gahetva uppalanalena^^ udakam pivanta viya tava pokkha-
raniya paniyam^ pivissama, evam no tvam khaditum na sakkliis-
sasiti^*. Etam attliaih viditva Sattha abhisambuddho hutva
imissa gathaya purimapadadvayam abhasi :
Disva padam anuttinnam disvan’ otaritam padan ti
[nalena varim pivissama n’ eva main tvam vadhissas^ti]’^ 19.
Tass' attho: bhikkhave, so kapiraja tassa pokkharaniya ekam pi uttinnaih
padam naddasa, otaritam pana otlnnapadam eva addasa, evarii disva padam
anuttinnam disvana otaritam padam, addha ayarii pokkharatii^^ ama-
iiussapariggaMta’^ ti natva tena saddhim sallapanto sapariso aha; nalena’-'^
varim pivissama ti, tass' attho: mayam tava pokkharaniya nalena^**'
pivissama ti, puna Mahasatto va aha; n eva maiii tvam vadhissasiti
evam nalena parnyam^ pivantaih saparisam pi maiii tvaih ii’ eva vadhissa-
siti attho.
Evarii vatva pana Bodhisatto ekaih« naladandakaih^^ ahara-
petva paramiyo avajjitva saccakiriyam katva mukhena pumi.
^ 0^ -ddassano. ^ pani-. ^ 0 ^ ahaii, G*’ aban corrected to ahan. ^ C®
adds va. ^ G^ labhamiki corrected to labhami. ® sakunikarfi. 0*^ sara-
vasam. ® mariinasi, mamnasL ® G* -sahassanipi corrected to -sahas-
sipi, -sahassanapi. xiala-. G« -nalena. This hemistich is omitted
in all three MSS., but I have supplied it from the comment. 0® -nirii,
-nim corrected to ni. G^' -ggahita. C® nalena. G® paniyam,
& paniyara. 0^ G® nala-.
172
I. Ekanipata, 2, Silavagga.
Najo ‘ anto kind ganthim asesetva sabbattliakam eva sosiro
ahosi. Imina niyamena aparam pi aparam pi abarapetva pumitva
adasiti evaih saute pi na“ sakka nittliapetiiiii , tasma evaiii na
gahetabbam, Bodliisatto pana imaiii pokkliaraniih parivaretva
jjjata sabbe pi nala^ ekaccliidda liontu^^ ’ti adhittliasi. Boclhi-
sattanaiii hi hitfipacarassa’* mahantataya adhitthaiiam samijjliati.
Tato patthaya sabbe pi taih pokkliaraniiii parivaretva uttMta-
naia^ ekaccliidda jata. Iiiiasmiiii kappe cattari kappattiiiya-
patihariyani nama, katamani cattari: candassa sasalakkhanaiii
sakalam pi imam kappaih thassati, VattakajMake'’ aggito nib-
biitatthanam sakalam pi imaiii kappaiii aggi na jhapessati,
ghatikaranivesanattlmiiaih^ sakalam pi imaiii kappaiii anovassa-
kam thassati, imam pokkliaraniih parivaretva uttbitanala® sa-
kalam pi imam kappam ekaccbidda bbavissantiti, imani cattari
kappattliiyapatihariyani nama. Bodliisatto evaiii adhittbahitva
ekam nalaiii^ adaya nisidi. Te pi asitisahassavanara ekekaih
adaya pokkliaraniih parivaretva nisidimsu. Te pi Bodbisattassa
nalena^ akaddhitva panTyaih'*^ pivanakale sabbe tire nisinna va
pivimsu. Evam^' tehi panTye^^ pite dakarakkhaso kihci ala-
bliitva anattamano sakanivesanam eva gate. Bodliisatto pi
saparivaro arahham eva pavisi.
Sattlia paiia „imesaiii bhikkhave iiaianam^*' ekacdiiddabhavo
mayham ev* etarii poranakam adhitthanaii^* ti imam dliammadesanam
abaritva anusandhiih ghatetya jatakam samodbaiiesi : ,,Tada daka-
rakkbaso Deyadatto ahosi, asitisahassayanara Buddhaparisa , upaya-
kusalo pana kapiraja aham eya ahosm“ ti. Nalapan ajatakahu
S i ] a y a g g 0 dut iy o .
* nalo, sarite pana na, (J^ saute pana corrected to sante pi na, sanle na.
^ G« iiala. ^ gi hitupavarassa, hi hitupacarassa. (j'« -iiaia. ^
vaddhaka-. " C*' ghati-. ® 0® nalaih. ® iialena. O''-' pani-, G'-'' evan.
0*' nalanam.
1, Kurungaraigajataka. (21).
173
1, Kurungamigajataka.
Natam etam kuruiigassa ti. Idam Sattha Veiuvane
viharanto Devadattaih arabbha katliesi. Ekasniim lii samaye dliaai-
rnasabbayaiii sannipatita bhikkbxi „avuso Devadatto Tath%atassa
ghatanatthaya ' dhanuggahe payojesi silam payijjhi Dhanapalakaiii
vissajjesi/ .sabbatbapi Dasabalas.sa vadhaya parisakkatiti“ Deyadattassa
ayannam^ kathenta nisidimsu, Sattha agantya pannattasane nisiimo
.,kaya nii ’ttha bliikkhave eta,ra.hi kathaya sannisiiina^ ti puccbi.
,,Bbante ‘Devadatto tiimhakam vadhaya parisakkatitr tassa aguna-
kathaya^ sannisinn' amba“ ti. Sattha „na bhikkhave Devadatto idan'
eva mama vadhaya parisakkati, pubbe pi parisakkati yeva, na ca
pana vadhituiii asakkhiti“ vatva a-titam ahari:
Atite Bar a nasiyam B rahin adatte fra,jjam karente
Bodhisatto kurungamigo hufcva ekasmiiii arannayataiie
phalani khadanto vasati. So ekasmiih kale phalasampanne
sepannirukkhe ^ sepaiiniplialani^ khadati. Ath’ eko gamava-
siattakaladdako phalarukkhainulesu miganaiii padani upadha-
retva uparirukkhe attakaiii bandliitva tattha nislditva phalani
khadituih itgatagate mige sattiya vijjliitva tesaiii mahisaih
vikkiiianto jivikaiii kappeti. So ekadivasam tasmirh rukkha-
muie Bodhisattassa padavalanjam disva tasmiih sepannirukkhe
attakaiii bandliitva pa to va bhuhjitva sattiiii adaya vanaiii
pavisitva taiii rnkkhaiii abliinibitva’^ attake*' iiisTdi. Bodhisatto
pi pato va vasanatthana nikkhainitva ^sepanniphalaiii kha-
dissamiti^* agamma taiii rukkhamfilam sahasa va apavisitva
jjkadaci attakaluddaka rukkhevsn attakaiii" bandhanti, atthi nu
kho evarnpo upaddavo*^ ti pariganhanto bahirato va atthasi.
Luddako pi Bodhisattassa anagamanabhavam iiatva attake^
^ ghatata«j ghataka-. ® devadattassavarniaiu. * C^’ tassagiina-. ^
s<?|;)anni-. C^** -ruhitva. ^ addhake. t 0^' addliakaih.
174
I. Ekanipata. 3, Knrangavagga.
nisiniio va sepanniphalani^ khipitva tassa purato patesi. Bodlii«
satto 5 ,imani phalaiii agantva nmyham purato patanti, attlii no
kho upari luddako*^ ti punappuna ullokento luddakaiii disva
apassanto viya hutva ^ambho^ rukkhaj pubbe tvam olambakam
carento viya ujukara eva phalani patesi, ajja pana te rukkha-
dhammo pariccatto, evarii taya rukkhadhamme pariccatte® aham
pi annaiii rukkhamulam upasamkamitva mayham abaraiii pari«
yesisstoiti*^ vatva imam gatham aha:
Natara etaiii kurungassa yaiii tvaiii sepaiini^ seyyasi,
annarh sepanniiir*^ gacchami, na me te ruccate phalan ti. 20.
Tattha riatau ti pakatam jataih, etan ti idara®, kurungassa ti kurun-
gamigassa, yaiii tvam sepauni* seyyasiti yarn tvaih hambho sepannirukkha^
purato purato phalani patayamano seyyasi viseyyasi® visinnaphalo^ hoti‘® tarn
sabbam kurungassa pakatam jatam, na me ruccate ti evaih phalaiii dadamanaya
me” tava phalaih na ruccati, tittha tvam, ahaiii anfiattha gamissamiti agamasi.
. ■ . ■ » ■
Atli’ assa luddako attake'^ nisinno va sattim khipitva
„gaccha, viraddho dani ’mhi tan^^ ti aha. Bodhisatto nivattitva
thito aha: 5 ,ambho^ purisa^^ idani si*^ kinc’ api maiii viraddho,
attha pana niahaniraye soiasa ussadaniraye pahcavidhabandha-
nadmi ca kammakaranani aviraddho^® yevasiti^^ evan ca pana
vatva palayitva yatharuciiii gato. Luddako pi otaritva yatha-
ruciiii gato.
Satthapi „Tia bhikkhave Devadatto idan’ eva mama vadhaya
parisakkati, pubbe pi parisakkati, na ca pana vadhiturii asakkhiti'*
imam dhammadesanam aharitva anusandhim ghatetva jatakam samo-
dhanesi: „Tada attakaluddo^® Devadatto aliosi, kurungamigo pana^^
aham eva“ ti, KurungCmigajatakam.
^ sepanni-. ® 0* 0 ^ amho. * 0^ omits evaili . . . paiiccatte. . ^
isepanni. ® sepaniiirii. ® C* imam. sepannl-. ® viseyya. ®
sinna-, G'^ visinna-. G^ hosi. Gromits me. ” C*-' addhake. ” C^’
sepunnirisa corrected to sepannirisa. ” omits si, aviruddho. C«
“luddako, ” 0-^ omits pana.
2. Kukkurajataka. (22).
175
'-■t
2, Kukkurajataka.
Ye kukkura ti. Idam Sattha Jetavane yiliaranto aa-
tattliacariyam^ arabbha kathesi. Sa D vadasanipate Bbaddasala-
jatake aYibhavissati. Idarii pana vatthiim patifctbapetva^ atitam ahari:
Atite Baranasiyaiir Brahmadatte rajjaiii karente
Bodliisatto tatharupaiii® kammaiii paticca ku kknrayoniyam
nibbattitva anekasatakukknraparivuto inahasusane vasati. Ath’
ekadivasam raja setasindliavayuttara sabbalamkarapatimanditaiii
ratliaiii abhiruyha uyyanaiii gantva tattha divasabhagaiii kllitva
atthaiii gate suriye nagararh pavisi. Tassa taiii rathavarattaiii ^
yatlianaddham eva rajamgane thapayiiiisu. So rattirn deve
vassante tinto. Uparipasadato koleyyakasunakha otaritva tassa
camman ca naiidin ca kliMiiiisu. Ptinadivase railno arocayiiiisu:
jjdeva niddlmmanamukbena simaklia pavisitva ratbassa camman
ca nandin ca khadiiiisu^* ’ti. Raja sunakbanaiii kujjliitva ^^dittha-
ditthattliane sunakhe ghatetb^l‘^ ’ti aba. Tato pattbaya suna-
khanam mabavyasanam udapadi. Te ditthaditthattbane ghati-
yamana palayitva susanam gantva Bodliisattassa santikaih
agamamsu. Bodliisatto ^tnmhe babu sannipatitii, kin nu kbo
karanan*^^ ti puccbi. Te ,/antepure kira ratbassa camman ca
Handin'^ ca sunakhebi kliadita’ ti knddbo raja sunakbavadbaiii
anapesi, babu sunakha vinassanti, mababhayam uppannan^'^ ti
ahaihsu. Bodliisatto cintesi: j^arakkbattbane’* babi suxiakbanam
okaso n’ attbi, anto rajanivesane koleyyakasunakbanaiii yeva
taiii kainmazii bbavissati, idani pana coranaiii kind n’ atthi,
acora maranam lablianti , yan nnnab^m core raniio dassetva
natisaiiigbassa jivitadanaiii dadeyyaii^^ ti so natake samassa-
setva jjtnmbe ma bbayittha, aham vo abbayam aharissami,
|il
i
||
tf'
^ C? natattha- corrected to ilatakattha-. ® (j« patitthapetva corrected to -ttha-
petva. ^ yatbarfipaiii. ^ rathavattaih, C® rathavaraiiittam corrected to
rathavattarh , rathaYarattam corrected to rathavaraih. ^ so all three MSS.
instead of iiandi? ^ 0^’ arakkhathauei
176
T. Ekanipata. S, Kwrungavagga.
yava rajaoarh passami tava idh’ eva liotlia“ ’tx paramiyo av^J*"
jetva mettabhavanam parecarikaxii katva ^mayliaiii upari
ledduiii va muggaraiix va ma koci klxipitmix iissahiti^^ adhitthaya
ekako va antonagaraiii pavisi. Atlia naiii disva ekasatto pi
kujjhitva olokento nama naliosi\ Rajapi sunakhavadliam ana-
petva sayaih viniccliaye iiivsinno lioti. Bodhisatto tatth’ eva
gantva pakklianditva ranno asanassa Iiet.tlia pavisi. Atlia naxii
rajapurisa nlharitiirii araddba. Raja pana vjiresi. So tliokaii}
saraassasitva^ lietthasana nikkliamitva rajanaiix vanditva ,jtumhe
kukkure inarapetlia“ ’ti piicchi. „Ama ahan'^ ti. ,,Ko tesarh
aparadho narinda^‘ 'ti. ^jR^thassa me paidvaracammafr^ ca xian-
din ca khadiibsiV^ ’ti. „Ye kliadimsu te janatha^ ’ti. ^Na
janama*'^ ’ti. j/Ime nama cammaklxadakaconV ti tatvato^
ajanitva va ditthaditthatthane yeva marapanam na yuttaih
deva'* ’ti. j/Rathacammassa kukkureM klifXditatta dittliadittlie
sabbe va maretlia ’ti sunakhavadham anapesin^^ ti. „Kini
pana Vo manussa ’ sabbe ca kukkure marenti iidaiiu maranaiii
alabliantapi atthiti^^ ,,Atthi, aniliakaiii ghare koleyyaka mara-
nam na labhantiti^^ „Maharaja, idan' eva tiirabe ^rathacam-
massa kukkurehi kliaditatta ditthadittlie va sabbe maretha ti
siinakhavadhaih aiiapesin’ ti avociittha, idani pana 'amlxakaih
ghare koleyyaka maranaiii na labliant'iti' vadeiha , nanu evaiii
sante tuinhe chandadivasena agatigamaiiaiii gacchatha ’ti,
agatigamanafi ca nama na yuttaih, na ca rjxjadhammo. rahho'*'
nama karanagavesakena tulasadisena bhavitiuh vattati', idani
ca koleyyaka maranam na labhanti dubbalasunakha va labhanti.
evaih sante nayaiii sab3asunakhaghacca% dubbalaghatika nam'
esa^^ ti evafi ca pana vatva Mahasatto inadhurassaram niccha-
retva ^maharaja yaiii tiiinhe karotha nayaiii dlxamrao"^ ti rahho
dhammam deseiito iniaiix gatham ahai
^ C’’ nahosi. ^ C-^ O' samassasitvfi. ® 0^’ panvaricaaiman corrected to pariva-
ritaeamman. ^ & tatthato corrected to tattato, 0’^' tattaso corrected to tatlrato
O'* dittbadittbathaue. raibnu. ” C<’ vaddhati, C'M-addiiati correctcti
to vattati. ^ C''^’ -ghacca.
2. Kiikkarajataka. (22).
Ill
Ye kukkiira rajakulasmi^ vaddha
koleyyaka vaniiabaiupapanna
te 'me na vajjlia, mayam asma*'* vajjlia,
nayaiii sagliacca dnbl3alagliatik%an ti. 21.
Tattha ye kukknra ti ye. sfiiukha, yatbn hi dharm.iho pi passiivo puti-
muttasi ti tadahnjat*» pi giaain jarasi^niilo ti koaiala-pi galocilata® pQtilata ti
siivannavartno pi kayo pfitikayo ti vueeatl evamevaih vassasatiko pi sunakbo
kiikknro ti vaecati, tasma mahallaka’’* kaynpapannapi te kukkuia t eva vutta,
? a d d h ii ti va(| ti hitii , koleyyaka ti rdj ak ule jata saihbhuta ^ sarii vadd ha,
van n ab ai u p apaiHJ ii ti sanravauneiia <*' eva kayabaleua ca sarnpaniia, te me
11 ;i vajjha ti te ime sasHainikii sarakkliii na vajjhii, mayam asma^ vajjhii
ti assamika aniirakkha niayarii vajjlta nnrna jata, nayaiii saghacca ti evarii
saute ayaiii avisesena .sa#*hacea niima iia hoti. dubbalaghati kiiya it ti ayaiii
pana (iubhaianaiii yeva ghatanato du bbalaghatika nama hoti, rajuhi iiama coni
liigganhitabbii no acorii, idha pana coranaiii kind n' atthi , acora niaraiiaiii
labhanti, aho iiriasmiih loke aynttaiii vattatL aho adhammo vattatiti.
Raja Bodbisattassa vacanam sutva aba: jjanasi tvam
pandita asukarh nama ratlmcaniraarh kbaditan^^ ti. ,,Ama
janamiti^*. ,,Keki kliaditarr* ti. „Tumbakam gebe vasanakehi
koleyyakasunakhebiti^'. ^Kathaib tehi klmditabhavo janitabbo*^
ti. j,Aham tehi khaditabhavam dassessamiti^^ ^^Dassehi
pandita^^ 'ti. ,/rumiiakaiij ghare koleyyakasunakbe anapetva
thokaiii takkan ca dabbatinini ca iharapetha*^ 'ti. Raja tatlia
akasi. Atba naiii Mabasatto syimani tinani takke maddapetva
ete siinakhe payetha*' 'ti aha. Raja tatha katva payapesi.
Pltapitasunakba saddbiiii cammehi vamimsii. Raja sabbannu-
Buddhassa vyakaranaiii viya 'ti tuttho Bodbisattassa setae cliattena
pujaiii akasi. Bodhisatto „dbammaiii cara*^ maliaraja mata-
pitusu'* khattiya^ 'ti adibi Tesakunajatake agatabi dasabi
dbammacariyagathabi railno dhammaib desetva „mabaraja ito
pattbaya appamatto holiiti^* rajanam pancasu silesn patittha-
petva' setacchattarh ranrio va^ patiadasi. Raja Mabasattassa
1 <•;,? Ct* -kulasmim. ^ raayamasva. ^ so all three MSS. ■* all three MSS.
mayamassa. 0*^ dhammancara. ^ 0* tesakuna-. patittbapetTa. ® C'*’
va corrected to ca. . .
J2
178
I. Ekanipata. 3. Kuriingarag^a.
dhammakatliam sutva sabbasattanam abbayaiii datva Bodhisattam
adirh katva sabbasunakhanaiii attano bhojanasadisam eva nic-
cabbattam patthapetva Bodhisattassa ovade tliito yavatayukaiii
danadini pimfiani karitva kalaiii katva devaloke uppajji. Kukkii-
rovado dasavassasabassMi pavatti. Bodhisatto pi yavatayukaii!
tbatva yatimkammam gato.
Sattha »,Ha bhikkliave “Tathagato idaii' eva fiatakariam attbam
carati , pubbe pi cari yeva“ ’ti imarii dliamniadesanam aharitya
aniisaudhim ghatetva jatakaiii saraodbanesi : ,»Tada raja Aimrido abosi,
avasesa^ Buddbaparisa , kukkuro pana abani eva“ *tb Kukku-
rajatakaiih
3. Bhojaj aniyajataka.
Api passena semano ti. Idam Sattha Jetavane vibaranto.
ekaiii ossatthaviriyam bhikkbum arabbba kathesi. Tasmim hi
samaye Sattha tarn bhikkbum amantetya ,,bbikkba.ye pubbe pandita
anayatane pi viriyaib akarhsu, paharam iaddhapi n’ eya ossajimsii“ ti
vatya atitaiii ahari:
Atite B a r a n a s i y a lii B r a li ni a d a 1 1 e rajj aiii karente B o-
dbisatto bbojajainyasindliavakiile nibbatto sabbalamkarasam-
panno Baranasiranno manga i aasso abosi. So satasabas“
saggbanikaya^suvamlapatiyam yeva nanaggarasasampannam tivas-
sikasalibbojanaih bhunjati catujatikagandlmpalittayam^ eva bhu-
miyaiii tittbati . Taiii tbanaiii rattakam balasaniparikkbittaiti *
upari suvannatarakhacitam celavitiinam samosaritagandhadama-
maladamaiii avijaliitagandbatelappadipaiii boti, Baranasirajjaiii
pana apattbenta rajanc^ nama n’ atthi. Ekam samayaiii satta
rajano Baranasim‘‘ parikkliipitva „ambakaih rajjaib va detu
yuddhaiii va“ ti Baranasiranno paiinam pesayimsu. Raja amacce
sannipatetva taiii pavattiin acikkhitva „i<^ani kiiii karoma tatir* ’ti
pucchi. ^Deva^ tunibebi tava adito va ynddhaya na gantabbam^
^ avasso. ^ so all three MSS. * 0*^ “gandhiipa-. ^ C-** “Sani-*
all three MSS. -nasiyaiii.
3. Bhojajaniyajataka, (23).
179
asukaiii^ nama assaroliam pesetva yuddliam karetlia, tasmixh
asakkonte paccha janissaraa"^ ’ti» Raja tarn pakkosapetva
„sakkMssasi tata sattalii rajuhi yuddliaih katuu‘^ ti aha. 55Deva,
sace bhojejaniyasindhavaiii® iabhami titthantu satta rajano,
sakala-Jambttdipe rajfihi saddhiiii yiijjhitum sakkMssamiti*^
j/rata, bhojaianlyasindhavo va liotu anno va, yarn icchasi tarn
galietva yiiddham karoliiti**. So j,sadliu deva^^ ’ti rajanaiii
vanditva pjlsada oriiyha bliojajainyasiEdlmvaiii aharapetva su-
vammitam katv?i attanapi ^ sabbasannaliasannaddho khaggarh
bandhitva sindliavapittliivaragato nagara nikkhamma vijju viya
vicaramano pathaniaih balakotpiakaiii bliinditva ekaiir*^ rajanaiii
jivagaham eva gahetva agantva nagare balassa niyyadetva
puna gantva dutiyaiii balakottliakam bliinditva tatiyan ti evaih
pahca rajano jivagahaih gahetva chattham balakotthakaih bhin-
ditva® cliatthassa rahiio galiitakale bhojajaniyo”^ paharaiii lablii.
Lohitaiii paggharati, vedana balai^atiyo vattanti. Assaroho
tassa paliatabhavaiii hatva bhojajaniyasindhavam ® rajadvare
nipajjapetva sannahaih sithilaiti katva anilam assaiti sannayhitum
araddho. Bodhisatto mahapliasukapassena^ nipanno va akkhini
umraTletva^-^ assaroliam disva 5,ayam ahnaih assaiii sannayliati,
ayah ca asso sattamarh balakotthakaiii bliinditva sattamam
rajanaiii gaiiliituiij iia sakkliissatia maya katakammarh vinas-
sissati, appatisamo assaroho pi nassissati, rajapi parahattham
gainissatij thapetva maiii amio asso sattamam balakotthakaiii
bliinditva sattamarii rajanaiii gahetum samattho nama n’ atthiti*^-^
nipaniiako va assaroliam pakkosapetva „samma assaroha satta-
niaih balakotthakaiii bliinditva sattamam rajanaiii gahetnm
samattho thapetva maih anno asso nama n’ atthi, naham maya
katakammaih nasessami, mamaiii heva ntthapetva sannayha'^
’ti vatva imaiii gatham aha:
^ C-*' asukaii. 0 '^ -janiya". ® C* rajuhi. * attana. ^ eka. ® chiri-
ditva. ^ O'**' -janiyyo. ^ Gk -^iamya. * C« -pasuka-. & ummllitva
corrected to iimmiletvii,
12 ^
180
I, Ekanipata. 3. Kunmgavagga.
Api passena semano sallehi sallalikato
seyyo va valava^ bhojjlio% yuxija maiii fieva saratMti, 22.
TattUa api p a'S s e n a s e lu a n o ti ekena passena sayaniano pi , s a 1 i e h i
sallalikato ti sallelii vuldho pi aamano, seyyo va valava^ bhojjho-'
ti, valavo* ti sindhavakule ajato khaluiiikasso'* , bliojjbo-' ti bhojajamya-
sindhavo, id etasma valavii^ sallehi viddho pi bhojajariiyasindliavo va seyyo
varo ttttamo, yunja ixiaih neva sarathiti yasma evadi gato pi aham eva
seyyo tasniii mamaih fieva'’ yofehij nnuij vamoiehiti vadati.
Assaroho BodMsattaiii utthapetva*’ vaiiaiii bandhitva susan-
naddhaiii sannayhitva tassa pittliiyam nisiditva sattamaih bala-
kottliakaiii bhiiiditva sattamaiii rajaaaiii Jivagabaiii gahetva
rajabalassa niyyadesi^ BodMsattaih ® pi rajadvarairi anayimso.
Raja tassa dassanatthaya nikkhami. Mabasatto rajanaiii aha:
„raaharaja , satta rajano ma ghatayittha , sapatharii karetva
vissajjetha, mayhaii ca assarolmssa ca**' databbaiii yasaiii assa-
rohass’ eva detha, satta rajano gahetva dinnayodhan nama
nasetinii na vattati*^, tuirihe pi danaih dotha, silaih rakkhatha,
dhammena samena rajjaiii karetha*^^ ti. Evam Bodhisattena
ranho ovade dinne Bodliisattassa sannaham inocayimsii. So
sannalie muncante muhcante yeva niriijjhi. Raja tassa sarira-
kiccam karetva assaroliassa niaharitam yasaiii datva satta
rajano puna attano adubhayasapathaih ’ ^ karetva sakatthanani
pesetva dhammena sameiia rajjarh karetva jTvitapariyosane
yathakammaih gate.
Sattka „evam bliikkliave pubbe pandita aiiayataiie pi Tiriyaiii
akaihsu, evarapani paharam laddbapi iia ossajimsii^^, tvatii pana eva-
rape niyyariikasasane paJbbajitva kasma viriyaiii ossajasiti vatva
cattari saccani pakasesi. SaccapariyOvSaiie ossattbaviriyo bhikkiiu
arahattaphaie patitthasi, Sa.ttba iniaiii dhainmadesanani aharltva
* C* valava. ^ 0*' bhojjo. ^ C*' valavo. ^ O' kalumkasso. •** 0^'^' mannuhnneva,
® utthapetva. ' C^‘ niyyadesi,. 0*’ uiyyiatesi corrected to -desi. ^ so aii three MS8.
^ 0^* assarohassanea, -hassailca corrected to -hassaca. all three MSS.
vaddhati. C*' adubhaya-. ossajjiihsu, ossajisu. C?’ ossafflsitl,
C« osaajieiti corrected to ossajasiti.
4. Ajannajataka. (^4).
18!
anusandhim ghatetra jatakam isamodhanesi : „Tada raja Anando ahosl*
assaroho Sarlputto , bhojajMyasindliavo paiia abam eya abosin*’ ti.
Bboj.ijaaiy ajat ak am\
4. Aj annajataka.
Tadayada ti. Idain pi Sattha Jet-avane yiharanto os sattba-
yiriyam eva arabbba kathesi. Tam pana bbikkbum Sattha amantetva
,,bhikkbu pubbe pandita anayatane pi laddhappahara hutya yinyam
akamsu“ 'ti vatva atitam abad;
Atite Baraiiasi yam B rabmadatte rajjaiit karente
pnrimanayeir eva satta ra|aiio nagaraiii parivarayimsu. Ath*
eko ratliikayodlio'" dve bhatikasipdhave rathe yojetva nagara
nikkliamma eha balakottliake bhinditva cha rajaiio aggahesi*.
Tasiiiim khane ^jettbakaasso pabaram labbi. Ratbiko ratbarii
pesento rajadvaraiii agantva jettbakabbatikani ratha mocetva
sannabaiii sitbilam katva ekena passeiia nipajjapetva annaih
assaiij saiinayliituiii ^ araddho. Bodbisatto tarn disva pari-
Bianayen’ eva cintetva ratbikam pakkosapetva nipannako va
imarh gatbam aba :
Yada yada yattba yada yattha yattlia yada yada
ajanno kunite vegaib bayanti tattba vaiava^ ti. 23.
Tatthff yada yada tl putd>aiihadi,su yayniidi yasmiih krik, yattba ’ti
yasmirh thaiie va sadjjaiiUiasTse va, yada ti yasiiiiiii khane, yattba yattba
'ti 'sattannaih balakoiilKikanadi vascMja babii.'iu*' yuddhauiaiplalesu, yada yada ti
yasmiib yasmitii kaiti pabaraiii laddhakale v;i aiaddliakaie vfij ajafino kiiruta
vegan ti sarathisi^a eittanndtaui'^ karanani iijananaiPabliavo^ afanfio varasindhavo
vegaih karori vayautati viriyaih iirabhati, bayaiiM tattba va|ava® ti tasmirii
vege kayiramane irate valavasiuiikhatu^*^ kbahimkassa bayanti panbayaiiti, tasma
ioTiasnniis rathe main yeva yojehiti rdia.
Saratbi Bodhisattam iitthapetva yojetva sattamarh bala-
kottbakam bhinditva sattamam rajanam adaya ratbaih pesento
^ -janlyya-. ^ C^’ ratbiyodho. ® C« agabesi. C« samnayhitum . ® C*
valava. ® 0^ babu. ^ C*’ mittbarucitarin ® 0* ajanana- , 0*’ ajaiiana- cor-
rected to ajanana-. * C« vaiava. C* valava-.
182
I, Ekanipata. 3. Kuruilgavagga.
rajadvtom agantva sindhavaiii raocesi. Bodhisatto ekena.passena
nipaiiiio purimanayen’ eva ranno ovadaiii datva niriijjlii. Raja
tassa sarirakiccaiii karetva ratliikassa^ sammanam katva dliam-
mena rajjam karetva yathakammaiii gato.
Sattha imam dliamraadesanam aharitva saccani pakasetya jatakam
samodhanesi: (Saccai>anyosane so bMkkhu arahatfe patittliasi) ,,Tada
raja Anandathero ahosi, asso Sanimasambuddho“ ti. A j an S aj a t a k a m,
5. Titthajataka.
Annamannehi tittbehiti. Idam Sattha Jetayane viha-
ranto dhammasenapati s sa sad dhi vih arikaiii ekam suyanna-
karapubbakaih bhikkhum arabbha kathesi. Asayanusayananam hi
Buddhanarii yeya hoti ixa annesaiii , tasma dhammasenapati attano
asayanusayananassa natthitaya saddhiyiharikassa asayanusayananam ^
ajananto asubhakanimatthanam eya kathesi. Tassa tarn na sappayam
ahosi, kasma? so kira patipatiya panca jatisatani suyannakaragehe
yeya patisandhim ganhi. Atlr assa digharattaiii parisiiddhasuyanna-
dassanass* eva paricitatta asubham na saf>payam ahosi. So tattha
nimittamattam pi uppadeturh asakkonto cattaro mase khepesi. Bham-
masenapati attano saddhiyiharikassa arahattam datum asakkonto „addha
ayam Buddhayeneyyo bhayissati, Tathagatassa santikam nessamiti*^
cintetya pato ya taiii adaya Sattliii santikam agamasi, Sattha „kin
nu kho Sariputta ekam bhikkhuiii adaya agato siti“ pucchi. ,,Ahaiii
bhante imassa kammatthaiiam adasiih, catuhi maselii nimittamattam pi
na uppadesi, sy-ayam® ‘Buddhayeneyyo eso bhayissatiti’ cintetya turn-
hakaih santikam adaya agato“ ti. „Sanputta kataram pana te kam-
matthanam saddhiyiharikassa diiman“ ti. ,,Asubhakammatthanam
bhagaya“ ’ti. „Sariputta,^ n’ atthi tava sattanam® asayanusayananarii,
gaccha tyaiii , sayanhasamaye^ agantya taya saddhiviharikam adaya
gaccheyyasiti“. Eyaiii Sattha theram uyyojetya tassa bhikkhnssa
maBapaniyasanan ca ciyaran ca dapetya tarn adaya^ yeya pindaya
payisitya panitam® khadaniyabhojaniyam dapetya maliabliikkliusam-
ghapariyaro puna viharam %antya gandhakutiyam diyasabhagam
^ C* saxathikassa. ^ so all three MSS. santanam. ^ Silyanha-, G*
sayaihha- corrected to sayanha-. ® C* adasi, C^’ ada. ^ C-’ paintaih.
5. Titthailataka. (25).
18B
khepetTa sayanhasanmye ^ taiii hhikkhum gahetTa viharacarikam ^
caramano aiiibayano ekarii pokkharariirii iwapetva tattiia. inahai)tam
padmnioigacdiani tatrapi <;a aialiantaiii ekarii padiimapupphaiii mapetva
,,bhikkhii iaiaiii pupphaiii olokeato aisidahfii“ aisidapetva gandhakufciiii
payisi. So bliikkJm taiii puppham punappuaa olokefci‘\ Bhagaya taiii
puppham jaraiii papesi. Taiii tassa pas^antass' eya jararii patva
Tiyaniiaiii ahosi. Atii* a.s&a pariyajitatu^ pattliaya pattani patantaiii,
miihiitteiia .sabbaui patim.su. Tato kinjakkbam pati, kanidka va
avasis.si. So bbikkhu fcaiii pa.ssaiito cintesi: „idaih padiuuapuxiidiam
idan' eva a.bhinlparii abosi dassaniyam , atlr assa vanno parinato ^
pattani ca kiiljakklian ca patitaih ka.nnikaniattam eva thitam, eya-
riipassa luima. padumassa jam patta, iiiayliaiii sarirassa kill' na
papiinlssasiti , sabbe .samkhara aiiicca“ ti vipassanam xiatihapesi.
Sattba , .tassa eittam vipassanam aruihan*' ti na.tva gandhakutiyaiii
nisinno va obliasam pharitva imaiii gatham aba :
IJccbinda sineliani attano
kiimudaih saradikaiii va ])anina,
santimaggaui eva bruhaya
nibbanam Sugatena desitan ti, (Dhpd, t. 285).
So bbikkhu gathapariyosane arahattaiii patva „rautto vat* amhi sab-
babhavebiti** cintet-va
So vuttiiavaso parq>uimamanaso
khiiiasavo ant-iniadehadhari^
visucldhasilo susamahitindriyo
cando yatha Rabiiraukba pamiitto
Samo tataih'"' mohamabandhakaram
vinodayim sabbamalaih asesarii
alokam ujjotakaro pabhamkaro
sahassaramsi viya blianumm nabbe ti
adihi gatbahi udanam udanesi udanetva ca pana gantva Bhagavantam
vandi. There pi gantva Sattbaram vanditva attano saddhiriliarikam
gabetva agamasi. Ayam pavatti bhikkhunam antare pakata jata,
^ 0^ (P siiyanha-, €« sayamha-. ® -carikan. oiokesiti. ^ (P parisantato,
parisantato corrected to parinatato. ^ (jfe C« kimjakkharh.. G« paritato,
parinato. ^ kim. ** -dhari. ® 0^^ natarh.
184 Ekanipafca, ‘A. Kurungavagga.
Bhikkhu dhanimasabhayaiii Dasabalassa gune yannayamana nisidimsa:
,,ayiiso Sariputtathero asayaausayananasisa' abbaveiia attano saddbiyi-
barikassa asayam na janati, Sattha pana natya ekadiyasen’ eya tassa
saha patisambbidabi arahattam adasi, aho Buddba nania mabanubbaya*'
ti. Sattba agantya pannattasane iiisiditva , 5 kaya nu ’ttha bhikkbare
etarabi kathaya sannisiana** ti pucchi. „Na Bbagaya annaya tunibakam
Seva pana ' dhamniasenapatino saddhiyiharikassa asayanusayaSanaka-
tbaya“ ti. Sattba „na bbikkhave etam acchariyam, sy-abarii etarabi
Baddho Imtva tassa asayam janami . pubbe p* aban tassa asayam
janami yeva“ ti yatva atltam ahari:
Atite Baranasiyaib Bralimadatto rajjam karesi.
Tada Bodhisatto tarn rajanam atthe ca dhamme ca anusa-
sati. Tada ranfio mafigalassanahaiiatittlie amiatararh Yalavam*
khalumkam naliapesurh. Mangalasso valavena^ nahapitatittliaTh
otariyamano * jigucchitva otarituib na icclii. Assagopako*^
gantva ranno arocesi: ,jdeva mangalasso tittbam otaritaiii na
iccbatiti‘‘. Raja Bodbisattarii pesesi: ,,gaccha pandita, janahi
kena karanena asso tittbam otariyamano na ota^atlti‘‘^ Bodbi-
satto „sadbu deva‘^ ’ti naditiram gantva assam oioketva niro-
gabhavassa^ ilatva j^kena nu kbo karanena ayam imaih tittbam
na otaratiti** upadharento j^patbamataram ettlia anno nahapito
bhavissati, ten' esa jigucchiyamano tittbam na otarati®
ti cintetya assagopake pucchi: „bambbo'‘ imasmim tittbe kam
patbamam nahapayittba^* ’ti. „Annataram valavassaih^ samlti**.
Bodhisatto ,jesa attano singarataya jiguccbanto ettha nabayitum
na iccbati, imam annasmim tittbe nahapetiim vattatiti'*^'^' tassa
asayam natva jjbbo assagopaka, sappimadhupphanitabbisam-
khataiii^^ payasam pi tava pimappuna bbunjantassa titti boti,
ayam asso bahuvare idha tittbe nahMo, aniiam pi tava nam^"
^ C» -fianasa^ nariassa. ® valavaih. ^ 0-’ vala-. ^ C'^ otarimaiio.
* assa assagopako, C*’ assa assagopoko corrected to assagopako. ^ 0^
otarititi corrected to otaratiti, otarititi corrected to otaratiti. so all three
MBS. ^ otariti, ® G» hamho, 0^' omits hambho. all three MSS. vaddha-
tTti C^* -tahisamkhatam, G* sasappimadlmppauitadihisamkhatarii. 0^0* tarn.
6. Mahilamukliajataka. (26). 185
tittharii otiretva nahapetha ca payetha ca^ ’ti vatva imam
girthara aha :
Ailfiamanhehi titthehi assam payehi sarathi,
accasaiiassa puriso payasassa pi tappatiti. 24.
Tattlia 'd rl n a m a a n e h i ti annehi annaii i , p a y e h i f i desanasisam etarh
tiahapeM^ ca payehi ea ti attho, a«o<lsaiiassa ’d karaoatthe samivacanarhj
adasanena adbliutteiia ti attho. payasassa pi tappatiti sappiMiabhi-
samkhatoiia madhurapayaseita tappati titto-'hoti dhato suhito ha puna bhunjitu-
kamata apajjati. tasma ayam pi asso imasmiiii titthe inbaddhaiiahanena* pari-
yattirh apanno bhavissati^ afifiattha tain® nahapetha ’ti.
Te tassa vacaDaiii sutva assaiii ahhatitthahi otaretva
payesini'i c’ eva Dahapesiiiii ca\ Bodhisatto assassa paniyam
pivitva nahanakaie railho saiitikara agamasi. Raja jjkim tata
asso iialmto ca pito ca*' ti. ,,An3a deva"*’ti. j^Pathamam
kimkararia na icchatiti". 5 ,Imina iiama pakarena*' ’ti sabbarh
acikkhi. Raja „evarupassa tiracchanassapi nama asayaiii janati,
aho pandito" ti Bodhisattassa mahaiitam yasara datva jivita-
pariyosane yatliakamniam gato. Bodhisatto pi yathakammam
eva gato.
Sattha ,,na biiikkhaTe aham etassa idan’ eva asayam janami,
pubbe pi janami yeva‘* ti imam dhammadesanaih aharitva anusandhim
gbatetva jatakam .samodhanesi : „Tada mahgaiasso ayam bhikkhii
ahosi, raja Anando, panditaamacco pana aham eva** ’ti. Tittha-
j itakam.
6. Mahilamukhajataka.
Puranacoranam vaco nisamma ti. Idam Sattha Vein-
V an e viharaiito Devadattaiii arabbha kathesi. Devadatto Aja-
tasattukumaram pasadetva labhasakkaram nippadesi*. Ajatasattti-
kumaro Devadattassa Gayasise viharam karetra nanaggarasehi tivassi-
' all three MSS. nabapett. ® C*' nibandha-. ® C*' aiimattha na taiii corrected
to amnatittham na tarn. * 0^ C« omit ca, C*' payosum ce iiahapesum ca cor-
rected to payesun ca nahapesufi ca. ^ nipphadesi.
186
I. Efeanipata, 3. Kurufigavagga.
kagandhasalibhojaiiassa divase divase panca thalipakasatani abhiharL
Labhasakkaraiii nissaya "Devadattassa parivaro mahanto jato, Deva-
datto parivarena saddhim vihare yeva lioti. Tena samayena Raja-
gaha-vasika dve sahaya* Tesu eko Sattim santike pabba-jito , eko
Devadattassa. Te anSaniannam tasniim tasmiiii thane pi passauti
’^dharaih gantvapi passanti yeva, Atli’ ekadivasam Devadattassa
nissitako itaraiii aha: ,4vuso kiiii tvaiii devasikam sedelii miiccamaiiehi
pindaya carasi, Devadatto Gayasisa-vihare nisiditva va nanaggarasehi
siibhojanam bhunjati , evarupo upayo n’ attiii , kiiii tvaiii dukkham
anubhosi, kiiii te pato va Gayasisaiii agantva sauttaribiiangaiii yagum
pivitva attharasavidliaiii khajjakaih khaditva nanaggarasohi subhojanaiii
bhunjitum iia vatta,titi'\ So punappuna vuceamano gantukamo Imtva
tato pattbaya Gayasisam gantva , bhiinjitva blmhjitva kalass' eva
Yeiuvanam agacchati. So sabbakale paticchadetuiii nasakkhi, ^jGaya-
sisam gantva Devadattassa pattbapitam bhattaiii bhunjatiti“ na cirass’
eva pakato jato. Atha nam sahaya puccliimsu: ,,saccam kira tvam
avuso Devadattassa patthapitam bliattam bliu5jasiti‘‘. ,,Ko evam aha*‘
’ti. „Asuko ca asuko ca“ ’ti. „Saccam aliaiii avuso Gayasisam
gantva bliunjanii, na pana me Devadatto bliattam deti, anne^ manussa
dentiti“. Avuso, Devadatto Buddhanaiii patikantako, dussilo Aja-
tasattuih pasadetva adliammena attano iabliasakkaram uppadesi, tvam
evarupe niyyanikasasane pabbajitva Devadattassa adhammena uppan-
nam bhojanam bhunjasi, ehi tarn Sattliii santikam nessama^* 'ti tarn
bhikkhum adaya dhammasabham agamimsu. Sattlia disva va „kim
bhikkhave etarii bbikkhuixi anicchantarh Seva adaya agat’ attha*‘ ’ti.
„Aina bhante , ayani bhikkhu tiimhakani santike pabbajitva Deva-
dattassa adhammena uppannam bhojanam bhunjatiti“. „Saccam kira
tvam bhikkhu Devadattassa adhammena uppannaib bhojanam bhun-
jasiti**. sjNa bhante Devadatto raayharh deti, anne*'^ manussa denti,
tarn aharii bhu5jamiti“, Sattha ,,ma bhikkhu ettha pariharaih kari,
Devadatto anacaro dussilo , kathaiii hi nama tvaiii idha pabbajitva
mama sasanam bhajanto yeva Devadattassa bliattam bhuSjasi, nicca-
kalam pi bhajanasilako va tvam ditthe ditthe yeva bhajasiti® vatva
atitam ahari:
Atite Baranasiyam Brahmadatte rajjam karente
Bodhisatto tassa amacco ahosi. Tada raMo Mahilamtikho
anna. ^ instead of yam anhe? ® 0® bhunjasTti.
6* Mahilamukhajataka. (26).
187
nama mangalaliattlii ^ aliosi silava acarasampaniio , iia khici
vilietlieti. Atlf ekadivasaiii tassa salaya samipe rattiblmga-
samanantare cora agantva tassa avidtire nisinna cora mantaiii
mantayimsu : j^evam ummaggo bliinditabbo, evaiii sandhiccbe-
dakaiiimam kattabbam, omraaggan ca sandliiccliedafi ca inagga-
sadisaiii tittliasadisaib nijjatam niggumbaiii katva bbandaiii
haritum vattati, liaraatena .maretva va haritabbaiii 5 evaiii
utthatuih samattlio nama 11a bliavissati, corena ca nama
sllaCflrayiittena na bliavitabbam, kakkhalena^ pharnsena saha-
sikena bliavitabbaii^^ ti evaiii maiitetva annamannam ugganha-
petvii againaiiisii. Eten’ eva upayena punadivase piti balm-
divase tattlia agantva mantayiiiisii. So tesaiii vacanam sutva
jjinaiii sikkliapentiti^^ sannaya „idani inaya kakklialena*"’ pha-
rusena sahasikena bhavitabban^V ti tathariipo va^ aliosi, pato
va agataih liattliigopakam sondaya gahetva bliumiyaiii potbetva
maresi, aparam pi tatha aparam pi tatha ti agatagatam mareti'^
yeva. „MabiIamuklio ummattako jato dittliaditthe maretiti^^
raiino arocayiiiisu. Raja Bodhisattam pahini: ^gaccha pandita,
janahi kena karaiiena so dottlio jato‘‘ ti. Bodhisatto gantva
tassa sanre rogabbavaih natva „kena nu klio karanen’ esa
duttlio jato^^ ti upadharetva ^addlia avidure kesanci vacanam
sutva ^niaiii ete^' sikkliapentlti’ sannaya duttlio jato^^ ti san-
nitihanam katva battliigopake puechi: „attM nu kbo hatthi-
salasamlpe* rattibliage kehici kind katliitapubban^^ ti. „A.ma
sami, cora agantva katbayiiiisu^'^ -ti. BodMsatto gantva ranno
arocesi: „deva, anno hattliissa saiure^vikaro n’ atthi, coranam
katham sutva duttlio jato^^ ti. „Idani kirn katum vattatiti®^^
5,SiIavante samanabralimane liattMsalayam nisidapetva silaca-
rakatbam katbetum vat-tatiti®^^. „Evam karebi tata^‘ ’ti.
Bodhisatto silavante samanabrahraane hattbisalaya nisTdapetva
^ -liattliim. * kakkhalena, kakkhalena, * C''? -leiia. ^ 0^ ca.
mMresiti. ^ eke. ^ -sala-. ® C« vaddkatiti,
188
I. Elcanipata. 3. Kuniiigavagga.
^silakatham kathetha bliaiite®' ti aha. Te hatthissa avidare
oisiiina 5,Ba koci paramasitabbo na iiiaretahbo, silacarasam“-
pannena khaotimettanuddayayutteiia bhavitmii sila-
katham katliayirasu. So tarn sutva „oiaiii ete sikkhapeoti,
ito dani patthaya sTlavatl bhavitabban** ti sllava ahosi. Raja
Bodhisattaiit piicchi: j,kim tata silavanto jato‘‘ ti. Bodhisatto
sjaraa deva ’ti, evardpo dattbahatthi paiulite nissaya poranaka-
dhamme yeva ti \''atva imaiii gathaiii aba;
Puraiiacoraiia'^ vaco nisarama
Mahilamukbo pothayaiii anucari,
susannatanam hi vaco nisamma
gajuttamo sabbagunesu attha ti. 25 .
Tatflia p u r a n a c o r a « a u ’ti puraijaeoraiiaui, n i s a uim a ’ti sutva, pathamam
coranam vacanaih sutva ti attho, Maiulamukho ti hatthinimukheiia sadisa-
mukbo, yathu va^ luaiiila piitato oloklyamaiia soblia ti ua pacchato tatha so pi
purato oiokiyaiiiaiio sobhafi, tasma Mahiliirjmkho ti ’ssa luiinaiii akailisu, po-
thayamau uc iir i pothayaiitu mareuto^ , anvacari ayam eva v;i pritho, sii-
sann atari an ti suttiiu sannatdnam silavantauarh, gajuttaiuo ti lUtamagaJo
maugalahatthi, sabb agui.i t* su atthii ti sabbesu purdnukagunosu patiltbito.
Raja ,,tiraecliai]agatassapi asayam janatiti”"^ Bodhisattassa
mahantaiii yasaiit adasi. So yavatayiikaiti tliatva saddhim
Bodhisattena yatliakammaiii gato.
Sattha „pubbe pi tvam bhikkliu dittliadittbake va bhaji, eoranarh
vacanam sutya mve bh£yi, dhammikaiiarii yacanam sutya dhaminike
bhajiti“ imam dhanimadesanam aharitya anusandhiiih gbatetva jatakam
samodhanesi ; „Tada Mabiiamukho yipakkhaseyakabbikkhu ahosi,
r^*a Anaado. amacco pana ^bham eyit^ ‘ 'ti . M a h i 1 a m ii k h a j a t a k a m.
7. Abhiiibajataka.
Naiaih kabalarh padatave ti. Idam Sattha Jetayane
yiharanto ekam upas aka 5 ca mahallakatheran ca arabbha
^ yaddhatitl. puraiiacorana, C*' purauacoraiiaili. * 0^ (> varh. ^ C'’* 0^^
pothayamanucanti. ^ carento. jiinasTtiti.
189
7. Abhinhajataka. (27).
katliesi. Savatthiyam kira dre sabayaka. Tesii ^ eko pabbajitTa
deyasikam itarassa gbaraiii gacchati. So tassa bhikkham datva sayani
pi bbunjitya ten’ eva sa-cldbim viharam agantva^ yava Huriyass'
atthamgania allapasnllapena nisklitva nagaram parisati. Itaro pi nam
yaya magaradvaram anagantya nivattati. So tesam yissaso bhikkimnaiit
aatare pakato jato. Atli' elcadivasaiii bliikkbu tesam yissasakatbam
katlientii dbammasabbayam iiisidimsu. Sabtha agantya ,,kaya nu ’ttha
bhikkha.ye etarahi katlmya saiinisinna“ ti pucchi. Te ,»iraaya nama
bhante'‘ ti kathayimsu. Sattha .,na bbikkhaye ime idan" eya yissasika^
pubbe pi yissasika ahesuir' ti atitam ahari;
Atite Bara pasiyaih Brahinadatte rajjarh karente
Bod bis at to amaccu ahosi. Tada eko kiikkiiro mangaia-
hatthisalaii! gaatva inangaialiatthissa hliiuljanatthane patitani
hhattasitthani' khadati. So ten' eva bbojanena samvattamano^
inangalahattbissa vissasiko jato hatthiss' eva saiitike bliunjati.
Ubho pi vina vattituiii na sakkonti. So hattliino soiidaya
gahetva aparaparaiii karonto kilati, Atlr ekadivasaih eko
gamikamaniisso hattbigopakassa iniilam datva tam kukkuraih
adaya attano ganiaiii againasi. Tato patthaya so hatthi kuk-
kuraiti apassanto n' eva khadati na pivati na nahayati. Tam
atthani rafino arocayimsu. Raja Bodhisattaiii pabiiii: ,jgaccha
pandita, janabi kimkaraiia liattiii evaiii karotiti*'’. Bodbisatto
batthisalam gantva battbissa dummanabhavaih fiatva ,jimassa
sari re rogo ua pannayatij kenaci pan’ assa saddbiiii mitta-
santhavena bliavitabbam , taiii apassanto esa maiine** soka-
bliiblulto'^' ti hattbigopake pucchi: j,attbi nu kbo imassa kenaci
saddhiiii vissaso'* ti. ,,Ama sami, ekena sunakliena saddhiiii
balava mettiti'’^ ,,Kahaiii so etaral?iti*‘. „Ekena manussena
nito‘^ ti. „Janatiia pan' assa nivasanatthanan^^ ti. „Najanama
Bodbisatto raniio santikaiii gantva attbi deva
battbissa koci abadhOj ekena. pan’ assa simakbena saddhirii
^ te etesu. ^ C®' gant.va.
vaddhamfijio. '' (A mauiio.
O -sittani (corrected to sittbani. ^
190
1. Ekaaipata. 3. Kuraiigavagga.
balavavissaso j taiii apassanto na bhufijati manne*^ ti vatva
imaiii gatham aha:
Nalaiii kabalarh padatave
Da ca pindaiii na kuse, na ghamsituni,
mannami : abliinhadassana
nago sineham akasi kukkiire ti. 26 .
Tattha nalan ti na samattho, k aba I an ti bhojaiiakale |)afchamam eva
diniiaiii katukakabalam , patiatave ti padfitave^ sandhivasena iikaralopo^ vedi-
tabbo, gahetuu ti attiio, na pind^’i'n fl vaddhetva diyamanam hatthapindaia pi
nalam gabefam, na kuse ti khadanatthaya dinnanl tinani pi naiaih gahetuiii,
na gbamsitun ti nahapiyamano sanrarn pi ghasituih^ nalaiii; evam yaiii yaiii
so hatthi katmh na samattho taiii. sabbaiii ranno arocetva tassa asamatthabhave
attain! sallakkhxtakaranam arocento maiinamiti adini aha.
Raja tassa vacanaih sutva ^idani kiiii kpabbaiii pandita^^
’ti pucchi. ,/Amhakam kira inangalahatthissa sahayasunakharii
eko manusso gahetva gato, yassa gliare tain siinakharii passanti
tassa ayaiii nama dando’ ti bherin carapetha^ deva/^ 'ti. Raja
tatha karesi. Taiii . pavattiiii sutva so puriso sunakhaih vis-
sajjesi. Sunakho vegena gantva hatthisantikam eva agamasi.
Hatthr’^ taiii sondaya gahetva kumbhe thapetva roditva pari-
devitva kumbha otaretva tena bliiitte pacchii attana bhuhji.
„Tiracchaaagatassa asayarii jamti^^ raja Bodhisattassa ma-
hantam yasaiii adasi.
Sattha „na bhikkhave ime. idan’ eva vissasika, pubbe pi vis-
sasika“ ti imam clhammadesanaiii aharitva catusaccakathaya vini-
vattetYa*^ anusandhirii ghatefcva jafcakam samodhanesi : (Ida'ii catusacca-
kathaya yinivattan nama sabbajatakesii pi atthi yeva, mayam paiia
nam yattli’ assa anisariiso pannayati tatth’ eva dassayissama) „Tada
sunakho upasako ahosi, hatthi maliallako thero, amaccapandito pana
aham era ahosin**^ ti, Abhinhajatakarii.
^ C*’ padatave corrected to padatave. ® akara-. ^ G^’ ghasitinii corrected
to ghaihsituih. ^ heridvarapetha, G^’ bherihcarapetha corrected lo -carupetha.
C'^ 0^^ hatthi. 0^ vinivaddhetva.
8. Nandivisalajataka. {28).
191
8 . Nandivisalajataka.
.Mann on am evn bhaseyya^ti. Idaih Sattha Jetavane
vlljaraiito c h a b b a g g* i y a n a m b b i k k h il n a rii oma sa vad aiii arabbha
kathesi. Tasrnim hi. samaye chabbaggiya kalaharii karonta pesale
bhikkhu khiiiiisenti vainhenti ovijjhanti dasahi akkosayatthiihi akkosanti.
Bhikkhti Bbagavato aroce.suih, Bhagava chabbaggiye pakkosapetva
,,saccam kira bhikkhave“ ti pucchitva ,,saccan“ ti vutte rigarahitva
.^bhikkhave pliaru.sa va<‘a nama tiracchanagatanam pi amianaj)a, pubbe
pi eko tiracchanagato attanarh pliarnsena samudacaraiitaiii sakassaih
parajes]ti“ vatva atitash ahari ;
Atite Gandhararattlie Takkasilayaiii Gandhararaja
rajjaiii karesi. Bodhisatto goyoniyaiii nibbatti. Atha
naiTi tarunavaccbakakale ^ yeva eko brahmano godakkhina-
dayakanaiii.^ santikaiii gaiitva gonaih’'' labbitva Naudivisalo ti
iiamaiii katvii puttatthane thapetva sampiyayaiiiano yagu-
bhattadlni datva, posesi. Bodhisatto vayappatto cintesi: 5,aham
imina brahmaiiena kiccheiia patijaggito, maya ca^ saddhim
sakala - Jambudipe anno samadhuro gono^ nama n’ atthi, yan
nunahaiii attano balaiii dassetva brahmanassa posavaniyam
dadeyyan'^ ti. So ekadivasaiii brahmaiiahi aha : jjgaccha
brahmana ekaiii govittakaiii setthiiii upasaiiikamitva ^mayhaiii
balivaddo atibaddhasakatasatam pavattetiti*’’ vatva sahassena
abbimtam karohiti*^ So brahmano setthissa santikam gantva
katham samutthapesi : ^jimasmim nagare kassa gona^ thtoia-
sampaniia^" ti. Atha naiii setthi ^^asukassa asukassa ca^ ’ti
vatva jjsakalanagare paiia amhakam gonehi®,sadiso n' atthiti'^*
aha. Brahmano 3,mayhaih eko gono%atibaddham sakatasataiii
pavattetnrii samattho atthiti‘‘ aha. Setthi gahapati „kuto
evarupo gono^^‘^ ti aha. Brahmano ^^mayham gehe atthiti^^
jjTena hi abblmtaiii karohiti‘^ 5,Sadhu karomiti'^ sahassena
^ C'-^' -vacchaka- corrected to -'vaccha-. ® -dakkhina-, -dakkhina-. ^
omit goi.iaiiij goriam. ^ omits ca, va. gono. ® all three
MSJ:5. pavaddhetiti. ‘ C^' C* gona, ® gonehi. ® O’*' gono. gono
192 Ekanipata. 3. Kumngavagjgfa.
abbliutaiii akasi. So sakatasatam valikasakkliarapasanaiiam
yeva puretva patipatiya thapetva sabbani. akkliabandhanayottena
ekato bandhitva Nandi visa! am naliapetva gandhena paficanguliih
datva kantbe malaiii pilandbitva^ pnrimasakatadhiire ekakam
eva yojetva sayaiii dliure nisTditva patodaiii iikkhipitva^'' afija''^
kuta vahassu knta‘‘ ti aha, Bodhisa,tto „ayaiii main akutaiii
kutavadena samiidacaratJti‘* cattaro p^e thanibhe viya niccale
katva atthasi. Settlii taiii khanain neva brahmapani saliassaiii
aharapesi, Brahmano sahassam parajito goiiam miihcitva
gharaih gaiitva wsokabhiblnlto nipajji. Nandivisaio caritva
agato brahmaiiam sokabhibhutam disva npasaiiikamitva jjkirh
brahraaiia niddayasiti“ aha. „Kiito me nidda sahassam para-
jitassa^' ’ti. niaya ettakaih kalaiii tava gehe
vasantena atthi kihci bhajanaih va bhinnapubbarii koci va
madditapubbo atthane va pana uccai’apassavo katapubbo*^ ti.
atthi tata‘* ’ti. „Atha inaih kasraa kutavadena samnda-
carasi, tav’ eso doso, mayharii doso n* atthi , gaccha teiia
saddhiiii dvihi sahassehi abbhutam karohi , kevalam maiii
akutam kutavadena, na samiidacara^ ’ti. Brahmano tassa
vacanam sutva gantva dvihi sahassehi abbhutam katva puri-
manayen' eva sakatasatam atibandhitva Nandivisalam mandetva
purimasakatadhure yojesi, katharii yojesiti yugam dhure nic-
calaih bandhitva ekaya kotiya Nandivisalaiii yojetva ekam
kotirh dhurayottena palivethetva yiigakotih ca akkhani padah
ca nissaya mundarukkhadandakam datva term yottena niccalarh
bandhitva thapesi, evaiii hi kate*^ etto va ito va na
gacchati, sakka hoti eke^’ eva gonena akaddhitinh. Ath” assa
brahmano dhnre nisTditva Nandivisalassa pitthiih parimajjitva
j,ahja bliadra vahassu bhadra^^ *ti aha, Bodhisatto atibaddhaiii
sakatasatam ekavegen’ eva akaddhitva pacchathitam sakatam
piiandhitva. '•* C*’ aujana , C^’ anjaiia corrected to anja. C^' evam
kate, tavasii hi kate corrected to tatha hi kate.
193
9, l^anbajatakiu (29)*
puratotMtasakatassa thane thapesi,^ Govittakasetthi parajito
brahmaiiassa cite sahassani ad^si, aiifie 'pi manussa BodM^
sattassa balium^ dhaiiam adamsu, sabbaiii brahmanass’ eva
ahosi. Evaiii Bodbisattaiii nissaya bahnih^ dhanam labhi.
Sattlia ,,na bhikkliaye pliarusayacanaih nama kassaci manapaa“
ti chabbaggiye garahitya sikkhapadaih panSapetya abhisambuddho
hutya imam gathaai aha:
Mariunnam eya bhaseyja namaimnnam kudacanam,
manuhSam bhasamanassa garum bharaih udaddhari,
dhanah ca nam alabkhesi"^, tena c’ attamano ahu ’ti. 27.
Tattha man uh nam eva bhaseyya ti parena saddliiih bhasamarjo catu-
dosavirahitaiii madhnraiii^ manapaiii sanhaih mudukam piyavacanam eva bba-
seyya^ garuiii bharaiii udaddhariti Naridivisalabalivaddo amanapaiii bba-
samanassa bharaiii aimddharitva paccha manapam piyavacanam bhasamanassa
brahmaiiassa garuiii bharaih udaddhari, uddharitva kaddhitva pavattesiti® attho,
dakaro pan’ ettha vyahjanasandhivasena padasandhikaro.
Iti Sattlia manuSnam eya bhaseyya ti imam dhammadesanam
aharitya jatakam samodhanesi: „Tada brahmano Anando ahosi, Nandi-
yisaio pana aliazn eya‘‘ ’ti, Nandi visalajatakam,
9. Kanhajataka.
Yato yato garu dhuran ti, Idam Sattha Jetayane
yiharanto yamakapatihariyam arabbha kathesi, Tam saddhim
deyorolianena Terasanipate Sarabhamigajatake avibhayissati. Samma-
sambuddho pana yamakapatihariyam katya deyaloke yasitya maha-
payaranaya Samkassanagare oruyha mahantena pariyarena Jetayanam
payitthe^ Bhikkhu dhammasabhayam sanmpatita „ayuso, Tathagato
nama asamadhuro, Tathagateua vulliam dliurarh anno yahitum samattho '
nama n’ atthi, cha sattharo ‘mayam eya iiatihariyam karissama, mayam
eya patihariyam karissama’ ’ti yatya ekam pi patihariyam na akamsu,
aho Sattha asamadimro“ ti Satthu gunakatham^ kathenta nisidimsu.
Sattha agantva „kaya nu ’ttha bhikkhaye etarahi kathaya sanni-
^ bahu- * C« madhura, C» madhura corrected to madimrarii, ® all three
MSS. pavaddhesXti. * so all three MSS. ® gunarhkatham.
la
104
L Ekani|>ata> 3. Knruilgavagga.
sinna“ ti pucchi. „Na bliaixte annaya evamxxaya nama tumhakam
era gunakathaya“ ti. Sattlia „blxikkhave, idani mayxl yulham^ dhuram
ko valxissati, pubbe tiracclianayoniyam nibbatto pi ahaiix attana sama-
dhuram kanci naiattlian** ti yatva atitarix aliari:
Atite Baranasiyaiii Brahmadatte rajjam karente
Bodhisatto goyoniyaiii patisandhiih ganlii. Atha iiam
samika tarunavacchakakaie yeva ekissa maliallikaya ghare
vasitva nivasavetanam^ pariccliinditva adaiiisu. Sa taiii yagu-
bhattadlhi^ patijaggamana puttattliane thapetva vaddhesi. So
Ayyakakalako^ t’ eva pannayittha, vayappatto ca^ anjaiiavanno
butva gamagonehi saddhim carati^ silacarasampanno ahosi.
Gamadaraka singesu pi kannesu pi galesii pi gahetva olam-
banti, nangutthe pi galietva kllanti, pitthiyam pi nisidanti*
So ekadivasarix cintesi: „iiiayliam mata duggata, mam put-
tatthaae thapetva dukkliena posesi, yan nuiiahaiii biiatim katva
imam duggatabhavato moceyytoiti^^ So tato patthaya bhatiiii
upadharento carati. Ath’ ekadivasaiii eko satthavahaputto
paiicalii sakatasatehi visamatittliaiii sampatto. Tassa gona
sakatani uttareturii na sakkonti, pancasu sakatasatesu gona
yogaparamparaya yojita ekam pi sakatam uttaretmii na-
sakkbimsu. Bodhisatto pi gamagorupehi saddhim tittliasamipe
carati. Satthavahaputto pi gosuttavittako , so j^^atthi im kho
etesaiix gunnaih antare imani sakatani uttaretiuii samattho
usabhajanxyo®*^ "ti upadharayamano Bodhisattam disva 5,ayam
ajaniyo’ sakkhissati mayhaih sakatani uttaretuih, ko nu khb
assa samiko“ ti gopalake pucchi: j,ko nu klio bho imassa
samiko, aham imam sakate yojetva sakatesu uttaritesu vetanaiii
dassainiti^^ Te ahamsu®: ^gahetva naiii yojetha, n’ atthi imassa
imasmiiii thane saniiko^' ti. So taiii nasaya rajjukena ban-
^ vulha, culliaiii, vulham. ^ -vetaiia, C*' -vetana corrected to
-vetanam, vetanato. ® -dxM. ^ -kaiako. ® C*' va. -Jaiiiyo.
^ C*' ajaniyyo, ^ ahaiiisu.
9. Kanhnjataka. (29).
195
dhitva kaddhento caletum nasakkhi. Bodhisatto kira ^jbliatiya
kathitilya gamissamiti^^ na agamasi. Satthavahaputto tassa-
dliippayaiii datva 5,sami taya pancasu sakatasatesu uttaritesa
ekasakatassa dve kaliapanani bliatim katva sahassam dassa-
rniti^ aha. Tada Bodhisatto sayam eva agamasi. Atha nam
purisa sakatesu yojesuiii. Atha nam ekavegen’ eva ukkliipitva
thale patitthapesi, eten’ npayena sabbasakatani uttaresi. Sattha-
vahaputto ekassa sakatassa ekam katva panca satani bhandi*
kam katva tassa gale bandhi. So ,,ayam mayhaiii yatha-
paricchinnaiid bliatim na deti, na dani ’ssa gantum dassamiti^^*
gantva sabbapurimassa saka^ssa purato maggaiii nivaretva
atthasi% apanetuiii vayamantapi naiii apanetuiii uasakkhimsu.
Sattha vahaputto „janati mahiie esa attano bhatiya unabhavan®^
ti ekasmim satake^ sahassam bhandikam bandhitva ^jayan te
sakatuttaranabhatiti®® givaya laggesi. So sahassabhandikarh
adaya matu santikam agamasi. Gamadaraka ^^kim nam’ etaih
Ayyakakalassa^ gale®® ti Bodhisattassa santikam agacchanti. So
te anubandhitva durato va palapento matu santikaiii gato.
Pahcannarh pana sakatasatanaih uttaritatta rattehi akkhlhi
kilantardpo panuayittha. Upasika^ tassa givaya sahassattha-
vikaih disva j^tata ayau te kahaih laddhan^®® ti gopaladarake
pucchitva tarn attham sutva j^tata kiiii ahaiii taya laddha-
bhatiya jivitukama, kiiiikarana evarupaiii dukkham anubhositi®®
vatva Bodhisattam unhodakena nahapetva sakalasarlraih telena
makkhetva paniyaih" payetva sappayabhojanam bhojetva jivita-
pariyosane saddhim Bodhisattena yathakammam gata,
Sattha ,5iia bhikidiave Tathagato idan’ eva asamadhuro, pubbe
pi asamadhuro yeva“ ti imam dhamraadesanam aharitva anusandhim
gliatetva abhisambuddho hutva imam gatham aha:
^ -cchinna. ^ atthasiti. ^ C*' sakate corrected to sakate. ^ -kalassa.
® uvasika^ upavasika corrected to upasika. ® so all three MSS. instead
of laddha. paniyaiii.
13 ^
296
t Ekatiipata. 3. Kunifigavagga.
Yato yato gam dlmram yato gambliiraYattani
tad’ assu kanham yufijanti sy-assu tarn vahate d'huran ti. 28.
Tattha yato yato gara dhuran ti yasrnirh yasmiiii thane dhuram
garum* bharikam hoti anne balivadda ukkhipiturii na sakkonti, yato gambhi-
ravaftaniti, vattanti ettba 'ti vattani, maggass’ etani riamarh, yasmiiii thane
udakacikkhaUamahantataya va visamacchiuiiatatabhavena va maggo gambhiro
hotxti attbo, tadassu kanliam yunjaiitlti, assu ti iiipatainattarh , tada
kanham yunjantiti attho, yada dhuran ca garuiu* hoti maggo ca gambhiro tada
anne ballvadde apanetva kanham eva yojentiti vuttam hoti, svassu tarn
■vahate dhuran ti, etthapi assu ’ti nipatamattam eva, so tarii "dhuram
vahatlti attho.
Evam Bliagaya ,»tada bhikkhave kanlio va tarn dhuram
yahatiti*‘ dassetva anusandhiih ghatetva jatakam samodhanesi: „Tada
inahallika Uppalavanna ahosi, Ayyakakalako ^ pana aham eva“ ti*
KauhaJ atakam*
10. Munikajataka,
Ma munikassa^ ’ti, Idam Sattha Jetavane viharanto
thullakumarikapalobhanam arabbha kathesi. Tam Terasanipate
Cullanaradakassapajatake avibhavissati. Sattha pana tarn bliikkhuih
„saccaiii kira tvam bhikkhu ukkanthito“ ti pucchi. „Ama bhante^
ti. „Kim nissaya“ ’ti. „Thullakumarikapalobhanam bhante*‘ ti.
Sattha „bliikkhu , esa tava anatthakarika , pubbe pi tvam imissa
vivahadivase jivitakkhayam patva niahajanassa uttaribhangabhavam
patto** ti yatva atitam ahari:
Atite Baranasiyam Brahuiadatte rajjam karente
Bodhisatto ekasmiih gamake ekassa kutimbikassa gehe
goyoniyam nibbatti M^halohito ti iianiena. Kanitthabliatapi
’ssa CuIIalohito tiama ahosi. Te yeva dve bliMike nissaya
tasmim kule kammadhuraih vaddhati. Tasmiih pana kule eka
kumarika atthi. Tam eko nagaravasikiilapiitto attano puttassa
Yareti®. Tassa matapitaro kiimarikaya vivaliakale „agataoam
^ garu. * C« gurum. ® ayakikakalako corrected to ayakakaiako,
C* ayakhikakalako, ayakakhikkajako. * muni-. ^ varesi-
10 . Munlkajatalca. (30). 1§7
pdiunakanam uttaribliaiigo bhavissatiti^'^ yagubhattam clatvS
Munikaiii* nama stikaram posesum. Tam disva Cullalobito
bhataram pucchi: ^imasmim kule kammadhuram vaddhama-
nam amhe dv^e bhatike iiissaya vaddhati, ime pane amhakam
tinapalaladin’ eva denti, sukaram yagubhattena posenti, kena
nu klio karanen* esa etaiii labliatiti^^ Ath’ assa blmta j^tata
CuIlaloMta, ma tvarh etassa bhojanam pihayi, ayaih sukaro
maranabhattam®' bbunjatij ^etissa hi kumarikaya vivahakale
agatanam pahunakanam uttaribhango bhavissattti’ ime etam
sukaram posenti , ito katipahass’ accayena te manussa
agamissanti, atba iiam sukaram padesu gahetva kaddhenta
hetthamancato niharitva jivitakkhayam papetva pahunaka-
narh siipavyahjanam kariyamanam passissasiti‘‘ vatva imam
gMham aha:
Ma Munikassa^ pihayi, aturaonani® bhunjati,
appossukko bhusam khada, etam dighayulakkhanan ti. 29.
Tattha ma Munikassa^ pihayiti Munikassa® bhojaiie piham ma
uppadesi, esa subhojanam bliunjatiti ma Munikassa® pihayi, kada riu kho
aham pi evaiu sukhito bhaveyyan ti ma Munikabbavam ^ patthayi, ayam
pi aturannani bhunjatiti aturarnianiti maranabhojanarii , appossukko
bliusam khada *ti tassa bhojane nirussukko hutva attana laddhaiii bhusam
khada, eta ih dighayulakkhanan ti etarii dighayubhavassa karanam .
Tato ua cirass’ eva te manussa agamimsu. Munikam
ghatetva. nanappakarehi pacimsu. Bodhisatto Oulialohitam
^ha: , 5 dittho te tata Muniko^^‘ ti. ,,Dittham me bhatika
Munikassa^ bhojanaphalara, etassa bhattato satagunena sahassa“
gonena amhakam tinapalalabhusamattam eva uttaraah ca ana-
vajjan ca dighayulakkhanan ’ti.
Sattlia „eyam kho tvaiii bhikkliu pubbe pi imaih kumarikam
nissaya jivitakkhayam patva mabajanassa uttaribhangikabbavam
^ bhavissasiti. ^ munikam. * -bhatte. C« muni-. ®
aturarhnrau corrected to aturannani^ Ck C* aturamnani. ® 0^^ muni-.
198 I- Ekanipata. 3. Kurungavagga.
gato“ ti imam dhammadesanam aharitya saccani pakasesi. Sacca-
pariyosaae ukkantliitabliikkhu sotapattij)liale patitthasi. Satth^ii
anusandhim ghatetya jatakam saaiodkanesi : „Tada Munikasiikaro ^
ukkanthitabliikkliu ahosiv tkullakumarika sa eva, Cullalohito Anando,
Mabaiohito pana abam eya^ ’ti* Munikaj atakam^ Kurunga-
yaggo tatiyo.
4r. A.VALK:Ai.VA.a OJV..
1, Kulavakajataka.
Kulavaka ti, Idam Sattba Jetayane vibaranto aparissa-
yetya paniyam pitam bbikkbum arabbba kathesi. Sayattbito
kira dye sabayaka dabara bbikkbd janapadam gantya ekasmiiii pba-
sukattbane yatliajjbasayam yasitva „Saminasanibuddbam passissama**
’ti puna tato nikkbaniitya jetayanabbimukha payimsu. Ekassa battbe
parissayanam attbi, ekassa n’ attbi, dve pi ekato paniyam parissaVetva
piyanti. Te ekadiyasam vivadaiii akaiiisu. Parissayanasamiko itarassa
parissayanam adatva sayam eya paniyam parissavetya piyi. Itaro pana
parissayanam alabbitya pipasam sandliaretum asakkonto aparissayetra
paniyam pivi. Te ubbo pi anupubbena Jetavanarii agantya Sattbaraiii
yanditya nisidimsu. Sattba sammodaniyaiii katbam katya „kuto agat'
attba“ ’ti puccbi. „Bbante mayaiii Kosalajanapade ekasmiiii gamake
yasitya tato nikkbaniitya tumhakarii dassanattbaya agata“ ti. „Kacci
pana samagga agaP attba“ ’ti* Aparissayanako aba: „ayam bbante
antaramagge maya saddbim yivadarn katva parissayanam na^ dasiti.**^
Itaro „ayam bbante aparissayetva va janaiii sappanakam udakam
pmti“ aba. „Saccam kir£^> tvaiii bbikkbu janam sappanakam udakam
piyiti^S „Ama bbante aj>arissavita:ii udakam jiitarn niaya‘‘ ti. Sattba
,, bbikkbu pubbe pandita deyanagare rajjaiii karenta^ yuddbaparajita
samuddapitthena palayanta issariyam nissaya ‘panayadham na ka«
rissania’ ’ti tara mabantam yasaiii pariccajitya supannapotakanam
jiyitam datya ratbaih nivattayimsu“ ’ti yatya atitam ahari:
1. Cfr. Dhammapada p. 180, ^ muni-. ^ C^’ nfi. ^ k«ireiito.
I. Kulavakajataka. (31).
199
Atite Magadliarat^the Raj a ga he eko Magadharaja
rajjaiii karesi. Tada B odhisatto yatha etarahi Sakko purime
attabliave Magadliaratthe Macalagamake nibbatti evam tasmiiii
yeva Macalagamake mahakiilassa putto hutva nibbatti, nama-
galmimdivase c’ assa Magliakumaro tv-eva namam akaiiisu.
So vayappatto Magliamanavo ti pahnayittlia. Ath’ assa ma-
tapitaro samanajatiyaiii knlato darikaiii anayimsu. So putta-
dliitahi vaddhamano danapati^ aliosi, paiica silani rakkhati.
Tasmiih ca game tiiiis' eva kulani honti, te ca tiiiisa kulama-
nussa ekadivasaih gamamajjhe thatva gamakaramara karonti.
Bodhisatto tliitatthane padebi pamsiim viyfiliitva taiii padesaiii
ramaniyam katva attbisi, ath’ aiifio eko agantva tasmiih thane
tliito. Bodhisatto aparam thanam ramaniyam katva atthasi,
tatthapi anno thito. Bodhisatto aparam pi aparam piti sabbe-
sara“ pi thitatthaiiam ^ ramaniyam katva aparena samayena
tasmiiii thane mandapam karesi, mandapam pi apanetva salaih
karesi, tattha plialakasanani santharitva paniyacatim thapesi.
Aparena samayena te pi tiiiisa jana^ Bodhisattena sara4-
nacchanda ahesiiih. Te Bodhisatto pahcasu'*^ silesn patittha-
petva tato patthaya tehi saddhiiii puhhani karonto vicarati.
Te pi teiT eva saddhiiii piifmani karonta kalass’ eva vutthaya
vasipharasumusalahattha catumahapathadisu'*' musalena pasane
ubbattetva pavattenti^ yananaiii akkiiapatighatarukkhe haranti,
visamaiii samaiii karonti, setmii atthai’anti, pokkharaniyo
ivhananti^ salaiii karonti, damini denti, silaih rakkhanti, evaiii
yebhuyyeiia sakalagamavasino Bodhisattassa ovade thatva
silani rakkliihisu. Atha nesaiii gaiiiabhojako cintesi: „aliam
pubbe etesu suram pivantesu panatipatadiiii karontesu catikalia-
panadivasena c’ eva dandabalivasena ca dhanam labhjimi, idani
paria Magho manavo ^silaiii rakkliapemiti’ tesaiii® panatipatadiiii
^ so all tliree MSS. ^ 0^ C« sabbesaiii. ^ thitathitatthanam. ^ 0 ^ jilta
corrected to jata, janii corrected to jana. 0* pailca. -pathadisii,
C-^ pavaddheiiti, 0^ pavaddlienti corrected to pavatteiiti. ® iiesam.
200
I. Ekanipata. 4. Kulavakavagga.
katum na deti, idani pana te panca silani rakkhapessamjti*^
kuddho rajanaiii upasamkamitva „deva balm' cora gamagbata-
kadini karonta vicarantiti*^ alia. Raja tassa vacanam sutva
jjgaccha, te anehiti^^ aha. So gantva sabbe pi te bandhitva
anetva ^jamta deva cora“ ti ranno arocesi. Raja tesam kam-
mam asodhetva va ^hatthina te maddapetha^^ ’ti aha. Tato
sabbe pi te rajangane nipajjapetva hatthim anayiihsn. Bodhi-
satto tesaiii ovadam adasi: j^tamhe silani avajjetha, pesnhha”
karake ca ranhe ca hatthimhi ca attano sarire ca ekasadisam
eva niettam bhavetha^^ ’ti. Te tatha akamsu. Atha nesam
maddanatthaya hatthim upanesum. So upamyamano® pi na
upagacchati, mahaviravarh viravitva palayati. Anham aiiham
hatthim anayimsu. Te pi tath’ eva palayiiiisn. Raja „etesaiii
hatthe kihci osadham bhavissatiti^' cintetva 5,vicinatha^^ ’ti
aha. Vicinanta adisva* atthi deva'^^ ’ti ahaihsu. „Tena
hi kinci mantaiii parivattessanti, pucchatha te: ^atthi vo pari-
vattaiiamanta’^^ ti. Rajapurisa pncchiiiisu. Bodhisatto „atthiti^*
aha. Rajapurisa ,, atthi kira deva^ ’ti arocayimsu. Raja sabbe
pi te pakkosapetva „tumhakam jananamantam kathetha^^ ’ti
aha. Bodhisatto avoca: j^deva anno amhakam manto nama n’
atthi, amhe pana tiiiisamatta jana panarh na hanama, adinnaiii
nadiyama, miccha na carama, mnsavadam na kathema, majjam
na pivama, mettam bhavema, danaiii dema, maggaiii samara
karoma, pokkharaniyo khantoa^ salaiti karema^ ayarii amha*
kam manto ca parittan ca vaddhih^ ca“ ’ti. Raja tesaitr
pasanno pesnnhakarakassa sabbaiii gehavibhavara tan ca tesah^
neva dasara katva adlsi, tarn hatthin ca gamafi ca tesah^
neva adasi. Te tato patthaya yatharnciya puhhani karonta
„catumahapathe mahantaih* .salam karessama^^ ’ti vaddhakiih
pakkosapetva salam patthapesuiii, inatngamesn pana viga«
* C*-’ bahu, ^ ali three MSS. tipariTyyamano. ® C» adisva. ^ & C^' khanama.
* 0^ karema, karoma. ® so all three MSS. ’ tesaih. ® 0^ ma-
hatthaiii. ^ C* karessama.
i. Kulavakajataka. (SI). 2 01
tacchandataya tassa salaya matugamanam pattirii nadaihsu.
Teoa samayena Bodhisattassa gehe Sudliamma Citta Nanda
Sujata ti catasso ittkiyo honti. Tasu Sudhamma vaddliakina
saddliim ekato hutva jjbhatika imissa salayam marri JettHkarii
karoMti'* vatva lancam adasi. So ,,sadhu^^ ’ti sampaticcMtva
pathamam eva kannikarukkham sukkhapetva tacchetva vijjhitva
kaimikam nitthapetva ^ vatthena palivetlietva thapesi. Atka
salam nitthapetvji ^ kannikaropanakale ^aho® ayya ekam na ka-
rimha^‘‘ ’ti alia. ^Kin naraa hoti'^ ^Kaniiika laddhum vatta-
titi^^ aliarissama^* ’ti. „Idani chinnarukkliena katurii
Da sakka, pubbe yeva cliinditva tacchetva vijjhitva thapita-
kapnika laddhum vattatiti^^ ^Jdani kiiii katabban^^ ti. jjSace
kassaci gehe uitthapetva^ th^pitavikkayikakannika atthi sa
pariyesitabba^' ti. Te pariyesanta Sudhammaya gehe disva
mulena na labhiiiisu. 5,Sace mam salaya pattikam karotha
dassamiti*^ vutte pana „mayam matugamanam pattim na damha'*
’ti ahaiiisu. Atha ne vaddhaki® aha: „ayya tumhe kim ka-
thetha, thapetva Brahmalokam axlharh matugamarahitatthanam
nama n’ atthi, ganhatha kannikarh, evam sante amhakam
kammaih nittham gamissatiti^S Te 5,sadhu^^ ’ti kannikaih
gahetva salam nitthapetva asanaphalakani santharitva pani-
yacatiyo^ thapetva yagubhattam nibandhimsu , salaih pakarena
parikkhipitvfl dvaraih yojetva anto pakare valukam* akiritva
bahi pakare talapantiiii^ ropesuiii. Cittapi tasmiiii thane
♦^uyyanaiii karesi, „pupphripagaphalupagarukkho ® asuko mma
tasmim n’ attliiti*^ nahosi. Nandapi tasmirii yeva thane
pokkharanim karesi pancavannehi padumehi sahchannam ra-
manfyam. Sujata kihci ua“' akasi. Bodhisatto „matu upattha-
nam pitu upatthanam kule jet 4 hapacayikakammam saccavacam
^ liittliapetva. ^ G*' riitthapetva. ® C* ahosi. * sarimha. ^ so all
three MSS, ® G« paniya-. ^ vajukarii. ® -paiinim. ^ pupphiipaga-
phalupaga-. omits na.
202
I. Eksuipata. 4. Kulavakavagga.
apharasaFacam apisunavacam ^ macclieravinayan^^^ ti imaui
satta vatapadani puretva
Matapettibliaraih^ jantuiii kule jettlmpacayinaiii
saphaiTi sakHlasambhasam pesiineyyappahayinam^
yattaih saccam kodhabhibhiiih naram
deva tavatimsa-alm sappuriso ititi
evain pasamsiyabliavam apajjitva jivitapariyosane tavatiiiisa-'
bhavaae Sakko va*^ devaraja liutva nibbatti. Te pi ’ssa sahaya
tattli’ eva nibbattiiiisu* Tasmim kale tavatiiiisabliavaQe asuri
pativasanti. Sakko devaraja 5,kim no sadharanena rajjena^V
’ti asiire dibbapanaiii payetvi matte samane padesu galietva
SinerapapMe khipapesi. Te asurabhavanam eva sampa-
pnniihsu. Asurabhavanam nama Siiierussa betthimatale tava-
timsadevalokappainanam eva, tattha devanaiii paricchattako
viya Cittapatal!® ntoa kappatthiyarukkho lioti. Te Cittapataliya,
pupphitaya jananti : „nayam arahakam devaloko, devalokasmim
hi paricchattako pupphatlti‘^ Atha te , 4 ara~Sakko amhe
matte katva mahasamnddapitthe khipitva amhakam devana-
garaih ganhi'^ Te ^mayam^ tena saddhim yujjhitva amhakam
devanagaram eva ganhisstoa^^ ’ti pipillika viya tlianibhaiii
Sinerurii anusahcaramana uttliahiriiso. Sakko , sjasura Mra
utthita^^ ti sutva samuddapitthe yeva abbhiiggantva yujjhamaiio
tehi parajito diyaddhayojauasatikena VejayantaratheBa dakkhina-
samuddassa matthakaiiiatthakena palayituiii araddho. x\th’
assa ratho samuddapitthena vegena gacchanto Simbalivanaih**
pakkhanto®. Tassa gamanamagge Simbalivanam ^ talavaiiaih
viya chijjitvjX chijjitva samuddapitthe patati, Supaiiiiapotaka
samuddapitthe parivattenta maliaravam ravimsu. Sakko Ma-
talim piicclii: 5,sa,mma Miitali, kiiiisaddo nam’ esa, atikaruno
^ -suna-, Ci' -suna-. * C* taiii maceheravlnayaiii. ^ C« -Iiaraiii, C*’ -liaraiii.
* pesuneyya-. ^ ca, va added. ® -patali. ^ O mayan. ^ 0«
simbaii-. ® C^' pakkbante.
!. KuIavakaJStaka, (SI).
20B
ravo vattatiti^*. 5 ,Deva tumliakaih rathavegavicnnnite Sirabali-
vane patante supanimpotaka maranabhayatajjita ekaviravam
viravantiti^^ Mahasatto „sarama^ Mata]i% ma amlie nissaya
ete kilamaiitu, iia mayam issariyaih nissilya panavadha-
kammaiii karoma, etesam pana atthaya mayaiii jivitaiii pa-
riccajitva asnranaih dassama, nivattay’ etam rathan“ ti vatva
imaiii gMiani alia:
Knlavaka Matali Simbalismim
isamukliena parivajjayassu,
kamaih cajama asuresu panam,
ma-y-ime dija vikulava aliesun ti. 30.
Tattlia kulavaka ti siipannapotakaj Mataliti sriratliiiii amantesi, Sim-
balismin ti passa ete simbalirukkhe® olambanta ti classeti, Tsaraukbena
pari vaj j ayass ii 'ti ete etassa rathassa isamukberia yatlia na haniiauti evan ta
parivajjayassu, kamaiii cajama asuresu pan an ti yadi amhesu asuranam
panam cajaiitesu etesaih sottbi hoti kaniain^ cajama ekaiiisen’ eva mayam
asuresu amhakam prinaiir*^ cajama, mayime dija vikulava abesun ti ime
pana dijii ime gamlapotaka viddhastavieunnitakulavakataya® vikulava ma ahesum
ma amhakaiii dukkhaTii etesaiii uparikkbipa, nivattaya nivattaya rathan ti.
Matali*^ saihgaliako tassa vacanam sutva ratliaiii nivattetva
aiinena maggena devalokiibbimukliam akasi. Asnra pana tarn
nivattayamanam eva disva „addha annehi pi cakkavalebi Sakka
agacclianti, balaih labliitVci ratlio nivatto bliavissatiti^^ marana-
bliayabluta palayitva asurablmvanam eva pavisiiiisn. Sakko
pi devanagaraiii pavisitva dvisu devalokesu devagaiiena pari-
vnto nagaramajjbe attliasi. Tasmim khane pathavim bbinditva
yojanasaliassiibbedlio Vejayantapasado iffcthahi. Vijayante utthi-
tatta Vejayanto t’ eva naniaiii akaiiisu. Atha Sakko puna
asuranaiii anagaraanattliaya pailcasu tbanesu arakkliaih tbapesi,
yaiii saodliaya vuttaih ;
^ samma. ® O matali. ® simbalx-. * kaman, ^ q.-? panan.
® viddhvasta-. ^ 0*® matali.
204
I. Ekanipata. 4. Kulavakavagga.
Antara dvinnam^ ayujjliapuranam
pancavidha thapita abliirakkha:
uragakaroti payassa ca harf
madanayuta caturo ca malianta ti.
Dve nagarani pi yuddheiia gahetuih asakkurieyyataya ayujjhapuraiii nama
jatani devanagaran ca asuranagarau ca, yada hi asiira balavanta honti atha
devehi palayitva devanagaram pavisitva dvare pihite asurariarh satasahassam pi
kinci katuiii iia sakkoti^, yada deva balavanta honti atha asurehi paLayitva
asurariagarassa dvare pihite Sakkanaiii satasahassam pi kiilci katiirii na sakkoti^,
iti imani dve iiagarani ayujjhapuraiii nama. Nesaiii antarii etesu iiragadisu
paricasu that^^su Sakkena rakkha thapita. Tattha uragasaddena nfiga gahita,
te udake balavanta honti , tasma Siiierussa pathamalinde ^ tesaih arakkha,
karotisaddena supaiina gahita, tesaih kira karoti nama paiiabhojanaiii , tena
riamaih labhihisu, dutiyaliiide® tesaih arakkha, payassa harisaddena kumbhanda
gahita, dariavaraklihasa kir ete, tatiyalinde® tesaiii arakkha, madaiiayutasaddena
yakkha gahita, visamacarino kir ete yiiddhamsonda^ , catutthalinde * tesam
arakkha, caturo ca mahanta ti cattaro maharajiino vutta, pahcamalinde* tesam
arakkha, tasma yadi asura kupita avilacitta devaparaiii upayanti pahcavidhesu
yam girino patharaarii paribhandaiii tain uraga paribahiya titthanti , evarii
sesesu sesa.
Imesu pana pancasn tlianesu arakkliaiii tliapetva Sakko*
devanam indo® dibbasampattim anubhavamane Sudhamma ca-
vitva tass’ eva padaparicarika hutva nibbatti, kaiinikaya dinna-
nissandena c’ .assa pancayojanasatika Sudhamma nama deva-
manisabha udapadi, yattlia dibbasetacchattassa hettha yoja-
nappamane kaficanapallamke nisinno Sakko devanam indo
devamaniissanam kattabbakiccaiii karoti. Cittapi cavitva tass’^
eva padaparicarika hutva nibbatti, uyyanassa karananissandena
c’ assa Cittalatavanam nama uyyanarh udapadi. Nandapi
cavitva tass’ eva padaparicarika hutva nibbatti^ pokkharam-
nissandena^^ c’ assa Nanda nama pokkharani udapadi, Siijata
^ C’-' diimarh. ^ 0^ hari. ® 0® sakkonti. * sakkonti corrected to sakkoti.
^ 0^ "linde. ® C^' -linde. yuddhasonda, ® so all three MSS., instead
of Sakke? ® so all three MSS., instead of inde? C*' -pallahke.
pokkharani-.
1. Kulavakajataka. (31),
'MB'
pana kusalakamniassa akatatta ekasmim aranne kandaraya
bakasakunika butva nibbatta. Sakko ,,Sujata na paMayati,
kattba nii kho nibbatta^ ti avajjento disva tattlia gantva taiii
adaya devalokam gantva tassa raiuamyam devanagaram Su“
dhammam devasabhaiii Cittalatavanaiii Nandapokkbaranim ca
dassetva j^eta kusalaiii katva mayham padaparicarika liutva
nibbatta, tvarii pana kusalam akatva tiracchanayoniyam nibbatta,
ito patthaya silaixi rakkba^* ’ti taiii ovaditva pancasu silesu
patitthapetva^ tattb’ eva netva vissajjesi. Sapi tato pattbaya
silaiii rakkbati. Sakko katipabaccayena „sakka nu kbo siiam
rakkhitnn‘‘ ti gantva niaccliarupena nttano hutvii purato nipajji.
Sa jjmatamacchako^*^ ti sanilaya sise aggahesi, maccho nan-
gutthaiii^ calesi, atlia naiii ,,jivati, maniie*^^ ti vissajjesi. Sakko
jjSadliu sadhu, sakkliissasi silarii rakkhitun‘‘ ti agamasi. Sa
tato cuta Baranasiyam kumbliakaragehe nibbatti. Sakko 5,kaban*
nu kho nibbatta/^ ti tattlia nibbattabhavam hatva suvanna-
elalukanam * yanakaiii pnretva majjhe gamassa maliallakave-
seiia nisiditva „elalukani® ganhatha, elalukani* ganhatha^^ ’ti
ugghosesi. Manussa agantva „dehi tata“ ’ti ahamsu. „Ahaih
sllam^ rakkhakanam demi, tiimhe silaiii rakkhatha*^^ ’ti. „Mayam
silaiii nama na janama, niulena dehiti"^ „Na mayham mulena
attho, silarakkhakaimh’' iievaharii dammiti^^ Manussa ,,koci
ayaih ialako®^® ti pakkamiiiisu. Sujata tarii® pavattirh sutva
„raayham anitaiii bhavissatiti^^ cintetva gantva 5,dehi tata‘^ ti
*Eha. jjSllaiti rakkhasi amma‘‘ ti. 5jAma rakkhamiti^^ „Idam
maya tuyham eva atthaya abhatan^^ ti saddhiiii yanakena
gehadvare thapetva pakkami. Sapi yavajivam silaiii rakkhitva
tato cuta Vepacittiyassa asuriadassa dhita hutva nibbatti,
silanisamsena abhirupa ahosi. So tassa vayappattakale „niayham
dhita attano cittarucitam samikam ganhatu^^ ’ti asure sanni*
^ C« patitthapetva. * C« namgu*. ^ kabarn. * svannalukinam. ^ C«
eialukaiii. ® sila. ^ siiam-. ® 0^. elaluko, * naiii.
206
I. Ekanlpata. 4. KuIavataTagga.
patesi. Sakko 5 ,kaliam m sa nibbatta^^ ti olokento tattba
nibbattabhavaiii liatva j^Sujata cittarucitam samikam ganhantl^
mam ganliissatlti^^ asuravannaiii mapetva tattha agamasi.
Sujatam* alaiiikaritYa sannipatatrimnarii anetva ,, cittarucitam
samikam ganha^*^ ’ti abamsu. Sa olokentf Sakkaiii disva pubbe
pi sinehavasena ^^ayam me samiko^^ ti aggahesi. So tarn
devanagaraih anetYa addhatiyanaiii uatakakotinaiii jet,thikam
katva yavatayukaiii thatva yathakammarii gato,
Sattha imam dhammadesanam aiiaritya „evam bhikkbave pubbe
papdita devarajjam karayamana attano jivitam pariccajantapi panatipa-
tam na karimsii^ tYaiii uama evarSpe niyyanikasasaue pabbajitya apa*
rissayitam sappanakam udakam pivissasiti^ tarn bbikkhum garabitya
anusandhiih gliatetva jatakam. samodhanesi: „Tada Matali samgaliako
Anando aliosi, Sakko pana abam era'* ’ti. Kulavakaj atakam.
2. Naccajataka.
Eudam maiianfian ti. Idam Sattiia Jetayane yibaraato
ekaiii bahabhandikam bbikklium arabbba katbesi. Vatthmii
hettha Deyadbammajatake vuttasadisam eya. Sattha tarn bbikklmiii
^saccarii kira tyaiii bhikkhu bahubbando“ ti piiccbi. ,,Ama bbante“
ti. jjKimkarana tyaiii babubhando jato^* ti. So ettakaiu siitya ya
kuddbo niyasaiiaparupanam^ cbaddetya® minima dani niharena yicara-
miti“ Sattba purato naggo attbasi. Manussa dbi*’' dhiti ahamsu. So
tato palayitya hinayaratto. , Bhikkbu dbainmasabhayaib saimisinna
,,Sattbu nama purato eyariipam karissasitb* tasisa agiinakatbam ka-
tbesum, Sattha agantya s,kaya nu ’ttba bbikkbaye etarabi katbayi^
saimisinna^' ti bbikkbu pucchi, ^Bbaiite ‘so bi luima bbikkliu turn-*
bakam purato catuparisamajjbe birottapparii pabaya gamadarako
yiya naggo thatya^ manussebi jiguccbiyainano binaya yattitya sasana
pariliino’ ti tassa agunakatbaya nisinn’ amba“ ’ti. Sattha ,,iia bbikkbaye
idan’ er’ eso*' bbikkbu birottappabbayena ratanasasana paiiliino, pubbe
ittbiratanapatilabbato pi paribmo yeva“ ’ti yatya atitaiii abari;
* gaiihanti , G^ gamhariti. ® all three MSS. sujata.
olokenti, ^ -parupanam. ^ 0^ chafidhetva, C^’ dhi
viya naggo viya liutva, ® 0^ zdaaevaso.
ali three MSS.
gamadarako
2. Naccajataka. (32),
207
Atite pathamakappe catappadi, Sihaiii rajanarii akamsu,
macclia Anandamaccliam, sakuiia Suvannahaihsaih. Tassa
paiia Suvaiinarajahamsassa dhita liamsapotika abhirtipa ahositi
so tassa varaiii adasi* Sa attano cittarucitaiii samikaiii
varesi. Hamsaraja tassa varaiii datva Himavante sabbasakune
sannipatapesi. Nanappakara* haiiisamoradayo sakunagana sama-
gantva ekasmiiii mahante pasanatale saiinipatimsu. Hamsaraja
5 , attano cittarucitaiii stoikaiii agantva ganliatu^*^ ’ti dliTtaram
pakkosapesi. Sa sakunasarnghaiii olokenti ® manivannagivam
citrapeklmnam ^ inoraih disva ^ayaiii me samiko hotu“' ’ti
rocesi. Sakuimsaiiigha moraiii upasaiiikamitva ahaiiisu: ^jSamma
uiora ayaiii rajadlilta ettakanaiii sakunanaiii majjlie samikaih
rocentl^ tayi ruciiii uppadesiti*^^ Moro ^^ajjapi tava me balarii
na passasiti^^ atitutthiya^ birottappam bliinditva tava mabato
sakunasamgbassa majjhe pakkbe pasaretva naccituiii arabbi,
naccanto appaticcbanno abosi. Suyannabamsaraja lajjito imassa
n’ eva ajjhattasamutthana biri attbi na babiddbasamuttbanaiii
ottappaiii, nassa bbinnahirottappassa mama dbitaram dassamiti^"^
sakmiasamghamajjbe imaiii gatham aha:
Rudam® manunnaiii rucira ca pittbi
veiuriyavamiupanibba ca giva
vyamamattaui ca pekkhunani,
naccena te dhitaraiii no dadamiti. 31.
^ Tattlia rudam m a nun nan ti, takarasisa dakaro kato, rudam manapam,
vassitasaddo madhuro ti attho, rlicira ca pltthiti pitthi'^ pi te citrd c’ eva
sobharia ca , v e 1 u r i y a v a n n u p a n i b Ii a ti veltniyamanivanuasadisa , v y a m a -
raattaniti ekavyamapamanani, pekkbunaniti pinjani, naccena te dhi-
ta raiii no dadaiuiti hirottappara bhinditva naccitabhaven' eva te evarupassa
liiilajjassa dbitaram no dadamiti vatva
Haiiisaraja tasmim yeva parisamajjhe attano bli^iney-
yahamsapotakassa dbitaram adasi, Moro hamsapotikaiii ala*
^ 0 ^ “karanam^ -kara. ^ ali three MSS. olokenti. ® -pekunaih, -pekhu-.
naiii. ^ aii three MSS. rocenti. C*' atutthiya. ® C* rudaih. C® C*' pitthi.
208
I. Ekatiipata, 4. Kulavakavagga.
bhitva lajjitva tato va utthahitva palayi. Hamsarajapi attano
vasanatthanam eva gate.
SattM „na bhikkhave idan’ ey’ esa hirottappam bhinditva rata-
nasasaua parihino, pubbe itthiratanapatilabhato pi parihino yeva- ’ti
imam dbamniadesanam aharitya anusandhim gbatetya jatakam sam-
odbanesi: „Tada moro bahubliandiko ahosi, bamsaraja pana abam
eya*‘ ’ti. Naccaj atakam.
3. Sammodamanajataka.
Sammodamana ti. Warn Sattha Kapilavatthum upanis-
saya nigrodbarame viharanto cumbafakalabam arabbha katbesi.
So Kunalajatake ayibhayissati. Tada pana Sattba natake amantetya
„maharajano, natakanam aSSamannaifa yiggaho nama na yutto, ti-
rwchanagatapi pubbe samaggakale paccamitte abbibbavitva yada
yiyadam apanna tada mahayinasam patta“ ti natirajakulebi ayacito
atitam ahari:
Ante Baranasiyaiii Bralimadatte rajjaiii karente
Bodhisatto vattakayoniyaih nibbattitva anekavattaka-
sahassaparivaro aranfie vasati. Tada eko vattakainddako tesam
vasanatthanam gantva vattakavassitaiii katva tesam sanni-
patitabhavam natva tesam npari jalairi kliipitva pariyantesu
maddanto sabbe ekato katva paecliiiii puretva gbaraiii gantva
te‘ vikkinitva tena mulena jivikarii kappeti. Atb’ ekadivasam
Bodhisatto te vattake aha: „ayani sakuniko’ amhakaiii natake
vinasam papeti, aham ekaifa upayaih janami yen’ esa amhe.
ganhitum na sakkhissati, ito dani patthaya etena“ tumliakam
npari jale khittamatte ekeko ekekasmiiii jalakkhike sisam tha-
petva jalam ukkhipitva icchitatthanam haritva ekasmim kan-
takagumbe pakkliipatha , evaih sante tena tena thanena pala-
yissama“ ti. Te sabbe „sadhu“ ’ti patisuniriisu. Dutiyadivase
npari jalamkhitte^ Bodhisattena vuttanayen’ eva jalam nkkhi-
3. Cfr, J. R. A. S. December, 1870. * C* ne. ’ C* C« eakuuako, C« sakuniko,
C» ete. * so all three MSS.
3. Sammodamanajataka. (33).
209
pitva ekasmiffi kantakagumbe khipitva sayam Ixettliabliagena
tato palayimsu. Sakuiiikassa gumbato jalarh mocentass’ eva
vikalo jato. So tuccbaliattbo va^ agamasi, Punadivasato
patthaya pi vattaka tatb’ eva karonti. So pi yava suriyass’
attliagamana jalam eva mocento kinci alabbitva tucchabattbo
va geliam gaccbati. Atb’ assa bbariya kujjhitva ^tvaiii divase
divase tiiccbabattbo agaccliasi, annam pi te baH positab-
batthanaiii atthi manne^' ti aba. Sakuniko ^^bliadde mama
annam^ positabbatthanaiii n’ attiii, api ca kho pana te vattaka
samagga liiitva caranti, maya khittamattam jalarh adaya kan-
takagumbe khipitva gacclianti , na kho pana te sabbakalam
eva sammodamana viharissantij tvaiii ma cintayi% yada te
vivadam apajjissanti tada te sabbe vadaya tava mukham hasaya-
mano agaccliissamiti^^ vatva bhariyaya^ imam gatham aba:
Sammodamana gacchanti jalam adaya pakkhino,
yada te vivadissanti tada ehinti me vasan ti. 32 .
Tattha yada te vivadissanti ti yasmiiii kfiie te vattaka nanaiaddMka
iianagahii hiitva vivadissanti kalahaiii karissantiti attho, tada eliinti me
vasan ti tasmirh kale sabbe pi te mama vasam agacchissanti, atb^han te gahetva
tava mukham hasayanto agacchissamiti bhariyaiii samassasesi.
Katipahass’ eva pana accayena eko vattako gocarabhu*
iiiira otaranto asallakkhetva ahnassa sTsam akkami^ Itaro
„ko marh sise akkamiti^^ knjjhi. ^Aham asallakkhetva akka-
miiii , ma kujjhiti^^ vatte pi ca knjjhi yeva. Te punappuna
kathenta jjtvam eva mahne jalaiii nkkhipasiti^^ annamannaih
vivadam kariihsu, Tesii vivadantesu Bodhisatto cintesi: viva-
dake sotthibhavo nama n’ atthi , idan’ eva te jalam no nk-
khipissanti, tato mahantarh vinasarh papunissanti, sakuniko
okasam labhissati, maya imasmim thane na sakka vasitun‘^ ti
so attano parisam adaya afmattha gato, Sakuniko pi kho
^ omits va. ^ mamaiinani. ® 0® dntayt ^ omits bhariyaya. * C«
akkarai.
14
210
I, Ekanipata, 4. Kulavakavagga.
katipaliaccayena agaiitva vattakavassitaiii vassitva tesaiii sanni-
patitanam upari jalarh pakkhipi. Atli’ eko vattako ^jtuyham
kira jalam ukkliipantass’ eva matthake iomani patitani, idani
iikkhipa*^ ’ti aka. Aparo ,,tuyham kira jalaiii ukkliipantass’
eva dvisu pakkliesu pattaiii patitani, idani iikkliipa^^ ’ti alia.
Iti tesarii ^tvam ukkliipa^*' ’ti vadantaiian^ neva sakuniko jalaiii
ukkhipitva sabbe va te ekato katva paccliiih puretva bliariyaiii
basayamano gebaiii agaraasi.
Sattha ,,evam makaraja natakanam kalaho nania na yutto, kalaho
vinasamulam eva kotiti“ imam dkammadesanam akaritya anusandhim
ghatetya jatakarii samodkanesi : ,/rada apanditavattako Deyadatto ahosi,
panditayattako pana akam eya** ’ti. Sammodamanajatakam.
4, Mac ckajataka.
Na mam sitam na mam iinlian ti. Idarh Sattka Jetayane
yiharanto puranadutiyikapalobhanam^ arabbka katkesi. Tada
ki Sattha tarn bhikkhum „saccam kira tyam bhikkku * ukkantkito*®
ti puccki. jjSaccam Bkagava** ’ti. ,jKenasi uldkantkapito*' ti. ,,Pu-
ranadutiyika® me bkante madkurakattkarasa , naih jakituin na sakko-
Atha naiii Sattha „bhikkhu, esa itthi^' taya anatthakarika,
pubbe pi tvaiii etaiii nissaya maranaiii papunanto mam agamma
maranamutto** ti yatya atitam akari:
Atite Baranasiyaih Brakmadatte rajjarh karente
Bodkisatto tassa purokito aliosi. Tada kevatta nadiyam
jalaih kkipimsu. Atk’ eko makamaccko rativasena attang*
macckiya saddkiik kilamano agacchati. Tassa sa Biacclii*
purato gacckamana jallgandkam gliayitva jalaiii parikaramaiia
gata. So pana kamagijjko lolamaccko jalakucckim eva pa-
vittko. Kevat4a tassa jalaiii pavittkabliavaiii natva jalaiii
ukkhipitva macchaiii gahetva amaretva va valikapittlie khi-
1 0^ C'^ -iiaiu. 2 Qic Qs -diiti-, ^ omit saccarii kira tvaih bliikkhii. ^ C*'
ittki. ■ ^ Cs inacchi. ® valina-.
4. Macejbajataka. (04)*
211
pitva jjimam angaresu pacitva khadissama^^ ’ti angare karoiiti
stilam tacchenti. Maccho ^etairi^ angtotapanam^ va sulavedha-
iiaiii va anfiam va pana dukkliaih na main kilameti, yarn pana
sa macclii^ ‘^anziaiii so iiuna gato’ ti mayi domanassam apajjati
tad eva mam badhatiti^^ paridevamano imaiii gatliam alia:
Na mam sltaiii na marii unhaiii na maiii jalasmiiii badhanam,
yan ca mam mafmate macchf ^annaih so ratiya gato’ ti.
Tattha na maiii sTtaiii na maiii iinhan ti macctaiiara udaka niliatakale*
sitaiii hoti, tasmiih vigate iinharh lioti, tadubhayam sandhaya na mam siiam na
maiii nnham badbatiti paridevati, yam® pi taih angaresu paccanamulakam dukkhaiii
bhavissati tarn pi sandhaya na main unlian ti paridevat’ eva , na mam jalas-
miih badhanan ti yam pi me jalasmirii badhanam ahosi tam pi mam na
badhesiti paridevati, yan ca man ti adisu® ayaiii pindattho: sa maccM mama
jaie patitassa imehi kevattehi gahitabhavarh ajanantl'^ mam apassamana „so
maccho idani anfiaiii macchiih kamaratiya gato® bhavissatiti'' cinteti, tain tassa
domanassappattaya ciiitanam marii bMhatiti valikapitthe nipanno paridevati.
Tasmim samaye puroliito dasaparisaparivuto nahanatthaya
naditiram agate. So pana sabbarutannu^ hoti. Ten’ ass^
maccliaparidevitam sutva etad ahosi: ^jayaih maccho kilesa-
paridevitaih paridevati, evaiii aturacitto kho pan’ esa miyamano
niraye yeva nibbattissati , aham® assa avassayo bhavissa-
miti*^ kevattanam santikam gantva „ambho tumhe ’ amha-
kaiii ekadivasam pi vyahjanatthaya maccham na detha^^ ’ti
aha. Kevatta „kim vadetha saiiii, tnmhakaiii ruccanaka-
maccham gaiihitva gacchatha®^ ’ti ahamsu. ^Amhakaiii annena
\ammam n’ atthi, imaii^^ heva detha^* ’ti. ,,Ganhatha samiti^^
Bodhisatto tam uhhohi hatthehi gahetva naditlre nisiditva
„amblio^^ maccha, sace t’ ahaih ajja na passeyyam'jlvitakkha-
yam papuneyyasi, idani ito pattliaya ma kilesavasiko^^ ahositi'^^
ovaditva ndake vissajjetva nagaraiii pavisi.
^ 0^ ekarii, emits etaiii. ® angare-. ® so all three MSS. ^ nihata-;
C« iiehata-. ® C*yaiii. ® 0*^ adisu. C® ajananti. ® O hato. ® C* aham,
C*' amham. iman. amho. -vasito.
14^
212 Efcaiilpata. 4. KnlSvakavagga.
Sattlia imam dhammadesanam aharitya saccani pakasesL Sacca-
pariyosane ukkanthitabhikkliu sotapattipliale patittliasi. Satthapi
anusandhiiii gliatetva jatakaiii samodhanesi: ,,Tada macciii^ purana-
dutiyika^ ahosi, maccho ukkanthitabhikkku, puroliito aham eya ahosin“
ti. Macchajatakam.
5. Vattakajataka.
Santi pakklia ti. Idaiii Sattha Magadliesu carikam cara-
mano dayag'ginibbanaih arabblia katbesi. Ekasmim hi samaye
Sattha Magadhesu carikam cararnano annatarasmim Magadhagamake
pindaya caritva pacchabhattam pindapatapatikkanto bhikkhuganapari-
Tuto maggaiii patipajji. Tasmiiii samaye mahadavo utthahi. Purato
ca pacchato ca bahii bhikkhu^. ^ So pi kho aggi ekadhumo ekajalo
hutya avattharamajao agacchat’ eya. Tatra eke"^ puthujjanabhikkhu
maranabhayabhita ,jpataggim dassania, tena daddhatthanaiii itaro aggi
na ottharissatiti*'^*’ aranx**' sahitam^ niharitva aggiiii karonti. Apare
ahamsu: „aviiso, tumhe kin nama karotha, gaganamajjhe ^ thitarh
candam pacinalokadhatuto uggacchantaiii sahassaramsipatimaixditaiix
suriyamandalaiii ® yelatire thita sanmddam Sinerum nisj>aya thita
Sineruih apassanta viya sadeyake loke agga|)uggalam attana saddhim
gacchantam eya Sammasambuddham anoioketya ‘patagg'iiii denia’ ti
yadetha, Buddhabalaiii nama na janatha, etha Satthu santikam gamis-
sama“ ’ti purato ca pacchato ca gacchanta sabbe pi ekato hutya Dasa-
balassa santikam agamaihsu. Sattha maliabhikkhusamghapariyaro**^
annatarasmim padese atthasi. Dayaggi abhibliayanto yiya yiravanto
agacchati, agantya Tathagatassa thitatthanam* ^ patya tassa padesassa
samanta solasakarisamattam^^ thaaiaiii patto udake opiiapitatinukka'^
yiya nibbayi , yibbedhato dvattimsakarisamattatthanam ayattharitmir
nasakkhi. Biiikkhu Satthu gunakatham^^ arabhirasu: , 5 aho Buddhanaiix
gunarii nama, ayajdi hi nama acetano aggi Buddhanam thitatihanam
ayatthariturix na sakkoti, udake tinukka yiya nibbayati, aho Buddha-
^ macchi. ^ «du-, ® C« bahu bhikkhu, baim bhlkkim cor-
rected to bahu bhikkhu. * G^‘ ete. ^ 0^ ottarissatiti. arani. "
C^sahita, sahita corrected to sahitam. ^ gagaaa-. siiriya-,
-safigha-. -nam* Ck 0® solasa-. G« -tinukka. Ck
gunamkatham.
5. Valfakajataka. (35).
213
iiam anubhavo nama‘‘ Hi. Sattlia tesam katham sutra „iia bhikkhare
idam etarabi snayiiaih balam , yam imam bhamippadesam patya esa
aggo nibbayati idam paiia mayliaih poranakasaccabaiam , imasmim hi
padese sakaiam pi imam kappam aggi iia jalissati, kappatthiya-
patihariyaiii nam’ etan*‘ ti alia. Ath%asma Aiiando Satthu nisi-
danatthaya catuggiinarii samgliatim pannapesi. Nisidi Sattlia. Pai-
lamkam abliujitva^ bhikkhusaiiigho pi Tatliagatam yanditya pariya-
retva nisidi. Atha Sattlia „idam tava bhante amhakam pakatam*
atltaih paticcliannam, tarn no pakataiii karotha“ Hi bhikkhiihi ayacito
atitam ahari :
AtTte Magadharatthe tasmiiii yeva padese Bodlii-
satto vattakayoniyam patisandliiih galietva matu kuccliito
jato andako sarapadaletva nikkharitakale inahabhendukappamaiio
vattakapotako aliosi, Atha narh matapitaro kulavake nipajja-
petva mukhatundakena gocaraiti aharitva posenti. Tassa pakkhe
pasaretva akasagamanabalam va pade ukkhipitva thale gamana-
balaiii va n' atthi. Tail ca padesam saiiivaccbare saiiivaccbare
davaggi ganbati. So tasmim^ pi samaye mabaravam ravanto
tarn padesam ganhi. Sakunasaiiigha attano attano kulavakebi
nikkhamitva maranabbayabhita viravanta palayanti. Bodlii-
sattassa pi matapitaro maranabbayabhita Bodbisattaiii chaddetva
palayimso. Bodbisatto kulavake nipannako va givaih nkkliipitva
avattharitva agacebantaiii aggiiii disva cintesi: ^jSace maybaiii
pakkhe pasaretva akasena gamanabalaih bhaveyya uppatitva
afinattlia gaccbeyyaiii, sace pade ukkhipitva gamanabalaiii
^aveyya padavarena aiinattba gaccbeyyaiii, matapitaro pi kbo
me maranabbayabbita mam ekakaiii pabaya attanam paritta-
yanta palata^ idani me aililam patisaranam n’ atthi, attano
’rabi asarano, kin nu kbo ajja maya katum vattatiti'H Atb’
assa etad abosi: ^imasmiiii ioke sliaguno nama atthi, sacca-
guno nama atthi , atite paramiyo puretva bodbitale nisiditva
abhisambuddba siiasamadbipannavimuttivimuttinanadassanasam-
^ 0^ ilbhuiijitva. ^ C> tasmiih. ^ ail three MSS. attano.
214
I. Ekanipata. 4. Knlayakavagga.
panna saccanuddayakarunnakliantisainannagata sabbasattesu
samapavattamettabhavana sabbannu - Buddha nama atthi, tebi
ca patividdha dhamiuaguna nama atthi, mayhaiti capi ekaiii^
saccam atthi, saiiivijjamano eko sabhavadhammo pannayati,
tasma atite Baddhe c’ eva tehi patividdliagune ca avajjitva
mayi vijjamanaiii saccasabhavadhammam gahetva saccakiriyam
katva aggiiii patikkaraapetva ajja maya attano c’ eva sesasa-
kunanah ca sotthibhavaih kMum vattatlti^^ Tena vnttaih:
Atthi loke silaguno, saccam soceyy’ anuddaya,
tena sacceiia kahami saccakiriyam anuttamaiii,
Avajjitva dhammabalaiii saritva pubbake Jine
saccabalam apassaya saccakiriyam akas’ ahan ti.
Atha Bodhisatto atite parinibbutanam Buddhanaih gune avajjitva
attani vijjamanam saccasabhavam arabbha saccakiriyam karonto
imam gatham* aha:
Santi pakkha apatana, santi pada avahcana,
matapita ca nikkhanta, jataveda patikkama ti* 34.
Tattha santi pakkha apatana ti mayham pakkha nama atthi npa-
labbhanti , na ca kho sakka- etehi uppatiturii akasena gantun ti apatana, santi
pada a^ahcana ti padapi me atthi tehi pana vancitum padacaragamanena
gaiituih na sakka ti avaficana, matapita ca nikkhanta ti ye ca mam
annattha neyyuiii te pi maranabhayeua matapitaro nikkhanta/ jataveda ti
aggiih alapati, so hi jato vediyati pannayati , tasma jatavedo ti vuccati,
patikkama ti patigaccha nivatta "ti jatavedam aiiapeti^. Iti Mahasatto sace
mayham pakkhanam atthibhavo c’ eva te ca pasaretva akase apatanabba'^.
saccaih padanarii atthibhavo te ca ukkhipitva avancanabhavo matapitunnaih
maiii kulavake yeva chaddetva,.palatabhjivo ca sacco sabhavabhilto yeva, jataveda
etena saccena tvam ito patikkama ti kulavake nipanno yeva saccakiriyaih akasl.
Tassa® saha saccakiriyaya solasakarisamatte^ thane jata-
vedo patikkami, patikkamanto ca na-jjhapayamano va^ arah-
nam gato, udake pana opiiapita ukka viya tatth’ eva nibbayi.
Tena vuttam:
^ eka, ^ anapeti. ® nassa. ^ 0 ^ -matta. ^ ca.
6. Sakanajitaka (36).
215
Saha saccakate inayham malm pajjali sikhi^
vajjesi solasa kansani udakam patva yatiia sikMti.
Tam pan’ etam thilnarh sakale pi imasinim kappe aggina ana-
bhibhavanlyatta kappatt.liiyapatihariyaiii nama jataiii. Evaiii Bo-
dbisatto saccakiriyaih katva jivitapariyosane yatbakammaiii gato.
Sattlia „iia bhikkhavo imassa ranassa aggina anajjhottharanam
etarabi maybaiii balarii, poranarh pan’ etam vatfcakapotakakaie maybam
eva saccabalan** ti imarh cihammadesanam abaritya saccani pakasesi.
Saccapariyosanc keci sotapanna abesurii , koci sakadagamino keci
anagamino ahe.sum, keci arahattam patta ti. Sattbapi anusandhirii
gbatetva jatakam samodhanesi : ,,Tada inatai>itaro etarabi matapitaro
va* abesuiii, vattakaraja pana abam eva“ ’ti. V a 1 1 a k aj a t aka m.
6. Sakunaj ataka.
Yarii^ nis.sita ti. Warn Sattha Jetavane viharanto dad-
dbapannasalaih bbikkbum arabbba kathesi. Eko kira bbikkhu
Sa,tthu santike kammattbanam gabetva Jetayanato nikkbamma Ko-
salesu ekaiii paccantagamaiii upanissaya ekasmiiii aranne senasane
yasati. Atb’ assa pathamamase yeya pannasala daybittha. So
„pannasaia me daddha, dukkbam yasamiti“ manussanam acikkhi.
JVianussa ,,idani no kliettam parisukkbam, kedare payetva karissama,
tasmim payite bijam vapitva bije yutte'^ vatiih katya yatiya kataya
niddayitya layitya madditya“ ti eyaiii ’^ tarn taiii kammarh apadisaata
yeya temasarii vitinamesmn. So bbikkhu temasam abbhokase dukkbam
^santo kammattbanam yadcPietya yisesaiii nibbattetum nasakklii,
payaretya pana Satthu santikam gantya yanditya ekamante nisidi.
Sattha tena saddhiih patisantharam katyji, „kim bhikkhu sukhena
vassaiii yiittho si , kammatthanan te matthakam ti puccbi.
So taiii payattim aeikkbitya „seiiasanasappayassa me abbayena kam-
matthaiiam matthakaiii na ti aha. Sattha ,,pubbe bhikkhu
tiracchanagatapi attaiio sappayasappayam janiihsu, tyam kasma na
annasiti“ yatya atitam ahari :
^ so all three MSS. ^ C*-’ ca. ^ yan. * vutthe, 0*^ vunte. evan,
216
I. Ekanipata. 4. Kuiavakavagga.
Atite Baranasiyam Bralimadatte rajjaiii karente
Bodhisatto sakunayoniyam nibbattitva sakunasamghapari-
viito araSfiayatane sakhavitapasampaiiDam maharukkliaiii nissaya
vasati, Atli’ ekadivasaiii tassa rukkhassa sakhasu annamaniiam
ghamsantisu cunnam patati. Dimmo utthati. Taiii disva Bo-
dhisatto cintesi: „iina dve sakha evaih ghamsamana aggiih
vissajjessanti , so patitva puranapannani ganhissati ^ tato
pattliaya imam pi rukkham jhapessati^ na sakka idha amhelii
vasituiii , ito palayitva aniiattha gantum vattatiti*^ so sakuna-
saiiighassa imaiii gatham aha:
Yam nissita jagatiruliaiii''^ vihaiiigaraa
sv-ayaih aggiih paomneati,
disa bhajatha vakkaihga, Jatam saraimto bhayan ti. 36.
Tattha jagatiruhau® ti, jagati vuccati pathavi, tattha jatatta rakkiio jaga-
tiruho ti vuccati, viharagania ti vihaiii vuccati akasaiii, tattha gamariato
pakkhi vihamgama ti vuccanti, disa bhajatha ti imam rukkham muficitva
aiiriato palayauta catasso disa bhajatha, vakkarhga ti sakune iilapati , te hi
uttamaihgarii galahi* kadiici kadaci vakkaiir’^ karonti; tasma vakkaihga ti vuccanti,
varhkii va tesarh ubhosu passesu pakkha jata ti pi vakkariiga, jatarii
saranato bhayan ti amhakam avassayarukkhato yeva bhayaiii nibbattam, etha
annattha gacchama ti.
BodMsattassa vacanakara pandita sakuna tena saddhim
ekappaharen’ eva uppatitva annattha gata, ye pana apandita
te „evamevaih esa bindumatte udake kumbhile passatlti“ tassa
vacanaiii agahetva tatth’ eva vasiihsn. Tato na cirass’ eva
Bodhisattena cintitakaren’ eva aggi nibbattitva naih rukkhanT
aggahesi. Dhume ca j||[lasu ca utthitasu dhumandha sakuna
annattha ganturii nasakkhimsu, aggiinhi patitva patitva vinasarii
papunitiisu.
Sattha „eYam bhikkhu pubbe tiracchanagatapi rukkhagge
vasanta attano sappayasappayam jananti, tvarii kasma na anSasiti“
’ 0*“ 0" jhapessasi, C* pessati. ’ 0” -ruharii. Is jagatimbam an interpolation?
* G® -ruban. ^ C* nttamenigaianu ^ C® vainkaih.
7. Titfcirajataka. (37).
217
imam ciliammadesanaiii aliaritva saccani pakaseisi. Saccapariyosane so
bhikkhu sotapattiphale patiithito. Satthapi anusandbim ghatetva jata-
kam samodhanesi: „Tada Bodliisattassa yacanakara sakima Buddha-
parisa aliesurii, imnditasakano pana aliam e.ya“ ’ti. Sakun aj ata kam.
7. Tittirajataka.
Ye yaddkam apacay anti ti, Idam Sattka- Sayatthiih^
gacchanto S ari puttatlierassa senasanapatibalianam® arab-
bba katliesi. Anathapindikena hi viharani karetya date pesite Sattha
Rajagalia iiikkhamma Yesaiim patya tattha yathabliirantam yiharitya
,,Sayatthim gamissamiti“ maggarii patipaj[Ji, Tena ca samayena
Chabbaggikanaiii anteyasika purato gantya theranam seaasaiiesu
agahitesY-eya „idam senasanaiii amhakam upajjhayassa idam acari-
yassa idam amhakam eya bhayissatiti“ senasanani palibaddhanti.
Paccha %ata thera senasanani na labhanti. Sariputtatherassapi
aatevasika therassa senasanaiii pariyesanta na labhimsu. There sena-
sanam alabhanto Satthn senasanassa ayidhre ekasmim rukkhamiile
nisajjaya camkamenav ca yitinamesi. Sattha paccusasamaye nikkhamitya
ukkasi. There pi ukkasi. „Ko eso“ ti. „Aham bhante Sariputto“ ti.
„Saripiitta imaya yelaya idha kiiil karositi“. So taiii payattim
arocesi. Sattha therassa yacanam sutva „idani tava mayi jiyante
yeya bhikkhii annamannam agaraya appatissa , parinibbute nu kho
kiih karissnntiti*^ ayajjantassa dhammasamyego udapadi. So pabha-
taya rattiya bhikkbusamgham sannipatapetya bhikkhu pucchi: ,,saccam
kira bhikkhaye Chabbaggiya purato purato gantya theranam bhikkhu-
naih senasanam patibaliantiti“. „Saccaiii Bhagaya‘‘ ’ti. Tato chab-
baggiye garahitya dhaminakathaih kathetya bhikkhu aniantesi: „ko
fTU kho bhikkhaye aggasanam aggodakarii aggapindam araliatiti**,
Ekacce ,,khattiyakuia ]}abbajito“ ti ahamsii, ekacce ,,brahmanakula
gahapatikula pabbajito“ ti, apare „yinayadfia.ro dhammakathiko patha-
niassa jhanassa labhi^ dutiyassa tatiyassa catutthassa jhanassa la-
bhiti“ , apare ,,sotapanno sakadagami® anagami® araha teyijjo chaia-
bhinSo'* ti ahariisu, Eyam tehi bhikkhulii attano attano ruciyasena
aggasanadirahanam ^ kathitakale® . Sattha aha: „na hi bhikkhaye
^ savatthiyam. ’ senasanam-. ^ cankamena. * 0* labhi. C ^
-garni. ® ail three MSS, anagami. so all three MSS. * karita-.
21S
I. Ekanipata. 4. Kulavakavagga.
may ham sasane aggasanadmi patra khattiyakula’ pabbajito pamanam,
na brabmanakula na gahapatikula pabbajito na yinayadharo na suttan*-
tiko nabhidhammiko na pathamajjhanadiiabliino na sotapaiinadayo
pamanam, atha klio bhikkhare imasmiiii sasane yatliabuddhaih
abhiyManapaccutthanara afijalikammam saraicikammam katabbam,
aggasanam aggodakaih aggapindo laddhabbo, idam ettha pamanam,
tasnia buddhataro bhikkim etesam anncchayiko , idani kho pana
bhikkhaye Sariputto mayham aggasavako anndhammacakkam pa-
vattako mamanantararii senasanam laddhnm arahati, so imam rattim
senasanarii alabhanto rukkhamule vitinamesi, tumlie idan’ eva eyam
agarava appatissa gacchante gacchante kale kin ti katya yiharissatha^
’ti, Atha nesam oyadadanatthaya „pubbe bhikkhaye tiracchana-
gatapi ‘na kho pan’ etam amhakam patirupam yam mayam anna-
mafinam agarava appatissa asabliagayuttino yihareyyama , amhesu
maballakataram janitva tassa abhiyadanadini karissama’ ’ti sadhukaih
Timamsitya ‘ayam no mahallako’ ti natya tassa abhiyadanadini katva
deyapatham purayamana gata“ ti yatya atitaih ahari:
Atite Hiinavantapasse ekaih nmhaiiigrodham upanis-
saya tayo sahaya viharimsu: tittiro makkato hattliiti. Te
annamannaiii agarava appatissa asabhagavuttino aliesurii. Atha
nesam etad ahosi: j,na yuttarh amhakam evarh vihariturii, yan
nuna mayarii yo no mahallakataro tassa abhivadanadini karonta
vihareyytoa'* ’ti* „Ko pana no mahallakataro^^ ti cintetva
ekadivasam „atth’ eso npayo'^ ti tayo pi jana nigrodhamnle
nisiditva tittiro ca makkato ca hatthiiii pucchimsu: j^samma
hatthi tvaiii imam nigrodharukkhaih kivappamanakalato pat-
thaya janasiti^. So aha: „samma^ ahaiii^ tarunapotakakal?
imam nigrodhagacchaih ^jantarasatthisu katva gacchami, anta-
taritva^ thitakale ca pana me etassa aggasakha nabliim ghat-
teti, ev’ aham'** iinaiii gacchakalato patdiaya janamiti‘‘. Puna
ubho jana puriinanayen’ eva makkatam pucchiiiisu* So aha:
35aham samma makkatacchapako samano blitimiyam nisiditva
^ -knla, * C« -vuddham. * samma, samma corrected to samma.
* ahan, ® so all three MSS, ® all three MSS. evaha.
7, Tittirajataka. (37).
219
givam aniikkhipitva va imassa nigrodhapotakassa aggamkure
kliadami, evam aliaiii imam kliuddakakalato patthaya janamlti^^
Atlia itare ubho purimanayen’ eva tittiram pnccliimsu. So
alia: jjsamnia pubbe asnkasmim nama tliane malianigrodba-
rukklio aliosij aliaiii tassa phalani kliaditva etasmiih thane
vaccaiii patesim, tato esa rukkho jato, ev’ aliam^ imam aja-
fakalato patthaya janaiiii, tasma aham tumhehi jatiya mahalla-
kataro‘^ ti. Evaiii viitte makato ca hatthi ca tittirapanditam
aliamsu: ^jsammaj tvaih amhehi raahallakataro, ito patthaya
mayam tava sakkaragarukaramananavandanapujanani c’ eva
abhivadanapaccutthanaahjalikammasamlcikammani ca karissama,
ovade ca te thassama, tvaiii pana ito patthaya amhakam
ovadanusasanTyaih ^ dadeyyasi^^ Tato patthaya tittiro tesaih
ovadarii adasi% silesu patitthapesi , sayam pi silani samadiyi.
Te tayo pi jana pahcasllesu patitthaya ahhamahnaih sagara-
va sappatissa sabhagavuttino hutva jivitapariyosane devaloka-
parayana* ahesum.
„Tesam tinnam samadanam tittiriyabrahniacariyan nama ahosi, te
hi nama bhikkhaye tiracchanagata annamannam* sagarava sappatissa
vihariihsu , turahe evarii svakkhate dhammavinaye pabbajitva kasma
anhamannam agaraya appatissa yiharatha, aniijanami bhikkhaye ito
patthaya tumhakarh yathabuddham abhiyadanapaccutthanaih anjali-
kammam® samicikammam yathabuddham aggasanam aggodakaiii agga-
pindajm ito patpiaya ca iiayakatarena buddhataro senasanena na pati-
bahitabbo, yo patibaheyya apatti dukkatassa’^ “ ti*
^ Eyaiii Sattha imam dhammadesanam aharitya abhisambuddho
hutya imam gatham aha:
Ye yaddham apacayanti nara dhamniassa koyida
ditthe ya dhamme pasamsa samparaye ca suggatiti, 36*
Tattha ye vaddham apacayanti ti jativaddho vayovaddbo gunavaddho
ti tayo vaddha, tesu jatisampaniio jativaddho nama, vaye thito vayovaddbo
i Qk Qv evaha* ® -niyaih. ® adasi. * devaloke. ^ C*' annamanha,
* 0^ “kamma. dukkatakassa.
220 Ekanipata. 4. Kulavakavagga.
nama, gunasamparinp gunavad(Jho nama, tesu ganasarnpanno vayovadd-ho imas-
mim tkaiie vaddho ti adhippeto, apacayan ti ti jt‘tthapacriyikakamiiiena pujentf,
d ham m as s a k o v id a ti Jetthapacayanadhammassa k o vi d a ti kusala , d i 1 1 h e
va dhanime ti imasmim yeva attabhave, pasanisii ti pasamsaraha, sam«
paraye c^a suggatiti samparatabbe imaiii lokaiii hitva gantabbe paraloke pi
tesam sugati yeva hotitij ayam pan’ ettha pindattho: bhikkliave khattiya va
hoiitu brahmana va vessa va sudda va gahattha va pabbajita va tiracchanagata
va ye keei satta jetthapacitikamme cheka kusala guiiasampannanarii vayo-
vuddhanarh apadtim karonti te imasmifi* ca attabhave jetthapacitikaraka tl
pasarhsam vannariaih thomanam labhanti kayassa <:a bhedd sagge nibbattantiti.
Evarh Sattba jetthapacitikamraassa gunam katlietva aniisandhim
ghatetva jatakaih samodhanesi : ,,Tada hatthinago Moggaliano ahosi,
makkato Sariputto, tittirapandit o pana aham eva‘ * ' ti . T i 1 1 i r a j a t a k a m .
8* Bakajataka.
Naccanta nikatippafino ti. Idam S atth a Jetayane yiha-
ranto civaravaddhakaih bhikkhum arabbha katbesi. Eko kira
jetavanavasiko bhikkhu yarii kind civare kattabbam cliedanaghattana-
yicaranasibbanadikara* kammam tattlia suknsalo: So taya kusalataya
ciyaram vaddheti, tasma civaravaddbako t’ eva pannayittha, Kirii
pan’ esa karotiti jinnapiiotikasu liatthakammam dassetya supiiassitam^
manapam ciyaram katya rajanapariyosane pitthodakena ranjitya sam-
khena ghamsitya^ ujjalam manunnam katya nikkhipati'\ Ciyara-
kamraaih katuiii ajananta bhikkhu abate satake gahetya tassa san-
tikarh agantya „mayam ciyaram katum iia janama, civaram no katya
detha“ ’ti vadanti. So ^civaram avuso kayiranianaiii drena nittbati,
raaya kataciyaram eya atthi, ime satake tbapetya ganbitya gacdiatba**
’ti nibaritya dasseti*^. Te tassa yannasarapattirii yeva disva antaranr-
ajananta tbiran ti sannaya ahatasatake civaravaddbakassa datya
ganbitya gacchanti. Tan ♦tebi tbokam kilitthakaie nnhodakena dho-
yiyamariam attano pakatim dassesi , tattba ta.ttba jinnattlianam
pannayati. .Te yippatisarino bonti. Eyaiii agatagate piiotikabi
yancento so bhikkhu sabbattba pakato jato. Yatha c’ esa Jetayane
tatba annatarasmim gamake pi eko ciyaravaddhako lokarii yanceti.
^ imasmim. * -vicarana-, » supassitarh. ^ 0^ ghasitvii. «
nikkhapati, nikkhipati. ® C* C*' dassesiti, dassesiti corrected to dasseti.
8. Bakajatafea. (38),
221
Tassa sambliatia^ bliikkliu „bhante Jetavane kira eko cirarayaddhako
eyaiii lokaiii vaScetiti“ arocayimsu. Ath’ assa etad ahosi: ,,band’
ahan tarn nagaravasikam vancemiti** piiotikacivaram atinianapaiii katya
surattaih ranjitva^ taiii parupitva Jetayanaiii againasi. Itaro taiii disva
ya lobhaiii uppadetva ,,bhaiite imaiii ciyaraiii tumliehi katan“ ti
puccbi. ,,Ama ayuso“ ti* ,3kantes imam ciyaram maybaih detha,
tumbe annam labhissatha“ ’ti. „Ayuso, inayam gamavasika dullabha-
paccaya^ im’ aham tuyhaih datya attana kim i)arupissamiti“. „Bbante,
mama saiitike aliatasataka attbi , te gahetva tumhakaiii ciyaram
karotba“ ’ti. „Ayuso, maya ettha batthakammam dassitam, tayi
pana eyam yadante kiiii sakka katum, gaiibabi nan“ ti tassa piiotika-
clyaram datva abatasatake adaya tarn vancetva pakkaini. Jetavana-
yasiko pi taiii ciyaram parupitva katipahaccayena unhodakena dbovanto
jipnapiiotikaih diisya iajjito. „Gamayasiciyaravaddhakena kira Jetayana-
vasiko Ya5cito“ ti tassa vancitabbavo samgbamajjhe pakato jato.
x\th’ ekadiyasam bhikkhii dhammasabhayaih tarn katham katbenta
nisidimsu. Sattlia agantya ,,kaya im ’ttba bhikkhave etarahi kathaya
sannisinna“ ti jiucchi. Te tarn attham arocesum. Sattba „na
bbikkhaye jetayauavasiciyarayaddbako® idan’ eya anne vanceti, pubbe
pi yanceti yeya, na gamayasikenapi idan’ eva esa jetayanavasiciyara-
yaddhako yancito, pubbe pi yancito yeya** ’ti yatya atitaiii abari:
Atite ekasmim arannayatane Bodhisatto annatararh
padumasararh nissaya thite rukkhe rukkhadevata hntva
nibbatti. Tada aiinatarasmiiii natxmahante sare nidagbasamaye
udakaiii mandam ahosi, bahu c’ ettha maccha honti, Ath’
eko bako te macche disva „eken’ upayena ime macche van-
c^tva khadissamiti^ gantva ndakapariyante cintento nisidi.
Atha tarn maccha disva 5,kim ayya cintento nisinno
piicchimsn. ^Tumhakaiii cintento nisinKo ’inhiti^^ „Amhakam
kim cintesi ayya*' ’ti. „Imasmiiii sare udakaih parittam
gocaro ca mando nidagho ca mahanto, Mdan’ ime maccha kim
llama karissantiti’ tumhakam cintento nisinno ’mhiti"* „Atha
kim karoma ayya" ’ti. jjTumhe sace mayham vacanam ka-
^ sampatta. ^ 0^ rajitva. ® C* C* -vasi-.
222
I. Ekanipata. 4 . Kulavakavagga.
reyyatlia aham vo ekekarii mukliatnndakena galietva etaih
paEcavannapadumasancliannam' malmsaram netva vissajjeyyan^*
ti, sjAyya, pathamakappikato pattliaya raacclianam cintanaka-
bako naina n’ attM, tvaiii amhesu ekekaiii kliaditakamo
jjNaliaiii turalie mayliam saddaliante khadissami, sace paiia
sarassa atthibhavam mayliam na saddahatha ekaiii maccliam
maya saddhiiii saraiii passitum pesetlia^^ ’ti. Macclia tassa
saddahitva ^,ayam jale pi tliale pi samattlio^^ ti ekam kana-
mahamaccliam adamsu. gabetva gaccliatba^^ Hi. So
taiii gabetva netva sare vissajjetva sabbam saraiii dassetva
puna anetva tesaiii macclianam santike vissajjesi. So tesam
maccbanam sarassa sarapattim vannesi. Te tassa katliaiii
sutva gantukama hutva „sadliu ayya arahe ganbitva gacchahiti^^
ahamsu. Bako pathaman tarn kanamaliamac chain eva gabetva
saratirara netva saram dassetva saratire jate varanarukkhe
nillyitva taih vitapantare pakkbipitva tundena vijjhanto iivi-
takkhayaiii papetva inaiiisam kbaditva kantake^ rukkbainule
papetva^ puna gantva „vissattlio me so maccbo, anno agacchatu^
Hi eten' upayena ekekarh gabetva sabbamaccbake kbaditva
puna agato ekamaccham pi naddasa. Eko pan’ ettha kakkatako
avasittho. Bako tarn pi khaditukamo hutva ^bho kakkataka,
maya sabbe te maccba netva padumasanchanne^ mahasare
vissajjita, ebi tvam pi nessamlti^^ 5,Mam gabetva gacchanto
katham ganhissasiti^^ jjDasitva ganhissamiti'^ ,,Tvaih evaih
gabetva gacchanto mam patessasi, naban taya saddhirii
missamiti^^ „Ma bhayi, ahan tarn sugabitam® gabetva gamissa-
Kakkatako cinfesi: „imassa maccbe netva sare vissaj-
janaih nama n’ attbi, sace pana mam sare vissajjessati icc-e-
tam kusalam, noce vissajjessati givam assa chinditva jivitam
harissamlti^', Atha naih evam aba: 5,samma baka, na kho
tvaiii sugahitam® gahetuih sakkhissasi, amhakam pana gahanarh
^ C* -samchaiinarh, * kaiithake. =» patetva. ^ C* -saiiichauue. ® so
all three MSS.
8. Baki^ataka. (38).
223
sogalianaiii , sac" aham alena’ tava givarii galietum labhissaini*
tava givaib sBgaliitam^ katva taya saddhirh gamissamlti^^ So
taiii jjvancetukamo esa ti ajananto jjsadlm*^ "ti sain-
paticclii. Kakkatako attano aleM^ kammarasandasena viya
tassa givani sugahitaiii katva ^idani gaccha^^ ’ti alia. So taiii
netva saraih dassetva varanarukkhabliimuklio payasi* Kak-
katako alia: j^matula, ayaiii saro etto, tvaiii pana ito nesiti“.
Bako jjpiyamatnlako atibhaginipntto si me tvan^*^ ti vatva
„tvam ^esa mam nkkhipitva vicaranto mayham daso’ ti sannam
karosi, manne, pass’ etaiii varanarukkhamiile kantakarasirh,
yatha me te sabbainaccba kliadita tarn pi tath’ eva khadis-
samiti^® alia. Kakkatako ^^ete maccba attano balataya taya
khadita, aham pana te marh khadituih na dassami, tan neva*
pana vinasaiii papesstoi, tvarii hi® balataya inaya vahcita-
bhavam na janasi, maranta ubho pi marissama, esa te sisarii
cHnditva bliumiyaiii khipissamiti^^ vatva sandasena viya alehi’^
tassa givaiii nippTlesi. So vattakatena mukhena akkhlhi assuna
paggharantena maranabhayatajjito „sami^ ahan tain na kha-
dissami, jivitarii me dehiti^^ aha. ^^Yadi evarn otaritva saras-
miiii -mam vissajjehiti''^ So nivattitva saram eva otaritva
kakkatakaiii sarapariyante paihkapitthe thapesi. Kakkatako
kattarikaya kumudanalam kappento viya tassa givam kappetva
iidakarii pavisi. Taiii acchariyam disva varanarukkhe adhi-
vattha devata sadhukararh dadamana vanaiii unnadayamana
mp.dhiirassarena imaiii gatham aha;
Naccanta nikatippanho nikatya snkham edhati,
aradhe nikatippanno bako kakkataka-m-iva ti. 37.
Tattha iiaccantaiiikatippanno nikatya sukham. edhatiti, nikati
vaccati vancana, nikatipafino vaficanapanno puggalo®, taya nikatya nikatiya
^ C*’ aleria, f> analena. * 0^*= C‘'» labhissamlti. ® so all three MSS. ^ C«
alehi. ^ tafice, taiiineva. ^ tvamnahi, C*^ tvanhi. all three
MSS. alehi. ® 0^^ pnggaia, C* pUggaia.
224
I. Ekanipata. 4. Kulavakavagga.
vanoaiiaya iia accantaih sukham edhati rnccakale sukhasmirii neva patittbatuih
iia sakkoti, ekamsena paiia viiiasam^ papunati yeva ti attho, aradhetUi®
patilabhati, nikatipanno^ ti keratikabliavarh sikkhitapanfio papapuggalo attana
katassa papassa phalaiii pafilabhati viadatiti attho, kathaih? bako kakka-
takamiva yatha bako kakkafaka gmcchedanaiii papuni evaih papapuggalo
attaiia katapapato ditthadhamme va samparayaih va bhayaih aradheti patiiabhatiti,
imam atthaiii pakasento Mahasatto vanaih unriadento dhammaih desesi.
Sattha „i}a bhikkhave idan’ eya gamayasicivarayaddliaken’ esa'
yaScito , atite pi vancito yeya“ ’ti imam dhammadesanam aharitya
anusandhim ghatetya jatakam samodhanesi : „Tada so jetayanayasiciyara-
yaddhako ahosi , kakkatako gamayasicivarayaddliako , rukkliadeyata
pana aliam eya“ ’tL Bakaj atakaih,
9. Nan daj at aka.
Mafine sovannayo rasiti. Idam Sattlia Jetayane viha-
ranto Sariputtatherassa saddhiyiharikam arabblia katbesi.
So kira bhikkhu suvaco ahosi yacanakkbanio , therassa malianten’
ussahena upakaram karoti. Ath’ ekam samayaiii tbero Sattharam
apucchitya carikaih pakkanto Dakkhinagirijanapadam^ agamasi. So
bhikkhu tattha gatakale raanatthaddho hutva therassa vacanam na
karoti, „ayuso idan nama karohiti“ yiitte pana therassa poatipakklio
hoti, Thero tassa asayam na janati. So tattha carikam caritya
puna Jetavanaiii agato. So bhikkhu therassa Jetavanayiharam aga-
takaiato patthaya puna tadiso va jato. Thero Tath%atassa arocesi:
jjbhante, mayhaiu eko saddhivihariko ekasiuim thane satena kitadaso
yiya hoti, ekasmim thane maiiatthaddho hutva ‘idajdi nama karohiti’
yutte patipakkho hotiti*** Sattha „nayarii Sariputta bhikkhu idan’
eva evamsilo, pubbe p’ esa ekaiii' thanaiii gato satena kitadaso vixa
hoti ekarii thanarh gato patipakkho patisattu hotiti" yatya therena
yacito atitaih ahari: r
Atite Baranasiyam Brahmadatte rajjaiii karente
Bodhisatto ekasmim kutumbiyakule*^ patisandhiih gaiihi.
Tass’ eko sahayako kutumbiko^ sayam maliailako, bhaiiya
^ & Cv viiiasara. ® so all three MSS. ^ mkatipaihrlo. ^ dakkhina».
^ ekan. ® C* kutimbiya-. ^ kutimbiko.
9, Nandajataka. (39)»
225
pan’ assa taroii!, Sa tarn xiissaya puttaiii patilabM^ So
ciiitesi: „ayam ittliika taranatta main’ accayena kaficid eva
purlsam gabefcva iinaiii dhanam vinaseyya, piittassa me na
dadeyya, yan nimabam imaiii dhanam patliavigataiii kareyyan'^
ti ghare Naodarii mlma dasaiii galietva araiinaih gantva ekajs-
miiii tliaiie taiii diianam iiidahitva tassa acikkhitva j^tata
Nanda, imam dhanam mama accayena niayliam piittassa acik--
klieyyasis ma vaiiaiii pariccajittha^*' ’ti ovaditva kalam akasi.
Putto pi ’ssa amikkamena vayappatto jato, Atlia iiaiii niata
alia: jjtata tava pita Nandaiii dasaiii galietva dlmiiam iiidhesi,
tarn aliarapetva kiitumbaiii saiithapeluti^'^^ So ekadivasaiii
Nandaiii aha: j^matula atthi kiiici mayharii pitara dlianaiii iii-
daliitan^’ ti. ,,Ama saniui^‘. jjKuliaii tarn nidaluiaa^^ ti.
„Arahne samiti^b 5,Tena hi gacchftma/^ ’ti kiiddalapitakaih
adaya nidhitthanaih gaiitva ^kaliaiii matula dhaimii^^ ti alia,
Nando aruylia dhaiiamattliake thatva dhanam nissaya manaiii
uppadetva „are dasiputtacetaka, kuto te imasmim thane dlianan^^
ti kumaraiii akkosati. Kumaro tassa pharusavaeanam sutva
asunanto viya j,teiia hi gaccliama^^ ’ti taiii^ galietva patiiiivat-
titva puna dve tayo divase atikkamitva agamasl, Naudo tatli’
eva akkosati. Kumaro tena saddhiih pharusavacanaiii avatva
va nivattitva ^ayafn daso ‘ito patthaya dhanam acikkliissamiti’
gaccliati, gantva pana akkosati, tattha karanaih na janami,
attlii klio pana me pitu saliayo kutiimbiko, taiii patipuccliitva
j^anissamiti*^ Bodliisattassa santikam gantva sabbaiii taiii pa-
vattim arocetva „kiii uu kho tata karanan^ ti pucchi. Bodhi-
satto „yasmim te tata thane thito Nando akkosati tatth’ eva
te pitu saiitakaiii dlianaiii, tasma yada te Nando akkosati tada
nam^ ‘elii re dasa, kirii akkosasiti’ kaddhitva kuddalam galietva
taiii thanaiii bhinditva kulasantakaiii dhaiiaiii niliaritva dasaiii
ukkMpapetva dhanam ahara^^ ’ti vatva imam gMliam aha:
^ G* UbhL G^ sampehTti, ^ 0^ uam- ^ tarn.
226
1. Ekan!pata. 4. Kulavakavagga.
Mafine sovaniiayo rasi sovannaiiiala ca Nandako
yattlia daso araajato tbito thiillaiii gajjatiti. 38.
Tattha man fie ti evam aliaih jaiiami, sovannayo ti sundaro vanno etesari
ti fiuvannani, kani laui rajataraanikaEcaiiapavaiadlratanaiu imasmim lii thane
sabban’ etani stivannanlti adhippetani, tesaiii rasi sovannayo rasi, sovaana-
maia ea ’ti tuybaiu pita sautaka savannamaiapi oa etth’ eva ''ti mahoami,
Nandako yattha daso ti yasmim thane tin to Nandako daso. amajato ti
ama ahaih vo dasiti dasavyaiii upagataya amadasisamkliataya^ dasiya
puttOj thilo thullani gajjatiti so yasmim thane thito thullani pbamsava-
canani vadati tatth’ eva te kuladhanarh, evam ahan tarn mahnamtti Bodhisatto
knmarassa dhanagahanupayarii ^ acikkhi.
Kumaro Bodhisattaiii vanditva gharaiii gantva Najiidaiii adaya
nidhitthaiiaih gantva yathannsittbarii patix^ajjitva dbanam
abaritva katuuibaiii santbapetva" Bodbisattassa ovade tbito da-
nadini pufmani katva jivitapariyosane yatbakaiiimam gato.
Sattba ,,pubbe p’esa evamsilo Yeva“ ’ti vatva imaiii dlmmiiiade-
sanam abaritva anusandhiiii ghatetva jatakaiia samodbaiiesi : 5 ,Tada
Nando Sariputtassa saddhivihariko abosi, panditakotunibiyo pana aiiam
eva** ’ti. Nandajatakaib.
10, Khadiran garajataka,
ICamaiii patami nirayan ti. Idam Sattba Jetavane vi~
haranto A'nathapindikarh arabbba katbesi. Anatbapindiko bi yi-
haram eva arabbba catupannasakotidhanam Buddhasasane vikiritva
tbapetva tiiii ratanani annattha ratanasanfiam era annppadetva Sat,»
than Jetavane viharante devasikam tini maliaiipat4hanani gacchati, pato
va ekavaraih gaccbati, katapataraso ekavararh, sayanlie ekayaram.
annani pi antarupattbanM ^ bonti yeya, gacchanto ca „km nii kbo
adaya agato** ti „samanera ya dahara ya battbam pi me olokeyyun**
ti® tucchahattho nama na gatapubbo, pato ya gacchanto yagnih ga-
^ dasi-, C*'* omits dasisaihkhataya. ^ C* -gahanupayaiii, -gahaounayam,
O*' -gahahanupayam. ^ C« saiiithapetva. ■* 0* antagarupatthani, Cv antarupatthani,
^ C® adds ca.
li
10. KhadirangSrajataka, (40).
227
iiapetva gacchati , katapataraso sappiimv^nit-amadjiupplianitadini pi,
sayankasaiaa) v ^ gmidliamaiavatthaliattlio ‘ti. evam divase divase paric-
cajaiitassa pan" as!<a pariccage jjamaaam n’ attlii, balm vobarxipaji-
viiio pi Itattluito paiine aropetva attharasakotisaiiikliam dlumam
inaiii gaphijiisii, Te maliasetthi iia aharapeti. Anna pan’ assa kuia-
santaka attharasakor.iyo iiaditire iiidahitva tliapita vatodakena uadi-
kiile bhiune irialiasaruuddam pavittlia, ta yatha piliitalanchita va iolia-
eadyy aniunakuccliiyaiu pavafctonta vicarariti, G’ehe pan’ assa paii-
canuadi bhikklnisatanam iiiccabhattaiii nibaddliarn eva Iioti, settliino hi
gehaiii biiikkiuisamgliassa catumaliapathe khanitaiiokkharanisadisam
babbabhikkhiinam nultapititthane thitaiii, ten’ assa giiaraiii Samnia-
saiiibuddho pi grtccliati, asitirnahatlierapi g'acchanti jeva, sesabhikkiaunam
pana agacciliaotanan ca^ gaccliantana.h.'^ ■■ ca pamanaih nV attlii, Tam
pana gharaiii sattablmmakam sattadvarakotthakapatimaiiditajfh Tassa
catuttlie dvarakotthake^ eka micdiaditthika devata vasati. Sammasam-
biiddiie gehaiii pavisarite attano vimane tliatum na sukkuti, darake
gahetva otaritva bimniiyam titthati, asitiinahatheresu pi avasesatheresu
pi pavisantesu ea nikklianiantesn ca tath’ eva karoti. Sa cintesi:
,.saruape ca Gotanie savakesu c’ assa iniaiii geham pavisantesu mayliarii
sukham nania n' atthi, niccakalaiii otaritva otaritva bhumiyahi tJiatum
na sakkiiissanii, yatha ime etaiii gliaram na pavisanti tatha maya katuiii
Yattatiti‘k Ath’ekadivasaiii s avail ujmgatass’ era niahakammantikassa san-
tikarh gantva obhasaiii pliaritva atthasi, ,,ko ettha“ ’ti ca viitte „aham
c-afcutthadvarakottliake nibbattadevata^^ ti aha. ,,Kasnia agatasitkG
5 ,Tumhe setthissa kiriyam na passatha, attano pacchiniakaiam anolo-
ketva dlianam niharit’i'a sanianaih Gotamam yeva pureti, n'^eva vanijjaiii
payojeti na kaminante patthapeti, tunihe settliiiii tatlia ovadatha yatha
attano kammani karuti, yatha ca sainano Gotamo sasavako imam
^lararii na payisati tatha karotlia“ ’ti, Atiia naiii so aha: ,,baiade«
vate setthi dlianam vissajjento niyyanike Buddliasasane . vissajjeti , so
sace main cidaya gahetva yikkinissati n’evah^iii kifici kathessami, gaccha
tyaiT' ti. Sa pan’ ekadivasam setthino jetthajiuttam iipasaiiikamitva
tath’ eYa ovadi*. So pi nam purimanayen’ eva tajjesi. Setthina pana
saddhim kathetuiu yeva na sakkoti. Setthino pi nirantaram danam
* sayanha-, C'*’ sayaihha-, ^ khanapokkharani-, khatapokkharaiii-,
0-^ khapUapokkfiaratu». ^ 0^ gacciiantiuan. : ^ €k *koddl.iaka~, CY -kotiaka**,
■' O “koddhaky^ O -kottake. ^ 0^ iiibbattidevata. ' & adds va.
228 . 1/ Ekampata, ; 4. . fltilavakavagga^
clentassa yoliare ..'akarontassa aye niandibliiite^ dhaiiam parikldiayam
agamasi. Ath’ as-sa: ,:a.;nukkameiia^ daiiddiyappattassa paribliog*asataka«
saryaiiabliojaiiani pi puranasadisaiii na biiayiiiisu, eyariiblmto pi bliik-
khusiairigliasba^ danam detip panitam pana katra datum na sakkoti.
Atha naiii ekadivasaiii Tanditya iiisiiinam Sattha ,,diyyati pana te ga-
bapati kulc daiuitf” ti pucchi. So ,,diyYati bhante, tan ca, kho ka-
najakam^' biiamgadutiyaii ti aha. Atha naiii Sattha ,,gahapati 'Ihkham
danaii’i demiti’ ma cittam saiiikocayittha, cittasmim hi panite Boddha-
paccekabiiddliabiiddhasaTakanam dinnaih danaiii lukliaih ^ naiiia na
hoti, kasma : vipakamahantatta^^ ti aha. Cittam^ hi panitam ka^^
sakkontassa danaiii lukham ^ nania a‘ attiiiti c’etam eyam yeditabbam :
N’ atthi citte pasannamhi appika nama dakkbina
Tathagate ya Sambuddhe atha ya tassa savake.
Na kid atthi anomadassisu
paricariya Buddhesu appika,
sukkhaya alonikaya ' ca
passa phaiaih kummasapindiya ti.
Aparam pi naiii aha : ,,gahapati , tyam taya lukliam*^ danam da-
damano atthannam ariya-puggalanam desi, aliam Veiaraakaie sakala-
Jambudipahi unnamgalam katya satta ratanani dadamano panca maha-
nadiyo ekoghapunnam katya yiya ca mahadaiiam payattayamano tisa-
ranagatam va pancasiiarakkhanakam va kinci nalatthaih, dakkhineyya-
puggala uania eyam dullabha, tasnia tlukham® me danan’ ti ma cittam
samkocayittha“ ’ti, evan ca pana yatya Velamakasuttam kathesi. Atha
kho sa deyata issarakale setthina saddhim kathetum pi asakkonti'^
„idaii’ ayam duggatatta mama yacanam ganhissatiti“ mannamana
addharattasaraaye sirigabbham pavisitya obhasam pharitva akase atthasi.
Setthi disya ,,ko eso‘* ti aha. „Ahaiii mahasetthi catuttliady^’a-
kottliake adhiyattha^^ deyata** ti. ,,Kimattham agatasiti**. ,,Tuyham
oyadara kathetukama hutva‘‘ ti.. „Tena hi kathehiti*'. „Mahasetthi,
tyaiii paccliimakalaiii na ciiitesi, puttadhitaro na olokesi, samanassa te
Gotamassa sasane bahurid’ dhanam yippakinnaih , so tyam ativelam
^ maruii-. ^ ‘saiigtosa. ^ kanajam. G' kanajakam. C^-’ bilahga-
duliyan? ^ 0^ iukham, C'^’ lukhan. ali three MSS. cittam^ ali three MSS.
alooi-. ^ G'**’ iiikbam. ^ all three MSS, asakkonti. adMyattha, adbi-
vatya, G^ bahu.
10. Khadlrafigarajataka. (40).
229
fliiaiiaYlssa^'aaena va Davakaromantariam akaranena sanianam Go-
taiua/ii iiis&aya dogg’ato jato, eyambhuto pi saaianaiii Gotamaiii iia
moncasb ajjapi te saoiana gliaraiii pavisaBtl yeva, _yaij lava telii nitam
tarn aa ^akkii paccaharapetiirh , gabitakani eva hotu , ito pattliaya
pana sayafi ca saaiapassa Gotamassa. saritikaiii- ma gaiiiittlia savakanaii
c’ assa iouiui gbaraih pavKsituiii ina adasi . .saraanam Gotaiaam nivatti-
tyapi aiioiokento attario vohare ca vatiljjan ca katva kutumbarb san-
thapeli]ti‘\ xVtha narh so e vara aha: ,,ayais taya mayhaiii databba-
ova(io"‘ li» ,,Ania a,ya.n‘* ti. „Tadisanam devataiiam satcna pi sahassena
pi saiasahasseiia pi akarapaniyo abara Dasabaieua kato. mania hi
saddha Siueru viya acala suppatltthita, maya niyyanike ratnuasasane*^
dhanahi vissajjitam, ayuttan te kathitaiii, Buddhasasane paliaro dinno
evarupayti anadaraya'k dassilaya kalakanniya^, saddbirb taya mama
ekagehe vasaiiakiccam n’ atthi, sigharii mama g’elui nikkharaitva
annattha gaccha“ ti. Sa .^otapaimassa ariyasavakassa vacanaih siitva
tliatum asakkontr’ attano rasanattharaiiii gantva darake hattliena ga-
hetva nikklianii \ nikkhaniitva ca pana annattha vasanatthanam
alabhamana setthixii khamapetva tatth’ eva vasissamlti^* nagaraparigga*
hakadevapiittassa santikam gantva taih vanditva atthasi, .,ken’ attheiia
jlgatasjti’* ca vutta ,,aiiani sanii amipadharetva Anathapindikena saddhiiii
kathesiiii, so mam kujjhitva vasanatthana nikkaddhi* niaiii setthissa
santikam netva khamapetva vasanatthanarii me detha‘* ti. ,,Kim pana
taya setthi vutto‘* ti. ,>‘Ito patfchaya Buddhupatthanaiii sarhghu-
patthaiiam ma kari, saraanassa Gotamassa ghare pavesanam rna ada-
ski’’ evam me" vutto .-afaiti**. ,.Ayiittarii taya viittam, sasane paiiaro
diorio, aham^ taiii adaya sefcfchino saiitikarii gantmii na ussaharaitrk
Sa tassa santika sarbgahaih alabhitva catuniiam Maharajanaiii santikaiii
agamasi'k Teiii pi tath’ eva paiikkhitta Sakkam devarajarh upasaih*
ktiiiltva tarn pavattira acikkhitva .»aham ■ deva vasanatthanaiii alabha-
mana darake hatthena gahetva attana vicarami, timihakam siriya
raayham Tasanatthanam dapetha*" ti sutthstaram yaci. So pi naiii
aha: ,,taya ayuttam katam, Jinasasane paharo dinno, aham pi tam nis-
saya sctthiria saddhim kathetum na sakkomi, ekaiii pana te setthissa
^ all three MSS. omit viL ^ adds masasane, C»- adds mama sasane.
^ aiiaearaya. C^' kiila-, kalakanniyaya. • ^ all three MSS. asakkontK
^ omit nikkhami. ^ 0^ omits me, ® C** ahaiu ® agama.
23(1
I. Ekanipata. 4. Kulavakavagga.
kliaiiianupayam ka.tliessaniiti“.-. 5,Sac1hu clei-a katheliiti'\ ,,Maliasettliissa
Jiaitliaio nianussehi panne aropetva attharasakotisarhkham dlianam
gahitam atthi, tram tassa. %uttakavefam gahetra kanci ajanapetva
tfini pannani adaya katipayelii yakkliatariinelii parirarita okeiia liattliena
paoiiarh ekena icklmuim* galietra tesurii geliarii ganlva gehamajjlie
ikita attuiio yakklianubhavcna te iitlaHetva -idaih tuniliakaih inapaii-
i[iam% amkikam settlii attano issarakile tuiiihe iia kirlci aJia, idani
dugg’uto }ato, tumliehi gahitakahapanani • detha' 'ti attano yakkhanu-
bharajo dassetva aabbajd ta attbarasa hirannakotiyo ^adlietva setthissa
tuccliukotthake purctva annaiii AciraratiiiadiiTre nibitadlianarii nadiknle
bhiijiie saiiuiddam ])avitt.]iam attbi tani pi attano anubhayena aharitva
kotrlic piiretva annam pi a.sukatthane nanift) absamikam attbarasakoti-
mattam era diuinaiii attbi lam ]Jt aharitva tiicdiakottbe piirebi , imabi
catapaiinasakotliii imam tiiccbakotthake pilraneria dandakammaiii katra
mahasetthiih'^ kbamapeblti*‘, Sa ,.sadhu tiera“ 'ti ta^.sa racanam
Kampaticchitva ruttanayeid eva sabbaiii clbanam abaritva addharattasa-
maye setthissa sirigabbliaih parisitva obhasam pbaritva aktise attliasi,
„ko eso“ ti vutte ,,aban tc niahasettbi catuttliadY«arakojtbake adbi*
vattba andbabaladovata, maya niabamohanmiliaya Biiddhaguoe ajanitva
purimcsu divase-su tuinbobi !saddbim kinci katbitaiii. taiii me dosaih kba-
matba, .'^akkasj.sa hi rue devarajassa racanena tuniliakaih inaiii isadhetra
afdiarasa kotiyo fsanniddaiii gata attbarasa kotiyo tasiniiii tasmiiii thane as-
f amikadhanassa artbarasa kotiyo ti catuppannasakotiyo aharitva tiiccha-
kottham piiranena . dandakamniam kataiii , Jetayanaviliaraiii are bblia
parikkhayam gatadhaiiaiii sabbaiii saiiipinditaiii, vasanatthanarh aiabhe-
inana kilamami, maya anhanataya kntam manasi akatva khamatha
mahasetthiti** aha. Aiiathapindiko tassa vacanaiii siitva cintesi: ..avail
ca devata, ‘dandakammah'* ca*^ me kaian’ ti vadati, attano ca dosam
patijanati, Sattha iniaiii cintetva attano gune janapessati , Saniraasafa-
buddbassa nam dassessamitkk Atlia naiii aha; „amma derate, sace
si mam khamapetukaiua 6 atthu santike maih kliamapehiti‘% .,Sadhn
e^aiii karissami, Satthii pana mam .santikaih gahetra gacchahiti'k So
,,sadlur‘ "ti yatra ribhataya rattiya pato va tarn gahetra Sattbii san-
tikaiTi gaiitva taya katakammarii sabbaib Tatbagatassa arocesi. Sattha
tassa vacanaiii siitva ,dc]ha gahapati papapuggaio pi yava papaiii im
* iFkhanbh, ® ina-, t> inapannani. 0?*= -serthinaiii, ^ catutthe=
-kamnurh. ^ omits ca.
10. Kbadirangarajatafea. (40).
231
paccati tava bhadraiii passati, yada paa’ assa papam paccati tada
papam eva. pa^ssati , Lhadrapaggalo pi yaya bliadraih na paccati tava
papani pa&sati , yacia pao’ assa bhadram paccati tada bhadram eva
passatiti^* vat’va iina Dliammapade dye gatha abiiasi:
Papo pi passati bhadraiii yava papam na paccati, (Dhp. vv.
yadd ca paccati paparh atha papo papani passati. 119-120.)
Bhaciro pi passati papaiii yava bhadram na paccati,
yada ca paccati bhadj'am atha bhadro bhadrani passatiti.
Imaya ‘ ca pana gathanarii pariyosane sa devata sotapattiphaie patit-
thasi. Sa eakkamkitesu Satthu padesu nipatitya ,,iiiaya bhante raga-
rattaya dosaduttliaya molianiiijiiaya ayijjandhaya tumhakam gnne
ajauantiya papakarh vacanaiii vuttarii, tarn me khamatlia'* ’ti Sattharam
klianiapetya niahasettltim khamapesi. Tasniirii samaye Anathapindiko
Sattliu piirato aiiaiio gunam kathesi: „bhanto ayam devata 'Boddhu-
patthanadini rna karohiti’ variyamanapi*^ mam varetum nasakkhi, ‘danarii
na databban' ti iniaya variyamano p’ aham adasim eva, naiiu esa
bhante may ham guno‘^ ti. Sattha ,,tvaiii kho si gahapati sotapanno
ariyasavako acalasaddlio risiiddhadassano, tnyham imaya appesakkha-
devataya varentiya avaritabhavo nacchariyo, yam pana piibbe pandita
aiiuppanne Buddhe aparipakke® hane thita kamavacarissarena Marena
akase tliatva Ssace danaih dassasi imasmim niraye paccissasitf asiti-
batthaganibhiram ahgarakasmi) dassetva ‘nia danam adasiti’ varita
padmoakannikaniajjhe thiitya danam adaiiisu idaiii acchariyaii‘* ti
vatva Anathapindikena yacito atitam ahari :
Atite Baranasiyaiii Brahin adatt e rajjaiii karente
Bodhisatto Baranasisetthissa kuie nibbattitva nanappa-
tkarehi sukhilpaharanehi ^ devakiimaro viya saiiivaddhiyamano ^
aoukkamena vihhutam'^ patva solasavassakale yeva sabbasippesn
uipphattiiii patto. So pitu accayeiia letthitthane thatva catusu
nagaradvaresu catasso danasala majjhe oagarassa ekam attano
iiivesanadmre ekan ti cha danasala karetva mabadanam deti
^ so all three MSS. instead of imasam? * so all three MSS, instead of
varayamanapi? ^ aparipahkhe, 0® aparipakkhe corr. to aparipakke,
^ sukhnpaharanehi, siikhupakaranehi. ^ C*' samvaddhiyamano , C# sad,
dhiyamano. ^ C« Yinnutaih.
3:i2
I. EkKinipata. 4. Kiilavakavagga.
s^l^ah rakkliati iiposathakamniam karoti. AiK ekadivasaiti
patarasav'elaya Bodhisattassa nanaggarase niaoiinnabliojane
upaaiyamjlne eko paccekabuddho sattaliaccayena iilrodha vut-'
thaya. bhikkhacaravelam sallakkhetva 5,ajja iiiaya Earanasiset-
thissa gebadvaraiii gantiiiii vattatltk' nagalatadantakattham
kbaditvu Aootattadalie aiukham dhovitva Manosilatale tliito
nivu-etva kfiyabandhanam bandhitva clvaram parupitva iddhi*-
nsayaniattikapattaih adaya akaseiiagantva Bodliisattassa bhatte
(ipaiiitaiaatte gehadvare atthasi, Bodhisatto taiii disva va
asana vuttbaya nipaccakaraih dassetva parikammakarakam
olokesi, sjkkii karonii sanViti^' ca viitte jjayyassa pattam aha-
ratha** 'ti alia. Tail) khanam yeva Maro papima vikainpamano
utthaya sjayaiii paccekabuddho ito sattaiiie clivase aharaiii labhi,
ajja alabhanto vinassissati , iinah ca vinasessami setthino ca
danantarayarh karissamiti*^ tarn kbanam heva* agantva antara-
vatthumhi asitihatthamattaiii angarakasuiii ■' iiiminini, sa khadi-
raiigfirapiinna^ saiupajjalita sajotibhuta Aviciniahanirayo vlya
khayittlia, taih pana mapetva sayarii akase attliasi^ Pattaha-
ranattbaya gacchaniano piiriso tarn disva iiiahabhayapatto nivatti.
Bodhisatto ^kiiii tata nivatto pocchi, Ayam ,,sami anta-
ravattluimhi maliatP angarakasu^ sampajjalita sajotibhuta^^ ti.
At id ahho ath' afiho ti evaiii agatagata sab be pi bhayappatta
vegena palayimsa. Bodhisatto cintesi: 5,ajja mayhaiii danaii-
tarayam katiikamo Yasavatti Maro iiyyiitto bhavissati, iia kho
pana janami Marasatena Marasahassenapi mayhaih akanipiya-*
bhavaih, ajja dani in ay ham va Marassa va balamahantatam
ariiibhavainahantataiii janiifsamiti‘‘ tarn yathasajjitam eva bhatta-
patiih sayaiii adaya geha nikkharama angtokasutate® thatva
akasam ulloketva Maraiii disva ^ko si tvarB^ ti aha. ,,Aham
Maro<* ti. ,.Ayam angarakasu^ taya ninimita'*^ ti, ^Jlma maya'®
* C'5 khanaiii yeva. ^ aiiigara-. * D kbadirarhgara-. ^ mahatk
arlgarakasum. ariigurakasu. ® O*' aiiigarakasu,
10. Khadirangarajataka. (40), 2BB
ti* jjKlraattliaya'*^ ’ti, j,Tava danassa antarayakaraHattlilya
ca paccekabuddhassa ca jivitaiiasanattlmya** ’ti. Bodhisatto
eva te ahaiii attano d?inassa antarayaiii im paccekabuddhassa
jivitautarayaiii katuih dassami, ajja dani mayham va tuyliarii
va balaniaiiantataiii janissam'iti^' ahgarakasuya' late thatva
jjbbante paccekabiiddha^ ahaiii iniassa ahgarakasiiya^ adhosiso
patamaoo pi na ni vattissami, kevalam tumhe maya dinnabhoja-
naiii patiganhatha^ ’ti vatva imam gatliam aha:
Kamam^ patami nirayam iiddhapado avaiiisiro,
nanariyaiii karissami, handa pmdaiii patiggaha ’ti. 30 .
Tatrayam pindattho; bhante paccekavarabuddha, sacs p’ aliam tiimhakarii
pindapiitam deiito ekarhseri’ eva imam iiirayam iiddhapaclo avamsiro Iiiitva patami
tatbapi yad idara adanan ca asiiiyan ca ariyehi akatabbatta aiiariyehi ca katab-
batta anariyari ti vuceati rja tarii anariyaiii karissami) baiida imaiii maya
diyyamariani pindam patiggaha patiganhaldti, ettha ca h an d a di vavassaggatthe
nipito.' ''
Evaiii vatva Bodhisatto daihasainadanena bhattapatiiii ga-
hetva ahgarakasuinatthakena’^ pakkanto®. Tavad eva asitihat-
thaya gambhiraya ahgarakasuyaO talato uparupari jataiii atta-
sattamam ekam mahapadumam iiggantva Bodhisattassa pade
paticchi, Tato mahatiimbaniatto reiiu uggantva Mahasattassa
muddhani thatva sakalasanraiii suvamiacunnasamokinnam iva
akasi. So padumakannikaya thatva rianaggarasabhojanaih pac-
cekabuddhassa patte patitthapesi. So taiii patiggahetva anu--
modaoam katva pattam £ikase khipitva passaiitass’ eva maha'-
jaoassa sayam pi vehasam abbhuggantva nanappakaram vala*
hakapantiih. maddamano viya Himavantam eva gato. Maro pi
parajito domaiiassaih patva attano vasanatthanam eva gato.
Bodhisatto pana padurnakaiiiiikaya thitako va inahajaoassa
^ amgarakasn-. ® paccekavarabuddha. ^ amgarakasuya. ^ ki-
rn am. ^ C® aragara-. ® pakkhantQ, ^ C*' arfagara-.
.234
I. Bkanlpafa. ■ 5. Aftliakamavagga*
clanasiJasamvannanena dhammam desetvS mahajanena parivuto
attano nivesanam eva pavisitva yavajivaiii danadini punSani
karitva yathakainmaih gato,
f'.attha ,,iia idaih gahapatl accharijaiii yam tvaiii eraiii dassana-
^anlpanno etanilii devataya na kanipito, pubbe pandilchi katani cva
acehariyaii" ti imam dhaniniadesanaih aharitva anuKandbirii gbatetva
jatakam samodhauesi r .,Tada paccekabuddlio tatth’ eva parluibbayi,
ilararh parajayitva padumakunnikaya (batva paccekabuddimssa pinda-
patadayako Baranasisepi paiia aham cva-‘ ’ti, Khadi rang'a'ra-
jatakam. IvuiavakaTaggo catuttho.
1* Los ak ajataka.
To atthakaniassa ’ti. Idaih Sattha Jetavaae viharanto
Bosakatissnttheram iiama ' Srabbha kathe^i. Ko pan’ esa Losa-
katissatihero nania ’ti KosaJaraj.t.he eko attano kulaiiasako kevatta-
puitako alabbi bhikkhu. So kira nibbattattlianato ravitva Kosalarape
eka, mifii kulaiahassaia,se kovattaganie okissa'' kevattiya kucchifsiniih
patisandnim -ganhi. Tassa patisandbigahanadiva.^e tam^ kulasahassaih ®
jalahattbaih uadiyaS ca taiakadisu'’ ca macche pariye.santam ekam
klmddakamaccliam pii nalattha. Tato pattbaya ca te kevatta pariiia-
yanti yera. Ta.smim pi kucchigato ycra nesaih gamo sattavare aggina
daddho sattavare ranna dandito. Evaiii anukkamena duggata jata.
le cmtayimsu: „pubbe amliakarit evardpam n’ atthi, idani pana pari-
layawa, aniliakmh antare^ekaya kalakanniya bhavitabbarii, dre vagga
ioma‘‘ ti panca paSca kulasatani ekato ahosnih, Tato yaftha talsa
matapitaro^ so kopaso pnribayati itaro vaddhati. Te „tam pi kottha-
sam dyidiia tarn pi dvidha“ ti evaih yava tarn eva kularii ekarii ahosi
tava vibhajitva tesa,,h kalakannibhavam natva pothetva nikkaddhimsu\
omits nama, * Ch kusalasahassa-. ^ C” ekassS: « O'* nam
sahassam. ' C« tala-, O tala- corr. to tala- ’ C* oika-.
kula-
1 . Losakajataka* (41).
2S5
Ath' assa inata kiccliciia jivamana parlpakke gabbhe eka^iiiim tliane
vijayl. Pacchiimabbarikasattam na s>akka oasetum, antogliate dipo ?ija
lii ^ hatlaye arabattaysa upaiiissayo jalati. Sa, tarn clarakaiii pati-
jaggit\a af'llaivitva paTidiiavitva"' vicavapakak: eknm assa kapalakam
lialllic. flrdva piittaiii ..okam gliaram pavisa‘‘ ’ti pesetva palafa. So
into Tiatrlulya ekuko va hiitva tattka bliikkliarh pariyesitva ekasmim
thaot .auati iia*' iiahayati na sajiraib patijaggati pamsiipiisacako viya
klccheiia. jivikaih kappeti. So aiiukkameiia sattavassiko Initva okasinirh
geliaclvaro ykkhalkibovanassa cliadditattliane kako viya ekckaiiii sittham
nccinitva kbadati. Atba nam dhaoimasenapati Savattbim pindaya ea-
rarnaiu? di^va ,,ayaiii vsaLto atikarunfiappatto kataragamavasiko na kho“
ti tabriiim mettacittaib vaddhitvii ,,ehi re‘" ti aha. So gant\a theram
^^aoditva arfhasi. x\tha nani tbero ,,kataragamaYah;iko si, kabaiii va
te miitapitaro^ ti puccbi. ..Abaib bbante niyjpaccayo, luaybaih niiita-
pitaro mam nissaya ‘kiiant ainba" *ti marii chaddetva palatiV" ti,
,,Api paria pabbajissasili“, ..Bbante, abaiii lava pabbajeyyaib, madisam
pana kapanaih'” ko |)abbajessatiti .jAliarii pabbajessaniiti*\ ,,Sadhu
pabbajctba,‘* Hi. Tbero tassa kliadaniyaib bliojaniyam ‘ datva taiii vi-
hiYrajh netva sahattlieir eva nabapetva pabbajetva paripunnavassaaii
npasampadesi. So mahallakakalo Losakatissattliero ti pannayittba
nippanno appalablio. Tena kira asadi.sadane pi kuccliipbro na laddha-
pubbo jlvitagbatananiattakarn eva iabha.ti, Tassa hi patte ekasiniiii
, neva yaguuliimke dinne patto saniatittiko hutva pannavati. At ha
inanussa ,,iinassa pntto puro^* ti pannayittba® bettba yaguiii denti.
Tassa patte yaguiii danakale iiiaiiu.ssanam bbajanc yagiiiii antaradha-
yatiti pi vadanti. Kbajjakadi.su pi es’ eva nayo. So aparena sama-
yena vipassanam vaddlietva aggaphale arahatte patiftbito pi appalabbo
va abosi'H Ath’ a.s.sa anupubbena ayusamkbaresu parihinesii pari-
'Vnibbanadivaso sampapuni. .Dbaininasenapati avajjento tassa purinibba-
nabiiavaiii natva ,,ajaiii Losakatissatthero ajja parinibbayissati , ajja
maya etassa yavadattliam aliaram datum ?attatiti“ taiii adaya Savafc-
tiiiiii pindaya pavisi. Tbero taiii nis.sa.ya tava bahumanussaya Savattbiya
hattharn pasaretya vandanaiuattam pi nalattba. Atba nam tbero
Mgaerhavuso, asaiia.srilaya nisidrT‘ ‘ti uyyojetva ,,iniam ].jOsakas.sa. detha‘‘
^ omits ssa. “ C^' omits paridhavitvL ® omits iia. , * chadrlhlta,
“ kapana,. C^' kapana, C*‘ kapana corr, to kapanam. ® all three MSS. -jessasiti.
(^j‘{ Qv -niyarh -niyaiih so all three MSS. instead of pannayitva? ® C*' axipalabho si.
236
I. Ekanipata. 5 . Atthakaniavagga.
’ti laddlialiaraiii pesesi. Tam gahetva gata Losakatherarii asaritva
sayani era bhunjirhsu. Atha therassa otttraja viharam ganianakale
Lo.^akatiissatthero gaiitva tberam vandi. Tliero nivattitva ihitako ya
jjaddhan te avuso bhattan^V ti pucclii; , J«.abhissanja no bhante^‘ ti.
Tliero sajiivegappatto kalam olokesi. Kalo atikkanto. Thero
avuso, idh’ eva nisi(ia'‘ Ti Losakatheram asanasalaya iiisidapetva
Kosalaraono riivesanam agamasi. Kaja tberassa pattam gahapetTa
jjihattasaa akalo“ ti pattapurarii catuoiadhuram dapesi. Thero tarn
adaja gaiitvfi „eii* avuso Tissa, imam catuiiiadliiiram bliimja“ Ti vatTa
pattarh gahetva va atthasi. So thero garaTena iajjanto na pariblion-
jati. Atha narii thero ,, eh' avuso Tissa, aharii imaiii pattaih g'abetva
va piassami, tvarii nisiditva paribluinja* sace imam pattam hatthato
muBceyyatii kinci ria bhaveyya^ 'ti aha. Athayasma Losakatissatthero ^
aggissare dhamniasenapatiniM pattam g'ahetya thite* eatumadhiirarii
paribhimji, Tam therassa ariyiddliibaleiia parikkhayaiii na agamasi.
Tada Lovsakatissatthero^ yavadattham udarapiiram katva paribhimji,
tarn divasaiii yeva ca anupadisesaya nibbanadhatiiya parinlbbayi.
Sammasambuddho saiitike tliatva sariranikkliepam karesi. Dhatuyo
gahetva cetiyarh karimsu. Tada bhikkhu dhairiinasabh«ayam saimipati-
tva ,, avuso, Losakathero apunno appalabM, evaiTipena uama apunnena
appaiabhina katharh uriyadhammo laddho“ ti kathenta^' oisidiiiisu.
Sattha dhanimasabhayam gantva „kaya nu 'ttha bhikkhave etarahi
kathaya sanmsinna“ 'ti pucchi. Te „iniaya riama bhante‘* ti arocesum.
Sattha ,,bhikkhave, eso bhikkhu attano aiabhibhavau ca^ ariyadhamma-
labhibbavan ca attana va akasi*^, ayam hi pubbe paresarii labhanta-
rayam katva appaiabhi' jato, ‘aniccam dukkharia ananta' ti vipassanaya
yuttabhavassa phalena ariyadhamnialabhi ^ jato‘" ti vatva atitam ahari:
Atite R a s s a p a s a m 111 a s a m b lul d h a k a 1 e ^ annataro bliik'^
khu ekaili kutatubikaiii nlssaya ganiakavase vasati pakatatto
sliava vipassanaya yuttapayutto. Ath’ eko khinasa vather o
samavattasamvasarii*^ vasamatio pubbe na tassa bhikkimno
upattliakakutumbikassa vasanagamaiii sampatto. Kiitumbiko
^ -tissathero, » thita. ^ C« kathento. ^ airibhibhavaddhanca
G^-labliK s CA: C« jiatasi. " C*-’ -bhi, -labhi eorr. to 4&bhi,
® C* -bhi, 3 & kassapasambuddha-. C* C® kutimbikarii. sama-
vattavasarh, C« samavattasavasam corr. to samavattavasam. -kutimbi-.
2S7
1. Losakajataka, (41).
therassa iriyapathe yeva pasiditvl pattaiii adaya gliaram pave-
setva ^akkaccaiii bliojetva tliokam dhammakatliam sntva therara
vanditva ,,bhaote,, anihakam dhuraviharami * eva gacchatim,
niayam sayanliasaniaye*"^ agantva passissama*" 'ti aha. There
viharaih gaiitva iieYasikatheram vanditva apncchitva ekamaotam
nisidi. So pi tena saddhim patisantharam katva j,laddho te
avuso bhikkhaharo*' ti puccliL „Ama laddho*^ ti. .Jvaham
laddlio** ti. yjTunihakaiii dhuragame kutniiibiyaghare*' ti evah
ca pana vatva attano senasanaiii pncchitva patijaggitva patta-
civaram patisametva jhanasnkhena phalasukhena vitinamento
nisidi* So pi kutumbiko sayanhe^gandhamalah c’ eva dipate-
Ian ca gahapetva viharam gantva nevasikatheram vanditva
jjbhante, eko agantokatliero atthiy agato nu kho'* ti pucchi.
„Ama agato*^ ti. ,Jdani kalian*^ ti. jjAsiikasenasane nama‘^
’ti. So tassa santikam gantva vanditva ekainautaih nisinno
dhammakatham sutva sTtalavelaya cetiyah ca bodhih cad pQjetva
dipe jaletva ubho pi jane nimantetva gato. Nevasikathero pi
kho 5,ayam kutuinbiko paribhinrio, sac" ayajh bhikkhn iinasmim
vihare vasissati na mam esa kismihea gaiiayissatlti^^ there ^
anattamanataihd apajjitva vihare etassa avasanakaro
maya katiiiii vattatiti^^ tena upatthanavelaya agatena saddhim
kind na kathesi. Khinasavathero tassa ajjhasayarh janitva
5,ayaih therp mama kiile va gane va apalibuddhabhavaiii na
janatiti‘‘ attano vasanatthanaiii gantva jhanasukhena phala-
^^iikhena vitinamesi. >Jevasiko pi piinadivasena kapitthena gan-
dim paharltva nakhena dvaram akotetva kutumbiyassa geharii
agamasi. So tassa pattam gahetva 'pahnattasane nisidapetva
j^agantukathero kahaiii bhante*^ ti pucchi. „Naham tava kiilu-
pakassa pavattim janami, gandim^' paharanto dvaram. ako-
tento pabodheturh nasakkhim, hiyyo tava gehe panitabhojanam
^ dhura-. ^ sayanha-, C** sayamha*. ® C'^ bodhiyanca. 0^ there.
® C^’ anantamanataiiiy aiiattaraattam corr. to anattamatatam. ® so all three
MSS.
233
I, Ekanipata. 5. Atthakaniavagga,
bhiinjitva jlrapetiuh asakkonto ^idani uiddaiB okkaoto yeva
bliavissadti’ tvaiii pasldamano evarupesu tbanesu yeva paslda-
aha. Khinasavathero pi attaiio bhikkliacaravelaiii sallak-
khetva liaiiram patijaggitva pattacivaram adaya akase uppatitva
anilattha agamasi. So kuttiiiibiko iievasikatheraiii sappiiyadhu-
sakkarabhisaiiikliatam payasaih payetva pattaih gandhacursnehi
ubbattetva puna pilretva ^bhantej so tiiero maggakilanto bha-
vissatij idaiii assa liaratha^^ ’ti adasi. lta.ro apatikkiiipitvfi va
gahetva gacclianto ^,sace so bliikklm imam payasaih pivissati
givtlya galietva nikkaddliiyamaiio pi na gamissati, sace paDaliarii
imaili payasaih rnanussassa dassami pakatam me kamuiarh blia--
vissati, sace udake opiiapessaini iidakapittlie sappi paniiayissati,
sace bimmiyaiii chaddessami ‘ kakasannipatena pahfiayissatij
kattha bu kho imam cliaddeyyan^‘‘ ti upadhclreuto ekam jha-
makhettaih disva amgare viyahitva*'* tattiia pakkhipitva upari
aihgarehi paticcliadetva viliaraih gato. Taih bhikkhmii adisva
cintesi; „addha so bhikkiui khinasavo mama ajjliasayaih liditva
aaiiattha gato bhavissati, alio maya udarahetii ayutlaih katan^^
ti tavad ev' assa mahantaih domaiiassam udapadi, tato pattliay’
eva ca inaiiussapeto hutva iia cirass’ eva kalaih katva nirayc
aibbatti. So balmni vassasatasaliassani niraye paccitva pakka-
vaseseiui patipatiya paficajatisatesu yakkiio liatva ekadivasain
pi udarapuram aliaram iia labhi. Ekadivasain pana gabbhania-
iarii udarapiiraih lablii, Pima pahca jatisataai^ snnaklio ahosi.
Tadapi ekadivasain bhattavamanaih udarapuraiii labhi. Sesaka^e
pana teiia udarapnro aharo nama na laddliapubbo. Sunakha-
yoiiito pana cavitva Sasiratthe ekasinim game duggatakuie
nibbattu Tassa nibbattito pattliaya lam knlaih paramadugga™
tarn .eva jataih. Nabhito uddhaih ndakakaujikamattam'' pi na
iablii. Tassa pana Mittavindako ti namaih ahosi* Mata-
^ cliailJiiessami* ^ ehauuheyyaii. ^ viyuhitva, €« viyuldtva con-, to
viyuliitva. ^ paacasataiii. 0 ^^ ' kariuika".
2S9
! . Losalfcajataka. (41 )*
pitaro jatakadakkhaiii adhivasetuihV asakkonta ,,gaccl!a kala-
kanpika^^ 'ti tarn- potlietva iiiliarimsa* So appatisarano vica-
ranto Baranasim agamasi, ^ ■ Tada ’ Bodhisatto Baraiiasiyaiii
d i s a p a m 0 k k li 0 a c a r i y o liutva panca manavaka sataiii sippaiii
vacesi, Tada Baraiiasivasino diiggatanaiii paribbayaiii datva
sippam sikkliapeati. Ayam pi Mittaviiidako Bodhisattassa saa-
tike puanasippaih sikkbati. So pharuso anovadakkliamo tarn
taiii paharaiito^ vicarati, Bodliisattena ovadiyamano pi ovadam
na gaialiati, taxii mssaya ayo pi ’ssa aiando jato. Atha so
mapavakehi saddhiiii bliaiiditva ovadam agaphanto tato palayitva
ahipdanto ekaiii paccaiitagilmam gantva bhatini katva jfvati.
So tattha ekaya doggatitthiya saddMm samvasani kappesi. Sa
tarn nissaya dve darake vijayi. Gamavasino j,an}liakam sasa-
sanaiii dussasaiiam aroceyyastti‘‘ Mittavindakassa bbatim*'^ daiva
taiii " gamadvare kiitikaya vasapesom, Taiii pana Mittavindakam
nissaya te paccantagamavasino sattakkhattum rajadapdam adamsu.
sattakkhattuiii tesaiii gehani npjhayimsu, sattakkhattum talakam
cliijji. Te cintayimsu : ,,amlmkam pubbe imassa Mittaviiida-
kassa anagamanakale ^ evaruparii n’ attiii, idani pao^ assa aga-
takalato patthaya parihayama^T Ti taiii pothetva mhariiiisu.
So attano darake galietva afihattlia gacchanto ekaih amanussa**
pariggahaiB ataviiii pavisi. Tatth’ assa aniaoussa darake ca
bliariyan ca niaretva mamsarii kliadimsu. So tato palayitva
tato tato ahipdanto ekaih Gambhiraiii nania pattanagamaiii
^avavissajjanadivase® yeva patva kaminakaro hutva navam
abhirulii. Nava samuddapitthe sattahaih gantva sattame divase
samuddamajjhe akotetva tliapita viya'’attha^si. Te kalakappi-
salakaih varesmii. Sattakkhattuiii Mktavindakass’ eva® papiuiiT
Manussa tass’ ekaih vepiikahlpakam datva hatthe galietva sa-
Biudde klilplmsu. Tasniim khittaroatte nliva agamasi* Mitta-
‘ paMreiito, ^ adds va. ® iiaiii, ^ anagamakiile. ^ na.vmx-.
® O*'. viadakasseva, HU. ■,
240
I, Ekanipata. 5. Atfchakamavagga.
vindako venukalape nipajjitva samaddapittlie gacclianto Kassa^
pasamoiasambaddliassa kale rakkliitasilassa phalena samudda"
pittlie ekasmim phalikavimane catasso devadhita patilabhitva
tasaiii santike sukliam antibhavamano sattaliaih vasi, Ta paoa
vimaiiapeiiyo sattabaiii sukliam anubliavanti. Sattaliam duk-
kham aiiubbavitum gacchainaiia ,,yava mayaiii agacchama tava
idh’ eva holviti^'^ vatva agamamsu. Mittavindako tasaiii gatakale
venukalape iiipajjitva parato gacciianto rajatavimane attha de-
vadhitaro lablii. Tato pi paraiii gacciianto oianivimane solasa
kanakavimane dvattiiiisa devadliitaro labhi. Tasam pi vacaoaiii
akatva parato gacciianto antaradfpake ekam yakkhaiiagaram
addasa. Tattli’ eka yakkbini ajarupena vicarati. Mittavindako
tassa yakkliinibliavaih ajananto ,,ajamamsam kliadissamiti^^ taiii
pade aggaliesi, Sayarn yakkhaniibhaveua tarh ukkliipitva khipi.
So taya khitte samuddaniattliakena gaotva Baranasiyaiii pari-
kliapittlie ekasmiih kantakagumbamattiiake patitva pavattaiiiano
bhumiyaiii patittliasi, Tasniin ca samaye tasmirii parikliapitthe
ranno ajika carainana cora liaranti. Ajikagopaka j^core gan-
hissama^' ’ti ekainaiitaiii iiillim attharhsu. Mittavindako pavat-
itva bhumiyaiii tliito ta ajika disva cintesi : jjaliarii samudde
ekasmim dipake ajikarii pade galietva taya khitto idiia patito,
sace pan’ idaai ekaiii ajikam pade galiissami sa mam parato
samuddapitthe vimanadevataiiaiii santike khipissatiti^^^ so evarh
ayoniso maiiasi karitva ajikam pade ganlii* Sa gahitamatta vi-
ravi, Ajikagopaka ito c’ ito ca agantva taiii gahetva ^ettakch
kalam rajakule ajikakhadako esa coro^‘ ti taiii kottetva bandhi-
tva ranno saiitikaiii nenti. Tasmim khaiie Bodhisatto pafica-
satamanavakaparivuto iiagara nikkliamma nahayitum gacciianto
Mittavindakaiii disva sanjanitva te manusse alia: ^tata, ayaiii
amhakaih antevasiko, kasma taiii ganhittha^ ’ti. ^Ajikacorako
ayya ekam ajikarii pade ganlii, tasma galiito^' ti. ^Tena h’
^ khipissatitij C« khipissasiti.
2. Kapotajataka, (42)-
241
etaiii amhclkaiii dasaiii katva detha, amhe nissaya jlvissatiti^^
Te jjSadlm ay'ya^ ’ti taiii vissajjetvi agamamsu. Atha nain
Bodliisatto ^jMittaviiidaka tvam ettakaiii kalaiii kaliaiii vasiti*^
paccM. So sabbaiii attana katakammaiii arocesi. Bodliisatto
jjatthakamanaiii ^ vacaiiaiti akaronto® etaiii dukkhaiii papmian-
titi^^ vatva ioiaiii gatliam aha:
Yo atthakamassa Mtamikampino
ovajjamano na karoti sasanaih
ajiya padam olubbha Mittako viya socatiti. 40.
Tattha attliakamassa ’ti vaddMiii iccliantassa , hitanukampino ti
hitena armkampamaiuissaj ovajjamano ti mudukeiia hitacittena ovadiyamaiio,
ria karoti sasanan ti anusatthim na karoti dubbaco auovadako hoti, Mittako
viya socatiti yatba ayam Mittavindako ajaya padaiii gabetva soeati kilamati
evaiii niccakalarh socatiti imaya gathaya Bodhisatto dhammaih desesi. Evaiii
tena therena ettake addhane tisu yeva attabhavesu kuccbipuro Jaddbapubbo,
yakkhena Imtva ekadivasaih gabbbamalam laddham snriakhena hutva ekadivasaiii
bhattavamanarh parinibbanadivase dbammaseiiapatissanubhavena catumadhuraih
iaddhaiii, evaih parassa labbantarayakaranam nama mahadosan ti veditabbaih,
Tasmiiii pana kale so pi acariyo Mittavindako pi yatha-
kammam gato.
Sattlia ,,evam bhikkiiave attana appalabhibhavan ca ariyadhamina*
labhibhayan ca sayam eva esa akasiti‘‘ iiiiaiii dhamniadesanarn aha-
ritva anusandiiim gliatetva jatakam samodhanesi: „Tada Mittavindako
Losakatissatthero ahosi , disapamokkhacariyo pana aham eva‘‘ ’ti.
Losakajatakam.
ft
2. KapotajataKa.
Yo atthakamassa ’ti. Idam Sattha Jetavane viharanto
annataraiii iolabhikkhuiii arabbha kathesi. Tassa lolabhavo Nava-
nipate Kakajatake® avibhavissati. Tada pana tarn bhikkhu ,,ayam
bliante bliikkiiu lolo“ ti Satthu arocesnm. Atha nam Sattha „saccam
^ atthakakarndnanij 0*'* attakamiinaiii. ® so all three MSS. ^ kokajatake.
242
1. Ekanipata. 5. Atthakaraavagga.
kira iyam bliikklm lolo“ ti pacclii. „Ama bbaiite‘‘ ti. Sattha ,^pi]bbe
pi tyanii bliikkiiu lolo, lolakarana jivitakkliajam patto, paiulitapi taiii
nissaya attano yasanattbana parihina“ ti vatya atitaiii abari:
Atite Baranasiyam Bralimadatte rajjaih karente
B 0 dliisatto par apatayoniyaih nibbatti. TadaBaraimsivasiiio
punnakaniataya tasmiiii tasmim thane sakimanaih sukliavasat-
thaya thusapacciiiyo ^ olambenti. Baranasisetihino pi bhatta-
karako attano malianase ekam thnsapaccliim olambetva tbapesi,
Bodhisatto tattlia vasaih kappesi. So pato va iiikkliamitva
gocare caritvit s%am agantva tattlia vasanto kalain khepeti,
Ath’ ekadivasaiii eko kako nialianasamatthakeiia gacclianto
anibilanambilamaccliamamsanaiii^ dliiipanavasam ghayitva lo-
bliaiii Tippadetva ,,kin nu kho iiissaya imaiii macchamamsaiii
labhisstoiti^* avidtire nisTditva pariganlianto sayaiii Bodhisattarh
agantva malianasam pavisantam disva ^imaih piirapatam nissaya
macchamaiiisarii labliissamiti''^ puiiadivase pato va agantva
Bodbisattassa iiikkliamitva gocarattbaya gamanakale pittliito
pitthito aganiasi. Atha naiii Bodhisatto ^^kasma Ivaiii saraiiia
amliehi saddliim carasiti^' aha. jjSainij tiimhakam kiriyjl may-
ham ruccati, ito pattliaya tumhe upatthahissamiti^^ 5jSamma,
tumlie annagocara mayam annagocara, tumhelii amhakam upat-
thanaiii dukkaran^' ti, „Sami tumhagocaragahanakale^ aham pi
gocaram gahetva tumliehi saddhiiii yeva gamissamiti^^ ^^Sadhu,
kevalan te appamattena bhavitabban^^ ti. Evaiii Bodhisatto
kakaih ovaditva gocare caranto tinabijadini^ khadati. Bodhk-
sattassa pana gocaragahanakale kako gantva goinayapindam
apanetva panake khaditva udaraiii puretva Bodbisattassa sail-
tikaiii agantva ^sami, tumhe ativelam caratha, atibakubliak-
khena nama bhavittim na yattatiti‘‘ vatva Bodliisattena gocaram
gahetva sayarii agacchantena saddhiih yeva mahanasaiii pavisi.
^ Cfc -pacchayo. ® both MSS. ambilatambila-, •'* so both MSS. instead of
tumhakam-? tinabljarit, kinabyadTiii.
2. Kapotajataka, (42).
24B
Bhattakarako jjamliakam kapoto annam pi gahetva agato^^ ti
kakassa pi pacchiiii tliapesi. Tato patthaya dve jana vasanti.
Atli’ ekadivasaiii settliissa baliuih niaccliamamsaiB aliarimsu.
Taiii adaya bhattakarako mahanase tattlia tattlia oianibesl.
Kjiko tarn disva. lobliaiii uppadetva ^sve gocarabiiumiih agantva ^
maya idam eva khaditabban'* ti rattiiii tintinanto nipajji. Pu“
jiadivase Bodhisatto gocaraya gacciianto 5,ehi samma kaka'^ ’ti
aha. 5>SiXmi, tnmhe gacchatha, mayliam kucchirogo atthiti'^^
5, Samma, kakanaiii kucchirogo nama kadaci na bhiitapubbo,
rattiiii tisu yamesu ekekasmim yame mucchita honti, dipavattiiii
gilitakale pana nesaiii muhuttan tittV lioti, tvaiii imaiii maccha-
maiiisarh khaditukamo bhavissasi, ehi manussaparibhogo nama
tumhakaiii dupparibhuhjiyo, ma evarupaiii akasi, maya saddhiiii
yeva gocaraya gacchahlti“. „Na sakkomi samiti^S „Tena hi
paiihayissasi sakena kammena, lobhavasam agantva^ appamatto
hohlti^^ taiii ovaditva Bodhisatto gocar^a gato. Bhattakarako
nanappakaraiii macchamamsavikatiih ^ sampadetva usumanik-
khamaiiattham bhajaiiani thokaiii vivaritva rasaparissavanaka-
rotim bhajanainatthake thapetva bahi nikkhamitva sedaiii mun-
caniano atthasi. Tasmiiii khane kako pacchito sisaiii ukkhipitva
bhattagehahi olokento tassa nikkhamitabhavarh hatva „ayam
dani mayham manoratham puretva maiiisaih khaditurh kalo,
kin nu kho mahamaiiisam khadami udahu cunnikamamsan'^ ti
cintetva „cumiikaraamsena nama khippam kiicchnii puretiiih
sakka, maliantam mamsakhandam aharitva pacchiyam nik-
khipitva khadamano nipajjissamiti^^ pacchito iippatitva rasaka-
rotiyam niliyi. Sa kiliti saddam akaSi. Bhattakarako taiii
saddaiii sutva „kin nu kho 6 tan‘^ ti pavittho kakarh disva
„ayam dutthakako maya setthino pakkamamsaiii khaditukamo,
ahaiii kho pana setthim nissaya jivissami na imaiii balaiii, kim
me imina*" ti dvaram pidhayakakaiii gahetva sakalasarfre pat*
* 0^*^ agantva. * C*' tintl ® agantva, agantva corr. to agantva. ^ both
MSS. -saih".
16^
244
I. Ekanipata. 5. Atthakamavagga.
tani luilcitva addasingiveram lonajlrakaya ‘ kottetva ambilatak-
kena aloletva ten’ assa sakaiasanram makkhetva taiii kakaiii
paccliiyam kliipi. So adMmattavedanabliibliiito tintinayanto ^
nipajji. Bodliisatto sayaiii agantva taiii vyasanappattam disva
„lolakaka iiiama vacanaiii akatva tava lobbam nissaya maba-
dukkliam patto siti^" vatva imam gatham aba:
Yo atthakamassa bitanukampino
oyajjamano na karoti sasanaiii
kapotakassa vacanam akatva
amittaliatthattbagato va setiti. 41.
Tattha kapotakassa vacanam akatva-ti parapatassa liitanusasanivaca-
nam akatva, amittaliatthatthagat o va setiti amittanaih anatthakarakanaiu
dukkhiippaciakapuggalanam hatthattham hatthapatliaiii gate, ayaiii kako viya
puggalo mahaiitam vyasanam patva anusocamano setiti.
Bodhisatto imam gatliaiii vatva ^idani maya ca^ etasmira
tliane na sakka vasitun^^^ ti annattba gato. Kako tattb’ eva
jivitakkbayam patto. Atha nairi bbattakarako saddhiiii pacchiya
gabetva saiiikaratthane chaddesi.
Satthapi ,,iia tvam bbikkbu idan’ eva lolo pubbe pi loio yeva,
tan ca pana te lolyaiii nissaya panditapi sakaniba avasa paribina“ ti
imam dbanmiadesanam ahairitva saccani pakasesi. Saccapariyosano so
bbikkbu anagamiphalam patto. Sattlia aiiusandhim gbatetva jatakaib
samodbanesi : „Tada kako lolabbikkhu abosi, parapato pana aliain
eva^ ’ti. Kapotaj atakam,
3! Velukajataka,
Yo atthakamassa ’ti. Idam Sattha Jetavane vibaranto
annataram dubbacabbikkbum arabbiia katbesi. Tam‘* bi Bbagava
,,saccam kira tvaiii bbikkbu dubbaco“ ti pucebitva „saccam bbante“
ti vutte „na tvarii bbikkbu Man’ eya dubbaco, pubbe pi dubbaco yeya,
^ C» lonajirakiiya. ® tintinayanto. ^ so both MSS. ^ both MSS. tam.
245
3. Velakajataka. (43).
dubbacatta ’ yeva ca pandifcanam vacanam akatra sapxmmukJbe ® jivi*
takkhayam x:>atto siti“ vatya atitam ahari:
Atite Biiranasiyam Bralimadatte rajjam karente
Bodliisatto Kasiratthe maliabliogakule nibbatto vinnutaiii
patva kamesu adinavaiii nekkhamme caBisaiiisam disva kanie
paliaya Himavantaiii pavisitva isipabbajjaiii pabbajitva kasina-
parikammam katva panca abliinna attlia samapattiyo uppadetva
jlianasukliena vitinamento aparabliage maliaparivaro pancaM
tapasasatebi parivuto ganassa sattlia liutva viliasi. Ath’ eko
asTvisapotako attano dliammataya caranto annatarassa tapasassa
assamapadam patto, Tapaso tasmim puttasinebam uppadetva
tain ekasmim velupabbe" sayapetva patijaggati. Tassa velu-
pabbe sayanato Veliiko tv-eva namaih akamsu. Tam putta-
sinebena patijagganato tapasassa Velukapita tv-eva namam
akarhsu. Tada Bodliisatto 3,eko kira tapaso asivisaiii patijag-
gatiti^*^ sutva pakkositva ,jsaccam kira tvarh asivisaiii jaggasiti^'
pucchitva „saccan“ ti vutte ^asivisena saddhiih vissaso nama
n’ attlii, ma evaih jaggasiti^^ aba. Tapaso aba: „so® me aca-
riyaputto, naham tena vina vattituih sakkhisscmiti'^ „Tena
hi etass’ eva santika jlvitakkhayaih papunissasiti". Tapaso
Bodbisattassa vacanaiii na ganbi, asTvisam pi jabituiii nasak-
khi. Tato katipahaccayen’ eva sabbe tapasa pbalaphalattbaya
gantva gatattbane phalaphalassa sulabhabbavam disva dve tayo
divase tattb’ eva vasiiiisu. Velukapitapi tehi saddbiiii gacchanto
akivisaiii velukapabbe yeva sayapetva pidaliitva gato. So puna
tapasebi saddbim dvibatihaccayena agantva ^^Velukassa gocaram
dassamiti^* velupabbaiii uggbatetva „ehi putta, cbatako^ siti'^
battbaiii pasaresi. Asiviso dvihatlham niraharataya kujjliitva
pasaritabattbe dasitva tapasaiii tattb’ eva jlvitakkbayaiii papetva
arannam pavisi. Tapasa tarn disva Bodbisattassa arocesum.
^ 0^*^ dubbacamatta. ^ sappamukba* ^ omits aha so. ^ puttam&o-
chatako, puttaccbatako.
24 6 Kkaiiipata. 5. Atthakiiffiavagga.
Bodilisatto tassa sarlrakiccam karetva Isigaiiassa majjlie nisi-™
ditva ismam ovadavasena imam gMhain alia:
Yo atthakamassa hitanukanipino
ovajjamano na karoti sasanaih
evam so nihato seti Velukassa yatha pita ti. 42»
Tattha evaiii so nihato setiti yo hi islnaiii ovadaih iia ganhati so
yaflia esa lapaso asivisamuklie putibhavam^ patva nihato seti, evaiii mahaviiia-
sarh patva nihato setiti attho.
Evaiii Bodilisatto isiganam ovaditva cattaro bralimaviliare
bliavetva ayupariyosane Brahmaloke uppajji.
Satthapi „na tvam bhikkbu idaii’ eva dubbaco, pubbe pi dubba-
cabhayen' eya ca asivisamakb^ putibhayam patto'‘ ti imaiii dhamma-
desanam aharitva anusandbim ghatetya jatakaiii saniodhanesi : „Tada
Velnkapita dubbacabbikkiiu ahosi, sesaparisa Buddiiaxmrisa, g'anasatfcba
jiana abam eya“ ’ti. Velukaja takam.
4. Makasajataka/
Seyyo amitto ti. Idam Sattba Magadbesu carikaiii cara-
mano annatarasmim gtoake b a 1 a g a m i k a m a n u s s e “ arabbba katbesi,
Tatbagato kira ekasiniih samaye Sayattbito Magadharattbam gantva
tattha carikam caramano annataram^ ganiakain sampaxnini. So ca
gamako yebhuyyena andbabaianianasselii yeya ussanno. Tattb’ ekadi-
yasam te andhabalainanussa sannipatitya „bbo amhe araSnam payisitva
kammaiii karonte makasa kbadanti, tappaccaya amhakam kammacchedo
liofci, sabbe ya dhaniini c’ era ayiidiiani ca adaya gantya makas&i
saddhiiii yiijjbitya sabbatiiakase vijjhitya chinditya ca marema“ ’ti
inantayitra arannam gantva , „inakase yijjhissama^ ’ti annamaSSam
yijjbitya ca paharitya ca dukkhappatta , agantya aiitoganie ca gama-
niajjbe ca gamadvare ca nipajjiibsu. Sattba bhikkliasarngbapariyuto
taiii gamam pindaya Ayasesa panditamaniissa Bbagayantam
disya gamadyare mandapain katya biiddbapamukbassa biiiklibusam-
4. Ci‘r. Moiiatshericht d. KiigL Akad. d. Wiss. zu Berlin 1858 p. 265. and A.
Webers Ind. Stud. 4. Bd. x). 387, ^ C« -bhavam. =* ba}a». ® aiiuatara.
4. Makasajatafca. (44).
247
ghassa mahadanam datya SattMram randitra nmdimsu* Sattha tas-
miiii tasmirh tliane vanitamanusse ^ disya ie upasake pucclii : „bahu ime
gilanamanussa , Idiii eteiii katan“ ti. „Bkaate ete manussa ‘makasa-
yuddhaiia karissama.’ 'ti gantya annamanSaih yijjhitya sayam giiana
jata“ ti. Sattha idan’ eya andhabalamanussa ‘makase paliaris-
sama’ ’ti attanam paharanti , pubbe pi *makasam ^ paharissama’ ’ti
param pa-liaranakamanussa ^ ahesiim yeya‘‘ ^ti yatya telii manussehi
yacito atitarii ahari:
Atite Baranasiyam Brahmadatte rajjam karente
Bodhisatto van ij jay a jivikam kappeti. Tada Kasirattke
ekasmiiii paccantagame baliii vaddliaki vasanti. Tatth’ eko
plialitavaddhaki^ rukkhaiii tacchati. Atli’ assa eko makaso
tambaloliatka-lakapittliisadise^slse nisiditvasattiya pakaranto viya
sisam^ mukkatandakena vijjki. So attano santike nisinnam put-
taiii aka: „tata, maykaiii sTsam makaso sattiya pakaranto viya
vijjkati, vareki ti. jjTata, adkivaseki, ekappakarena naih
maressaIniti^^ Tasmirii saniaye Bodkisatto pi attano bkandam
pariyesamano tarn gamam patva tassa vaddhakisalaya nisinno
hoti. Atha so vadclkaki pnttaih aha: ^^tata imam makasam
varehiti“. So jjvaressaini tata^‘ ’ti tikhinam mahapharasnm
nkkkipitva pitu pittkipasse tkatva „makasam paharissamiti^^
pitii mattkakam dvidka bkindi. Vaddhaki tattk’ eva jTvitak-
khayaiii patto. Bodkisatto tassa tarn kammaiii disva 5 ,pacca~
mitto^ pi pandito va seyyo, so lii dandabkayenapi raanussanam
oa maressatlti^'^ cintetva imam glitkam aha:
Seyyo amitto raatiya npeto
na tv- eva mitto mativipp^inOj,
j^makasam vadkissan^^ ti hi elamugo®
putto pitu abbkida uttamangan ti. 43.
^ 0^ vanima-. ^ makasa. ® paharanaka-, paharanaka-. ^ both MBS.
-vaddhaki. ^ -thalapitthi-. ® sisa. saccanimitto. ® so both MSS-
248 Ekarjipata, 5. Atthakiiuiavagga.
Tattha yeyyo ti pavaro uttamo, matiya upeto ti paniiaya santanaagato,
elamfigo^ ti lalanmkho balo putto, pitu abbliida uttamamgan^ ti attaiio
balataya putto pi butva pitu uttamamgam^ mattliakaih makasam maressamiti
dvidlm bhindi, tasma bai'amittato pandito araitto va seyyo ti.
Imam gathaih vatva Bodhisatto iittMya yathakammarii gato.
Vaddhakissapi nataka sariraMccam akaiiisn.
Sattha „eyarri upasaka puBbe pi ‘makasaiii paliarissama’ ’ti paraiii
pabaranakamanussa ^ aliesum y^eya** ’ti imaiii dliamraadesanaiii aliari-
tra anusandhiiii ghatetra jatakaiii samodiianesi: ,,Tada gatliaiii yatva
paldvanto panditayanijo paaa aliam eya aliosin'* ti. Makas aj a tak am.
5. Rohinijataka,
Seyyo amitto ti. Idam Sattha Jetavaiie viharanto ekaia
Anatliapindikasetthino dasirii arabbha katliesi. Anatliapm^-
kassa kira ekaRohini naraa dasi*' ahosi. Tassa yihipaharanattliane
agantya mahallikamata nipajji. Tam makkhika parivaretya suciya
yijjhamana viya khadanti. Sa dhitaram aha: „amma, makkhika maiii
khadanti, eta yarehiti*'. Sa „yaressami amma‘* ’ti musalaiii akkhi-
pitya matu sanre makkhika maretva „ymasam papessamiti^ mataraih
musalena paharitya jiyitakkhayaiii papesi. Taiii disva ,,mata“ ti rodi-
tuih arabhi. Tam payattim® settbissa arocesuiii. Setthi tassa saiira-
kiccaiii karetva viharam gantya sabbam taiii payattim Satthu arocesi.
Sattha ,ina kho gahapati esa ‘matu sarire makkhika mareniiti’ idan’
eya musalena paharitya mataram maresi, pubbe pi maresi yeya“ ’ti
yatya tena yacito atitam ahari:
Atite Baranasiy aiii Bralimadatte rajjaiii karente
Bodhisatto setthikule nibbatitva pitii accayena settliittha-
nam papuni. Tassapi Rohini nama dasi® aliosL Sapi attano
vlhipaharanatthanaih^ agantva nipaunam mataraih „makkliika
me amma vareblth* vutta evam evaiii^ musalena paharitva ma-
taram jivitakkhayam papetva roditum arabhi. Bodhisatto taiii
^ so both MSS. ^ both MSS. paharanaka-. ^ both MSS. dasi. ^ -paha-
rana", C" -paharana-. ^ 0* pavatti, C® pavatti corrected to payattiiii. both
.MSS. dasi. both MSS. -paharaaa-. ® so both MSS.
5. Boiiimjafcaka. (45)- ii, Aramadusakajataka. (40). 249
pavattim sutva ^janiitto pi H imasmim loke pandito va seyyo‘^
ti cintetva imam gatliam aha:
Seyyo amitto medliavl^ yahce balauukampako,
passa Roliinikam jammiiii mataraih hantvana socatiti. 44.
Tattha medhaviti pandito ilani vibhavi, yance balamikampako ti
ettha yari ti liilgavipaiiaso kato ce ti namatthe nipato, yo naraa balo anukam-
pako tato satagunena sahassagunena pandito amitto iionto pi seyyo yeva 'ti
attho, atba va yaii ti paHsedhanatthe nipato, rioce balanukampako ti attho,
jam min ti liimikam dandiiaiii, mataram bantva^ socatiti makkhlka ma-
ressamiti mataram hantva idani ayaiii bala sayam eva rodati paridevati, imina
karanena imasmim loke amitto pi pandito^ seyyo ti
Bodhisatto panditaiii pasaiiisanto imaya gathaya dliammaiii
desesi.
Sattha „na kiio gahapati esa idan’ eva „makldiika raaressamiti'*
mataram ghatesi, pubbe pi ghatesi yeva“ imam dhammadesanaiii
aharitva anusandhim ghatetva jatakam samodlianesi : „Tada mata yeva
mata aliosi, dhita yeva* dlnta, raahasetthi’^ pana aham eva aliosin“ ti,
Rohinijatakaiii®.
6. Aramadtisakajataka.
Na ve anatthaku saiena ’ti. Idam Sattha annatarasmim
Kosalagamake uyyanadiisakam arabbha kathesi. Sattba kiraKo-
salesu carikam caramano annataram gamakam sampapuni. Tatth’ eko
kiitumbiko Tathagatarii nimantetva attano uyyane nisidapetva buddha-
pamiikbassa samgliassa danam datva „bhante yatliaruciya imasmim
ii^ane vicaratha'* ’ti aha, Bliikkhii ntthaya uyyanapalaih gahetva
uyyane vicaranta ekaih anganatthanam disva uyyanapalaih pucchixhsu:
„upasaka imam uyyanam annattha sandacchayam, imasmim pana thane
koci rukklio va gaccho va n’ attlii, kin nu kho karanan" ti. ,,Bhante
imassa uyyanassa ropanakale eko gamaclarako udakam sincanto iinas-
mim thane rukkliapotake ummiilam katva mulappamanena udakam
^ medbavi, ® so both MSS, ® adds pi. * omits dhita yeva, in
dhita yeva lias been added afterwards. ® C” -setthl ® G*' rohini-.
2|'0,
I Ekanipata. 5. Atthakamavap-ga.
sinci. Te nikJtapotaka milayltTa mata, imina karanena idam thanam
anganaiii jafcan“ ti. Bhikkhu Sattharam upasamkainitya etani attham
arocesuiii. Sattha „na bhikkhaye so garaaclarako idan’ eva arama-
dusako, pabbe pi aramadusako yeya** ’ti yatya atitaih ahari:
Atite Baranasiyaiii Brahmadatte rajjaih karenteBa™
ranasiyaiii nakkbattam ghosayiihsu. Nakkbattabberisaddasava-
Bakalato pattliaya sakalanagaravasino nakkliattanissitaka hutva
vicaranti. Tada ranno uyyane bahti makkata vasanti. Uyya-
napalo cintesi: „nagare nakkhattain ghattham, ime vanare
^udakaih sincatha’ ’ti vatva akaiii nakkbattaih kilissamiti^'^ jet-
tiiakaYanaraiii npasamkamitva ,vsamma vanarajettliaka, imaiii
iiyyanaib tuiahakam pi baMpakaram, tnmlie ettha puppliaplia*-
lapallavani^ kbadatha, nagare nakkhattam gbntthaih, akaih
nakkliattaiii kilissauiij yavaham agaccbarai tava imasmiiii uyyane
rakkhapotakesu udakam sincitum sakkliissatiia^^ ’ti puccM.
,,Sadhu, si^iciss^lmiti^‘^ 5,Tena M appamatta hotha^^ ’ti uda-
kam sincaiiatthaya tesaiii cammande c’ eva darukute ca datva
gate, Vanara cammande c’ eva darukute ca gahetva rukkha-
potakesii udakam sincanti. Atba ne vauarajetthako evam aba:
jjbbo vanara, udakam nama rakkbitabbaiii, turabe rukkbapota-
kesu udakam sincanta uppatetva uppatetva rnulaih oioketva
gambluragatesu raulesu babuiii udakarii sincatba agambluraga-
tesu appam, paccha ambakam udakarii dullabbam bhavissatiti*'^.
Te jjSadbd** ’ti sampaticchitva tatba akamsu. Tasmim samaye
eko paiiclitapuriso rajuyyane te vanare tatba karonte disva evaui
aba: ^bho vanara, kasma tuinhe rukkbapotake uppatetva up-
patetva mulappamanena udakam sincatba^* ’ti. Te ^evaiii no
vixnarajettbako ovadatiti^^ ahaiiisu. So tarn vacanaiii sutva
„aho vata bho bala apandita ^attham karissama’ ’ti anattliam
eva karontiti^ cintetva imaiii gMiam aha:
^ “phalavani, -phalavaui corrected to ~palavani, ^ siocissami.
7. Varxjmjataka. (47).
251
Na ve anattliakusalena atthacariya sukliavalul,
hapeti attliam diimmedho kapi aramiko yatha tl, 45.
Tattlia VC ti rnpatamattaiii, an atthakusalena ’ti anattlie aiiayatane kusa-
lena attharh anayataiie^ kararie akusalena ca ’ti attho, atthacariya ti vailiiha-
kiriya*, siikhavaha ti evarOpena anatthakusaleria kayikacetasikasukhasamkha-
tassa atthassa cariya na sukhavaha, na sakka avahituu ti attho, kiiiikarana;
ekariten’ eva hi hapeti atthaih dummedho balapuggaio attham karissama
’ti attham hapetva anattham eva karoti, kapi aramiko yatha ti yatha arame
niyntto aramarakkhanako ^ makkato attham karissamiti anattham eva karoti evam
yo koci anatthakusaio tena na sakkii atthacariyaih avahituraj so ekamseria attham
hapeti yeva *ti.
Evam so panditap uriso imaya gatliaya vanarajetthakaiii ga-
raliitva attano parisaih adaya uyyana nikkliami,
Sattha „na bhikkhave esa gtoadarako idan’ eva aramadusako,
pubbe pi aramadusako yeva^ ’ti yatva imam dhammadesanam aliaritva
anusandliim ghatetva jatakaiii samodhanesi : ,,Tada vanarajetthako
aramadusakagamadarako aliosi, panditapuriso pana aham eya“ ’ti,
Aramadiisakajatakam.
7, Varunijataka,
Na ye anatthiakusaieiia ’ti, Idam Sattha Jetarane vi-
baranto yarunldusakam^ arabbha kathesi, Anathapindikassa kira
sahayo eko varuniyanijo tikhinam yaruniih yojetya hiranuasuyannadini
galietya yikkinanto mahajane sannipatite „tata tyam muiam gahetya
yarunin® dehiti‘‘ anteyasikam anapetya sayam® uahayitum agamasi,
Anteyasiko mahajanassa yarunim dento manusse antarantara ^ lonasak-
kTiara aharapetva khadante disya „sura alonika bhayissati, lonam ettha
pakkhipissamiti^ suraoatiyaiii nalimattam lonam pakkhipitya tesam
suram adasi. Te mukham puretya puretya chaddetya® „kija te katan^
ti pucchimsu. „Tumhe suram piyitya lonam aliarapente disya lonena
yojesin“ ti. „Eyarupam nama manapam varuniiii nasesi baia“ ’ti tarn
garahitva utthay’ utthaya pakkanta. Varumyanijo agantya ekam pi
^ 0* anattham anayatane, read: atthe ayatane? * adds ti, for vaddha- read
vaddhi-? ® both MSS. -rakkhanako. ^ 0^ varuni-. ^so both MSS. ® sayam.
’ autara. ^ & chaddhetva.
252
L Ekanipata. 5. Atthakamavagga.
adisva „varunipayaka kaham gata*‘ ti pucciii. So tarn attham arocesi,
Atha narii acariyo „bala erarupa riaraa te sura nasita“ ti g'arahitya
imam karanaiii Anathapindikassa arocesi, Anathapindiko no
iciarh kathapabliatan“ ti Jetavanaiii gantva Sattharam vanditva etam
attlmiii arocesi. SattM »iia esa gahapati idan’ era yarunidusako,
pubbe pi yarunidusako yeya“ ’ti yatya tena yacito atitam abari :
Atite Baranasiyam Bralimadatte rajjaiii karente
Bodhisatto Baraimsiyam setthi alaosi. Taiii upanissaya eko
variinivanijo jivati. So tikMiiam suraiii yojetva ^simaiii vikki-
antevasikam vatva nahayitum gato. Antevasiko tasmiiii
gatamatte yeva suraya lonam pakkhipitva imina va nayena
suraiii vinasesi. Atb’ assa acariyo agantya taiii karanaiii natva
setBiissa arocesi. Setthi ^anattliakusala naraa bala ^attliaih
karissama’ ’ti anattham eva karontlti*^ vatva imam gatham aha :
Na ve anatthakiisalena atthacariya sukliavaha,
hapeti atthaiii duinmedho Kondahno varuniiii yatlia ti. 46.
Tattha Koiulanno varuniiii yatha ti yatha ayaiii Kondaiinanamako
antevasiko attham karissamiti lonaiii pakkiiipitva varunim liapesi parihapesi ^
vinasesi evarii sabbo pi anatthakusalo ® attham bapetiti
Bodhisatto imaya gathaya dharomaiii desesi.
Satthapi „na esa gahapati idan’ eva yarunidusako, pubbe pi ya-
runidusako yeya*‘ ’ti yatya anusandhim gliatetya jatakam samodlianesi :
„Tada yarunidusako idani pi yarunidusako ahosi, Baranasisettbi pana
aliam eya*‘ ’ti, Varuigtij atakam.
, f-
8. Vedabbliajataka.
Anupayena yo attban ti. Idam Sattlia Jet ay an e vxlia-
ranto dubbacam bhikkburii arabbba katbcsi. Tarn M bbikkbum
Sattba „na tyaiii bbikkhu idan’ eya dubbaco, pubbe pi dubbaco yeya,
^ omits parihapesi. ^ anattbaiii-.
8- Tedabbhajataka. (48).
253
ten’ eya vacakarariena panditanam vacanaih akatva tiiibena asina dyidlm
katva cbinno hxitya magge nipatittha , tan ca ekakaih nissaja purisa*
sabassam jivitakkbayam pattan“ ti yatva atitam ahaid:
Atite B fXra n asiy aiii Braliin ad atte raj jam ka rente
ekasmiiii gamake aniiataro brahmano Vedabbliam nama man-
taiii Janati. So kira manto aggbo^ maharabo. Nakkliattayoge
laddbe taiii mantam parivattetva akase ulloki, tato^ akasato
sattaratanavassaiii vassati. Tada Bodliisatto tassa brah-
raanassa santike sippaiii ngganbati, Atli’ ekadivasam bralirnano
Bodliisattam adaya kenacid eva karaniyena attano gama nik-
kliamitva Cetiyarattbaiii agamasi. Antaramagge ekasmiiii
arannatthaiie paiicasata pesanakacora nama pantliaghataiii ^
karonti. Te BodMsattan ca Vedabbliabralimanan ca gan-
liimsu* Kasma pan’ ete pesanakacora ti viiccanti, te kira
dve jane gabetva ekaiii dbanabaranattbaya pesenti, tasma pe-
sanakaconl t’ eva viiccanti, te pi ca pitaputte gabetva pitaraiii
j^tvaiii arahakaiii dbanaih abaritva puttam gabetva yabiti^* va-
danti, eten’ upayena matudhitaro gabetva mataram vissajjenti,
jetthakakanitthe gabetva jetthakabbatikain vissajjenti, acariyan-
tevasike gabetva antevasikaih vissajjenti. Te tasmim pi kMe
Vedabbbabrabmanaiii gabetva Bodliisattam vissajjesuih. Bodbi-
satto acariyaiii vanditva „aliam ekabadvibaccayena agamisstoi,
tiimbe ma bbayittba, api ca kho pana mama vacanarii karotba,
ajja dbanavassapanakanakkliattayogo bhavissati, ma kbo tumhe
dukkham asahanto mantaiii® parivattetva dbanaiii vassapayittba,
sace vassapessatha® tnmbe vinasarii papunissatba ime ca paii-
casata cora*^ ti. Evam acariyaih ovaditva dlianattbaya agamasi.
Corapi suriye attham gate brabmanam bandbitva nipajjapesum.
Taiii kbanam yeva pacinalokadbatuto paripunnazii candaman*
(Jalaiii nttbahi. Brabmano nakkhattam olokento „dhanavassa~
^ C*' aiiaggbo. ^ te. ^ pattha-. pesarmcora. ^ 0 ^ maiiataiii
® C*' -pessatha.
264
I. Efeanipata. 6. Atthakamavag^^a.
panakanakkhattayogo Jaddho, kini me dukkhena anubhiiteua,
niantam parivattetva ratanavassam vassapetva coranam dlianam
datva' yatliasukham gamissamiti” cintetva core amantesi : „blio
cora, tumlie mam kimatthaya ganfaittha» ’ti. ..Dhanattliaya
ayya“ ’ti. „Sace vo dlianena attho khippam mam bandhana
mocetva sTsam nahapetva ahatavatthani acchadetva gandliehi
vilimpapetva pupphani pilandhapetva = thapetha“ ’ti. Ooratassa
kathaiii sutva tatha akaiiisu. Brabmano nakkbattayogam natva
mantam parivattetva akasaiii nllokesi. Tavad eva akasa® ra-
tanani patiiiisu. Cora taiii* dhanarii saiiikacldhitva uttarasan-
gesu bbandikaiii katva payimsu. Brahmano pi tesaib paccbato
va agamasi. Atha te core anfie paSoasata cora ganbimsu.
„Kiniattham amhe ganbatha» ’ti ca vutta* „dhanatthaya“ ’ti
ahamsn. „Yadi vo dhanena attho etaiii brahmanam ganhatlia,
eso akasam ulloketva dhanam vassapesi, amhakam p’etaiii eten’
eva dmnan'
Cora core vissajjetva ^amhakam pi dhanam
delnti brahmanam ganhiihsu. Brahmano j,aham tumha-
kam dhanam dadeyyam, dhanavassapananakkhattayogo pana
ito saiiivaccharamatthake bhavissati, yadi vo dhanena attho
adhivasetlia, tada dhanavassaih vassapessamiti“ aha. Cora
kujjhitva „ambho dntthabrahmana, annesam idan’ eva dhanam
vassapetva amhe annam saihvacchararii adhivasapesiti" tiuhena
asina brahmanam dvidha chinditva magge chaddetva vegena
anubandhitva tehi' corehi saddhiih yujjhitva te sabbe pi
maretva dhanam adaya puna dve kotthasa hutva annamaiV
naiii yujjhitva addhatiyani purisasatani ghatetva etena upa-
yena yava dve jana 'avasittha ahesum tava anfiamanuam
ghatayimsu. Evaih tarn purisasahassam vinasam pattaih. Te
pana dve jana upayena tam dhanam aharitvii ekasmiin gama-
sarolpe gahanatthane dhanam paticchadetva eko khaggarii ga-
‘ C^ dhatv.1^0 both MSS. ’C*:akaaa. ‘ 0^ „arii. ^ C*' .utta corrected
to vutte. « C” tehi- teW.
8. VedaWiajataka (4S). 255
hetva rakklianto iiisidi eko tandule gaketva. bliattam pacapetiim
gainaib pavisi. ^Lobho ca nam’ esa vinasamulani ’ti
dlianasaiitike nisinno cintesi: ^tasmiiii agate imaiii dbaiiaih dve
kottliasa bliavissanti , yan nunabam taiii agatamattam eva
khaggena pabaritva gbatessan *^^ ti so kbaggaiii sanDabitva tassa
agamanam olokento i)isldi. Itaro pi cintesi: j^taiii dlianaiii dve
kottbasa bbavissanti^ yan niinaham bliatte visaiii pakkliipitva,
tain pnrisam bbojetva jivitakkbayaih papetva ekako va dbanam
ganbeyyan'^^ ti so nittbite bbatte sayaiii bliniijitva sesake visam
pakkbipitva taiii adaya tattha agamasi* Taiii bhattam otaretva
thitamattain eva itaro kbaggena dvidha cbetva tarn paticcbanne
tbane cbaddetva tan ca bbattam bbunjitva sayam pi tattli’ eva
jivitakkbayaiii papnni. Evarh tarn dbanam nissaya sabbe pi
vinasaiii papunimsu. Bodbisatto pi kho ekabadvlbaccayeim
dbanam adaya agate. Tasinim thane acariyam adisva vippa-
kinnarh pana dbanam dis%^a 5,acariyena mama vacanaiii akatva
dbanam vassapitaih bliavissati, sabbebi vinasaiii^ pattebi bba-
vitabban^^ ti mabamaggena payasi. Gacebanto acariyam maba-
magge dvidbil cbinnam disva „mama vacanarh akatva mate ti
daruni uddbaritva citakam katva acariyam jhapetva vanapup-
pliebi pfijetva parato gacebanto jivitakkliayam patte paficasate
parato addbatiyasate ti anukkamena avasane dve jane jfvitak-
kliayam patte disva cintesi : ^jimaiii dvilil unam purisasabassani
vinasam pattam, aiinelii dvilii eorehi bhavitabbam , te pi san-
thambbitmii na sakkliissanti , kalian nn kho te gata^‘ ti gac-
clianto tesaiii dbanam adaya gahanattbanapavitthamaggam disva
gacebanto bhandikabaddbassa dbanassa yasirii disva ekam bbat-
tapatim avattbaritva mataiii addasa, Tato ^,idan nama telii
kataih bbavissatiti‘‘ sabbaiii natva „kaban nii kho so pnriso“
ti vicinanto tarn pi paticcbanne tbane apaviddbarii disva ,,am-
^ so both MSS. instead of ghateyyan? ® C*’ vinasam.
256
I. Ekanipata. 6. Atthakamavagga.
bakaiii acariyo mama vacanam akatva attano^ dubbacabhavena^
attanapi vinasam® patto, aparam pi tena purisasaliassaiii vina-
sitaiii 5 aiiapayena yata akaraneiia attano vaddhim pattliaya-
mana amliakarii acariyo viya malianasam eva papiinissantiti^'
cintetva imam gatham aba :
Anupayena yo attham iccliati so vibafinati,
Geta banimsii Yedabbbam, sabbe te vyasanam ajjbagfi ti. 47.
Tattha so viiianrlatiti so aniipayena attano attliam^ vaddliim siikharii
icchamiti akale vayamaiii karonto puggalo vihaniiati kiiamati mahavinasaih pa^
punati, Ceta ti Cetiyaratthayasino cora, baniriisxi Vedabbban ti Yedabbha-
maiitavasena Vedabbho ti laddhanamarii brahmanarh haniiiisu, sabbe te vya-
sanam ajjhagu ti te pi ca anavasesa annam ghatayamaria vyasaiiaiii adhigac-
cliiihsu patilabliiibsu ’ti,
Evam Bodbisatto 5 jyatba ambakam acariyo anup^eiia
attbane parakkamam karonto dbanam vassapetva attana jivi-
takkhayam patto annesan® ca vinasappaccayo jato evam eva
yo anno pi anupayena attano attbaih iccbitva vayamam ka-
rissati sabbaso attana ca vinassissati paresan*’’ ca vinasappac-
cayo bbavissatiti“ vanam unnadetva devatasii sadhukaram
dadamanasu iraaya gatbaya dbammam desetva taiii dbanam
npayena attano gebam abaritva danadini pimiiani karonto yava-
tayukam tbatva jivitapariyosane saggapatham pfirayamano
agamasi^
Sattliapi „na tvaiii bliikkbu idaii’ eva dubbaco, pubbe pi dubbaco
ca, diibbacatta pana mabaYinasam patto‘‘ ti imam dharamadesanam
aharitya jatakam samodjianesi : „Tada Yedabbhabrabmano dabbaca-
bbikkhu ahosi, antevasiko pana aliam eya** ’ti. Yedabbliaja-
takam.
^ omits gata ti gacchanto . . . attano. ^ qv gabbhaoabhavena. so botb
MSS. * attha. anfiesam. ® parcsam. ^ agamasi.
0. Nakkhattajataka. (49).
257
9. N akkli a ttaj ataka.
N ak kliattaiii pat im anen tan ti. Idam Sattha Jetavane
viliaranto annataraih ajivikam arabblia kathesi. Savatthiyam kir’
ekaiii kuladhitaram janapade eko kulaputto attaiio puttassa varetva
„as«kadivase iiama ganhissamiti"* divasam thapetva tasmim divase
sampatte attano kului^akam^ ajivikam pucchi: „bhante, ajja ma,yam
ekam maiiigalam karissama v .sobhanaiii im kho nakkhattan“ ti. So
„ayam maiii patliamaiii apiiccliitva divasam thapetva idani patipncchati,
liota sikkhapessanii iuin‘‘ ti kujjhitva ,»ajja asobhanam nakkbattam,
ma ajja mamgalam karittha, sace karissatha. mahavinaso bhavissatiti“
aha. Tasmim kiile mantissa tassa. saddabitva tam divasam na gac-
chimsn. Nagaravasino sabbara mariigaiakijiyaih katva tesaiii aiiaga-
manarii disva ajja divaso tliapito no ca kho agata, amhakam pi
bahiim vayakammam g'ataiii, kim no tehi, amhakam dhitaram annassa
dassama" ’ti yathakateir eva mamgalena dhitaram annassa adarasu.
Itare punadivase agantva ,,detha no darikan“ ti ahamsu. Atha ne
Savatthivasino , janapadavasino nania tumhe gahapatika papamaimssa,
divasam thapetva avannaya nagata, agatamaggen’ eva patigacchatha,
amhehi annesam darika dinna“ ti paribhasimsu. Te tehi saddhim ka-
laharii katva yathagatamaggen’ eva gata. Tena pi ajivikena tesaih
manussanam mamgajantarayakatabhavo bhikkhnnam^ antare pakato
jato. Te bhikkhu dhammasabhayaiii saniiipatita ,»avuso ajivikena
kulassa mamgalantarayo kato“ ti kathayamana nisidimsu. Sattha
agantva »,kaya nu ’ttha bhikkhavo etarahi kathaya saimisinna** ti
pucchi. Te .,imaya nama*" ’ti kathayirasu, ^ISIa bhikkhave idan’ ev'^a
ajiviko tassa kulassa nmmgalantarayam karoti, pubbe pi esa tesaih
kujjhitva mamgalantarayam akasi yeva‘* ’ti vatva atitam ahari ;
Atite Barap asiy am Brahmadatte rajjaiii karente na-
garavasiiio janapadavasiiiam dlutaraiii varetva divasaiii thapetva
attaijo kulupakam ajivikam pucchimsii : „bliante, ajja amhakam
eka mamgalakmyas sobhanaih nu kho nakkhattan'® ti. So
attaiio ruciya divasam thapetva idani raaiii pucchantiti^'' kuj-
jhitva 5 , ajja nesaih mamgalantarayam karissamiti^'^ cintetva
^ kuiapakaih. ^ 0^ bhikklmiiam? C*' bhikkhunam.
IT
258
I. Efcatiipata. 5. Atthakamavagga.
asobliana-iii nakkhattaiii, sace karotha nialiavinasam papmiis-
satiia^^ ’ti alia. Te tassa saddaMtva nagaiiiimsu. Janapada-
vasino tesaih anagamaiiam iiatva ajja divasaiii tliapetvapi
na agata, kin no anSesaiii dlutaram adamsii. Nagara-
vasino punadivase agantva darikaiii yaciihsu. Janapadavasino
jjtumlie nagaravasino naraa cMnnaliirika galiapatika , divasam
thapetva darikaiii iia ganMttiia, mayaiii tiimlmkaiii anagamana-
bliavena annesaiii adamlm‘‘ ’ti. ,jMayam ajivikaiii patipuccliitva
'nakkbattam na sobbanan'"’ ti n^ata, detiia no darikan“ ti.
jjAmbelii tiunliakaiii anagamanabliavena aiinesaiii dinna, idani
dinnadarikaiii katliaiu puna anessaiiia^''' ’ti. Evaih tesii anna-
inannam kalaliaiii karontesu eko nagaravasipanditapuriso ekena
kammena janapadaiii gate. Tesaih nagaravasinaih ^ ^jinayaiii
ajivikaiii pucebitva nakkliattassa asoblianablnlv^ena nagata‘‘ ti
katbentanaih sutva „nakkhattena ko attlio, nanii darikaya lad-
dliabliavo va nakkliattaii‘‘ ti vatva imaih gatliam aha:
Nakkhattam patimanentam attbo balarii iipaccaga,
attbo atthassa nakkhattaiii, kiiii karissanti taraka ti. 48.
Tattha patimunentan ti olokentaih, idaiii nakkhattaih bhavissati idani
bbavissatiti agamayamanarh, attbo balarii upaccaga ti etaiii iiagaravaslkani
baiadarikapatilabhasariikhato attho ^ atikkaiito , a 1 1 ]r o a 1 1 li a s s a n a k k h a t: t a n
ti yarii atthain pariyesanto carati so patiladdho attho ca atthassa iiakkhattaiii iiama,
kiih karissanti taraka ti itare pana akase tiiraka kiiii karissanti, katara-
atthaih sadhessaiifiti attho.
■■ , . " .'li*
Nagaravasino kalaliam katva darikaiii alabliitva va aga-
maihsu.
Satthapi ,,na bhikkbaye esa ajiviko idaii’ ey’ assa kiiiassa iiiaiii-
galantarayaiii karoti, j>ubbe pi akasi yeya** ’ti iiuarii dliammadesanaiii
aharitya anusandhim gliatetya jatakaiii samodhanesi: ,,Tada ajiviko
^ omits te. ^ 0^ sobhanan. ^ so both MSS. ^ omits bhavi.ssati idani.
^ -.sariikhattlio corrected to -samkhatattho.
10, Dnmmedhajataka, (50).
259
etarahi ajiviko va aito.si » tani pi kiilani iclani kiilan’ era, g*ii.t}jaiu
yatva tbito panOitapuriso pana aliam eva^* ’ti, Nakkliat taja-
takaiii.
10. DuiBrnedhajataka.
1 ) 0 111 m edliaaan ti. Idam Sattlia Jetavane viliaranto lo“
kat thacariyaiii arabbha katiiesi. Sa BvSdasanipate Mahakanha-
jatake ayibliavissati. . ^ :
Atite B a r a n a s 1 y a m B r a li iii a d a 1 1 e r ajj aiii ka r e n t e
Bodhisatto tassa raiino aggamahesiya kiicchismiiii patisan-
dhiiii gaplii. Tassa raatii kacchito nikkhantassa namagaliana-
divase B r all m a d a 1 1 a k u m a r o ti iiaraam akaiiisii. So sola-
savassapadesiko Imtva Takkasilayam sipparh iigganhitva tiiinaiii
vedanaiii piiraih gantva attliarasanimiii vijjatthaiianaiii nippliat-
tiiii papuni. Atld assa pita, oparajjaiii adasi. Tasmiih samaye
Baranasivasino devataiiuimgalika Iionti, devata namassanti, ba-
hiiajelakakokkutasiikaradayo vadhitva nanappakarelii puppha-
gandhehi c’ eva ^ maihsaloliitelii ca balikammam karonti, Bodlii-
satto cintesi: j,i<lo^^i satta devatamamgalika btaluim panavadhaiii
karonti, maliajaiio yebiuiyyena adhammasrniih yeva nivittlio,
aliam pitii accayena rajjaiii labbitva ekain pi akilainetva iipayeir
eva panavadhaiii katuih na dassaniltB* so ekadivasaiii ratharh
abliiruylia nagara nikkhanto addasa ekasmim mabante vata-
rukkhe maliajanaiii saniiipatitam tasmiiii rukklie nibbattadeva-
taya santike'*^ puttadhltuyasadiianadisu yarn yam icchati tain
taiii pattlientaiii. So ratha oriiyba tail rnkldiaiii upasamka-
mitva gandbapupphebi pOjetva ixdakena abbisekaio katva riik-
khaiii padakkhinam katva devatamaiiigaliko hutva devatani
namassitva rathaiii abbiruyba nagaram eva pavisi. Tato pat-
thaya imina va niyamena antarantare tattba gantva devata-
* C'’ lueva, eva. ^ -devatayaiitike.
17 ^
260
I. Ekanipats. 5. Atthakamavagga.
maitigaliko viya pujaih karoti. So apareoa samayena' pitii
accayeiia rajje patitthaya catasso agatiyo vajjetva dasa raja-
dliamme akopento dhammena rajjaiii karento cintesi: 55^^
mano inattliakam patto, rajje patitthito ’smi, yaiir panato^^
piibbe ekam attkaiii cintayim idani tarn mattkakaiii papessa-
amacce ca brahmanagalmpatiadayo ca sanaipatapetva
amaiitesi: maya kena karanena mjjaiii pattan^
tL „Na janama deva*^* ’ti. j^Api vo ’ham asukaih nama vata-
rukkhaih gandhadihi pujetva ahjalim paggahetva namassamano
ditthapubbo^^ ti. „Ama deva^^ ’ti. ^Tada aliam patthanaiii
akasim: ^sace rajjam papunissami balikammam te karissamitiV
tassa me devataya anubhaveria idam rajjam laddham , idani
’ssa balikammam karisstoi, tumlie papahcam akatva kfaippaiii
devataya balikammam sajjetha*'' ’ti. „Kiih kiiii ganhama de-^
[ vata^*' ti. „Bbo ahaiii devataya ayacamano ^ye va^ niayhaih
rajje panatipatadini panca dussilakanimani dasa akusalakam-
mapathe samadaya vattissanti te ghatetva antavaddhimamsa-
lohitadihi^ balikammam karissaniiti’ ayaciiii, tnnihe evaiii blxeniii
carapetha ^amliakarii raja uparajakale yeva evaiii ayaci : sac’
ahaiii rajjam papunissami ye me rajje dussila bhavissanti te
sabbe ghatetva balikammam karissamiti so idani pahcavidhaiii
dasavidham dassilakammarii samadaya vattamananam dnssila-
nam saliassaiii ghatapetva tesaiii hadayamamsadini gahapetva
devataya balikammam karetukamo, evah ^ ca nagaravasino
JananttI’ ’ti, evan ca pana vatva ye daiii ito patthaya dtisslk,-
kamme vattissanti tesam sahassam ghatetva yahnam yajitva
■ft- :
ayacanato muccissamiti^‘. Etam attham pakasento imam
tham aha:
Duminedhaiiam sahassena yanho me npayacito,
idani kho ’ham yajissami, balm adhammiko jano ti. 49.
^ so botli MSS. instead of deva? ® ca, attavaddlii- ? ^ €?*■ evam.
iO, Dummedhajataka. (50).
26 !
'i’attha. d u iii m e d h a n a ih s a ]i a s s 8 n a 'ti idani kam ojaiii katiuh vai [ati Klaiii
hix vattatiU ajruianabliavena dasasu va pana akusalakammapathesu sainaday^a
vatfcan<abbavena duttha madha etesari ti dummedlia, tesam dummedhanaih nip-
pandanaiii balapuggalanaih ganitva gahiteiia sahassena, yanno me iipayacito
ti maya devatam ixpasamkamitva evam yajissattiiti yanno yacito, idani kho
’ham yajissamxtl so ahaiii idani^ ayacanena rajjassa patiladdhatta idani ^ ya-
jissarni, kirhkarana: idaiii hi bahu adhamrniko jano, tasma idan* eva nam ga*
h«tva balikamraam karissamiti.
Amacca Bodilisattassa yacanam sutva ,^sadliu deva“ ’ti
dvadasayojanike Baranasinagare blierin carapesuiiu Blieriya
anaiii siitva ekam pi dussilakammam samadaya thito eko pu-
riso pi nahosi. Iti yavaBodMsatto rajjaiii karesi tava ekapug-
galo pi paiicadasasu va dussilakanimesu ekaiii pi kamraaih
karonto na panfiayittha. Evam Bodliisatto ekapuggaiam pi
akilamento sakalarattliavasino silaiii rakkliapetva sayam pi
daiiadmi punnani karitva jivitapariyosane attano parisam adaya
devanagaram purento agaraasi,
Satthapi ,,na bhikkliave Tatliagato idan’ cva lokassa attham
carati, piibbe pi cari yeva“ imam dhammadesanam aharitva aim-
saadhiiii ghatetva jatakam samodlianesi : „Tada parisa Buddhaparisa
ahesum» Baranasiraja pana aliam eva‘* ’ti/ Dummedliajatakam,
xV tthakamavaggo* jxancamo. Patliamo pannaso.
1. Mahasilavajataka.
Asimsetiieva puriso ti. Idam Sattlia Jetavane vilia*
ranto o s s a t fc lx a v i r i y a m b Ii i k k h u m arabbha kathesi. Tam ^ lii
Sattha „saccam kira tyam bhikkhu ossatpiayiriyo** ti pucchi ,,ama
^ so both MSS. ^ arinakama-, attakama-. ^*both MSS, tam.
202
I. Ekaiiipata. <>. Asinisavagga.
ti ca viitte ^kasiuji; tvaiii bliikkiiti evarfipe nivyaaikasaiNune ti-
rijam piibbc pandita rajjam pariliayitvapi attaiio yiriye thatva
va natthaiii pi yasam uppadayimsu^ ’ti ratva atitam ahari :
Ante Baraiiasiy aiii B rail mad at te rajjaih karente
Bodliisatto ranno aggamaliesiya kaccliismim Aiibbatto. Tassa
namagaliaimdivase Si iavakumar o ti namam akamsu. So
solasavassapadesiko va sabbasippesa nipphattiiii patva apara-
bliage pitu accayena rajje patittliito Malias i lavaraj ii ntoa
abosi dbammiko dliammaraja. So nagarassa catusii dvaresu
catasso majjiie ekaiii nivesaiiadvare ekan ti clia danasala karetva
kapanaddhikanam danaiii deti silaiii rakkhati uposatliakamniaiii
karoti kliantimettanuddayasampanno , aiiike nisinnam puttaiii
paritosayamano viya sabbasatte paritosayamano dliammena raj-
jam kareti. Tass’ eko amacco aiitopure padubbbitva apara^
bhage pakato jato. AmaccfX ranuo arocesuiii. Raifi parigan-
hanto attaiifi paccakkliato iiatva tarn amaccaiu pakkosapetva
„andhabala, ayiittaii te kataiii, aa tvajii mama vijite vasituiii
araliasi, attano dhanaii ca puttadarafi ca gahetVtX ailriattha
yahiti'^ rattiia pabbajesi. So Kasirattlmiii atikkamma Kosala-
rajanaiii upatthabaiito anukkainena rafino abbhantare vissasiko
jato. So ekadivasarii Kosalarajanaiii alia: j^deva, Baranasi-
rajjaiii nimmakkliikaiiiadhupatalasadisam, raja atimudiiko^ appeii’
eva balavahanena sakka Baranasirajjavh gaiihitun^- ti. Raja
tassa vacanam. sutva ^Baranasirajjarii nama in aha, ayan ca
bippen’ eva balavahanena sakka ganhitiin’ ti aha, kin nu klTo
payuttakacoro siya'^ ti cintetva „payuttako si, mafihe'' ti aha.
„Nahaiii deva payuttako, saccani eva vadami, sace me na sad-
dahatlia niaoiisse pesetviX paccantagamam iianapetva~ te nia-
nusse gahetva attano santikaiii nite dhanaiii datva vissajjessa-
titi'h Rapi ,,ayaiii ativiya silro hiitvil katlieti, vimamsissami
^ kucddmlii. ® naliapetva. ^ no both MSS. instead of -ssatba 'ti or
-ssaslti"?
K Mahasllavajataka. ( 51 ).
26 S
tava^^ ’ti attaoo piirise pesetva paccaiitagaiuaih haiiapesi*. Te
core gahetva Barapasiranfio''' dassesuiii. Raja disva ,,tata
kavsma garaam ’ti puccbi, asakkonta deva^*'
’ti. jjAtlia kasma mama santikaiii na agamittha, ito dil.ni pat-
liiaya evanlpaiii ma karittlia^® ’ti tesaih dhanam datva vissaj-
jesi. Te gantva Kosalaraiifio tarn pavattiiii arocesuriu So
ettakeiiapi gaiitaih avisalianto puna majjhe jaiiapadam hana-
pesi'b Te pi core raja tath’ eva dhanam datva vissajjesi. So
ettakeiiapi agantva^' puna pesetva antaravithiyam ^ vilumpapesi.
Raja tesam pi coriloaili dhanam datva vissajjesi yeva. Tada
Kosalaraja 5,ativiya dliammiko raja^‘ ti ilatva
gahessamiti'‘ balavalianam adaya niyyasi. Tada pana Barana-
sirahho mattavarane abliimnkhaih agaccliante anivattanadliamma
asaniyapi sTse patantiya asantasanasabbava® Sllavamaharajassa
rnciya sati sakala-Janibudipe rajjaiii gabetuih samattha sahas-
samattfi abheijavarasuramaliayodha iionti. Te „Kosalarflja
agaccbatiti^^ sutvjx rajanara upasaihkainitva ^deva, Kosalaraja
kira ‘Baranasirajjani ganbissamiti’ agacchati% gaccliania, narii
amliakam rajjasimam anokkantamattam eva pothetva ganliama'^^
’ti vadiihsii. jjTata, maiii nissaya ahhesam Idlamanakiccaiii n’
atthi, rajjatthika rajjarii ganbantu, ma gamittha^^ ’ti nivaresi.
Kosalaraja slmaiii atikkaraitva janapadamajjliaih pavisi. Amacca
puna pi rajanam upasaiiikamitva tath’ eva vadiiiisu. Raja puri-
manayen’ eva nivilresi. Kosalaraja bahinagare thatva 5,rajjam
detii yuddbaiii ti Sllavamaharajassa sasanaiii pesesi.
Raja taiii sutva ,,iT attixi maya saddhim yuddham, rajjam
gaiihatu^^^* Ti patisasanam pesesi. Rina pi amacca rajanam
upasamkamitva ^deva, na mayaiii Kosalarafmo nagaram pavi-
sitiiiii dema, bahinagare yeva naiii pothetva ganhama^^ ’ti ahamsu.
Raja purimanayeiT eva nivaretva nagaradvarani avapurapetva
‘ 0 ^ nahapesi. - 0^’ baranasiyani ramno. ^ ne. ^ C^' nahatha. hata-
pesi. O’ agantva. ' 0 ^ antaiiivithiyaihj autaravTthi. ^ asannasanasa-
bliava. G^“ agacehatlti, so both MSS.
264
I. Ekanipata. 6. Asimsavagga.
saddhilt amaccasahassena mahatale pallamkamajjlie nisidi, Ko--
salaraja mahantena balavahanena Barjinasim pavisi. So ekam
pi patisattuib apassanto ranno nivesanadvaraiii gantvEi amacca -
ganaparivuto aparutadvare ^ nivesane aiariikatapatiyattaiii maka-
talaiii aruylm nisinriam Diraparadliaiii STlavamaharajaiiam sad-
dhim amaccasahassena gaiihapetva j,gacchathas imaiii rajanaiii
saddhiiii anmccehi paccliabaham gaihabandhanam bandliitva
amakasiisanam netva galappaniane avate khanitva yatha eko
pi hattham ukkhipitum na sakkoti evaih pamsiim pakkhipitva
nikimnatlia, rattiiii sigala agantva etesam katabbayuttakam ka-
rissantlti^' aha. Manussa corai'ahho anaiii siitva rajanaiii sad-
dhirh amaccehi paccliabaham galhabandhanaih bandliitva nik-
khamesnm. Tasniim pi kale Silavamahiiraja corarahno aghata-
mattam pi nakasi. Tesu pi amaccesii evaiii bandhitva
nlyamanesu'^ eko pi ranno vacanarii bhindituih .sarnattho nama
nahosi, evaiii savinita kir’ assa parisa. Atha te rajaparisa^
samaccaiii Silavarajanaiii amakasasaiiaiii netva galappaniane
avate khanitva Silavainaharajanaui inajjhe ubhosu passesu sesa'*
amacce” ti sabbe pi avatesu otaretva paiiisum akiidtva ghanam ®
akotetva againaiiisu. Sllavaraja ainacce amautetva coraranho
iipari kopaiii akatva „mettam eva bhavetba tata** ti ovadi.
Atha addharattasamaye ^Tiianussaniamsaiii klmdissania*' ’ti si-
gala aganiimsu. Te disva raja ca aniacca ca ekappaharen’ eva
saddam akaihsu. Sigala bhita palayiiiisu. Te nivattitva olo-
kenta pacchato kassaci anaganianabhavam hatva puna pacca-
garairasu, Itare pi tatir eva saddam akaihsu. Evaiii yava
tatiyaiii palayitva puna ^lokenta tesu ekassapi anagamanabha-
vaiii iiatva jjvajjliappatta ete bliavissantiti^' sura hutva nivat-
titva puna tesu saddam karontesu pi na palayiiiisu. Jettha-
kasigalo rajanaiii upagahchi, sesa^ sesanaiii santikaiii agamaiiisu.
^ aparuua-, aparuta- con. to aparuta-. ^ riiyya-, C^'’ iiiyya-.
raja-, raja corr. to raja-. ^ so both MSS ^ C» aniacceso evarh.
^ ghanaih. Gromits sesa.
1 . MahasHavajataka* (51) -
265
Upayakiisalo raja tasvsa attaao santikaiii agatabhilvaih fiatva
clasitum okasadi deiito viya givaiii ukkliipitva taih aivaya da-
sanianam hannkatthikena akaddhitva yante pakkliipitva viya
galhakaiti ganhi. Nagabalena ranna banukattbikeoa akaddhitva
givaya dalbagahitasigalo' attanaiii raocetuiii asakkonto maraiia*-
bhayatajjito maliaviravam viravi. Avasesasigala tassa taiii
attassaraih^ sutva „ekena puriseid esa gabito bbavissatiti“
amacce apasaiiikamitinb asakkonta iiraraiiabhayatajjita sabbe
palayimsu. Raniio haniikatthikeaa dalbaih katva iiahitasigalo
aparaparaiti saiiisarante paiiisu sitbiia® abosi. So pi sigaio
maraiiabhayabliito oatubi^ padehi raoSo uparimabiiage paihsum
apabbiibi. Raja paiiisano sitbilabhavaiii iiatva sigalam vissaj-
jetva nagabalo tbamasampanno aparaparam vsairicaranto ubbo
battbe ukkliipitva avatainukbavattiyaiii olubbba vatacchinnava-
labako viya nikkhamitva tbito amacce assasetva paiiisum viyu-
bitva sabbe uddbaritva aniaccaparivuto aiuakasusane attiiasi.
Tasraiih saiuaye nianussa ekaiii matamaiiussam amakasusane
chaddenta dvinnaih yakkhaiiam simantarikaya cbaddesum.
Yakkha^ inatamaiiussaiti bbajetum asakkonta j^mayaiii
imaiii bhajetuiii na sakkoma, ayam Silavanlja dbammiko, esa
no bhajetva dassati, etassa santikam gacchama^* ’ti taiii mata-
maniissaiii pade gabetva kaddhanta ranno santikam gantva
„deva ambakam imaiii bhajetva debiti^' ahaiiisiu yakkba,
abaiii imam tumbakaih bhajetva dadeyyaiiij aparisuddho ’pan’
ai^hi, nahayissami tava^* ti. Yakkba eoraran no thapitavasita*
udakarii attano anubhavena aharitva ranno nabanattbaya adamsu,
nabMva thitassa saniiiaritva tbapite cofaranno satake aharitva
adaiiisu, te nivasetva thitassa catojatigandhasumuggaih aharitva
adainsu, gaadbe viiimpitva thitassa suvannasiimugge raanitalavan -
tesu tbapitani iiaaapuppbani aharitva adaiiisu, pupphilni piiandhi-
tva' thitakale „annam kirn karoina*/ Hi pucchimsu. Raja attano
^ G*' dalham-, ® avattassaram. ^ so both MSS. instead of -sigale a-
paiiisu sithiloV ^ catu ® ne yakkha. **’ nam. '' 0 ^^ jpilan-.
266
I. Eti.'im'pata. fi. Asiiiisavagpa.
cliatakaktouii (lassesi. Te gaiitva coraraiifio sampaditani na-
naggarasabliojanaiii iMritva adaiiisii. Raja nahananulitto nian«
(iitapasadliito ncTnaggarasaibliojaBam bhunji. Yakkha coraraiifio
tliapitavasitapanTyam^ suvannabbimkaren’ eva siivannasaxakena*'*
pi saddhim aliariiiisu. Ath* assa panTyaib pmtva mukhaiii
vikkbdletva liatthe dhovitakale coraranno sampaditampancasa-
gandhikaparivaram tambulaiii aliaritva adaihsu, tarn khaditva
thitakale „afiiiaiii kiiii karonm^^ "ti puccliimsu, jjgantva cora-
rafiiio ussTsake iiikkbittaTii maiiigalakliaggnm abaratha^^' \i tarn
pi gantva abarimsu. Raja kbaggaib gabetva, tarn ma.taraanuS“»
saib ujiikaiii tbapapetva nmttbakainajjiie asina pabaritva dve
kottbase katva dvinnam yakkbanaih samavibbattam eva vibba-
jitva adasi, datva ca pana khaggaiii dbovitva sannabitva’*
atthasi. Atba te yakkba maiiiissaHiaiiisam kliaditva siibita
butva tnttbacitta 5,aiinam te mabarija kiiii karoraai^ ’ti piic-
cbimsii. ,,Tena bi tumbe attano anpbbavena raaih coraranno
sirigabbhe otaretha, ime ca aniacce attano attano gebe patit-
thapetba^^ ’ti. Te 5,sadhu deva/' ’ti sainpaticcbitva tatba
akariisu. Tasmiih samaye coraraja alamkatasirisabbbe siri-
sayanapitthe nipanno niddayati. Raja tassa pamattassa nid-
dayantassa kbaggatalena udarain pabari^ So blnto pabujjbitva
dipalokena Silavamaharajanaiii sanjanitva sayana vuttbaya dbitiih
iipattbapetva thito rajanaiii aba: ,,inabaraja evariipaya rattiya
gabitarakkhe piliitadvare bliavane arakkbanianiisselri nirokase
tlian.e kliaggaih sannaybitva alarbkatapatiyatto'^ katliam nawa
tvaih imajii sayanapittbam^ agato*' ti. Raja attano agamana-
karaiii sabbam vittbarato katbesi. Taiii sutva coraraja samviggania-
naso „inabaraja, abam mannssabbuto pi sarnaiio tunibakaiii
giniaiii na janami, paresani lobitainamsakhadakeb pana kak-
kbalelii pbaruselii yakkbebi tava guna iiata, im dan’ aham, iia-
^ C/“ fhapitavasitavasinapamyam. ^ -sarake. ^ 0*^ sannaliitva corr. to san-
nayhitva. ^ (J* pahari. both MSS. -paliyanto. 0^- sayanaiii-, •
1. Mahasliavajataka. (5J).
2B7
rinda evarfipe sllasampaniie tayi duhbhissannti**' kliaggaih <Idaya
sapatlmai katva rajanaiii Idiamapetva nialulsayane nipajjapetva
a=ttana Idiiiddakaraailcake nipajjitva pabhataya rattiya atthite
suriye bheriii carapetva sabbaseniyo ca amaccabrabmanagaba-
patike ca sannipatapetva tesaiti purato akfise puiiiiacaiidam ^
akkliipanto viva Silavaraniio giiiie kathetva parisamajjbe yeva
puna, nljaiiaih kbamapetva rajjam paticcluipetva patthaya
turabakaih iippanno corOpaddavo'^ inayliam bbaro, maya gabita-
rakldia tumbakaiii rajjam karotiia^^ ti vatva pesunfiakarakassa
anam katva attano balavabanam adaya sakarattliam eva gato.
Silavamaliarajapi klio alaiiikatapatiyatto setaccbattassa bettlui
sarabhapadake kaficanapaljaihke nisimio attano sampattiiii olo-
ketva 5 ,ayari ca evarupa sumpatti ainaccasaluissassa ca jivita-
patilabho, inayi viriyam akaronte'^ na kinci abbavissa, viriyaba-
lena panaham nattlian ca imaiii yasaiii^ patilabliiiii, ainaccasa'-
liassassa ca jlvitadanaih adasiih, asaccbedaiii vata akatva
viriya.m eva kattabbaih, kataviriyassa. hi plialaiii nama evaiii
samijjliatiti^^ cintetva udanavasena imam gatbam aba:
Asiihsetli’ eva puriso, na nibbindeyya pandito,
passami vo liaiii attanani, yatlia iccliiiii tatlia. ahu ti. 50.
Tattha asliiisetheva 'ti evahaih viriyam arabhanto imamba dakkha miicds-
samiti attano viriyabale ilsarn karotbV eva, na nibbindeyya pandito ti
iipayakusalo yuttaftbane viriyam karonto aliaiii imassa viriyassa phalaih na
labhissamlti na ukkantheyya, asacchedakammaiii na kareyyasiti attho, passami
ham attaiiari tf, ettha vo ti nipataraattaiio aharu ajja attanaiii passami^
yatha icchiiit tatha ahu ’ti aham hi avate nikhato tamhii tlukkha muccitvii
puna attano rajjasampattim icchiih, so ahaih imalh sampattiiii pattaiii attanarii
passamiy yatli’ evahaih pubbe icchim tath’ eva me attii jato ti.
Evaiii Bodliisatto „alio vata blio silasampannuiiaiu viriya-
phalaih nama samijjhatiti^^ imaya gatliaya udanaiii udanetva yava-
jlvaiii punnani karitva yatbakammaih gato.
' "candanaiii. ^ 0^*' corupaddavo, 0^' oorupaddaco. ^ 0^^ karoiite, ^ sayaiij.
26 S
I. Kkanipata. 6. Asiiiisavagfi;a.
Sattfiapi imam dhamuiadesanarii aliaritva sticcani pakase.si. Sac-
capariyosano ossattliaviriyo bhikkhii arahatte patittiiasi. Sattlia anu-
sandhirh gdiatctva jatakam saiiiodhanesi : „Tada dutthainacco ' De?adatto
ahoKi, anmccawahassa Buddhaparisa, Siiavamaharaja pana aham eva‘"
Hi, Mahasilay aj atak am.
2. Cu|ajanakajataka.
V ay amethe va puriso ti. Idam Safctha Jetayaiie viha-
ranto o s .s a 1 1 h a y i r i j a m eva arabblia kathesi . Tattha yarn vattab-
bam tarn sabbaiii Mahajanakajatake ayibhayissati. Raja' pana setac-
cbattassa hettba nisinno imam gatham aba:
Vayameth’ eva puriso, na nibbmdeyya pandito,
passami yo ’bam attanam ndaka tbalara ubbbatan ti. 51 .
Tattha vayametbeva Hi A-ayamaiii karotlP eva, iidaka thalam ubbiia-
tan ti udakato thalam uttiniiani, thaie patitthitaih attanam passamiti.
Idhapi ossattbayiriyo bhikkbu araliattam patto , Janakarajia
Sammasambuddbo ya abositi. C iilaj anakajatakaihk
3. Puiinapatijataka.
Tatheva punnapatiyo ti, Idaiii Sattba Jetayane riba-
riuito visayarunim arabbba katbesi. Ekam samayaiii Savatthiyam siira-
dhutta saunipatitva mantayirhsu : „suramulam ‘* no kbmam, kalian^ nu
kho' iabbissama“ Hi. Atb’ eko kakkbaladhutto aba: „ma cintayittha,
attb’ eko upayo“ ti. „Ratarupayo’ nama“ Hi. ,,Anatbapindiko an-
gulirnuddika pilandbitva^ maccasatakanivattbo rajupatthanariiE gacchati,
mayam surapatiyaiii visaunikaranabhesajjaiii “ pakkbipitva apanarii saj-
jefcva nislditya Anatbajandikassa aganianakale ‘ito ehi maiiasettluti’
pakkositva tarn suram payetva yisannibbutassa angiilimuddika ca satake
ca gahetva suramulam karissanja‘' ’ti. To „sadhu“ ’ti sampaticcliitya
tatiia. katva set fcbissa aganianakale patimaggaiii gantya „sami, ito taya
^ paduttha-. ^ jaraja corr. to jaiiakaraja. muJa-, ^ 0^ -mulani,
5 kahaih. ® 6^*= kakkhala-. ^ kataru . ® so both MS8. ® maddhasa'-.
raja- eorr. to raju-, 0 '^ -karanambhesajjaih.
3. Piinnapatijataka. (53),
269
agacchatlia, ayam ambakajda santike atimanapa sura, thokaiii pivitva
gacchatlm‘‘ yadiiiisu. ,,Sotapiinuo ariyasavako kiiii .suraiii pivissati,
anattliiko saniano pi |)aiia irne diiutte pariganhissamjti*' tesaiii apaiia-
bhumim gantya ieKsaiii kiriyaiii oiokctva sura irnohi imina uaina
karaneiia yojita'* ti natya 5,ito dani patthaya ime ito palapessamiti“
cintetya aha: ,,are dutthadimtta tuiiihe ‘surapatiyam bhesajjam pak-
kliipitya agatagate payetVa yisannikatya * vilunipiysania^’ ’ti apaiia-
maudalam .sajjetya iiisinua kevalam imam suraiii yannetha , eko pi vo
ukkhipitva pivitum na ussabati, sace ayam ayojitaka assa tunihe va
piyeyyatha‘^“ ’ti dhutte tajjetva tato palapetva attaiio geliam gaiitya
,,dhuttelii katakaranaiii Tathagatassa arocessamiti*‘ Jetavanam gautva
arocesi. Sattha ,,idani taya gahapati ne dhutta tain vancetukaina
jata, pubbe pana pandite pi yancetukania ahesuiP* ti vatya temi yacito
atitaiii ahari :
Atite -B a r a n a s i y a lii B r a Ii lu a d a 1 1 e r a j j a lii kareii t e
Bodliisatto Baraimsisett hi ahosi, Tadap’ ete dhutta evam
eva sammantetva suraiii yojetva Baranasisetthissa agamanakale
patimaggaiii gantva evam eva kathayiihsii. Setthi anatthiko
liutva te pariganliitukamo gantva tesam kiriyaiii oloketva „idan
nam’ ete katukama, palapessami te ito‘‘ ti ciutetva evam aha:
^jbho dhutta^ sura pivitva rajakulaiii gantiim naina ua yuttam,
rajanaiii disva puna agaccliante^ janissami, tumlie idh’ eva nisi-
datlia^* ’ti rajupatthanam'^ gantva paccagahciii* Dhutta „ito
etha samiti^^ So tattha gantva bhesajjasaiiiyojita patiyo olo-
ketva evam aha: ^bho dhutta, tumhakam kiriya inayhaiii iia
ruccati, tumhakam surapatiyo yathapurita va thita, tumlie ke-
0 -m ■ ■ ■ ' . ■ *
valaiii suram vannetha na pana pivatha, sac’ ayaiii manapa
assa tumhe pi piveyyMha, imaya pan(^ visasaiiiyuttaya bhavi-
tabban^* ti tesaiii manoratliam bhindanto imam gatliam aha:
Tath’ eva punnapatiyo, annayam vattate katha,
akarakeua jantoi: na cayam bhaddika sura ti. 52 .
^ visamni-. ^ 0^ viium-, ^ both MSS, piyeyyatha, * so both MSS.
instead of -nto? " so both MSS.
•270
I. Ekanipata. 6. Asiriisavagga.
Tattha tatheva Hi yatha maya gamanakale diithfi iciaiii pi mia snrapatiyo
tatii’ eva piinna, aunayaiii vattate katha ti ya ayaiii tumhakaiii siiravanoa-
iiakatha vattati sa anfi’eva abhuta ataccha^yadi hi esa surii luanapa assa tumhe
piveyyatha, npadijhapatiyo avasisseyyuni , tumhakaiii pana ekenfipi sura na pita,
iikarakena jail am iti tasma imina kiirai.ieiia janami , iia eayaiii bhaddika
sura ti n’ ava ayaiii bhaddika sura, visayojitaya etaya bhavitabban ti dhutte
Aahetva yatha iia puna evarupaiu karonti tatha te tajjetva vissajjesi.
So yavajivmh dtlnadini pimnaiii karitva yatliakaramaih
gato.
Sattha iiuaiii dhaiumadesanaiii aharitya jatakaiii saniodiianesi :
„Tada dhuttii efcaralii dhutta, BtMtKisisefcfclii paiia abaii tena saiiuiyena‘‘
Hi. Puiiiiapat ij atakam.
4. Phnlajataka.
Nay a ill rukkho duraruho ti. Idaiii Sattlia Jetavane
yiharaiito ekaiii phalakiisaia rir* upasakaiii arabbha. katheisi. Eko
kira Savatthiyasikutuinbiko Buddhapamukhasaiiigham niniaiitetva attaiio
araine nisidapetva jagukhajjakaiii datva uyyaiiapalam anapesi: ,,b}iik“
kluihi saddiiiiii uyyane yicaritva ayyanaiii ainbadiiii nanapiialaiii de-
hiti“. So ' ,.sadhu“ Hi sampaticciiitva biiikkhusaiiigbaih adaya uyyane
vicaranto rukkhaiii oloketya ya ,,etam pliaiaiii amaiii, etaiii na siipak-
kaiii, etaiii supakkan‘‘ ti janati, yaiii so yadati tarn tath’ eya lioti.
Bhikkhu gantya Tathagatassa arocesurh : ,,bhante, ayaih uyyanapalo
phalakusalo, bhumiyaiii thito mkkhani oloketya ‘etaiii phalarii amaiin
etaiii na supakkam, etarii siipakkan’ ti janati, yam so yadati taui
tath’ eva liotiti“. Sattha „aa bliikkhave ayam eva uyyanapalo phala-
kusalo, pubbe pana pandita plialakusala aliesim** ti vatva atitam
ahari :
■ ' / . . r ; ■ ■■ ■ .
Atite Baranasiyam Brahinadatte rajjaih karente
Bodliisatto setthikule nibbattitva vayappatto pancalii sa-*
katasatelii vanijjaih karocto ekasmiiii kale maliavattamatavim
^ athacchi. ^ C* plialaiii-, phaiam- corr. to phala». ^ 0 ^ hoddhapa-
mukhaih-,. .
4. Phalajiifaka. (50-
271
patva atavimuklie tiuitva sabbe raanusse sannipatapetva ^imissa
ataviya vi.sarukkba nama bonti yeva, pobbe tumbelii aparibliiit-
taib yaih kinci pattajii va pupphaiij va pbalaih va iiiaiii apari-
pucchitva ma kbadittkV' ’ti -aha. Te ^sadlar^ ’ti sampaticchitva
atavivii otariihsu, Atavimuklie ca‘ ekasmiih ganiadvare kiiii-
plialanikklio nama attlii , tassa khandhasakliapalasapupplia-
plialani sabbani ambasadisan’ eva lionti, na. kevalaiii vannasan-
tlianato va gandharasebi pi ’ssa amapakkani phalani amba-
pbalasadisaii' eva , khaditani pana balahalavisaib viya taiii
kbanaiii yeva jlvitakkbayam papeti®. Purato gacclianta^ ekacce
iolapurisa spniibariikklio ayaiP^ ti saiifiaya plialani khadimsu,
ekacce ^sattbavabaib puccbitva va kbadissama*^ 'ti battbena
gabetva attbaiiisiu Te sattliavalie agate jpiyya'’ imani amba-
phalani kbadama''^ *ti piiccbimsii. Bodbisatto jpiayaiii arnba-
rukkbo** ti iiatva jjkiiiiphalarukklio nam’ esa ambarukklio, ma
kbadittba'’’^ *ti varetva ye kbadiiiisu te pi vauiapetva. catunia-
dburaih payetvu aroge^‘ akasi. Pubbe paiia iioasmirii rukkba-
miile manussa nivasaiii kappetva ambapbalaniti imani visapbalani
khaditva jivitakkbayaiii papunanti^ punadivase gamavasirio nik-
kbaraitva matamamisse disva pade gaiihitva paticcbannatthane
chaddetva sakatebi saddhiih yeva sabban tesaib santakam^
gabetva gaccbanti. Te tarn divasam pi aruiuiggamanakale yeva
^maybaiii balivadda bbavissanti maybaiii sakataiii maybaib
bbandaii^^ ti vegena taiii rukklianuilaib ® gantva manusse mroge^
d«va „katliam tumhe imam rukkbaib ^nayaiii ambarukkbo’ ti
janittluP^ ’ti puccbiiiisu. Te ^mayarii na jaiiama, sattliavaba-
jettbako no jan'iti^*' abaiiisn. Maniissa Bodbisattaiii pucchimsu:
„pa3idita kin ti katva tvaiii irnassa rnkkliassa naambarukkba-
bliavaib annasiti^*^ So .jdvThi karanehi anfiasin^^ ti vatva imam
gMiam aha:
^ C^*' va. ^ timphaia-. ^ so both MSS. instead of papenti? * gacchato.
^ ayya. aroge. ^ sannakaiii. ® 0^*= riikkiiam*. ® both MSS. iiiroge.
1. Eliaiiipata. 6. Asimsavagga.
Nayarii rukkho duraruho, na pi gtoato araka.
akarakena janami: nayam sadhuphaio diinio ti. 5;k
Tattlia iiayaih rukkho duraruho ti ayam visanikkho iia dukkhaniho,
ukkliipitva thapitanissem' viya sukheua arohitum sakka ti vadati, na lii^ ga-
mato araka ti gamato dure thifco pi na hoti, gamadvare thito yeva ’ti dipeti,
akarakena Janiimtti imina duvidhena karaneiiaham ^ imam rukkharh janamij
kin ti nayaiii sadhuphaio dumo ti sacehiayam rnadhuraphalo ambarukkho
abbav!ssa evaiii snkharuhc 'avidiire thite etasmim ekam pi phaiarn na tittlieyyaj
plialakhadakamamissehi niccaiii parivato va assa, evarii ahaiii attano nanena pa-
ricchinditva imassa visarukkhabhavam anhasin ti
niahadanassa dhamniam desetva sottliigamaBaih gato.
Satthapi »,eYaih bhikkhave pubbe pandita pbalakiisala ahesun"‘ ti
imam dhamniadesanam aharitya amisandhim ghatetva jatakaiii samo«
dhanesi : ,»Tada parisa Buddhapansa ahesum , satthayahG pana aliam
eYa‘* ’ti. Phaiajatakam.
5. Pancavudliajatak a.
Yo aiiuena cittena ’ti. Idaiii Sattha Jetavane viharaiito
ossattiiaviriy am bhikkhum arabbha kathesi, Taiii hi bhikkhuiii
Sattlia aniantetya ,,saccam kira tyaiii bhikkhu ossatthaviriyo*^ ti
pucchitva „saccam Bhagava*' ’ti vutte ,, bhikkhu pubbe pandita viri-
yam katuiii yuttatthane viriyaih katva rajjasampattiih papiinimsii*‘ ’ti
vatva atitarh aliari;
Atite Baranasiyam Brahmadatte rajjaiii kareiite
Boclhisatto tassa ranno aggamahesiya kuccMsmim mbbaifj.
Tassa namagahanadivase atthasataiii brahmane sabbakamehi
santappetva lakkliananf patipucclihhsiu Lakklianakiisala brab-
mana lakkhanasampattiih disva ^punnasampanno mabaraja kn-
maro tumhakaiii accayena rajjam papunissati, pancavndbakamme
pannato pakato Jambudipe aggapuriso bbavissat'iti^ vyakarirhsu.
^ both MtSS. “iiiih. ® so both MSS, ® C^' kuranena iiiiham
5. Pancavudhajitaka. (35).
273
Brahmaiianaiii -yafeanaih sntva ktimarassa !ia.iTia.iii gaiilmBta
Pailcii viitlhakiniiaro, ti nmmm akamsu. Atlm iiaih viilHil-
tarh patva soksavassapadese tliitaiii rfija amantetva ,,tata sip*
paiii Hggaiihalitti^^ aha, ^^Kassa santike .iiggaiiliami deva^'^, ’tL
jjGacclia tata, Gandliararattlie Takkasilaoagare disapamokkliassa
acariyassa santika agganhaj .idain assa iicariyassa bliagaih da-
dayyasiti^* saliassarii datva iiyyojesi* So tattlia gantva sippaiii
sikkliitva acariyeiia. dinnaiii paficavndhaih galietva acariyaih
vaiiditva Takkasilanagarato nikklianiitva saiumddliapaiicavudho
}3aranas5raaggaih patipajji. So imtaraniaggo Silesalomayakkliena
nama adliittliitarii ekaih ataviiti pnpuni. Atlia naih atavimnkhe
maaiiissa disvil ,,ldio iiknava, iiia imaiii ataviiii pavisi, Silesa-
lomayakklro luliid ertha atthi, .so dittliadittkanianusse* jivitak-
kliayaih papetiti^^ varayhiisn, Bodliisatto attfinam takkento
asambhitakesarasllio viya ataviih pavisi yeva. Tasmiib atavi*
niajjbaih sanipatto .so yakkho talarnatto hutva kutagaramattarh
sisam pattappairianani akkbini kaiidaniaknlamatta^ dve datlm
ca mapetva seiianiukbo" kabarakiicclii nTlabatthapado hntva.
Bodiiisattassa attaiiaiii dassetva ^kabaih yasi, tittha, bhakkho'^
ti aha. Atha naih Rodirisatto ,,yakkha, ahairi attilnam
takketva idha pavitfho, tvaih appaniatto hntva maih iipagac-
cheyyasij visapitena lii taiii sarona vijjhitva ettli' eva patessa-
santajjetva liafclhalavisani pTtaih saram .sa-nnahitva iniiaci.
So yakkhassa loiaesi] yova alllyi. Tato afiilan ti eYaiii pahiia-
SAsare minlci, Sablie taasa Inniesn yeva alllyntisu, Yakkho
sabbe pi to sare pothetva attaiio padamfile yeva patetva Bodhi-
sattaih npasaihkami. Bodhisatto pana pi ta-ih tajjetva khaggam
kacldhitva pahari. Tettiihsaihgulayato khaggo loinesn yeva aillyi'^.
Atha nam kanayena pahari. So pi loniesn yeva alllyi. Tassa
alilnabhavaiii ilatva iiiiiggarena pabari. So pi lomesu yeva
alliyi, Tassa allinabhavam natva ,>bho yakkha, na te ahaiii
^ so ditthaTtt-'nniisse. C^' -kiila-, * 0^’ sofa-, ^ Cfc btiekkho. & alliyi.
IS
274 I. Ekanipata. 6. Asiiiisavagga.
Paficavndlialmmaro nama ti sutapubbOj aliaiii taya adbitthitaiii
atavim pavisanto na dhanuadlni takketva pavittbo attanam yeva
pana takketva pavittbo, ajja taiii pothetva ciinnaviciiiinam ka™
rissamiti^^ adbitthitaiii nania dassetva linnaditva dakkliiiialiat-
thena yakkliaiii paliari. Hattlio lomesii yeva alliyi. Ya,iiia»
battliena paliari. So pi alliyi, Dakkliinapadena pabarL So
pi alliyi. Vamapadena pabari. So pi alliyi. Sisena taiii
pothetva „cuiinavicminam karissaiiiiti'^^ siseiia pabari. Tam pi
lomesu yeva alliyi. So paiicoddito paficasu thanesii baddbo
olambanto pi iiibbbayo nissarajjo va abosi. Yakkbo va ciiitesi:
„ayaiii eko purisasiho purisajaniyo iia purisaniatto va, madiseiia
nam’ assa yakkhena gahitassa7santasamattam pi na bbavisaati,
maya imam maggarii hananteDa eko pi evarupo puriso na dit-
thapubbo, kasm?i na kbo esa na bbayatlti^* so taiii khaditum
avisahanto „kasma nu kbo tvaih manava maranabbayaiii na
bbayasiti^* pucclii. „Kimkarana yakkba bbayissaini, ekasmiiri
hi attabbave ekaiii maranaiii niyatam eva, api ca maybaiii
kaccbimbi vajiravudbaiii attbi, sace mam kbadissasi tarii avi3«"
dliaiii jiretuiii^ na sakkliissasi , tan te aiitani kbandakbandaih
cbinditva jivitakkhayam papessati, iti iibbo pi nassissama, imina
karanenaliaiii na bbayamiti^b Idaiii kira Bodhisatto attano ab-
bbantare nanaviidhaiii sandhaya kathesi. Taiii sutvfi yakkbo
cintesi: j^ayaiii manavo tacchaiii eva bbanati, imassa piirisa-
sibassa sarirato maggabijaraattam pi maibsakbandarh maybaih
kuccbim^ jiretmii na sakkhissati, vissajjessami nan^ni maraM-
bhayatajjito Bodbisattam vissajjetva ^manava, purisasibo tvaiii,
na te aliaiii mamsarii kbadissami, tvaiii ajja Rabumiikha niutta«
cando viya mama battbato miiccitva natisubajjamandalan tosento
yahiti^^ aba. Atlia naiii Bodhisatto aha: ^yakklia, aliaib tava
gacchissami, tvaiii pana piibbe pi akiisalarii katva liiddo lolii*
tapani pararuhiramaiiisabliakkho yakkbo bntva nibbatto, sace
^ cliiretum. * so both MSS. instead of kucchl?
275
n. Pancavudhajataka. (55).
idhapi tliatva akiisalam eva karissasi andhakara andhakararii
gamissasi, maiii dittliakalato patthaya pana iia sakkji taya
akiisalam kMum^ panatipatakammaiii nama niraye tiraccliana-
yoniyam pettivisaye asarakaye ca iiibbatteti, nianussesii nibbat-
tattbane appay.ukasamvattaiiikaiii hotiti^^ evaniadina. nayena
paficamiajii diissTlyakammanam admavaiii pancannaili silanaiii
anisamsam katlietva nanakaranehi yakkliaiii tajjetva dhanmiaiii
(lesetva dametva nibbisevanaiii katvji paiicasii silesn patittha-
petva tassasevaiiam ataviya balipatiggaliakaih devataiii^ katva
appamadeiia ovaditva atavito nikkliaraanto atavimiikhe manus-
sanaiii acikkliitv?! sannaddliapancavudlio Earanasiiii gantva
matapitaro clisva aparabhage rajje patittbaya dhamiiiena raijaiii
kavento danadTiii pnnnani karitva yatbakammaiii agamasi.
Sattliapi irnarh dliainniadesanaib ahaTitv«a abhisambuddbo hutva
imam gatham aba:
Yo aiinena citteiia alinaiuanaso iian^
bhaveti kusalarii dbamiiiaih yogakkbemassa
papune anupiibbeiin snbba,samyoja.nakkhayan ti. 54,
Tatthayaiii pindattho: yo puriso aiinena asaiiikudtena cittena pakatiyapi
aiinamano aliiiajjhasayo biitva anavajjattheixa Jaisalarii sattatimsabodhapakkbiya-
bbedam dhainmam bhuveti vaibjbcti visiileria cittena vipassanaih aimyanjati catubi
yogebf, khemassa nibhanassa pattiya so evain sabbasamkharesu aiiiccam dukkbaiii
anatta ti tilakkhanarh aropetva tarnnavipassanato patthiiya nppanne bodhapak-
khxyadhamiue blnlvcnto amipiibbena ckaiiisam yojanam p! anavasesetva sabba-
sasfeyojananaiij khayakarassa caiuttbamaggassa panyogfaio uppannatta sabbasaiu-
yojanakkliayo t.i saiiikhaitii gataih arabaftaiii papiineyya *ti.
' ■ , . . .. /
Evam Sattba araliattena dliammadesanaya kufcaiii gabetva mat“
tliake cattarl saccani pakasesi. Saccapariyasane so bbikkliii arabattam
papiini. Satthapi anusandlxiib gbatetva jatakaiii samodbanesi : „Tada
yakklio Angnlimalo abosi , PancaYiidhaknmaro nama aham eya** ’ti.
Pancayudbaj atakam.
^ devanam, 0^ devanairi eorr. to devatam. ® yogakkbemariisapattiya,
C^' yogakkhomaniKsapatdya corr. to yogakkhemassapattiya.
18 ^
276
I, Kkanipata. 6. Asimsavagga.
6. K a n c a n a k k h a n d li a j a t a k a.
To pahattkena cittena ’ti. Warn Sattha Sa yatthiyam
yiliaranto a5na,taraiii bhikklium arabblia katliesi. Eko kira Sayat-
thiyasikiilapxitto Satthu dhammadesanam sutya rataaasasane iiram
datya pabbaji, Ath’ assa acariyupajjbaya ,,ayuso ekayidlieim
silan llama, diiyiclliena tividhena catiibbidheiia pancayidliena cliabbi-
dbeiia sattayidhena atthayidhena iiayayidhena dasayidhena bahiivi-
dlieiia silam iiama, idam cullasilam^ nama, idaiii majjhimasilam iiania,
idam mabasiiaiii nama, idaiii patimokkliasamyaTa,siIam naraa, idaib iu-
driyasaihyarasilam iiamaj idarii ajiyaparisuddiiisiiam^ nama, idaiii pac-
cayapativSeyanasilam nama*‘ ’ti «ilam acikkbanti. So cintesi: ,,idaih
silam nama atibabuiii , abaiii ettakaiii saniadaya vattituiii na sakkbis-
sami, silam puretum asakkontassa nama pabbajjaya ko attlio, abam
gibi® biitya daiiadiiii pimnani karissami puttadaran ca x>o.sessaraiti“ eyan
ca pana cintetva ,,bbante, abaiii silaiii rakkbitiiiii na sakkliissarni,
asakkontassa ca nama pabbajjaya ko attbo, abam hinaya yattissaini ^
tumhakam pattaciyaram ganhatlia''“ ’ti aha. Atlianam abaiiisu: ,,eyam
sante ])asabalani vanditva yabiti“ ne taiii adaya Sattlm saiitikaih
dlianmiasabbaiii agamaiiisii. Sattba disya ya „kim bbikkliaye anat-
tbikaiii bhikkluiiii adaya agat’ atfclia** ’ti aha. ,,Bhante. ayarii bbikklni
*aham silam rakkhitum na sakkliissamiti’ pattaciyaraiii niyyadeti, atlm
narii mayam galietya agata** ti. . „Kasma |>aim tumlie bbikkliaye
imassa bhikklmno bahiim silam acikkhatba ^ yattakaiii esa rakkbitniii
sakkoti tattakam eya rakkhissati, ito pattbaya timibe eyam ma kiSci
ayacuttba^, abam ettlia kattabbaiii janissamiti^. ,,Elu tyaiii bliikkhii,
kin te babinia silena, tini yeva silaiii rakkhituiii sakkbissasiti“*.
„Sakkliissanu bliante** ti. ,,Tena hi tvam ito pattbaya kayadvaraib
yacidyaraiii manodyaran'^ ti tini dyarani rakklm, ina kayena papa]<;^m-
inam kari ma yacaya ma manasa, gaccba ma binaya vatti, imam tini
yeya silani rakkba“ ’ti.^ Ettayatii so bbikJdia tuttbamanaso ,,sadbu
bbante rakkbissami iniani tini silaniti** Sattbaraiii yaiiditva acariynpaj"
jbayebi saddbiiii yeya agaxnasi. So tani tini silani purento ya annasi :
„acariyupajjbayebi maybam acikkbitam silam x>i, cttakam eya te pana
attano abuddbabbayena mam bujjbapetuiii nasakkbimsu , Sammasain*
^ cuilaiii, ^ 0^ -silan. ® .C^gahi j C*’ bihi. ^ liimivasaiiiiiss.imJ.
5 gaiihatha. C?*: omits va. T C^‘ adkkliata. ^ avaeuiia. ^ -dvaram.
0, Kancanakkhandhajataka. {56).
277
btidcllio attaiio biKldhasiibiicWbataya anuttai'aclhammarajataya ettakam
siiam^ tisii yeya dvaresu pakkliipitva mam ganhapesi, avassayo vata^
nie'^ sattha jato'- ti Tjpassanaiii raddlietra katipahen’ era araliatte
patittliasi, Taiii payattini natva dhammasabhayam sannipatita bhikkiiu
jjiYiiso tarn kira bhikkiiu ili. ‘siiani Takkliitum na sakkomiti’ Mnaya
yattantarii sabbasilani tihi kotthaselii pakkiiipitya ^ galiapetva Sattha
arahattaiii pape.si, aho Baddha nama accharijamanussa^* ti Buddha-
gime katheuta iiisidiiiisu. Sattha,' agantva- ,,jkaja nii ’ttha bhikkhare
etarahi kathaya saiinisiniia^* ti pucchi ,_,iEQaya uama^ *ti Yutte „bhik“
khaye, atigaruko pi bliaro kotthasaraseua '.bh5jet?a , dmno lahuko yiya
hoti, piibbe pi paudita luabantaiii^ kancanakkhaudhaiii labhitya iikkhi-
pitum asakkonta yibliag'am katya ukkbipitya agamamsu‘* ^ti ratya
atitaiii ahari;
Atite Baranasiyam B rail mad atte raijaiii karente
B 0 d li i s a 1 1 0 ekasmim ganiake k a s s a k o ahosi* So ekadivasam
ahhatarasmiiii chaddhitagamake khette kasiiii kasati. Piibbe
ca tasmiiii game eko vibliavasampanno setthi driimattapariiia-
liaiii ‘‘ catuliattliayamam kaiicanakkhaiidliaiii nidahitva kalam
akasi Tasmiiii Bodliisattassa naSgalam laggitva attiiasi. ^So
jjiniilasaiitaiiakaili bhavissatiti^^ pamsiim ■ ydyaliaiito taiii disva
•paiiisiina paticchadetya^ diyasam .kasitva atthaiii gate siiriye
yiiganangaladini ^ ekamante nikldiipitya ^k^ilcaimkkliaudhaiii
gaiiliitva gaccHssamiti^'^ taiii ukkhipitiirii imsakklii% asakkoiito
nisiditva jjettakaiii kiiccMharanaya bhaYissati-, ettakaiii niclahi-
tva tliapessami^, ettakeiia kammante 'saiiiyojessami, ettakaiii
cliiildifiufiilakiriyaya.^,^., liliaYissatiti^-.-.:..-..:-cattaro : kotthase ■ akasi. ■
Tass’ evaiii vibhattakale so kancanakkhandho sallaliiiko viya
aliosi. So taiii ukklifpitva gliaraiii n%tva catiidhil vibliajitva
danadini p'ohhani katva yathakammam 'gato*
Bhagaya imam flliammadesaiiam aharitya abbisambiiddho hutya
^ silan. ^ ^ meva, . * C* parikkhipitva, ^ adds na-
^ -niatthaparitiaham. pancchii-, ^ yugaiananga-* ^ 0 '^ nasakkhi.
asaiito. "Ssamitl. both MSS. danadmipu-.
278
I. Kkanipata. 6. Asiiiisavagga.
To paliattheaa cittena pahattliamauaao aai'o
bliaveti kusalaih dhammaih yogakkliema.^sa pattiva
papnne anupubbena sabbasamyojanakkhajan ti. 55*
Tattlia pahatthena ’ti vimvaraiiena, paliattliamaiiaso tl tiiya, eva \iiii-
varaaataya pahatthamanaso suvannani viya pahaibsitva samujjotitasappabha--
sakkatacitto ® hutva ti attho.
Evam Sattha aTahattauikutena desauarii nitthapetTa aiiusamihim
gbatetyS jatakaiii saniodlianesi : ^Tada kancanakkbaiidliam laddhapuriso
aliani eya ahosiii“ ti, Kancanakkliandhajatakarii.
7. V ciiiariudajataka,
Yasscte caturo dbamma ’ti. Idaiii Sattha Veluvane
yiharanto Devadattassa vadhaya parisakkaiiam arabblia
kathesi. Tasmiiii hi samaye Sattha „'l)evad‘dtto vadhaya parisakka-
titi‘‘ sutva 5,iia bliikkhaye idan’ eya Devadatto niayhaiii vadhaya pari-
sakkati, pubbe pi parisakkati yeya, nasamattani pi pana katiim na
sakkhiti’* yatya atitaih ahari:
Atite B a r a ii a s i y a lii B r a lx m a d a 1 1 e ra jj aiii kar t*nte
Bod hi sat to kapiyoaiyaiii nibbattitva vuddiiim anvaya assa-
potappamano thamasanipamiu ekacaro hiitva naditlre viliaratL
Tassa pana nadiya vemajjhe eko dipako iianappakarehi amba-
panasadihi phalarukkhelu sainpanno. Bodhisatto iiagabalo
thamasainpanuo nadiya. orimatlrato uppatitva ™ dipakassa orato
nadfmajjhe eko pittliipasano atthi ~ tasmiiii nipatati. Tato nppa-
titva tasmiiii dipake patati, Tattha iiruiappakaiTmi pliallini
khaditva sayaih^ ten’ ^va upayena paecfigaiitva attaiio vasa-
iiattliane vasitva punadivase pi tatli’ eva karoti, iinina niya*
meiia tattha vasaiii kappeti. Tasmim pana kale eko kiimbhilo
sapajapatiko tassa nadiya vasati. Tassa sa bhariya, Bodhisattaih
aparaparaiii gaccliantaiii disva Bodhisattassa hadayainamse do-
. ^ C*' -Biariaso. * C^‘ -vitto, -vitto corr. to -eitto. 0^- sayari,
7. Yanarmdajataka, (57). 279
lia}airi uppacletva kumbhllam aha: „mayham Idio ayya imassa
vaiiarlndassa liadayainaihse dolmlo uppanno^' ti Kumbliilo
3,sadhii lioti, laccbasiti^*^ vatva„ajja taiii sayaih dipakato agac-
eliaotam eva ganliissamiti'^ gantva pitthipasane nipajji* Bodlii-
satto divasaiii caritva sayanliasaiiiaye dipake thito va pasanam
oloketva„ayaiii pasano idani uccataro Idiayati, kin nu karaiian^^
ti cintesi* Tas«a kira udakappamanan ca pasanappamanan ca
suvavatthapitam eva, ten’ assa etad aliosi : ^jajja imissa nadiya
udakaiii n’eva hayati na vaddhati, atha ca panayaiii pasano
inalia hiitva pannayati, kacci nu kho ettlia inayliam gahanat-
tliaya kumbliilo nipanno^^ ti so ^vimamsami tava .nan^^' ti tatth’
eva tliatva pasa;neiia saddliiiii katlieiito viya jjblio pasan^V^ ’ti
vatva pativacanaiii alablianto yavatatiyaiii ^pasana*'' ’ti aba.
Pasano kiiii pativacanaiii na dassati. Puna pi iiaiii vanaro
5,kim bho pasana ajja mayliaiii pativacanaiii na desiti^^ aba,
Kumbliilo jjaddlia aiinesu divasesu ayain pasano vaiiarindassa
pativacanaiii adasi, dassami dani ’ssa pativacanan^'^ ti cintetva
55kim bbo vaiiarinda^^ ’ti aba. 5,Ko si tvan^‘ ti. ^Ahaiii kum*
bliilo^* ti. 3,Kimattliaiii ettlia nipanno siti^^ „Tava liadaya-
mamsaih pattliayamano^^ ti. Bodhisatto cintesi: „anno me
gainananiaggo n’ atthi, ajja maya esa kumbliilo vaficetabbo^^ ti,
Atha iiaiii evam aba: 5,samma kumbliila, aliaiii attanaiii tuybaiii
pariccajissamii tvaiii makbaiii vivaritva maiii tava saiitikaiii
iigatakaie ganbablti“. KumbhTlanam hi mukbavivate ^ akkbini
nmiilaiiti. So taiii karanaiii asallakklietvti mukhaiii vivari.
Atb’ assa akkbini pitbiyiiiisu. So mnkliaiii vivaritva akkbini
nimiietva nipajji. Bodbisatto tatliabhavSiii natvli dipaka uppa-
tito gantva kumbbilassa mattbakaih akkamitva tato uppatito
vijjullata viya vijjotamano paratire attbasi. Kumbliilo taiii
accliariyaiii disva „imma vanariudena atiacclierakam katan^'^ ti
cintetva ^blio vanarinda, imasmirii loke catubi dliammehi
^ “iiaiii. ® 0^ mukliavivate corr, to mukhe-.
280
I. Ekanipata. 0. Asiiiisavagga.
samannagato puggalo paccanaitte abhibhavati^ te sabbe pi tuyham
abbliantare attlii, mailne^^ ti vatva imaiii gatlmiii alia:
Yass’ ete caturo dliamina vauariiida yatba tava
saccaiii dbaniniu dhiti^ cago dittliam so ativattatxti. 56.
Tatthii yasda ’ti yassa kassad puggaiassav ote ti iddiii vattabbe- paceak-
khato nldclisati, catuto dhamma ti catturo giina, saccaii ti vaeisaceani,
mama saiUikani agamissruiiiti hi vatva musavadaiii akatva*^ agato yeva 'ti, etaii
t<3 vacisaccaiiij dhamiuo ti vicarauapauila. evaiii kate idan iiama bhavissasiti,
esa te vicaranapauhii, dhititi^ abboediinnaviriyaiii vuccati, etam pi te atthi,
cago ti attapariccago, tvaiu attanaiu pariccajitva luaiiia santikaiii agato, yam
panahaiii ganliitiuu iiasakkhiiii mayhani ev’ ettha-** dosu, difthan ti pacca-
mittaiii, so ativattatiti yassa piiggalassa yathii ta\a evaiu ete cattaro dhammii
atthi so yatba maiii ajja tvaiii atikkanto tath’ eva attaiio paccaniittaiii atikkamati
abhibhavatiti.
Evaiii kumbhilo Bodhisattaih pasarhsitva attano vasanat-
tbanaih gato.
Safctha ,,iia bliikkluiye Devadattu idau’ cva luayliaiii radliaya
parisakkati, pubbe pi pari.sakki yeva“ ’ti iinaih dhammadesanam aha-
ritvtl anusandliirii ghatetya jatakam saiuodhaiie.si : ,/rada kumbhilo
Devadatto ahosi, bliariyassa Cincaiuanarika, vaimrindu pana ahaiii eya“
’ti. Vanarindaj atakaiii.
8. Tayodliammajataka* ^
Yassete ti. Idaiii Sattha Vein vane viharanto v ad hay a
parisakkanam era arabblia katliesi, ^
Atite Baranasiyaiii Brahmadatte xvajjaiii kareiite
Devadatto vanarayoniyam nibbattitva Himavantapadese ydtiiaih
pariharanto attaiiaiii paticca® jatanaiii vanarapotakanaiii
dhippatta ime yutham parihareyyun'^ ti bliayena dantehi dasitva
^ dhiti corr. to dhiti. ^ O'’ vattabbo. ^ akkhd, ^ C?' dhjtiti eorr, to
dliititi. mayhariimevettha, inayhadimecettha. ^ (V^ paricca, 0^^ }»aricca
corr. to paticca.
S, Tayodhamraajatalka. (58).
281
tosam bljani uppateti. Tada Bodhisatto pi taiii yeva paticca
ekissa vaiiariya kucchimhi patisandhiiii ganhi. Atka sa vanari^
gabbliassa patitthitabliavaiii fiatva attano gabbliaiii aiuirakklia-
mjina araiinam pabbatapadaiii agamfisi, Sa paripakkagabblia
Bodliisattaiii vijayi ^ So vuddhiiii anvaya vixiHutaiii patto tliania-
sampaniio aliosi. So ekadivasam mataram pncchi: „amina niay-
liaili pita kahaii^^ ti, j/fata asnkasmiib iiama pabbatapade yutliam
pariliaranto vasatiti'^^ ,, Amnia tassa mam santikaih nehiti^^
5jTata na sakka taya pitii santikaih gantuiu, pita te attanam
paticca jiitanarii*^ vanarapotakanaii) yritbaparibaranabbayena dan-
telii dasitvil bljani uppatetiti^S j^Amma, nebi maiti’' tattliaj
abaiii jiinissiiiniti^^ Sa piittam adaya tassa santikaiii agamasi.
So vanaro attano puttain disva 'va 5,ayairi vaddliento mayliam
yuthaiii pariharituiii na dassati, idan" eva haritabbo^'^ ti ^etaiii
alinganto viya galliam piletva jlvitakkhayaiii papessamiti^^ cin-
tetva j,elii tata, ettakaih kalaiit kaliam gato siti‘^ Bodhisattaili
alinganto viya nippiiesi. Bodhisatto pana iiagabalo tbamasara-
panno, so pi taiii nippiiesi, Ath' assa atthlni bliijjanakarap-
pattani ahesuiii, Ath’ assa etad ahosi: j,ayam vaddliento maiii
maressati'*', kena nu klio upayena puretaraih heva mareyyan^^
ti. Tato cintesi: 3,ayam avidOre rakkliasapariggaliito saro,
tattha taiii' rakkliaseiia kliadapessamithb Atlia evam
aha: „tata aliaiti mahallako, imaiii yuthaiii tuyhaih niyyademi^
ajj’ eva taih rajanaiii karonii, asukasniim naiiia thane saro atthi,
^ttha dve kuraiuliniyo tisso uppaliniyo pahca paduminiyo pnp-
phanti, gaccha tato piipphani ahanV^ ’ti. So ^^sadhii tata
aharissamiti“ gantva sahasa anotaritvS samanta padaiii paric-
chindanto otiniiapadam yeva addasa* na uttinnapadaiii. So
5,imina sarena rakkhasapariggahena bhavitabbaiii, mayham pita
attana asakkonto rakkhasena inaiii khadapetukamo bhavissa-
^ -li, 2 -yi. ^ 0*^ pahi. ^ 0* jatarh. omits mam. both MSS.
"ti, ' naiii. ® C®* taiii. ^ adassa. G* khada-, C^' khada- corr, to
khada-.
282
I. Ekanipata. 6, Asiiiisavagga,
titi\ aharii [iman ca sararii iia otarissamij pupplmni ca gahessa*
ninidakam^ thanaiii gantva vegaiii galietva iippatitva pa-
rato gacclianto nirudake^ akase* tliitan’ eva dve pupplian!
galietva paratire pati, parato ca orimatiraiii agacclianto teif
ev’ apayena dve ganhi, evaiii ubliosu passesu rasiiii'^ karonto
pupphani ca ganlii rakkliasassa ca anattlianaiii na otari. Atli'
assa 55 U 0 uttarim ukkliipituiii Da sakkhissamiti^^ tani^ piippliani
galietva ekasniiiii thane rasiiii karontassa so rakkliaso ^jinaya
ettakam kalam evarupo pannava accliariyapiiriso iia dittliapiibbo^
pupphani ca nama yavadicchakaiii gahitani, inayhah ca anat-»
thanarri na otaiiti^^ udakaiii dvidha bhindanto udakato iitthaya
Bodhisattassa upasamkamitva yjVanarinda, imasiniih loke yassa
tayo dhamina atthx so paceamittam labhibhoti^ te sabbe pi taya
abbhantare atthij mahhe‘^ ti vatva Bodhisattassa thutim karonto
imam gatham aha;
Yass’ ete tayo dhamma vanarinda yatha tava
dakkhiyam sfiriyam'''’ pahha dittham so ativattatiti. 57.
Tattba dakkhiyari ti tlaklihabhavo, sampattabhayaih vidhaDiituiii jdiiiana-
pafinaya sampayuttaiUtamaviriyass’ etaih iiamaui, suriyan"^ ti surabhjuOj nib-
bhayabhavass’ etaih naraam, pa fin a ti panfiapanapalfhapaiiriya upayapafuiay’
etaih namaiii.
Evaih so dakarakkhaso imaya gathaya Bodhisattassa thu-
tim katva jjimani pupphani kimattliaiii haraslti"' pacchi. ^^Plta
main rajanani katukamo, tena karanena haramiti^\ jjNa sakk?^
tadisena uttamapurisena pupphani gahitimi, ahahi garihissanilti*'*^
ukkhipitva tassa paccha1;o pacchato agamasi. Ath’ assa pita
durato va taiii disva jjaham imaiii ‘rakkhasabhattam bhavissa-
titi’ paliiniih, so dan’ esa rakkliasaih pupphani gahapento
agacchati, idani inhi nattho“ ti cintento sattadha hadayapha-
^ so both MSS. ^ so both MSS* instead of okfise?
^ 0^ iiani. ^ suri-y suri- corr. to suri-,
® both MSS. rasi
9. BiieriVadaJataka. (59).
283
lanam patva tattli" eva jivitakkhayam patto. Sesavanara sanni*
patitva Bodhisattaiii rajanaiii akamsu*
Sattlia imaiii dliammadesanam aharitva anusandhiiii ghatetya jata-
kam samodhaaesi: ,,Tada yiitliapati Devadatto ahosi, yiithapatiputto ^
pana akam eya** ’ ti. T ay o d h am m a j a t a k a m.
9. Bherivadajataka,
B Ii a 111 e d li a m e ti, Idaiii S a 1 1 h a J e fc a v a ii e vrharanto anna-
taraih dubbacaiii arabblia katbesi. Tarn hi® bhikklmm Sattlia ,,sac-
caiii Idra tvaiii dubbaco siti“ pucchitya „saccam Bbagaya“ ’ti yutte
.jiia tyaiii bliikkM idan’ e?a dubbaco, pubbe pi dubbaco yeya^‘ ’ti
yatya atitam aliari;
Ante JB a r fi \i a s i y a lii , B r a h lu a d a 1 1 e ra,j j aiii kar en te
Bodliisatto bherivadakakule nibbattitvcl gamake vasati.
So nakkliattaiii glmtthan“ ti sutva j^samajja-
maiidale bheriiii vadetva dhaiiam aharissamiti^^ puttarii adaya
tattlia gautva bheriih'^ vadetva baliuiii^ dlianam labiii. Tam
adaya attaiio gamaih '’ gacchaiito coratavim patva puttaih iiiran-
taraiii blieriiii vadentaiii varesi: 3 ,tata nirantaraiii avadetva
maggapatipannaih issarablieri‘^ viya antarantara vadeMti'^ So
pitara variyamano pi „bherisaddeii’ eva core paiapessarniti^*
vatva nirantaram eva vadesi. Cora patliamaili iieva bherisad-
daiii sutva j^issarabiierl bliavissatiti“ palayitva ativiya ekabad-
cyiaih” saddaiii sutva ^uayaih issarablieri bhavissatiti^^ agantvil
iipadliaretva dve yeva jane disva potlietva viIulnpimsu^ Bodhi-
satto jjkicchena vata no laddlmiii dhcfnaih ekabaddhaih katva
vadento nasesiti'® vatva imaiii gatham alia :
Dbame dliame natidhamej atidliantaih lii papakaiu^
dbantena sataih laddhaiii, atidhaiiteiia nasitan ti. 58,
^ omits ahosi yuthapati, ^ both MSS. taiimhi. ^ bheri, bheri corr.
to bherim. ^ bahu. gama, gama oorr. to gamaiii. ^ so both MSS.
instead of -bheriiii, eka-, ® both MSS. vilimpimsu.
284
1. Ekanipata. 0, Asiriisavagga.
Tattha dhame dliame* ti dhameyya no na dhameyya blierirh v,ideyya
na na® vadeyya ti attho, natidhame ti atikkamefcvri pana nirantaram e.va katva
iia vadeyya, kiiiikarana: atidhaii taiii® hi papakaih niraiitaraiii bharivadarii
idaiii amhakam papakaiii lamakam Jatam, dhaiiteua sataiii lad d ha a ti iia-
gare bherivadaneiia kahapanasatam laddhaih, aticlliaritena aasitan ti idani
pana me puttena vacanam akatva yaiii idam ataviyaih atidhantani ^ tena"’ atidhan-
tena sabbaih nasitan ti.
Sattlia imam dliammadesanaih aliaritva aiixisandliim gdiafcctva ja-
takaih samodhanesi : „Tada putto dubbacabhikklm abosi, pita pana
aham eya“ ’ti* Bherivadajatakaiii.
10* Samkhadhanianaj a taka.
Dhame dhame ti. Idam Sattha Jetavane fibaranto diibba-
cam eva arabbha kathesi,
Atite Baraiiasiyaiii Brahmadatte rajjaih karente
Bodliisatto saiiikliadliamakakule nibbattitva Baranasiyaih
nakkhatte gliutthe pitaraiii adaya samkhadlianiaiiakammeiia
dhanam labhitva aganianakale corataviyam pitaram nirantaram
saiiikhaih dhamaiitaiii varesi. So ^jsaiiikliasaddena core pala-
pessamiti^^ nirantaram eva dhami. Cora purimanayen' eva
agantva viliimpimsn. Bodliisatto pi purimanayen’ eva gatbam
abhasi:
Dhame dhame natidhame, atidhantaiii hi papakaiii,
dhanteiiadhigata blioga, te tato vidhaini dhaman ti. 59,
Tattlia te tato vi dhami dhaman ti te siaiiikhaiii dhamitva laddliabhoce
mama pita punappuna dhamento vidhamiti viddhamsesi vinassesiti.
Sattha imam dhammacfesanaiii aharitya aiiusanclhiiii ghatetva ja-
takam samodhanesi: „Tada pita dubbacabhikklm ahosi, putto parui
aham ey a‘ ‘ hi . S a m k h a d h a m a n a j a t a k a tii . A s i lii s a y a g g o
chattho.
1 dhametidhame, 0^ dhametidhame corr, to dhamedhame. ^ tana^ taisa
corr. to nana. both M,S8. atidhantah. both MSS, atidhanti. ^ nena.
* dharamantanh
1. Asatamantajataka* (61).
285
ITTUXV.^a-aA..
1 . As at am an taj a taka.
Asa lokittiiiyo nama ’ti. Main Sattha Jetavane Yiha*-
ran to ii k k a n t h i t a b h i k k h urn arabblia kathesi . Tassa vattb u lii
Uinmadantijatake aTiblia,yissati, Taiii pana bhikkhum SatUia ^bliikkhu
ittbiyo nama asa asatijo lamika paccbimika, tvaih evarnpaiii ]aiiiikai*u
itt.liiiii iiissaya kasma nkkanthito“ ti vatva atitam ahari;
Atite Baranasiyaiii Brahmadatte raj jam karente
Bodbisatto Gandbararatthe Takkasilayam b r a b m a n a kul e
nibbattitYa Yinnutam patto tlsu vedesn sabbasippesu ca nip-
pbattim patto disapiimokkbo acariyo abosi. Tadil Bfiraiiasiyaih
ekasmim brabmanakule piittassa jatadivase aggiiii gabetviX anib-
bayantam^ tbapayiiiisu. Atba iiaiii brabmanakiirnaram solasa-
vassakaie matapitaro abamsii: ^putta, mayarii tava^ jatadivase
aggiiii gabetva tbapayiraba, sace brabinalokaparayano bbavitii-
kamo tarn aggiiii adaya arannam pavisitva Aggim^ Bbagavantaiii
namassamano brabmalokaparayano hohi, sace agaram avasitu-
kiimo Takkasilam gantva disapamokkhassa acariyassa santike
sippam ugganbitva kiitumbain^ santbapebiti^^ Manavo j^nabam
sakkbissami® aranile aggiiii paricaritmii, kutunibani eva san-
tbapessamiti^'^ matapitaro vaiiditva acariyabhagaiii sabassaib
gabetva Takkasilam gantva sippam ugganbitva pacclni agamavSi.
Matapitaro pan’ assa anattbika gbaravasena aranne hi aggiiii
paricarapetukama bonti. Atba naili, mata ittblnam*^ dosaiii
dassetva arannam pesetukama ,,80 acariyo pandito vyatto sak™
kbissati me puttassa ittbinam dosaiii katbetnn^" ti cintetva. aba :
„uggabitaii te tata sippan'* ti. „Ama arama'^ ’ti. „Asataman-
^ 0*^ -yattarii. ^ so both MSS. instead of tava? ® both MSS. aggi. ^ CJ<^ Icn-
tnmba, 0*^ kiifiimba corr. to kutnmbam. ® -nii. ® 0^ adtks mata,
in mata has been inked over.
2S6
I. Elcanipata. 7. Itthivagga.
tapi te uggaliita^ ti. jjNa iiggahita amma^^ ’ti. 5, Tata/ yadi
te asatamantam na uggahitaiii kin ntoa te sipparii uggaiiitam,
gacclia uggaliitVcI ehiti“. So j^sadhii*® Ti puna takkasilabhi-
miikho payasi. Tassa pi acariyassa mata maballika vTsamvassa*
satika. So tam sahattha nahapento bliojento payeiito patijag-
gati. Anne maniissa naiii tatlia karontam jigucchanti* So
cintesi : 5,yan nunabarii arafinam pavisitva tattha mataram pati-
jagganto viliareyyan^*^ ti. Ath’ ekasmiih vivitte araiiiie udaka-
phasukatthane pannasalaiii karetva sappitanduladlni aliarapetva
mataram ukkliipitva tattha gantva mataraih patijagganto vasaih
kappesi. So pi klio manavo Takkasilaiii gantva acariyam
apassanto j^kaliaiti acariyo^'' ti puccMtva tarn pavattiiii sutva
tattha gantva vanditva atthasi» Atha naiii acariyo 5, kin nu kho
tata atisigham agato siti“. jjNanu aliam^ tiimhelii asatamanto
nania na ngganlmpito^^ ti, Ko pana te^ asatainante ugganhe-
tabhe® katva kathesiti^^ j^Mayliam mata acriya^ ’ti. Bodhi-
satto cintesi: ^asatamanta nama keci n" attlii, imassa pana
mata imam itthidose jainlpetukama bbavissatiti^T Atha naiii
jjsadim tilta, dassami te asatainante, tvaih ajja adiiii katva
mama thane tliatva. mataram saliattlia nahapento bliojento pa-
yento patijaggahi , hatthapadasisapitthisamliahanadini c’ assa
karonto ^ayye, jaraih pattakale pi tava te evarfipaih sariraih,
daharakale kidisam aliositi’ hatthaparikainmadikaranakale hat-
thapadadmaiii vannaih katlieyyasi, yam ca te mama mata ka-
theti'^ tarn alajjanto aniguhanto mayliaiii flroceyyasi, evam"
karonto asatainante lacchasi akaronto na lacchasitb^ alia. So
55sadlin acariya^* ’ti talsa vacanaiii sampaticchitva tato pat-
thaya sabbaiii'^ yatliavuttavidhanam akasi. Atli’ assa*' tasmim
manave punappuna vannayamane 5,ayaiii raaya saddhiih abhira-
mitukamo bhavissatiti^^ andliaya jarajinnaya abbhantare kileso
^ 0^^" kaharii. ® ke. ® -tabbo. ^ (!« katbesiti. ® C” OEUts sabbaiu,
® so both MSS. instead of assa?
1. AsatamantajStaka. (6J).
287
iippajji. Sa ekadivasaih attano sariravanpam kathayamanam
nianavam aha: ^^maya saddliiiii abhiramitum iccliasiti^h jjAyye,
aliaiii taya icclieyyaiii , acariyo pana garuko^^ ti. 5,Sace inaiii
iccliasi piittam me iiiareMti^^ 5,Aliam acariyassa santike etta-
kam sippaiii agganliitva kilesamattaiii iiissaya kin ti katva
acariyaih maressamiti^h ssTena M sace tvaih maiii iia paricca-
jasi aliam eva nam maressaraiti^^ Evaiii^ itthiyo nama asa
lamika pacchimika.j tatliarupa nama vaye tliita ragacittam up-
padetva kilesam anuvattamana evaiii upakarakaih puttarh mare-
tukania jMa. Manavo sabbam taiii kathaiii Bodhisattassa
arocesi. Bodliisatto 5,suttliii te manava kataiii niayham aro-
centena*^' ’ti vatva matu ayusaiiikharaih olokento eva
marissatiti^'' liatva^ manava, vunaiiisissaini ti ekani
ndumbaranikkham chinditva attano pamaiiena kattharupakaih®
katva sasTsam parupilva attano sayanatthane nttanam nipajja-
petva rajjnkam bandhitva antevasikaih aha: „tata pharasurh
ildaya gantva mama matu sannaiii dehiti^h Manavo gantva
,,ayye acariyo pannasalayam'^ attano sayanatthane nipanno,
rajjusaniia me baddba, imaiii pharasmh adaya gantva sace
sakkosi marehi tan^^ ti aha. „Tvam inaiii iia pariccajissasiti^h
„Kimkarana pariccajissamiti'^ Sa pharasiim adaya pavedhamana
ntthaya rajjusanhaya gantva hatthena parainasitva „ayaih me
putto*^^ ti safihaya katthariipakassa mukhato satake apanetva
pharasuiii adaya „ekappaharen’ eva inaressainiti'^' givayam eva
l^^haritva tan ti sadde uppanne riikkhahliavaih ahnasi. Atha
Bodhi.sattena 5,kim karosi amma>' ’ti vutte ^vahcitanimiti
tatth’ eva niaritva patita. Attano kira* pannasalaya nipamiapi^
tarn khanam taya maritabbam eva. So tassa matabhavam natva
sarirakiccam katva alahanaiii^ nibbapetva vanapupphelii pujetva
manavam adaya pannasaladvare^ nisiditva ,,tata, patiyekko
^ 0^ eva. ^ kutva. ® -rupam. ^ -salaya. ^ -gkarima. ® so both
MSS. instead of vahcif amMti? ^ so both MSS. instead of nipaniiaya?
ala-. 9 fjv .gala-.
288
I, Ekanipata. 7. Itthivvagga.
asataiiianto nama n’ atthi, itthiyo asata iiama, tava niata ^asa-
tamante ngganha’ ’ti mama santikaiii pesayaiiiana ittliinaih
dosam jananattliaiii pesesi, idani pana te paccakkliam eva mania
matu dosa dittlia, imiua ktonena ‘ittliiyo nama asa lamika' ti
janeyytasiti*^ taiii ovaditva uyyojesi. So pi acariyam vanditva
matapitiinnam santikaiii agaraasi. Atlia naiii niata piicclii:
,,nggahita te asatanianta^^ ti, „Anm amma“ ’ti. j^Idani kiih
karissasi’5 pabbajitva aggiiii paricarissasi^ agaramajjhe vaaissa-»
Manavo ^^maya paccakkliato ittliTnaiii dosii dittluT, aga-
rena me kiccam n’ attlii, pabbajissam’ ahan^^ ti attano adbip«
payaiii pakaseiito imaiii gatham alia:
Asa lokitthiyo nama, vela tasam na vijjati,
saratta ca pagabbha ca sikhi sabbagliaso yatlia,
ta hitva pabbajissami vivekam annbruhayan ti. * 00.
Taitha iisa U asatiyo Ifirnika, atha vfi sataiii vuecati sukliniii laiii tasxi n
aHhi, atfaiii patibaddhadtt narii asatain eva deiititi pi asata diikklia dukkhavat-
thubhuta ti attho, imassa pan’ attliassa sadhanatthriya idarii vuttand uliaritabbaTh:
Mclya c’ esa"* manci-’* ca*’ soko rogo c' upaddavo
khara ca bandhaiia c’ etii niaocupaso guliasayo,
tasu yo vissase poso so naresn naradbamo ti.
Lokitthiyo ti ioke itthiyo, vela tasaiii na vijjatlti amma tasaih ittlnnaiii
kiU’sasuppattiiii i^atva vela saiiivaro niariyadu pamanan nani' ekaiti n’ atthl,
saratta ca pagabbha cu ’ti vcla"^ ca etesaih ii’ atthi, pancasu kamagiinesu
saratta ainna, tatha kayapagabbliiniyena vacapiigabblnniyeiia manopagabbldnivena
tl tividhena pagabbhinlyeria samannagatatta pagabbha c’etu, etasaiii hi antxire
kayadvaradini patva saihvaro iiama n’ atthi, lola kakapafibhaga ti dasseti, sikhi
sabbaghaso yatha ti amnia yatha jillasikhaya sikhiti saihkhaiii gato aggi iiama
guthagatadibhcdam*^ asncim pi sappimadhiipbanitadibhedaiii siicim pi itiham pi
anittham pi yaiii yad eva labbati sabbaih ghasati khadati tasrna sabbagliaso ti
Tuccati lath’ eva ta itthiyo pi hatthimendagomendfidayo vfi hontu liTnaJacea hlna-
kammaiita kbattiyildayo va. hontii nttamakaminanta himikkatthabhavaiii aciiitetvu
* Cd- karissati. ^ paricarlssa. 'b 0*^* viittaih corr. to siittam. ^ maya so.
^ C» -cL ® both MSS, va. Gk pbela, 0** phela corr, to vela. ^ C" guthahata-.
2, AnflabbQtajataka. (62).
289
iokassadavasena kilesasanthave uppaime yam yam labhaiiti sabbam eva sevantiti
sabbag'hasasikhisadisa^ lionti, tasma sikbT sabbagbaso yatba tatha v’ eta ti ve-
ditabba^, tii bitva pabbajissamiti aham ta lamika diibkhavaUlmbbuta ittbiyo
bitva arannarh pavisitva isipabbajjaiii pabbajissamiti, vivekam anubr uliayan
ti kayaviveko cittaviveko upadbiviveko ti tayo viveka, tesu idba kayaviveko pi
vattati dttaaveko pi, idarh vuttaih hoti: ahaiii amma pabbajitva kasinaparikam«
marh katva atthasamapattiyo paiica abbinna uppadetva ganato kayarii kiiesebi ca
citliaiii vivecetva imaih vivekaiii brubento vaddbeiito bralimalokaparayano bbavis-
sami, alaih me agareiia ti.
Evarii ittbiyo garaliitva matapitaro vanditva pabbajitva
viittappakaram vivekam brubento brabmalokaparayano aliosi.
Satthapi ,,evam bliikkhii itthiyo naraa asa lamika dukkbadayika^“
ti ittbinaiii agunani katbetva saccani pakasesi. Saccapariyosane so
bhikkliu sotapattip)hale pa,titthalii. Sattlia anusandhim gliatetva jata-
kam samodhaaesi : ,,Tada mata Kapilarii, pita Mahakassapo aliosi,
antevasiko Anando, acariyo paiia aham eya“ ’ti. A s a tarn an taj a -
takam.
2. Andabhutajataka.
Yam brail man o ti. Idaiii Sattha Jet a vane viharanto uk- •
kanthitam eva arabblia kathesi. Taiii^ hi Sattha ,,saccaih kira tvam
bhikkhu ukkanthito‘‘ ti pucchitva „saccan^* ti vutte jjiliikkhn, itthiyo
nania arakkliiya , pubbe pandita itthiiii gabbhato pattbaya rakkhania
rakkhitum nasakkhimsu‘‘ ’ti vatva atitaiii ahari:
Atite Baraiiasiyaiii Brabmadatte rajjaiii karente
Badhisatto tassa aggamahesiya kuccbisniiiii nibbattitvji va™*
yappatto sabbasippesu iiippliattiiii patva pitu accayena rajje
patittbaya dhammena rajjaih karesi. So purobitena saddliiib
jiltam kllati, kilanto pana:
Sabba nadi vaihkagata, sabbe kattbainaya vana,
sabbittbiyo kare papaiii labbamana nivatake ti
^ 0^*= sabbagliassTkhi-, C^’ sabbagliassikhi- eorr, to sabbaghasasikliT-. ^ (‘^ -tabba.
^ 0^*^ -kilya, -kaya corr. to -kil., ^ both MSS, tarn.
10
290 T. Bkanipata. 7. Itthivag^a.
jimaiii utagitaiti gayanto rajataplialake siwannapasake kliipati.
Evam kilaiito pana raja aiccaih jinati^ piirohito parajiyati. So
aiuikkaiBena ghare vibhave parikkbayaiii gaccbante ciotesi :
„evam sante sabbam imasmiiii gbare dbanaiii kblyissati, pari-
yesitva purisantaram agatam ekaiii niatugiliiiam gbare karlssa-^
Atba etad abosi: ,/aiinapiirisam dittbapubbaih
rakkbitum na sakkbissaniiti’ gabbbato pattbay’ ekaiii rnatuga-
maiii rakkbitva tarn vayappattaiii vase tbapetva ekapurisikaiii
katva galliam arakkbaiii samvidahitva rajakulato dhanaiii aba-”
rissamiti*^ So ca angavijjaya cbeko boti. Atli’ ekaiii diigga-
tittbiiii gabbliiniiii disva j^dMlaram vijayissatiti^^ iiatva taiii
pakkosapetva paribbayam datva gbare yeva vasapetva vijiitakale
dbanaiii datva nyyojetva taiii kumarikam aiinesaiii purisanaib
dattbuiii adatva ittblnaiii yeva battlie datva posapetva vayap»-
pattakale taiii attano vase Ihapesi. Yava c’ esa vaddbati
tava ranfia saddbiili jataiii im kili% taiii pana vase tbapetva
jjmaharaja jutaiii kilama*^ ’ti aha. Raja 5,sadbn^^ ’ti piiriina-
nayen eva kl]i\ Purobito ranna gayitva pasakakbipanakate'*
5, tbapetva mama manavikan^' ti aha. Tato pattbaya purobito
jinati, raja parajiyati. Bodbisatto ^pmassa gbare ekapnrisikaya
ekaya ittbiya bhavitabbaii^^ ti pariganbapento attbibbavaiii natva
jjSllara assa bbindapessamiti*^ ekaiii dliiittaiii pakkosapetva
„sakkasi‘^ purohitassa ittbiya silam bbinditun” ti aba. ^Sak-
kami deva‘‘ ’ti. Atb’ assa raja dbanaiii datva ^jtena bi kbip-
paiii nitthapebiti^^ taiii paliini. So raniio santika dbanaiii adiya
gandliadbiipacminakappuradlni gabetva tassa gbarato avid ure
sabbagandhapanaiii pasaresi. Pnroliitassapi gebaiii sattablnlina-
kam sattadvarakotthakam botij sabbesu pi dvarakottbakesu
itthmaiii neva arakkbo, tbapetva pana brahmanaiii anno piiriso
gebaih pavisitum labhanto nama ii’ attbi, kacavaracbaddana-
^ both MSS. itthi. ^ qiz 3 qv pasahaiii-. ^ sakkhasi oorr. to sakkasi.
sakkhasi. ^ Ck -curnakappura-, -dhupa- eon*, to -dhupa-.
2. Amlabhutajp^ika. (6$).
291
I
pacchim pi sodlietva yeva pavesenti. Taiii manavikaiii purohito
c’ eva dattliuiti labliati tassa ca eka paricarika itthi. Ath’ assa
sa paricarika gaiidliapupplmmUlam gahetva gacchanti tass’ eva
dhuttassa apanasamipena gacchati. So ^^^ayam tassa paricarika^"
ti suttliii natva ekadivasaiii taiii agaceliantiiii disva va apana
uttliaya gantva tassa padamule^ patitva ubliohi hatthelii pade
galliam galietva j^amma ettakam kalaiii kaliaiii gatasiti"" pari-
devi. Atlia sesapi payuttakadliutta ekamantam thatva ^jliattha-
padarnukhasaiitlianeH ca akappena ca mataputta ekasadisa
yeva"" ’ti aliamsii. Sa ittM tesu tesu katlientesu attano asad-
dahitva ^ayaiii me putto bliavissatiti"" sayam pi roditiim arabhi.
Teiibbopi kanditva roditva amlamannam alifigitva atthaiiisn, Atha
so dbutto alia: „aiiHna kabam vasasiti"". 5,Kiiiiiaralilhaya va-
samanaya rupaggappattaya^ purohitassa dabaritthiya upattbanaiii
kurumaua vastoi tata"" ’ti, ^/Idaiii kabaiii yasi amma"" Hi.
„Tassa gandhamaladlnarh atthaya"" ’ti. ^Amma, kin te annat-
tbagatena, ito patthaya mam’ eva santika bara"" ’ti mulaiii
agahetva va babuni tambiilatakkolakadmi c’ eva nanapupphani
ca adasi. Manavika babuni gandbapuppbadTni* disva ^^kiih
amma ajja ambakaiii brahmanp pasanno"" ti aba. ^^Kasma
evarn vadasiti"". ^Jmesaiii babubbavam disva"" ti. „Na brab-
mano babuih mulaili adasr^ maya pan’ etaiii maybam puttassa
santika aifitan"" ti. Tato patthaya brahraanen a dinnaiii mlilaib
attana gahetva tass’ eva santika gandbapuppbadini abarati.
Dbutto katipabaccayena gilanalayam katva nipajji. Sa tassa
apanadvaram gantva taiii adisva j^kahaiii me putto"" ti piiccbi,
jjPuttassa te apbasiikam jatan"" ti. tassa nipannattbanam
gantva nisiditva pittbiiii parimajjantl ^^kin te tata apbasukan""
ti pucchi. So tunhi abosi. ^jKin na katbesi putta"" ’ti. jjAmma
maranten^i tuybaiii kathetuih na sakka"" ti. „Maybam aka-
^ tassii mule. * 0^ omits rupa-* ® 0*^ -tlini abarati dhutto oorr. io -dloi
uharaiilim.
W
292
1. Ekaiiipata. 7, Itthivagga.
tlietva kasi?a katliesi tata‘‘ ’ti. ,, Amina, mayliaiii annaiii aplia“
sukaiii n’ attlii, tassa pana manavik^'a vaimam sutva pati-
baddkacitto ’smi jMo, tarn lablianto jivissami alabbanto idli'
eva inarissainlti^^ „Tata, mayliaiii esa bliaro, ina tvaiii etarh
nissaya cintayiti^^ tarn assasetva baMni gandliapuppbadini adaya
inanavikaya santikaiii gantva „putto me amma mama santika
tava vannaiii sutva patibaddliacitto jato, kiiii katabban®*' ti.
jjSace anetuiii sakkotlia inayaih katokasji yeva^*' ’ti. Sa tassa
vacanaiii sntvil tato pattbaya tassa geliassa kannakaimeM baluiih
kacavaraiii saiiikaddliitva pupphapuppliapaccliiya galietva gae-
cliaoti sodkanakale arakkliittliiya upari cliaddesi. Sa tena
attiyamana^ apeti, itara ten’ eva niyamena yii ya kiiici katlieti
tassa tassa upari kacavaram chaddesi. Tato pattliaya yaiii yaiii
sa aliarati va harati va tain na kaci sodhetum ussahati. Tas-
miiii kaie sa taiii dlinttam puppliapaccliiyam nipajjapetva mana-
vikaya santikaiii atiliari. Dlintto manavikaya*^ sllam bhiiiditva
ekahadviliam pasade yevaaliosi. Furohite balii nikkhante ubko
abbiramanti, tasmiih agate dbiitto niliyati. Atba nam sa ektl-
kadvTbaccayena „sanii idani tava gantiiiii vattatiti*' aha, jjAbaiii
brahmanaiii pabaritva gantukamo^^ ti. Sa „evani botu'*^ ’ti
dbuttam niliyapetva brilhinane agate evam aba: „abam ayya
tumliesu vlnaiii vadentesu naccitiiin iccbamiti^^ ,,Sadbu bbadde
naccassu*^ ’ti vinam'' vadesi, „Tumliesu olokentesu lajjami, sii-
mukhaih pana vo satakena bandhitva naecissamiti^^ „Sace^
lajjasi*’ evaiii karobiti'^ Manavikii ghanasatakaih galietva ta^sa
akkbrni pidabamana inukham bandbi. Bralimano nuikbaih
bandbapetva vinaih vadesi. Sa mubuttarh naccitva ^^ayya aliaii
te ekavaraiii sise paliaritukaina^^ ’ti aba. Ittbilolo brabraano
kinci karanaiii ajananto^ „paharaliiti®'^ fiba. Manavika dliutta-
saiinam*^ adasi. So saiiikairF” agantva bralmianassa pittliipasse
^ both MSS. addhiyamaiia. ^ 0^'= -ka. ^ both MSS. vTiui. ^ & me, oe
«;on*. to sare. ® lajjayi, lajjdsl. ahaiiu ' 0?*' ujanonto. " (7- pa-
hara-. *■* 0^^ dhuUaih-, read: dlmttas«a safifiam? C?-: saidkaiii.
2. Andabhutajatafca. (62).
‘I
2,SB.vV'
tMtva 'sise kappareimV paliari. Akkhini pataiiakarapattani
ahosuiii, sise gando uttliahi. So vedanando'* luitvjl ^^aliara te
liattlian'^ ti alia. Manavika attano liattliam iikldiipitva tassa
liattlie tiiapesi. Bralimano ^^liattlio iimduko, paliaro pa.na thad-
dho^^ ti aha, Dhutto brahmanaih paharitva niliyi. Manavika
tasmim niline bralimanassa mukhato satakam mocetva telaiii
adaya sise paharaih sambahi. Brahniane bahi nikkhante puna
sa ittlil dliuttaiii paccliiyam nipajjapetva nihari. So rahho
santikaili gaiitva sabban taiii pavattiiii arocesi. Raja attano
iipatthanam agatam bralimanam aha: , Jtitam kilama brahmana^*^
’ti. jjSadhu maharaja^*' ’ti; Raja jutaraandalaih sajjapetva
piirimanayen’ eva jutagltaiii gayitva pase khipati. Bralimano
maiiavikaya tapassa bliinnabhavam ajananto 5,thapetva mama
maiiavikan^ ti aha, evarii vadanto pi parajito yeva. Raja ja-
nitva jjbnilimana kiiii thapesi, maiiavikaya te tapo bliinno, tvam
matugamam gabbliato patthaya rakkhauto sattasu tlia.nesu
arakkiiam karonto "rakkliituiii sakkhissanilti’ mahhesi, inatugamo
nama kuccliiyam pakkliipitva carantenapi rakkliitmii iia sakka,
ekapurisikcl ittlil nama ii’ attlii, lava inaiiavika ^naccitukam’
amhiti’ vatva vinam vaclentassa tava satakena miikham bandiii-
tva attano jaraiii tava sTse kapparena’^ paliarapetva^ uyyojesi'\
idani kirii tliapesiti^* vatva imaiii gatliaiii aha;
Yarn bralimano avadesi'’’ vinaih sammiikhavethitOj
^ andabhilta bhata bhariya, tasu ko jatu vissase ti. 61 .
Tattlia yaiii brahmaiio avadesi^ vinaiiv sammnkliaTethito ti yena
karanena bralimano gliaiusatakena saha mukhena vethito hutva® vTnam viidesi
naiii karanaiii na Janatiti atthO;, tarn hi^ sa vancetukama evam akasi, brahniano
patia tarn itthinaiii babiimayabhilvaih na janaiito matugaaiassa saddahitva maiii
esa lajjatiti evaih safnii aliosi, ten’ assa afindnabhavaih pakasento ivy a evain aba,
^ kappahareiia, ^ so both MBS. instead of vedanattho? ^ Qk kapaharena.
^ paharapetvu. ^ -si. avadesi, 0 ^^ avadesi. ® sutva.
® tampihi corr. to tamhi, tamhi. itthinaiii.
294
I. Ekanipata. 7. Ittluvagga.
ayam efctha adhippayo, aiiilabhuta bhata bhariya ti, andam vuccati ^ bijaihj
bjjabhuta® inatu kuccbitd aiukkhantakaie yeva abhata amtil bhata va piitlha va
ti attbo, ka: sa bhariya pajapati padaparicarikaj sa hi bhattavattliadihi bharitabba-
taya^ bhinnasarimrataya lokadhammehi bharitataya va bhariya ti vuccati. tiisu
ko jatu vissase ti, Jatu ti ekamsadhivacanam, tasu kucchito pafthaya rak-
khiyamanasu pi evam vikaraih apajjantisu bhariyasu ko naaia paiulitapuriso
ekaihsena vissase, nibbikara eta mayhaa ti ko saddaheyya ti attho, asaddlianiiaa-
vasena hi amantakesa nimantakesu vijjamanesu matiigamo nama na sakka rak»
khitun ti.
Evarii Bodhisatto bralimanassa dliammam desesi. Brali-
iiiano Bodhisattassa dhammadesanam sutva irivesaimm gantva
tarn manavikaiii aha : ^^taya kira evariipaiii papakammaiii kataii“
ti. jjAyya, ko evam aha, na karomi, aham eva paharim, na
anno koci, sace na saddahatha aliaiii ^tumhe thapetva amiassa
purisassa hattliasamphassam*'^ na janamiti’ saccakiriyam’’ katva
aggiiii pavisitva tainhe saddahapessamiti*^ Brahmano „evaih
hotu“ ’ti mahantam dariirasim karetva aggiih datva taiii pak-
kosapetva ^sace attano saddahasi aggiih pavisa^‘ ’ti aha. Ma-
navika attano paricarikam pathamam eva sikkhapesi: „amina
tava piittam tattha gantva mama aggiih pavisanakale hattlia-
gahaiiam katuih vadehiti*^ Sa gantva tatha avaca. Dhiitto
agantva parisamajjhe atthasi. Sa nianavika bnihmanaih vail-
cetukama raabajanamajjhe tliatva jjbrahmana taih thapetva
‘ ahhassa purisassa hatthasamphassaih na janami, imina saccena
ayam aggi ma mam jhapesiti** aggim pavisituih araddliii. Tas-
mim khane dhutto „passatha piirohitabrahinanassa kamm-^m,
evaruparh matugamaih aggiih pavesapetiti“ gantva taiii manavi-
kaiii hatthe ganhi. hattham vissajjapetva purohitaiii alia:
„ayya, mama saccakiriya bhinna, na sakka aggim pavisitun^^
ti. „Kimkarana^' ti. ^jAjja inaya evaih saccakiriya kata:
‘thapetva mama samikam ahnapurisassa hatthasampliassam na
^ both MSS. “ti. ^ bhuta. ^ bharitaritabbataya, C*-’ bharitaritabbataya corr.
to bharitabbataya. ^ bharittaya, C^Ubharitanaya corr. to bharitataya. ^ sam-
passa, 0 ^ samphassa, ® G^' naccakiriyam.
3> Takkajataka. (63).
295
idaai^ c’ a,inM imina puriseaa luittlie galiita^^ ti.
Brahuiaiio jjVancito aliam ti natva tarn pothetYa. mha-
rapesi. Evaiii asaddliammasamanaagata kir’ eta Idva*
iiiahantain pi^ piipakamniam katva attano samikaih vaiicetuiii
^naliarn evarupam karomiti^*' divasam pi sapatliaih kuriimaiia
naiiacitta va lionti, tena vuttaiii:
Cormaiii bahubuddhinaiii^ yasii saccanx sudullabliam
tlniiaih bliavo durajano maccliassevddake gataiii.
Musa tasaiii yatha saccaiix saccaiii tasaiii yatlia musa^
gaY’o baliutiiiasseva mama santi vararii varaih.
Coriyo kathina li’ eta vala capalasakkhara,
iia ta kiilci na janaati yaiix inanassesu vacanau^ ti.
Sattha ,,eYara arakkhiyo niatuganio“ ti imam clhamniadesaiiara
ahai’itva saccani pakarfe.si. Saccapariyoifaiic ukkaiithitabhikkhu sota-
pattiphale patittliahi. Satthapi auusaiidhim gluitetva jatakaiii ijumo-
dhaoesi; ,,Tada Baranasiraja aliam eva aliosiii“ ti. Aiidabhiita-
jatakaiii.
3. Takkajataka.
Kodhaiifi akatannu ca ’ti. Idam Sattha Jet a. vane viha-
ranto ukkan tli itab hikk h uiii iieva arabblia kathesji. Tam*^ hi
Sattlia ^yaccarn kira. Waih bhikkhii iikkanthito^ ti piicchitva jjsaccan“
ti vutte ,,ittluyo nama akatannu iiiittadubha , kasma ta nissaya uk-
kantliito siti“ vatva atitaiii ahari:
^ Atite Bar a nasi yam Brahmadatte raj jam karente
Bodbisatto isipabbajjam pabbajitva Gangatire assamani
mapetva samapattiyo c’eva abliinna m iiibbattetva jlianarati-
sukhena vikarati. Tasmiiii samaye Baranasisetthino dliita
Dutthakiimarl^ nama canda ahosi pliarusa, dasakammakare ak-
kosati*^ paliarati. AtJia naih ekadivasam gahetva jjGangaya
* both MSS. idana. ^ both MSS. imaya. ^ mahamatamhi. * “budbinaiii.
^ both MSS. vacaiiaii. both MSS- tan. both MSS. -ri. ^ both MSS. akkosatasati.
296
I. EkaDipata. 7. Itthivagga.
kilissama*'' ’ti agamaihsu. Tesaiii ^ ki|antanam yeva siiriyattlian-
gamaimvela jata. Meglio utthahi, Maniissa megliam disva ito
c’ ito ca vegena dasakammakara
jjajjVamliehi etissa pittMiii® passitaiii vat^ taiii anto iidas-
miiii rieva cliaddetva uttarimsu. Devo pavasssi. Suriyo pi
attliangato^ Andhakaraiii jataiii. Ta'^ taya vina geiiaiii
gaiitva jjkahaiii sa‘^ ti vatte j^Gangato tava uttipna, atlia naiii
na jantoa kaliam gata^' ti. Nataka vicinitvapi na passimsu.
Sa maliaviravam viravanti udakena vayliamana addharattasa-
maye Bodliisattassa paniiasaiasaoiipam papuni. So tassa sad-
daiii sutva jjmatugamassa saddo, parittanaiii assa karissaimti
tinukkaiii adaya naditiraiii gaiitva tarn disva 5,ma bliayi 5 ma
biiayiti^* assasetva nagabalo tlianiasampanno nadiiii' taramano
gantva taiii ukkhipitva assamapadam aiietva aggiiii katva
adasi. Site vigate madlmrani phalaplialani upanamesi. Taiii
khaditva thitaiii ^,kattlia vasikasi, katlian ca Gailgaya
patitasiti^' pucclii. Sa taiii pavattiiii arocesi, Atka sjtvaih
etth’ eva vasa‘^ ’ti paiinasalaya vasapeiito dvlliatlham sayaih
abbhokase vasitva ^^idani gaccha^''' ’ti aha. Sa ^iraarh tapasam
silabhedaiii papetva galietva gamissam'iti“ na gaccliati. Atha
gacciiante kale itthikuttam itthilTlham dassetva tassa’’ slla-
bhedam katva jhanaiii autaradhapesi. So tarn gahetva arafifie
yeva^^^ vasati. Atha naiii sa aha: 5,ayya, kin no arafinavasena^^,
mannssapathaiii gamissauia^^ Ti. So taiii adaya ekaiii paccan-
tagamakam gantva takkabhatiya va jivikaih kappetva taiii p(^-
seti. Tassa takkam vikkinitva jivatiti Takkapandito ti namam
akaiiisu. Atli’ assa te '^gtoavasino paribbayam datvil jjaniha-
kaiii suyuttam^^ duyuttam’^ acikkhanto ettha vasiT"^ ’ti gaina-
dvare kutiyam vasesuih. Tena ca samayena cora pabbata
oruylia paccantam paharanti. Te ekadivasaiii taiii gamaiii paiia-
^ nmm. ^ vifthiih. ^ 0 ^ atthagato. ^ both MSS. to. vaiii,
^ both MSS. tari-. iiadt, 0'^ nadi, ^ na. tas.sfi. 0^ anifie
va. ariulavasena, O’ suyutta. so both MSS.
3. Takkajataka. (63).
297
ritva gamavasikelii yeva bliandika pakkhipapetva^ gaccliaiita
tam pi settliidliitaraiii gahetva attano vasanatthanaiii gantva
sesajanam vissajjesum. Coraj ettliako- pana tassa rape bajjhitva
taiii attano bliariyaiii akasi. Bodhisatto ^jittbannama^ kalian‘s
ti pucclii, ^jCorajettliakena gahetva attano bhariya kata‘^ ti ca
siitvapi^jua sa -tattha maya vina. vasissati® palayitva agacchis*
satiti^^ taiii agaiiiaiiam olokento tatth’ eva vasi. Setthidhitapi
cintesi : ,,aliam idha sukhaiii vastoi, kadaci maiii Takkapandito
kincid eva nissaya agantva ito adaya gaccheyya ath’ etasma
siikha parihayissami, yaii uaiiaham sainpiyayamaiia viya tarn
pakkosapetva gliatapeyyan^^ ti sa ekam maiiussam pakkositva
idha dukkham jivami, Takkapandito maiii agantva adaya
gacchatu^ ’ti sasaiiaiii pesesi. So tam sasanam sntva sadda-
liitvii tattha gantva gamadvare thatva sasanam pesesi. Sa
nikkhamitva tam disva ^^ayya, sace mayam idani gacchissama
eorajetthako anubandhitva iibho pi amhe ghatessati, rattibhage
gacchissama^ ’ti laiii cinetva bhojetva kotthake nisidapetva
sayam coraj etthakassa agantva suram pitva^ mattakale^ j^sami
sace imaya velaya tava sapattam passeyyasi kin ti taiii karey-
yasiti^^ ilia. ,jldafi c’ idah ca karissamiti“. j^Kiiii pana so
dfire, nanii kotihake nisinno** ti. Corajetthako ukkaiii adaya
tattha gantva taiii disva gahetva gehamajjhe patetva" kappa-
radihi yatharucim pothesi. So pothiyamano pi aimaiii kihci
avatva"* ,,kodhana akatafihu ca pisuiia mittadubhikii^^ ti etta-
kcyn eva vadati. Coro taiii pothetva bandhitva nipajjapetva
sayamasam bhuhjitva sayi% pabuddho jinnasayasnraya puna
taiii pothetuiii arablii. So pi tan’ eva^cattari padani vadati.
Coro cintesi: j^ayam evaiii pothiyamano pi ahham kihci avatva
iman’ eva cattari padani vadati, pucchissami naii‘^ ti tassasutta-
bhavaiii hatva tam pucchi : „ambho tvam evam pothiyamano pi
^ ukkhipa-. ^ C^‘Mttbirmama. * both MSS. yasissasTti. ■* pivitva.
® manta-. ^ narh, pothetva. ® both MSS. avattlia. sayi.
chinua-, read: jinnasayasuraya? omits pi.
298
I. EkanipEta. 7. Itfchivagga.
kasma etaii’ eva padani_ vadaslti'^^ Takkapaiidito 5,teoa hi
taih karanaih adito pattlmya katliesi: ^jaliaih pubbo
arannavasiko eko tapaso jlianalablii, sv-aliaiii etaiii Gangaya
viiyhamanam uttaretva patijaggim, atlia maiii esa palobbetvcl
jhaiia parihapesi, sv-ahaiii arannam paiiaya etaiii posento pac-
cantaganiake vasami, ath’ esa corehi idliauita -aliaiii diikkliaiii
vasami, agantva maiii netii’ ’ti mayliaiii sasanaiii pesetva idani
tava laattlie patesi, imina karaiienaliam evaiii katliemiti^^ Coro
cintesi: 5,ya esa evanlpe gunasampanne npakarake evaih vip -
patipajji sa mayhaih kataran nama upaddavam na kareyya,
haretabba esa^^ ti so Takkapanditaiii assasetva tarn pabodlie-
tva^ khaggaih adaya nikkliamma ,jetaih purisaih gamadvare
ghMessamiti^^ vatva taya saddliim bahigamaih gantva ^etaiii
hatthe ganlia^ ’ti taiii taya hattlie galiapetva khaggaih adaya
Takkapanditaiii paharanto viya dvidlia cliinditva saslsaih^
iiahapetva^ Takkapanditaiii katipahaiii panltabliojaneiia santap-
pena’’^ „idani kaliaiii ganiissasiti*^ aha. Takkapaiidito ^ghara-
vasena me kiccaiii n’ atthi, isipabbajjaiii pabbajitva tattli’ eva
arahhe vasissamiti^^ aha. 5,Tena hi aham pi pabbajissamiti"^^
iibho pi pabbajitva taiii arannayataiiaih gantva paiica abhihha
ca attha samapattiyo*^ nibbattetva jivitapariyosane brahmaloka-
parayana aliesum.
Sattha iiiiani dve yatthuiii kathetva aniL'iaadhim ghaietva abhi-
sambuddlio hutva imam gathaiu aha:
Kodhaiia akataSau oa pisima ca vibhedika,
brahniacariyam cara^^ bhikkhu, so sukliajii na vihahisiti. 02.
TatrEyam pinrjattho: bhikkhu, itthiyo nara’ eta kotUiana uppannaiii kodhani
riivaretum na sakkonti, akatanhii ca atimahantam pi upakaraih na jrtnanli,
^ pabbadhetva. ^ omits tarn. ^ 0^ sasisam? O^Miahatva. ijo
santappeta? corr. to santappehi? read: aantappetva? ■' add: ca? ^ both
MSS. cararii con*, to cara.
4. Burajariajataka. (64).
299
pisuiia ca piyasiumabhavakaranain eva katham katlienti> vlbhedika mitte
bhiiidauti luittabiiodanakathaiii kathauasila yeva, evarupelii papakanimehi sam*
annagata eta, kin te brahmacariyath cara bliikkhu, ayaiii hi metliiinayirati
parisuddhattheiia brahmacariyaih nama, taiii cara, so sukhaih ria vihahisi so
tvaiii etaiii brahmacariyavasaih vasanto jhanasukhaih maggasukbarii phalasukhaih
ca na vihahisi, etaiii sukhaiii na vijahissasi, etasma sukha na parihayissatiti ^
attho, na parihilhisiti pi patho, ayam ev’ attho.
Sattlia imam dlianimadesanaih aharitva saccani pakasesi. Sacca-
parijosane akkanthitabliikkim sotapattiphale patittliahi. Satth%>i
jaUikam samocllianesi : j/fada corajettkako Auaiido aliosi, Takkapan-
dito pana aliam eva‘‘ ’ti. Takkajatakam.
4. Durajanaj ataka.
Ma su iiandi icchati man ti. Tdam Sattha Jebavane viba-
ranto ekani upasakaiii arabblia kathesi. Eko kira Sayattliivasiiipasako
tisu ratanesu^ pancasu casilesu patittliito buddiiamamako dhammamamako
samg’liamamako. Bhari^^a pan’ assa dussila papadliamma, yam divasaiii
miccliacaram carati tarn divasam satakitadasi viya lioti, micchacai'assa
pana akatadivase samiiii lioti canda*'^ pharusa. So tassa bliayaiii ja-
iiituiu na sakkoti. 2\tlia taya ubbaiho Buddhupattlianam na gacchati.
Atha naiii ekadiyasam gandliapupphani adaya agantya yanditya nisin-
naiii Sattha aha: „kin nu klio tvarh upasaka sattatthadivase Buddhu-
’patthanaiii nagacchasiti“. ,,Gharani me bhante ekasraiiii diyase sata-
kita dasl^ viya lioti, ekasmiih samini viya canda pharusa, ahaiii tassa
bhavaiii janitum na sakkomi, sv-ahaiii taya ubbaiho Buddhupatthanam
n%accliamjti‘S Ath’ assa vacanaih siitva Sattha „ upasaka, ‘matuga-
massa bbavo nama dujjano^’ ti pubbe pi te pandita kathayiiiisu^“ Hi
vatva pana „tam bliayasarhkhepagatatta sallakkhetum na sakkotiti“
yatva teua yacito atitaiii ahari:
Atite Baranasiyahi Bralimadatte rajjaiii karente
Bodliisatto disapatiiokklio ticariyo liutva pahcamanavaka-
^ 0^ etabhi. ® so both MSS. instead of -^yissasiti? ® saranesu. ^ C* -cara,
-cara cotx, to -Ctuaih. canda. ® 0*^ buddlm- corr. to buddhu-
dasi. ® diijjiito, dujjano corr. to dujjano. ” C*' kathayisu corr. to
-yiiiisu. tva corr. to tvaiii.
800
I* Ekanipata. 7. Ittliivagga* ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
satani sippam sikklmpetL Ath’ eko tirorattliavasiko braliina-
namaiiavako a^aiitva tassa santike sippam ngganlianto ekaya
itthiya patibaddhacitto hutva taiii bliariyam katva tasmiiii yeva
Baranasinagare vasanto dve tisso velaya acariyassa upattlmiiaih
na gacchati. Sa pan’ assa bhariya dussTla papadliamimi, inic-
diacaram ciimadivase dasfVviyalioti, acinnadivase samiiil viya
canda pliarusa hoti. So tassa bhavaiii janitiiiii asakkonto taya
nbbalho akulacitto acariyassa upattlianaiii na gacchati. Atlia
nam sattattliadivase atikkamitva agatam jjkim maiiava na pafi-
nayasiti^^ acariyo pncciii. So',, bhariya maiii acariya ekadivasam
icchati pattheti, dasi^ viya nihatamana hoti, ekadivase samim
viya thaddha^ canda pharusa, ahaiii tassa bhavaih janituiii na
sakkomi, taya nbbalho akulacitto tumliakaiii upatthanaiii iiagato
’mhitk^ Acariyo „evani etam inanava, itthiyo nama anacaraih
cinna divase samikam anuvattanti, dasi viya Dihatamaiia honti,
anacinnadivase pana manatthaddha hutva samikaiii na ganenti,
evaiii itthiyo nam’ ena anacara dnsslla, tasam bhdvo nama
dujjano, tasu icchantlsu pi anicchantisu pi majjhatteir eva
bhavitabban^'^ ti vatvana tass’ ovadavasena imam gathain aha:
Ma su nandi: icchati mam, ina $u soci: na icchati,
thinam bhavo durajano inacchasseviklake gatan ti. 63 .
Tattha ma su naiuli icchati man ti, sukiiro snpatamattaiii, ayaiii Itthi
mam icchati pattlmti mayi sinehahi karotiti mii tiissi, in a su soci iia icchati ti
ayaiii maiu iia icchatiti pi ma soci, icchanianaya naiulihi na icduunuiuiya
sokam akatva majjhatto va hohiti dipcti, thinahi bliuvo durajano ti itthi-
nam bhavo lu'ima itthimayaya paticchamiatta durajano, yatha kini*. macchas-
sevodake gatan ti yatha macchagamanaiii udakciia paricchaimatta dujjunaiid
, ten’ eva so kevatfc agate udakena gamanam paticchiidetva paliiyati attruiaiii gan-
bituih lui deti evam eva itthiyo mahaiitam pi dussTlakainmaiii katva maya[ii
evarupaiii na karoma attaria® katakammaiii itthimayaya paticchadetva samike
C*' dasi. ^ G* dasi. thaddha. * dujjanaiij, 0^’ dujjanaiii corr, to
dujja-. ^ 0*’ attanani corr. to attanarii.
5. AiiaBMratijata&a. (65).
SOi
vailceiHi, yvam itthiyo iiam’ eta papakamma duracarSj tasu majjhatto yeva su~
Idiito lioi'jti.
Evajii Bodliisatto aiitevasikassa ovadaiii adasi, Tato pat-
tliaya so tassa npari majjhatto ahosi. Sapi’ssa hhariyfi ,,aca-
riyeria kira me dussTlabhavo ti tato patthaya na anacaram
ca,r'L. • . ,
S%)i tassa iipasakassa ittM „Sanimasambuddhena kira raayliam
duracarabbavo nato^* ti tato patthaya papakamiiiam iiama iia akasi.
Sattiiapi imaih dbamniadesanam aharitva saccaui pakase.si. Sac-
capariyosaiie iipa,sak.o sotapattiphaie patitthalii k Sattha aousandliim
ghatetva jatakaih saniodhanesi: ,,Tada jayanipatika yeya idaai jayam-
patika acariyo paiia aham eya ahosiii‘‘ ti. D ii rajaiiaj atak am.
5. Anabhiratijataka.
Yatha nadi ca pantho ca ’ti. Idaiii Sattha Jetavane
yiiiaranto latharupaih yeya^ up as ak am arabblia kathesi. So paxia
pariganbanto tassa dussilabbavam natya bhandiketo^ cittavyakiilataya
sattattbadiyase upatthanam na agaiiiasi. So ekarb diyasam yibaram
gantya Tathagatam yanditva nisinno ,,kasma sattatthadivasani nagato
siti‘‘ yutto ^ ,»bbariya‘' me bhante dussila, tassa upari vyakuiacittataya
nagato ’mlnti‘‘ aba. Satt-ba „upasaka, ‘ittliisu iiacara'’ eta. ti kopam
akatya luajj batten’ eya bbayitum yattatiti’ pubbe pi te ])andita katha-
yimsu, tvarh ca^ paiia bbayantareiia paticcbannatta tarn karanam na
sallakkbesiti‘‘ vatya tena yacito atitarii ahari:
Atite Baranasiyaiii Brahmadatte rajjaiii karente
Bodliisatto purimaiiayen’ eva disapamokkbo acariyo aliosi.
Ath’ assa aiitevasiko bhariyaya dosam®*disva vyakuiacittataya
katipaham aiiagantva ekadivasaiii acariyena puccbito tarn kara-
iiaih iiivedesi. Ath’ assa acariyo itthiyo ntoia sabba-
^ O’ patiftbahi corr. to patitfhabi. “ yeva, 0** yeva cotr. to yeva. ® so both
MSS. ^ vutte. ® 0^ bhariyaya. ® nacara corr. to anacara. C^' ka-
thayimsu tx vatvfi ca, C^’ kathayiiixsutvaraa corr, to -sutvaxn. ^ 0*' dosa
I
302
I, Ekampata. 7. Itthivagga.
sadharana, tasu Musslla eta’ ti pandita kopaiii iia^ karontiti^^
vat\a ovadavaseim iraaih gatliam aha:
Yatlia imdi ca pantlxo ca panagaram sablia papa
evaiii lokittliiyo iijxma, ixasaiii kujjlianti pandita ti. 64.
Xattha yatlia n ad xti yatha anekatittha nadi nahanatthaya sampattunaiii ^
candaladtnaih kliattiyMuiam pi sadharana, na tattlia’^ koci naliiiyiturii na labliati
nama, pantlio ti adisu pi yatha mahamaggo pi sabbesarh sadharaiio na koci
tena gantum na labliati, pan agar am pi snragehaiii sabbesaiii sadharanaiii, yo
yo patukamo sabbo tattba pavisat’ eva**^, pniinatthikehi tattha tattha manussanarh
nivasattbaya kata*’ sabbapi eadbarana'^, na tattlia^ koci pavisitmii na labbati^
niahamagge painyacatiyo tbapotva kata pap^pi'^ sabbesaiii sadharana^^’, na tattha
koci X->aniyaiii pivitura na labbati, evam lokittbiyo nama, evam evaiii tata
maiiava imasmim loke ittbiyo pi sabbasadbaraiia , ten’ eva sadbaranattbena nadi-
panthapaiiagarasabhapapasadisaj tasma nasaiii kujjhaTiti pandita etasaiii^*
itthinam lamika eta anacaxa dusslla sabbadharana ti cintetva^^ pandita cbeka
buddhisampanna na knjjhantiti.
Evaiii Bodhisatto antevasikassa ovadaiii adasi. So taiii
ovadam sutva niajjliatto aliosi. Bliariyapi ’ssa ,,acariyena kir'
amlii nata'* ti tato pattliaya papakamniam na akasi.
Tassa pi upasakassa bhariya ,,Satthara kir’ amhi nata“ ti tato
pattbaya papakammam na akasi.
Sattba imaiii dbammadesaiiam aharitva saccani pakasesi. Sacca-
pariyosane npiasako sotapattipbaie jiatittliasi. Satthapi anusaiidhim
gbatetya jatakam saniodbanesi : „Tacla jayampatika va etaralii jayani-
patika, acariyabrahmano pana abam eya abosm“ ti. Aiiabhirati-
j a takaiii.
6. Mndulakklianajataka.
Eka iccha pure asiti. Idarii Sattba Jetayaiie Tibaranto
samkilesam arabbba katbesi. Eko kira Sayatthiyasikiilaputto Sattim
^ Ck kopantaiii. ^ sampattasampattanaiii, fatthn, C^' tanhii corr. to
tattha. ^ both MSS. -ne. C’k pavisaneva, G^’ pavisanevn corr. to pavisateva.
^ & katha. C^*-' -na, -na. ^ & iitattba, ntattlia corr. to natattha.
^ both MSS. katapapipi, Ck -im. Ck ntattha, C?' nattba corr. to natattha.
siaih G^ niittetva.
f>. Mndulakkhanajataka. (66).
303
diiamnuide-saiiaih .sutva j'ataiiasaisane uram clatva pabbajitya j'jatipaiinako
yogavacaro avissattliakainuiattbano hutva ekadivasam Savattliiyaiii
day a earamaiio ekaih alaiiikatapatiyattam itthim disva, sxibhavaseBa
indriyani bbinditva olokesi. Tass’ abbliantare kileso call, vasiya ako-
titakbirariikklio viya abosi. So tato patthaya kilesavasiko ^ liutva if
ova kayassadaiii na cittassadaih labbati, bhantamigasappatibhag-o sasane
aiiabhirato pardlhakesaiiakbalomakilittliacivaro^ abosi. Ath’ assa indri-
yayikaraiii disva sabayaka bhikklifr** „kin uu kbo te av^'^^o yatlia
jioranaai iiidriyan!ti‘* pucchimsu. ,,Anabbirato ’smi aviiso*‘ ti. Atha
nan te Sattbii santikaiii nayimsu* Sattba „kim bliikkhaye aniccbama-
naiii bliikkbura adaya agat’ attba** ’ti pucchi. ,,Ayam bhante bliikklui
aiiabbirato“ ti. ,,Saccam’ bbikkbu“ ’ti. ,,Saccam Bbagaya“ ’ti.
„Kc) tarn ukkanthapesiti“. ,,Aham bhante pindaya caranto ekarii
itthim indriyani bbinditva olokesiib, atha me kileso call, ten’ ambi nk-
kantbito** ti. Atba nam Sattba „anaccbariyam etaib bbikkhu yam
tvaih indriyani bliinditva visabbagarammanarh subbavasena olokento
kilesebi kampito, pubbe pancabhinnaatthasamapattilabhino jhanabalena
kiiese vikkbambbetva visuddhacitta gaganatalacara Bodbisattapi indri-
yani bbinditva visabbagarainmanam olokayamana jbana parihayitva ki-
iesebi kainpita mabadukkliam anubbaviiiisu , na bi Sineru-uppatanaka-
yato Hattbimatta-mundapabbatakam mahajambniimmiilakavato cbinnatate
viruibagaccbakam inaliasamuddam va pana sosanarato kbuddakataiakaiii
kisinicid eva ganhati, evaiii uttamabuddhinaiii iiama visuddbacittanam
Bodhisattanam annanabhavakara kilesa tayi kidi lajjissanti, visuddliapi
.satta saiiikilissanti , uttamayasasamamgino pi ayasakyam papunantiti**
vatva atitarii abari:
Atite B a r a n a s i y a lii B i' a li m a d a 1 1 e ra jj am karente
5J^odliis atto Kasirattlie ekassa maliavibliavassa braliiiiana-
kule nibbattitva vinnutaih patto sabbasippanam paraiii gantva
kame pahaya isipabbajjam pabbajitva feasinaparikammail'i katva
abhinna ca samapattiyo cauppadetva jhaiiasiiklieiia vitinamento
Ilimayantapadese vasaiii kappesi. So ekasmiiii kale lonambila-
^ so both MSS. instead of -vasiko? * C''^ pbarfilha-, pharulba-. both
MSS. bhilikhn. ^ 0^ sacea, sacca corn to saccaiin -yassambldnoj
0^’ "yassaniabhino <.‘.orr. to -yasasamariigino.
304
1. Ekami>ata, t. Ittliivagga,
sevanattliaya Himavanta otaritva Baranasiiii patva rajuyyaiie
vasiua pmiadivase katasarirapatijaggano rattavakamayaih aiva-
sanaparupanam ^ santliapetva ajinaiii ekasmiiii arhse katva
jatamandalaiii bandhitya klmrikajani iidaya Baranavsiyaiii bliik>'
kliaya caramano ranfio glmradvaram papuni. Raja c’ assa
cariyavihare pasiditva pakkosapetva maharalie asaiie nisldapetva
pamtena kliadaniyabhojaniyena^ santappetva katanamodanaiii
nyyane vasanattliaya yaci. So saiwpaticcliitva rajagehe^ blian-
jitva rajakulaiii ovadamano tasmiiii nyyane solasa vassani vasi,
Ath’ ekadivasam raja kupitaih paccantaiii vupasanietum gac-
clianto Mudulakkhanam iiama aggainaiiesim * ,jappamatta ayyassa
upatthanaiii karohiti^ vatva agamasi. Bodliisatto ranno gata-
kalato patthaya attano ruccanavelaya gebaih gacchati. Atli’
ekadivasam Mudulakkhaiia Bodliisattassa aliaraiii sampadetva
5,ajja ayyo cirayatiti^* gandhodakena nahayitva sabbaiaiiikara-
patimandita maliatale cullasayanaiii pannapetva Bodliisattassa
agamanaiii olokayaniana nipajji. Bodliisatto pi attano velani
sallakklietva jhaiia vutthaya akasen’ eva rajanivesanam agamasi.
Mudulakkliana vakacTrasaddaiii sutva va 5,ayyo agato‘‘ ti vegeiia
utthalii. Tassa vegena ntthahantiya mattasatako bliassL Ta-
paso siliapanj arena pavisanto deviya visabbagarriparaiiimanaih
indriyani bliinditva siibhavasena’^olokesi. Atli’ assa abbbantare
kileso cali, paliatakhirarukkho viya aliosi. Tavad ev’ assa
jbanaii'i antaradhayi, cliinnapakkbo kiiko viya aliosi. So tliitako
va aharaih galietva abhniljitva va kilesakampito pasada oruyjja
uyyanaiii gantva pannasalaiii pavisitva phalakattliarasayanassa^
hettha aharam tliapetva: visabliagarammane baddho kilesaggina
dayhamano niraliarataya sukkliamano sattadivasaiii phalakat-
tliarake nipajji. Sattame divase raja paccantaiii vupasametva
agato. Nagaraiii padakkhinaiii katva nivesaiiaiii agantva va
* -panipaiiarn, C*' -parupanaih. “ so both M8»S. ^ ^ both
MSS. -hesi. ® -kautha-.
J>. Miidiilakkhanajataka. (HO)# 1^05
5,ayyam passaoi'iti*^^ uyyanaii) gantva paipnasalam pavisitvil. taiii
nipaiinakaih disva, 5,ekam apliasiikam jataiii, niailne*^*' ti panpa-
so lain sodhapetva pade parimajjailto ayya apiiasiikan^^ ti
puccbi. ,, Maharaja 5 afihaih me aphasukam ii’atthi, kilesavasena
pan’ amlii patibaddhacitto jato‘‘ ti. sJvaliam padbaddhan te
ayya cittan*^^ ti. ^Miidulakkliaiiaya maliaraja^^ ’ti. ,5Sadlui
ayya^ ahaiii xMiidiilakkhanam tnmhakam dammiti^‘ tapasaih
adaya nivesanaiii pavisitva deviiii sabbalamkarapatimanditam
katva tapasassa adasi. Dadamano yeva Miidalakklianaya sali-
ilam adasi : attaoo baleim ayyam rakkhitmh vayamitabban^*
ti. jsSadbu deva, rakkliissamiti^k Tapaso deviiii galietva ra-»
janivesaiia otari. Atba nam mahadvarato nikkbantakfile ^jayya
amUfikaih ekaiii geliaiii iaddlium vattatiti^ gacclia rajaiiaih
geliaih yacalih?^ aha. Tapaso geham yaci. Raja aiaiiussaiiaih
vaccakutikiccaiii sadhayamanaih ekam chadclitagehaih ^ dapesi.
So devim galietva tattha againasi. Sa pavisituih na icchati.
,,Kimkarana na pavissati^^k ^Asiicibhavena^*^ ’ti. ^jl'dani kiih
karomlti, patijaggahi ti vatva rafiho saiitikam pesetva
jjgaccha, kuddalam ahara, pacchiiii ahara^^ ’ti aharapetva
asiicifi ca saiiikaran ca chaddapetva^ goinayaiii ahara petva
iimpapetva. puna pi j^gaccha, niancam ahara, pitliam ahara,
attharanaiii ahara, catiiii ahara, gliataiii ahara^^ ’ti ekamekam
aharapetva puna udakaharanadinam attliaya anapesi. So ghatam
adfiya iidakarii aharitva catim puretva nahanodakam sajjetva
sayaiiaiii attiiari. Alba naiii sayane ekato nisidantam dathi-
kasu galietva „tava sainaimbhavaih va bralimanabhavam va na
janahiti'’*'^ onametva/’ attano abhimukliarih ilkaddhi. So tasmim
kale satiih patilabhi, ettake paiia kale aiinani^ ahosi. ^Evaiii
afifiaiiakaranaS kilesa nania karaacchandamvarana, bhikkhave
• rio both MSS. '' 0^^ -chaddUiUli. pavisasati? road: pavisasiliv
^ t!'"' tdia.hihri-. ’ ;o both MSS. instead orjanasiti'? ‘‘ C® ona-", aiiinani.
306
I. Ekanipata. 1 . Ittliivagga*
andhakaranam aMaiiakaranan ^ ti a dim ettlia vattabbam. So
satiiii patiiabMt?a cintesi ; . „ayam tanha vaddlianitxiia mama
catulii* apayelii slsam ukklixpitiim na dassati 5 ajj’ eva niaya
imaiii raidno niyyadetta Himavantaiii pavisituiii so
tarn adaya rajanaiii upasamkamitva ^maliaraja^ tava deviya
mayliarii attho n’ attM, kevalam me imaiii iiissaya tanba vad-
dhita^"^ ti vatva imaiii gatiiam alia:
Eka icclia pure asi aladdlia Mudulakklianaiii,
yato iaddlia alarakkhl^ icclia iccliaiii vijayatba ’ti. 65.
Tatrayam pindattho: maharaja mayham imam tava devim Mudulakklianaiis
alabhitva pure alio vatahaTii etam lahheyyan ti eka icchii asi, eka va tanha up-
paJjij me ayaih alarakkhl visalaiietta sobhanalocana laddliii alba sfi
piirimika* iccha gehatanhaih upakaranatanhaiii upahhogatanhan ti uparupari
anuam nanappakara iccha vijayatba janesi uppadesi, sa kho pana me evaiii vatl-
dhamaiia iccha apayato sisaiii ukkhipituiii na dassati, alam me imaya, tvaiii yeva
tava bhariyaih ganha, aharii pana Himavantam gamissamiti.
Tavad evanattliarii jhanam uppadetYa akase nisimio dham*
maiii desetva rauno ovadaiii datva akasen’ eva Hiiuavantaiii
gaiitva puna manussapatliaiii nama nagamasi, braliniaviiiare pana
bluivetva aparililnajjliano Bralimaloke nibbatti.
Sattba imaiii dhammadesanam aharitva saccani pakasesi. Sacca-
pariyosanc so bhikklm arabatte yeva jiatitthasi. Sattbapi aniisandbiiii
gbatetva jatakaiii samodhaiiesi : ,,Tai1a raja Aiiando, Miululakkluiiui
Uppalayaniia, isi pana aham eva‘* M n d u 1 a k k h a n a.j a t a k a lii .
7 . U c G h an g a j a t a k a,
Uc change deva me putt o ti. Idaiii Sattha Jetayaiie
viharaiito annatararii janapaditthim arabblia katlicsi. Ekasiniiii hi
samaye Kosalarattlie tayo jana annatarasinim alayinmkbe kasanti.
Tasmiiii samaye anto atayiyam cora manusse yilumpitya palayiiusu.
* -kara- con*, to -kara-.
^ 0^" supuri-.
* 0*’ catuhi.
0^ -kkhi^ read ujarakkliiV
7. Ucchafigajatafea. (07). 307
Te core parijesitya aimssanta tarn tlianam agantya „tumhe atayiyam
yilumpitya idani kassaka yiya iiotha” ’ti te „cora iine“ ti bandhitva
aiietva KosalaraSno adamsu. Ath’ eka agantva ,,accliadaiiam
me detlia, acchadanam me detha‘‘ ’ti paridevanti j)unappuna rajaniye-
sanam joariyati, Eaja tassa saddam sutva ,,deli’ imissa accbadaiiaii“
ti aha. Satakaiii gahetya agamamsu. Sa taiii^ disya ,,naha2ii etaih
acchadanam yacamiti** aha. Manussa gantva ranno niyedayimsn : ,,na
kir’ esa imam acchadanam katheti, samikacchadaiiaiii kathetiti“. Atha
naiii raja pakkosapetya „tyam kira samikacchadanam yacasiti*‘ pncchi.
,,Ama deya, itt-hiya hi samiko acchadanam nama, samikamhi asati sa-
hassamhlam pi satakaih niyattha inagga^ yeva nama*‘, Imassa pan’
atthassa sadhanattharii
Nagga uadi anodika, naggam rattham arajikam,
itthi pi vidhaya nagga yassapi dasa bliataro ti
idam suttaiii aharitabbam. Eaja tassa pasanno „te tayo Jana kirn
hontiti“ pucchi. „Eko me deva samiko, eko bhata, eko putto‘‘ ti.
Raja „ahan te tuttho imesu tisu ekam demi, katamaiii icchasiti“
pucchi. Sa aha: „aliam deya jiyamana ekam samikam labhissami^
puttam pi iabhissam’ eya, matapitunnam pana me matatta bhata va
duliabho, bhataram me dehi deya“ ’ti. Eaja tussitva tayo pi yissaj-
jesi. Eyaiii tarii ekikam nissaya tayo jana dukkhato mutta. Taiii
karanam bhikkhusamglie pakatam jataiii. Ath’ ekadiyasaiii bliikkhu®
dhamiiiasabhayaiii sannipatita „avuso ekam itthim nissaya, tayo jana
dukkha mntta“ ti tassa giinakathaya nisidimsu, Sattha agantya
,,kaya nu ’ttba bliikkhaye etarahi kathaya sannisinna“ ti pucchitya
„imaya nama“ ’ti yutte „na bhikkliaye esa itthi idan’ eya te tayo jane
dukkha mocesi, i>ubbe pi mocesi yeya** ^ti vatva atitaiii ahari:
■ft, . ■ ■■
Atite Baran asiyaiii Bralimadatt e rajjarh karente
tayo jana atavimuklie kasantiti sabbaiii purimasadisam eva.
Tada pana ranna jjtlsu janesii kaiii iccliasiti*^^ vutte sa alia
^,t-ayo pi datum na sakkotlm deva^^ ’ti. ^,Ama iia sakkomlti^^
^ (1^ itilu. C^Mtaui. ‘‘ boih MSS. itjagga. ^ 0^^ -ssanieva. both
MSH. hliiliklm.
20 ^
308
I. Kkanijiata. 7. Itthivapjra.
„Sace tayo datum na sakkotlm bliataram me cletha^ ’ti.
kam va samikam va- ganlia, kio te bhataraP ti ca vntta j,ote
llama deva sulablia , bhata pana dullabho^"' ti vatva imaui
gatliam alia:
Uccliailge deva me putto, pathe dliavaiitiyil pad,
tan ca desaiii na passami yato sodariyam aiiaye ti. 06.
Tattlia ucchafige deva me putto ti deva mayhaiii putto ueeliafige yova,
yatha hi arafinaiii pavisitvii ucchafige kat.va ' siikmii ‘ ucciiiitAu tattiui pakkhipan -
liya (iccliafige sakaiii nuiun sulabham hoti t-vaiii ittliiyii putto pi i^ulabho, urcliaiigc
sakasadiso va, tena vuttaiii: ucdiafige deva me ti, jtathe dhavautiya
patili maggaiii ariiyha ekikaya gacchamanaya pi hi iithiya pati nama suiabhu,
diiihadittho yevu hoti, fcoua vultaiii: pathe dhavautiya paUti, tafi ea desaiii
na passami yato sodariyam aiiaye ti yasma pana me matapita n' atlhi
tasiua idani taiii matukucdusaihkhfltaiii aiinaiii desaiii ua passami yalo ahaiii
samaiiG udaie jatatta sahaudariyasaihkhataiii ^ bhataraiii aiieyyaiii, tasma bhatiiiani
yeva me deiha ’ti.
Rajil jjSaccam esa vadatiti^^ tuttliacitto tayo pi jane ban-
dhamlgarato aiietva adasi. Sa tayo pi te galietya gata,
Sattlj%i , 4 ia biiikkliavc- idaii’ ova, piibbe pVsii ime tayo jaiio
diikklia niOcc.si ycva“ ’ti iniarii dhaimiiadesaitam aliaritva aniisaiidbiii!
gliatetva jatakaiii saitiodharicsi : .,Atite caltaro otarahi cottaro va.
raja piana ahaii tena .saiiiayeiia“ ’ti. V c c h a n g aj a i a k a. liu
8. Sake tajataka.
Yasmiih mano nivisatiti. Idaiii Sattha. Sixketafn iiissaya
Anj ana vane viharaiito e^iaiii braliinauaiii arabbba kathesi, Bha-
gavato kira blukkbusamgliaparivutassa Saketnm nissaya" pavi.saiiakaie
eko Stlketanagaravasimahallakabralnuano nagarato btibi gaccliatilo tin-
taradvare Dasabalaiii disva padesu patitva gopphake.su gaihaiii gaiietva
„tata, iiaim iiama puttelii jiniuikale niatapitaro patijaggitabba. kasiua
^ sakhaiii. ® ”Udanyamkhdtamj €^'.-ndariyai!)khiitani corr. in -udari
yus.uiikhutaiii. ^ so Imth MS8., add Anjauavauaiii V
8. Saketajataka. (68).
ettakaih kalam amhakaiii attanara na dassesi, maya tava ditfclio si.
rnataraiii pana pas.sitiim ehiti'* Sattliaraiii gahetya attano gxliam agaiaasi.
Satllia tattha gantva nisTdi x^aianatte asane saddhiiii bliikkliusaiiigheiia.
BralimaiH pi agaatva Satthu padesu jiatitya ,,tata ettakam ’ kaiam
kalsaiii gato si, iianii nania iiiatapitaro iiiahallaka iipatfchatabba“ ti
paridevi. Piittaclhitaro pi „etha, bhatararh vandatha“ ’ti yandapeti.
111)1 10 tiittliainanasa iiiabadaaaih adamsu. Sa.ttha bhattakiccam nit-
thdpetva^ tesam dviiniani pi jananaiii Jarasuttara kathesi. Suttapari-
josane ubbo pi anagamipbale patitthaliimsii. Sattba iittbayasana
Anjanavanam eva agamasi. Bhikkhu dbamniasabbayam saiinisinna
katlauh saniiittbapesinh : ,,ayu.so, brahmano ‘Tatbagatassa pita Suddho-
daiio, mata Mabaiiiaya’ ti janati, jarianto ya saddliiiii braliraaniya
I'atiuigatam ainihakam putto’ ti vadati , Sattbapi adhivaseti , kin nii
klio karana.n“ ti. Sattha tosaiii katbam siitva ,,bhikkliave iibho pi to
attano pnttam eva ‘putto’ ti'^ yadantiti“ vatva atitaui abari:
IBiikkbave, ayam brabaiano atite nirantaraiii pancajatisa-
tani aiaybaih pitii aliosi, paiicajativsatani cullapita, pailcajati-
satani mahapita, Owsapi brahniain nirantaram eva pailcajatisataiii^
aiata ahosi , paficajatisatani ciillamata, paficajatisatani inalia*
mata, ev’ ahaiir’ diyaddliajatisakassaiii hralmiaiiassa liattbe
saiiivaddho diyaddhajatisaliassaiii brahniaiiiya Iiattlic saiiivaddbo
ti tnii jatisahassaiii katlietvji abhisambuddho butva imaiii
gatliam aha:
Yasmiih niano nivisati cittaiii eapi’’ pasldati
adittliapiibbake pose kauiaih tasiniiii pi vissase ti. 07.
■' m
T.orlia yiisiniiii inaiio nivisatiti yasmiih pugiialc (litflianiatli^ yeva
• iHaiii juitilfhati, rittaiii i;api" pasidatiti yq^^niiiit dililianiatta HUan! pas't-
(i.'Ui miitlukaiii h<ai ad i 1 tha pii bb a k e. posa ti paka^.iya (asiriiiii aitabliiiv*^
adilfliapnbbe pi pu^:^ral<N kamaiii tasmin capi*^ vissasa ii aniibliutapubba-
siJiv'iu‘u’ ova tasniim pi j)uggale o‘kaihseiia vissaso ti vissasaih apajjati yeva
'ii at the.
* ottfiakaiii. - niltha-. * omits ti. ** both MSS. -sata. •’ 0^’ oon-
haii), ty- evamahaiii. * both MSS. vapi. cittaneapi. ^ O'-’ eapi.
U Ekanipata. 1, Itthivagga.
HIO
Evaiii Sattha imam dlianimadesanaiii aliaritva anusandhirh gliat-etTa
jatakam saniodhaiiesi: ,,Tada brahniano ca bralima?ii ca ote eva.. alic«
sum, putto pi aliam eva^' ’ti. Saketaj atakam.
9. Visavantajataka.
Dliiratthu taiii visaiii vaiitan ti. IdamSattha Jetayaue
viliaranto dham mase napa tim arabblia katliesi. Therassa kira
pitthakhajjakaiii kliadauakale manussa sariigliassa bahuih pittkaklia-
daniyaih^ galietva. viharam agamaiiisu. Bliikkhusamgliassa galiitayase-
sam^ bahuiii atirittaiii abosi. Manussa „bhante antogamagatanam pi
ganhatlia‘‘ ’ti aliamsu, Tasmiiii kbane therassa saddbiTibaridaharo
auto game hoti. Tassa kotthasam galietva tasmiih auagaccbante
„atidiva hotiti** therassa adariisu. Therena tasmiih paribliutte dabaro
agamasi. Atha nam tbero „mayam ayuso tuybarii tbapitakbadaniyarii ®
paribbu5jimba“ ’ti aha. So „madburam nama bbante kassa appiyau^‘
ti aba. Mahatherassa saiiiyego udapadi. So „ito pattbaya pittba-
khadaniyarii^ na khadissamiti** adbittbabi. Tato pattbaya kira Sari-
puttattherena pittbakhadaniyam “ nama na kbaditapubbam^. Tassa
pittbakhadauiyaih® akhadaiiabbayo bbikkhusaiiigbe pakato jato.
Bbikkbii katliam katbeiita dbaiimiasabbayam sannisidimsu. Atba
Sattha ,,kaya nu ’ttba. • bhikkbaye etaralii katbaya sannisinna** ti
piiccbi ,,imaya nania“ ’ti ca yutte ,,bbikkbaye Sariputto ekavaram
jabitakam jiyitam pariccajanto pi na gaiiliati yeya“ ’ti yatra atitaiii
■•ahari':,:.
Atite Baranasiyam Braiimadatte ^ rajjaiii karente
B 0 d li i s a 1 1 0 pi v i s a v e j j a kiiJe nibbattitva vejjakammeiia
jivikam kappeti. Atb’ ekaiii janapadanianiissam sappo dasi.
Tassa iiataka pamadaiii akatva khippaiii vejjam tinayimsu.
Vejjo aba: j^kin tava osadliena paribhavitva visaih liaraini,
dattliasappaih avalietva datthatthaiiato ten’ eva visam akad-*
dhapeiniti”“ aha. „Sappam aviihetva visam akaddliapeluti^*. So
sappam avahetva „taya ayaih dattbo®*' ti aha. j^Ama maya**
^ so both MSS. tv*: -sesa. - so both MSS. so both MSS. iiustoati of
khaditam? ^ iiaih. ^ -vejjanakule. d C'* akaddhiumti. ^ adattho.
f). Visavanta-fataka. (69).
Bit
ti. jjTaya datthattlianato tvam yeva mukliena visaiii akaddlmliiti^^
5 , Maya ekavaraiii jaliitavisakaiii puna na^ gahitapiibbam, iiaham
maya jabitavisaiii kaddhisstoiti^'. So daruni aliarapetva aggiiii
katva aha: ,,sace attano visaiii nakaddhasi imaiii aggiiii pavisa*^*"
■'ti. Sappo 5 ,api aggiiii pavisissami na c’ attana ekavaraiii
jaMtavisaiii paccavamissamiti^^ vatva imam gatliam aha:
Dlii-r-attliu taiii visaiii vantam yam ahaiii^ jivitakaraiia
vantaiii paccavamissami, matam me jivita varan ti. 68.
Tattha dhiratthu ’ti garahaiiatthe nipato, tarii vis an ti yam yam® jivi-
takaraiia vantam visaih paccaharissami tarn vantam visaih dhi-r-atthiij matam
me jivita varan ti tassa visassa apaccavamanakaranaya aggiiii pavisitva ma-
ranan taiii mama JIvitato varan ti attho.
Evan ca pana vatva aggiiii pavisituiii payasi. Atlia naiii
vejjo nivaretva naiii purisaiii osadhelii ca mantehi ca nibbisaxii
arogaiii'^ katva sappassa silani datva „ito patthaya ma kahci
vihetheliiti®^ vissajjesi.
Satthapi ,,na bhikkbave Sariputto ekavaram jahitakarh jiYitaih pi
pariccajanto puna ganluti'^^ iniaiii dhaiiimadesanam aliaritva anusan-
dhuii ghatetva jatakam samodhanesi : „Tada sappo Sariputto aliosiv
vejjo pana aliani eva“ ’ti. Vis avantaja takaiii.
10. K u ddalaj ataka.
Na taiii jitaiii sadhu jitaii ti. Idaiii Sattiia Jetavane
viharanto C i 1 1 a h a 1 1 h a s a r i p ii 1 1 a 1 1 h e r a m arabbha kathesi. So
kira Savatthiyaiii eko kuladarako. AtlV ekadivasaih kasitva agaccliaiito
viharaiii pavisitva ekassa therassa xiaiJtato siniddham inadlmram
paiutabliojanam labhitva cintesi: „mayam rattimdivadi sahattbena
nanakammani kuruinanapi evampaiu madhurahararh na labhama, ma-
yapi sanianena bliavitabban“ ti so pabbajitva iiiasaddhamasaccayeiia
ayonisomanasikaronto kilesavasiko hutva vibbliamltva puna bbattena
^ punata. “ yambbaiii? yamhaih? ® yamayaiii. ^ O’ arogasii,
■’ C'' ganhitJti corr. to gauhatiti.
kiiaiiuliilu agaiitva pabbajitva abhidliaraiiuiih ug-ganhi. iniiiiapi ca ‘
iiini^^'ciia chavai’c" vibbbaiuitva pabbajitva tato" sattame biu’kkbubhavc
,sattiippakuramko luitva bahii bhikkliudbammaiir^ vacoato vipa-ssauaiii
vuddbetva arahattam'’ papiiiii. Atli’ assa tialiayaka bhikkhd ,,kin
iiu kbo avii.su cittaiii pubbe viya te’’ etaralii kilesa aa vaddliaiitfti
pariiiasaiii kariiiisu. ,,Aviiso abhabbo diiu* aliaiii itu pattiiaya gihi-
bhavassa*^’* ki. Evaiii tasniiih uraliatfaiii patte dhaiiiniasabbayara katha
iidapadi; ,,avuso, evariipassa luinia, arabatta.ssa iipanissaye .sali ayasiua
Cittabattha.sariputto chakkliattum uppabbajito, mahadosu putbuj'-
Jauabbavo''' ti. Sattba agantva ,,ka 3 ai iiu ’ttba bhikkbave eiarabi
katbaya .sa.iniisiiiniV* ti pxiccbitva ,.inuiya naijuV ki vutte ,.bbikkbavu..
]>utbiijjaaacitlaii iiaiaa labukam duniiiggabaiii araniiiianavasciia gantva
ailiyati, ekavaram allinam*' iia sakka boti kbij>])aiii lauuetubi, evanl-
pa.ssa cittassa daiiiatbo sadbu, daiitaiu eva Inkaiii sukbaiii avabali :
• Dunniggahassa hibuDo yattbakaiiiaiiipiitino (i^bp. v, 35)
cittassa daiiiatbo sadliii, cittaiii daiitaiii sukbavabaiii.
k'assa puna duiiiiiggabanataya pubbo pandita ekaiii kiuidaiakarii iiis.sasa
iaiii jaliitmii asakkuiila lubliavasena uiiakkhattuiii Ujipalibajitvri saUaua
pabbajitabliave Jluxnaiii uppadetva taiii lobhaiii nigganhirnsfr’ ki vatvii
atitaiii aha.ri:
Atite B a r a n a s i y a lii B r a li m a d a 1 1 e rajjaiii karent
B 0 d Ii i sil 1 1 0 pan n i k akule iiilibattitva viiulOtaiii papuni.
Kuddal aka]>andito ti ’ssa naniam abosi. Knddalakeiia
bliiimiparikainuiaiii katva sakan e' eva aiabukiinildiandiidahi-
ca vapitva tani pi vikkinanto kapanajivikaiii kappeli,
Tam bi ’ssa ekaiii kiiddalakam thapetva anfiam dhanaiii mnna
IV attbi. So ekadivasam cintesi : 55 kim me gbaravaseiia, nikkha.'-
mitva pabbajissamiti“.' Atir ekadivasarii taiii kiiddalakaiii
[laticclianiiattbane thapetva isipabbajjaiii pabbajitva taiii kudda-
lakam anussaritva lobhaiii chindituiii asakkooto kunthakiid(ia>'"
* Cj'-’ va, O'M'a I'orr. to ca. ® chadvarn V to, 0^' lo corr. to {;do
(V' bahii-. ’’ both MS»S, arahautaih. ^ iie. * CV' vaildhanfiti. so both
MvS8. ■* both >188. allina, both MBS, riiabiiiu-.
lO. KiulUiilajritaka, (70).
313
lakaari oissliya uppabbaji. Evaiii diitiyam tatiyaiii piti clia
vilre taih^ kuddalakam paticcluinne thane ihkkliipitva pabbajilo
c’ ev’ uppabbajito ca. Sattame pana vare cintesi: ,,ahaiii iinaiii
kuntakuddaiakaiir*^ nissaya piinappuna uppabbajito, idairJ taiii
niahruiadiyaiii pakkliipitva pabbajissamiti** naditiraiii ^antva
5jsac’ assa patitatthanaiii passissami puna figantva uddharitu-
kaniata blmveyya'^ hi taiii kuddalakaai dande galietva nagabalo
tha masanipanno ,sl.sassa uparibhage tikkhattuiii avijjhitva ak-
khini niniinTletva nadimajjhe khipitva „jitani me, jitam nie'^ ti
tikkhattuiii sIliaiuTdaih nadih Tasmim khane Ihininasiraja pae-
eantaiii vupasametva agato, nadiya sisaih nahayitva sabbalarh-
karapathuaiidito hattliikkliandhena gacchaniano taiii ] 3 odhisattas!>a
saddaih sutva ,,ayaih piiriso ‘jitam me’ ti vadati, ko iiu kho
etena jito, pakkosatha iiau‘'' ti |)akkosapetva 5,bho [>urisa,
aliaiii tava vijitasaiiigamo'*, idani jayaiii galietva agacchanii,
tayii pana ko jito“ ti puecdii. Eodliisatto ,,ma]iaraja, laya
samgamasahassam pi .saiugiimasatasaliassam pi jinantona'' duj-
jitam eva kilesanaiii ajitatta'’, ahaiii pa’na mama abbhantare
lobhaih nigganhanto kilesc jinin ti kathento*^ yeva mahaiiadiiii
oloketva apokasinaramnianaiii jhanaih nibbattetva sampatta-
nubliavo akavso nisTditva rafino dhammaih desento imaiii gatham
alia:
Na taiii jitniii sadhu jitaih yaiii jitaiii avajiyati,
^ taiii klio jitaiii sadliu jitaiii yaiii jitaiii navajiyatiti. ()U.
'ratiha !ia i aiii Jilaiii sadhu Jitaiii yaiii Jitaiii a v aj i y a t i ii \aiii
narajitiitva ratlliaui Jitaiii patilaildliaiii (unia jitclii pacfauiittaiu ava-
jiyati taiii jitaiii sadiiu iiania iia lioti, kasnia; puna avaJTyanato “‘h ajiaro iiayo :
jitaiii \U(‘<'ati Jayo, yo paci'amittrhi saddhiiii yujpiitva adlii^iato jayu puna tesu
^ O'" oiaifs tdiii. ” so luUh MStS. 0^*'* tmi-U. ^ -me. ^ Jitantetia.
both ajinatta ^ C" jiniu eon*, to jlnaii. ^ 0-: katheiito kathento.
both M88. -JlyyatTti so botli MSS. Instead of pi tehi? ’’ -JTyyati.
both M.SS. -jiyya-.
314
1. Ekanipata. 7. Itthivagga.
jinantesu parajayo hoti so na sadhu na sobhano, tasma yasma^ puna parajayo^
va hot!, taiii klio jitam sadhu jitaiii yarn jitarh ii ^vajiyatiti ^ yarn Idio
pana paceamitte nimmatbetva jitam puna tehi navajiyati® yo va ekavaram laddho
jayo puna parajayo na hot! tarn jitam sadhu jitaiii sobhanarii so jayo sadhu
sobbano riama hoti, kasma: puna navajiyanato^, tasma twj mahariija sahas-
sakkhattum pi satasahassakkhattum pi® saiiigamasisaih jinitvapi tvaiii saiiigama-
yodho nama na hosi, kimkarana: attano kilesanam ajitatta®, yo pana ekavaram
pi attano abbhantare kilese jinati ayaiir uttamo sarirgaraasise yodho ti akfisn
nisinnako’ evaih Buddhalilhaya ranno dhammam desesi. Uttamasaiiigamayodha-
bhavo pail' ettha
Yo sahassaiii sahassena samgame manuse jiue (Dhp. v. 103)
ekan^ ca jeyyam attanam sa ve samgamaj uttamo ti
idaih suttaih sadhakam’^.
Raniio pana dhammam sunantass’ eva tadahgappahanava-
sena kilesa palnna, pabbajjaya cittaiii nanii, rajabalassapi tath’
eva kilesa pahiyimsii^®. Raja tumhe kaliaiii gamissatha^*'
’ti Bodhisattassa pucclii. j^Himavantam pavisitva isipabba^jjam
pabbajissami maharaja^* ’ti. ,.Teiia hi aliain pi pabbajissamiti^*
Bodhisatten’ eva saddhiiii nikkhami. Balakayo brahmanagaha-
patika sabbaseniyo ti sabbo pi tasmim plane sannipatito jaiia-
kayo railna saddhiiii yeva nikkhami. Baranasivasino
kira raja Kuddalapanditassa dhammadesanam sutva pabbajja-
bhimukho hutva saddhiiii balakayena nikklianto, inayaiii idha
kiih karissaiiia'* ’ti^^ dvadasayojanikaya Baranasiya sakalana--
garavasino nikkhamiiiisu. ■ Dvadasayojanika parka, ahosi. Taiii
adaya Bodhisatto Hiinavaiitaiii pavisi. Sakkassa devarafnio
nisinnasanaiii unhakaraiii dassesi. So avajjamaiio 5,lvuddala-
pandito mahabhinikkhamaiiaiii nikkhanto*^^' ti disva ^mahasama-*
gamo bhavissati, vasanatthanaiii laddlmm vattatiti^' Vissakam-
maiii amaiitetva ^tata, Kuddalapandito mahabhinikkhamanam
^ t>’ omits yasrna. ' both MtSS. -jiyo. both MSS. -Jtyya-. ^ -Jiyya-,
Qv ,jjyya-. 0^ omits sata - pi. ® G*'- aohittata. ^ 0^ nisiniiariiko oorr. to
iiisinnako, C?*'* nisinnoko. ' ekam. ® sadhaih. -hi-. both
10. Knddalajataka. (70).
315
nikklianto\ vasanattlianaiii laddhum vattati, tvam HiniavaBta-
padesaiii gaiitva saroabliumibhage digliato timsayojanaiii vittlia-
rato panoarasayojanaiii assamapadam raapeliiti^'
„sadliu deva'^ ’ti patissutva gautva tatlia akasi. Ayam ettlia
samkliepo, vittliaro pana HattliipalajMake avibhavissati. Idan
ca lii tail ea ekapariccbedam eva. Vissakammo pi assamapade
pannasalaiii mapetva dussadde mige ca sakune ca amanusse ca
patikkamapetva tena tena disabliagena ekapadikamaggaiii nilia-
ritva attano vasanatthanam eva agamasi. Kuddalapandito pi
taiii parisaiii adaya Himavantaiii pavisitva sakkadattiyam assa-
mapadaiii gantva. Vissakammena raapitaiii pabbajitaparikkliaram
galietva patliamam attana^ pabbajitva paccha parisaiii pabbaje-
tva assamapadam blmjetva adasi. Sakkabtai’ajjani'^ clladdayhils^^
Tiiiisayojanam assamapadam p^lri^ Kuddalakapandito sesaka-
siiiesii pi parikammaiii katva bralimaviliare bhavetva parisaya
kam mat than aril acikkiii. Sabbe samapattilabhino Imtva brah-
malokaparayana aliesaiii, ye pana tesaiii paricariyaiii akamsu te
devalokaparayana ahesuiii.
Sattha „evaiii bhikkhave cittam iiam’ etam kilesavasena allinam
diimmocayarh hoti, iippamia iobhadhanmia duppajaba evarupe pi pan-
dite annane ka.roiititi‘‘ imam dhamniadesanam aharitva saccani pakasesi.
Saccapariyosane keci sotapanaa abesmii keci sakadaganiino keci aaa-
gamiao, keci araiiattam papuniiiisu. Satthapi aiiiisaadbiih ghatetva
jatakaiii .samodIiane«i : „Tada raja Aiiando aliosi, parisa Buddhapa-risa,
K^uddaiakapapdito pana aliam eva“ ’ti. K udd al aj at akaiii. itthi-
vaggo* sattamo.
’ iiikkliamanto ^ so both MSS. attano.
C'''-' ciia<l(Ilia-. ^ both MSS. fmri. itivajiigo.
satara.jjaiii.
h Kkailipata, S. Varanavagya
310
S. .•^r^BA.ISTA.'TA.aa ^k
1. Varanajataka.
Yu pubbc karaniyaiuti. Iclaiii Sattha Jotavane viba-
rant 0 K u fc \i lu b i y a p u 1 1 a t i s s a 1 1 ]i c r a ih arabblia katlie.si . E kas »
niiiii idra divase Savatthivasino annamaniiam ' saliayaka iiihsainattjl
kiilaputtix o'andiiapiippb.avatthadini’^ g’ahetva ,,Sattlm dhammadosanniii
sunissania“ ’ti nialiajanapaciapanvuta Jetavanam gantva aag-aaialaka-
salamalakadisLi'' thokaiii iiisiditva sayaiihasauiaj'e Satthari siirabhigaii”
dhavasitaya gandluikutito * iiikkluimitva dhainmasabliaiii g-aiitva alaiii-
katabuddliasape nisiniie saparivara dhaiimiasabbaiii garitva Saitbaratii
g-andlraptipphebi piijetvii cakkamkitatalesu pbuliapaduiiuisassirikesu pa-
desu vaiiditva ekaiiiantaiii iiisinna dhaniniarri suniibsii. Atba iiesaiii
clad abosi : ,,yatha yatha kho mayaiii Bbagavatn dbammaiii dcsitaiii
ajanania pabbajeyyania“ ’ti te Tathi%atassu 'dhaumrasabbato iiikkhaiH
tiikalc Tatbagataiii upasamkamitva vaiiditva pabbajjam yaciriisu. Tesaiii
Sattha pabbajjaiii adasi. Te acariyiipajjhayo aradiiotva iipasanipadum
labbitva panca vassani acariyiipajjhayaiiam santike vusitva dve rr.atika
pnguiiam katva kappiyakappiyam liatva tissu auiiiiiodaiia ug’ganbitva
civaraiii sibbetva rajitva „samanadiiaiuiiiaiii karissilnuT‘ ’ti acariyu-
pajjliaye apuccliitva Sattliaraiii iipasaiiikuiiiitTa vaiiditva ekainantam
nisiditva „iiiayam bhaiite bhavesu ukkanthita jatijaravyadhiinarana-
bhayablnta, tesaiii no sauisaraparimocanattliaya kannaattbaiiaiii kathe-
tba‘‘ ’ti yacimsii. Sattha tesam attliatiiiisaya kaiiiinatthanesu sappa-
yaiii vicinitva kaniinatfcbanam kathesi. Te' Sattliu santike kaiaiiiat-
tlianaih galietva Sattbararii vanditva padakkhiiiaiii katva pariveiauii
gantva acariyiipaj[jhaye oioketva pattacivai’aih iidaya „sainanadhanmi«»iit
kaiissanuV* ’ti nikkhaniiibsu. Atlui nesadi abbbantaro eku bliikklm
namena Kutumbikaputtatiss^tthero*' luiiiia kiisito- blnaviriyo* rasagiddbo.
So evaiii cintesi: ,,abam u’ eva aranne vasitum iia padhanaiii padalu-
turn iia bliikkliiieariyaya yapctum sakkhissanrk ko luo gauianeiia attfuu
nivattissarnitk* so viriya,.m ossajitva te bbikklul anugantva iiivatti. Tc'
pi kho bbikkbu Kosalesn carikaih caramaiuV'' anoatarani puccantaga-
^ 0^^ -hm, - gaadlia- so both MSS. ^ i'J- -kntato. C- tesanj.
kulimbi-. " & -viriyo, ® -nitUio.
1. Varanajfitaka. (71).
B17
marh gantva tarn upanissaja ekasmiiii arannayatane vassam iipag'aiilva
auto tenaxsam gbataiita vayamanta vipassanagabbliam gahapetva ^ pa-
tiiaviiii iiiinadayaiiiai)a arabattam patva vutthava^sa, pavarotva ,,pati~
laddhagiinaiii Satthu arocessama“ ’ti tato nikkhaniitYa anupubbena
Jctayanam patva pattacivaraiii patisamctva acariyupajjhaye disva
Tailuigataiii datthiikaiiia Satthu saiitikam gantva vanditva nisidiih.su.
Sattlia telii saddbim madhurapati.saiitliararii aka.si. Te katapati.santbara
iittana laddhagunaiii Tatbagatassa arocesum. Sattha te bbikkbu pa-
saiiisi. . Kutumbikaputtati.ssa,tthero“ Sattbaraiii tesaiii gunakatbam
katbeiitam disva .sayam pi sauianadlianuiiam katukarno jato. Te pi
kbo bliikkhu ,jnayam bliarite tarn eva arannavasaiii gantra vasissaina'*
’ti Sattbaraiii apucchimsii. Sattha ,v'iadhu"‘ 'ti anujaiii. Te vanditva
parivenam agaiiuiiiisii. Atba so KiitimbiyapiitUiti.ssattbero rattibhaga-
samanantare accaraddbaviriyo Imtva ativegena saraanadluimiuam karonto
niajjhimayaniasamaiiantare alambaiiapbalakaiii iii.s.saya tbitako va iiid-
dayanto parivattitva patito■^ urattbikaih bhijji, vedana malumta jata,
iesaiii bhikkbunam taiii patijaggantaiiaiii ganiaiiam na sanipajji. xUba
lie upattlianavelayam ^ agate Sattha jiucchi: ,,naiiii tumbe bbikkliavc
'sve gamis.saiiia' Ti bi^-yo^ apucchita ti“. Aina bhante, api ca kbo
pan’ amhakaih'^ saliayako Kutinibikaputtatissatthero akale ativegena
.sainanadhaminam karonto niddabliibhiito parivattitva patito, urattbik’
assa bbiniio', taiii nissaya ainbakuih gainanam na sainpannan^ ti.
Sattha ,,na bbikkhave idaiT ev' esa attano hinaviriyabhavena akale
ativegena viriyam karonto tumbakam gainanantarayaiii karoii, pubbe
p’ e.sa tuinhakaiii gainanaiitarayaiii akasi yeva“ ’ti vatva tehi yacilo
atitarii abari :
Atite Gandlmraratthe Takkasilayaih Bodhisatto cli-
sa^)ainokkbo a c a ri y o liutvti pancainanavakasataoi sippaiii
uggaaliapeti. Atli’ assa te maiiava ekadivasam dariialiaranat-
ihaya^^ aranham gantva daruiii uddhariiksu. Tesaih aiitare cdco
kusitamanavo inaliantaih varanariikkham disva jjsukkliarukkiio^
oso’""‘ ti saiihaya j^muluittan tava nipa-ijitva, pacclia rukkliaiii
' both MS8. galia-. ^ 0^*= kutiruhi-. ^ both MSS. patitva. O' upafthative-.
•’ hiyyo, (j<'^ bhiyyo, ® C^’ panainhakani corr. to pana ainhukaiii. so botli
i\LS8. insa*a<l of -kain assa bbiiinaiiiV ® Qk -.aharana-* . 0^ snrrikklio. O’ eto,
318 Ekanipata, 8. Varanavagga.
abhiruliitva daruni patetva^ adiya gamissamlti^^ nttarisatakaiii
pattliaritva nipajjitva kakacchamaiio niddaiii okkami. Itare
manavaka darukalape baadhitva adaya gacclianta taiii padena pit-
tliiyam paliaritva pabodhelva agamamsu. Kusitamanavo uttbaya
akkhini pufijitva punjitva avigataniddo va taiii rukklmiii abliiru-
liitva sakliaiii galietva attano abliiraukliaiii akaddliitva® bhafijanto
bhijjitva utthitakotiya attano akkliiiii bliindapetva ekena liattliena
taiii pidliaya ekena liatthena alladaruni bbanjitva rukkbato
oi’uyba darakalapaiii bandhitva nkkbipitva vegena gantya tehi
patitanaiii darunam® upari patesi. Taiii divasafi ca janapa-
dagHmakato ekakiilaiii ,5$ve brabmanavacaiuikam karissama^^ ’ti
acariyaiii nimantayiiiisUv Acariyo manavake aha: „tata, sve
ekam gamaiii gantabbam, iiiinhe pana ninlharana* sakkhissatba
gantmii, pato va yagum pacapetva tattba gantva attana lad-
dbaiii® kotthasafi ca amhakam pattakotthasan casabbaiii adaya
agaccbatba“ ’ti. Te pato va yagnpacanatthaya dasiiii iitthapetva
jjkhippam no yagum pacahlti“ abamsu. daruni ganhanti^
iipari tliitani allavaranadarnni gabetva punappuna nuikbavataiii
dadamanapi aggiiii ujjaletum® asakkonti siiriyaiii xitthapesi. Ma«
navaka jjatidiva jato, idani na sakka gantun^^ ti acariyassa
santikaiii agamiiiisn®. Scariyo ,,kim tata na gaccbatba^^ ’ti.
5,Sma acariya na**’ gat’ amba‘‘ Ti. ^KiiiikaraiicV^ ti. jjAsiiko
nama kusitamanavo amhebi saddhim dtxrunam " gantva varana-
rukkhamule niddayitva paccha vegenaruyba akkbim bbindfipetva
allavaranadariini abaritva amhebi aintadarunam*® upari pakkbi|iij
yagnpacika tani sukkliadarusanfiaya gabetva yilva suriyass’ ugga-
mana njjaletum nasakkbi, imina no karanena gaauinantarayo
ti. Acariyo manavena katakammam siitva „andbabalanam
kammaiii nissaya evariipa va parihani liotiti^'^ vatva imaiii gatbam
samuttbapesi :
* papulva. - t-y akadtii-, ® 0^-' diiiunaiii. na iaddha.
'* oniiis sa, both MSS. - ti. ^ both MSS. iijjajituiln aga-.
nu. so both MSS. instead of danlnaiii atfhayaV -nani.
2. Silavanagajataka. (72).
319
Yo pnbbe karanlyani pacclia so katum icchati
varanakattliablianjo va sa pacclia-m-anutappatiti. 70.
Tattha sa pacchflma n utappatiti yo kocl poggalo idaiii pubbe kattnb-
baih idam pacchii ti avlmantsitva pubbe karaiiiyani pathamam e\a katlabbakani-
fnaui paocha karoti ayaih varanakatthabhaiijo amhakam niaiiavako^ viya so bala-
puggalo pacclia anutappati socati pandevatiti attbo.
Evaiii Bodliisatto antevasikanam imam karanara kathetva
danadiiii pimnani katva jiyitapariyosane yatliakammam gato.
Sattlia ,5na bliikkhaTe esa idan’ eva turaliakam antarayaih karoti,
pubbe pi akasi yeva^* ’ti vatva imam dliammadesaiiam aharitva aiiu-
sandliiiii gbatetva jatakarii samodhanesi : „Tada akkbibhedam patto
inaiiavo urubhedam patto ^ bliikkhii abosi, sesamanava Buddhaparisa,
acaTiyabralimano pana aliain eYa“ ’ti. Varanajatakam,
2. Silavanagajataka.
Akatannussa pos’assa ’ti. Idarh Sattba Ve}uYane riha-
ranto Deyadattaiii arabbha kathesi. Dbamiiiasabhayam bbikkhu
„aYuso Deyadatto akatannu TatMgatassa gune na janatiti“ katlieuta
nisidirasii. Sattba ^antya 5,kaya nu ’ttha. bliikkha.ye ctaralii katliaya
saimisinna“ ti pucchitya ,,imaya uama** ti yutte ,,na bliikkhaye idan’
eva Deyadatto akatannii, pubbe pi akatanSu yeya, na kadaci inayliam
gunara janatiti“ vatva teiii yacito atitam ahari:
Atite Baranasiyam Brahmadatte rajjaiii karente
Bodliisatto Himavantapadese hatthiyoniyam nibbatti. So
matukuccMto nikklianto sabbaseto aliosi rajatapunjasannibho,
akkliTni pan’ assa manigujasadisani pann^amanapaiicappasadani
aliesiirixj, mukhaiii rattakambalasadisarii, sonda''* rattasuvanna-
bindupatimanditarajatadamaiii viya, cattaro pada katalaklul-
parikamma viya^ evam assa dasaiii paraimhi alaiiikato rupag-
gappatto attabhavo ahosi* Atlia nam vinnttam pattam sakala-
^ both MSS. manavako. ® patta, ® eonpya.
B20
I. Ekaiiipata. S. Varaiiavagiiia.
Iliimavante varana saniiipatitva iipattiialiaiita vicarimsu. Evam
so asitisaliavssavaranaparivaro Hiiimvantapadese vasaruano apa-
rabliage gane dosaiii disva gapamba kayavivekassa^ ekako va
araiule vasam kappesi, sllavantataya ca pan’ assa Silavana'"
garajfi tv~eva namam ahosi. xVtli’ eko Baninasivasiko vaiia-
carako Himavantam pavisitva , attano ajlvabbaiidakaiii gavesa-
nnino disa vavattliapetuiii asakkonto niaggamilllio liiitva
maranabliayabhlto baba paggayba paridevamano carati. Bodid-
satto tassa taiii balavaparidevitaib sutva purisaiii
dukklia mocessamlti** kamnneiia codilo tassa santikam agannlsi.
So taih disva va bhito palayi. Bodbisatto taiii palayantnih
disva tatth’ eva attbasi. So puriso Bodhisaltaih thitam disva
attliasi. Bodbisatto puna againasi. So puna palayitvii tassa
tbitakale thatva cintesi: „ayam varano mama palayanakfile
tittbati tbitakale agaccliati, nayam mayliaiii anattliakilmo,
imamlm paiia dukkba mocetukanio va bliavissatlti^^ siiro luitva
attbasi. Bodbisatto taiiv upasaiiikamitva ^^kasma bho tvaib
piirisa paridevamano vicarasiti*' pucclii. jjSami disa vavattba«
petuiii asakkonto maggamulho hutva maranabliayemV* ’ti. Atlia
nam lH)dbisatto attano vasanatthanaiii netva katipabam pliala-
pbalebi santappetva j^bbo purisa, ma bliayi, aban taiii maniis-
sapatbaiii nessamlti^^ attano pitthe nisidapetva manussapatbarn
piXyasi. xVtba kho so mittadubbi puriso j^sace koci puccliissati
acikkbitabbam bhavissatlti^'' Bodliisattassa pitthe nisinuo yeva
rukkhanimittam pabbatanimittaib upadbrirento va gacchati,
Atba taiii ^ Bodbisatto arafinii niharitva, Baranasigamimaba-
magge thapetva ,jbbo 'purisa, imiiia maggena gaccbuj ma\haiii
pana vasanattbaiiam puccliito pi apuecbito pi ma kassaci acik-
tarn*** uyyojetva attano vasanattbanaiu yeva agamasi.
Atlia so puriso Barauasiiii gantva anuvicaraiito dantakaravithiiii ^
patva dantakare dantavikatiyo kurumane disva,, kirn"' pana. bbo
fio bolt MSS, ^ CH* riaai. ® G^' naiiu ^ 0*^ -kfirnni*-. ^ kirh.
2. Silavanagajataka. (72).
321
jlvadantam pi labliitva ganheyyatha ’ti. kiiii vaclesi,
jlvadanto nama mataliatthidantato iriahaggliataran*^^ ti. ^Tena
lii aham vo jivadantam abarissamiti^^ patheyyam gahetva klia-
rakakacaiii adaya Bodliisattassa vasanattlianaiii agamasi.
Bodhisatto taiii disva ^kimattham agato pucchi. „Aliam
sami duggato kapaiio jivituiii asakkonto tiiinke dantakhandaiii
yacitva sace dassatha taiii adaya gantva vikkinitva tena nitilena
jivissamiti agato ^ ti. ^^Hotu bho, dantaxii te dassami, sace
dantakappanatthaya kakacakhandam attlilti^^ 5,Kakacam ga-
hetva agato ’mhi sami^‘S j^Tena hi dante kakacena kantitva
adaya gaccha“ ’ti Bodhisatto pade samminjetva gonisiniiakaih
Disldi. So tassa dve pi aggadante cliindi. Bodhisatto te dante
sondaya ^bho purisa, nahaiii ^ete danta mayham appiya ama-
napa’ ti damrai, iine hi pana me sahassagunena satasahassa-
gunena sahbadhammapativedhanasamattha sabbanntitananadanta ^
va piyatara^ tassa^ me idaih dantadanaih sabbahhiitananaih pati-
vijjhanatthaya hotu^*' ’ti sabbanMtaSanassa avapanam katva
dantayugalam adasi. So tarn adaya gantva vikkinitva tasmirii
mule khine puna Bodhisattassa santikaiii gantva ^jSaini tum-
hakaiii dante vikkinitva laddhamiilam mayham inasodhanamattain
eva jMam, avasesadante detha^ ’ti aha. Bodhisatto ^^sadhu*^
’ti patisunitva puriraanayen’ eva kappapetva avasesadante adasi.
So te pi vikkinitva puna agantva ,,sami jivituiii na sakkomi,
muladatha me dehiti^^ aha. Bodhisatto ,5sadhu‘‘ ’ti vatva purl-
manayen’ eva nisfdi. So papapuriso Mahasattassa rajatadama*
sadisam sondarii inaddamano Eelasakuta-sadisaiii kumbhaih
abhiruhitva ubho dantakotiyopanhiyapaharantomamsam viyuhitva
kumbhaiii aruyha kharakakacena muladatha kappetva pakkami.
Bodhisattassa dassanupacaram vijahante yeva pan’ assa tasmim®
papapurise catunahutadhikani dveyojanasatasahassani bahala-
^ both MSS. -yyatha. ^ so both MSS- ® both MSS. -nana-. ^ so both
MSS. instead of tasma? ^ both MSS. -dana. ® so both MSS. instead of pana
etasmim?
21
322
I, Ekanipata. S. Yaranavagga.
ghanapathavi Sinerii-Yugandharadayo maliibliaro diiggandlie^ je-
guccliani guthamuttadlni ca dharetam saraatthapi tassa gunara™
sirii dharetum asakkonti viya bHjjitva vivarara adasi. Tavad
eva avlcimahamrayato jala nikkhamitva tarii mittadiibbipiirisam
kusalantakena kambalena parupaBti viya parikkliipitva ganhi.
Evam tassa papapiiggalassa patbavipavittbakale tasmiiii vana-
sande adbivattha rukkbadevata ^^akatanmimittadubhipnggalo
cakkavattirajjam datvapi tosettiiii aa sakki/^ ti vanaiii iiiina-
detva dlianmiaiii desayamana imaiii gatliam aha:
AkataMussa posassa niccaiii vivaradassino
sabbaiii ce patkaviiii da]ja ii’ eva naiii abhinldhaye ti. 71.
Tattha akatannussii ’ti attano kataganam ajiinantassa, posassa "ti pun-
sassa, vivaradassino ti chiddam eva okasam eva olokentassa, sabbaih ce
patbavim dajja ti sace pi tadisassapnggalassa sakalaiii cakkavattirajjam imam
va pana mabapathaviiii paiivattetva pathavojaiii dadeyya, iieva naiii abliira-
dhaye ti evaiii karonto pi evarfipam katagunaviddharhsanam koci paritosetuiii va
pasadetnra* va iia sakkuneyya 'ti attho.
Evaiii sa devata taiii vanaih unuadetva dliaiiimaiii desesi,
Bodhisatto yavatayiikaiii thutva yathakammam agamasi.
Sattiia „na bhikkhave Devadatto idaii’ eva akatannu, pubbe pi
akataSnu yeva“ Hi imam dhanimadesaiiaih abaritva jatakam samodba-
nesi: „Tada mittadiibbipuggalo Bevadatto ahosi, riikkbadevata Sari-
putto, Silavanagaraja paiia aliain "ti. SiiaYaiuigajatakam.
3. Saccamkirajataka.
Sac cam kirevam aliamsu ’ti. Idaiii Sattlui Vein vane
vihaxanto vadiiaya parisakkanaiii arabbba kathesi. Bhikkliu-
samghasmira dhammasabhayam nisiditva „avuso Devadatto Satthu
gmiam na janati, vadhaya jeva parisakkatitl“ Deradattassa agiinaiii
katkente Sattba agantva „kaya nu ’ttha bbikkhave etaraln katliiiya
^ so both MSS. instead of mababbare da, gaadha? ® papasadetunij papa-
sadetum. ® Ck omits bi
3. vSaccamkira-iataka. (73). 323
sannisinna** ti puccliitya „iinaya nama** ’ti yatte „na bhikkhave idan’
eya Devadatto mayham yadhaya parisakkati, pubbe pi parisakki yeya“
’ti yatya atitaiii abari:
Atite Baranasiyam Brabmadatto rajjam karesi.
Tassa DEtthakamaro laama putto ahosi kakkbalo pharaso
paliapsivisopamo, anakkositva va apaharitva va kenaci saddhim
Ba kathetij so antojanassa ca baliijaDassa ca akkhimhi patita-
rajam viya kliaditnm agatapisaco viya ca amanapo ahosi ub-
bejanlyo^ So ekadivasam nadikilani lalitukamo mahantena
parivarena naditiraiii agamasi. Tasmim khane niahamegho ut-
thahi. Disa andhakara jata. So dasapessajaxiam aha: ^etha
bhanej mam gahetva nadlmajjhaiii netva nahapetva anetha^® ’ti.
Te^ tarn tattha netva jjkin no raja karissati, imam papapnrisaih
etth’ eva marema''^ ’ti mahtayitva ‘„ettha gaccha kalakanmti^^
udake narii opilapetva ' paccuttaritva tire atthaihsii. j/Kahaih
knmaro’ ti ca vutte na mayaih kumaram passama, megham
utthitam disva udake nimujjitva purato agato bhavissatiti*^
amacca rahho santikam agamamsu* Raja j,kaham me putto"^*
ti pucchi. jjNa janaraa deva, megho utthito% purato agato
bhavissatiti sannaya agat’ amha^ ’ti. Raja dvaraiii viva-
rapetva naditiram gantva ^vicinatha- ^ ’ti tattha tattha vi~
cinapesi. Koci kumaram naddasa. So pi kho meghandhakare
deve vassante nadiya vuyhamauo ekam darukkhandhaih disva
tattha nisiditva maranabhayatajjito paridevamano gacchati.
Tasmim pana kale Baranasi-vasI^ eko settM oaditire cattalisa-
kotidhanam nidahitva dhanatanhaya dhanapitthe sappo hutva
nibbatti. Aparo tasmim yeva padese timsakotiyo nidahitva
dhanatanhaya tatth’ eva unduro hutva nibbatti, Tesaih vasa-
natthanam udakam pavisi. Te udakassa pavitthamaggen’ eva
nikkhamitva sot am chindanta gantva nam rajakumarena abhini-
i -niyo. ^ ne, ^ both MSS. utthite. * both MSS. -vasi.
324 I. Ekanipata. 8. Varaiiavagga.
sinnaixi rukkiiakkliandharii patva eko ekaiii kotirii itaro itaram
aruylia kliandliapittlie va nipajjimsii. Tassa yeva kho pana
nacliya tire eko simbalirukkbo attlii/ tattli’ eko savapotako va-
sati. So pi rukklio udakena dliotaEiulo iiadipitthe pati. Su-
vapotako deve vassante uppatitva gantum asakkoiito gantva
tass’ eva khandliassa ekapasse niliyi. Evaiii te cattaro jaiia
ekato vuyhamana gacclianti. B o d h 1 s a 1 1 o pi kho tasniiih
kale Kasiratthe ii d i c c a b r a h m an a kule nibbattitva vuddhip-
patto isipabbajjam pabbajitva ekasmiiii iiadioivattane parina-
salam mapetva vasati. So addharattasamaye camkariiainano
tassa rajakiimarassa balavaparidevanasaddam sutva cintesi :
5 ,raMise nama mettannddayasainpaiiEe tapase passante etassa
purisassa inaranaiii ayuttam, udakato uddharitva tassa jivita-
danam dassamiti^^ so taiii 5 ,ina bhayi^ ma bliayiti'^ assasetva
iidakasotarii chindaiito gantva tarn dariikkhaiidham ekaya kotiya
galietva akaddlianto iiagabalo thamasampanno ekavegena tiram
patva kuinaraih ukkhipitva tire patitthapesi. Te pi sappadayo
disva ukkhipitva assamapadam netva aggiiii jaletva dubba-
latara^^^ ti pathamaiii sappadloarii sariraih sedetva paccha
rajakiiniarassa sarirarii sedetva tarn pi arogam^ katva aharam
dento pi patliainaiii sappadinaih yeva datva paccha tassa pha-
laphalani upanamesi. Rajakiiinaro „aya,m kutatapaso maiii
rajakumaraih aganetva^ tiracchanagatauam sainmanarli karotiti^^
Bodhisatte aghatarii bandhi. Tato katipahaccayena sabbesii pi
tesu thamabalappattesu nadiya oglie pacchinne sappo tapa^arh
vanditva aha: „bhante turahehi mayham maha upakaro kato,
na kho panahaih daliddo, asukatthane me cattalisa iiiranna-
kotiyo nidal^ta, tumhakaiii dhanena kicce sati sabbam etam
dhanaih tumhakaiii datum sakkoini, taiii thaiiam agantva ^digha’
’ti pakkoseyyatha^ ’ti vatva pakkairii. Unduro tath’ eva tapa-
saiii Bimantetva ^^asukatthane thatva ^undura’ ’ti pakkosey-
^ -nara. ^ arogaiiu ® both MSS* aganetva.
325
.'i SaccaiiiWrajataka. (73).
yatlia/^ ’ti vatva pakkami. Suvo pana"’tapasam vaiiditva j^bliaute
mayliaih dhanaiii ii’ attbi, rattasalilii pana vo atthe satiasukan
nama iiiayliaih vasaBattMimra, , tattlia .gaiitva. ^suva’' Hi pakko^-
se\7cltha. oliaiii fiatakaoaiti arocetva anekasakatapiiramatte'^
rattasaliyo iibarapetva^' datii^ sakkoiiiiti^.^vatva pakkaiiii. ^ Itaro
pana mittadEbliklliaiiimeso dliammataya kifici a. vatva eva
attano santikaiii agataiii maressamiti^'^ ciiitetva ,,bliaDte mayi
rajje patittliite iigacclieyyatlia, aliam vo catalii^ paccayeH
apattkaliissaniiti^*' ' vatva pakkami. So gantva' iia cirass' eva
rajje patitiliasi. Bodbisatto jjVTmaihsissaini tava ti pa-
tlianiaih sappassa saiitikaili gaiitva avidiire tbatva „digba^^ Hi
pakkosl. So ekavacaBeik eva iiikkbaiiiitva Bodbisattam vaiiditva
^jbhante iniasmiiii tbaiie cattalTsa liirafmakotiyOj ta sabbapi m-
haritva ganbatba**^ Hi aba. Bodbisatto jjevam attbu , iippanne
kicce janissamiti^^ taiii nivattetva iindurassa santikaiii gantva
saddani akasi. So pi tatb’ eva patipajji. Bodbisatto tarn pi
nivattetva siivassa saiitikam gantva „siiva'^ Hi pakkosi. So pi
ekavacanen’ eva mkkliaggato otaritva Bodbisattam vanditva
jjkirh bhante niaybaiii natakanaib vatva Himavantapadesato
tiimbrikaih sayarijatasaliiib^ abarapemiti'^^ puccbi. Bodbisatto
,,attbe sat) janissamlti^^ tani pi nivattetva sjidani rajanaih pari-
ganliissaniiti*‘ gantva rajuyyane vasitva piinadivase akappasam-
pattiiii katva bhikkliacaravattena iiagaraiii pavisi. Tasmiiii
khane so iriittadubbiraja alamkataliattbikkbandbavaragato ma-
baniona parivarena nagaram padakkhiaaiii karoti. So.Bodhi-
sattaih diirato va disva ^ayam so kutatapaso mama santike
bliutva bhutva vasitukamo agato, yavif parisainajjhe attano
inayhaiii katagunam na-ppakaseti tavad ev’ assa sisaiii cbinda-
pessaniiti*^ purise oiokesi, .Hdiii karonia deva^'' Hi ca vutte j^esa
kfitatapaso maiii kifici yacitnkamo ilgaccbati manfie, etassa
kalakannikatapasassa maiii passitam adatva va etaiii gahetva
* -xnaute, ^ 0^^ iiharii-. ® so both MSS. H both MSS. "Sali.
326
I. Ekanipata. 8. Yaraiiavagga,
pacclia baliam bandliitva catukke catnkke paharanta^ nagara nik-
kliametva agkatane sisto assa chinditva sariraiii sSle^ uttasetka^*'
'ti aka, Te 3,sadhu^‘ ’ti sampaticckitva gaotva niraparadkam
Makasattam kandkitva catnkke catnkke pabaranta agkatanam
netuih arabkiiksn. Bodhisatto pahatapakatatthane jjamma tata^^
’ti akanditva nibbikaro imaih g^ham aha:
Saccaih kir’ evam ahaiiisn nara ekacciya idha:
kattkavipalavitam seyyo na tv-ev’ ekacciyo naro ti. 72 .
Tattha saccaih kir evam ahaiiisu ’ti avitatham eva kira evaih vadanti,
nara ekacciya idha Hi idh’ ekacce panditapurisa, kattham nipaiavitam®
seyyo ti nadiya vnyhamanaih snkkhadaraih nipalavitaiii nttaretva thale thapitam
seyyo sTindaiataTaiii etan ti vadamana te purisa saccaih kira vadantiV kiihkarana i
tarn ® hi yagubhattadinaih pacanatthaya sitaturanaih visivanatthaya ahhesam pi
ca parissayanam haranatthaya npakaraih hoti, na tvevekacciyo naro ti
ekacco pana mittaduhhi^ akatahnu papapnriso oghena vnyhamano hatthe gahetva
nttarito^ n’ atth’ eva varaiii, tatha hi ahaih imam papapiirisaih nttaretva imam
attano dukkhaih aharin ti.
Evam pakatapakatatthane imaiii gatham aka. Tam siitva
ye tattka panditapurisa te^ ahaihsu: „kim pana bho pabbajita
taya amhakam ranno atthi^ koci® gmio kato^^ ti, Bodhisatto
tarn pavattim arocetva „evam imam mahoghato uttarento aham
eva attano dnkkkaiii akasim, ‘^na vata me poranakapanditanaik
vacanaih katan’ ti annssaritva evaiii vadamiti*^ aha. Taiii sntva
khattiyabrahmanadayo nagaravasino jjSv-ayam mittadubkr raja
evaiii gunasampacassa attano jivitadayakassa gnnamattam, pi
na janatij tarn nissaya knto amhakam vaddhi^ ganhatka
ti knpita samantato nttllahitva nsnsattipasanamnggaradippakarehi^
hattkikkhandkagatam eva naiii gkatetva pade gahetva kaddkitva
parikkapitthe chaddetva Bodhisattam abkisincitva rajje patit-
tliapesum. So dkammena rajjam karento puna ekadivasaiii
^ 0^ paharantanaihta. ^ suiaih. ® so both MSS. * uttanto. ® ne.
® both MSS, keci. ^ -bhi. ® both MSS. vaddhim. ^ both MSS. -pasana-.
4. Rukkiiadhammajataka. (74). 327
sappadayo pariganMtnkimo nialiantena pariYarena sappassa va-
sanattlianaih gantTa sydlgha®^ ’ti pakkosi. Sappo agantva van-
ditva jjidan te sami dhanaiiij ganha^^ ’ti aka. Raja cattalisa-
Hrannakotidlianaiii amacce paticchapetva^ nndurassa santikaiii
gantva „iindura'^ "ti pakkosi. So pi agantva vanditva tiihsa-
kotidhanam niyyadesL Raja tarn pi amacce paticchapetva
snvassa vasanatthanam gantva „suva^^ ’ti pakkosi. So pi
agantva pade vanditva „kim sami saliih aliaramiti^^ aha. Raja
jjSaliM atthe sati aliarissasi, ehi gacchama*'^ ’ti sattatiya liirah-
hakotfhi saddhiiii te tayo pi jane gahapetva nagaram gantva
pasadavare niahatalam aruyha dlianaih saiiigopapetva sappassa
vasanattliaya suvannanalim nndurassa phalikaguhaiii suvassa
snvannapanjaram karapetva sappassa ca suvassa ca bliojanat-
thaya devasikam kancaoatattake madhnlaje undnrassa gandha-
salitandnle dapesiV danadmi ca punnani karoti. Evan te
cattaro pi jana yavajivam samagga sammodamana viharitva
jivitakkhaye yathakammaiii agamamsn.
Sattlia „na bliikkliave Devadatto idan’ eva mayham vadhaya pari-
sakkati, pubbe pi paiisakkati yeva“ ’ti vatva imam dliammadesanam
aharitva anusandhiir gliatetva jatakam samodbanesi: „Tada Duttharaja
Devadatto ahosi, sappo Saripntto, unduro Moggaliano, suvo Anando,
pacclia rajjarh patto dbammaraja pana aliam eva“ ’ti. Saccamkira-
jatakaiii.
4. Riikkhadiiammajataka.
Sadiiu sambahnla natiti. Idam Sattha Jetavane viha-
ranto udakakalahe attano natakanam mahavinasam pacciipatthitam
natva akasena gantva Eoliiniya nadiya upari pallamkena nisiditva ni-
laramsim vissajjetva natake samvejetva akasa oruyha naditire nisinno
tarii kaialiaiii arafobha kathesi, Ayam ettha samkliepo, vittharo
pana Knnalajatake avibbavissati. Tada pana Sattba natake amantetva
^ paticcliadetva. ^ 0^^ dapesi,
328
I, Bkanipata. 8. Yaranavagga.
,, maharaja tumlie nataka natakeM nama saniaggehi samraodamanelii
bhavitum yattatiti^* „5atakanam hi samaggiya sati paccamitta^ okasam
na iablmnti, tittbantu tava manassabbiita, acetananam rukkbanaxB pi
samaggiib laddham Tattatiti^“ „atitasmim bi Himayantapadese maba-
yato salayanam pabaxi, tassa pana salavaiiassa aSnamannam rukkba-
gaccbagumbalatabi sarabaddbatta ekaxukkbam pi patetaib asakkonto
mattbakamatthaken’ eya agamasi, ekaiii pana angane tbitam sakba-
yitapasampaixnara pi mabarukkbaiii annebi rukkbebi asambaddbatta
nramiiletya bhuniiyain patesi, imina karanena tumbelii pi samaggebi
sammodanianelii yasitum vattatiti^*' yatya tebi^ yacito atitam abaxi ;
Atite Baranasiyaib Brahmadatte rajjam karente
patbamam uppanno^ Vessavano maharaja cavi. Sakko annam
Vessavanam tbapesi, Etasmim Vessavane parivatte pacchanib-
batta- V essavano rukkhagacchagambalatanaib , jattan o attan o
ruccanattbane vimanam ganliantfi^^ ’ti sasanam pesesi. Tada
Bodhisatto Himavantapadese ekasraiiii salavane rukkhade-
vata butva nibbatti. So nMake aba: ^jiumhe vimaiiani gan-
hanta angane tbitarukkhesu ma ganliittha, imasmiiii pana sala-
vane maya gabitavimanarii parivaretva va ganhatba^^ ’ti. Tattha
Bodhisattassa vacanakara panditadevataBodhisattassa vimanam
parivaretva va viraanani ganliimsuj apandita pana ^Idm amba-
kaiii aranne vimanelii, mayam maniissapatlie gamanigamaraja-
dhanidvaresu vimanani ganhissaraa, gamadayo lii npanissaya
vasamana devata labliaggayasaggappatta liontiti*^*' maiiiissapathe
anganattbane nibbattamaharukkhesu vimanani ganbimsu. Ath’
ekasmim divase mahati vataviittbi® oppajjitva tassa atitaddlm-
taya^ dalbamula. vanajettharnkkhapi sambhaggasakbiivitapa sa-
mula nipatirhsu. TanT pana anfiamannam sambandbanena*^
tbitasalavanam patva ito c’ ito ca paharanto ekarakkbam pi
patetuiii nasakkbi. Bhaggavimana devata nippatisarana darake
batthesu gabetva Hiiiiavantam gantva attano pavattiiii salavane
^ C* -mittanaib, -mittana. ^ vaddhatlti, ^ nehi, 0^^ adds ya.
“ 0^*= -vutthim. ® so both MSJS. instead of uppajji, vatassa? so both MSS-
Instead of atittha-? ^ both MSS. sambaddha-.
5. Maccbajataka* (75) .
B29
devatanaiti kathayiiiisii. Ta tasaiii evaiii agatabliavam Bodhi-
sattassa arocesiim. Bodliisatto j^panditanam vacanaiii agalietva
nippaccayatthanam gata nama evarupa va^ hontiti'* vatva
dbammarh desento imaiii gatbani aba:
Sadliu sarabaliula nati api rukkha arannaja,
vato valiati ekattham brahantam pi vanaspatin ti. 73.
Tattlia samba iiu la natiti cattaro iipadaya tatuttarim satasabassam pi
sambabula nama, evam sambabula annamannam nissaya vasanta nataka sadbu
sobbana pasattba parebi appadbamsiya ti attho, api nikkbii arannaja ti
tittbantu manussabhiita aramie jatarakkbapi sambabula anfiamannupattbambbena
tbita sadbu yeva, rakfebaiiam pi hi sapaccayabbavo va laddimra vattati, vato
vahati ekattban ti puratthimadibbedo vato vayarito anganatthane tbitam ekat-
tbaiii ekakam eva tbitanij brabautam pi vanaspatin ti sakhavitapasampan-
naiii mabarukkham pi vahati, ummuletva patetiti attbo.
Bodhisatto imam karanaiii kathetva ayukkliaye yathakam-
mam gato.
Satthapi „evam maharaja^ natakanam tava samaggi^ yeva laddhum
vattatiti, samagga sammodamana piyavasam eva vasatha“ ’ti. Sattha
imam dliammadesanam aliaritva jatakam samodbanesi: „Tada devata
Buddbaparisa abesum, panditadevata pana aham eva** ’ti. Rukkba-
dbammajatakam.
5. Maccbajataka.
Abbittbanaya Pajjunna ’ti. Idarb Sattha Jetavane
%
vibaranto attana v a s s a p 1 1 a v a s s a m arabblia katbesi. Ekasmim kira
saraaye Kosalarattbe clevo na vassi, sassani i|^ilayanti, te.su tesu tbanesu
talakapokkbaranisara sussanti. Jetavaiiadvarakottbakasamipe ^ Jetavana-
pokkharanlyapi udakaiii cliijji, kalalag’ahanam pavisitva nipaniie mac-
chakaccbape kakakulaiadayo kanayaggasadisehi tuiidebi kottetva
nibaritva niharitva vippljaiidamane kbadanti. Sattha maccbakaccbapa-
nam tarn vjasaiiam disva mabakarunaya ussabitabadayo „ajja maya
’ ca. ^ -ju, -Jata. ^ so both MSS. both MSS.- koddhaka-.
330
I. Efeanipata, 8. Varanavagga.
(leTam yassapetum yattatiti^ pabhataya rattiya sarirapatijagg’anam katva
bliikkliacarayeiam ^ sallakkhetra maliabliikkliusamgliaparivBto Buddha-
ITlhaya Sayatthim pincjaya pavisitya paccliabhattam pindapatam ^ patik-
kanto Sayatthito yiliaram g’acchanto Jetavanapokkharaniya^ sopaoe thatya
Aiiandattheraih iimantesi : „ Ananda, udakasatikam ahara, Jetayanapok-
kharaniyam naliayissaniiti*'**. „Nanu bhante Jetavanapokkharaniyam
adakam chinnakam, kalalaniattam eva avasittlian" ti. ,>Anaiida, Bttd-
dhabalam nama mahantam, ahara traiii adakasatikan*® ti. There
aharitya adasi. Sattha eken’ antena udakasatim niyasetya ekea’ antena
sanram parupitya ,,Jetayanapokkharaniyam nahayissamiti“ sopaae
atthasi. Tam khanaih neya Sakkassa paadakambalasilasanaih anha-
karam dassesi. So ,4dn nu kho‘® ti ayajjanto taiii karanarii natya
yassayalahakadeyarajanam pakkosapetya „tata, Sattha ®Jetayanapokkha-
raniyam nahayissamiti’ dhurasopane thito, khippadi sakala-Kosalarattham
ekam ogham katya yassapehiti**. So „sadhu“ ’ti sampaticchitya ekam
yalakakam niyasetya ekaiii parupitya meghagitadi ® gayanto pacinaloka-
dhatumukho pakkhandi» pacinadisabhage khalamandalaraattadi ekaih
meghapatalaih utthaya satapatalasahassapataiadi hutya abhitthanantaih
yijjuta niccharentadi adhomukhaih thapitaudakakumbhakarena yassa-
manam sakaladi Kosalaratthaih mahoghena viya. ajjhottari. Deyo
acchinnadharani yassanto nmhutten’ eya Jetayanapokkharanidi piiresi,
dhurasopanaih aliacca udakarh atthasi. Sattha pokkharaniyadi naha-
yitya rattadupattam niyasetya kayabandhanam bandhitya Sugatama-
haciyaradi ekariisagatarii katva bhikkhusadighapariyuto gantya gandha-
kutipariyene pannattayarabuddliasane nisiditya bhikkhusadighena yatte
dassite utthaya nianisopanaplialake thatya bhikkhiisadighassa oyadadi
datya uyyojetya surabhigandhakutim pavisitya dakkhinena passena
sihaseyyaih kappetya sayanhasamaye ' dhammasabhayadi sannipatita-
naiii bhikkhiinadi „passathayuso^ Dasabalassa khantimettaniiddayasan^-
pattidi viyidhasassesu niilayantcsu nanajalasayesu sussantesii*'^ macciia-
kacchapesu inahadukkhadi papunantesu kariinnaih paticca ‘mahajanadi
dukkha mocessanuti’ udakasatikaxh niyasetya Jetayanapokkharaniya
dhurasopane thatya mulmttena sakala-Kosalaratthadi mahoghena opila-
pento yiya devam vassapetya mahajanadi kayikacetasikadukkhato rao-
^ yattati, 0^^ vaddhatiti. ^ 0^^ -ramvelaiii, ® 0^^ -pata. ^ 0^^ -vanam-.
^ both MS8. -mi. ^ 0*^^ -Mtam. C?'-’ sayanha-, ® passasavuso. ^ omits
nana . - . tesu.
5. Macebajataka. (75).
cetya Tiharam payittlio‘‘ ti katbaya yattamanaja gandliakntito Bikklia*
mitya dliammasabhaiii agantya ,,kaya bu ’ttha bhikkliaye etaralii
katliaya sannisinna** ti pBccbitya ',,imaya nama** ’ti yutte „Ba bbik-
kbaye Tafcbagato idan’ eya mahajane kiiamante deyam vassapesi\
piibbe tiraccbanayoniyam nibbattitya maccbaTajakale pi yassapesi^ yeya®^
, yatva ' atitam abari: ■
Atite imasmim yeva Kosalarattbe imissa ca Savattliiya
imasmiiii yeva JetavanapokkliaraniyattMue eka valligabaiiam
parikkMtta kaudara aliosi. Bodbisatto macchayoniyaiii
nibbattitva maccliaganaparivHto tattha pativasati. Tatha pana
idani evam evarn^ tadapi tasmiih rattlie devo na vassi. Ma-
nBssanam sassani milayiiiisn, vapiadisu adakam chijji, maccha-
kaccbapa kalalagabanaiii pavisimsu. Imissapi kandaraya
maccha kalalagabanaiii pavisitva tasmiih tasmiih thane niliyiihsu,
kakadayo tandena kottetva® nibaritva khadimsu. Bodbisatto
fiatisamgbassa tarn vyasanaiii disva hi etesaih dukkhaih
thapetva mam anilo raocetnm samattho nama n’ atthi, sacca-
kiriyaih katva devam vassapetva natake maranadnkkba moces-
samlti‘‘ kalavannaih^ kaddamaih dvidha viyuhitva nikkhamitva
anjanarukkbasaragbatikavannamahamaccho sndliotaloliitaihka-
manisadisani akkhmi nmrailetva akasaih nlloketva Pajjminadeva-
marajassa saddaih datva „bho Pajjnnna, abarii iiatake nissaya
diikkbito, tvaih'^ mayi silavante kiiamante kasma devaih na
vassapesi, maya samanajatikanam khadanatthane nibbattitva
^andulapamaiiara*' pi maccbaih adiih katva® Idiaditapnbbo nama
n’ atthij, anno pi me pano jivita na voropitapubbo, imina sac-
cena devam vassapetva hatisamghafh me dukklia moceMti^^
vatva paricarakaceUkam anapento viya Pajjminam devarajanaih
alapanto imarii gatham aba:
^ -siiii. ^ so both MSS. ^ both MSS, boddbetva, ^ tvam. ® both
MSS. “iiam. ^ both MSS, adikatva.
L Ekaiiipata, S. Varanavagga,
m
AbMttliaaaya Pajjunna, iiidhim kakassa nasaya,
kakaiii sokaya randhehi, niafi ca sokil pamocaya ti, 74;
Tattha abliitthanaya Pajjiinnrt ’ti pajjamio vu<;<^a(i meglio; ayarii paiia
meghavasena lafklhaiiamanr vassaTaliihakadevarajanarh alapati, ayaiii kir’ assa
adhippayo: devo iiaina aiiabhitthananto vijjiitri ankdiarento vassaiito pi r]a
sobliati, tasmfi tvaiii abhittliananto vijjuta nicciiaroTito vassapeluti. nidbirh ka-=>
kassa iiiisaya ti kaka kalalaiu pavisitva <:hU<3 macdie tundena kottetva^ m-
haritva khadanti, tasma iiesaih anto kalale maeclui iiidhiti viiccanti , tarn kaka-
samghassa iiidhiiii devatii vassapcnto udake' paticcliadetva naseluti, kakam
sokaya landhehiti kilkasanigho iiuissa kaiularaya udakena pnnnuya maccha
alabhamario socissati, tarn kakaganarii tvam imaiii kandaraiii purento sokaya ran-
dhehi sokass^ atthilya, papa yatha^ antonijjhanalakkhanaih sokaiii papuiulti evaih
karohiti attho, man ca soka pamocaya ti ettha cakiiro sampinilaiiattho,
evaiii mail ca mama fiutake ca sabbe va imamiia maranasoka mocehiti.
Evaih Bodliisatto paricarakacetakam anapeiito viya Pajjun-
nam alapitva sakala-Kosalaratthe lualiavassam vassapetva
mahajanaiii maranadiikkha mocetva jlvitapariyosane yatliakam-
mam gato.
Sattiia ,,na bhikkhave Tathagato icJan’ eva devaiii vassapeti, pubbe
pi niacchayoniyaiii nibbatto pi vassapesi yera^ ’ti vatva imam dham-
madesanam aharitva anusandhim ghatetva jatakaiii samodhanesi : ,,Tada
macchagano Buddhaparisa aliosi, Pajjunnadeyaraja Anando, maceharaja
pana aham eva‘‘ Maccliajatakam.
(1 Asaiiikiy ajatak a.
Asaihkiyomiii ganiamhiti. Idaiii Sattlia J eta vane viha-^
ranto ekam Savatthi-vasim upasakaih arabbha kathesi. So kira so-
tapanno ariyasiivako kenacid eva karaniyena ekena^ sakatasatthava-
hena^ saddhiiii inaggarh patipajjitva ekasmim araniiatfcbane sakatani
mocetva khaiidhavaraih khandhe^* kate sattliavabassa avidure aunataras-
niim rukkhannile caiiikainati. Ath’ attaiio kalam .saiiakkhetva panca-
sata cora ,,kbaiidhavaraiii vihiiupissama** ’ti dbaiiumuggaradihattha tarn
^ both i\lSS. koddhetva ^ so both MSS. instead of papo yadiiiV omits
ekena, ^ both MSS- -satthuvahena, ^ so both MSS. of khandhavarakhandhe?
6. Asaihkiyajataka. (76).
333
thanam parivarayimsii. Upasako pi camkanii‘ yeva. Cora riaiii disva
naddha esa khauclliayaram rakkhako bhavissati, imissa iiiddam okkan-
takale yilumpissama^ ’ti ajjhottarituiii asakkonta tattba tattli’ eva attliamsu.
So pi upasako pathamayame pi niajjhimayame pi paccliimayanie pi
camkamam Seva adbittliasi^. Pacciisakale jate cora okasam aiabhanta
gabite pasanamuggaradayo cliaddetva palayimsu. Upasako pi attano
kammaiii nitthapetya putia Sayatthiiii agantva Sattharam upasamka-
iiiitya jjbbante attanam rakkliamana paraiii rakkbika hontati“ pucclii.
,,Ama upasaka, attanaiii rakklianto ^ param rakkliati, param rakkhaiito
attanam rakkhatiti‘‘. So j^yaya subhasitam c’ idam^ bbante Bbaga-
yata, abaiii ekena sattbayabena saddbim maggam patipaiino ‘rukkba-
niiile caiiikamanto mam rakkbissamiti’ sakalasattham rakkhin^^** ti aba.
Sattba „upasaka pubbe pi pandita attanam rakkbanta pararn rak-
kbiibsu” ’ti yatya tena yacito atitam ahari:
Atite Baranasiyam Bralimadatte rajjam karente
Bodhisatto brahmanakule nibbattitva vayappatto kamesu
adinavam disva isipabbajjam pabbajitva Himavante vasanto
loiiambilasevanattbaya jaiiapadam agantva janapadacarikaiii ca-
ranto ekena sattbavaliena saddhiiii maggam patipajjitva ekas-
miiii arannattliane sattlie nivittlie satthato avidtire jhanasukhena
vitinamento annatarasmiiii rnkkbamfile camkamam adliittbasi.
Atlia kho pancasata cora sayamasabhattassa blmttakale ^^taiii
sakatasattham vilumpissama‘‘ ’ti agantva parivarayimsu. Ne^
taiii tapasam disva 5,sace ayaiii amhe passissati sattliavasikanam
arocessati, etassa** niddilpagatavelaya viiiimpissaraa“ ti tattli’’
^va attbaiiisn. Tapaso sakaiam pi rattim camkami yeva. Cora
okasaiii alabliitva gabitagaliite miiggarapasane cliaddetva sakata-
sattbavasTiiam saddaiii datva j^blio ss^tthavasinOj sace esa ruk-
kbainille caihkamanatapaso ajja nabhavissa® sabbe maliavilopam
patta abhavissatlia^ sve tapasassa mabasakkaraiii kareyyatiia‘‘
’ti vatva pakkamiihsu. Te pabhataya rattiya corehi chaddite
^ both MSS. camkama. ^ 0^ adhitthayiibyi? ^ both MSS, rakkbantn.
^ aparam. ^ subhasitamidam? ® 0^ rakkbisari. so both MSS.
ekassa. ^ nabbavissati.
334
L Ekanipata. S. Varanavagga.
miiggarapasanadayo disva bhita BodHsattassa santikaih gantva
vandtoa „bliante dittha to cora«^ ti „Amavnso
dittlia'* ti. „Bliante ettake vo core disva blmyam va sarajjam
va na uppajjiti'*. Bodhisatto „avuso core disva bhayaiii nama
sadhaiiassa^ hoti, aliam pana niddhano, sv-aliam kiiii bbayis-
sami, maybam bi game pi aranne pi vasantassa bhayaiii va
sarajjam va n’ atthlti'* vatva tesam dhammam desento imam
gatham aha:
Asamkiyo ’iiihi gamamhi, arafine n’ atthi me bhayaiii,
ujumaggaih samaralho mettaya karunaya ca ti. 75.
Tattha saiiikaya inyiitto patittbito ti samkiyo na saiiikiyo asamkiyo, aharii
game vasaiito pi saiiikaya appatitfMtatta asamkiyo nibbhayo nirasariiko ti dipeti.
aranne ti gamagamupacaravinimutte thane, ujumagg am samarulbo met-
taya karunaya ca ’ti ahan tikacatukkajjhanikabi mettakarunahi kayavamkadi-
virahitam^ ujubrahmalokagamimaggam arulho ti vadati, atha va parisuddhasila-
taya kayavacimariovamkavirahitarh ujiiiii devalokamaggam arulho ^mhlti dassetv-a
tato uttaririi mettaya karunaya ca patitthitatta ujuiii Brahmalokamaggam pi
arulho ’mhiti dasseti pi, aparihinajjhanassa hi ekaekantena Brahmalokaparaya-
iiatta mettakarunadayo ujumagga nama.
Evaiii Bodhisatto imaya gathaya dhammaiii desetva tuttha-
cittehi tehi manussehi sakkatapujito yavajivam cattaro Brah-
mavihare bhavetva Brahmaloke nibbatti.
Sattha imaiii dhaminadesanaia aharitva anusandhiiii ghatetya jata*
kam samodhanesi : „Tada satthavasino Buddhaparisa ahesum , tapaso
pana aham eya“ ’ti. Asaihkiyajatakamr ^
■ ' .ft .
7. Maiiasupinajataka.
Lapuni sidantitL Idaih Sattha Jetavane yiharanto
solas a mahasupine arabbha katbesi. Ekadiyasam kira Kosala-
mabaraja rattim niddupagato® paccbimayame solasa mahasupine disya
^ 0^ sadhanassa. ® 0* -ta. ® Qk niddu-.
7. Mahastipinajataka. (77), 335
bhitatasito jjabujjhitya ^imesam sapinanam ditpiatta Idn nu kho me
bha^issatiti^ iiiaranabhayatajjito sayaaiapitthe nisimiako va vitinamesi.
Atha naiii pabhataja rattiya brahmanapiirohita upasariikamitTa ,,su-
kbam asayittba ^ inabaraja“ ’ti puccbimsu. „Kuto me acariya sukham,
ajjakaiii paccusasamaye sojasa mabasupine jmssirn, so ’nihi tesam dit-
tliakalato patpiaya bhayaj)patto, vadetha acariya“ ,ti. ,,Satva janis-
sania“ ’ti vutte brahmananam ditthasupine kathetva „kin nu kho me
imesam ditthakarana bbavissatiti“ pucchi, Brahniana battbe Tidliii-
nimsu. 5,Kasma battlie vidhunatba“ ’ti ca vutte „kakkbaia maharaja
supina“ ti. ,,Ka tesam nipphatti bbavissatiti“. „Rajjantarayo jiyi-
tantarayo bbogantarayo ti imesam tinnaiii antarayanaiii annataro“ tx.
,,Sappapkamma appatikamma** ti. „Kamam ete siipina atipharusatta
ai^patikamma, may am pana te^ sapjxapkamme karissama, ete patikka-
mapetuiii asakkontanaiii arahakam sikkbitabbavo^ nama idiii karissa-
titi^“. ,,Kim pana katya patikkamapessatba^ ’ti. ,,Sabbacatukkena
yannaiii yajissama mabaraja“ ’ti. Raja bbitatasito „tena hi aca-
riya mama jivitam tumbakam battbe , kbippaiix me sottbiiii ka-
rotba“ ’ti aba. Brahmana „babiim dbaiiam labbissama, babuiii kbaj-
jabhojjaih aharapessaiiia“ ’ti hatpiatiipba „ma cintayi mabaraja“ ’ti
rajanaiii samassasetva rajanivesana nikkbamitya balunagare yaunavatam
katva bahu'"’ catuppadagane tbune panite katva pakkbigane samaba-
ritva ,,idan c’ idan ca. laddhum vattatiti“ piiiiapimiia saiiisaranti. Atba
kho Mallika devi tarn karanaiii Satva rajanarii upasamkamitva puccbi:
,,km nu kbo maharaja brahmana punappuna samsarantiti^. „Sukliita
tyam ambakaih, kannamuie asivisaiia carantam ua janasiti“. ,,Kmi etaiii
maharaja^ ’ti. ,,Maya evarapa dussupiiia dittbii, brahmana ‘tinnaiii
antarayanaiii annataro paonayatxti’ vatva ‘tesaiii padgbataya yannaiii
yajama’ ’ti vatva punappuna samsai’autiti“. s-Kiiii pana te mabaraja
s^deyake loke aggabrabmano supinapapkaimnaiii puccbito“ ti. ,,Kataro
pan’ esa bbadde sadeyake loke aggabrahmano“ ti. n^^adevake ioke
sabbaSSum yisuddham nikl«Iesam mahabralimanam na
janasi, so iii Bbagaya siipinantaram janeyya, gacclia tvaih ' puccha
mabaraja^ ’ti. „Sadbu deyitb* raja viharajh gautva Sattbaraiii van-
ditya iiisidi. Sattba madhiirassarani niccbaretva ,,kin nu kbo mabaraja
atippagc va agato siti“ aha. „A}iam bbante x>accusamaye so|asa ma-
^ asiyittha. ^ ne. both MSS. sikkbitta-
both MSS. ^ so both MSS, instead of taih?
^ C*’ -Siti. ^ bahu. ^ so
336
1. Ekanipata. 8. Varanavagga.
hasupine disva bMto brahmananaiii arocesim, brahmana ‘kakkbaia ^
maliaraja siipiua, etesam patigbatanattbaya sabbacatukkeDa yannaiii
yajissama’ ’ti yanSam sajjenti, babu pana laaranabhayatajjita , tmuhe
va^ sadevake loke aggapuggalo, atitanagatapaccuppannam upadaya n’
attbi so iieyyadhanirao yo vo nanamukbe apatharn^ n^accbati, etesaiii
me supinanaib nipphattiJi kathetba Bhagaya'* ’ti. „Eyam etaiii maha-
raja, sadevake loke maiii thapetva anno etesam supinanaib antaram ya
nippbattim ya ^ janituiii samattho nama n’ attbi, ahan te katbessami,
api ca kho tyaiii ditthaniyamen’ eya supine kathebiti*** „Sadhu bbante“
ti raja ditthaniyamen’ eva kathento
Usabba rukkba gaviyo gava ca
asso kamso sigali ca kunibbo
pokkbarani ca apakacandanam
Lapuni sidanti sila play anti
mandukiyo® kanbasappe gilanti
kakam suyanna parivarayanti
tasa yaka elakanaih bbaya hiti
imaiii niatikarii nikkbipitva kathesi. „Katham bbante, ekan taya siipi-
nam eyaih addasarn: cattaro anjanavanna kalausabba ‘yujjbissama’ ’ti
catuhi’ disabi rajanganaiii agantya ‘usabbayuddbam passissama’ ’ti ma-
bajane sannipatite yiijjlianakaraiii dassetya naditya gajjitya ayujjhitva ya
patikkanta, imam pathamaiii supin am addasarn, iraassa ko yipako**
ti. ,, Maharaja, iniassa yipako n’ eya taya na mama kale bhavissati,
anagate pana adbanimikanam kapanarajunam^ adiiammikaiiam ca ma-
nussanarii kale loke yipariyattamane kiisale ossanne^ akusale ussanne
lokassa parihanakale, devo na samma vassissati, megbapada ca cbijjis-
santi, sassani miUiyissauti, dubbbikkliam bhavissati, vassitukaina viya^^‘
catuhi disabi niegba uttbahitva itthikahi atape pattbatanam ^ ‘ yihia-
dinam teiiianabhayena antopavesitakale purisesu kuddalapitakabattliesu
aliin bandlianatthaya nikkhantesu vassanakaraiii dassetya gajjitya
yijjuta niccbaretva te usabba viya ayujjliitva avassitya ya palayissanti,
ayam etassa yipako, tuybarh pana tappaccaya koci antarayo ii’attbi, ana-
^ “la. ^ ca. ^ apathaiii. 0^*^ omits vij. ^ both MSS. mandu-.
“Vanana, “vanna. both MSS. catuhi. ® -rajunarii. so both
MSS. both MSS. vassatu-, 0^ adds catnkama viya. ritappetthacanah}.
-pitthaka-.
7. MaMsupfnajataka. (77)*
gatam arabbha dittbasupmo esa, brabmana paaa attano jiyitavuttini
nissaya kathayimsu®* ti. Eyam Sattba supmassa nippliattim kathetya
aba: ,,dutiyaiii katiielii maharaja‘‘ „Dutiyam bhante evatii adda-
sam : klmddaka^ rukkba c’ era gaccba ca patbavim bbinditva yidat-
tbimattam pi ratanamattam pi anagantya ya puppbanti c’eya pbalanti
ca, imam d utiyam addasam, imassa ko yipako“ ti. „Mabaraja, imassa
yipako lokassa paribinakale manussanam parittayukakale bbavissati,
anagatasmim hi satta tibbaraga bbavissanti, asampattayaya va kumariyo
purisantaram gantya utuniyo o’eva gabbhiniyo ca Imtya piittadMtahi
yaddbissanti, kbiiddakamkkbanam puppbam viya M tasam utunibbayp
phalam viya ca piittadhitaro bbayissanti, itonidanam pi te bhayam a’
atthi. Tatiyam katbebi mabaraja** ’ti. ^Gayiyo bhante tadabnjatanam
yaccbanaiii kbfram i)iyantiyo addasam, ayam me tatiyo su|>ino, imassa
ko yipako” ti. ,,Imassapi yipako anagate eva manussanam jetthapa-
cayikakammassa natthakale bbavissati, anagatasmim hi satta matapitnsu
va sassusasuresii ya lajjaiii anupattbapetva sayam eva kutumbam sam-
vidabanta va gbasaccbadanamattam pi mabailakanam datukama das-
santi adatukama na dassanti^, maballaka anatba asayaiiivasi^ darake
aradbetva jiyissanti tadabnjatanam vacchakanam kluram pivanta nia-
bagaviyo viya, itonidanam pi te bhayam n’ attbi, Catuttbam katbe-
biti”. ,,Dhuravabe bhante arobaparinabasampanne mabagone yugapa-
ramparaya ayojetva tarune godamme^ dbure yojente addasam, te dhuraih
yabitnm asakkonta cbaddetya attbamsn, sakatani na-ppavattimsn, ayam
me catnttbo supino, imassa ko yipako” ti. ,Jmassapi yipako ana-
gate eya adbammikarajiinam kale bbavissati, an%atasmim hi adbam-
mikakapanarajano panditanam pavenikusalanam ® kanimam ® nittbarana-
samattbanam mahamattanam yasam na dassanti, dhammasabbaya
yiniccbayattbane pi pandite yobarakusale mabaliake amacce na tbapes-
s^nti, tabbiparitanam^ pana tar anatarunanam yasam dassanti, tatbariipe
eya ca yiniccbayattbane thapessanti, te rajakammani yeya yuttanan ca
ajananta n’ eya tarn yasam ukkbipitnm sAkkbissanti na rajakammani
nittbaritum, te asakkonta kammadhuram cbaddessanti maballakapi
paiiditamacca yasam alabbanta kiccani nittbaritum samattbapi ‘kirn
ambakam etebi, mayaiii baliiraka jata, abbbantarika tarunadaraka
^ C« khuddasaiiikhnddaka, ^ omits adatnbaraa na dassanti. ® both MSS,
-si. ^ both MSS. -dhamme, C* pavoui-, pameni*. ® €*' kamman
’ -pari-. ® 0® omits mabaliake .... chaddessanti.
22
338
I. Ekanipata. 8. Taranavagga.
jMssantiti’ uppannani kammani na karissanti, eraiii sabbathapi tesam
rajiinam hani yeva bbayissati, dbaram vabituib asamattbanaiii vaccba-
dammaoam^ dhure yojitakalo viya dkuravabanam ^ mabagonanaiii
yugaparaniparaya ayojitakald Tiya bbayissati, itonidanain pi te bbayaiii
ii’attlii. PaScamam kathebte*. „Bbante, abhatomukbam assam ad-
dasam, tassa dyisu passesu yayasan® denti, so dyihi mukbebi kbadati,
ayam me paScamo supino, imassa ko vipako“ ti. ,,Imassapi anagate
adbammikarajakale yeya yipako bbayissati, anagatasmirh bi adbamiiai-
kabaiarajano adbammike ioiamaausse yiniccbaye tbapessanti, te papa
puSnesu anadara bala sabhayam nisiditya vimccbayam denta ubbinnam
pi atthapaccattbikanam battbato laScaiii gabetva kbadissanti as so yiya
dvihi niukhehi yayasam, itonidanam pi te bbayam n’ attbi. Cbattharh
katbebitb‘. „Bhante, mabajano satasabassaggbanikam'^ suyannapatiiii
sammajjitya „idba passayaib karobiti“ ekassa jarasigalassa upanamesi,
tarn tattba passayam karontam addasam, ayam me chattho supino,
imassa ko yipako** ti. ,Jmass%i vipako aiiagate yeya bbayissati,
anagatasmiib bi adbammika ya jatbajano jatisampannanaiii kulaputta-
nam asamkaya yasam na dassanti akuline ya vacklbessanti, eyaiii ma*
hakulani duggatani bhayissanti lamakakulani issarani, te ca kolinapiirisa
jlyiturii asakkouta ‘iine nissaya jivissama’ ’ti akulinanam dbitaro das-
santi, iti tasaih kuladbitanam akuiinebi saddbim samyaso jarasigalassa.
suyannapatiyaiii passayakaranasadiso bbayissati, itonidanam pi te bbayaiii
11 attbi. Sattamaih katbebiii**. „Bbante, eko puriso rajjum yattetya
yattetya^’ padamiile nikkbipati, tena nisinnapithassa bettha sayita eka
chatasigali ^ iiassa ajanantass’ eya tarn kbadati, ey’ aham addasam,
ayam sat tamo supino, imassa ko yipako" ti. „Imassa pi anagate
yeya yipako bbayissati, anagatasmijdi bi ittbiyo purisaiola suralola
alainkaraloia yisikhalola amisaiola bhayissanti, dussiia duracara ta sa-
in ikebi kasigorakkbadini kammani katva Idccbena kasirena sambbataiii
dhanam jarebi saddbim suram piyanta maiagandbayilepanam dbara.ya-
niana ante gehe accayikam^pi kiccam anoloketya gebe parikkhepassa
uparibbagena cbiddatthanebi pi jare upadbarayamana sye yapitabba-
yuttakain^ bijam pi kottetya''^ y^ubbattakbajjakani sampadetya. kba-
damana yilumpissanti bettha pitbake nipaunaccbatasigali yiya yattetya
* -dhammiirianj. ^ C* clJiura-. p so both MSS. ^ both MSS. -nikam,
^ nasarii. ® both MSS. vaddhetva vaddhetva. 0*-’ -li. ® C*' -yuttariikaiiu
’ both MSS. koddhetva.
339
yattetya^ padamSle iiikk.liittara^*um, itonidanam pi te bhayam n’ attbi.
Attliamam katlieliiti‘S „Bbante > rajadyare bahahi^ tucchakumbhehi
]3ariyaretya thapitaiii ekam mahantam puritakumbbam addasam, cattaro
pi pana yanna catiibi ^ disalii catubi^ anudisabi ca gbatehi udakarii
aharitya aharitya piiritakumbbam eya piirenti, paritapuritam udakam
uttaritva palayi, tato^ pi punappuna tattb’ eya udakam asincanti,
tucchakumbbe olokento® pi n’ attbi, ayam me atthamo supiuo, imassa
ko yipako“ ti. ^Imassapi anagate yeya vipako bhavissati, anagatas-
mim bi ioko paribayissati, rattbam uirojam bbayissati, rajano duggata
kapaua bbavissanti, yo issaro bhayissati tassa bbandagare satasabassa-
matta kabapana*^ bbayissanti, te evam duggata sabbe janapade attano
yapakamme karessanti, upaddutamanussa sake kammante cbaddetya
rajiinam neva attbaya pubbannaparannani ca vapanta rakkbanta layanta
maddanta pavesenta uccbukkbettani karoiita yantani karonta yantani
yahenta pbanitadini pacanta puppbarame phalarame ca karonta tattba
tattba nipphanriani pubbannadini aharitya ranno kotthagaram eya pu*
ressanti, attano gehesu tucchakottbakesu olokentapi na bbayissanti,
tuccbatuccbakumbbe anoloketya piiritakumbbe puranasadisam eya bba-
yissati, itonidanam pi te bbayam n’ attbi. Nayamam katbeMti“.
„Bbante, ekam pancapadumasancbannam gambblram sabbatotittbaih
pokkbaranim addasam, samantato dipadacatuppada otaritya tattba pa-
niyam^ piyanti, tassa® majjbe gambbirattbane udakam ay ilam, tlra-
padesesu dipadacatuppadanam akkamanattbane accbam yippasannam
anayilam, ey’ abain addasam, ayam me® nay am o supino, imassa ko
yipako** ti. ,,Imassapi anagate eva yipako bhayissati, anagatasmiiii bi
rajano adbammika bbayissanti, cbandadiyasena agatim gaccbanta ra^‘am
karessanti, dbammena yinicchayam nama na dassanti, lancayittaka
bbayissanti dbanalola, rattbayasikesu nesam kbantimettanuddaya nama
n% bbayissanti, kakkbala pbarusa uccbuyante uccbugantbika yiya ma-
nusse piienta nanappakarebi balim uppadetya dbanam ganhissanti,
manussa balipibta kinci datum asakkonta ^amanigamadayo cbaddetya
paccantam gantva vasam kappessanti, majjbimajanapado sunno^^ bba*
yissati^^ paccanto gbanayaso seyyatbapi pokkbaraniya majjbe udakam
aviiam pariyante yippasannam, itonidanam pi te bbayam n’ attiiL
^ both MSS. vaddhetva yaddhetva. ® both MSS. babuni. ^ both MSS. catiiM.
^ 0^ tate, tate corr. to tato. ^ 0^ -ta. 0 ^ kapani. ’ 0?*= paniyam. ** Ck tasma.
® ayameva. both MSS. -kare. both MSS* suibfia,. G^ bbavissanti,
■ ' ■' ■
340
I. Ekanipata. 8. Varanavagga.
Dasamaiii kathehiti"*. „Bliante, ekissa yeva kambhiya paccanianam
odanaih apakam addasam - apakan ti vidaretya yibbajitva ^ thapitam
viya» till’ &arebi paccamanam ekasnoim pbasseVatikilmno lioti ekasmim
uttandiilo ekasmim sapakko ti- , ayam me dasam o supxno, imassa ko
vipako“ ti, „Imassapi anagate yeya yipako bhavissati, anagatasmiiii
hi rajano adbammika bhayissanti, tesu adhammikesu rajayuttapi brab-
managahapatinegamajanapadapiti samanabrahmane apadaya® sabbe Bia-
Qussa adbammika bbayissaEti, tato nesam arakkiiadevata balipatiggahika
deyata rukkbadevata akasatthadeyata ti eyam deyatapi adbammika
bhayissanti, adhammikarajunam rajje vata yisaraa kbara vayissanti, te
akasatthakayimanani kampessanti, tesu kampitesu deyata kupita cleyam
yassitum ua dassanti, vassamano pi sakalarattiie ekappaharena nayas-
sissati, yassamano pi sabbattha kasikammassa ya yappakammassa ya
upakaro butya na yassissati, yatha ca ratpie eyam janapade pi game
pi ekatalakasare pi ekappaharena na yassissati, talakassa uparibhage
yassanto hetthabhage na yassissati, hettha yassanto upari na yassissati,
ekasmim bhage sassam atiyassena nasessati, ekasmim ayassanena'^ mila-
pessati, ekasmim samma yassamano sampadessa.ti, eyam ekassa ranno
rajje yuttasassa nijxpakara bhayissanti ekakumbhiya odano viya, itoni-
danam pi te bhayam n’ atthi. Ekadasamaiii kathehiti**. „Bhante,
satasahassagghanikam candanasararii putitakkena® yikkinanti^ addasam,
ayam me ekadasamo supino, imassa ko yipako“ ti. „Imass^pi
anagate eya may ham sasane parihayante yipako bhayissati, anagatas-
mim hi paccayalola aiajji bhikkhu bahii bhayissanti, te maya pacca-
yaloluppam nimmathetya kathitadhammadesanam ciyaradicatupaccayahetu
paresarh desessanti, paccayehi muccitya tittliaranapakkhe ® piita nibba-
nabhimukbam katva deseturh na sakkbissanti, kevalam mama yyanja-
nasampattim c’ eya madburasaddan ca sutya mahagghani ciyaradini
dassanti c’ eya datukama^ ca hontiti desessanti, apare antarayitlii-
catukkarajadyaradisu nisiditya kabapanaddbapadamasakarupadini pi
nissaya desessanti, iti may? nibbanaggbanakam katva desitam dham-
mam catuppaccayattbaya c’ eva kahapanaddbakabapananam ^ ^ atthaya
cayikkinitva desenta satasabassaggbanakam * \ candanasaram putitakkena
^ vibhijitva. “ so both MSS. instead of passe? ^ omit samana-upadaya?
* both MSS. avassante. ^ both MSS. “iiikaib. ® both MSS. piitiritakkena.
^ so both MSS. instead of -naiite? ® C^'nittha-? read; titthakaranaiii pakkhe?
® G* adds ti, G^ iii both MSS. -nakarh. both MSS. -naui.
vikkinaiita viya blia?is itonidanam pi te bhajaiix n’ atthi.
Dyadasamaiii katlieliiti“, „Bbante, tucchalapnni udake sidantani
addasariu imassa ko vipako*‘ ti. ,Jmassapi anagate adhammikaraja*
kale loke Tiparivattante^ yeva Yipako bhayissati, tada hi rajano jati-
sampannanam kiilaputtanam yasam na dassanti akulinaiiam yeya das-
santi, te issara bbayissanti itare dalidda, rajasammukbe pi rajadvare pi
amaccasammakbe pi vinicchayatthahe pi tucchalabusadisanaiii akulina-
nam 5eya katba osiditva thita viya niccala sappatitthita bhayissati,
samghasaimipatesa pi samghakamiiiaganakammatthanesu c’ eya patta-
ciyarapariyenadiyinicchayatthanesa ca dassilanam papapuggaianaiii Seya
katha aiyyanika^ bhayissati na lajjibhikkhanaa® ti eyam sabbatbapi
tacchalapasidaiiakaio yiya bhayissati , itonidanam pi te bhayaih n’
atthi. Terasamam kathehiti“ yatte ,,bhante niahantamahanta kata-
garappamana ghanasiia naya viya adake playamana^ addasam, imassa
ko vipako“ ti. „Imassapi tadise yeva kale yipako bhayissati, tada hi
adhammikarajano akulinanam yasam dassanti, te issara bbayissanti
kalina duggata, tesa na keci garayam karissanti, itaresa yeva karis-
santi, rajasammakhe va amaccasammakhe ya yiniccliayatthane va yi-
nicchayakasalanam ghanasilasadisanam kalapattanaih katha na ogahitya
patitthahissati, tesa kathentesu ‘kirn inie kathentiti’ itare parihasam
ey a karissanti, bhikkhasanmpate pi yattappakaresu thanesu n’ eya
pesale bhikkhii garakatabbe® mannissanti napi tesam katha pariyoga-
hitya patitthahissati, silanam piayanakalo^ yiya bhayissati, itonidanam
pi te bhayaih n’ atthi. Caddasam kathehiti“. „Bliante, khudda-
karaadhakapapphapamanamandakiyo mahante kanliasappe vegena anu-
bandhitva appalanale yiya chinditya chinditya niamsam khaditya gilaii-
tiyo addasam, imassa ko vipako“ ti, „Imassapi loke parihayante
anagate eya yipako bhayissati, tada hi manussa tibbaragadijatika kile-
s^nayattika hatva taranatarunanam attaao bhariyanam vase yattissanti,
gehe dasakammakaradayo pi gomahisadayo pi liirannasavannam pi
sabbaiii tasam yeya ayattam bhayissati, „^sakam hirannasuvannaih va
paricchadadijataiii^ ya kahan“ ti yatte ,,yattha ya tattha ya hota, kiiii
tuyh’ imina yyaparena, tyam mayham ghare santaiii ya asantaiii va
janitakamo jato“ ti yatva nanappakarehi akkositva makhasattihi kot-
tetya^ dasacetake yiya yase katya attano issariyam payattessanti, eyaih
^ -fatten te? ® O^ niyymi. ® 0^ lajji-. ^ C^'^ corr. to -pariisida-®
“pusida-. ^ palava-. ® garu-. 7 palavanamkalo. ® both MSS^
paricche-. ® both MSS. koddhetva*
342 I. Ekanipata* S. Tamavagga. ^ ^^ ^ ^ ^ ^
madhukapuppliapaBiananam mandiikapoiikaiiam asmse kankasappe gi»
lanakalo^ yiya bharissati, itonidanam pi te bhayaiii n^a^^^ii* Banna-
r a s a m a m katbeMti“. „Bbante, dasabi asaddkammelii samannagatam
gamagocaram kakam kancanavannapannataja suYanna ti laddlianame
snvannarajabaihse parivarente addasaih, imassa ko vipako“ ti, „Imas-
sapi annate dubbalarajakale yeya vipako bhavissati » anagatasmim
rajano hatfcbisippadisu akusala yuddbesu yisarada^ bhayissanti, te attano
rajjadiyipattim asamkamana samanajatikanam kulapnttanam issariyam
adatya attano padamnlikanahapakakapx^akadinam dassanti, jatigotta-
sampannaknlapntta rajakule patittbam alabbamana jiyikam kappetnm
asamattha bntya issariye tbite jatigottabme aknline npattbahanta yica-
rissanti, snyannarajabamsebi® kakassa pariyaritakalo viya bbayissati,
itonidanam pi te bbayam n’ attbi. Solassanaam katbehiti“. „Bbante,
pubbe dijiino elake kbadanti, abaib pana elake dipino anubandbitya
mnrumura^ ti kbadante addasam, atb’ anSe tasa yaka eiake dnrato ya
disya tasita tasappatta® bntya elakanam bbaya palayitva gumbagaba-
nani pavisitya niliyimsn, - bikaro pan’ ettha mpatamattam eya - ey’
aham addasam, imassa ko yipako*‘ ti. ,Jmassapi anagate adbammika-
xajakale yeya yipako bbayissati, tada lii aknlina rajayallabba issara
bhavissanti, kulina appannata duggata, te rajayallabba ^ rajanam attano
kathaih gabapetya vinicchayatthanadisu balavanto butya kulinanam
payeniagatanam ® khettayattbadini ‘amliakam santakani etaniti’ abbi-
ypjjbitya te ‘na tumbakam ambakan’ ti agantya vinicchayattbanadisn
viyadante^ vettalatadihi pabarapetya giyaya gabetya apakaddbapetya
‘attano pamanam na janatba, ambebi saddbiiii yivadatha, idani yo ranno
katbetya battbapadaccbedanadini karessama’ ti santajjessanti, te tesam
bbayena attano santakani yattbiini ‘tumbakam yeyVetani^^ ganbatba’
ti niyyadetya attano gebani payisitya bhita nipEyjissanti ; papabbikkhu
pi pesale bbikkbii yatharncim yibetbessanti , te pesala bbikkbn p^ti-
saranarii . alabbamana araSnam payisitya gabanattbanesu niliyissanti ;
eyam hinajaccelii c’ eya papabbikkbnhi ca upaddutanam jatimantaku-
laputtanaiii c’ eya pesalanam bbikkhunan ca elakanam bbayena tasa-
vakanam palayanakalo yiya bbayissati, itonidanam pi te bbayam ii’
attbi, ayam pi hi supino anagatam Sera arabbba dittho, brabmana pana
^ bilana-. ^ so both MSS. ^ both MSS. -bamse. ^ muru-. ® sap-
■patta. ® so both MSS. ^ yallabba, ® 0^ pameni-j paveni-. ® va-
dante. pahara-. 0^ yevatani both MSS. tasava-.
S43
7 , Maijasupinajatalia. (77).
na dliarnriiasudhamrnataya tayi sineliena kathayiriisii, ‘bahiim dhanaiii
iabhissama' ti aiiusacakkimtaya jivitavuttiiii iiissaya kathayimsu“ ti.
Evam Sattlia solasamiam maliasupinanaiii nipidiattiiii ^ katlietva ,,iia
kho maharaja etarahi tyam neva ime supine addasa, poranakarajano
pi^ addasaiiisu, brahmaiiapi tesam eyain eya ime supine gahetya yan-
namattliake khipiiiisu, tato panditehi dinnena nayena gantya Bodlii-
sattam pucchiiiisu, poranakapi tesam ime supine katlienta imina niya-
mena kathesun“ ti yatva tena yacito atitam aliarii
Atite B a r a n a s i y a lii B r a li m a d a 1 1 e raj j aiii kar ent e
Bodiiisatto udiccabralimanakule nibbattitva vayappatto
isipabbajjaiii pabbajitva abliinna c’ eva samapattiyo ca nibbat-
tetva Oimavantapadesam jbanakTlam Idlanto viharati. Tada
Baranasiyaiii Bralimadatto iiiiina va niyamena ime supine disva
braliinane pucclii. BrMimana evam evaiii^ yannaiii yajituiii
arabliiiiisu. Tesu puroliitassa antevasikaiiianavo^ pandito vyatto
acariyaiii aha: 5 ,acariya, tumliehi mayaiii tayo vede ugganlia-
pita, nanu tesu ^ekam maretva ekassa sotthikammassa karanan
nama ii’ attliiti’^^ j^Tata imina upayena amhakaih baliuiii dha-
nam uppajjissati, tvaiii pana raMo dhanaiii rakkliitukamo
inafme^^ ti. Manavo ^^tena hi acariya tiimlie tumhakam kam“
mam karotha, aliaiii tumhakam santike kiiii karissamiti‘‘ viea-
ranto raniio iiyyanaiii agamasi. Taiii divasaiii heva Bodiiisatto
pi tarn karanaiii natva jjajja mayi manussapathaiii gate malm-
janassa bandhana mokkho bhavissatiti^^ akaseiia gantva uyyane
otaritva suvannapatima viya mangalasilatale nisidi, Manavo
Bodhisattaiii upasaiiikaniitva vanditva ekamantaiii nisiditva pati-
santliaram akasi. Bodiiisatto pi tena saddhiiii madliurapatisan-
tharam katva j^kin nn kho manava raja dhammena rajjaiii ka-
retiti^^ pucclii. ^jBhante, raja nama dhammiko, api ca kho
pana nam brahmana atitthe pakkliaiii dapenti, raja solasa su-
pine disvil brahmananaiii arocesi, bralimaiia ‘yaiinam yajissama’
so both MSS. ^ 0^ antoyasima-,
* nippattiih, ® omits pi.
344,
I, Ekanipata. 8. Yaranavagga.
’ti araddha, kin nu klio bkante ^ayam nama imesaiii siipinanam
nippliattiti’ rajanam sanfiapetva tnmhakaiii nialiajanam bhaya
mocetuiii na vattattti^*^ ,,Mayam kho manava rajanam na ja-
nama, rajapi ambe na janati, sace pana idkagantva pnccheyya
katbeyyam’ assa inayan“ ti. Manavo ^aharii bbante anessami,
tumlie inamagaraanam udikkhanta muliuttam nisidatlia'*' ’ti
Bodliisattam patijanapetva ranno santikaiii gantva jjinaharaja
eko akasacariko tapaso tnmhakaiii uyyane otaritva ‘^tiiroliehi
ditthasnpinanam nipphattiih kathessamitf tnmhe pakkosatiti^V
aha. Raja tassa katham sntva tavad eva mahantena parivarena
uyyanaiii gantva tapasaih vanditva ekamantam nisinno pucciii^:
5 ,tumhe kira bhante maya ditthasnpinanam nipphattiih janatha'’*^^
’ti. jjima maharaja^'' ’ti. ^^Tena hi kathetha^' *ti. ^^Kathemi
maharaja, yathaditthe tava snpine maiii savehiti*^. „Sadlm
bhante^^ ti raja
Usabha rnkkha gaviyo gava ca
asso kaiiiso sigali ca knmblio
pokkharani ca apaka candanaiii
Lapiini sidanti sila plavanti -pe-
tasa vaka elakanam bhaya luti 76.
vatva Pasenadiranna kathitaniyamen’ eva supine kathesi.
Bodhisatto pi tesam idani Satthara kathitaiiiyamen’ eva vittharato nipphattiih
kathetva pahyosane sayaiii idarh kathesi : Vipariyaso vattati, na idha-m-
atthiti^, tatrayara attho ; ayaih maharaja imes am supinanaih nipphatti®, yahi p^i’
etam tesaiii patighatatthaya yafinakammam vattati tain® vipariyaso vattati,
viparitato vattati, vipailasena ^ttatiti vuttam hoti, kiiiikaraiia ; imesaih hi nip-
phatti ^ nama lokassa viparivattakale akaraiiassa karaiiau ti gahanakiile karanassa
akaranan chaddanakale abhutassa hhutari ti ganhaiiakale alajjinam ussanna-
kaie lajjinaS ca parihlnakale bhavissati, n a- y - i d h a •* m - a 1 1 h i , idani pana tava va
^ both MSS. vaddhatiti. ^ C*' pucche. ^ so both MSS. ^ 0^ idhamatthiti
corr. to idhadamatthiti ® both MSS, -ttiiii. ® both MSS. naiii. ] omits
gahana nan U.
8. IMsajataka. (78)* 345
mama vii Ijaie idha imasmim pBrisayiige vattamane etesam nipphatti^ n" atthi,
tasma eiesaih patighataya vattamanarh yannakammam vipallaseBa vattati.
jjAIau teim^ n’ attlii te itonidanam bliayarii va cliambhittam
va‘‘ ti maliapuriso rajanaili samassasetva mahajanaiii bandhana
iiiocetva puna akase tliatva ranno ovadam datva pancasii sllesii
patittbapetYa^^ito pattliaya maliaraja braiuiianelii saddhiiii ekato
Imtva pasogiiatayannam nama ma yaja‘^ ’ti dliammaiii desetva
akaseii’ eva attaiio vasanattlianam agamasi. Rajapi tassa ova-
de tliito danadloi pufmani katva yathakamraaiii gato.
Sattiia imam dhainmadesanam aharitva ,,supinapaccaya te bhayam
n’ attiii, hare taiii yannaiii^ ti yannam liaretva mahajanassa jivitadanani
datya anusandhiiii g'hatetya jatakam samodhanesi: ,,Tada raja Anando
ahosi, manavo Sariputto, tapaso pana aham eva“ ’ti.
Pariiubbute pana Bhagavati Samgitikaraka usabharnkkhadini tini padani
Atthakatliaiii aropetva labuiiiti adini panca padani ekaiii gatham katva Ekani-
patapaliiii aropesuii ti. Mabasupinajatakaiii.
8. Ilifsajataka.
Ubho khanja ti. Idam Satbha Jetavaae viharanto mac-
cbarisettliiiii arabbha kathesi, Bajagahanagarassa kira avidire
Sakkliaran nama iiigamo. Tattb’ eko Maccbarikosiyo nama setthi asi-
tikotiTibkayo patiyasati. So tinaggeiia telabindiimattam pi n’ eva pa-
resam deti na attana paribhunjati, iti tassa tarn vibhavajataiii n’ eva
puttadaradinam na samanabralimananam attham an ubho ti, rakkhasa-
PiViggaliitapokkharam yiya aiiaribhogam tifctbati. Sattha ekadivasam
paccusasamaye mahakarunasamapattito yutthaya sakalalokadliatuyam
bodiianeyyabandhaye olokento pancacattallsayojanamatthake vasantassa®
sefcthmo sapajapatikassa sotapattiphaiassa upanissayam addasa. Tato
puriniataradiyase^ rajanam upatthapetum rajageham gantya rajupatthanam
katva agacchanto ekaiii chatajjhattam janapadainanussam kunmiasapu-
ram kapaliapiiyam khadantam disva tattlia pipasam uppadetva attand
^ adds tassa. ^ add setthi V
^ Ck nippbattiih.
Me
I. Ekanipata, 8* Varanavagga.
gliaram gantva cintesi: ,jSacValiam ‘kapallapiram IdiMituktoo "mhitf
vakkliami bahu maya saddhiih kbaditiikama bbaTissaati , evam me^
balraiai tanduIasappipbaBitadini^ parikkhayam gaiBissanti , na kassaci
katliessamiti“ tapham adbivasento carati* So gacchante gacckante kale
oppanduppandukajato dhamanisantbatagatto jato. Tato tanbiam adlii-
vasetum asakkonto gabbham payisitva maficakam upagiibitva nipajji,
eyam gato pi dhanahanibbayena kassaci kinci na katbesi. Atha nara
bhariya npasamkamitya pittbim parimajjitva ,,kin te saini apliasiikaii“
ti pncchi* „Na me kinci apbasukam atthiti“. „Km nu kho te raja
kupito‘V ti. jjEajapi me na kuppati^“. „Atha kin te puttadbitabi
ya dasakammakaradihi ya kinci amanapam katarii atthiti“. „Eyarupam
pi n’ atthi^“. „Kismici pana te tanha atthiti**. Evam yutte pi dba-
nabanibbayena kinci ayatya^ nissaddo ya nipajju Atba nam bhariya
„katbehi sami, kismin te tanha“ ti aba. So yacanaib parigilanto yiya
„attbi me eka tanba“ ti aba. ,,Eliii tanba samiti“. „Kapallapiivam
kbaditukamo ’mbi®‘S „Atba kimattbam na katbesi, kirn tyam daliddo,
idani sakalasakkliaranigamayasinam pahonake kapallapiiye pacissamiti'*.
„Kin tehi, attano kammam katya kbadissantiti“. ,jTeBa bi ekarac-
chayasinam pahonake pacamiti“. „Janam’ aban taya mabadlianablia-
yan“ ti. ,,Imasmim gebamatte sabbesain pahonakam katva pacamiti“.
„Janam’ aban taya mahajjbasayabbayan“ ti. „Tena hi te puttadara-
mattass’ eya® pahonakam katya pacaniitk*. ,,Km te etebtti“. „Kim
pana tnylian ca mayban ca pahonakam katva pacamiti**. „Tyam kiiii
karissasi®“. „Tena hi ekass’ eya te pahonakam katva pacamitb*.
jjmasmiiii thane paccamanam babn paccasimsanti®, sakalatandule tba-
petva bbinnatandule ca nddbanakapailani'^ ca adaya thokam kbirasap-
pimadbnpbanitan ca gabetva sattabbiimakassa pasadassa npari mabatalaiii
aruyba paca, tatthabam ekako va nisiditva kliadissamiti“. Sa „sadbu“
’ti patisunitva® gabetabbarb gabapetva pasadaib aruyba dasiyo vissaj-
jetva setthiib pakkosapesi®,. so/° adito pattbaya dvarani pidabaiito
sabbadvaresu sucigbatikad^yo datva sattamam talam abbirubitva tattha
pi dvaram indabitva nisidiv Bbariyapi ’ssa uddbane aggim jaietva
kapallakam aropetva i>uTe pacitum arabbi. Atba Sattha pato va
Mabamoggalianattheram amantesi: „eso Moggallana Rajagabassa avi-
^ 0^ evameva, ^ -pbani-, -pbani-. ^ so both MSS. ^ 0^ vatva.
® -mantaseva, -mattesseva? ® C* paccayissanti. ^ nddbaka-. ^ both
MSS. -nitva. ® both MSS. pakkosapatvasi. 0^ yo.
8. Illisajataka. (78).
; 347 ;:' .
diire Sakkharanif ame laacdiarisettM ‘kapallapive khadissainiti’ annesam
dassanabkayena sattabkuiuakapasade kapallapuTe pacapeti, tyam tattba
gantya tarn settbim dametva nibbisevanam katya ublio pi jayampatike
puve ca kbirasappiniadhupbanitadini ca gahapetya attano balena Jeta™
yanaiii anebi, ajjabaih pancahi bbikkhasatebi saddbiiii vibare yeya
nisidissami, piiyeb’ eva bhattakiccam karissamiti“ aba. Tbero ,,sadbu
bhante“ ti Satthu yacanam sampaticcbitva tavad eya iddbibalena tarn
nigamam gantya tassa pasadassa sibapanjaradvare sunivattbo suparuto
akase yeva manirbpakam yiya attbasi. Mabasetthmo tberam disva ya
badayamamsam kampi. So „abam evariipanam Seva bhayena imam
thanam agato, ayan ca agantva vatapanadyare tbito“ ti gabetabbaga-
banam ^ apassanto aggimhi pakkbittalonasakkbara viya rosena tatata-
tayanto eyam aba: „samana akase tbatya tbava^ kini labbissasiti, akase
apade padam dassetya camkamanto pi n’ eya labbissasiti*^ aba. Tbero
tasmim yeya thane aparaparam camkami. Settbi „cariikamanto kim
labbissasi, akase pallamkena nisidamano pi® na labbissasi yeva“ ’ti
aba. Tbero paliamkam abbujitya * nisidk Atha nam „msinno kim
labbissasi, %antya vatapanaummare tbito pi na labbissasiti** aba. There
iimmare attbasi. Atba nam „ummare tbito kini labbissasi, dhiipayanto
pi na labbissasi yeva“ ’ti aba. Tbero dbiipayi, sakalapasado eka*
dbiimo abosi. Settbino akkbinam suciya yi^‘hanakalo yiya jato, gebaj-
jbanabbayena pana naiii „pajjalanto pi na labbissasitbv ayatya cintesi;
„ayam samano suttbu laggo, aladdba na gamissati, ekam assa puvam
dapessamiti** bbariyam aha: „bbadde ekam kbuddakapiiyam pacitya sama-
nassa datya uyyojebi nan“ ti. Sa tbokam neya pittbim kapallapatiyaih
pakkhipi. Mabapiiyo bntya sakalam patim puretya nddbumato attbasi.
Settbi tarn® disva „babum taya pittham gabitaiii bhayissatiti“ say am
eya dabbikannena tbokam pittbim® gabetya pakkhipi. Piiyo purinia-
puvato mabantataro jato. Eyam yam yam pacati so so mabantama-
banto ya hoti. So nibbinno bbariyam aha : „bbadde imassa ekarii
piiyam debiti“. Tassa pacebito ekam puyam ^anbantiya sabbe ekabaddba
alliyimsn. Sa sejthim aba : „sami, sabbe piiya ekato lagga, yisum
katum na sakkomiti“. ,,Abain karissamiti** so pi katurb nasakkhi.
Ubbo Jana kotiyaiii gaiietva kaddbantapi viyojetnm nasakkbimsu yeya.
Atb’ assa puyebi saddliim yayamantass’ eya saiirato seda muccimsii
pipasa ca pacchijji. Tato bbariyam aba: „bbadde, na me puyelii
1 C& -gaohaiii. ^ so both MS3. instead of tava? ® pirn. ^ abhunjitva.
so botb'':MSS. nam. ‘ ^ ^ ■ ■ ‘ ; ' , ' : '
348
I. Ekanipata. 8. Vaianavagga.
attio, pacchiya saddMm yeva imassa lahikkhiissa deliiti*'. Sa pacchim
adaya tiierarii upasamkami. Tkero ubhinnam pi dhammam desesi,
tinnam ratananam gane kathesi, „atthi dinnam, attki yitthan‘‘ ti dana-
dinaih phalam gaganatale candam Tiya dassesi. Tam sutya pasanna-
citto settM nkkante agantya imasmim pallamke nisiditya piive pari-
bhunjatka** ’ti aha. There ,,njahasetthi , Sammasambuddho ‘paye
khadissamitf pancahi bhikkhusatehi saddhim vihare nisicno* tumhakam
ruciya sati setthi bhariyam piiye ca kMradini ca ganhapetha, Sattha
santikaih gamissama'* ’ti aha. „Kaham pana bhante etarahi Sattha“
ti. ,,Ito pancacattalisayojanamatthake Jetayanayihare setthiti“, „Bhante
kaiam anatikkamitya ettakam addhanaiii katham gamissama“ ’ti. „Ma-«
hasetthi, tumhakam ruciya sati aham yo attano iddhibalena nessami,
tumhakarh pasade sopanasisam attano thane yeya bhayissati, sopana-
pariyosanam pana Jetavanadyarakotthake bhavissatiti uparipasada
hetthapasadarii otaranakaiamatteua yo Jetayanam nessamiti“. So ,>sadhu
bhante** ti sampaticchi. There sopanasisam tatth’ eya katva „sopana-
padamularii Jetavanadyarakotthake hotii** ’ti adhitthasi. Tath’ eya
ahosi. Iti there setthin ca setthibhariyan ca uparipasada hettha ota-
ranakalato khippataram Jetayanam sampapesi. Te ubho pi Sattharam
upasaihkamitya kaiam arocesum. Sattha bhattaggam' pavisitva pannat-
V tabuddhasane nisidi saddhim bhikkhusaraghena. Mahasetthi buddha-
pamukhassa samghassa dakkhinodakam adasi, bhariya Tathagatassa
patte piiyam patitthapesi, Sattha attano yapanamattam ganhi , pan-
casata bhikkhu pi tath’ eva ganhimsu. Setthi khirasappiraadhusak-
khara dadamano agamasi. Sattha pancahi bhikkhusatehi saddhim
bhattakiccam nitthapesi. Mahasetthi ‘ pi saddhim bhariyaya yavadattham
khadi'*. Puyanam pariyosanam eva na pannayati. Sakalavihare bhik-
khunan ca vighasadanan ca dinne pi pariyanto na pannayati. „Bhante
puvam parikkhayam na gacchatiti^“ Bhagavato arocesuih. „Tena^hi
Jetavanadyarakotthake chaddetha** ’ti. Atha ne dvarakotthakassa
avidure pabbharatthane cl\addayimsu. Ajjapi tarn thanam Kapallapu-
yam'* pabbharante va pannayati. Mahasetthi saha bhariyaya^ Bhaga-
yantam upasamkamitva ekamantam atthasi. Bhagava anumodanam
akasi, anumodanapariyosane ubho pi sotapattiphale patitthaya Sattha-
ram vandity a dyarakotthake sojianaiii aruyha attano pasade yeva® pa-
^ so both MSS. ^ 0^ fehadi. ® both MSS. gacchantiti. ^ -puva. ^ both
MSS. haxiya. ® yos?a.
8. IHisajataka. (78).
349
titpiahifflsu, Tato pattbaya niabasettbi asitikotidhanam Buddliasasane
yeya yikiri. Punadiyase Saniinasambuddbo Sayatthiyam pindaya caritya
Jetayanam agamnia bbikkhiinam Sugatoyadam datya gandliakutim pa-
visitva patisallmo ^ Sayanbasamaye dbammasabbayam sannipatitya
bhikkhu „passathayiiso Mahamoggallanattherassanubbayam , maccbari-
setpiim muhuttena dametva nibbiseyanam katya piiye gahapetya Jeta-
yaoaih anetya Sattbu sammukbam katva sotapattiphale patitthapesi, abo
luahanubhayo tbero“ ti iberassa ganakatbam katbenta nisidim.su.
Sattba agantva „kaya iiu ’ttba bbikkbaye etarabi katbaya sannisinna^
ti puccbitva ,,imaya nama‘‘ ’ti yutte „bbikkbaye kuiadamakena naraa
bbikkbuna kulaih ayihethetva akiiametya puppbato renum ganbantena
bhamarena yiya upasamkamitya Buddbagune janapetabban“ ti vatva
tberam pasarnsanto
Yatbapi bbamaro puppbam yannagandbaih abetbayaib
paleti rasara adaya eyam game muni care ti (Dbp. v. 49)
imam Dbammapade gatbam yatya uttarim pi therassa gunaiii paka-
setum „na bhikkbaye idan^ eya Moggallanena maccbarisettbi daraitoj
pubbe pi tarn dametya kammapbalasambandbam janapesi yeya“ ti yatya
atitam ahari:
Atite Baranasiyam Brahmadatte rajjarii k^rerite
Baranasiyam Illiso nama setthi ahosi asitikotivibhavo purisa-
dosasamannagato kbanjo kuni^ visamaakkhimandalo assaddho
appasanno maccharl, n’ eva annesam deti na sayarii paribhun-
jati, rakkbasapariggahitapokkharanl viy’ assa geharh abosi.
Matapitaro pan’ assa yava sattama knlaparivatta ^ dayaka da-
na|>atino. So setrtiitthanam iabhitva yeva kulavamsam nasetva
danasalam jbapetva yacake pothetva nikkaddhitva dhanam eva
santbapeti. So ekadivasam rajupatthtoam katva attano gbaraiii
agaccbanto ekam maggakilantaiii janapadamanussam ekarh su-
ra varakam'^ adaya pftbake nisiditva ambilasur^a kosakam®
puretva** putimacchakena uttaribbangena pivantam disva suram
^ -no. ^ so both MSS^ * both MSS. -pariraddha. * sumviirakaiii,
^ both MSS. kesakam. ^ C® suretva.
9!. Ekanipata. 8. YaranaVagga*
patukamo hutva cintesi: „sac’ aham snraiii pmssami mayi pi-
vante baM pivitukama bliavissanti, evam me dlianaparikkhayo ^
bbavissatiti^ so tanbam adbivasento vicaritva gacchaiite^ kale
adliivasetum asakkonto vihatakappaso viya pandusariro aliosi
dhamanisantbatagatto jato. Atb’ ekadivasam gabbham pavisitva
mancakam apaguhitva® nipajji. Tam enam bhariya upasam-
karaitva pittbim parimajjitva 5,ldn te sami apbasukan^'^ti pocchi;
Sabbam hettbakatbitaniyarnen’ eva veditabbam. ^^Tena bi eka-
kassV eva te pahonakam® suraiii karomiti*^ puna vutte „gebe
suraya kariyamanaya bahu paccasimsanti, antarapanato abara-
petvapi na sakka idba nisinnena patun‘' ti masakamattaiii datva
antarapanato suravarakam abarapetva cetakena gabapetva na«
gara mkkbamma naditiram gautva mabamaggasamipe ekaiti
gumbam pavisitva suravarakaiii thapapetva jjgaccha tvan‘‘ ti
cetakam dure nisidapetva kosakaiii puretva surarii patuiii arabhi.
Pita pan’ assa danadmam punnanaiii katatta devaloke Sakko
hutva nibbatto, so tasmiiii khane „pavattati nu kho me danam
udahu no‘^ ti avajjento tassa appavattim puttassa ca® kulavam*
saiii nasetva danasalaiii jhapetva yacake nikkaddhitva maccha-
riyabbavena patittbaya ^annesam dMabbam bbavissatiti’ bbayena
gumbam pavisitva ekakass’ eva surarii pivanabhavaii ca disva
„gaccbami, taiii sariakbobbetva dametva kammaphalasambandham
janapetva danam dapetva devaloke nibbattanarabarii karomiti*®
manussapathaih otaritva Hllsasettbina nibbisesarii kbanjakunirii
visamacakkbularii attabbavam nimminitva Rajagahanagararii pa-
visitva raniio nivesanadvare tbatva attano agatabhavam aroca-
petva „pavisatu‘^ ’ti vuite pavisitva rajanarii vanditva attliasi.
Raja ,5kirii mabasettbi avelaya’ agato siti^*^ aba, j^Agato ’mbi
deva, ghare me asltikotimattaih dbanarii attbi, taiii devo aliara-
petva attano bband%are purapetu'^ ti. ^Alaiii maliasettbi, tava
^ both MSS. dhanam-. ^ repeats gacchante. ^ upabhuhitva. ^ C^’ aha*
sukan. ® pagoaa-. ® omit ca? velaya.
S. liiTsaJatatka, (78).
351
dhanato amliakaiii gelie bahataraiii dlianaii'V ti, j>Sace deva
tumhakam kammam nV attlii yatharuciya nam gahetva danaih
dammiti*^ „DeM settMti‘‘. So ,,sadhu deva^ ’ti rajaaam
vanditva nikkliaiiiitva Illisasetthino gehaiii agamasi. Sabbe
upattlijikaraaiiussa parivaresnm, eko pi ,,n%am Illlso^^ ti jaDitiiiii
samattho atthi, so geliaiii pavisitva ante ummare thatva dova-
rikam pakkosapetva 5,yo anno maya samanarupo agantva ‘mam’
etaiii gehan’ ti pavisitmii agacchati tarn pittbiyam paharitva
nlhareyyatha“ ’ti vatva pasadaiii aimylia maharahe asane nisi-
ditva setthibbariyam pakkosapetva sitakaraiii dassetva ,,bhadde
danain denia‘‘ ’ti aba. Tassa taiii vacaiiaiii siitva va settbi*
bbariya ^ ca puttadbitaro ca dasakammakara ca 5,ettakam kalam
‘danaiii dema’ ’ti cittam eva n’ atthi, ajja pana suram pivitva
muducitto butva datiikamo jato bbavissatiti^ vadimsii. Atba
naiii settliibhariya ^yatharuciya detha saniiti^ aha. ^Tena hi
bherivadakam pakkosapetva ‘suvannarajatamanimuttadibi attbika
Illisasettbissa gbaram gaccliantu’ ’ti sakalanagare bherin cara-
pebiti“. Sa tatba karesi. Mahajano paccbipasibbakadmi ga-
hetva gehadvare sannipati. Sakko sattaratanapure gabbbe
vivarapetva „tiimkakam dainmi, yavadatthaih gahetva gacchatba*^
’ti aha. Mahajano dhanam nibaritva mahatale rasirn katva
abhatabhajanani puretva gacchati. Annataro jaimpadamanusso
Illisasetthino gone tass’ eva rathe yojetva sattahi ratanehi pu-
retva naganl nikkhamma mahamaggam patipajjitvjl tassa gum-
bassa avidurena rathaiii pesento 5,vassasatam jiva sami Illlsa-
setlbi^ taiii^ nissaya dani me yavajlvaiii kammaiii akatvii
jfvitabbam jataiii, tav’ eva ratho tav’ e^a gona tav’ eva gebe
satta ratanani n’ eva matara dinna^ na pitara tarn nissaya
laddhani samiti“ settbino gunakatham kathento gacchati. So
tarn saddaiii siitva bhitatasito cintesi : „ayam mama namam
^ both MSS. -bhariyaya. ^ G?‘' -setthi, ^ Qfc naiii. so both MSS. iostead of
dinnam. .■■■.
352
I. Ekanipata. 8* Varanavagga.
gahetva idan c’ idan ca vadati, kacci na kho ranna^ mama
dkanaih lokassa dinnan^-ti gumba nikkhamitva gone ca ratlian
ca sanjanitva „are cetaka, may ham gona, inayhaiii ratlio'^ ti
vatva gantva gone- nasarajjnyam ganhi. Galiapatiko ratha
oruyha „are dutthacetaka% lllisamalmsettlii sakalanagarassa
danaiii deti, tvaih kixii ahositi^^ pakkhanditva asaniiii® patento
viya khandhe paharitva rathaih adaya agamasi. So puna kam-
pamano utthaya paiiismii punjitva vegeiia gantva ratliam ganlii.
Gahapatiko otaritva kesesu gahetva nametva kapparappaliarelii
kottetva^ gale gahetva agatainaggabhimukhara khipitva pakkami,
Ettavatassa^ suramado cliijji®. So karnpamano vegena nivesa-
nadvaram gantva dhan am adaya gacchante jjamblio, kiiii nam’
etaih, kim raja mama dhanam vilumpapetlti** taiii tarn gantva
ganhatij gahitagahita paharitva padamule yeva patenti. So ve-
danamatto geham pavisitmh arabhi, dvarapala ,,are datthaga-
hapati, kaliaih pavisasiti^^ vamsapesikahi^ potlietva givaya
gahetva nihariiiisu. So „thapetva idani rajanaiii n’ atthi me
anno koci patisaranan‘^ ti ranno santikarh gantva ,jdeva mama
gehaiii tumhe vilumpapetha^^ ’ti. ^^Nahaiii setthi vilumpapemi,
nanu tvam eva agantva ^sace tumhe na ganhatha ahaih mama
dhanam danaih dassamiti’ nagare bherih carapetva danaiii ada-
sjti“. „Naham deva turahakam santikam agacchami, kirn tumhe
mayham raacchariyabhavam na janatha, ahaiii tinaggena tela-
bindum pi na kassaci demi, yo danaiii detl taiii pakkosapetva
vimamsatha deva" ’ti. Baja Sakkam pakkosapesi. Dvmnahija-
nanaiii visesam n’ eva raja janati na amacca. Macchariya-”
setthi® „kim deva ayavh setthi, ahaiii setthiti“ aha. „Mayam
na sahjanama, atthi tesam® Jananako*^ ti. „Bhariya me deva“
’ti bhariyam pakkosapetva ,,kataro te samiyo“ ti^° pucchimsu.
Sa „ayan‘^ ti Sakkass’ eva santike attliasi. Puttadlutaro
^ raiiino. ^ omits duttha. ^ & asanim, both MSS. koddhetva.
^ -ssa. ^ ehiddi. vasape-. ® both MSS. -sotthim. ® tesail.
& samiyaei.
8. IllTsajataka. (7S).
dasakamraakare pakkosapetva pacchimsu. Sabbe Sakkass’ eva
santike tittbanti. Puna setthi cintesi: j^mayliam sTse pilaka
attlii keselii paticchanna^ tam kho pana kappako eva janati,
taih pakkosapessamlti^^ so ^^kappako mam deva safijanatiti tarn
pakkosapeliiti^^ aha. Tasniiiii pana kale Bodliisatto tassa
kappako hoti. Raja naiii pakkosapetva „llllsasettliiiii j an a-
pncchi, 5 ,Slsam oloketva sanjanissami deva^^ ’ti. ^^Teiia
hi dvinnam pi sisam olokeliiti*'. Tasmirii khane Sakko sise
pilakaiii mapesi. Bodhisatto dvinnam pi slsani olokentb pila-
karii disva ^jinaharaj a, dvinnam pi sTse pilaka atth’ eva, naham
etesii ekassa sami-Illisa-bliavam sanjanituiii vsakkomitP^ vatva
imam gathani aha,:,
Ubho khanja iibho kimi ubho visamacakklmla,
ubhinnam^ pi|aka jata, nahaiii passami Illlsan ti. 77.
Tattha ubho ti dve pi jaiia, khanja ti kuiithapadri, k n ri i ti kunfhahattha,
vfsarnacakkholii ti visamaakkhimandala kekara, pilaka ti dvinnam pi ekas-
mim yeva sTsapadese ekasanthana va pilaka jat^v^aham pass ami ti aharii
iroesu ayaiii nama Illfso ti na passami, ekassa pi Illisabhavam na jaiiamiti
,avoea.
Bodhisattassa vacanaiii sutva setthi kampainaoo dhanaso-
kena satiiii paccupatRiapetum asakkonto tatth’ eva papati.
Tasmirii khane Sakko ^nahaiii maharaja Illiso, Sakko ’ham
asmiti^^ mahatiya lilhaya akase atthasi. Illisassa mukharii piiri-
jitva udakena siriciriisu. So iitthaya Sakkarii devarajanaiii van-
dit>a atthasi. Atha, naih Sakko aha: idaih dhanaiti
mama santakarii na tava, aliani pi te gita, tvarii mama putto,
aliaih danaclTni piiririani katva Sakkattarii patto, tvaih pana me
vaihsaiii opacchiuditva adanasilo hutva mac char iye patitthaya
danasala jliapetva yacake nikkaddhitva dhanam eva sanRiapesi,
tarii n’ eva tvaih pariblimijasP na anno, rakkhasipariggahitaiii
ubhinnam. ^ 0^*^ omits TIlTsa. ^ 0* bhnnjasi.
354
!. Ekampata. S. Varanava,a^»a
viya titthati, sace me daiiasala pakatikaiii katva dauaih dassasi
icc-etaiii kusalaiii, noce dassasi tabbaiii- te dliaiiaih antara-
dliapetva imina Indavajireiia sisaiii cliioditva jTvitakkhayaiii
papessama^* ’ti. illisasetthi maranabliayeiia santajjito ,^ito pat-
thaya danaiii dassamiti^* patinnam adasi. Sakko tassa patiiinaih
galietvt akase nisiimako '^ va dhammam desetva taiii silesii pa-
tittliapetva sakattlianam eva agamasi. Illiso pi danadiiii puil-
fiaoi katva saggaparayano aliosi.
Sattlia bhikkhave idan’ eva Mog’gailaoo iiiacchariyasetthim
clameti, pubbe p’ esa iiniiia damito yeva“ ’ti vatva imam dliainmade-
sanaiii aharitva aimsandiiim gbatetva jatakaiii samodhauesi: ,,Tadii
Illiso ma»chariyasetthi® ahosi, Sakko devaraja Moggallaao, raja Anaiido,
kappako abam eva“ ’ti. Iliisajatakam.
9. K h a r a s s a r a j a t a k a.
Yato viliitta ca liata ca gavo ti. Idaiii Sattha Jeta-
yaiie viharanto annataraiii amaccaiii arabbha kathesi. KosalaraSno
kira eko amacco rajanaih jii'adhetva paccantagaiiie rajabaliiii labhitva
corebi saddliim ekato hutva ,,abaiii jiiaimsse adaya arannaiii i>avisissami,
tumbe gamaiii vilumpitva iipaddbaiii maybaiii dadeyyatba“ ’ti vatva
X)age va manusse saimii)atetva arannaiii gantva coresii agantva gaviyo
gbatetva maiiisam kbaditva ganiam vilumpitva gatesii sayanhasaraaye
mabajanapariviito agaccbati. Tassa na cireii’ eva taiii kammaiii paka-
taiii jataiii. Maims.sa ranno arocesiim, Kiija nam'* pakkosapetva dosaiii
patitthapetva suniggahitam niggabetva annaih gamabhojakarii pesetra
detavaiiam gantva Bbagavato etani attbam arocesi. Bhagava 5,na ma-
haraja idan’ ev’ esa. evamsilo, pubbe pi evamsiio yeva‘‘ ‘ti vatva tena
yacito atitam ahari:
Atite Baraiiasi yam Hrali ui a,daltc rajjaiii ka rente
‘ ekassa aiiiaccassa paecaiitagamaiii adasi. Sabbaih piirimasadi-
sam eva. Tada pana Bodliisatto vanijjaya paccante vica-
* so both MSS. instead of sabbainV ^ 0*^ liisinnatiko oorr. to nisinnokn.
^ both #I6S. “Setthiih ^ Oftaih.
355
<.). Kharassarajataka. (7'^),
ranto tas>miii) gfiiaake iiivasaui kappesi. So tasniiiii gaiiiabhojake
sayaiiliasaniaye iiiahajanaparivarena bheriya vajjamanaya agac-
chante 5,ayam diittliabbojako corehi ekato liutva garaam viluiii-'
papetva coresu palayitva ataviai pavit.thesu idani upasaiitfipa-
saiito viya bheriya vajjainanaya agacchatiti^^imam gatliam alia:
Yato vilutta ca hata ca gavo
daddliani geliani jano ca nlto
atliagama puttahataya putto
kliarassaram dendiiiiam vadayanto ti. 78.
Tattha yato ti yada, vilutta ca hatii ca ti viiun^pitva ca iilta mamsaiii
kliadanatthaya ca luitil ca, gavo ti gorfiimnij d a d <1 h a niti aggiih datva jhupi-
taiii, jano ca into ti karamaragaljaiii gahotva into, puttahataya putto ti
hataputtaya putto iiillajjo ti attho, chiunahirottappassa hi mfitii naraa n’ atthi,
id so tassa jivaiito pi hataputtaMhaiie titthatiti hataputtaya putto niima hoti,
kharassaran ti thaddhasaddam, do in] I in an ti pafahabheriiii.
Evaiii Bodhisatto imaya gatlulya tarn paribhasi, ria cireii’
eva c’ avssa taiii kainniaiii pakataiii jataiii. Ath' assa raja do-
saniirfipam iiiggabaiii akasi.
Sattha ,,na maharaja idaii’ ev’ csa evamsilo, pubbc pi evamsiio
yeYa‘‘ ’ti vatva imaih clbaiiiniadesanaiii aharitva aiuisandliiiii ghatetva
jatakaiii -samodhanesi : ,,Tada amacco idani amacco yeva, gathaya
iidaharaka.panditamanus.so pana ahani eva“ hi. K b a r a s s a r a -
jatakaiii.
10. B hiniase najataka.
♦
Y an t e p a v i k a 1 1 h i t a lii p u r e ti. Idam S a ti> h a J e t a vane
viliaranto aniiataraiii vikatthitam bhikkluim arabblia. katiiesi. Eko
kira bhikkliu ^avuso, anibakam jatisania jati gottasainam gottaiii nania
ii’ atthi, inayaiii evarupe nama iiialiakbattiyakide jata, gottena, va
kulapadeseiia va amhebi sadiso n’ atthiv amhakam suvannarajatadinaih
auto n’ atthi, dasakammakarapi no salimamsodanam bhiinjanli, kasika*
vattham nivasenti, kasikayiiepanam vilimpianti, mayaiii pabbajitabhavena
356 8. VaranaTajEr^a.
etarahi evarupam lukliani bliojanaiii blianjaina, lukhixni civarani dba-
reraa“ ’ti tberanayamajjhimanam bhikkhunarii aiitare rikattbento jati-
adivasena Yambento vaocento vicarati. Atli’ assa eko bhikkhii kulapa-
desarii pariganbitya tarn yikatthanabbayaih bhikkhanam katlieisi. Bhikklru
clhammasabbayam sannipatita „ayiisp, asuko iiama bliikkbu evarupc
myyanikasasane pabbajitva yikattbento yambento' yicaratiti“ etassa
agunaiii katbayimsu. Sattha agantva 5,kaya nii ’ttha bhikkbaye etarahi
katlmya sannisinna''’ ti piiccbitva ,,imaya nama“ ’ti yutte ,,na bliik-
kbaye so bbikkhu idan’ eya yikattbento yicarati, piibbe pi yikattliento
yambento yicaratiti“ vatya atitam ahari:
Atite Baranasiyaiii Bralimadatte rajjam karente
Bodliisatto ekasmim nigamagame ucliccabralimanakiile
nibbattitva vayappatto Takkasilaya disapamokkhassa acariyassa
santike tayo vede attbarasa viJjattbanaiH uggabetva sabbasippe
nippliattim patva Culladhanuggahapan dit o nama aliosi.
So Takkasilato nikkhainitva sabbasamayasippani pariyesamano
Mabiiiisakarattham agamasi. Imasraim pana jjitake Bodliisatto
thokarii rasso onatakaro ahosi. So cintesi: 5 ,sac’ aham kanci
raj an am upasaiiikamissami so ‘evarii rassasariro tvaiii kiiii am-
liakaiii karissasiti’ vakkliati, yan nnnaharh aroliaparinahasam-
paniiaiii abhirupaiii ekaiii purisaiii plialakarii katva tassa pit-
tbiccbayaya jlvikaiii kappeyyan'^ ti so tatliarripam purisam
pariyesamano Blimiasenassa nam^ ekassa tantavayassa^ tanta-
vitatattbanaiii^ gantva teiia saddbim patisaotharaih|katva jjsamma
tvaiii kiiiinamo^^ ti pucclii. „Aham Bliimaseno nanitV ’ti. ,Avim
pana tvam abhiriipo iipadliisampamio hutva imaiii lamakaki^m-
maiii karositi'^ „Jiyituiii asakkonto** ti. „Saninia ma etaiii
kamniam kari, sakala- Jambudipe maya sadiso dhaniiggaho nama
n’ atthij sace panaliam kanci rajanaiii passeyyam so mam ‘^evaib
rasso ayaiii 1dm ambakarb karissatiti^’ kopeyya, tvaiii rajanaiii
disva ‘ahaiii dbanuggabo’ ti vakkhasi, raja te paribbayam datva
^ omits vamhento. ^ ^ ntavayassa. ^ C^' iiantaiiivinaiialfhaiiarii. r'''M;ani:an!»
vinattbanaiii. ^ karissasiti.
!0. Bhimasenajataka. (SO), 357
viiitim iHb?i,ddham dassati > alian te uppannakammam karonto
tava pittMccliayaya jivissami, eTaili uMio pi siikhita bhavissama,
karolii mama vacanan'^^ ti alia. So ^jSadlil^^ ’ti sampaticchi.
Atlia caih ad^iya Baranasim gaiitva sayaiii Gulladlianiipattiiako^
hutva taiii piirato katva rajadvare tliatva ranno arocapesi
sjagaccliatid^ ’ti ca viitte iiblio pi pavisitva rajaiiaiii vanditva
attliaiiisu, ^kkiikaraiia agat’ attlia^' ’ti ca vutte Blilmaseiio
illia: 55aliaiii dliaiiuggalio, maya sadiso sakala-Jambadipe dha-
noggalio ii’ attluti'^'^. ^sKiiii pana labhaiito mam iipattliahissa-
jjAddliamase’^ saliassaiii labliaiito iipattlialiissami
deva*' ’ti. ^Ayan te piiriso kiiii liotiti^^ 5,Ciillupattliako deva“
’ti. 5,Sadhu, upattlialia^® ’ti. Tato pattliaya Bhimaseno raja-
naiii upattliati, uppaniiam kiccam pan’ assa Bodbisatto va nit-
iharati. Tena kbo pana samayena Kasirattlie ekasmiiii aranne
balinnnam inanussanaiii sancaranamaggaiii vyagglio cliaddapeti,
baliu^ mamisse galietva klxadati, Taiii pavattiiii ranno aroce-
sniii. Raja Bliimasenam pakkosapetva „sakkliissasi tata tvaiii
vyaggliaiii ganliitiin^^ ti alia. ^^Deva, kiiii dhaniiggalio ntoaliam
yadi vyaggliaiii galietmii na sakkomiti‘^ Raja tassa paribbayaiii
datva nyyojesi. So gliaraiii gaiitva Bodliisattassa katliesi.
Bodbisatto „sadhu samma gacclia^^ ’ti alia. j^Tvam pana na
gamissasiti^^ ,jAma na gamissami^ iipayam pana te acikkhis-
sani'lti^^ 5,Acikklia samina‘‘ ’ti. ^Tvaiii vyaggbassa vasanat-
tbanaiii sabasii ekako va nia agamasi j janapadamaniisse pana
sannipatetva ekaiii va dve va dlianiisabassani gabapetva*’ tattlia
gantva vyaggbassa iittbitabbavam natva palayitva ekaiii gumbaiii
pavisitva iidarena nipajjeyyasi, janapadt^ va vyaggliaiii potbetva
ganbissanti, tebi vyaggbe gabite tvaiti dantebi ekaiii vallirii
cbinditva kotiyaiii galietva in ata vyaggbassa santikaiii gantva
d)bo ken’ esa vyagglio nuirito ti, abaiii imam vyaggliaiii gonaiii
^ so botli MSy. instead of -dhannggalmp-. ^ botli MvSS. -liissatiti. ® both
MSS. -so. ^ (■'?': balm, C^rupagaaiissami/ ^ gahil-.
358
I. Ekanipata. S, VarapavagKa.
viya valliya baiidhitva rafino santikam nessam'iti valiim atthaya
guoibam pavittho, maya valliya anabhataya e¥a keif esa marito
ti katlieyya’ atba te janapada bliitatasita ksami iim railno
acikkliiti’ babaiii dliauam dassaati, vyagglio taya galiito va
bliavissati, ranno pi santika bahmii dlianam labMssasiti^^ So
jjSadhu^ Hi gantva Bodhisattena kathitaniyaiBeii’ eva vyaggliaiii
galietva arannam kheniam katva niahajanaparivato Baranasim
agantva rajanaiii disva „gahito me deva vyaggho, arafiiiarii kbe-
mam katan^^ ti aha. Raja tuttbo babaiii dhanam adasi. Pun’
ekadivasam 5,ekam inaggaiii mahiso chaddapetiti*^ ranno aro*
cayiiBsn. Raja tatli’ eva BMinasenaiii pesesi. So Bodhisattena
dinnanayena vyaggham viya tain pi gahetva agahclii. Raja
puna bahuiii dhanam adasi. Mahantam issariyaiii jataiii. So
issariyamadamatto Bodhisatte avahham katva tassa vacanam
na ganhati, ^juahaiii tarn nissaya jivami, kiiii t\miTuieva piiriso^*
ti admi phariisavacanani vadati. Atha katipahaccayen’ ev’ eko
sapattarajci agantva Baranasim upariindhitva ,,rajjam va detu
yuddham ti rafiilo sasanani pesesi. Raja ^yujjhaliiti''* Bhl-
masenam pesesi. So sabbanaliasaniiaddho liliatavesaiii gahetva
susannaddliassa varaiiassa pltthe nisidi. Bodhisatto pi tassa
iiiaranabliayena sabbasannahasannaddho BliTmasenass’ eva pac-
chimasane nisidi. Varano mahajaiiaparivnto nagaradvarena
nikkhamitva saiimamasTsam paponik Bhiinaseno yoddhabheri-
saddaiii sutva va kainpitinii araddho. Bodhisatto ,/Kiciir esa
batthipittlia patitva inanssaslti^” hattliito apatanattliaiii BhI-
masenaih yottena parikkhipitva ganhi. Bhnnaseno sampaharat-
thanaih disva maranaWiayatajjito sariravalanjena hatthipitthaiii
diisesi. Bodhisatto 55na klio te Blumasena porimeiia pacchimaiii
sametij tvaih pubbe samgamayodho viya ahosij idani hatthl-
pitthaih dilsesiti‘‘ vatva imam gatham aha:
^ -nl, -rii.
so both MSB.
359
10. Bhimasenajataka. (SO).
Yan te pavikattliitam pure
atha te pfitisara sajanti paccliia
ubliayaiii na sameti BMmasena
yuddliakatha ca idan ca te viliannan ti. 79.
TalUia yan te pavikattliitam pure ti yan tvaya piibbe kiih tvarii ye?a
pmiso naham* pi saihgamayodho ti vikatthitarii vambaiii^ vacaiiaiii vuttara
idaiir'* tava ekarii, atha te putisara sajanti pacclia atha te ime putibhaveiia
saranabhavena ca ])utisara ti laddhanama sarTravalahjadhara sajanti valan-
jaiiti paggharanti, pacclia ti tato pure vikatthitato aparabh^e idani imasmiiii
saiiigamasTse ti attlio, ubhayam na sameti Bhimasena ti idam Bhiuias«iia
ubhayaiii na sameti, kataraiii: yiiddhakatha ca idan ca te vihanfiam, ya ca pure
kathitii yiiddhakatha yail ca te idani vihanham kilamatho hatthipittham dOsaiiii-
karappatto vighato ti attho.
Evaiii Bodhisatto taiii garahitva „ma bliayi samma, kasma
mayr tliite viliannasiti'^ Blimiasenaiii liattliipittliito otaretva
5 ,uahayitva geliam eva gacclia‘‘ ’ti nyyojetva ^ajja maya paka-
teiia bhaviturii vattatiti‘‘ samgamam pavisitva unnaditva bala-
kottliakaih bhinditva sapattarajanaiii jivagalmm gahapetva Ba-
ranasiramlo saiitikam agamasi. E.aja tuttho Bodbisattassa
mahantaiii yasaiii adasi. Tato pattliaya Ciilladbanuggaliapan-
dito ti sakaia-Jambudipe pakato aliosi. So Bliimasenassa parib-
bayaiii datvji sakattlianam eva pesetva danadtni punnani katva
yatlmkamiiiaiii gato.
Sattha .jua bhikkliave idan’ ey’ esa bhikkliu vikattheti^ piibbe
pi vikattheti yeya** ’ti yatva imam dliainmadesanam aharitya aiiusan-
dliiiii gliatetya jatakaiii samoc1bane.si ; ,,Tada Bhimaseno yikatthitabhikkhu
aiiosi, CiilladhanuggaliapaiKlito pana aham^ eya“ ’ti. Bliimasena-
j a t a k a fn . Y a r a n a y a gg o attliamo.
^ naha aham, C^Milha ahum. ^ 0*' vamha. " C^Mdan. ^ 0^ -vajaujaih
dharfi, C'’ -valanjamdhrira. ^ both MSS, vikatthoti*
360 I. Ekanipata. 9. Apayimliavagga.
0 .
1. Snrapaiiajataka.
Apayimlia anaccimha ti. Idam Sattha Kosambiyam upa-
nissaya G li o s i t a r a m e Tibaranto S a g a t a 1 1 li e r a lii arabbba katliesi.
Bbagayati hi Sayatthiyam yassaiii yasitya carikagamanena ’ Bbaddava-
tikarii nama iiigaaiam sampatte gopalaka pasupalaka kassaka patlia-
vino ca Sattliaram disya yanditya „ma bhaiite Bliagaya ambatittbam
agamasis ambatittlie jatilassanie anibatittbako nama nago asiviso^ gbo-
rayiso Blmgayantam yihetheyya“ Hi yarayimsii. Bhagaya tesarii katliam
asunanto yiya tesu yaya tatiyam yarayamanesus pi agamasiyeya. Tatra
sudarh Bliagavati Bbaddayatikaya avidure annatarasmiiii yanasande
viharante tena samayena biiddlinpattbako Sagato nama there pnthnj-
janikaya iddhiya samannagato taii) assamam npasamkaniitya tassa na-
garajassa yasanatthane tinasantharakaiii pannapetya’^ pallamkena nisidi.
Nago makkliaiii asahaniano^ dhhmayi. Thero pi dhhmayi. Nago
pajjali. There pi pajjali. Nagassa tejo tlieram na badhati. Therassa tejo
n%aih badhati. Eyaiii so khanena tarn iiagarajanam dametya saranesn
ca silesu ca patittliapetya Satthu santikam againasi. Satthapi Bhaddava-
tikayam yathabliirantam yiharitya Kosanibim agamasi. Sagatattherena
nagassa damitabhayo sakalajaiiapadam patthari. Kosambinagarayasino
Satthu paccuggamanam katya Sattharaiii yanditya Sagatattherassa santi-
kam gantya yanditya ekamantam thita eyani ahaiiisu : „bhante yam
tumhakarh dullabliam taiii yadeyyatha ’ti^' tad eya mayam patiyadessama“
Hi. Thero tunhi ® aliosi. Chabbaggiya panahaiiisii: .,aynso pabbijitanaiii
nama kapotika sura diiilabha c’ eya inanapa ca, sace tiimlie therassa
pasannam kapotikam siiram^patiyadetha^ Hi. Te „sadlm“ Hi sampa^ic-
chitya Sattharam syatanaya niniantetya nagaram pavisitya ,,attano
attano gehe therassa dass€ma*‘ Hi ka|)otikam pasannam patiyadetya
theraiii nimantetya ghare ghare pasannaih adamsii. Thero piyitva siira-
niadaniatto nagaratonikkhamanto dyarantare pati, yippalapamano ni-
pajji. Sattlia katabhattakicco nagara nikkhamanto theraii) tenakarena
nipannam disya „ganhatha bhikkhaye Sagatan^vti gahapoiya aramam
^ G^* carigamaiiena. - both 'MSS. asT-. both MBS. variya-. ^ C^' paihfiape-
tvii. ^ agamano, so both MSS. botii MSS. pasanna kapotika suraiiu
1. Siirapana-jataka. (SI).
361
figaiBiiKi. Bliikkliii tlierassa sisaiii Tatlmgatassa padainule katva tam
Bipajjapcsiiiii. So pariTattitya pade tathagatabhimuklie katva nipajji.
Safctha bliikkliii patipucchi : ,im nu klio bbikkliave yarn pnbbe Saga-
tassa inayi garavaa tarn iclaiii^ atthiti*'. „N’ attlii bliante“ ti. ..Bbik-
khave ambatittliakam iiagarajaiiarii ko c1amesiti“. ,,Sagato bliante“ ti.
„Kim pan’ etaralii Saga to udakadeddubhakam ® jii dametiim sakku-
neyya“ ’ti. „No ii’ etaiii bliante‘‘. ,,Api nil bliikkhave evariipam
patuiii yuttaiii yam piyitva evam visaSni bontiti'*. „Ayuttam bbante'®
ti. Atha klio Biiagava theraiii garaliitva bliikkliii am antetva ,,siira-
merayapane pacittiyan'* ti sikkliapadaiii pannapetva iittliayasana gan-
dliakiitiiii pavisi. Bhammasabbayam sannipatita bliikkliii snrapanassa
avannam kathayimsu : ,,yaYa nialiadosan c’ etam aviiso surapanaiii nama
tava pannasampaniiam nama iddhimantam Sagataiii yatha Sattliu gima-
mattam pi na janati tatha akasiti“. Sattiia agantva ,,kaya nn ’ttlia
bliikkbave etaralii kathaya sannisinna“ ti puccliitva ,,imaya nama“ ’ti
vutte ,,na biiikkliave idaii’ eva suraiii piyitva pabbajita visannino honti,
pubbe pi aiiesniii yeva'* ’ti vatva atitaiii abari^:
Atite Baranasiyaiii Bralimadatte rajjaiii kareiite
Bodhisatto Kasirattlie udic cabralimanakule nibbattitva
vayappatto isipabbajjaih pabbajitva abliinna ca samapattiyo ca
iippadetva jlianakilaih kilaiito Hiniavantapadese vasati pancalii
antevasikasatebi parivuto. Atha nam vassanasamaye sampatte
antevasika ahaiiisu : ,jacariya inannssapathaiii gantva lonambilaiii
sevitva agacclmma'® ’ti. 5,Avuso, aliaiii idh’ eva vasissami,
tumhe pana gantva sarlram saiitappetva vassam vitinametva
agaccliatha^ ’ti. Te ,,sadhfi^^ ’ti acariyaiii vaiiditva Baranasiih
gantva rajuyyane vasitva panadivase bahidvaragame yeva bhik-
khaya caritva siihita Iiiitva® piuiadivase iiagaram pavisiiiisu.
Manussa sanipiyayanifXna bhikkhaxh adamsii, katipahaccayena
ca rafiiio arocesam : 5,deva Himavantato pahcasata isayo agantva
uyyaiie vasanti glioratapa parimaritindriya silavanto"^ ti. Raja
tesaiii gone sutva uyyaoam gantva vanditva katapatisantharo
^ C^-*’ idiiin. ^ -deddu-. ^ -bntim. A -ri, omits Imtva.
362
I. Ekanlpata. 9. A|)u>inihavafga.
Tassanaiii catumasaih * tatth’ eva vasaoattliaya patinfiaih ga.hetva
iiimantesi. Te tato pattlmya rajagehe yeva bhinjitva uyyane
vasanti. Atli’ ekadivasam nagare suraimkkhattaiii nania aiiosi.
Raja jjpabbajitanam sura dullabha*^ ti bahiiiii uttamaih siiraiii
dapesi. Tapasa suraiii pivitva iiyyaiiaiii gaiitva suramadaraatta
liiitva ekacce uttbaya nacciiiisu ekacce gayiiiisii ekacce iiaccitva
gayitva khariyadini avattharitva niddayitva*'* siiramade cliiniie
pabujjhitva taiii® attano vippakaraiii siitva disva ^iia amhelii
pabbajitasarnppam katan^^ ti roditva paridevitva AjiBayaiii aca--
riyena vinabliutatta evarupam papaih karimluV* ’ti tarn khanaih
yeva uyyanaiii pahaya Hiinavaiitam gantva patisamitaparikkhara
acariyaiii vaiiditva iiisiditva 5 ,kin uii kho tata raaniissapatlie
bhikkhaya akilamaiiiana sukbaiii vasittha samaggavasan ca paiia
vasittba^'^ ’ti puccbita jjacariya sukbaiii vasimlia, api ca kho
iiiayam apatabbayiittakam pivitva visafinlbhuta satim pattha-'
petiim asakkonta gayimha c’ eva iiaccimha’^^' ’ti etam attliaiii
arocenta imam gatliam sanuit4bjlpetva abaiiisu:
Apayimha anaccimha agayimlia rudimha ca,
visannakaraniih pTtva'’ dittha iiahiimha vanara ti. 80.
Tattha apayimha ti siiram pivimha, anaccimha ti taiii pivitva^ hattha-
piide lalenta naccimha, agayimha ’ti imikhaiii vivaritva® ayatakena sarena gii-
yimha, rudimha ca ’ti puna vippatisarino evaruparii rulraa amhehi katan ti
rodimha, dittha nahumha vanara ti evarupani sail navi nasanato vis ah hika-
ranim surahi pivitva atad eva vanara nalnindia 'ti, evan tc attano
agnnaiii katliesuih.
Bodliisatto ,,gariisamvasaraiiitaoaiii naina evarupaih holi
yeva^'^ ’ti te tapase garahitva ^puna evarupaiii ma karittluV*
’ti tesaih ovadain datva aparihTnajjbano Brabmaloka-paravaiio
abosi.
’ catu-. ^ both MSS. riiddayitva. ^ ^ both MSS. vasitva.
so both MSS. iinstead of naccimba ca? *' ptttha, pitva. * pivittha.
^ vivarittha.
363
2. Mittanndajataka. ($2).
Sattiia imam dliammadesanam aharitva jatakaiii samodhanesi :
ito patthaya hi ,,aniisandliim ghatetva** ti klarn pi im vakkhama— -
,,1ada isigaao Buddliaparisa ahosi, ganasafctha pana aham eva“ ’ti»
Siirapaiiajatakam.
2. Mittaviiidajataka,
Atikkamma ramanakan ti. Idam Sattha Jetavane viha-
ranto ekam clu bbac abliikklium arabbba katliesi. Iraassa pana
Jafcakassa Kassapasammasambuddha-kaiikam yattbum Dasanipate Maba-
raittayiiidakajatake avibhayissati.
Tada paim Bodhisatto iinaiii gatkani aha:
Atikkamma raiiianakam ^ sadamattafi ca dubhakaiii
sv-asi pasanamasino^ yasma jlvaiii na mokkhasiti. 8L
Tattha raDianakaii^ ti tasmiiii kale phalikassa namaiti, phalikapfisadan ^
ea atikkanto siti dipeti, sadamattafi ca 'ti rajatassa narnarn, rajatapasadafi ca
atikkanto siti dlpeti, dabliakan ti manino namaiii, raanipasadafi ca atikkanto
siti dipeti, s v a s i ti so si tvam , p a s a n a m a s T n o ti, nracakkaih nama pasaiia-
mayam va Iioti manimayatii va, tarh pana pasanamayarii, so ca tena asTno ablii-
nivittbo ajjhottato®, tasma pasanena asTnatta*^ pasinasino ti vattabbe vyanjana-
saiidhivasena raakaraih adaya pasanamasino ti vuttaiii, piisaiiarh vd iisino taiii
iiracakkaih asajja papnnitvii thito ti attho, yasma Jlvaih iia mokkhasiti
yasma iiraeakka yava fe papaih na khiyati tava jivanto ye?a na muceissasi taiii
asino siti.
Imaiii gatliaiii vatva Bodhisatto attaiio devatthanaiii ‘ yeva
gato. Mittaviiidako pi uracakkaiii ukkhipitva maluldukkiiam
anubhavamano pfipakamme parikkhliie yatliakammam gato.
Satfcba imaiii dbammadesanam abarifeya jatakam samodhanesi:
,,Tada*’ Mittayindako diibbacabbikklm aliosi, deyaraja pana aham eyfi,‘‘
’ti* Mi ttay indajatakaib.
^ <>* rauiilikaiii. ® both MSS. pasdnama-. * C^*^ mai’anakaiii. ^ 0^' phalikassa
ndinaiii phalikassa phaiikapadan. ® 6^ ajjhe-. ^ O asinaita, C?‘' aslnanta.
" deva.sanatth.anaiii, devatthana. ® omits tada.
304 I Ekanipata. 1 )^ Ax)ayiniljavagga.
3. Kalakannijataka.
Mitto have safctapadena liotiti. Idam Sattha Jetavane
viharaiito ekam Anathapindikas sa mittam arabblia katliesi. So
kira Aiiathapmdikena saddbim saliapamsiikiiito ekacariyass’ eva saiitike
iiggaliitasippo naniena Kaiakanni^ naina. So gaccbante^ kale dag-
gato hatva jivitam asakkonto setthino santikam agamasi. So tarn
miaassasetva jjaribbayaiii datva attano kataaibaiii paticcliapesi. So
setthino apakarako hatva sabbakiccani karoti. Taiii settbissa saatikaiii
agatakale „tittba Kalakaiaii, aisida Kaiakaani% bhanja Kalakanniti“
vadanti. Ath’ ekadivasani settbmo aiittaiaacca settla’iii ax)asamkamitva
evaiii abamsu: ,»mabasettbi, laa etaiii tava santike kari, ‘tittba Kala-
kanni, iiiskla Kalakanni blmnja Kalakanntfi' hi imina saddena yakkbo
pi palayeyya, na c’ esa taya sainano, diiggato dimipeto*» khii te
imma“ ti. xVnatha|.dndiko „naiiiam naiiia vobaramattam, na tarn pan-
dita panuinam karonti, sutamangalikena*'' nama bbavituiii iia vattati, na
sakka maya nainaniattaiii nissaya sabapamsukilitaih*' sabayaiii paric-
cajitun“ ti tesarii vacanam anadaya ekadivasaih attaiio bbogagamarh
gacchanto taiii gebarakkbakam katva aganiasi. Cora ,.settbi kira ga-
makarii gato, geliam assa viliinipissania^ ti nanaviidbabattba rattibhage
agantva gebaih parivaresurh. Ttaro pi corariaiii neva agamanam asam-
kamano aniddayanto va nisidi. So coranarh agatabbavam Satva ma-
niisse pabodhetum jjtvarh samkbaiii dbama, tvaiii ala|ingam^ vadehiti^
niahasamajjam.karonto viya sakalanivesanadi ekasaddam karesi. Cora
„*su5nam gehan’ .ti dussutarii ainbebi, idb’ eva niabasettbiti“ pasana-
miiggaradini tatth’ eva cbaddetva palayimsu. Punadivase mantissa
tattba tattba chad elite pasanamiigg’aradayo disva samvegappatta hutva
„sace ajja evaru'po buddbisampanno gbaravicarako nfibbavissa corelii
yatbaruciya pavisitva sabbagebam viluttam assa, iniaiii daibamitt^h
nissaya setthino vaddbi jata“ ti taiii pasaibsiiva settbissa bliogagamato
agatakale sabbarii tarn pavattim arocayimsu. Atba ne seitbi avoca :
„tumlie evarupaiii mama gebarakkbakam mittaiii nikkaddbapetba, sac'
ayam tumbakam ^vacaiieiia maya nikkaddhito assa ajja me kutiimbam
kinci nabhavissa, namaiii nama aiipamanaiii bitacittam eva pamanaii'‘
ti tassa nttaritaram pari bbayaiii datva „at(}u dani me idaiii katbapa-
* kaiakaniii, kalakanm. ^ -iito. ^ C^^ kaia-. ^ C^*^ duru-. -maiiiga-.
^ * kTlitaiii, -kilikarh. so both MSS, instead of aiifi|iam‘?
3. Krilakannijataka. (S3).
365
bbatan“ ti Satthii santikaiii gantva adito patthaya tani pavattim arocesi.
Sattba ,aia kho gahapati ician’ eva Kalakanni^ niitto attaiio niittassa
gharakutiimbam rakkhati, pubbe j)! rakkhi yera*' ’ti vatva tena yacito
ntitaiii ahari :
Atite Baranasiy am Braliiiiadatte rajjam karente
l5odliisatto mahayaso settlii ahosi, Tassa Kalakanni iiania
mitto ti sabbam paccuppannasadisam eva. Bodhisatto blioga-
gamato agato taiii pavattiiii sutva „sace maya tumhakaih va-
canena evariipo mitto nikkaddhito assa ajja me kiitiimbaiij
kiilci nabbavissa^^ ’ti vatva imam gMiam aba:
Mitto have sattapadena hoti,
sahayo paim dvadasakena hoti,
masaddhamasena ca nati lioti,
tatuttariiir attasamo pi hoti,
so ’baiii kathaih attasiikliassa lietii
cirasatthunam® Kalakapnim jalieyyaji ti. 82.
Tattha have ti iiipritamattaih, mettayatiti mitto, mettim pacciipafthapeti ^
siiieiiarh karotiti attho, so pan esa. sattapadena hoti ekato sattapadavTtiharaga-
mananiattena hotid attho, sahayo pan a dvadasakena hot! ti sabbakiccrinaiii
ekato karanavasena sabbiriyapatiiesu saha^ gacchatiti sahayo, so pan’ esa dvadasa-
kena hod dvadasahaiii ekato rilvaseiia hotlti attho, masaddhamasena ’d rafi-
sena vii addhamasena va, ilati hotiti natisamo hod, tatutt.arin ti tato uttarihi
ekato vaseiia attasamo pi hod eva, jaheyyan ti evaruparii saliayaih kathaiii
jaheyyan ti mittarase gnnaiii kathesl. Tato pattbaya puna koci tass’ antare
vHJtta narna iiAhosi'\ \
Sattba iinaiii cliianiniadesanam ahantva jatakam samodhaiiesi :
„Tada Kalakanni*’ Anaiido ahosi, Baranasisettlii pana aliain eva^ ’ti.
Kalak an nij atakaiii.
^ O’ kala-. ^ so both MSS. instead of ciravuttham? ^ 0*-’ -tthapeti. ^ sahii.
nahosl, kalakeuni, 0*’ kalakanni.
366
J, Ekariipata. 9. Apayi'nihava^i^^a.
4. A 1 1 ha s s ad v a raj a t ak a .
Arogyaoi icelie parainan ca lablian ti. Idaih Sattha
J e t a Y a n e Yiharanto ekam a 1 1 h a k u s a 1 a lii p u 1 1 a lii arabblia katliesi .
Savatthiyam hi ekassa niahavibbavassa sefcttiino putto jatiya sattavasso
paSSava attliakusalo. So ekadivasam pitaraiii upasaiiikaEiitva attliassa
dvarapaSliam naiiia puccbi. So taiii na janati. Ath’ assa etad ahosi:
„ayam panlio atisukhumo, piapetva sabbannu-Biiddham anno iipaii-
bhavaggeiia hettlia avicina ])aricchinne lokasaiiniYase etam panham katlie-
tniii samattho llama jd atthiti“ so puttam adaya balnimalagandha-
Tiiepaimmk gahapetva Jetavaiiaih gaiitva Sattbaram pnjetva Yanditya
ekamantam lusiiino Bliagavaiitaiii etad avoca: .aiyai'u bliante darako
pannava atthakiisalo niam attliassa dvarapanluiih iiania puccdii, abam^
taiii pafiliaih ajanaiito tumhakam santikaih agatu. sadlm me Bliagaya
taiii panhaiii kathetu'‘ ti. Sattlia „pubbe p’ ahaiii upasaka imiiia
kiimarakena taih panham puttlio may a c* assa*^ kathito, tada
esa janati, idani pana bhavasaiiikliepagatatta na sallakkhetiti“ vatva
tena yacito atitaih iihari:
Atit ti B a, r a ii a s i y a jh B r a h Jii a d a. 1 1 e rajjaiii karente
Bodhisatto mahavibhavo setthi ahosi. Ath’ assa putto
sattavassiko jiltiya paiinava atthakiisalo. So ekadivasam
pitaraiii upasaiiikauiitva ,jtata attliassa dvaraih nama kin‘‘ ti
atthassa dvarapahhaiii pucclii, Atlr assa pita taiii panhaiii
kathento imam gatham aha:
Arogyam ieche paraaiaii ca labhaiii,
sihih ca viiddhamimataiti sutah ca
dhammaiiuvattr ca alinata ca
atthassa dvara pamukha chaF etc ti, 83.
Tattlia arogyam i ccIie p aramaii c a labhan ti cakaro inpatamattamy
tata patliamam ova arogyasatiikhataih paramaiii labiiaiiv iecheyya ti imam attham
clipento evaiii aha, tattha iiiogyahi iiama sanrassa ca cittassa ca arogyabhavo
anaturata, same hi rogature*^ ir eva aladdhaiii biiogalnbhaiii uppadetiiiii sakkoti
^ both MSS. balm- ^ C?- alian. ® C^M'assa. O' Jia. "
^ both MSS. rogaturare.
so hofli MSS.
4. Atthassiulvarajataka. (B4). 5- Kimpakkajutaka. (85). 307
iia laddiiaiii panbhiinjiUuii, aiKitiiro pana ubhayam j>' etaiii sakkotilij citte ca
kiiesature n’ eva aladdhaui jhaurKlilabltam uppadetiuti sakkofi na laddhani puna
saiiiapattivaseiia paribhiifijitun ti, etasmiib aiiarogye aati aladdho pi lablio iia
labbhati iacldiio pi mrattliako lioti, asati pan’ etasinini aladdho pi Jabho labbhati
laddho pi satthako liOtiti arogyaiii paraiuo labho iiama, laiii sabbapathamaiii icchi-
tabbaihj idam ekaiii atthassa d varan ti ayam ettha attho, silaiii ca ’ti aciirasT-
laih, iEiina lokiUtaraearittaiii dasseti, vuddhanumatan ti gunavuddhanaiii
panditanaih aiiuoiataiii, imina fianasanipannananj ^ garfinani ovadaih dasseti,
sutaii ca ti karananissitaiii siUam, imina iinasmiiij lokc atthanissitaiii bahu-
saccam dasseti j dhauinian Ovatti ca ’ti tividhassa sucantadhaiuniassa anu-
vattanavii, iminil duceantadiiammaiii vajjetva sucaritadhammanuvattanabliavaiii
dasseti, alinata ca "ti cittassa alTnatii aincata, imina cittassa asaihkocaiii ^
panitabhavaiii uttamabhavaiii dasseti, a 1 1 h a s s a d v a r a p a m u k h a c h a 1 e t e ti
attho Jiama varldhi, tassa va'ldhisaihkhatassa lokiyalokiUiarassa^ atthassa etc
pamiiklia iittama cha dvara upaya adhigamaoiiikhaiiiti.
Evaiii Bodliisattu puttassa attliadvarapanhaih katliesi. So
tato pattliaya tesu chasu dhamiuesu vatti. Bodhisatto pi
danadfni piifinaoi katva yatliakaimiiaiii gato.
Sattlia iinani dliaminadesanaiii aharitva jatakaiii sainudhariesi :
,,Tada putto va paccuppaiiiio piitto, mabasetthi pana aliain eva'‘ ’ti.
AtthassadTaraj ataka m.
5. K impel kkaj a taka.
Ayatim'** dosam nannaya ’ti. Idaiii Sattha d eta vane
yiliarauto ekaiii a k k a n t h i t a b bi k k h ii m arabbba katliesi . Annataro
kira kulaputto Buddliasasane iiraiii datva }>abbajito. Ekadivasam
Savattliiyaiii caraato ekaih alaiiikataittbiiii disva ukkanthi.
A-tSa iiaiii acariyiipajjhaya Satthu saiitikam anayimsu. Sattha ,,saccani
kira tvaiii bbikkhu ukkaptlnto'V ti xiuccbitva ,,saccaip‘ ti vutte ,,x>anca
kanuiguna nandctc bbikkhu liaribliogakaie ramaniya, so ])aua iiesam jiari-
bhogo '■ iiirayadisu patisaiidhidayakatta kiiiijiakkapluilaparibliogasadiso '
lioti, kinipakkapluilaiii nania YannagandhaausasaiiijiaBnaiii, khaditaiii pana
aiitani kliaiidetYa jivitakkhayam paptetj, piibbe babujana tassa dosaiii
^ nana- “ 0'^ asanikoca. ® so both MSS. ^ both MSS. -rassi. ^ ayatT
0^' dyali, ® both MSS. patibhogo. both MSS. -sadisa.
36S L Ekanipatata. i). Apayimliavagga.
adisva vaiiBagandharasesii bajjhitva tarn plialam paribliimjitva jivitak-
libayam papunirasii*V 'ti vatva atitam ahari :
Atite Baraiiasly am Brahma clatte rajjaiii karente
Bodliisatto sattliavaho liutva paficahi sakatasatelii pnbbantft
aparantarii ^ gacchanto atavimukham patva maimsse saimipatetvfi
„imissa ataviya visarukkha nama attlii, ma kho raaiii anapacclifi
piibbe akhaditapubbani phalani kliadittha^^ ’ti ovadi, Maniissa
atavim atikkamitva atavimiikhe ekaiii kimpakkariikkham pliala-
bbaranamitasakham addasamsiij tassa khandliasakhapattaphalaiii
santliaimvannarasagandhelii ambasadisan’ eva. Tesii ekacce
vannagandharasesu bandhitva ambaphalasafmaya phalani kha-
dirhsu, ekacce ^satthavaham pucchitva khadissama'^^ ’ti gahetva
atthamsu. Bodhisatto tarn tlianam patva gahetva thite^ phalani
chaddapetva ye khadamana attbaihsu to vamanaih karetva tesam
bhesajjam adasi. Tesii ekacce aroga jiita, pathamam eva
khaditvfi, thita pana jivitakkhayaih patta. Bodhisatto pi icchi-
tatthanarii sotthina gantva labliaih labhitva puna sakatthanam
eva agantvji danadmi piihnani katva yathakammam gato.
Sattba vatthuiii kathetva abhi.sarnbuddho hut?a imam
gatbarii aha. :
Ayatim dosam nannaya yo kame patisevati
Yipakante hanantT naiii kimpakkara iva bbakkhitan ti. 84.
Tattha ayatiiin dosaiii nfuinaya ti anagate dosaiii nanoriya ajanitYa ti
attbo, yo kiime patiseyatiti yo vattlmkame ca kilesakame ca patisevati,
vi pakante ban anti nan ti te kala^ nam purisam attano vipakasainkij^te
ante nirayadisu nppannam nartappakarena fhikkbeiia sainyojiyamrina^ hanantij
kathaiii : k i m p a k k a m i v a bb a k k h i t a m yatha paribhogakale vannagandharasa-
sampattiya manaparb kimpakkaphalaih anagataiii dosani adisva bhakkhitarh ante
hanati jivitakkhayam papetitl.
Evaiii paribhogakale manapapi kama ?ipakakale liaiiaiititi desanam
yathamisandbim papetva saccani pakasesi. IJkkantbitabhikkhii sota-
^ both MSS. paranta. ^ both MSS. thita. 0^*- natii. so both MSS. instea«i of
kamaV ^ -yojiya-.
369
6. Siiavimamsanajataka. {86).
pattiphalam^ papuni, sesaparisaya pi keei sotapaiina keci sakadaga-
mino keci anagamino keci aralianto ahesamV Sattliapi imam dhamma-
desaiiam aharitva jatakam samodhanesi: j^Tada parisa Buddhaparisa
ahosi, satthayalio pana aham eva“ ’ti. Kimpakka jatakam.
6. Silavimaihsanajataka.
kir’ eya ' kaly anan t-L Idaih Sattlia Jetayane
YikaraBto ekam silaTimamsakam^ brahmanam arabblia katbesi.
So kira Kosalarajanaiii nissaya jlyati tisaranagato aldiandapancasilo
tinnarii yedanam paragti. Raja „ayarii silava“ ti tassa atirekasani-
manam karoti. So cintesi : „ayam raja mayliaih annabralimaneM ^
atirekasammanam karoti, atiyiya mam garum katya passati, kin iiii
kho esa mama jatigottakiilapadesasippasampattim'^ nissaya imam
sammanaiii karoti ndahu siiasampattim , yimamsissami taya“ ’ti so
ekadiyasam rajnpatthanam gantya gliaram gacchanto ekassa heranni-
kassa pbalakato anapuccbitva ekaiii kahapanaiii gabetya agamasi.
HeranSiko brahmane gariibhayena kinci ayatya ya nisidi. Punadivase
dye kahapane ganbi. HeranSiko tatli’ eya adbiyasesi. Tatiyadiyase
kabapanamuttbirh aggahesi. Atba nam beranniko jjajja te tatiyo
diyaso rajakutumbam yilumi)antassa“ ’ti „rajakutumbam yiiumpakacoro
me gabito“ ti tikkbattnm yirayi. Atba nam manussa ito c’ ito ca-
gantya 5,ciraii dani tyam siiaya* yiya vicariti*' dye tayo pabare datya
bandbitya ranSo dassesnm. Raja yippatisari butya ^Jcasma brahmana
eyarupani dussilakammam karositi^“ yatya ,,gacchatba, tassa rajanam^
karotba^ ’ti aba. Brabmano „iiabaiii maharaja coro“ ti aba. „Atba
kasma rajakutumbakassa pbalakato kabapane ganbiti’*. „Etam maya
tayi mama sammanam karonte® ‘kin nu kho raja mama jatiadini
nissaya atisanimanam karoti udabu siiam nissaya’ ’ti vimaiiisanattbaya
katam, idani pana maya ekamsena natam, yatba siiam eya nissaya
taya mama sammano kato na jatiyadini tatba^ M me idani rajanarii
karesiti, sy-abam imina karanena ‘imasmim loke siiam eya nttamam
siiam pamukhan’ ti sannittbanani gato, iniassa panabam silassa anuc-
^ “pbalam corr. to -phale. ^ C*’ -ba. * aiiinambra-. both MSS.
-sippam-. both MSS. sile?a, ® both MSS. karohiti. ” 0^ rajanaiii,
raja. ^ 0^ tayimmanam karonto corr. to taya-, tayi mama sammaria
karonto. ® 0^ yatha. both MSS, rajanaixi;
24
370
I. Ekanipata. ApayimliaYagga.
cIiaTikaiii karoiito g'ehe thito kilese paribhtiiyaiito na sakkhissami
katuih, ajj’ eya Jetayanam gantya Sattku santike pabbajissamf,
pabbajjaiii me delixti“ yatya rajanam anujanapetya jetayanabliimuklio
payasi. Atlia nam Satisukajjabandhaya sannipatetya aiyaretum
asakkonta^ niyattimsu. So Sattbu santikaih gantya pabbajjaib yaci-
tya pabbajjan ca npasampadaS ca labhitya ayissattbakainmanto
yipassanaiii yaddhetya arabattam patya Sattbaram npasamkamitya
,,bbante niaybam pabbajja mattbakam patta“ ti annam vyakasi.
Tassa taiii anSayyakaranam^ bbikkbusamgbe pakatam jatam. Atii
ekadiyasam dbammasabliayam sannipatita bbikkiiu »,ayiiso asnko nama
ranno upattbakabrabmano attano siiam yimamsitya rajanam apucchitya
arabatte® patittbito“ ti tassa gnnam katbayamana nisidimsxi. Sattba
agantya j^kaya iiu ‘ttba bbikkbaye etarabi katbaya sannisinna“ ti
pucchitya ,4aiaya nama“ ’ti yntte „na bbikkbaye idani ayam eya
brabrnano attano silam yimamsitya pabbajitya attano patittbaiii akasi,
pubbe pi pandita attano siiam yimamsitya pabbajitya attano patittliam
karimsii ’ti yatya atitam aharir
Atite Baranasiyaiii Brabmadatte rajjaiii karente
Bodhisatto tassa pur obit o aliosi^ danadimutto silajjhasayo
akbandapancasilo. Baja sesabrabmanehi atirekam tassa sam-
manam karotiti sabbam purimasadisam eva. Bodhisatte pana
bandhitva ranno santikaiii niyamane® ahigundika antaraylthiyaiii
sappam kilapenta® naiix namguttbe ganlianti gTvaya ganbanti gale
vethenti. Bodbisatto te disva tata etaiii sappam nam-
guttbe ganliatba, ma givaya% ma gale vetbetha/ ayam® lii vo
dasitva jivitakkhayaiii papeyya'^ ’ti aba. Abigunclika® „brah-
mana sappo silava acarasampanno, tadiso dassilo na hoti/
tvam pana attano dassilataya anacarena ‘rajakutumbaviluinpaka-
coro’ ti bandbitya niyasiti'®®^ ahaiiisu. So cintesi: ^,sappap!
tava adasanta avihetbenta silavanto ti namam labhanti, Idm
anga pana manussabhuta, siiam yeva imasmiiii loke iittamaiii^
^ -to. ^ C?*: <afidam-. ^ both MSS. arahante. ** C^^poroliito. ® iiiyya-.
^ both MSS. kila-. 7 both MSS. givavaya. ® so both BiSS. ^ adds ahaj
a. niyya*. kimaham.
7. MaAgalajataka, (87). 371
attlii tato Bttaritaran^^ ti. Atha naiii netva ranno dassesmii*
Raja idaiii tata^^ ti pucchi.
deya^^ ’ti. ^^Tena hi ’ssa rajanam karotha^' ’ti. Brahmano
j^Baliam maharaja coro^^ ti aha. ,, Atlia kasma kahapane
aggahesiti^^ ca yutto purimaiiayen’ eva sabbaiii arocento
„sv--aliam itaina karanena ^imasmiiii loke silam eva uttamam
silam pamukkhan’ ti sannitthanaih gato^"^ ti vatva ,jtitthatu tava
idaiii, asiviso tava adasanto avihethento silava ti yattabbamattam
labliaiij iminapi karanena silam eva nttamaih silam pavaran^^*^
ti silam vannento iinaiii ^ gathaiii aha :
Silam kir’. eva kaiyanam, silaiii loke anuttaram^
passa: ghoraviso nago silava^ ti na hanhatiti. 85.
Tattha sTIaiii kir eva ’ti kayavacacittebi avitikkamanasaihkhataiii® acara-
silameva, kira ti anussavavasena vadati, kalyanaii ti sundarataram, anuttaran
ti jettbakara sabbagunadayakam, passa ’ti attana dittbakaraiiam abbimukbam
karonto katbeti, silava ti na hannatiti ghoraviso pi samano adasana-
avibetbanamattakena silava ti pasamsam labbati, na bafmati na vibaiinatiti,
iminllpi karanena silam eva uttaman ti. •
Evam Bodhisatto imaya gathaya^ ranno dhammam desetva
kame pahaya isipabbajjam pabbajitva Himavantam pavisitva
panca abhinha attha samapattiyo nibbattetva Brahmaloka-
parayano^ ahosi.
Sattlia imam dhammadesanam aharitya jatakam samodhaiiesi :
,,Tada rajaparisa Biiddliaparisa ahosi, purobito pana aham eva“ ’ti
Si^yimam sanajatakam.
7. Maihgalaj ataka.
Yassa mamgala samuliata ti. Idam Sattha Yeluyane
viliaranto ekaiii satakaiakkhanabrahmanam arabbha kathesi.
^ omits Imaiii. ^ both MSS. silamva. ® yitikkamariamsaihkbatam, 0^
kayavacacintetivitikkamanasakbatam. ^ 0^ gathayam. ® 0^ * 110 .
372 i. Ekanipata. 9. Apayimhavagga.
EajagaliaTasiko kir’ eko brakmano kotiihalamang'aliko tisu rata*
nesu appasanno micckadittM addho makaddiiano mahabkogo. Tassa
saiEugge tbapitani satakayugam miisika khadi. Ath’ assa sisam
nahayitya „satake aharatba*‘ 'ti yuttakale miisikaya kbaditabliaYam
arocayimsu. So cintesi: „sace idam musikadattbam satakayugam
imasmim gebe bhayissati mabayinaso bbayissati, idam bi ayamamgalam
kalakannisadisam, puttadbitanam pi dasakammakaradmam ya^ na sakka
datum, yo bi idam ganbissati sabbassa mabayinaso bbayissati, amakasu-
sane cbaddapessami, na kbo pana sakka dasadinam battbe datum,
te bi ettba lobbam uppadetya idam gabetya yinasam papuneyyum
puttassa tarn battbe dassamiti‘V so puttam pakkosapetya tarn attbam
arocetya ,,tyam pi nam tata battbena apbusitva dandakena gabetya
amakasusane cbaddetya sasisam nabayitya ehiti'* pesesi. Sattbax>i
kbo taiii diyasam paccusasamaye yeueyyabandbaye olokento imesam
pitaputtanaib sotapattipbalassa upanissayam disva niigayitbim gabetya
migaluddako yiya gantya amakasusauadvare nisidi cbabbannabuddba-
ramsiyo yissajjento. Manayo pitu yacaiiam sampaticchitya agarasappam
yiya tam^ yugasatakam yattbikotiya gabetya amakasusanadyaram
papuni. Atba nam Sattha „kim karosi manava“ ’ti aba. ,,Bbo
Gotama, idaiii satakayugam musikadattharb kalakannisadisam liala-
balayisuparaam'* mama pita ‘anno etam cbaddento lobbam uppadetya
ganbeyya’ ’ti bbayena mam pabini*’, abam etam ‘cbaddetva sisam
nabayissamiti’ adaya® gato ’mbi bho Gotama“ ’ti. ,,Tena cbaddebiti“.
Manavo cbaddesi. Sattha „ambakan dani yattatiti“ tassa sammukba
ya ayamamgalam „bbo Gotama, etarii kalakannisadisam, ma ganbi ma
ganbiti“ tasmim yarayamane/’ yeya gabetya yeluyanabbimuklio payasi.
Manayo yegena gantya pitu arocesi: „tata maya amakasusane
cbadditam satakayugam samano Gotamo ‘amhakam yattatitiV maya
yariyaraaiio pi gabetya Yeluyanam gato“ ti. Bralimano cintesi: „tam
satakayugam ayamamgalam kalakannisadisam, tarn yalanjento samano
pi Gotamo nassissati, tato, amhakam garaba bbayissati, samanassa
Gotamassa anne^ babusata'ke datya tarn cbaddapessamiti“ so babusa-
take^ gabapetya^® puttena saddbim Yeluyanam gantya Sattbaram disya
ekamantam tbito eyam aba; „saccam kira te bbo Gotama amakasu-
^ so both MSS. instead of pi? ^ both MSS. -neyyaiii. ^ nam. ^ 0^’ bala-
bala*, haiahala-. ® C* vahini, 0^ vahini corr. topaiiini. ® both MSS. aha
’ yariyamane. ® both MSS. anno. ® bahu-. 0^ baha*.
7. Mamgalajataka. (87).
373
Sana satakayugam gahitaB‘‘ ti. »>Saccam brakmana*^ ’ti. „Bho Gotama
tam satakayngam ayamamgalam, tuxnhe tarn paribhunjamana nassis-
satha, sakalaviharo pi iiassissati, sace to niTasanam va parupanarii
ya na-ppahoti ime satake gahetya tam chaddapetba“ ’ti. Atha nam
Sattlia jjiiiayam brahmana pabbajiia nama, ambakam amakasnsane
antarayithiyarii samkarattbane ^ nabanatittbe mahaniagge ti eyarSpesu
tlianesn cliaddita ya patita ya pilotika yattati, tvam pana na idan’
eya pubbe pi evamladdbilco yeya“ ’ti tena yacito atitam aliari:
Atfte Magadliarattbe Rajagahanagare dhammiko Ma«
gadliaraja rajjam karesi Tada Bodliisatto ekasmhii
11 diccabrabmanakule nibbattitva vinntitam patto isipabbajjaiii
pabbajitva abbinna ca samapattiyo ca nibbattetva^ Himavante
vasamano ek as mini kale Himavantato nikkbainitva Rajagalia-
nagare** rajuyyanaiii patva tattlia vasitva dutiyadivase bhikkba-
carattliaya nagaram pavisi. Raja tam disva pakkosapetva
pasade nisidapetva bbojetva uyyane yeva vasanattiiaya patinnaiii
ganhi. Bodliisatto ranno nivesane bbunjitva uyyane vasati.
Tasniiiii kale Rajagalianagare^ Dussalakkbanabrahniano nama
ahosi. Tassa samugge thapitam satakayugan ti sabbaiii
purimasadisam eva. Manave pana susanaiii gacchante Bodbi-
satto patbaniataraiii gantva susanadvare nisiditva tena cbaddi-
taih satakayiigaiii gabetva iiyyanam agamasi. Manavo gantYa
pitu arocesi. Pita „rajakuIiipako'^ tapaso nasseyya'^' ’ti® Bodbi-
sattassa saiitikaih gantva ^jtapasa taya gabitasatake cbaddelii,
ma nassiti^^ aba. Tapaso ^ambakaiii susane cbadditapilotika
vatlati, na inayaiii kotubalamamgalika, kotuhalamamgalain nam’
etarii na Buddbapaccekabuddbabodhis^ttebi vannitaiii, tasnia
panditena kotubalamaiiigalikena na bbavitabban^^ ti brabmanassa
dbammaiii desesi. Brabmano dhammaiii sutva ditthim bbinditva
Bodbisattam saranam gato, Bodliisatto pi aparibmajjbano
Brahmaloka-parayano ahosi.
^ 0^' samkaratthe. ^ both MSS. nibbattitva. ^ Qk -gaha«. ** -Iiipako,
® both MSS. nasseyyasTti.
374
I. Ekanipata. 9. Apayimliavagga.
Satthapi imam atitam aharitya abhisambuddlio batya brahmanassa
dbammam desento imam gatham aba:
Yassa mamgala samabata
xippada supina ca lakkbana ca
sa mamgaladosayitiyatto
yugayogadbigato na jatu-m-etiti. 86,
Tattka yassa mamgala samubata ti yassa arabato khlnasavassa
ditthamariigalam sutamamgalam mutamamgalan ti ete maibgala samiiccbimi%
uppada supina ca^ lakkhana ca evarupo candaggaho bbayissati evarupo
snriyaggabo bhavissati evariipo nakkbattaggaho bbavissati eyarupo ukkapato
bbavissati evarupo disadabo bbavissatiti ime paiica mabauppada, nanappakaraka
supina, subhagalakkbanam dubbbagalakkbanam ittbilakkhanam. purisalakkbanaiii
dasalakkbanaiii dasilakkhanam, asilakkbanam usabbalakkbanara avudbalakkhaiiam
vatthalakkharian tl evamadikani lakkbanani, ime ca dittbittbaria^ yassa samuhata
na etebi uppadadihi attano maibgalam va avamaibgalam va pacceti, sa marii-
galadosavitivatto ti so kbinasavo sabbamamgaladosavitivatto atikkanto.
pajabitva tbito, yugay ogadbigato na jatumeti kodbo ca iipanabo ca
makkbo ca palaso^ ca 'ti adina nayena dve dve ekato agatakilesa yuga nama,
kamayogo bhavayogo ditthiyogo avijjayogo ti ime samsare^ yojanabbavato cattaro
yoga nama, te yuge ca yoga, ca ’ti yugayoge adhigato abhibhavitva gato ® vitivatto
samatikkanto kbinasavo bhikkhu, na jatumetiti puna patisandbivasena
ekarasen’ eva imam lokam na eti na gacchati.
Eyam Safctba imaya gathaya brabmanassa dhammam desetya
puna saccani pakasesi. Saccapariyosane brahmano saddbiiii puttena
sotapattipbale patittbabL Sattba jatakam samodbanesi: ,,Tada ete
ya ® pitaputta abesum, tapaso pana aham eya‘ ‘ ’ti. Mamgalajata-
'■'"kam. ■ ■
#
8. Sarambbajataka,
\ . ,
Kaiyanim eya munceyya’ti. Idam Sattba Sayattbiyam
yibaranto omasayadasikkhapadam arabbba katbesi. Dye pi yattbtni
bettha Handiyisalajatake yuttasadisan’ eya. Imasmim pana jatake
* both MSS. omit ca. ® dittbadittbana, C*' divadittbittbana corn to dit-tbi-
ttbana. * so both MSS. instead of paiapo? ^ samkare. ^ omits gato.
ca.
375
8. Sarambhajataka. (88). 9. Etihakajataka. (89).
Bodliisatto Gandhararattlie Takkasilayam anSatarassa brahmanassa
Sarambho nama b a ! i v a d d o abosi. Sattba idaiii atitaTatthum ka-
thetya abiiisambuddlio Iiutya imam gatham aha:
Kalyaiiiin eya munceyya, na hi munceyya papikam,
mokkho kalyaniya sadhu, mutya tapati papikan ti. 87.
Tattha k alyanimeva^ munceyya ’ti catudosayioimmiittakalyanim sun-
daraih anavajjaiii vacam eva munceyya yissajjeyya katheyya, na hi munceyya
papikan ti papikam lamikam ^paresam appiyaiii amanapam na munceyya na
katheyyaj mokkho kalyaniya sadhu ’ti kalyanavacaya vissajjanam eva
imasmiiii loke sadhu sundaram hhaddakaih, mutva tapati papikan ti
papikam pharusaiii vacaiii muncitva vissajjetva kathetva so puggalo tapati socati
kilamati.
Eyaiii Sattha imam dhammadesanaiii aharitya jatakam samodhanesi :
,,Tada brahmano Ilnando ahosi, brahmani Uppalayannaj Sarambho
pana aham eya‘ ‘ ’ti. S a r a m b h a j a t a k a lii.
9. Kuhakajataka.
Vaca ya^ kira te asiti. Idam Sattha Jetayane yiharanto
ekam kuhakam arahbha kathesi. Kuhanayatthiim Uddalajatake
ayibhayissati.
Atite B a ran asiyam Brahmadatte rajjam karente
ekam gamakam iipanissaya eko kntajatilaknhakatapaso ^ vasati.
Eko kutimbiko tassa aranne pannasalam karetva tattha naiii
vasento attano gehe panitaharena patijaggati. So tarn kuta-
japilam ^jSiIava eso^^ ti saddahitva corabhayena suvannaiiikklia-
sataiii tassa pamiasalaiii netva bhdimigataiii katva „idam
olokeyyasi bhante‘V ti aha. Atlia iiam tapaso „pabbajifanam
nama aviiso evarupaiii kathetnm na vattati, amhakaiii parasan-
take loblio nama n’ attMti^^ aha* So ,sSadlin bliante^" ti tassa
vacanaiii saddahitva pakkami. Dutthatapaso ^^sakka ettakena
^ kalyaniname, kalyanlnameva. P* yScaya. ^ 0^ -Jatilaiiiku-,
I. Ekanlpata. 8, ApayimliaTagga.
jivitun'' ti katipaiham atikkanietva tarn suvannaiii gahetva
antaramagge ekasmim thane thapetva agantva pannasalayam e^a
vasitva punadivase tassa geke bhattakiccam katva evam aha:
„avuso inayam tnmbe nissaya ciraiii vasimha, aticiram lii ekas-
mim tbane vasantanaih inaniissehi saddhim saiiisaggo hotij saiii-
saggo ca nama pabbajitanam malaiii, tasma gaccham’ ahan^*^ ti
vatva tena punappuna yaciyainano pi nivattitnm na iccM* Atha
naiii so ^evarii sante gaccbatha bhante^^ ti yava gamadTaram
anngantva nivatti. Tapaso tbokam gantva 5, imam kntiimbikam ^
maya vancetum vattatiti^^ cintetva jatanaiii antare tinam tliape-
tva patinivatti* Kuturabiko j^kiiii bhante nivattittba^ ’ti pucchi.
jjAvuso tumhakam gebaccbtadanato me jatasn ekatinaiii laggaiii,
adinnadanaii ca nama pabbajitanam na vattati, tarn adaya agato
’mhi^^ Kutnmbiko jjCbaddetva gaccliatha bhante“ ti vatva
jjtmasalakaiii nama^parasantakaih na ganhati, aho kukkuccako
me ayyo‘‘ ti pasiditva vanditva uyyojesi. Tada pana Bodhi-
sattena bhandatthaya paccantaiii gaccbantena tasmim nivesane
iiivaso galiito hoti. So tapasassa vacanam sntva va 5jaddha
imina dutpiatapasena imassa kinci bliatam bhavissat'iti^^ kntum-
bikam pucchi: 5,atthi* pana te samma kinci etassa tapasassa
santike nikkhittan^^^ ti. „Atthi samma siivamianikkliasatan“
ti. „Teiia hi gaccha, tam^ upadharehlti^'. So pannasalaiii
gantva adisva vegehagantva atthi samma^^ ’ti aha. „Na
te snvannam anhena gahitam, ten’ eva knhakatapasena gahitaiii,
ehi tarn aiuibandhitva ganhama'^ ’ti vegena gantva kntatapaj^ih
ganhitva hatthehi ca padehi ca pothetva suvannaiii aharapetva
ganhiiiisa. Bodhisatto snvannam disva ^nikkliasatam haramano
asajjitva^ tinamatte satto siti^ vatva naiii® garahanto imam
■gatham aha: '
Vaca va’ kira te asi sanha sakhilabhaninOj
tinamatte asajjittho® no ca nikkhasatam haran ti. 88.
^ 0^ kiitim-. VOkattMna. ® nikkhittikan. ^ thmi. ^ asajjhitva,
^ C*’ tvam. ya. ® both MSB.— tthe.
1 0. Akatanfiujataka. (90) .
377
Tattba vaca va kira te asi saiiha sakhilabhanino ti pabbajitaiiam
tinamattam pi adinnam adatum na vattatiti evaiii sakhilam. muduvacanam
vadantassa vaca eva kira te sanha asi, vacanamattam evam addha ahositi attlio,
tinainatte asajjittbo ti kutajatila^ ekissa tinasalakaya kukkuccaiii kuru-
raiino tvaiii satto asatto laggo ahosi, no ca nikkhasataiii haran ti iiiiaiii
pana nikkhasatarh baranto asatto nillaggo va jato siti.
Evaiii Bodhisatto tarn garahitva ^ma sii puna kiitajatila
evarupam akasiti^ V ovadam datva yathakammaiii gate,
Sattha imam dkammadesanam akaritva „na bhikkliave id an’ era
esa bkikklm knkako, pubbe pi kubako yeva** ’ti vatva jatakarii
samodhanesi: ,»Tada kiitatapaso kubakabbikkliu ahosi, panditapuriso
pana aham eva“ ’ti. Kuh akajatakam.
10. Akatannuj ataka.
Yo pubbe katakalyano ti. Warn Sattha Jetavane
yiharanto Anathapindikam arabbha kathesi. Tassa® kir’ eko
paccantayasiko setthi aditthasahayo ahosi. So ekada paccante utthanaka-
bhandassa panca sakatasatani piiretya kammantikamaimsse aha :
„gacchatha bho, imam bhandam Sayatthim netya amhakam sahayassa
Anathapindikamahasetthissa paccakkhena yikkinitya patibhandam aha-
ratha“ ^ti, Te „sadhu‘‘ ’ti tassa yacanam sampaticchitva Sayatthim
gantya mahasettliim disva pannakaram datya tarn payattim arocesuiii.
Mahasetthi ,,syagatam yo“ ti tesam ayasaS ca paribbayaS ca dapetya
sahayassa sukham pucchitya bhandam yikkinitya patibhandam^ dapesi.
Te paccantam gantya tarn attham attano setthissa arocesum. Apara-
bhage Anathapindiko tath* eya panca sakatasatani tattha pesesi.
Mantissa tattha gantya pannakaram adaya paccantayasikasetthim
passiiiisu. So „kuto agacchatha“ ’ti puccMtva „Sayatthito, tumkakam
sahayassa Anathapindikassa santika“ ti vutte „ Anathapindiko ti kas-
saci purisassa namam bhayissatiti** parihasam katya pannakaram gahe-
tya ,,gacchatha tumhe“ ti uyyojesi, n niyasam na paribbayam
dapesi. Te sayam eya bhandam yikkinitya patibhandam adaya Sa-
yatthim agantya setthissa tam payattim arocesum. Atha so paccanta-
' both MSS. -jatilam, ^ 0^ nassa. ® pati-, C*' pani-. C* yasi.
378
I. Ekanfpata. 9. Apayimhavagga.
YasI- pima pi ekayaram tath’ eya panca sakatasatani Sayattliim pe-
sesl Manussa pannakaram adaya makasetthim passiihsu, Te pana
disva Anathapindikassa geke maEussa „mayaai sami etesam aiyasaS
ca bhattan ca paribbayafi ca janissama” ’ti yatya tesam sakataiii
baiiinagare tatliampe® tbane mocapetva „tumbe idha yasatlia, amba-
kam yo gbare yagubbattan ca paribbayo ca bbayissatiti“ gaiitya
dasakammakare sansipatetya majjbiniayamasamantare panca sakatasa-
tani vilumpitya niyasanaparupananl pi tesam ® accbinditya gone palape-
tyir sakatani yicakkani katya bbiimiyam tliapetya cakkani pi ganbitya
ya agamamsu. Paccantayasino niyasanamattass^)! samika abntya
bbita yegena palayitya paccantam gata. Settiiimannss^i tarn payattiib
mabasettbino arocesum. So „attbi dan’ idam katbapabbatan“ ti
Satthu santikam gantya adito pattbaya sabbam tarn payattiib arocesi,
„Na kbo gabapati so paccantayasi ^ idan’ eya evamsilo, pubbe pi
eyarhsilako ya abositk* yatya tena yacito atitam abari:
Atite Baranasiyaih Brabmadatte rajjaiii karente
Bodbisatto Baranasiyam maliavibbavo settbi ahosi. Tass’
eko paccantavasiko settbi aditthasabayo sahayoVti sabbam
atrtavatthmii paccuppannavattbusadisam eva. Bodbisatto pana
attano maanssehi ^jajja ambehi idan nama katan^^ ti arocito®
„pathamam attano kataiii upakaraiii ajananta pacchapi evarupam
labbanti yeva^^ ’ti vatva sampattaparisaya dliammam desento
imam gatbaiii aha:
Yo pubbe katakalyano katattho navabujjbati
paccba Idcce samuppanne kattaraiii nadhigacchatiti. 89.
Tatrayam pindattbo: kbattiyadian yo koci pnxiso pubbe pathamataraiii
aniieiaa katakalyano katUpak^o katattho iiipphaditakicco butva. tarn parena
attani katam kalyanan c’ eva na janati so paccba attano kicce samiippaiine tassa
kiccassa kattararb n^dbigacebati na iabbatiti.
Evam Bodbisatto imaya gatbaya dbammaiii desetva dana-
diiii pimnani katva yathakammaiii gato.
^ -vasi, ^ Ck yathirnpe. ^ G® nesam/ ^ MSS. both MSS. -te,
l.Xittajataka. (91).
379
Sattia imam dbammadesanam aharitTa jatakam samodlianesi :
,,Tada paccantavasi V idani paccantayasi yevsb, Baranasisettlii pana aham
eya“ ’ti. AkatanSiijatak am. Apayimhayaggo nayamo.
lo. XiITTAuVAlQ-Q-^.
1. Littajataka.
Littam paramena tejasa ti, Idam Sattha Jetavane
yiharanto apaccayekkhitaparibii ogam arabblia katbesi. Tasmim
kira kale bhikkbii ciyaradini labbitya yebbuyyeaa apaccayekkhitya
paribbunjanti. Te cattaro paccaye apaccayekkhitya paribhunjamatia
yebhuyyena nirayatiraccbanayonito na muncanti. Sattlia tarn karanaiii
natya^ bhikkhunam anekapariyayena dhammakatbam katbetya apacca-
yekkbitaparibboge® adinayam^ katbetya „bhikkbaye bbikkbuna naina
cattaro paccaye labbitya apaccayekkhitya paribbuDjitum na yattati”,
tasma ito pattbaya paccayekkbitya paribbn5jeyyatba“ ’ti paccayekkba-
navidbim dassento ,,idba bbikkbaye bbikkbu patisamkha yoniso civa-
ram patiseyati sitassa patigbataya“ ’ti adina nayena tantim tbapetya
„bbikkbaye cattaro paccaye eyam paccayekkbitya paribbunjitum yat-
tati, apaccayekkbitaparibbogo nama balahalayisaparibbogasadiso, iiora-
naka hi apaccayekkhitya dosam ajanitya yisam paribhnnjitya yipakaiite
mahadnkkbam annbliayimsu“ ’ti yatya atitam abari:
^ Atite Baranasiyam Brahmadatte rajjaiii kareiite
Bodhisatto afinatarasmim mababhogakule nibbattitva vayap-
patto akkbadhutto ahosi. Atbapa1*o ktitakkliadbutto Bodlii-
satteiia saddhiitt kilanto attano jaye vattamane kelimandalaiii
na bbindati parajayakale ’ pana akkham mukbe pakkMpitva
j^akkbo nattho^^ ti kelimandalam^/bhinditva pakkamati. Bodbi-’
^ 80 both MSS, ^ Ci' katva. ® -bhogena. ^ both MSS. Mmava. 0 "
yaddhati. ® both MSS. -mandalam. both MSS. parajakMe. ^ -larii.
380
I. Ekanipata. 10. Alittavagga.
satto tassa karanarh natva „liotn janissam’ ettha ti akkke
adaya attano gliare halahalavisena rajetta^ punappuna sakklia-
petva te Maya tassa santikam gantva „elii samiua, akkkelii
kilama^ ’ti Ma. So jjsMhu samnia** ’ti kelimandalaiii^ sajjetva
tena saddliim kilanto attano parajayakale ekaiii muklie pakkhipi,
Atha nam Bodhisatto tatha karontaiii disva j^gilahi tava, paccha
idan nama tan’ ti janissasiti*^^ codetum imam gathara alia:
Littarii paramena tejasa
gilam akkham puriso na bujjliati,
gila re gila® papadliuttaka'^,
paccha te katukamVbliavissatiti. 90.
Tattha littan® makkWtam ranjUam, paramena tejasa ti uttamatejasam-
paimena halabalavisena, gilan ti gilanto, akkkan ti gulakaih®, na kujjhatiti
ayam me gilato idan nama karissatiti na janati, gila re ti gilalu are, glia 'ti
puna pi codento Yadati, paccha te katukam^® biiavissatiti imasmirii te
akkhe galite etaiii visaiii tikbinaiii bhavissatiti attho.
Bodhisattassa katlientass’ eva katlientass’ eva visavegena
raECchito akkliini parivattetva kliandhaiii nametva pati. BodM-
satto ,Mani ’ssa jivitadanam datuiii vattatiti^* ^^ osadliapariblia-
vitarh vamanayogam datva vametva sappimadhusakkharMayo
khMapetva arogam ^Vkatva 3 ,puna evarupaiii ma kasiti*^ ovaditva
danMini puiinMi katva yathMammam gato.
Sattha imam dhanimadesanam abaritya ,,biiikkhaTe apaccavekkhi-:
taparibliogo nama apaccayekkhitva kafcayisaparibhogasadiso hotiti** yat>a
jatakam samodbanesi: j»Tada panditadhutto aham eya ahosiiii^.
Kutadhutto pan’ ettba na kathiyati, yatba c* ettha evam sabbattha yo pana
imasmim kale na pannayati so na kathiyaty- eva ’ti. Littaj atakaiii.
^ C* pat, read pattan (Treiickner;. so both MSS. ® both MSS. Mlama.
both MSS. -mandalam. ® Gromits gila. ® papadhutta. ^ C*' -kam.
' C& litthan. 3 gu-. so both MSS. vaddhatiti. qv arogam.
381
2. Mahasax^yataka. (92).
2 . Maliasarajataka.
Ukkatthe siiram iccliantiti. Idam Sattha Jetarane
viharanto ayasmantam AEandam arabbka katJiesi. Ekasmim saraaye
Kosalaranno ittliiyo cmtayiiiisa: „Buddbuppado nama dullabbo, tatha
maiiussapatilabho paripunnayatana ca, mayan ca iman ca^ dullabbam
kbanasamayayaiii labhityapi attano ruciya vibaram gantya dhammaiii
ya soturii pujam ya katum daaam ya datum na labhama, manjiisaya
pakkhitta^ yiya yasama, ranno katbetya ambakam dbammaiii desetum
anuccbayikam ekaih bbikkbuib pakkosapetya tassa santike dbammaib
sossama, tato yam sakkbissama tarn ganbissama, danadini punfiani
karissama, eyam no ayam kbanapatilabho sapbalo bbayissatiti“ ta
sabbapi rajanam uj)asaiiikamitva attana cintitakaranam katbayimsu.
Raja ,jSadbu** ’ti sampaticcbi, Atb’ ekadiyasam uyyanakilaiii kiiitu-
kamo uyyanapalam pakkosapetya „uyyanam sodhebiti“ aba. Uyyana-
paio uyyanam sodbento Sattharam aSnatarasmim rukkbamiile nisinnaib
disya ranno santikam gantya 4,suddbarb deya uyyanam, api c’ettba
annatarasmim rukkbamule Bhagaya nisinno** ti aha. Raja ,,sadbu
samma, Sattbu santike dbammam pi sossama“ ’ti alamkataratham
abbiruyha uyyanaiii gantya Sattbu santikam agamasi. Tasinin ca
samaye Chattapani nam’ eko anagamiupasako Sattbu santike dbammam
sunamano nisinno boti. Raja tarn disya asamkamano mubuttam thatva
puna „sac’ ayam papako bhayeyya xia Sattbu santike nisiditya
dbammam suneyya, apapakena imina bhayitabban** ti cintetya Sattba-
ram upasaiiikamitya yanditya ekamantam nisidi. Upasako Buddhagara-
yena ranno paccuttbanam ya yandanam ya na akasi, tena assa raja
anattamano abosi. Sattba tassa anattamanabbayam natya upasakassa
gunam katbesi: „ayam maharaja upasako babussuto %atagamo
kamesu yitarago“ ti. Raja „na imina orakena bbayitabbam yassa
Sattba gunam yannetiti“ cintetya „upasaka yadeyyasi yena te attbo“
ti aba. Upasako „sadhu*‘ ’ti sampaticcbi. Raja Sattbu santike
dbammam sutya Sattharam padakkbinam k%tya pakkami. So ekadiya-
sam upasakam bbuttapatarasam chattam adaya Jetayanam gaccbantarii
disya pakkosapetya eyam aba: „tyam kira upasaka babussuto, amba-
kan ca ittbiyo dbammam sotukama c’ eya uggabetukama ca, sadhu
yat’ assa sace tasam dbammam yaceyyasiti**. „Deya gibinam^ nama
^ so both MSS. ® pakkMttaiii, ^ gihitaib.
382 Bfeanipata. 10. Alittavagga.
rajantepure dhammam desetum va yacetum ya na patimpam, ayyanam
eya patirapan** ti. Eaja „saccam esa^ yadatiti“ tam uyyojetya ittMyo
pakkosapetya ,,bliadde aliam tumliakara dhammadesanattiiajaca diiain-
mam yacaaatthaya ca Satthu santikam gantya ekaiii bkikkliuiii
yacanii, asitiya mabasayakesu kataram yacamiti * aba. Ta sabba
mantetya dbanimabbandagariyam Anandattheram eya rocesuiii. Raja
Sattbii santikam gantya yanditya ekamantam nisinno eyam aba :
„bhante, ambakam gebe ittbiyo Anandattberassa santike dbammam
sotufi ca ugganbitun ca iccbanti, sadhu yat’ assa sace ambakam gebe
dbammam deseyya c’ eya yaceyyasiti^. Sattba „sadbn“ ’ti sampa-
ticcbitya tberam anapesi. Tato pattbaya ranno ittbiyo tberassa santike
dbammam sunanti c’ eya ugganbanti ca. Atb’ ekadiyasaiii ranno
culaniani nattbo. Raja tassa nattbabbayam sutya amacce anapesi :
„sabbe antoyalanjanamanusse gabetya cnlamanim abarapetha“ ti.
Amacca matugame adiib katya cnlamanim paripucchanta adisya maba-
janam kilaraenti. Tam diyasam Anandattbero rajaniyesanam payittho.
Yatha ta ittbiyo pnbbe tberam disya ya hattbatuttba dbammam snnanti
ca ugganbanti ca tatba akatya sabba domanassappatta ya abesum.
Tato tberena „kasma tumhe ajja eyarupa jata“ ’ti puccbita eyam
ahamsu: ,,bhant.e ‘ranno culamanim pariyesama’ ’ti amacca matugame
upadaya antoyalanjanake kilamenti, na janama kassa kim bbayissa,
ten’ amba domanassappatta** ti. Tbero ^ma cintetba“ ’ti ta samassase-
tya ranno santikam gantya pannattasane nisiditya „mani kira te maha-
raja nattbo“ ti pnccbi. »,Ama bbante“ ti. „Asakklii pana taiii
aharapetun** ti. ,jBbante sabbam antojanam gabetya kiiamento pi na
sakkomi abarapetun“ ti. „Mabaraja mabajanam akiiametya ya
abaranupayo attbiti“, „Kataro bbante“ ti. ,,Pindadanam mabaraja“
’ti. ,,K.atarapindadanani bbante“ ti. „Mabaraja yattakesu asamka
atthi te ganetya ekekassa ekekam piiaiapindam ® ya mattikapindaiii
ya datya ‘imam paccusakale abaritya asukattbane naina patetba’s^' ti
yattabbam, yena gabito bbayissati so tasmim pakkbipitya abarissati,
sace patbamadiyase yeya ""patenti icc-etam kusalam, noce patenti
dutiyadiyase pi tatiyadiyase pi tatb’ eya katabbam, eyam mabajano ca
na kiiamissati manim ca labbissasiti®“ eyam yatya tbero agamasi.
Raja yuttanayen’ eya tayo diyase dapesi, n’ eya manim abarimsu.
^ 0^* evasa. ^ so both MSS. instead of vaceyya ca ’ti? ^ so both MSS.
instead of palala-? ^ both MSS. -ssatiti.
2. MahasarajStaka. (92).
388
There tatijadivase agantva ,,1dm maharaja patito maniti*' pucchi.
, 5 Na patenti bhante*‘ ,,Teaa M maharaja mahatalasmim ^ neva
paticchannatthane mahacatim thapapetya udakassa piirapetya sanim
jjarikkhipapetYa ‘sab be aatoYalanjanamanussa ca itthiyo ca uttarasam-
gaiii katya ekako auto sanim payisitya hattham dhoyitya agacchatii’
Ti yadehifci“ thero imam upayam acikkliitya pakkami. Raja tatlia
karesi. Manicoro cintesi: ,sdhammabhandagariko imam adhikaranam^
adaya manim adassetya na osakkissatiti atthanam etam patetum dM
yattatiti“ maniiii paticchaimam katya adaya ante sanim payisitya catiy am ^
patetya'^ nikkhami. Sabbesam nikkhantakale udakam chaddetya manim
addasamsn. Raja ^theraih nissaya mahajanam akiiametya ya me main
laddho“ ti tussi. Antoyalanjanamanussapi „theram nissaya mahadnk-
khato mutt* amiia“ *ti tussimsu. ,,Therassanubhayena ranno cuiamani
laddho“ ti therassanubliayo sakalanagare c’ eya bhikkhusaiiighe ca
pakato jato. Dhammasabhayam sannisinna bhikkhii therassa gimam yan-
nayimsu: ,>ayiiso Anandatthero attano bahiissutataya pandiceena upayaku-
salataya mahajanam akiiametya upayen’ eya ranno manim dassesiti“.
Sattha agantya „kaya nu ’ttha bhikkhaye etarahi kathaya sannisinna“
ti pucchitya „imaya nama“ ’ti yutte „na bhikkhaye idani Ananden’
eya^ parahatthagataiii bhandam dassitam* pubbe pi pandita mahajanam
akiiametya upayen’ eya tiracchanahatthagatabhandakam dassayimsu“
’ti yatya atitam ahari:
Atite Baranasiyaiii Bralimadatte rajjam karente
Bodhisatto sabbasippe nipphattim patto tass’ eva amacco
aliosi. Ath’ ekadivasaiii raja mahantena parivarena uyyanaiii
gantva vanantarani vicaritva udakakilaih kilitakamo mamgala-
pokkharanim otaritva itthagaram pi pakkosi. Itthiyo attano
sisupagagivupagadini abliaranani omuncitva uttarasange pakkhipi-
tva samuggapitthesE thapetva dasiyo paticchapetva pokkharamih
otariiiisE. Ath’ eka uyyanamakkati® sSkhantare nisinna deviiii
pilandlianani® omEiicitva Ettarasange pakkhipitva samnggapitthesu
thapayamanaiii^ disva tassa miittaharam pilandhitukama ® hutva
^ madatalasmim. ^ 0^’ adhikara-. ® both MSS. catirii. ^ & papetva.
0^ anandoneva, anandoyenava corr. to -doneva. ® so both MSS. " both
MSS. thapiya-. : ; ,
384
I. Ekanipata. 10. Alittavagga.
dasiya pamadam olokayamana nisidi. Basi pi rakkliamana
tahaiii taliam olokadhaina^ nisiniia yeva pacalayitum arabhi.
Makkati/ tassa pamadabhavaiii natva vatavegeua otaritva maba-
nmttaliaram givaya patimancitva vatavegeiia nppatitva sakbaa-
tare nislditva annasam makkatinaih dassanabbayena ekasmiib
susiratthane thapetva upasantupasanta* viya tam rakkhamana
Bisidi. Sapi kho dasT pabujjbitva rauttaharam apassantl kampa-
inana annaib upayam adisva 5,puriso deviya muttabaram gabe-
tva palato^^' ti mabaviravam viravi. Arakkbamanussa tato tato
sannipatitva tassa vacanam sutva ranno arocayimsu. Raja
,5Coram ganbatba^^ ’ti aba. Parisa uyyaiia nikkbamitva 5,coram
ganhatba^^ ’ti ito e’ ito olokenti. Ath’ eko janapado balikaraka-
puriso tam saddaib sutva kampamano palayi. Tam disva purisa
5,ayam coro bhavissatit?^ anubandhitva tam gabetva potbetva
jjUre duttbacora evam mabasaraiii nama pilandhanam ® ava-
barissasiti®*^ parihasimsu. So cintesi: „sac’ abaiii ^na ganiia-
miti’ vakkbami ajja me jivitam n’ attbi, pothenta yeva mam
maressanti, sampaticchtoi nan^“ ti so 3,ama sami gabitam me®*
ti. Atba nam® bandbitva ranno santikam nayimsu. Rajapi
narii puccbi: ^gabitan te mahasarapilandhanan^®* ti. j^Ama
deva*® ’ti. ^Idani nam kaban®* ti. jjDeva maya mabasaram
nama mancapitbam pi na dittbapiibbam, settbi pana maiii
mabasarapilandlianaiii® ganbapesij so ’ham gahetva va tassa
adasiih, so nam jauatlti®®. Raja setthim pakkosapetva ^^gabitan
te imassa battbato mabasarapilandbanaii^®® ti puccbi. jjAnia
deva®® ’ti. j^Kaban tan®® tl jjPurohitassa me dinnan®®'^ti.
Purohitam pi pakkosapetva tatb’ eva puccbi. So pi sam-
paticcbitva jjgaDdbabbassa me dinnan®® ti aha. Tam pi pakko-
sapetva 3,purohitassa te battbato mahasarapi}andhanam^ gahitan®®
ti puccbi. jjAma deva®® ti. jjKahan®® ti. j^Kilesavasena me
so both MSS. instead of olokayamana? ^ -ti. ^ npasantu-. -
palayato. ® so both MSS. ® both MSS, -rissasitl both MSS. tan? ® tam.
2. Mahasarajataka. (92).
3S5
vannadasiya dinnan'^ tL Tam pi pakkosapetva pacclii. Sa
, 5 T)a ganhamiti^* alia. Ne^ panca jane pucchantaimm suriyo
attharii gate. Raja vikalo jato, sve janissama^ ’ti
panca jane amaccanaiii datva nagararh pavisi. Bodliisatto
cintesi: pilandhanam* antovalanje nattlianij ayan^ ca
gahapatiko baMvalanje, dvare pi balavaarakklio, tasma antova-
lanjanakanam pi taiii galietva palayitum na sakka^, evam n’ eva
bahivalanjanakanam na ante iiyyane valanjanakanaiii galianu-
payo dissati, imina duggatamanussena ‘settliissa me dinnau’ ti
kathentena attano mokkbatthaya katliitam bhavissati^ setthinapi
^puroliitassa me dinnan’ ti katlientena ‘ekato liutva nittliaris-
sama’ ’ti cintetva katliitam bliavissati, pnrobitenapi ^gandhab-
bassa me dinnan’ ti katlientena ‘bandhanagare^ gandliabbam
niss^a snkliena vasissama’ ’ti cintetva katliitam, gandbabbenapi
^vannadasiya me dinnan’ ti katlientena ‘anukkanthito gamis-
saraiti^’ cintetva kathitam bhavissati, imelii pancahi pi acorebi
bhavitabbaiii, nyyane makkata bahu, pi}andbanena^ ekissa
makkatiya hattbe amlliena bbavitabban‘^ ti so rajanaiii upasaiii-
kainitva „maliaraja, core ambakam niyyadetlia, mayam taiii
kiccain sodliessama^^ ti aba. Baja „sadhu pandita, sodbeMti^'^
tassa niyyMesi.^ Bodliisatto attano dasapiirise pakkositva 5 ,te
panca jane ekasmiiii neva thane vasapetvas a manta arakkliaiii
katva kannaiii datva yan te annamannaiii katlienti taiii maybaiii
arocetha^* ’ti vatva pakktoi. Te tatba akamsu. Tato manns-
san^rii sannisinnaveiaya settM tarn galiapatikam aba: ,,are
duttbagabapatika, taya abaiii maya tvaiii kaham ditthapubbo,
kada te^ maybaiii pilandlianam ^ dinnaii^^ ti aha. jjSami ina-
hasettbi, ahaih mabasaraiii nama rnkkliasarapadakaiii manca-
pitbakara pi na janami, tarn nissaya pana mokkliaiii labhis-
saraiti evaiii avacam, ma me kujjba sainiti^^ Purobito pi
^ so both MSS, 0*^ ayarii. ^ G^f-nagarena, ^ both MSS. gavi-. " botli
MSS. ne.
25
380 I. Ekanipto. 10. Littavagga.
setiMiii aba: jjmaliasettlii tvarn imina attaiio adinnakam eva
iBayhaiii . katbam adasiti^^ ^jMayam pi dve issara amliakaiii
ekato liutva tliitakale kammaiii kliippaiii nippajjissatiti ^ katliesin'^^
ti» Gandhabbo pi puroMtaiii aha: ^sbralimana kada taya
mayham pilaiidhanam^ dinnan^^ jjAhaiii Haiii nissaya vasanat-
tliaae sukham vasissamiti’ katliesin^^ ti. Vannadasi pi gandhab-
baiii aha: 5,,are dutthagandliabba, ahaiii kadi, tava santikaiii
gatapiibba tvaiii va mama santikam agatapixbbOj kadi mayhaiii
pilandhanaiii® clinnaE'^^ ti. ^Bliagini^ kiihkarana kiijjhasi,
^aaihesu pailcasu ekato Yasantesn gharavaso bhavissati, aBuk-
kanthamana sukliam %-asissama’ ’ti kathesin*^ ti. Bodhisatto
payojitamanussanam santika nam katliam sutva tesaiii tatvato
acorabhavaiii iiatYi ^Eiakkatiya gahitapilandhanam^ upayen’ eva
pat^ssamltk^ bhendumayani bahuni pilandlianani M^aretva uyyane
makkatiyo galiapetva hatthapadagivasu bheiidupilandhanani^
pilandhapetva^ vissajjesi, Itara makkatl pilaDdhaimiii^ rakkha-
mana^ uyyane eva nisidi. Bodhisatto manusse anapesi: ,5gac~
chatha tumhe, uyyane sabbamakkatiyo upadliaretha^ yassa taiii
pilandhanaih^ passatha tarn uttasetva pilandhanaiii ® ganhatha^*
’ti. Tapi kho makkatiyo 5,pilandhanam‘^ no laddhan^' ti tuttha-
hatthi uyyane vicarantiyo tassa santikam gantva ^^passatha
amhakaiii pilandhanan^^^ ti ahaiiisu. Sa makkliaiii asahamana
5,kim imiiia bliendupilandhanena^^*^ ’ti muttaharam piiandhitva^
nikkhami. Atha nam te purisi disva pilandhanaiii® chacldape-
tva aharitva Bodhisattassa adaihsu. So tain adaya ranno
dassetva te deva pilandhanam^ te panca pi acora, Tdaiii
pana uyyane raakkatiya abhatan®^^ ti aha. j^Kathaiii pana te
pandita makkatiya hattham arulhabhivo nato, katliam te
gahitan'^ti. So sabbam acikklii. Raja tutthamanaso j^saiii-
1 both MSS -ssasiti. ^ go both MSS. Hoth MSS. -ni. ^ 0?^ -nu, -nam.
^ Cfc makkatiya ne makkatiya abhatau.
3. Vissasabhojanajataka, (93).
887
gamaslsadisu nama stiradayo iccMtabba bontiti^^ Bodhisattassa
tbiitiiii karonto imam gatham aha:
Ukkatthe suram icchanti mantlsii akuttihalam
plyan ca annapanamhi atthe jate ca panditan ti. 91.
Taitha •ukkatthe ti upakatthe ubhato bulhe^ saihgame sampahare
vattamane ti attho, sQraiii icchantiti asatiiyapi matthake patamanaya
apalayiiiam suraiii iechantij tasmim khane evarupo samgamayodho patthetabbo
hoti, mantisu ak'atuhalan ti kattabbakatabbaih klccam sammantariakale
uppanne mantisu yo akutubalo avikiniiavaco maritam ria bhindati tarn icchanti,
tadiso tesu than esu patthetabbo h'oti, plyan ca annapanamhiti madhnre
annapane paccupatthite saha^ paribhufijanatthaya piyapuggalaih pattheiiti,
tadiso tasmim kale patthetabbo hotiti^, atthe jate va^ panditan ti attha-
gambhire dhammagambhire kismihcid eva karane va pahhe va uppanne pandi-
tam vicakkhanaiii icchanti, tatharupo hi tasmim samaye patthetabbo hotiti.
Evaiii raja Bodhisattam vannetva thometva ghanavassaiii
vassanto mahameglio viya sattalii ratanehi piijetva tass^ ovade
tliatva danadini punnani katva yathakammam gato.
Satthapi imam dhammadesanam aiiaritTa therassa gunam kathetva
jatakam samodhaiiesi : „Tada raja Anando ahosi, panditaamacco pana
aham eya“ ’ti. Mahasarajatakam,
3. Vissasabhojanajataka.
Na yissase ayissatthe ti, Idam Sattha Jetayane yi-
haranto y i s s a s a b h o j a n a m arabblia katbesi. Tasm im hi kira
samaye yebhuyyena bhikkliu „matara no dinnarii, pitara no dinnam,
bii^ara bbaginiya cuilamatara cuilapitara. matniena matulaniya dinnam,
amiiakarii gihikale ^ pi ete datujdi yuttarupa ca'* ’ti Satihi dinne cat-
taro paccaye yissattha hutya apaccayekkhitya paribhunjanti. Sattha
tarn karanam natva „bbikkbiinam dhammadesanam katum yattatiti"
bhikkhu® sannipatapetra „bliikkhaye bhikkhuna nama natihi pi
i O^'bulho. 2 c^saha. » so botii MSS, ^ both MSS. gihi-. both MSS.
bhikkhu.
25 ^
ggg I. Ekanipata* . 10. Eittavagga.
aSnatilii pi diniiake cattaro paccaye paccaTekkliitYa ya paribkogo kafcabbo,
apaccayekkliitaparibliogam katya hi kalam knrumano bhikkha yakkha-
petaatfcabhayato na muccati, apaccayekkhitaparibhogo aam’ esa yisa-
paribhogasadiso, yisam hi yissasikena dinnakam pi ayissasikena diiina-
kara pi mareti yeya, pubbe pi yissasena dinnayisam paribhunjitya
jiyitakkhayam patta“ ti yatya atitam aiiari:
Atite Baranasiyam Brahmadatte rajjaiii karente
Bodliisatto maliavibhavo setthi ahosi. Tass’ eko gopalako
kittliasambadhasamaye ^ gavo gahetva arannaih pavisitva tattlia
gopallikam katva rakklianto vasati^ settHno ca kalena kalaih
gorasam aharati\ Atli’ assa gopallikaya avidure sllio nivasam
ganhi. Gavinam sihasantasena milManam khlrarh mandam
ahosi. Atha nam ekadivasaih sappim adaya agatam setthi
pucchi; „kia nu kho samma gopalaka mandam sappiti^^ So
tarn karanam acikkhi. 5,AttM pana sainraa tassa^ sihassa
katthaci patibaddho*^ ti. „Atthi ’ssa sami ekaya migamMu-
kaya saddliim sariisaggo‘^ ti. ^^Sakka pana tarii gahapetun^^
ti. 5,Sakka samiti^^ ,jTena hi tarn gahetva tassa nalatato
patthaya sarlre loraani visena punappuna rajitva sukkhapetva
dve tayo divase atlkkamitva tarn migamatukam vissajjehi, so
tassa sin^hena sarlraiii lehitva jivitakkhayam papunissati, ath’
assa cammanakhadatha® c’ eva vasan ca gahetva agacclieyya-
siti‘‘ balahalavisaih datva nyyojesi. Gopalako jalam khipitva
npayena taiii migamatukam ganhitva tatha akasi. Silio tarn
disva va balavasinehena tassa sanrarii lehitva jivitakkhayam
papuni. Gopalako pi cammadini gahetva Bodliisattassa sswti-
kaih agamasi. BodMsatto tarn karanam natva ^jparesu sinelio
nama na kattabbo, evam balasampanno pi silio migaraja
kilesavasena samsaggam nissaya migamatukaya sariraiii lehento
visaparibhogaiii katva jivitakkbayam patto^^ ti vatva sampatta-
parisaya dhammam desento imam gathaiii aha :
* tittha-. ^ 0^' vasiti, ^ ahariti. ^ iiassa. ® both MSS. -nalihii-.
4. Lomahamsajataka. (94.*)
389
Na vissase avissattlie, vissatthe pi na vissase,
vissasa bliayam anveti slham va migamMuka ti. 92.
Tatrtyam samkliepattlio ; yo ptibbe sahayo attani avissattho abosi tasmim.
avissattbe yo pubbe pi riibbhayo attani vissasiko yeva tasmirh vissatthe pi na
vissase eva vissasam kareyya, kimkarana: vissasa b bay am anveti yo bi
mitte pi amitte pi vissaso tato bhayam eva agacchatij katbam : sihaiii va
niigamattika yatba mittasanthavavaseua katavissasaya migamatukaya saiitika
sibassa bbayam anvetaiii npagatam sampattan ti attbOj yatba ca^ vissasavasena
siham niigamatuka anveta ttpagata ti attho.
Evaiii Bodhisatto sampattaparisaya dliammam desetva
danadini pufinani katva yathakamixiaiii gato.
Sattlia imam dbamraadesanam aharitva jatakam samodbanesi:
,,Tada setthi ^ aham eva ahosm“ ti. Vissasabbojanajatakam.
4. Lomahamsajataka.
Sotatto SOS it 0 ti. Idam Sattba Yesaliyam upanissaya
Patikarame vibaranto Sunakkbattam arabbba katbesi. Ekas-
mim bi samaye Sunakkbatto Sattba apattliako^ butva pattacivaraih
adaya vicaramano Korakkbattiyassa dbammam rocento Dasabalassa
pattacivaram niyyadetva Korakkbattiyam nissaya tassa Kalakanjaka-
asura-yoniyam nibbattakale gihi butva „n’ attbi samanassa Gotamassa
uttanmannssadhammo aiamariyananadassanaTiseso, takkapariyahatam ^
samano Gotamo dbammam deseti Timamsanucaritam sayampatibhanam^,
yassa ca kbv-assa attbaya dhammo desito so na niyyati takkarassa®
sammadukkhakkbayaya“ ’ti Yesaliyam tinnam pakaranam antare
vicaranto Sattbu avannam bhasati. Atbayasma Sariputto pindaya
caranto tass’ evaib avannam bbasantassa sutva pindapatapatikkanto
tarn attbam Bbagavato arocesi. Bbagava^ ,,kodhano Sariputta Su-
nakkbatto mogliapuriso, kodbayasen’ evam aba, kodbayasenapi ‘so na^
niy^yati takkarassa® sammaduld5.bakkbayaya’ ’ti yadanto ajanitvapi
maybam gunam eva bbasati, na kbo pana so mogbapuriso maybam
^ both MSS. ca. ^ 0^ mahasettbi, ® both MSS, upattbano. ^ -yabhataiii.
® 0^ pati-. ® niyyanitakkarassa, O*’ tiyyatitakkarassa. both MSS, omit na.
8 niyyanitakkarassa, 0*' niyyatinakka-.
390
I. Ekanipata, ■ 10. Littavagga.
gunam jaBati, majhaih lii Sariputta clia abhmSa nama attbi, ayam pi
me attarimanussadliamm va, dasa balaai attbi> catuYesarajjananaih
attlii, catuyonipariccbedakananam attbi, pa5cagatipariccliedakaSanain
attbi, ayam pi me uttarimanussadbamiiio va, evam uttarimanussa-
dhammasamannagatam pana mam yo evarii vadeyya ‘n’ attlii samanassa
(j-otamassa uttarimaBussadbammo’ ti so taiii vacam appabaya tarn cittaiii
appabaya tarn dittbim apatinissajjitva yatbabbatam nikkbitto evam niraye“
ti evam attamo vijjamanarii iittarimamissadbammassa gunam katbetva
jjSunakkbatto Idra Saripntta Korakkbattiyassa dukkarakarikaya miccha-
tapepasannoj miccbatape pasidanto na pana mayi eva pasiditum vattati,
abam ito ekanavutikappamattbake ‘attbi mx kho ettba saro* ti
babirakamiccbatapaiii vimamsanto catnrafigasainannagatam brabmacariya-
vasam vasim, tapassi sudam bomi paramatapassi, liikbo sudam homi
paramalukbo, jeguccbi sudam bomi paraniajiguccbi, pavivitto sudam
bomi paramayivitto“ ti vatva tberena yacito atitam abari;
Atite ekanavutikappamattbake Bodbisatto jjbahirakataparii
vfmamsissamlti*^ ajivikapabbajjam pabbajitva acelako ahosi
rajojalliko, pavivitto abosl ekaviharl, manusse disva migo viya
palayi, maliavikatabhojano ahosi niaccbakagomayadini^ pa-
ribbunji. Appamadavibaratthaya araiine ekasmiiii bbimsanake
vanasande vlhasi, tasmiiii vibaranto^ himavatasamaye antarat-
tbake* rattiiii vaiiasanda mkkhamitva abbbckase viharitva suriye
uggate vanasandaib pavisati, so yatba rattim abbhokase
bimodakena tinto tatb’ eva diva vanasandato paggbarantebi
udakabinduhi temayi^ evam aliorattam sltadukkliaiii anubboti.
Gimbanaih pana pacchime niase diva abbbokase viharitva rattim
vanasandam pavisati, so yatba diva abbbokase atapena ?^ari-
labappatto tatb’ eva rattim nivate vanasande parilabam papu-
nati, sarTra sedadbara/^muccanti. Ath’ assa pubbe assiitapubba
ayam gMba patibhasi :
Sotatto^ sosito eko bbimsanake vane
naggo na c’ aggim asino esanapasuto mnniti. 93.
^ vaccliaka-. ® both MSS, >te.
so both MSS. ^ add aham?
391
5. Mahasudassanajataka, (95.)
Tattha so tat to ti suriyasantapena siitatto, sosito ti himodakeria susito
suttliu tinto, eko bbimsanake vane ti yattba pavitfbanaiii yebbuyyena lomani
biiiihsaiiti tatbarupe bbimsanake vanasande eko adutiyo va ahosiii ti dipeti,
naggo na caggimasino ti naggo ca na ea aggirn usino ti, tatlia sitena
i-iliyamaiio pi n’ eva nivasanaiii ^ parupanam^ va adiyim na aggiiii agamma nisidin
ti dipeti, esanapasuto ti abrabmacariye pi tasmiria brahmacaiiyasannx bntva
brabmacariyaiii cV ev’ etam esana ca gavesana ca upayo brahmaiokassa Hi evarh
taya brabmacariyesanaya pasnto annyutto nssukkaiii aparmo abosin ti dasseti,
mnniti mnni^ kbo esa monattbaya patipanno, evaiii lokena sambbavito abosin
ti dipeti.
Evaiii catarangasamannagatam pana bralimacanyaiii caritva
Bodiiisatto maranakale upatthitaiii nirayamraittaiii disva j^idam
vata samadanam iiirattliakan'^ ti natva taiii khanaiii neva tarn
laddhiiii bliinditva sammadittliiiii gabetva devaloke nibbatti.
Sattha ixnaih dhammadesanam aharitva jatakam samodlianesi :
,,aham tena samayena so ajiyiko ahosin^* ti. Lomaliamsajatakam,
5. Mahasudassanajataka.
Anicca yata samkiiara ti. Idam Sattha parinibbanaraance
nipanno Anandattberassa j,ma Bbagaya imasmim kbuddakanaga-
rake“ ti yacanam arabbba katbesi. „Tatbagate Jetayane yibarante
Sariputtatthero kattikapunnamaya Naiagamake jato yarake® parinibbayi,
Mahamoggailano kattikamasass’ eya kalapakkbe addhaniasiyam, eyaiii
parinibbute aggasayakayuge abam pi Kusinarayam parimbbayissamiti*‘
anupiibbena carikam carainano tattba gantya yamakasalanam aiitare
uttarasisake mancake anuttbanaseyyaya nipajji. Atba nam ayasma
An^ndattbero „ma bbante Bbagaya imasmim khxiddakanagarake yisame
ujjaingalanagarake sakbanagarake ^ parinibbayi, annesan ca^ Rajagabadi-
nam mabanagaraiiam anSatarasmim Bbagay;p, parinibbayatu^ ’ti yaci.
Sattha „ma Ananda imam kbuddakanagarakam ujjaiiigalanagarakam^
sakbanagarakan ti vadehi, abam pubbe Sudassanacakkayattirajakale
imasmim nagare yasim, tada dyadasayojanikena ratanapakarena parikkbit-
^ both MSS. nivasana. ^ 0^*^ -paru-, ®so botbMSS. ^ ucbchariigak-', C*' bas
has added sakbaiiagarake, omits this . ^ nchcb-.
392
I. Ekanipata, 1 0. Littavagga.
tarn mabanagaram aliositi“ vatva therena yacito atxtam aliaraiito
M a h a s 11 d a s s a n a s u 1 1 a m kathesi ,
Tada panaMahasudassanam^ dhammapasada otaritva avidnre
sattaratanaraaye nalapane^ paMattasmim kappiyaniancake
dakkkinena passeim anutthanaseyyaya nipanaam disva
te deva caturasitinagarasaliassani Kusavatirajadhani-pamakhani,
ettha chandaiii karoMti*^' Sabkaddadeviya vutte Mahasudassano
5 ,ma devi evam avaca,, atha klio ^ettka ckandain vineki ma
apekkam akasiti’ evam mam ovada^^ ’ti vatva „kimkarana deva*^
’ti pacchito j,ajjakaik kalakiriyam karissamiti*^ Atka naih devi
rudamaBa akkliloi punckitva kicckeiia kasirena tatka vatva
rodi paridevi, sesapi caturasitisakassa ittkiyo rodirhsu paride-
vimsu, amaccadisu pi eko adkivasetmk nasakkhi, sabbe pi
rodiriisn, Bodhisatto alabkano® ’^ma saddam akattka^*'^ sabbe
nivaretva deviiii amantetva 5 ,ma tvam devi rodi ma paridevi,
tilapkalamatto pi ki saiiikharo nicco nama n’ attki, sabbe
anicca bhedanadhamma eva-‘ ’ti vatva devirii ovadanto imam
gatliam aka:
Anicca vata saiiikhara uppadavayadkammino,
iippajjitva niriijjkanti, tesaiii vupasamo sukko ti, 94.
Tattha anicca vata saiiikhara ti bhadde Siibhaddadevi yattaka^
kehici paccayehi samagantva kata khandhayatariadayo sarhkhara sabbe te anicca
yeva nama, etesu hi ruparii aiiiccam vinnaiiatii aniccam cakkhuiii aniccam
dhamma anicca, yam kirlci saviilnanakaavifiaanakaih ratanam sabbau tarii
aniccam eva iti anicca vata saiiikhara ti ganha, kasma: uppadav ayadh^^n-
mino sabbe h’ ete uppadadhammino c' eva vayadhaminino ca uppajjanabhijjana-
sabhava yeva tasnia anicca ti v^editabba, yasma ca anicca tasma uppajjitva va
liinijjhanti, uppajjitva thitim patvalpi^ iiirujjhanti yeva, sabbe h' ete nibbatta-
indna -uppajjanti nama bhijjamana nirujjhanti niima, tesarii uppkle sati yeva
thiti^ nama hoti, thitiya sati yeva bhathgo nama hot!, ria hi ariuppannassa thiti
* both MSS. -no. ^ 0^ tamlavane. ^ so both MSS. instead of ’’alam bhane?
akatthaih, read; akattha 'ti? ® C* yatthaka. ® saviranatiaka. ^ 0^ va-
tvapi, 8 Qv yiti.
6. Tekpattajataka. (96.)
393
nama, thitaiii abhejjanakam iiama atthi, iti sabbe pi samkbara tini lakkhanani
patva tattha tatth’ eva riirujjhanti. tasma sabbe p’ irae anicca khanika ittara
addhuva pabhailguno^ calita sannrita® anaddhaniya payata tavakalika iiissara
tavakalikattbena mayamariciphenasadisa®, tesu* bhadde Subhaddadevi kasma*
sukhasaSnam uppadesi, evam pana ganha: tesam® vupasamo sukho
sabbavattaviipasamanato ^ tesam vupasamo nacna nibbanaih, tad ev’ ekaih ekam,
tato sukham nama ji attbiti.
Evam Maliasudassano amatamahanibbanena desanaku^m
gabetva avasesassapi mahajanassa „danam detha silairi rakkbatha
uposathakammam karotba^^ ’ti ovadam datva devalokaparayano
abosL .
Sattha iraam dhammadesanaih akaritya jatakam samodbanesi :
,,Tada Sabhaddadevi Rahulamata ahosi, parinayakaratanam Rahulo,
sesaparisa Buddhaparisa, Maliasudassano pana akam eya“ ’ti. Maba-
sudassanajatakam.
6. Telapattajataka.
Samatittikam anayasesakan ti. Idam Sattha Sumbba-
ratthe Desakam nama nigamam nissaya annatarasrnim yanasande
yiharanto Janap adakalyanisuttam arabbba katbesL Tatra biBba-
gaya „seyjatbapi bhikkbaye ‘Janapadakalyani Janapadakalyaniti’ kbo
bhikkbaye raabajanakayo sannipateyya, sa kbo pan’ assa Janapadakalyani
pararaapasayini gite® ‘Janapadakalyani naccati gayatiti’ kbo bhikkbaye
bhiyyosomattaya mahajanakayo sannipateyya, atha puriso agaccbeyya
jiyitukamo amarituktoo sukhakamo dukkhapatikkulo, tarn enam eyam
yadeyyum ‘ayan te ambbo purisa samatittiyo telapatto antarena ca
maSasamayam antarena ca Janapadakalyaniya baretabbo*, puriso ca tarn
ukkhittasiko pitthito pittbito anubandbissati, ^attb’ eya nam^® tbokam pi
cbaddessasi tattb’ eya te sirarn patessatiti’, tam^ ‘ kirn manSatha biiik-
khaye, api nu so puriso amum telapattam amanasikaritva babiddha
pamadam abareyya” ti, „no b’ etam bbante”, „upama kbo my-ayam bbik-
^ pabhamgiino. both MSS. smi-. ® 0^ -phena-, -pena-. ^ nesu.
® tasma. ® nesam. ’ both MSS. sabbavaddhavu-, ® -savitihtte?
® both MSS. harotabbo. so both MSS. 0*^ omits tarn.
394
I. Ekaiiipata, 10, Llttavagga*
Ichaye kata atthassa TiSSapanaya, ayam ettlia attho: samatittiyo telapatto
ti kho bjbikkhave kayagatay- etam satiya adhivacanam, tasmatika
bhikkliave evam sikkkitabbamr kayagata^ n sati bliayita bhavissati
susaiaaraddha, eyaib hi yo bbikkbaye sikkbitabban“ ti imaiii Janapada-
kalyanisuttam satthaih sayyafijanam katbesi.
Tatrayam sarakhapattlio : Janapad akalyanitl janapadamM kalyani
uttarnii chasarTradosarahita pancakalyanasamarmagata; sa hi yasma natidigha
n^tirassa luUikisa n^tithula. nlitikali^ naccodata atikkantii Eianiisakam vaanaiii
appatta devavapnam tasnia chasanradosaraliita, chavikalyapaiu mamsakalyanam
iiaharukalyanaiii atthikalyanam vayakalyaaan ti iraelii paria pancahi kalyaiiehi
samaniiagata pancakalyanasamarmagata nama, tassa hi agantukobhasakiccaiii nama
n attbi, attano sanrobhasen’ eva dvadasahatthe thane alokaiii karoti, piyangii"
sama'”^ va hoti suvannasaaia* va, ayam assa chavikalyanata, cattaro pan’ assa hattha-
pada nmkhapaTiyosanaii ca lakbaparikammakata \iya pavalarattakambaiasadisaiii
hoti, ayam assa rnamsakalyanata, visatinakhapattani raaihsato amuttatthane lakhii-
rasapurltarii yiya muttatthane kbiradharasadisaui, ayam assa naharukalyanata,
dvattimsa danta suphassita sudbotavajirapanti viya khayanti, ayam assa atthikal-
yanata, vlsaihvassasatiklpi pana samana solasavassuddesika viya hoti nibbalipalita,
ayam assa vayakalyanata, paramapasaviniti ettha pana pasavanaih pasavo
pavattatiti attho pasavo yeva pasavo paramo pasavo paramapasavo so assa atthlti
paramapasavini, nacce ca gite ca uttamapavatti ^ setthakiriya b uttamam eva
naceaih iiaecatl® gitan ca gayatiti vuttarh hoti, atha pur iso agaccheyya ti
na attano ruciya agaccheyya, ayam pan^ ettba adhippayo: ath’ evarri mahajana-
majjhe JanapadaUalyaniya naccamanaya sadhu sadhu ti sadhukaresu angulipotha-
neiia® ceiukkhepesa ca vattamaaesu tarn pavattirii sutva rajabaiidhanagarato ekarh
pnrisaih pakkosapetva nigalani bhinditva samatittikara siiparipiinnam telapattaiii
tassa hatthe datva ubhohi hatthehi dalham gahapetva ekaiii asihattharh pnrisarii
anapesi; etaih gahetva Janapadakalyaniya samajjatthanam gaccha, yatth’ eva
c' esa pamadara iigamma ekam ,pi telabindnih chaddeti tatth’ ev’ assa sisaiii
chiiida"^ ’ti, so pnrisoasimukkhipitvatam tajjento^ tattha nesi, so maranabhayeria
tajjito ji'itakamataya pamadavasena tarn amanasikatva sakim pi akkiuni urmiuile-
tva tarii Janapadakalyaniih iia olokesi,; evam bhiitapnbbam ev’ etarii vatthuru,
sutte pana^ parlkappavasen^ etam vuttan ti veditabbam, upama kho my-ayan
ti ettha pana telapattassa tava kayagatasatiya opammasamsandanam katam e%'a,
ettha pana raja viya kammam datthabbam asi viya kilesa ukkliittasikapuriso viya
maro telapattahatthapuriso viya kayagatasatibhavafco vipassakayogavacaro.
^ both MSS. -kali. ^ both MSS. -sama. ^ uttamipavatti. ^ se-
sakiriya. ^ -ti. ® -potba-. ^ both MSS. chinda. ^ 0^ tajjaato.
iia.
6. Telapattajatalsa. (96).
395
Iti Bhagaya „kayagatasatim bhavetukamena bbikkhuna telapatta-
hattheiia tena purisena yiya satim avissajjetva appaniattena kayagata-
sati bliavetabba'V ti imam suttarii aharitva dassesi. Bhikkhii imam
suttan ca attlian ca sutya eyam abariisu: „dukkaram bbante tena
purisena katam tatliariipam Janapadakalyanim anoloketya teiapattam
adaya gacchaiitena^ ’ti. Sattlia bhikkhaye tena dukkaraiii katam
siikaram ey’ etam, kasma: ukkbittasikena purisena santajijetva
niyamanataya, yam pana pubbe pandita appamadena satiiii ayissajjetya
abhisamkhatam ^ dibbarapam pi indriyani bbinditya anoloketya ya gan-
tya rajjam papunimsu etam dukkaran“ ti yatva atitam ahari:
Atite Baranasiyam Brabmadatte rajjam karente
Bodliisatto tassa ran no puttasatassa sabbakanittbo hntva
nibbattitva anupiibbena vinnutaih papuni. Tada ca ranno gelie
paccekabuddh abhunjanti. Bodbisatto tesam veyyavaccam karoti.
So ekadivasam cintesi: j^mama babu^ bbataro, laccbami nil
kbo abam imasmim nagare kulasantakaih rajjam ndabu no“ ti.
Atb’ assaetad abosi: „paccekasambuddbe pucchitva janissamiti'^
so dutiyadivase paccekabnddhesu agatesxi dbaramakarakam adaya
panTyaiii parissavetva pade dbovitva makkbetva tesaiii antare
kbajjakam kbaditva nisinnakale vanditva ekamantam nisinno
tarn attbaiii pucclii, Atba nam te avocum: „kumara, na tvaiii
imasmim nagare rajjam labbissasi, ito pana visamyojanasata-
mattbake Gandbararattbe Takkasilanagaram nama atthi, tattha
gantuiii sakkonto ito sMtame divase rajjam laccbasi, antara-
magge pana mabavattaniataviyam paripantbo attbi, tarn
atavim paribaritva gaccbantassa yojanasatiko maggo boti,
ujnkam gaccbantassa pannasa jojanani^ so bi amannssakantaro
nama^ tattha yakkbiniyo antaramagge 'game ca salayo ca mape-
tva uparisuvannatarakavicittavitanam mabarabaseyyam^ panna-
petva nanavirage pattasaniyo parikkbipitva® dibbalamkarehi
attabhavaiii mandetva salasu nisiditva gaccbante purise madhurahi
^ both MSS. -kataiiu ^ G*' bahu. ® G^ maharaham seyya, maharahasseyyarii,
^ pakhhipitva.
396
I. Ekanipata. 10. Littavagga.
vacald samgaiihitva ^kilantarupa viya pannayatha, idhagantva
aisiditva paniyaiii pivitva gacchatha’ ’ti pakkositva agatanaiii
asanani datva attano rapalilliaya vilaseH paloblaetva kilesavasike
katva attana saddbim ajjbacare kate tatth’ eva te loMteoa
paggharantena kbaditva jivitakkhayam papenti, mpagocarasattaih
rupen’ eva ganbanti saddagocaram madharena gitavaditasaddena
gbanagocaram dibbagandliebi jivbagocaram\ dibbena nanagga-
rasabbojanena potthabbagocaraib ubbatoIobitakHpadhanebi dib-
basayanehi, sace indriyani bbinditva ta anoloketva satim
paccupatthapetva gamissasi sattame divase tattba rajjaiii laccha-
s!ti‘^ Bodbisatto 5,botu bhante, tambakam ovadam gahetva
kim eta oIokessamiti“ paccekabuddbebi parittaiii karapetva
parittavalikam c’ eva parittasuttakan ca adaya paccekabuddbe
ca matapitaro ca vanditva nivesanam gantva attano purise aha:
5>aham Takkasilayam rajjam gahetum gaccbami, tumbe idb’ eva
tittbatha^^ ’ti. Atha nam panca jana abamsu: „mayain pi
agacchama‘‘ ’ti. ^^Na sakka tumbebi agantuili, antaramagge
kira yakkbiniyo rupadigocare manusse evafi c’ evan ca rupadibi
palobhetva ganbanti, maba paripantho, ahaiii pana attanam
takketva gaccbamiti^^ 3,Kim pana deva mayam tumbebi saddbim
gacchanta attano piyani rupadini olokessama, mayam bi tath’
eva gamissama^^ ’ti. Bodbisatto „tena hi appamatta hotha^'^
’ti te pafica jane adaya maggam patipajji, Yakkbiniyo gama-
dini mapetva Bisidimsu. Tesu rupagocaro puriso ta yakkbiniyo
oloketva ruparammano patibaddbo tbokam ohiyi. Bodhisat|^o
„kim bbo tbokam ohfyasiti^^^ aba. ,jDeva, pada me rujanti,
tbokaiii salaya nisiditva agaccbamiti^^. 5,Ambho eta yakkbiniyo
raa kbo patthesiti^^ ,,Yam hotu taiii botu^ na sakkomi deva^'*
’ti, „Tena hi pannayissasit?^ itare cattaro adaya agamasi
So pi rtipagocarako tasam santikam agamasi. Ta* attana
' C& divha. ^ 0* oMyya-, oMyya-. ® C^‘ na hotu. na.
6* Telapattajataka. (96).
397
saddbiih ajjbacare kate tarn tattli’ eya jivitakkhayaih papetva
pnrato gaiitm annaiii sal am mapetva nanaturiyani gahetva
gayamana msidimsti. Tattha saddagocarako oliiyi\ Tam pi
kkaditva purato gantva nanappakare gandhakarande pdretva
apanam^ pasaretva® nisldimso. Tattha gandhagocarako ohIyi^
Tam pi khaditva purato gantva nanaggarasanaih dibbabhojananam
bhajauani puretva odanikapanam pasaretva nisidimsu. Tattha
rasagocarako oMyi. Tam pi khaditva purato gantva dibbasaya-
nani pannap etva® nisfdiihsu. Tattha potthabbagocarako ohlyi^
Tam pi khadiihsu. Bodhisatto ekako va ahosi. Ath’ eka
yakkhini 5,atikharamanto vatayaiii, aham tam khaditva nivattissa-
miti** Bodhisattassa pacchato pacchato agamasi. Ataviya
parabhage vanakammikadayo yakkhinim disva ^jayan te purato
gacchanto puriso kiih liotiti“ pucchimsu, j^Komarasamiyo me
ayya’“ ti. ,jAmbho, ayaiii evaih sukhumala pupphadamasadisa
snvannavanna® kumarika attano kulam chaddetva bhavantarii®
takketva nikkhanta^% kasma etaih akilametva adaya na gaccha-
slti^^ j,N’ esa ayyaVmayham pajapati/ yakkhini esa, etaya me
panca manussa khadita*^. 5,Ayya^ purisa nama kuddhakale attano
pajapatiyo yakkhiniyo pi karonti petiyo piti‘^ Sa gacchamana
gabbhinfvannam dassetva puna sakim vijatavannam katva
piittaiii amkenadaya Bodhisattam anubandhi. Ditthadittha
purimanayen’ eva pucchanti. Bodhisatto pi tath’ eva vatva
gacchanto Takkasilaiii papuni. Sa puttaiii antaradhapetva
ekika va anubandhi. Bodhisatto nagaradvaram gantva ekissa
s^aya nisidi, Sa Bodhisattassa tejena pavisitum asakkonti^*
dibbarupaih mapetva saladvare atthash Tasmiih samaye Tak-
kasilato raja uyyanam gacchanto tarn disva patibaddhacitto
hutva „gacch’ imissa sassamikabhavam va assamikabhavam va
^ 0?^ ohiyi, 0*^ ohiyya. * both MSS. apanam. ^ sarapetva. ^ both MSS.
ohiyi. ® C*' pafina-. ® C* ohiyi. both MSS. ayyo. ^ -vannaku-.
^ bhagavaiiam. both MSS. ^iito. C*’ gabbhiiii-. both MSS. -ti,
398 . 1. Ekanipata. 10. Littavagga.
janahiti'^ manussani pesesi. So tarn upasamkamitva jjsassami--
kasiti'" pucchi. 3,5ma ayya me salaya iiismno samiko^^ ti.
Bodliisatto s^n’ esa maykaih paj%ati^, yakkHni® esa, etaya
me panca manussa khadita^' ti aha. ^Sami, parisa iiama
ayya^ kuddhakale - yam icchanti taiii vadentiti^^ alia. So
ubhinnam pi vacaDam raSno arocesi. Raja jjassamikabhandam
nania rajasantakam hotiti^^ yakkhimiii pakkosapetva ekahattM-
pittlie nisidapetva nagaram padakkhinam katva pasadam
abhiruylia tarn aggamahesitthane thapesi. So nahataniivilitto'^
sayamasam bhnfijitya sirisayanaiii abliirnhi. Sapi yakkliini®
attano upakappanakam aharam aharitva alamkatapatiyatta siri-
sayane ranna saddMm iiipajjitva rafmo rativasena sukhasamappi-
tassa nipaanakale ekeoa passeaa parivattitva parodi. Atlia
iiam raja 5 ,kim bliadde rodaslti^^ pucchi. jjDeva, ahaiii turn-
hehi magge disva amta, tumhakan ca gehe bahuitthiyo, saham^
sapattlnaiii antare vasamana kathaya uppannaya dco tuyham
mataraiii va pitaraiii va gottamva jatiiii va jauMi, tvaiii ailtara-
magge disva anita nama^’ .ti sise gahetva nippiliyamana viya
maiiiku bhavissami, sace tumhe sakaiarajje issariyaii ca aiian ca
mayhaih dadeyyatha koci mayham cittaiii kopetva kathetum na
sakkhissatiti^^ j^Bhadde, mayham sakalaratthavasino na kinci
hontij nahaiii etesam samiko, ye pana rajanam kopetva akat-
tabbam karonti tesah® fievahaiii samiko ti imina karanena na
sakka tuyham sakalaratthe issariyan ca anan ca datun^^ ti.
„Tena hi deva sace ratthe va nagare va anam datum na sak-
kosi antonivesane antovalahjanakanam upari mama va^aiii
vattanatthaya® anam detha deva^ ’ti. Raja dibbapotthabbena
baddho tassa vacanam atikkamitum asakkonto 5 ,sadhu bhadde
antovalanjanake tuyham anam dammi, tvaiii ete attano vase
^ -ti. ® -ni. ® both MSS. ayyo. both MSS. -Iiitto. ® -ni.
® C* salia. Tiamakaiii. ^ G*’ nesan* ® vatthana*.
6. Telapattajataka. (96).
390
vattapeMti^^ alia. Sa jjSadlifi*^^ 'ti sanipaticcliitva ranno niddam
okkaiitakale yakklianagaram gantva yakklie pakkositya attana
rajanaiii jivitakkliayaih papetva atthimattam sesetva sabbana-
harucaramamamsaloliitam kbadi. Avasesayakkba mahadvarato
pattliaya antonivesane kukkutakukkure adiiii katva sabbe
kbaditva attbiVsese akaihsu. Punadiyase dvaraiii yatbapibitara
eva disva nianussa pbarasubi kavapni kottetva^ anto pavisitva
sabbam iiivesanaiii attbikaparipannam disva sjSaccam vata so
puriso aba: ^nayaiii maybaiii pajapatiti^ yakkbini esa’ raja
pana kind ajanitva va taiii gebe attano bbariyaiii akasi , sa
yakklie pakkositva sabbam janaiii kbaditva gata bbavissatlti'^''
abaiiisn. Bodbisatto pi tam divasaih tassa yeva salayam
parittavalikaiii sise pakkbipitva parittasuttaiii parikkbipitva
kbaggaiii gabetva tbitako va arunam nttbapesi. Manixssa
sakalanivesanam sodhetva baritnpattam katva npari gandbebi
vilimpitva^ pupplnlni vikiritva puppbadamani osaretva dbupaiii
datva puna mala bandbitva sammantayimsii’^: 5,bbo yo so
puriso dibbariipaih inapetva paccbato agacebantim yakkhiniiii
indriyani bbinditva olokanamattam pi na akasi so ativiya
ularasatto dbitima nanasampanno, tadise purise rajjaiii anusa-
sante sabbam rattbaiii sukbitam bhavissati, taiii rajanam
karoma^*^ ’ti, Atba sabbe amacca ca nagara ca ekaccbanda
hutva Bodbisattaiii upasaiiikamitva ^deva tumlie imaiii rajjaiii
karetba^^ ’ti nagaraiii pavesetva ratanarasimbi tbapetva abbi-
sincitva Takkasilarajanaiii akamsu. So cattari agatigarnanaiii
Y^jetva dasarajadbamme akopetva dliammena rajjaiii karento
danadini punnani katva yatbakammaii^ gato.
Sattba imam atxtam aharitva abhisambuddho butva imam gatbam
aba:
^ both MSS. atthi. ® C*' kotet^a* ; ^ so both MSS. 0" vUumpitva, vi^
iimpitva coit. to vilampitva? ® 0** sammattayimsu.
400
I. Ekanipata. 10. Littavagga.
Samatittikam anavasesakam
teiapattam yatka parihareyya
eyam sacittam anarakkke
patthayano disam agatapubban ti. 95.
Tattha sam atitti kan ti antomukhavuddliilekham * papetva samabharitam
anavasesakan tl anaTasincanakaih aparissavanakam katva, telapattau ti
pakkhittatilatelapattam, parihareyya ’ti hareyya adaya gaccbeyyay evam
sacittam anurakkhe ti tarn telabharitam pattarii viya attano dttam
kayagatasatiya-gocare® c’ eva sampayuttam satiya ca 'ti ubhinnara antare pakkbi-
pitva yatha muhuttam pi bahiddba gocare na vikkhipati yatba^ paiidito yogava-
caro rakkheyya gopayeyya, kimkarana: etassa bi^
Duimiggahassa lahuno yatthakamampatino
cittassa damatho sadhu, cittam dantarii sukbavabam, (Dhp. v. 35.)
tasma
Sududdasam sumpunam yattbakamanipatinam
cittam rakkhetha medhavi, cittarii guttaiii sukhavabam (Dhp v, 30.)
idarii 111
Diirariigamam ekacaram asariram gubasayaiii
ye dttarii sannamessanti mokkliariti Marabandbaua, (Dhp, v. 37 )
itarassa pana
Anavatthiiacittassa saddhammaiii avijanato
pariplavapasadassa panfia na paripurati, (Dbp. v. 38.)
cirakammatthanasabayassa pana
Anavassutacittassa ananvahatacetaso
■ ■ ■
puniiapapapabmassa u’ atthi j^arato bhayam, (Dbp. v. .39.)
tasma® etam
Phandanam capalarii cittam durakkbam dunnivarayaiii
ujuiii karoti medhavi usukaro va tejaiiam, (Dbp. v. 33.)
^ 0^^ -vaddhilekham, vuddhilokham corr. to -vaddbilokbam. ^ both MS8.
samabaritam. ^ so both MSS. * so both MSS. instead of tatbi? ^ omits
hi ® etasma.
401
7 . Namasiddhijataka; (97) .
evarii ujurii karonto sadfctam ariiirakkbe/ pattivayario disarii agatapubbari
ti imasmiiii kayagatasatikammatthane kammam arabhitva anawatagge samsare
agatapubbadisarii patthento piheiito^ vuttanayen’ eva sakara cittarh rakkbeyya
,'ti atthOv, ka pan’ esa disa:
[Mat%>3ta pxibba disa acariya dakkhina disaj^
pnttadara disa paecha mittaniacea ca uttara
Dasakammakaia bettba uddhaiii samanabrahmapa;
eta disa namasseyya alamatto kule gihiti,
ettba lava putfadaradayo disa ti viitta^.
Disa catasso vidisa catasso
uddharii adho, dasa disa imayo’^,
katamarh disaih tittliati nagaraja
yam addasa supine ehabbisanaii ti,
ettba purattliiinadiblieda disa va disa. ti vutta,
Agarino aiinadapanavattliada
avhayika nam*^ pi disaiii vadanti,
esa disa parama setaketu
yaih patva dukkhi sukbino bhavantitij
ettba nibbaiiaiii disan ti vuttaiii, idbapi tad eva adhippetaiii, hi kbayaib
\iragan ti adibi' dissati avadissati, tasma disa ti vuccati, anamrxtagge pana sam-"
sare keiiaci brdaputbujjauena supine pi agatapubbataya® agatapubba disa iiama
’ti vuttaiii j taiii pattiiayantena kayagatusatiya yogo karaniyo ti
Evaih Sattlia nibbaneiia desanakutaib gahetva jat-akam sanio-
dhanesi: ,,Tada rajaparisa Buddhaparisa, rajjaiii pattakumaro pana
aliam eva‘‘ ’ti. Telapattajatakam*
7/ Namasiddhijataka.
Jiyakan ca matam disva ti. Idarii Sattba Jetavaiie
viharanto ekam n am as id d liik a lii bhikkhum arabblia kathesi. Eko
kira kulaputto iiamena Papako nama sasane uram datya pabbajito.
^ 0^ jabento. jabhento, BP pibayanto. ^ supplied from BP. not in 0-
puttaai, 0*’ putta, Bp veditabba. * C*' taimayo. ® O’ iiarii. so iO:
C*’ tarn so both Ck and C^’. ® both C^’ and 0^’ -pubbarhtaya.
26
402
I. Ekanipata. 10. Littavagga^
, BMkkMlii ■ ayuso Papaka, , tittliaynso Papaka“ ’ti yuccaaiano cm-
tesi: jtloke papakaiii iitoa laniakaiii kaiakannibliiitam yuccati, anSam
mamgalapatisaiiiyuttam namam abarapessamiti“ so acarijupajjiiaye
apasamkamitva „bhante mayiiaiii namMi V ayamamgaiaiii, aonaiii me
namam karotha“ ’ti alia. Atlia nan te eyam alia,msu:„avuso namam
nanrn pannattima.ttam, namena kaci attliasiddhi nama n’ attlii, attano
namen’ eya santuttho So punappuiia yaci eya. Tassayam
namasiddhikabliayo saiiigdie^ pakato jato. ' Atii' ekadiyasarii dbamnia-
sabliayaiii sannisinxia bliikkhu katliam samuttliapesnm : sjayuso asoko
kira bhikidiii iiamasiddhiko maragalam namam aharapetiti“. Sattiia
dliammasabhaiii agantya „kaya nii ’ttha bbikkliaye etaralii katliaya
saiimsmna‘‘ ti piiccliitya „imaya nama“ ’ti yiitte „na bbikkliaye idan^
eya pubbe pi so namasiddhlko yeya“ ’ti yatya atitarii abari:
• Atite T a k k a s i 1 a y a m B o d hi s a 1 1 o disapamokkho a c a r i y o
hutva pafica maiiavakasataiii raante vacesi. Tass’ eko manavo
Papako nama iitoena. So j^ehi Papaka, yidii Papaka^^ ’ti
vuccamano cintetva ^mayhaih iiamarii avamamgalaiti, ahhaiii
aliarapessamiti^^ acariyam upasaiiikamitvji ,,acariya mayhaiti
oamaiii avamaiiigalam, aiinaiii namaiii karotba^*^ ’ti aha, Atlia
iiaiii acariyo avoca: „gaccha tata, janapadacarikaiii caritva
attano abhirucitaiii ekaih mamgalaiii ntoaiii gahetva ehi, aga-
tassa^ te namam parivattetva ahnaiii namaivi karissamiti^^ So
5 ^sadhu^^ ’ti patheyyam gahetva nikkhanto gamena gamam
earanto ekam nagaram papmii. Tattha c’ eko piiriso kalakato
Jivako nama namena. So taiii natijanena alahanaih niyama-^
nam'^ disva ^Idiimamako nam’ esa puriso^*' ti pncchi. Jivako
nama“ ’ti. ^Jivako pi maratiti**. 5 jJlva>ko pi maratij ikjlmko
pi marati, namam namar'paiinattimattam, tvaih bfllo mahhe^‘’ ti.
So taiii katliaiii sntva name majjhatto hiitva antonagaraih pavisi.
Ath’ ekaiii dasiiii bhatim adadamaiiam*’’ samikil dvare iiisidape-
tva rajjnya paharanti, tassa ca Dhanapaliti namaifi hot!. So
^ nama. - 0*^ saiiigho. C^, nama. so 0^’ and C" aliatassa? 'Miotli
and 0^ myya«. ® both C* and addamanaiii-
7, NSraasiddbijataka. (97.)
403
antaravlthiya gacchanto tarn pothiyanianarii disya ,,ka.sma imam
potlietha*"*^ ’ti pucclii, ^sEkatim datum na sa.kkotiti'^^ 5 ,Kim
paa’ assa naman^‘ ti. sjDliaoapali nama^'* ’ti. „Nameiia Dliana-
pall^ samilimpi Wiatimattaiii datum na sakkotrti^^ „Dlmiia-
paliyo pi Adhanapaliyo pi duggata lionti, namam nama pannatti'*
mattamj tvam balo manae*^*^ ti. So name majjliattataro liutva
nagara nikkhamma maggaiii patipanno antaramagge maggamtil-
ham purisaiii disva „ayyo kim karonto vicarasiti^^ pucchi.
5 ,Maggaimllho hiihi samiti*^ „Kim pana te naman^* ti. s^Pan™
thako ’ti. Pantliakapi maggainulha hoiititi^^ ,,Pant'hako
pi Apanthako pi maggamulho hoti, naraaiii nama paiinattimat«
tam% tvaiii pana balo manhe^Vti. So name atimaijhatto Iiutva
Bodhisattassa santikaiii gaiitva „kim tata namam rocetva agato
Siti^‘ vutte jjacariya Jivakapi nama maranti Ajivakapi, Dhana-
paliyo pi duggata hoiiti Adhanapaliyo pi, Paiithakapi magga*»
mulha honti Apanthakapi, namaiii nama pannattimattaih, namena
siddhi^ n’attlii, kainmen’ eva* siddhi% alaiii mayliam annena^
namena, tad eva me namaiii liotu‘^ ’ti aha, Bodhisatto tena dit-
than ca katan ea saiiisandetya imam gatham aha:
Jivakan ca mataiii disva Dhanapalin ca duggataih
Paiitliakau ca vane mfilham Papako ponar agato ti. 96,
Tattha puiiarfi^ato ti imam tini karanaul disva puna agato. rakaro
sandhivasena viitto.
♦ , ^ ■, .' ■ ■ ; . ■ ■ ' . '
Sattha imam atitam aliaritva ,siia bliikkliave idan eva pubbe p'
e,sa riamasiddliiko yeva‘* ’ti vatva jatakaiii ^amodhanesi : „Tada nama-
sjiddliiko idani pi namasiddliiko yeva, acariyaparisa Buddbaparisar
acariyo pana aham eva® ‘ ’ti . N a m a s i d d li i j* a t a k a lii .
^ both and O -li. ^ pannatti-. ^ both 0^ and siddhiiin ^ kameva-
neva ’ both and 0^'
4U4
1. Ekanipata. 10. Littavagga. ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
Sadhu kho^ pandito nama HL Idaiii Sattha Jetavane
viliaraBto ekaiii kStavanijam arabblia katliesi. Sayatthiyam lii dye
jaiia ekato yanijjaih karonta bhandam sakateoadaya, jaimpadam gaotva
laddhalabha paceagamimsu. Kiitayanijo cintesi : ,,ayaiii balm diyase
dubbliojanena dukkhaseyyaya kilanto idani attano ghare iianaggarasebi
yayadattham siibbojanarii bhimjitva ajirakeiia marissati, athahaiii imam
bhandam tayo kotthase katya ekam tassa darakanam dassami dve
kotthase attano gahessaniiti^ .so bhajessama sve bkajessama'^
ti bhandam bliajetum na icGlii. Atha naiii }>anditayanijo akamakam
riippiietya bbajapetva. viharam gantva Sattharaih yaiiditya katapatisan-
tharo „atipapanco kato, idhaganty%i cirena Buddhupattiianam agato
siti“ yutto^ tarn** payattim Bhagayato arocesi. Sattha „na klio so
gahapati upasaka dan’ eya kutayanijo, piibbe pi kiitavanijo yeva,
idani pana taiii vancetnkamo jato, pnbbe pandite pi yaScetiiih ussahiti"
yatya tena yacito atitam aha,ri *.
Atite Baranasiyaih B ralimadatte rajjam karente
Bodhisatto Baranasiyaiii vanijakule nibbattij Hainagahana-
divase c’ assa Pandito ti namam akaiiisu. So vayappatto
aniieiia vanijena saddliiiii ekato liutva vanijjam karoti, tassa
A t i p a n d i 1 0 ti namaiii ahosi» Te Baranasito pancahi sakata-
sateki bhandaiir adaya janapadaiii gantva vaiiijjarii katva lad-
dhalablia puna Baranasim agamiiiisii. Atlia nesaiii bliaiKlaiii
bliajanakaie^ xAtipandito aha: dve kotthasa laddliabba^"
ti, 55KimkaraBa’’‘S ,)Tvaiii Pandito ahaih AtipanditOj Pandito
ekam laddhuiii arahati Atipandito dve“ ti, ,jNaiui amhakaiii
dvinnam pi bhaiidaintilaip pi gonadayo pi samasaina yeva^ tvadi
kasina dve kotthase laddlium arahasiti‘‘. „AtipanditabIiavena“
’ti Evarii te katliaiii vaddhetva kalaham akaiiisii. Tato Ati-
pandito „atth’ eko upayo^^ ti cintetva attano pitaraiii ekasmim
'^both and O*' ko, ^ 0^ sve bhasessama ti added later. ^ 0^ yiitte. ^ tap.
^ bhajanaikkaie, so both 0^ and C®-’ , and Bp also.
Kiitavanljajataka (98). 9. Parosahassajataka, ( 99 ). 495
siisirarakklie pavesetva jjtvam amhesu agatesu ‘^Atipandito dve
kottbase laddliiim arahatiti’ vadeyyaslti^^ vatva Bodliisattam
opasariikamitva j^samma mayliam dvinnaiii kottliasanam yutta-
bbavam va’ esa rukkhadevata janati, ebi taiii pucchissama*^ ’ti
naiii pattbento 55ayye rukkhadevate amhakarii attaiii' paccliinda^^
’ti alia. Atli’ assa pita saram parivattetva s^tena Iii katlietba^^
’ti aba. 5,Ayye3 ayarii Pandito abam x^tipandito, amhehi ekato
voharo katOj tattlia kena kiiii laddhabban*^ ti. 5,Panditena eko
kottbaso Atipanditena dve laddbabba^V ti, Bodbisatto evam
vinicchitam attaiii^ siitva sjidani devatabhavaih va adevatabba-
vaiii va janissamiti^^ palalaiii ahariiva susiraiti piiretva aggiiii
adasL Atipaiiditassa pita jalaya puttbakale^ addbajbairiena
sanrena upari ariiyba sakbam gabetva olambanto bhumiyaiii
patitva imarii gMham aba:
Sadhn kho Pandito nama, ii’ attb’ eva x^tipandito,
Atipanditeim piittena man’ amhi npakulito ti. 97 .
Tatiha s a d h u k b 0 P a n d i 1 0 ii a m a ’ti imasmim loke pan dicceria saman-
nagato karariakaranannu ^ puggalo sadhn sobhano, A ti pandito ti namamattena
Atlpaiidito kutapnriso na tv-eva varaih; m a n a m h ! u p a k fi 1 1 1 0 ti thoken’
amhi jhamo, addhajjharaako va mutto tl attho.
Te ubbo pi inajjhe bbinditva sarnam neva kotthasaiii ganbi-
tva yathakammam gata.
Sattha ,,pubbe pi esa katavanijo va"‘ ’ti imam atitam aharitya
j’atakam samodhanesi: „Tada kutayanijo paccuppaiuie pi kiitavanijo
ya? panditayanijo paxia abam eva“ ’ti. Kiitayanijajatakam,
■ .
9 . Parosahassajataka.
Parosabassam pi samagatanan ti. Idam Sattha Jeta-
T a n e yiharanto p 0 1 li u j j a n a p u c c h a k a m p a 5 b a m arabbba
’ so both and C'’, add ayiittabhavam va. * both 0^’ and addhaiii. ^ so
both 0^' and ^ 0'-’ -nanau. ® omits panham.,
406
I. Kkanipata. tO. Littavagga
katliesi, Vatthum Sarabhangajatakc avibliavissafci. Ekasmim pana.
samaye bhikkhu dhamraasabbayam baniiipatita ,javu8o Dasabaleua
samkbittcna kathltam dlmmmasenapati Sariputto vittliareiia Tjakasiti-''
therassa gunakatbaya nisidimsii. Sattlia agantTa „kaya ihi ''ttba
bbikkhave etarahi kathaya sannisimia“ ti piiccbitya .jmaya nama“ ’ti
Yutte „iia bhikkbave Sariputto idan’ eya niaya samkMttena bhasitam
vittharena vyakaroti, pabbe pi yyakasi yeva^ ’ti yatya atitam aliari ;
Atite Baranasiyaiii Bralmadatte rajjam kareiite
Bodliisatto iidiccabramanakiile iiibbattitva Takkasilayam
sabba.sippani ogganMtva kame palmya isipabbajjaiii pabbajitva
paficabliifina attlia samapattiyo nibbattetv Himavante viliasi,
Parivaro pi ’ssa panea tapasasataiii ahesmii. Atli’ assa Jettban-
tevasiko^ vassarattasa^Jaye^ iipaddliam isiganam adaya lonam-
biiasevanattliaya ma-nussapatliam agamasi. Tada Bodliisattassa
kalakiriyasamayo jato, Atha narii antevasika 5,kataro vo gniio
laddbo^‘ ti adhigamam pucchimsii. So „ii’ attlii kinciti^® vatva
Abhassarabrabmaloke ^ nibbatti. Bodbisatta'* lii rupasamapatti-
labhino liutvapi abliabbatthanaiita, Ariippe na nibbattaiiti. Ante*
vasika® ^acariyassa adliigamo n’ atthiti^^ alaharie sakkaram na
karimsu. Jetthantevasiko agantva acariyo^^ ti pncclii*
tva j^kalakato"'^ ti siitva ^^api acariyam adliigamaiii piicchittba**' ’ti.
5 J\ma puccliirnlia^^ ’ti. jjKim katliesiti^^ y/W atthi kiiiciti’ teim
viittan tiath’assa amliehi sakkaro na kato®‘ ti abamsii. Jettlian*
tevasiko 55tiimhe acariyassa vacanattliaiii na janittiiaj akincafi*
nayatanasamapattilo’’' acariyo‘‘ ti aba, Te tasraim piinappuna
katbente pi na saddahimsu. Bodhisatto taih karanam fiaXva
^andbabaiaj mama jetthantevasikassa na saddabanti, imam tesaiii
karanaiii pakatam karissamlti*^ Brahmaloka agaotva assamapada.*
matthake mahantenaniibhayeiiakase thatva antevasikassa paniia*
nubhavam vannento imam gatbam aha:
* so Ri’ ; C?‘' “tovasi, -tevavasi. ^ vasasaratta- ?, 0/' vassatta-, Bi’ vassarattba-.
^ (?y abiiassava-*. ^ both 0^'= and 0*' -sattam. -vasL ^ both 0^*' and C-*’ -ttihr
407
10. Asatarupajataka. (JOO).
Parosahassam pi samagataiiara
kandeyyun te vassasataih apafina,
eko va seyyo piiriso sapaMo
yo bliasitassa vljanati attlian ti. 98.
Tattlsa parosahassam piti atirekasahassam pi, samagatanan ti saniii-'
patHanarii bliasitassa attliarii janitiim asakkontanam ^ baianam, kandeyyun ie
vassasatam apaiiila ti te evam samagata apaiina ime imlatapasa ® vlya vassa-
satain pi vassasahassam pi rodeyyum parideveyyam, J’odamaiiapi paria attharb
va karanaiii va n" eva jaiieyyuri ti dipeti, eko va seyyo puriso sapanno
ti evarupanam balanara parosabassato pi eko panditaporiso va seyyo varataro ti
attho, liidiso sapafifio ti yo bhasitassa^ vijanati attbaib ayam Jettbantevasiko viva Mi.
Evam Maliasatto akase tliito va dliamnmm clesetva tapasa-
ganajii bujjliapetva Bralimalokam eva gato. Te pi tapasa jivita“”
pariyosane Bralimaloka-parayana ahesuih.
Sattba imam dbammadesanam aharitra jatakam samodlianesi :
,,Tada jettbantevasiko Sariputfco ahosi, Mahabrahnia pana abam eva‘'
‘’ti. Faro sahassaj atakam.
10. Asatartpajataka.
Asa tarn satarupena ’ti. Idaiii Sattba Kundiyanagaram iipa-
riissaya K u n d a d h a u ay a n e vibaranto Koliyarajadlutaram S u p p a-
yasam upasikam arabbiia katbesi. Sa bi tasmim samaye sattavasr
sani kucchina gabbham paribaritva sattabaiii miilhagabblia ahosi,
adhimatta yedana yattimsu. Sa eyam adbimattavedanabliitiiiin^i ^
,,Sanimasambiiddbo yata so Bbagava yo evarupassa cliikkhassa paha-
naya dbammam deseti, supatipanno yata tassa Bbagavato sayakasamg'ho
yo eyarupassa dukkbassa jiahaiiaya patipamio, susiikbarii vata nibba-
Basil yatth' evarbpadiikkbam n atthiti“ imebi tihi yitakkebi adbiyasesi.
Sa samskasb pakkositva tan ca attano pavattam yaudanasasanafi ca
arocetnsii Satibu santikaiii pesesi, Sattba yandanasasanam sutya*^ ya
^ asakkontotaiii, asakkontonaib ® 0^ bala-. corr. in accordance -with =
C^- bbusiteyyiiii! pasideveyyiiiii rodamaiiapi pana attharii vassa, 0^ bbasiteyyuiii
parideveyymii rodamanapi pana attham yyassa, ^ both and adhimatta-.
^ yntva.
408 I. Ekampata, 10. Littavagga
hofcu Suppavasa EoliyadMta, siikhiiii^ aroga*’ arogaiii puttam
Tijayatu** ti aha, Saihavacana va BhagaTato Sappayasa Koliyadhita ^
siikhini arogi a^ogam^ ya‘^ puttam Ath' asvsa .samiko geham
gantya nam yijatam disya ^acchariyam vata bho‘‘ ti atmya ^ Tatliaga-
tassaniibhayeiia accbariyabbliutacittajato ahosi. Siippayasapi puttam
vijayitva sattaham buddhapamukbassa samghassa danam datukama
puna nimaktanattbaya lam pesesi. Teua kho paria samayena Malia-
moggallanassa upatthakena buddhapamukho samgho nimantito hoti.
Sattha Suppayasaya danassa okasadanatthaya tberassa^ santikam
pesetya tarn sanSam papetva sattabam tassa danam patiggahesi sad-
dbiih bMkkhusamgheiia. Sattame pana divase Suppavasa puttam
Siyalikumaram ® mandetya Sattbaran c’ eva bhikkhu.samg}ian ca yan-
dapesi, Tasmim patipatiya Saripiittattherassa santikam nite tbero tena
saddhim „kacci te Sivali-^’ kbamaniyan ti patisaiitbaram akasi
So ,,kuto me bhante sukbam, sv-aham sattayassani lohitakumbbiyara
yasin“ ti tberena saddhim eyarupam katbam kathesi, Suppavasa tassa
vacanam siitva „sattabajalo me putto aniibuddbena dliammasenapatina
saddhim mantetiti^ somanassappatta ahosi. Sattha „api nii Siippa-
yase anne pi eyarupe putte icchasiti“ aha. ,,Sace bhante evariipc
anne satta putte labheyyam icclieyyam eyahan ti. Sattha udanam
udanetya anumodanam katva pakktoi Slyalikiimaro pi kho
sattavassikakale yeva sasane uraiii datya pabbajitva paripimna-
vasso upasampadaiii labhitva pimnaya iabhcggappatto hutva pathavim
unnadetya*^ araliattam patva punnavantanam antare etadaggatthanam
papuni. Ath’ ekadivasam bhikkhu dhammasabhayam sannipatitya
„ayiiso Siyaiithero * * nama eyarupo mahapiinno patthitapatthano pacchi-
mabhayikasatto sattayassani iohitakumbhiyam sattaharii raiilhagabbha-
bhavaih apajji, aho mataputta mahantam dukkliaih amibhayimsu, kin
nu kho kammaiii akamsu‘* ’ti katbam samutthapesum Sattha agan-
tva „kaya nu ’ttha bhikkhave etarahi kathaya saniusiuna‘‘ ti pucxhi-
tya ,,imaya nama*‘ ’ti yutte „bhikkhaye Sivalino*'^’ mahaimnnavato ca
^ simi snni corr. to siikhini. A® 0^" -ni. C* omits aroga. ^ koli».
C" aroga arogam. ® omits va, so BF j both and C^' aviya? ^ so Bi’;
O 0^^ theramtassa. ® so both 0^" and C*' sllavaku-. C^-’ sivaK. * ’ C’'- -i.nyan.
-niyan. -thapam. akasito, 0*^ aka, both MvSS. iohakumbhi-
yam. C^^'iecheyyarh mevahan, 0^ ieehayyaraevahari, -nil 0?*: sivali-.
'^0^’unnapetvri. *^add vasitva,cfi\inti'a. 0'^ -tthapesum. siTallno, C'^sivalito
10 Asatampajataka. (100). 409
sattaYassani lohitakunibhiyam nivaso va* sattaham muihagabbhabha-
Tappatti ca'^ attano katakammaraulaka ya, Suppavasaya. pi satta-
yassaoi kuccbiiia gabbbapariharanadukkhan ca sattaham nmlha-gabhlia-
dukkhaS ca attana katakammamiilakani eYa‘V ’ti yatya atltam ahari ;
Atite Baraiiasiyaiii Brahmadatte rajjaiti kareBte
Bodhisatto tassa aggamabesiya kuccMsmim patisandliim
gaiihitva vayappatto Takkasilayam sabbasippani ugganliitva pita
accayena dbamraena rajjam karesi. Tasmiiii samaye Kosala™
raja raahantena balena agantva Baranasim gahetva tarn raja-
naiii maretva tass’ eva aggamahesim attano aggaraahesim
akasi. Baranasiranao pana pntto pitu maranakale niddbamana-
dvarena palayitva baiam sambaritva® Baranasim agantva avi-
dtire iiisiditva tassa ranbo pannam pesesi ^^rajjam va detu
ynddham va^'^ ti. So 5,yuddham demlti^^ patipannam pesesi.
Rajaknmarassa pana mata tarn sasanaih sutva ^^yuddbena kam-
mam n’ attbi, sabbadisasu sancaram paccbinditva Baranasina-
garam parivaretu^, tato darudakabbattaparikkbayena'^ kilanta-
manussam nagaram vina va ' yuddbena ganbissatiti*^ pannam
pesesi. So inatu sasanaih sutva sattadivasani sahcaraih pac-
cbinditva nagaram rundbi. Nagara sahcararii alabbamana sat-
tame divase tassa ranho sisaiii gabetva kumarassa adamsii.
Kiiraaro nagaram pavisitva rajjam gabetva pariyosane yatha-
kamraain gato^
So etarabi satta diva.sani saficaram paccbinditya nagaram rundbi-
tv^ gabitakammaiiissandena sattayassani lohitakumbhiyam yasitva
sattaham miilhagabbbabhayaih apajji, yaiii pana so Padurauttarapada-
mnle ,5labhinam^ bbayeyyan‘‘ ti makadanam datva patthanam
akasi yan ca Vipassikale® nagarebi saddhim sahassagghanakam
^ so both and 0'^ instead oi* ca? ® 0^ adds atti ca. ^ both 0^ and
saharitva. so Bi’; both and G** parivaretuiii. ® darud-, darudaka*
bhattabhatta-. ^ yathakamma gehetva to. 0*^ runditvana, ® labhinam.
iabbinaih ^ O yipassi-. so both C* and
410 I. Ekanipata. 10. Littavagga.
guladaOhim dafcva paMlmiiam akasi tassanubhavena labhiiiam ' a,g“go
jato. Suppavasapi^ „nagaram rundhitva ganha tata‘' ’ti pesita-
bhavena sattavassaiii kiiccbina gabbhaiii pariharitva sattaham muiha«
gabbha jata, Safctha imam atifcaiii aharifcva abhisambucldho biitva imam
gatbam aha:
Asataih sterupena piyariipena appiyam
dukkham sukhassa riipena pamattani atiyattatiti. 99,
Tattha asatam satarupeiia ti ‘ amadhxiram eva madburapatirfipakeiia,
pamattam ati vatfcatitl, asatam appiyam dukkh an ti evaiir^ thidham pi etena
satarupadinii akarena sativippavasavasena pamattapuggalam ativattati abhibhavati
ajjhottharatiti attho. Idara Bhagavata yan ca raataputta imina gabbhapariha-
ranagabbhavasasamkhatena asatadiiia pubbe nagaramndbanasatadipatirupakena
ajjhottbata yan ca*^ idani sa upMka puna pi sattakkbattum evariipaih asataiij
appiyam dukkham pemavattbubhutena ® piittasariikhatena satadipatirupakeua
ajjhottbata hutva tatha avacanam sabbam pi sandhaya vuttan ti veditabban ti.
Sattha imam dhammadesanam aharitva jatakam samodhanesi :
„Tada iiagaram rundhibva rajjaih pattakumaro SiyaliV ahosi, mata
Suppayasa, pita pana Baranasiraja aliam eva“ ’ti. Asatariipa»
jatakam. Littayaggo® dasamo. Majjliimapannasako iiittMto.
11. 3P.A.BOS-A.TA.'V.A.aGA..
1. Parosajtaj ataka.
Parosataiii ve pi samagatanaiii
jhayeyyim vassasatam apafina,
eko va seyyo puriso sapaiino^
yo bhasitassa vijanati atthan ti. 100.
^ labhinaiii. ® so Bi>; both 0^- and C" -vasatipi- ^ so Bi> ; both C* and
etaib. * Bi? yaiiiyena, C* samate, sahcate. G?’ ya ca, Bi? yaihyena.
* so hP; both Cfc and 0^ pemariivatthu-. -li. ^ both C* a!id alitta-.
vapanno,
3. Parosatajataka, (lOI). 2. Pannikajataka. (303) 411
Idam jatakam vatllmlo^ ca veyyakaranato ea. samodhaiiato ca Paiosaliassa“
Jataka-sadisam eva, kevalam !i' ettha jhayeyyun^ ti padaniatlam eva viseso^
Tass’ attho: vassasatam pi apailna jhayeyyum olokeyyum upadhareyyum, evam
oiokentiipi pana attliaiii va karaparii va ria passaiiti, tasmu yo bhasitassa attbarii
janati so eko va sapaono seyyo ti, Parosatajatakarii.
2. Pannikajataka.
Yo dukkhaptitihaja^* bkareyya tanan ti‘\ Idam Sat-tha
Jet a vane viliaranto ekaiii paniiikaiii upasakam arabbha kathesi.
So kira Savatthi-vasi® upasako nanappakarani mulapannadini ca labu*
knmbhandarii ca vikkinitva jivikam kappeti. Tass' eka dMta abhi™
I'upa pasadika acarasilasampanna liirottappasamamiagata kevalam nicca-
ppabasitamukba. Tassa samanakulesu vareyyatthaya agatesu so
cintesi: „imissa’ vareyyam vattati ayaii ca iiiccappahasitamukha,
kumarikadbamme pana asati kumarikaya parakulaiii gataya mata-
pitimnaiii garalia boti, ‘atthi im kho imissa’ kumarikadhammo n
atthiti’ vimamsissami iian“ ti so ekadivasam dbitaraiii pacchiih gaha-
petva aranne® pannattbaya aranSam ganfcva vimamsanavasena kile-
sauissito'* viya Imtva raliassakatbam kathetva tarn batthe ganbi, Sa
gabitaraatta va rodanti kandanti „ayiittara etaiii tata, udakato
aggipatubbavasadisam, ma evarupam karotba“ ’ti aha. „Amma maya
vimaiiisanatthaya tvam hattbe gahita, vadebi; attbi dani te kumari»
kadbamino“ ti, ^Ama tata attbi, maya hi lobhavasena na koei puriso
olokitapiibbo“. ti. So dlntaram assasetva gbaTaiii netva mangalam’^
katva parakiilam pesctva „Sattbaram vandissamiti“ gandhamaladibattho
Jetavanara gaiitva Sattliaram vanditva pnjetva ekamantam nisidi
„cirassagafco siti“ ca vatte tarn attbam Bbagavato arocesi. Sattha
,,iipasaka kiimarika ciram patthayal® acarasilasampanna va, tvam pana
na Man^ eva evaiii vimamsasi, pubbe pi vimamsi yeva“ ti vatva tena
yacito atitam ahari:
Atfte Baraiiasiyaiii Brahniadatte rajjaib karente
' vatthuno, vatthiito? ® both 0*^ and C*' Jjhayeyyun* 0^ visoso. ^ s.o
both 0^ and tanti, tananti. ‘' both and G*’ “Vasi. both
O and 0^ imassa. ® so BP; both G^ and 0*^ atamfiam. ^ vimaiiisananca-
sekiienissito. ' ti. G*' mamga-, so both G^^ and G^; BP drarattaya.
412
I. Ekanlpata. II, Parosatavagga,
Bodhisatto aranne nikkhadevata hutva nibbatii. Ath’ eko
Baranasiyait pannikaupasako ti vatthiim pacciippaniiasadisam
eva* Tena sa vfmaiiisanatthaya hatthe gahita dhita pa,rideva-
mana imam gatham aha :
Yo dukkliaputthaya ^ bhaveyya tanarfi®
so me pita dublii vane karotV
sa kassa kandami vanassa niajjhe,
yo tayita so sahasa karotiti. 10 L
Tattha yo dukkhaputtbaya’ bhaveyya tanan^^ ti kayikacetasikehi
diikkhehi puttkaya ^ tayita parittayita patittha bhaveyya, so me pita dubhi
vane karotiti yo mayham dukkhaparittayako pita‘^ va*’’ imasmirh fhaae evaru-
parii mittadubhikammam karoti attano jataya dhitari*^ vitikkamam kattum^
mannatiti attho, kassa k an da mi ti kassa rodami ko me patittha bhavissatiti
dipeti, yo tayita so sahasa karotiti yo mayham tayita rakkhita avassayo
bhaviturii arahati so pita yeva sahasiyakammara karotiti attho.
Atha nam pita assasetva ^amma rakkhitattasiti^^^ pucchij
„ama tte rakkhito® me atta‘^ ti. vSo taiii gharam netva mam^
galam katva parakularii pesesi.
Sattha imam dhammadesanam aharitya saccani pakasetya jatakam
samodhanesi : (Saccapariyosane upasako sotapattiphaie patitthahi)
„Tada pita etaralii pita, dMta ya clMta, tarn karanam paccakkhato
ditthamkkhadeyata pana aham era'* ’ti. Pannik aj atakam,
3. Verijataka.
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Y a 1 1 h a v e ri n i y i s a t i t i Idam Sattha J e t a y a n e yiha «
ranto A n a t li a p i a d i k a la arabbha kathesi. Anathapindiko kira
bhogagtoam^' gantya agacchanto antaramagge core disya ,,antaramagge
vasitum na yuttam, Savatthim eya gamissamiti“ vegem gone pajetya
‘ so both and 0*^. ® both C^‘Vand 0*^ tanaiii, 0^ tanan. ^ pitaya.
^ vara. ^ so both G^'-' and C*' dhiUrim, both C* anb O rakkhittasiti;
Bp rakkhita asi. ^ 0 ^ O*’ Bi> rakkhita. » both & and C^’ veri. niti.
bhogganiara, G^ bhoggamam corr, to bhoggagamam.
3. Verijataka. (i03). 4* Mittavindajataka. (104),
41B
Sayatthim eya %antya punadiyase yiJiaram gata Satthu etam atthaih
arocesi, Sattha ,,pubbe pi galiapati pandita antararaagge core disva
antara ayilambamana attano vasanatthanani eva garaimsu“ ’ti vatva
teiia y acito atitam abari :
Atite B a r a p a s i y a lii B r ah m a d a 1 1 e rajjam kareiite
B 0 dliis atto maliavibhavo settlii liutva ekaiii gamakam nirnaa-
tauam bhanjaiiattliaya gaatva pacoha gacclianto antaraiiiagge
core disva aiitaraiiiagge avasitva va vegena* pajento attano
geliain eva agaiitva imnaggarasehi bliiinjitva niahasayane nisinno
5 ,coranam hattliato ninccitva nibbbayattliaiiam attano gebaiii
agato ’inliiti^^ udaiiavasena imam gatliam aha :
Yattlia veri^ iiivisati^ iia vase tattlia pandito,
ekarattarh dirattam va ditkkham vasati verisu ’ti. 102.
Tattha veriti veracetaiiasaniafigipuggalo, ni visatiti'* patittliati, na vase
taitha paudito ti so veripuggalo yasnnih thane patitthito hutva vasati tattha
pandito pandiccena samannagato na vaseyya, kimkarana ti^ ekarattaiii dirat-
tam va dnkkliaih vasati verisu*^ verinain hi antare vasanto^ ekabarh dviham
pi dukkham eva vasatitl attbo.
Evaiii Bodhisatto udanam ndanetva danadini punhani katva
yathakammam gato.
Sattlia imam dhammadesanam aharitva jatakaiii saniodhanesi:
, ,Tada aham eya Baranasisetthi ahosin‘ v ti. ' V e ri j a t a k a m .
^ 4. Mittavindajataka.
Cat ubbhi atth ajjhagama ti. Idam Sattlia Jetayane
viharanto ekam d u b b a c a b h i k kh u m arabbha katbesi. Yatthum *
bettlia Mittavindajatake vuttanayeii’ eya yittharetabbam. Idam pana
jatakam Kassapabuddha-kalikam.
* add gone. ^ K^) yeri, ^ K mvisatl, ^ K niyisatiti, ^ omit ti? ® read
verisu ’ti‘? ' K vasatto. ** K vattbu.
is HOW the only MB. at band, therefore marked iC.
414 ,
I. Ekanipata. 11. Parosatavagga,
■ : Tasmim ; hi ■ hile .uracakkaiii nkkhipitvi ttiraye, ■ paccaiiaao:
eko iierayiko satto jjbhante kin nn klio papam akasin^*^ ti
Bodliisattam puccM. BodMsatto ^taya idah c’ idah ca papa-
kammarh katan^Vti vatva imaiii gMliam aha:
CatubbM attli’ ajjhagama atthahi pi^ ca solasa
solasahi ca battiiiisa, atriccliam cakkam asado,
iccliahatassa posassa cakkam^ bliamati mattliake ti. 103.
Tattha catubbhi atthajjhagama ti samuddantare catasso vimanapetiyo
labhitva tahi® asantuttbo atricchataya parato gantva apara atthadliigato siti
attho, sesapadadvayehi es* eva nayo, atricchani oakkam iisado ti evaiii
sakalabbeiia asarittittbo atriccbara atra atra icchanto parato parato labhaih pat-
thento itiani cakkain asado ti Idam uracakkaiii patto si, tassa to etam iccha-
hatassa tanhaya hatassa upabatassa tava cakkarh bhamati mattliake pasana-
cakkaiii ^ ayaeakkam ti imesu dvisii kburadhararii ayacakkaih tassa mattbake
punappuna patanavasena bbamantam disva evara aha.
Vatva ca pana attano devalokam eva gato. So pi niraya-
satto attano pape khme yathakamoiaiii gato.
Sattha imam dhamniadesaiiaiii aharitya jatakaiii samodhanesi :
v,Tada Mittayindako dubbacabhikkliu ahosi, deyaputto pana aham eya“
’ti. Mittayindajatakam.
5. Dubbalakattliajataka.
Bahum petam vane kattlian ti, Idam Sattha Jetayane
viharanto ekaiii uttastabhikkhum’’ arabbiia kathesi. So kira Sayatthi-
yasi® eko kulaputto dhammadesanam sutya pabbajitya maranabliiniko
ahosi, rattitthanadiyatyianesu^ yatassa ya vijantasKsa*' sukkiiadandakiissa
ya patantassa^ pakkliicatnppadanam vasaddam sntva maranabhayatajjito
maharavam rayanto palayati. Tassa hi „maritabbam maya“ ti sati”
mattani pi n’ a,tthi, sace hi so „aham marissam!th‘ janeyya na mara-
nato bhayeyya, mamnasatikammatthanassa pana abhajitattd ya
^ cfr. the Mittavindajataka below; K omits pi, ceva instead of pica. K
cakka, ^ so BP ; K sitahi, K -na-. ^ IC nttasanabhikkhnni. ^ K -vasi.
^ K ratittha-. ® K vijattassa, BP hhijjantassa. ^ K panantassa. K maraiia-=
5. Bobbalakattljajatalca. (105).
415
fohayati. Tassa so niaranaWiirukaWiiyo bhikkh^ pakato jato.
Ath’. ekadiyasaiii dliamniasabhayaiii bbikkhii katham samutthapesuiii
,,avaso, asiiko nama bhikkhu maranabMruko ^ niaranaib bhayati,
bliikkhima iiama 'avassaiii maya maritabban’ ti niaranasatikaniBiattiianam
bbavetum vattatiti“, Sattba agantva „kaya nu ’ttlia bbikkliave etarabi
kathaya sanoislana^ ti paccbitya „imaya nama“ ti vutte tarn bhikkbum
pakkosapetva „saccam kira tyam maranabbirulvo* ** ti pucchitva ,,saccam
bbante^v ti vatte ,,bbikkhaye ma etassa bbikkbuno anattaniana botba,
nayarii idan’ eva nmranabHruko, pubbe pi maranabbiniko yeya“ ’ti
vatya atitaiii abari:
Atite Baraiiasiyam Brabmadatte rajjam karente
Bod hi sat to Himavaiite rukkhadevata liotva iiibbatti. Tasiiiim
kale Baraimsiraja attano mangalahattliim anahjakaranaiii sikkha-
petum hatthacariyanaiii adasi. Taiii alaiie^ niccalam bandhitva
tonmrahattha manussa parivaretva® anafijakaranaiii karenti.
So tarn karanarh kariyamano vedana adbivasetuiii asakkonto
alanam bhinditva manusse pal%etva Himavantam pavisi. Ma-
oussa tarn gahetum asakkonta nivattirasu. So tattha marana-
bhiruko^ ahosi, vatasaddani^ sotva kanapamaiio maranabhaya-
tajjito soiidam vidliuiiitva vegena palayati, alane'^ bandhitva
aiiahjakaraiiakalo'’ viy’ assa hoti, kayassadaih va cittassaclara
va alabhaiito kampamano vicarati. Rukkhadevata naiii disva
khandhavitape thatva imam gatham aha ;
Bahiiiii p’ etaiii vane kattham vato bhahjati dubbalaiii,
tassa ce bhayasi naga kiso hnna bhavissaslti. 104 .
\yani pindattho: yam etaih dubbalakatthaih pnrattbimadibhedo vato blian™
jati imasmiih vane babuiii sulabliaiii^ tattha tattha sarhvijjati, sace tvarii tassa
bhayasi evaih sante niccam bhito inaihsalohltalikliayam patva kiso nuna bhavis-
sasi, imasmiiii paiia vane tava bhayara nama atfchiy tasma ito patthaya ma
bhayiti.
* K marana-, K ahine. ^ K pativedtva. ^ K vanasaddani. ® K
alane. K -karanaihkalo. K sulabhaih.
416 L Ekauipatft. II. Parosatavagga.
Evam devata tassa ' OvMam adasi. So pi tato patthaya
oibbliayo ahosi.
■Sattha imam dliammadesanam abariiTa • saccani , pakasetva ' jata-
kam saniodhanesi : (Saccapariyosane? so bliikkhu sotapattiphale patit-
tiialn) „Tada n%o ayam bbikkliii aliosi,. rukkliadevati, aham eva‘'
’ti. D ubbalakattbajatakam.
6. U d an can i j at aka,
Sukhaiii vata mam jirantan ti. Idam Sattha Jetayane
viliaranto thullakiimarikapalobh aiiam arabbba katliesi. Vat-
tham Terasanipate Cullanaradakassapajatake ^ ayibliavissati. Tam paoa
bbikkhum Sattha ^saccam kira tvam bhikkliu iikkanthito‘‘ ti pucchi”-
tya „saccam Bliagaya** ti vutte „kattha te cittam patibaddbaii ti
pacchi. So »,ekissa thullakun\arikaya“ ti aha. Atha iiam Sattha
„ayaii te bhikkliu anatthakarika, pubbe pi tyaiii etaiii nissaya sila-
yyasanam patya kampanto vicaramauo pandite iiissaya sukhaiii iabhiti^
yatya ' atitam abari :
Atite Baranasiyam Bralimadatte rajjaiii karente
ti atltavattlinra pi Cullanaradakassapajatake yeva avibhavissati.
Tada pana B o d li i s a 1 1 o sayaiii phale adaya agaiitva panna-
salaili vivaritva pnttaiii Oullatapasaiii etad avbca: tvaih
anhesu divasesii daruni*"* aliarasi paniyaiii paribbojanTyani
aharasi'^ aggirii karosi, ajja pana ekam pi akatva kasina diim*’
mnkho pajjhayanto iiipanno ^^Tata, tumliesu plmlaplialat-*
thaya gatesu eka itthi agantva maiii paloblietva’’ adaya gaiitnm
araddlia, aham pana ^tumhehl visajjito gamissanilti’ na gaccliim,
asiikatthane pana tarn iiisidapetvl agato bnlii, idani gacchanf
abaih ’ti. Bodhisatto 5 ,na sakka etam iiivattetnn^^ ti
natva ^^tena hi tata gacchaj esa pana tain iietva yada maeclia-
^ K cuilakassapanaradajatake. ® K patlbandlian. ® K, darunb ^ K aharasi
^ K palohetva.
f). TJdanoaniJataka, (106.)
417
mamsadini va kbaditiikania^ bhavissati sappilonataiKkladihi va
pan’ assa attlio*'^ bha.vis8ati tada ^idan c’ idan caliara’
’ti taiii ki]amessati% tada niayhaiii ganam saritva palayitva idli’
eva agacclieyyasiti^^ visajjesi. So taya saddliilli nianussapatbam
agamasi. Atlia na.m sa attano vasam gametva p,mamsani
ahara, raacchaiii aliara” ti yena yena atthika hoti taiii tam
aliarapeti. Tada so „ayam mam attano dasaih viya kammaka-
raili viya katva piletiti^^ palayitva pitu santikaiii agantva pita-
ram vaiiditva tliltako va imaiii gatham aha:
Sukham vata maiii jivantam pacamana udaficani^
cori jayappavadena telam lonaii ca yacatiti. 105.
Tattha sukham vata m a ih j i v a ii t a ii ti tata tumhakaiii santike marii
sukham jivantam, pacamana ti tapayamana pilayamana yaiii yam khaditukama
hoti tarn taiii pacamana, udakaiii ancanti etaya ’ti udaiicHiu, catito va kupato
va udakaiii ussincanaghatikay’ etam ® namara, s«a pana udancani viya, udakam viya
ghatika yen’ atthika hoti taiii tarii akaddhati yeva ti attho, cori jfiyappava-
den a ’ti bhariya ti namena eka cori maiii madhuravacanena upalapetva tattha
netva telaiii lonan ca yah ca ahham pi icchati taih sabbaiii yacati dasaiii viya
kammakaram viya katva aharapetiti tassa agunara katliesi.
Atha naiii Bodhisatto assasetva tata^^ ehi tvarn
mettaiii bhavelii karunam bhaveMti** cattaro brabmavihare
acikkhi kasinaparikammam acikklii. So nacirass’ eva abbiniia
ca samapattiyo ca nibbattetva^ brabmavihare bbavetva saddhiih
pitara Brahmaloke nibbatti,
• Sattha imam dbammadesanam aliaritva saccani pakasetva jata-
kam samodhanesi : (Saccapariyosarie so bliikkbu sotapattiphale patit-
tliabi) „Tada tliullakumarika va etarabi libullakumarika Cullatapaso
ukkantiiitabbikkhu ahosi, pita pana aiiam eva“ ’ti. Udancani-
jatakam.
^ K khatukama. K attha. ^ K kilamissati, ^ K udahcani. ® K -ghatika-
yotaiii. ® so ; K tatati- K nibbattitva,
27
418
I. Ekanipata. 11 . Parosatavagga.
7. Salittakajataka.
Sadim klio^ sippakam nama ’ti, Idam Sattha Jetayane
viliaranto ekam li a m s a p a li a r a n a k a lii b b i k k li u m arabbba ka-
tbesi. So kir’ eko Sayatthivasikiilaputto salittakasippe" nippbattini
patto (salittakasippan ^ ti sakkbarakhipanasippam vuccati) ekadiyasaiii
dbammam sutva sasane uram datva pabbajitva upasampadam lablii.
Na pana sikkbakanio na patipattisaro aliosi. So ekadivasam ekaiii
dabarabhikkhum adaya Aciravatim gaiitva iialmyitya naditire attbasi,
Tasmim samaye dve setahaiiisa akaseua gaccbanti. So taiii daliamm
aha: „imam pacchimahamsam sakkbaraya akkbimlii paliaritya pada-
mule patemiti". Itaxo „katbam patessasi* aa sakkbissasi pabaritun“
ti aha, Itaro „titthatu tav' assa orato akkhim parato akkhimhi tam
paharamiti^. ,Jdam pana tmiii asantam kathesiti“, „Tena hi
upadharehiti“ ekan tiyamsam’^ sakkharaiii gahetva ahguliya yantetya
tassa haihsassa pacchato khipi, Sa rim ti saddam akasi. Hamso „pa-
rissayena bhavitabban*' ti nivattitya saddam sotuiii arahhi. Itaro tas-
mim khane ekam vattasakkharaiii ^ galietya tassa nivattitya oiokeri-
tassa parabhage akkhirii pahari. Sakkhara itarani pi akkhiiii rim-
y\jjhitva gata. Hariiso maharayam ravanto padamfile yeva pati. Tato
bhikkhu agantya garahitva „ananucchavikam te ka.tan*‘ ti Satthu
santikam netya „bhante imina idam nama katan‘* ti tarn aitham aro-
cesum. Sattha tarn bhikkliura garahitva bhikkhaye idan’ ey’ esa
etasmiiii sippe kusalo. pubbe pi kusalo ya ahositi** vatya atitam ahari:
Atite Baraiiasiyaiii Bralimaclatte rajjarii karente
Bodhisatto tassa amacco ahosi. Tasmim kale rafmo piiro-
Into atimakliaro lioti bahabliani^ tasmim® katlietuiii araddhe
aiifie okasam eva aa lablmnti. Raja cintesi: ,jkada mi '^dio
etassa vacaiiupaccbedakam kanci labliissamiti*^^ So tato pat-»
thaya tatharapaiii ekam upadharento vicarati. Tasmim kale
Baranasiyaiii eko plthasappi^ sakkliarakliipanasippe nippliattiih
patto hoti. Gauiadaraka nam ratlmkam aropetva kaddliamanfi
7. Cfr. Dlip. p. 415. ^ K ko. ^ so K ; BP salltaka-. ^ hP tiyanga. ^ K vaddha-
aakkharaiii. K -bhaiii. ^ K kasinim. ^ K -sappi.
419
7. Salittakajateka; (107.)
” Ba-ranasmagaradvaramule eko vitapasampanno maliaiiigrodlio
attlii - tattlia aoetva samparivaretva kakanikadioi ^ datva
thirupakaiii kara assarupakaiii kara“ ’ti vadanti. So sak-
kliara kMpitva kbipitva nigrodliapannesii nanarupaiii dasseti.
Sabbaiii pattani cliiddavichiddaii' eva ahesum. Atha raja
uyyinaiB gacclianto tam thanaiii papapi. IJssaranabhayena sabbe
daraka palayiiiiSB, pitbasappl^ tattli’ eva mpajji. Raja nigrodha-
mdlam patva rathe msinno pattanarii cliiddataya cbayam kabara-
kabaraiii disva iillokento sabbesam pattanam chiddabhavam
disva „ken’ puecM. ^Pithasappina deva^^ ’ti. Raja
,5imam iiissaya bralimanassa vacanacchedam katum sakkabhavis-
satiti^' ciiitetvasjkabam pitliasappiti‘^pucchi. Viciimiita miilantare
nipannaiii disva ^jayam deva'* ’ti aliamsu. Raja iiaiii pakkosa-
petva parisam ussaretva pucclii : „amliakam santike eko mukliara-
brahmano attlii, sakkbissasi taiii nissaddam katun^^ ti. „Nali«
raatta ajalandika labhanto sakkhissaiiii deva^^ ’ti. Raja
pitliasappim gharaiii netva antosaniyam aisldapetva saniyarii
cliiddam karetva bralimanassa cliiddabhimukham asanaih panna-
petva nalimatta sukkha ajalandika pithasappissa santike thapa-
petva bralimanaih upattbanakale agatain tasmiiii asane nisidapetva
katliaiii samuttliapesi. Bralimano ahnesam okasam^adatva ranna ^
saddliim katlietiiih arabhi. Ath’ assa so pxthasapp!^ saiiiccliid-
dena^ ekekam ajalandikaiii makkMkam*^ pavesento'^ viya taluta^
iambi *^yeva pateti. Brahmano agatagatam naliyaiii telam pavesento
viya^gilati. Sabba parikkbayam gamiiiisu, Tassa ta nalimatta
ajalandika kuccbiiii pavittha addhalhakamatta ahesum. Raja
parikklilnabliavam natvil aha: „acariya*tumlie atpmikliarataya
nalimatta ajalandika gilaota kinci na janittha, ito dani uttariiii
jirapetmnd^^ aa sakkhissatha, gacchatha piyangudakam pivitva
chaddhetva. attanaiii arogaih karotha“ ’ti. Brahmano tato
Kkakanani”? ^K-sajvpi. ^soBS^; K omits okas am. ^ K rariinaya. ^Ksani-
clii-. Bl^paccMyaiii. ^ so K pavisonto. ® talutalamhi. ® K na nalimatta. ‘<^Kjira"-.
27^
420
1 Ekanipata. 1 1 . Parosatavagga.
pattliaya piliitamukho viya hntva katlientanam pi saddliiiii
akathaiiasllo aliosi. Raja kaiinasakliaiii ^ katan^^ ti
pitliasappissa satasahassuttlianake® catasn disasu cattaro game
adasi, Bodhisatto rajaiiam iipasaiiikamitva ^deva sippaih nama
loke panditehi ugganliitabbaiii, pitliasappina salittakaiiiattenapi *
ayaiii saiupatti'^ laddlia'^ ti vatva imaiii gatiiam alia:
Sadbn klio sippakam nama api yadisa kldisaiii,
passa klianjappahareiia laddha gama catucldisa ti. 10(5.
Tattha passa klianjap pah arena 'ti passa malnlraja imina nama kliafi-
jassa pithasappino aialaiKlikapaharena catuddisa cattaro gama laddha, afmesam
}ti sippanam ko anisamsaparicchedo ti sippagunam kathesi.
Sattiia imam dhaminadesanam aharitva jatakam saniodlianesi :
,,Tada pithasappi*^ ayam bhikklm ahosi, raja Anando, panditamacco
pana aham ey«a‘* ’ti. Salittakajatakam^
8. Babiy ajataka.
Sikkheyya sikkliitabbaiiiti. Idaiii Sattha Vesaliyam
upanissaya Mahavane kiitagarasalayam riharanto ekarn LicciiaTirii
arabbha kathesi. So kira Licchaviraja saddho pasanno buddliapamu-
khaih bliikkliusaihghaiii nimantetya attano nivesane mahadaiiam pavat»
tesi. Bhariya pan’ assa thniangapaccanga uddhumatakanimittasadisa
anakappasampanna ahosi. Sattha bhattakiccayasane aniimodanam katva
viharam gantya bliikkbnnam ovadarii datya gandhakutini payisi. Bliik-
khu dhammasabhayam katbaiii .sanmtthapesnra : „ayuso. tassa nama
Licchayiranno taya abhirnpassa tadisa bhariya thulangapaccaiigar^ ana-
kappasampaima . kathaiil so taya saddhim abhiramatiti“. Sattha
agantya V»kaya nu ’ttha bbikkhave etarahi kathaya sannisiniia“ ti
pucchitva „imaya nama‘* ’ti yutte bhikkhave esa idan' eya, pubbe
pi thuiasariraya eva itthiya saddhim abhiramiti“ yatva tehi yacito
atitam ahari :
^ K kamia-. K; BP -hassTithanesn. ^ K sali-. K sampattim. K
-sappi. ® K .saiikaja-, Bp salitakaja-.
421
S. Bahiyajataka ( 108 .)
Atite Baranasiyaili Brahmadatte rajjaiii karente
Bodliisatto tassa amacco ahosi. Atli’ eka JaiiapadittM thula-
sanra anakappasaiiipanna bhatim kuruiiiana rajangaiiassa
avidurena V gaccbaniana sanravalanjapilita biitva nivattliasata-
kena sariram paticchadetva iiisiditva sariravalanjaiii muiicitva
kbippam eva utthasi. Tasmim khane Baranasiraja vatapaneiia
rajangaiiaiii olokento taiii disva eintesi: 5 ,ayaiii evarilpe
angaiiattbane sariravalanjam mancamana hirottappaiii appaliaya
nivasaneii’ eva paticchanna hutva sarirapilam ^ niocetva kliippaiii
utthita, iniaya iiirogaya^ biiavitabbaiii , etissa vattliii visadaiii
bliavissati, visade paiia vattliusmiiii eko piitto labbliainano visado
pannava bhavissati, imam maya aggamaliesiiii katiim vattatiti*''
so tassa apariggahitabhavaiii iiatva anapetva aggamaliesittbanam
adasi. Sa tassa piya aliosi manapa. Nacirass’ eva ekaiii
puttaiii vij%i. So pan’ assa putto^ cakkavattiraja ahosi. Bodlii-”
satto tassa® sampattim disva tatharupam vacanokasaiii iabliitva
„deva sikkhitabbayuttakam nama sippakam^’ kasma na sikkliitab-
baiii, yatra hi namayaih mahapunha hirottappaiii appahaya
paticchannenakarena sarfravalanjam kiirnmana tumhe aradhetva
evariipam sampattim patta‘‘ ti vatva sikkhitabbayuttakanam
vamiaih kathento imam gatliam aha:
Sikkheyya sikkhitabbani , santi sacchandiiio jaiia,
bahiyapi^' siihannena® rajanam abliiradhayiti. 107.
Tattha santi sacchand ino ti tesn tesu sippesu saccbanda Jana atthi ye-^^a’
babfya ti bahijanapade. jata samvaddba Itthi, siibaniiena'’ Hi hirottappam
appahiiya paficcbauiiakarena bannam siibaiiiiam nama tena subannena ^ r a j a ->
nam abbiriidbayiti dfivaiii abbiradbetva imam ^ampattiiii patta ti.
Evaiii Mahasatto sikkhitabbayattakanam guiiaiii kathesi.
^ K -durena. ^ K -pilatii, sariravalanjam. K nirogaya. K yntto. K tassaya.
K sikkbitabbaputtaih nama sippikaiii, sakkbitabbaynttakam sippaiii nama . . .
sakkhitabbarii. ^ K babiyabi, babirapi ; ® B sncbanne^^ ’’ B sncbannena.
B chaiinaiii sucbannaiii . . . sucbaunena.
422
1. Ekanipata. 11. Parosatavagga,
Saitha imam dhammadesanam aharitva jatakarh saniodhancsi:
.,Tada ,]’a.yampatika ctaraht jayarapatika va, paiiditaiiiacco pana akam
eya^* ’ti. Bahiyajatakarii.
9. Kundakapuvajataka.
Yathanno puri«o hotiti, Idam Sattha Savattluyam viha^
ranto maliaduggatam arabbha katliesi. Savatthiyam hi kadaci
ckam eva kularn buddhapamukhassa .samgliassa daiiaiii deti, kadaci tiiii
cattari ekato hufcva, kadaci ganabandhaneiia , kadaci yitbi.sabhagena,
kadaci sakalanagaram chandakaiii samharitya. t-a'da pana yithibhattam
naraa aliosi. xVtlia iiianussa ^buddhapamukhassa saiiighassa
datya khajjakarii aiiaratlia'‘ ti ahamsii. Tada pan" eko paresaiii bhati-
karako duggatamanusso ta.ssa yithiyam vasamano cintesi: „aham yagurii
datum na sakkhissami, khajjakam pana dassamiti“ sanham kundakaiii®
yattapetya® udakena temetya akkapannena yethetya kukkuie paci-
tva ,5idam Buddliassa dassamiti‘* tarn adaya gantya Sattliu purato
piito „khajjakam aharatlia“ ’ti ekasmim yacane vuttamatte sabba-
pathamam gantya tarn puyam Satthu patte patitthapesi. Sattha ainehi
diyyamanani khajjakaiii agalietva. tarn eva puyakhajjakarii paiiblmnji,
Tasmim neya pana khane „Sammasambuddhena kira niahaduggatassa
kundakhajjakaiii ajigucchitya paribliuttan“ ti sakaianagaram ekakola-
halam ahosi. Rajarajamahaniattadayo antamaso doyarike upadaya
sabbe ya sannipatitya Sattharam yanditya mahaduggataiii upasam-
kamitya „handa bhojanara gahetya dye satani gahetva panca satani
gahetya amliakaih pattim dehiti“ yadimsii. So'' ^Sattharam patipuc-
chitva janissamiti“ Satthu santikarh gaatva tain attliam arocevsi.
Sattha „dhanam gahetya sabbasattaiiam pattihi dehiti“ aha. So
dlianaih gahetum arablii. Manussa digunacatuggunaatfchagunadiyasena ‘
dadanta iiaya hirannakojiiyo adamsu. Sattha anumodanam katvii
yiharam gantya bhikkhuhi yatte^ dassite sugatovadam datva gandlia-
kutiiii pavisi. Raja sayanhasamayc rnahaduggatam pakkosapetYii
setthifcpianena pujesi. Bhikkhu dhammasabhayaih kathaiii sainutWia»
pesum: „ayiiso Sattlia mahaduggatena dinnam kundakapiivam ajiguo
chanto amatam viya paribhunji, nialiaduggato pi bahiim dhanah ca
^ K yagu. ® K sanhaiiisanhakundakam, sanham kiindakam, K vaddhapetvij B
vaddhapetva. so BP 5 K akkamapaiineiia. ® K omits so, ^ adds va. ‘ E
digunacatugguiie-. ^ K vante.
0. Kiinrlakaprivajataka (10^.)
42B
sefi/liittliaiian cii iabhitva rnahasanipattim patk>*‘ ti. Sattlia aganiva
.,kaya jiu 'ttlia. bliikklnivc etaralii kathaja sannisinna'^ ti puccbitva
,,imaya nama‘‘ ti vutto bbikkliave idaiii maya ajigucchantcHa tassa
kiindakapnYo paribhutto, pubbe rukkhadevatapi Ixutva paribliutto yeva. ta-
da pi c' csa mam nissaya setthittbanam alattli’ eYa“ ’ti Tatva atitam abari :
Atite Baranasiyaiii Bralimadatte rajjam karente
Bodhisatto ekasmiiii eraiidarukklie rakkhadevata hiitva
nibbatti. Tada tasmiiii gamake manussa devatamamgalika lionti.
Atli’ ekasniim cliane sampatte manussa attano rukkhadevatanaiii
balikammaiii akaiiisii. Ath’ eko diiggatamanusso te manussc
rukkliadevata patijaggaiite disva ekaiii erandarukkliaiti patijaggi.
Te manussa a.ttano attano devatanam nanappakarani maiagan-
dliavilepanani c’ eva khajjabhajjakani ca adaya gaccMilisn. So
pana kundakapfivan c’ eva ulumkena ca udakaiii adaya gantva
erandarukkliassa avidure tiiatva cintesi: „devata nama dibba-
khajjakani kliadanti, mayliam devata imaiii kuiidakapiivaiii na
kliadissatij kirn imina karanena^ nasemi, aliam eva narii khadissa-
miti*‘ tato nivatti. Bodhisatto khandhavitape tliatva „bbo
purisa“ sace tvaiii issaro bliaveyyasi mayhaiii madhiirakhajja-
kam dadeyyasi, tvaiii pana duggatOj, aliam tava puvam na klia-
ditva ahnaiii kiiii kliadissami®, ma me kottliasam naseluti*^
vatva imam gatham aha:
Yathanno pitriso hoti tathaiina tassa devata,
ahar' etam kanampfivaiii % ma me bhagaih vinasaya ’ti. 108 .
« Tattha yathanno ti yathanlpahhoJariOj tatbanna ti tassa devatapi ta-
tharupabhojana va honti, aharetarii Jkanarapuvan ti etaiii karuiakena
pakkapfivam anehij mayhaih bliugam ma i?lnasehiti.
So iiivattitva Bodhisattam oloketva balikammam akasi.
Bodhisatto tato ojaiii paribhunjitva 5,piirisa tvam kimatthaib
main patijaggasiti^* aha. ^Duggato bnlii sami, tain nissaya
duggatabbavato muiicitukainataya patijaggamiti'^^ s^Bbo purisa
^ so K kificanakaraiiena, ^ K parisa. ® K khadissa. ^ K khaiiaiii.
424
I. Ekanlpata. 12. Hamsivagga.
ma cintayi, taya katamussa katavedino paja kata^ eran^
claiii parikkliipitva nidhikumbhiyo givaya givam ahacca thita,
tvaiii ranno acikkMtya sakateM dhanaiii aliaritva rajamgane
rasiiii karelii, raja te tussitva settliittkanaiii dassatlti^^^ vatva
Bodhisatto antaradhayi. So tatha akasi. Raja tassa settliit»
tlianaiii adasi. Iti so Bodliisattaiii nissaya maliasampattim
patva yatliakammarii gato.
Sattha imarii dhanimadesanam abaritva jatakam samodhanesi :
„Tada duggato va et-arahi duggato, erandarukkliadevata pana aliam
eva“ *ti Kundakapiivajatakam^
10. Sabbasaiiiharakapanlia.
Sabbasamharako nattblti, Ayarii SabbasamharakapaSlio
sabbakarena Umraaggajatake avibbayissatiti, S a b b a s a m h a r a k a «
panbo nittbito. Paros atavaggo^ ekadasamo.
IS.
1. Gadrabhapanlia.
H a rii s i t u y a m . e yam m an n a s i t i ^ Ayani pi GadrabliapaSho
Ummaggajatake yeva avibhayissati. G a d r a b li a p a n b o aittliito*
2. Amaradevipanha.
Yen a sattubilanga csV ’ti. Ayam Amaradcyipanbo ’’ nama
tatth’ eya avibhayissati. Am aradevi pan ho nittbito^
3. Si gal aj a taka.
Saddabasi sigalassa ’ti, Idam Sattha Vcluvane vibaraiito
Dey ad attain arabbba katbesi. Tasmirii samaye bbikkbn dhammasa-
^ K kundapuva-. ^ both BP and K parosahassavaggo. Khariisi tvarii rnai'nua*
Siti, Bp hasitnvam eva panilasiti. ^ K ya. ^ K amara-. *' K omits amara-. . .nitthito;
B channapathapanho dutiyo nitthito.
3. Sigalajataka. (113.)
425
bliayam sannipatitva j^avuso Devadattena paSca bhikkhusatani adaya
Gayasisam gantya 'yam tiamano Gotanio karoti^ iia so dliammo, yam
aham karomi ayam eva dhaninio’ ti te bhikkhu attano laddhim gaha-
pcfcva thanappattaiii iimsavadam katya samgham bhinditva ekasimaya
dye uposatha kata“ ti Devadattassa agunakathaiii katlienta nisidimsu*
Sattba agantya „kaya nu ’ttha bhikkliave etaralii kathaya sannisinna"
ti puccMtva „imaya nama" ’ti vutte „na bhikkliave Devadatto idan’
eva miisavadi\ pubbe pi inusavadi yeva ’ti vatva atitam ahari:
Atlte Baranasiyam Bralimadatte rajjaiii karente Bo-
dhisatto sasanavane rukkliadevata hutva nibbatti. Tada
Baranasiyaiii nakkliattaiii glmttham. Manussa jjyakkhabalikam-
mam karoma^' ’ti tesu tesu caccararacchaditthanesii maccha-
mamsMini® vippakiritva kapalakesu babosuram thapayimsu.
Ath’ eko sigalo addliarattasamaye niddhamanena’’ nagaraiii pavisi-
tva macchamaiiisam khaditva suraiii pivitva punnagagaccliantare^
pavisitva yava arunuggamana niddaiii okkami. So pabujjhitva
alokam disva nikkhamitum na sakka^^ ti maggasamfpaih
gantva adissamano nipajjitva’ anne va luanusse disvapi kinci
avatva ekam bralimanaiii mukliadhovanattliaya gacchantaiii disva
cintesi: j^brahraana dhanalola lionti, imaiii dbanena palobhetva
yatha maiii upakaccliantare katva uttarasainge® nagara nibarati'^
tatlia karissam'iti'^ so manussabhasaya 5,brahmana^' ’ti alia. So
nivattitva ^^ko maiii pakkosatiti^* aha, jjAharh brahmana^' ’ti.
„Kimkarana'® ti. j^Brabmana , niayham dve kabapanasatani
atthi, saee maiii upakaccliantare katva uttarasangena patic-
chMetva yatba na koci passati tatba nagara nikkliametmii
sakkosi tuybaiii te kahapane dassamiti^^ Brabmano dhanalo-
bhena j^sadhti^^ ’ti sampaticchitva taiii tatba katva ad%a nagara
nikkbamitva tbokam agamasi. Atlia naiii sigalo pucchi: „kata-
ram tlianaiii brabmana^' ’ti. 3, Asukaiii nama'^ ’ti, 5,Annaiii tbokam
thcinaiii gaccha*^ ’ti evaiii pimappuna vadento maliasusanaiii patva
^ K karoti. K -vadi. ^ K macchamasadiiji. K bahusurara. ^ K iiiddha-
maiie, K puimagacehaiitareiii. K uippajjitva. ^ K -saihgo. ^ K niharati*
426
I. Ekaiiipata. 12. Hamslva^rga
„idha maiii otarehiti^*' aha. Tattha nam otaresi. Sigalo j,teiia
hi brahmana uttarisatakam patthara^* ’ti aha. So dhanalobheBa
patthari. Atha nam rukkhannllaih khaBaliiti'*^ patliavi-
khaaaxie yojetva brahroanassa uttarisatakam abhiruyha catiLsu
kannesu majjhe ca ’ti paScasu thanesii sanranissandam patetva
makkhetva^ c’ eva temetva ca susaBavaiiaiii pavisi. Bodhisatto
nikkhavitape thatvi imam gatham aha :
Saddahasi slgalassa surapitassa brahmana^
sippikanaiii sataih ii’attM kuto kamsasata diive ti. 109,
Tattha s a ddahasiti saddahasi, ayam eva va patho, saddhini^ yayas'iti atilio,
slppikanam sataih iiatthiti etasSa hi sippikasatain pi n'atthi, kuto kaih-sa -
sat a duve ti dve kahapaiiasatani pan’ assa kuto yeva ’ti.
Bodhisatto imam gatham vatva jjgaccha brahmana tava
satakam dhovitva nahayitva attano kammam karohiti^*' vatva
antaradhayi, Brahmano tatha katva j^vailcito vat’ amh'iti^''
domanassapatto pakkami.
Satfclia imam dhammadesanam aharitva jatakam samodlianesi :
„Tadapi sigalo Devadatto ahosi, rukkhadevata pana aiiaiii eya‘‘ ’ti,
Sigalajatakam. .
4. Mitacintijatakam.
Bahucinti appacinti ca ’ti. Idaiii Battha Jctavane Tiha«
ranfco dve m ahallaka there arabblia ka-thesi. Te kira ja-iiapade
ekasmim^ arannavase vassam vasitva ..Satthu dassaiiatthayci gacoliis-
sama“ ’ii pathcyyam sajjetva ,,ajja gacchama, sve gaccMnuv" ’ti
masam atikkamitva puna patheyyam sajjetva tath’ eva. masaiii puna
masaii ti evam attano kusitabhaveiia c’ eva niyasanatthane ca tipckliaya
tayo anasc atikkamitva tato nikkhamma Jetavanaiii gantya sabliagattlianc'
pattacivaraiii patisametya Sattharam passimsii. Atha te bliikkhu
puccliiiiisu: „ciraih yo avuso Buddhiipatthanaiii akarontaiiam, kasnia
cvaiii cirayittha“ ’ti. Te taiiii attliam arocesum. Atha tesaiii .so
' K cakkbetva, B pakkhitva. ^ $o K patti. K kasmiiii.
‘L Mitafhitljatakam. (1 14.)
Ml:
alasiyakusitabliavo bhikkhiisamghc pakafcd jifco. Dhamniasabbayam pi
tesam bJiikklimiaav eya a!a.siyabbavam nlssaya katham sanmtt-hape.^iim.
Sattlia %antya „kaya im ’ttlia bhikkhave etarabi kathaya sannismna“
ti puccliitva ,aniaya nami‘‘ ’ti vutte te pakkosapetva „saccam Idra
tomlie bhikkbave alasa kusita‘‘ ti pacchitya „saccam bliante“ ti yiitte
„iia bliikklmve idan’ eya te alasa, pubbe pi alasa c eya niyasanat-
tbane ca salaya sapekba^ ti yatva atitam ahari:
Atite Baranasiyarii Brahmadatte rajjaiii karente Ba-
ranasiiiadiyaiii tayo^ maccha ahesuiii, Bahucinti Appacinti' Mita-
chititi tesaiii'* namani. Te arannato manussapatharii agaraiihsu.
Tattlia Mitacioti itare dve evam aha: ^jayam maiiussapatho
nama sasaiiiko sappatibhayo, kevatta naiiappakarani jalakiimina-
diiii kliipitva macche ganlianti, mayaiii arahham eva gacchaina/^^
'ti. Itare dve jana^ alasataya c’ eva amisagiddliataya ca
gacchama, sve gacchama^'^ ’ti tayo mase atikkamesum. Atlia
kevatta nadiyam jalam khipiiiisu. Bahncinti ca Appacimti ca
gocaram ganhanta purato gacchanti, te attano aDdhabalataya
jalagantliam'^ asallakkhetva jalakucchiin eva pavisiihsn. Mitacinti
pacchato agacclianto jalaganthaih Vsallakklietva tesan ca jala-
kuccliim pavitthabhavam natva kusitanaiii andhabala-
iiaih jivitadanam dassiimiti^ ciiitetva bahipassena jalakucchittlia-
iiaiii gantva jalakucchiiii phaletva nikkhanto sadiso hutva iidakam
alolento’* jalassa piirato patitva puna jaiakiiccliim pavisitvji
pacchimabliagena phaletva nikkhantasadiso udakaih alolento "
pacchimabhage pati. Kevatta j^maccha jalam phaletva gata^‘
ti^mahhamana jalakotiyaih gahetva ukkhipiiiisu. Te dve pi
maccha jalato inuhcitva udake patiiiigu. Iti tehi Mitaciotim
nissaya jivitam laddham.
Sattba inaaiii atitam aharifcva abbisambuddho hutva imaiii ga-
tham ,aba: ■, ' '
* K tuyo layo. ^ K appaciiititi tesaiii. ^ K. jatm, y K -gaudham, •'* K alolento.
428
I. Ekanipata. 12. Hamsivagga.
Babucinti Appacinti ca ubbo jale abajjbare,
Mitacinti amocesi, abbo tattba samagata t-i. 110»
TattbaBahucintiti bahucintanaya ^ vitakkababalataya evatii lacldliauamo
itaresii pi dvisu ayam eva iiayo^, ubbo tattha samagata ti Mitacintim iiis-
saya laddhajivita tattba udake puna ubbo pi jana^ Mitacintxna saddbim samagata
ti attlio.
Evaih Sattba imaiii dhaxumadesanam aharitva saccaui pakasetva
jatakam samodhanesi : (Saccapariyosane niahallakabliikkbu sotapattiphale
patittbaliimsu) „Tada Babucinta^ ca Appacmti^ <ta ime dvc abosiim,
Mitacinti pana aliam eva*‘ ’ti, Mitacintijatakam,
5, Anusasikajataka.
YayanSam anusasatiti. Idam Sattba Jetavanc viharanto
ckam anusasikabbikkhunim^ arabbba katbesi. Sa kira Savattlii-vasini
eka kuladhita pabbajitva upasanix>annakalato patthaya sanianadhammc
ananuyutta amisagiddha hutva yattha anna bbikkbuniyo na gaccbanti
tadise nagarassa ekadese’ pindaya carati. Atli’ assa maimssa panita-
pindapatam deiiti. Sa rasatanbaya bajjbitva „sace imasmim padese
anna bbilikbuniyo pindaya carissanti niaybaiii labho parihayissati, yatba
etam padesarii anna ii%accbanti evaiii may a katuiii vattatiti“ ciutetva
bhikkiiuniupas say axil gantva „ayye asukatthaue cando batthi cando
asso cando kukkuro carati, sapanssayattJianam \ ma tattha pindaya
carittba“ ’ti bbikkhuniyo aiiusasati, Tassa sutva eka bbikkliuni pi tarn
padesaiii givam parivattetva na olokesi. Tassa ekasmiiii divase tasmim
padese pindaya carantiya vegeu ekaiii gehaih pavisantiya cando
mendako pabaritva uratthikam bhindi. Manussa vegena upadbavitya
dvidha bbinnaih uratthikam ekato baiidhitva tarn bliikkbuniiii mancc^xa-
daya^’ bhikkhuniupassayam nayimsu. Bbikkbuniyo „ayam anna bliik-
kbuniyo^^ anusasitva sayaib tasniirii padese caranti^'^ arum bliindapetva
agata*’ ti pariliasam akamsu. Tam pi taya katakaranaih nacirass'
cva bbikkhusamgbe pakataiii abosi. Atli’ ekadivasam dbammasabliayam
^ K abahu-, “ K laddha-. ^ K tayo, K Jana. K -ti. K anusasaka-.
’ K ekadesase. ^ K -upassasam. ^ add atthiV K pi. so BP; K va»
dveiia daya. K repeats ayam aiina bbikkhiiniyo K caraiiti.
429
5. Annsasikajataka. (11 5.)
bliikklm „avuso anusasikfi ^ bhikkhuni' anSarii anusasitva sayaiii tas-
njiiii padese caramana candena mendakena iirum bliindapesiti“ tassa
aganakatbam katliesum. Sattha agantya ,,kaya nu ’ttba bbikkliaye
etarahi katliaya sanriisinna“ ti pucchitya „iraaya naraa“ ’ti yotte ,,na
bbikkliave idan’ eya, pubbe p’ esa anusasati yeya, sayam paiia na
vattati, niccakale dukkbam eya anabbayatiti yatya atitaiii ahari:
Atite Baranasiyam Brahmadatte rajjaiii karente Bo-
dliisatto araBne sakiinayohiyaiii nibbattitva vayappatto sa-
knnajetthako butva anekasakanasatapanvaro Hiniavantaih pavisi.
Tassa tattlia vasaiiakale eka canda saknnika maliavattaBi-
maggam gantva gocaraih ganbati. Sa tattha sakatehi patitani
vThimuggabijadTni labhitva ^yatha dani imam padesarii ailne
sakuna nagacchanti tatha karissamiti^* cintetva sakunasam-
ghassa ovadaiii deti: ^mabavattanimahamaggo nama sappati-
bhayo, battbiassadayo c’ eva candagonayuttayanadlni ca sail-
caranti^ sabasa uppatitnm na sakka hoti, na tattha gantabban*^*^
ti. Sakunasaihgbo tassa Aiiusasika t’ eva namam akasi. Sa eka-
divasam vattanimahamagge carasti^ iBabamagge vegena agac-
chantassa yanassa saddaiii siitva nivattitva oloketva „dure tava^‘
ti carati yeva. iltba nam yaiiam vatavegena sigbain eva sam-
papuni. Sa iittbatniii nasakklii , cakkaiii bhinditva gatarii
Sakunajettbako sakiiiie samanento taiii adisva „ Aiiusasika na
dissatij upadharetha nan^‘ ti aha, Sakuna upadharenta tarn
mahamagge dvedha chinnam " disva sakunajettbakassa arocesurii.
Sg-kunajetthako jjsa anna*^ sakunika varetva sayam tattha cara-
mana dvedha cbinna’ kira‘‘ ’ti vatva imaiii gatham aba:
■ ■' •/ ■
Ya-y-annam anusasati sayam loluppacarini
say aril vipakkbika seti liata cakkena salika ti. ill.
^ K aniisasikaih corr. to -ka. ^ K sancanti, ® K *ti ^ K gata. ® K
fchinnam. ® K anfie. ^ K cchinna.
4B0
i. Ekanipata. 12. Haiiisivagga.
Tattlia yayannam anusasatxti yakaro ^ padasandlilkaro, ya anne anusa-
.satiti attho, sayarii loiiippa<jarintti attaiia loluppacarinl saniana, sayam
vipakkhika setiti sa eva savihatapakklia hutva maljarnagge sayati, hata
t^akkeiia sajika ti yanacakkena liata salika sakunika ti
Sattha imam dhammadesanam aharitva jitakaiii samodhanesi :
^Anusasika sakunika a, yam anusasikabkikklimii ahosi, sakunajetthako
pana aliam eva“ ’ti. Anusasikaj atakaiii^.
6. Dubbacajataka.
Atikaram akaracariya ti. Idairi Sattha Jetayane yiha-
ran to ekarii dubbacabhikklium arabbha kathesi. Tassa yattlmm
Navanipate Gijjhajatake ayibliavissati. Sattha pana tam bhikkhum
amantetva „bhikkhu na tvam idan’ eva dubbaco, pubbe j)i dubbaco
dubbacabhavena ca panditanam oyadaih akaronto sattippaharena, jivi-
takkhayara patto Riti“ vatva atitam ahari:
Atite Baranasiyarii Bi’ah aiadatte rajjaiii karente Bo-
dhisatto larhghananataka yoniyaiii'* patisandhiiii galietva
vayappattd pannava upayakusalo ahosi. So ekassa natassa santike
sattiih lamghanasippam sikkhitva acariyena saddhiiii sippam
dassento vicarati. Acariyo pan’ assa catnnnam heva sattinaih iaiii-
ghanasippaiii janati na pancannaiii. So ekadivasam ekasmiiii
gamake sippam dassento suramadamatto pahca sattiyo^
ghissamiti^* patipatiya thapesi. Atha naiii Bodliisatto aha:
j^acariya tvam panca satti lamglianasippam ria janasi, ekaiii
sattim liara, sace lamgMssasi pancamaya sattiya viddlio maifs-
sasiti^^ So suttliumattataya jjtvam pi mayharh painanaiii na
janasiti^^ tassa vacanaiti anadiyitva catasso lamglietva pailca-
inaya sattiya dandake madhtikapuppham viya a-viito parideva-
inano nipajji. Atha iiaih Bodliisatto , 5 panditanam vacanaifj
akatva imam vyasanaiii patto sjti®" imam gcltham aha:
^ K yakaro. ^ K aiiusasiya-. K santippa-. K ianiMhanataka-. •' K saotiyt*.
6. Dubbaeajataka. (116.) 7. Tittirajataka, (117.)
431
x4tikaram akaracariyaj inayham p’ etaiii na rnccati^
catuttfie lamgliayitvaiiar pancamay’ asi^ avuto ti. 112,
Tattba atikaramakaracaTiya 'ti acariya ajja tvaiii atikarani akara. at-
taiio karanato atirekakaranam akariti attho, mayliarii petarh na ruccatiti
mayhaih antevasikassa pi samanassa® etarii^ tava karanaiii na ruccati, tfnia te
ahaiii patliamam e va kathesin ti dipeti , c a t u 1 1 h e i a lii g b a y i t v a n a ti t*.a«
tiittbe satebale apatitva atfcanam laxbgbitva, pan Camay asi® avuto ti pan-
dltanaiii vacanaib aganhanto idani pancamaya sattiya avuto slti,
Idaiii vatva acariyam sattito apanetva kattabbayiittakaiii
akasi. ■ ■
Sattlia imarii atitam aharitva jatakam saniodliaoesi : ,,Tada acariyo
ay a lii dubbaco aliosi , antevasiko pana aliam eva“ ’ti . I) u b b a c a -
jatakam.
7. Tittirajataka.
Accuggata atibalafca ti, Idam Sattlia Jetavane viharanto
Kokalikaiii arabbha kathesi, Tassa vatthuiii Terasanipate Takka-
riyajatake avibhavissati. Satthapi*’' „na bliikkhaye Kokaliko idan’ eva
attano yacam nissaya nattho, pubbe pi nassi yeva“ *ti vatva atitam
abari :
Atite Baranasiyaiii Brahmadatte rajjaiii karente Bo-
dliisatto udiccabrahmaiiakule nibbattitva vayapatto Tak-
kasilayarii sabbasippani ugganliitva kame pahaya isipabbajjam
pabbajitva pancabhiniia attlia samapattiyo nibbattesi. Hima-
vaniapadese sabbo isigaiio sannipatitva taiii ovadacariyaiii katva
parivaresi. So pancaiinam isisatanam ovadacariyo butva jliana-
lulaya'^ kllanto^^ Himavaute vasati. Tada eko pandurogatapaso
kiitharim^ gabetva kattliaiii plialeti. Atli’ eko mukliaratapaso
tassa santike nisTditva pabaraiii delii , idlia pabaraiii
* K lanigbitvu. ® so BP; K pancamiyasmim, K samatassa pi. eka tarn.
’ K patham ^ K satthapa, ' K -kilaya. ** K kTl-. ® K kntthaniii.
432
T. Ekanipata. 12. Hariisivagg-a.
dehiti^' tarn tapasam rosesi. So knjjhitva jjTia dani^ me tvaiii
daruplialanakasippam sikkhapaimkaacariyo“ ti tinliaiii kutkariiii
ukkhipitva ekappaharen’ eva jivitakkhayam papesi. Bodhisatto
tassa sarlrakiccarh karesi. Tada assamato avidare ekasmim
vammikapade tittiro vasati. So aayapatam vammikaiiiatthake
thatva malifivassitam vassi. Taiii' sntva eko luddako , 5 tittireiia
bhavitabban'^ ti saddasannaya gantva taiii vadMtva adi-ya gato«
Bodhisatto tassa saddam asunaiito jjasukattliaiie tittiro^^^
kin nu kho ta,ssa saddo na suyatlti^^ tapase pnccM. Te tassa
tarn attham arocesum* So ubho pi tani karanani saiiisandetva
isiganamajjbe imam gatham aha:
Accuggata atibalata ativelam pabhasita
vaca hanati dunimedhaih tittiram vativassitan ti. 113,
Tattba accuggata ti atiuggata, atibalata ti punappiinabhasaneiia
atibalasabhava , ativelam pabhasita ti atikkantavela pamanatikkameiia ®
bhasita, tittiraiii vativassitan ti yatha tittiraih ativassitaih liani tathii
evarupa vaca dummedham billapuggalam hanatiti.
Evam Bodhisatto cattaro brahmaviliare bhavetvaBrahmaloka-
parayano'^ ahosi.
Satthapi „na bliikkhave Kokaliko idan’ eva attano vacanam nis-
saya naitho, poubbe pi nassi yeva*‘ ’ti imam dhammadesanam aharitva
jatakam saraodlianesi : „Tada dubbacatapaso Kokaliko ahosi, isigano
Buddhaparisa, ganasattha pana aham eya‘* ’ti. Tiitirajatakam.
8. Vattakajatakaiii.
. ■ r ■
Nacintay anto puriso ti. Idarii Sattha Jetavane Tiharanto
Uttarasetthiputtam arabblia katliesi. Savattbiyam kira Uttarasottiii
nama ahosi mahayibhavo. Tassa bhariyaya kuccliiyara eko puniiaya
satto Brahmaloka cayitva patisandliirh gahetya vayappatto abliiriipo
^ K dati. * K suyyatlti. K pamana«. ^ K “po.
S . V attakaj atak aril. (IIS.)
433
aliosi bmlimayaniiL Atli’ ekadivasam Savattliiyarii kattikacliane nak-
khatte gluitthe sabbo ioko nakkhattaiiissito; aliosi. Tassa sahayaka
anne settliiputta sapajapatika ahesurii, Uttarasetthiputtassa paaa
ciigharattarii Brahaiaioke vasitatta kilesesu citfcarii na aliiyati. Ath’
assa sahayaka ,,LIttarasetthiputtassapi ekam itthiiii anetva iiakkliattarii
kilissaraa''**‘ 'ti sammantayitva taih iipasamkamitYa ,,samma iniasmirh
iiagare kattikarattiyarachano ghuttho, tuyham pi ekarii ittiiim anetva
iiakkhattam kiiisvsama^‘® ’ti ahamsu, »na mam’ attho itthiya“ ti ca
vutte pi punappuna nibbaiidhitva sampaticchapetya ekarii yannadasiiii
sabbalariik»arapatimanditarii katya tassa ghararii netva ^tyaiii setthi-.
piittassa santikarii gacclia** ’ti sayanigharaiii pesetva nikkliamiriisu.
Tam sayanigharaiii pa,yittham pi settlii n’ eya oloketi nalapati. Sa
cintesi: ,jayarii evarii'’ rupaggappattarii uttamayilasasamparaiarii marii
n’ eya oloketi nalapati, idani narii attano itthikuttalilaya oiokapessa-
iiiiti'® itthiliihe dassenti^’ pahatthakarena aggadante yivaritya sitarii
akasi. Setthipufcto oloketya dantatthike nimittarii ganhi. AtthikasanSaiii
iippaijji. Sakalam pi tarii saiirarii atthikasaihkhalika yiya panoayi.
So tassa paribbay am datya „gaecha‘* ’ti uyyojesL Tam tassa ghara
otinnarii eko issaro antarayithiyarii disva paribbayarii datya attano
ghararii nesi. Sattahe^ vltivatte nakkhattarh ositaih. Yannadasiya
niata dhitu agamanarii adisya setthipnttanaih santikarii gantva ,,kaharii
sa^* ti pucchi. Te Uttarasetthiputtassa ghararii gantya ,,kaharii sa‘‘ ti
pucchiriisu. „Tarii klianarii yeya tassa paribbay am datya uyyojesm‘*
ti. Ath’ assa raata aha : „dhitaram iia passami, dlutaram me samanetha^
’ti Uttarasetthip attain adaya raSno santikarii agamasi. Raja attam
yinicchinanto ,,ime te .settliiputta yammdasiih anetya adariisu** ’ti pucchi.
„Ama deva“ ’ti, „Idani sa kahan“ ti. „Na janami, tarii khanarii
oeva narii uyyojesin“ ti. „Idani tarn samanetiirii sakkositi‘*. Na
sakkorai deya“ Ti. Raja „sace samanetuih na sakkoti rajanam assa
karotha^“ ’ti aha. Atha narh paccha baham bandhitya „Tajanaih'^
karissanm** ’ti gahetya pakkamimsu.„S^thiputtaiii kira yannadasiiii
samanetiirii asakkontarii rajanaiii karetiti^V sakalanagararii ekakolahalarh
ahosi. Mahajano ure hatthe thapetva „kin nam’ etarii sami , attano
te ananuccha.vikarii laddhan“ ti parideyati, setthipiittassa pacchato
paechato paridevanto gaccliati. Setthiputto cintesi : „idarii mayhaih
^ K -iiissito. ® K kil-. K -chano. ^ K kiK K ® K eva. K -ti, ^ K
sattabhe. ® K karetha. ® K rajanaih, setthi pi puttassa.
28
434
I. Ekanipata. 12. Haiiislvagga.
eyampaiii dukkham agare vasanaMaveBa tix^pannaiii, sace ito niuncis-
sami nialia-Gotama-samniasainbuddliassa santike pabba}issamiti“. Sapi
kho rannadasi^ tarn kolahalasaddaiii sutva »,kimsaddo iianr eso“ ii
pucckitva taiii pavattim sutva regena otaritva ,,iissaratiia iissaratba
sa,mi^ ximm rajapurisanam dattlium detlia“ ’ti attanam das.sesi. Raja-
purisa nam disTa laataram paticchapetya settbipattam ranScitva pakka“
mimsii. So saiiayapariYuto nadiiii gaiitya sisaiii naliiyitva geliam
gantva bimttapataraso niatapitaro pabbajjarii aimjanapetya civarasatake
adaya mahantena pariyarena Sattliii santikaiii gantya vaBditya pabbaj-
jarii yacitya pabbajjan ca upasainpadan ca labliitya ayissafcibaka-
kammattbano yipassanam yaddbetya nacirass" era arabatte patittliasi,
Atb’ ekadivasaih dbammasabbayain samiipatita bbikkbu ,,ayuso Uitara-
sefctbiputto attano bbaye iippanne sasanassa gunaiii janitya -imamha
dukkba muccamano pabbajissamiti’ cintetya teiia sucintiteiia mutto c
eya pabbajito ca ag^pbale ca patittbito“ ti tassa gunakatbam ka-
thesuiii. Sattha agantya „kaya nu ’ttlia bhikkbaye etarabi katbaya
samiismna“ ti puccbitya ,aniaya nanm“ ’ti yiitte ,Mia bbikkbave
Uttarasettbipntto ya attano bbaye iippanne ‘imina npayena iniamba
dukkha numcissamiti’ cintento maranabhaya mutto, atxte panditapi
attano bbaye uppanne ‘imina upayena imamba dukkba miiccissama' ’ti
cintetva maTanabhayadukkhato niuccixiisu yeya“ ’ti vatya^ atitam abarl:
AtTte Baraiiasiyaiii Brabmadatte rajjaiii karerite
Bodbisatto cutipatisandHvasena parivatteiito vaftakayoni-
yaiii nibbatti. Tada eko vattakaluddako arafme balm vattake
abaritva gebe tbapetva gocaraiii datva infile gahetvil agataiiaib
battlie vattake vikkinanto jivikam kappeti. So ekadivasaiii
balmlii vattakebi BodMsattam pi gabetva anesi\ Bodbisatto
cintesi: ^^sac’ abam imina diiinagocaraiii parnyan ca paribbimjis-”
sami ayaiii matii gabetva agatanaiii manussanaih dassati, sace
pana na paribbunjissami ahaiii milayissami, atba maiii milataih
disva maimssa na ganbissantiy evam me sottbi bliavissati,, imaiii
npjlyarh kanssamiti‘‘ so tatlia karonto milayitvil attliicammamatto
abosi. Maniissa nam disva na ganbimsu^ Liiddako Bodliisattarh
^ K vantadasi. ^ K samikaiii corr. to samirh, Bp siimi. K omits vatva, K ariosi.
435
0, Akilaravijataka. (119»)
thapetva sesesu parikkimestt pacchim nilmri dvare tliapetva
Bodhisattarh liattliatale katva 5 jkimkato klio ayaiii vattako’^"
ti oloketuiii araddho. Atli’ assa pamattabhavaiii natva Bodlii-
satto pakkke^ pasaretva uppatitva arannam eva gato. Yattaka
tarii disva jjkiii im kko iia pannayasi, kabaiii gato piic-
chitva „liiddakei 3 a galiito vutte® „kin ti katva mutto
puccliimsu. Bodliisatto j^ahan tena dinnagocaram agaliGtvi '
paniyam apivitva apayacintaya mutto'^ ti vatva imam gatliam alia :
Nacintayanto pmiso visesam adhigacchati,
cintitassa phalarii passa, Eintto ’smi vadliabatidlmna ti. 114.
Tattha ayaiii pindattho : pijriso dukkham patva imina nama tipayena
imamha dukkha muccissamiti acintayanto attano dtikkha mokkliasamkhatam
•visesam iiSdhigacchati, idani pana maya diititakammassa phalarh passa, ten’ eva
iipayena mutto ’smi vadhabandhana, maranato ca bandhanato ca mutto aban tl.
Evaiii Bodliisatto afctana katakaranaiii acikklii.
Sattha imaiii dliammadesanam aharitva jatakam samodhanesi ;
„Tada maranamuttayattako aliam eya‘* ’ti, Vattakajatakam.
9. Akalaravijataka.
Amatapitarisamyaddbo ti. Idam Sattba Jetavane yiliaranto
a k a i a r a y i m b li i k k b ii lii arabbba katbesi . So kira Sayatthiyasi -
kulaputto sasane pabbajitya yattam va sikkbam ya na ugganbi. , So
5,imasmiia kale maya yattam katabbam imasmim kale upattbatabbam
imasmim kale sapbayitabban^ ti na janati, patbamayame pi majjhi"
mayame pi pacchimayame pi pabuddbapabuddhakkhane yeya. mabasaddam
karoti, bhikklm niddaiii na labbanti. Dbammasabhayam bbikkhu „ayuso
asiikabbikkbu eyarupe ratanasasane pabbajitya yattam ya sikkbarii ya
kalam ya akalarii ya na jaiiatiti'* tassa agnnakatbam katbesnm.
Sattba agantya ,>kaya nu ’ttba bhikkjiaye etarabi katbaya sannisinna*'
ti puccbitya nama** ’ti yutte ,>na bhikkbaye idan’ ey’ esa
akalarayi®, pubbe pi akaiarayi j^eya, kalakalam ajaiianabbayena giyaya
yalitaya jiyitakkhayam patto** ti yatya atitam abari:
^ K vatfake, ^ K pakke. K vutto. * K agabetva. ^ K -vi.
436
I. Ekaiiipata. 12. Bfamsivagga.
xVtite B a r a n a s i y a ih B r a li m a cl a t t e rajj aiti karen t e
Bodliisatto udiccabrahma u a kule nibbatiitva vayappatto
sabbasippe paraiii gantva Baraiiasiyarii disaparaokklio acariyo
hntva paficasate manave' sippaih vacesi. Tesaiii maiiavaiiaiii
eko kalaravikukkuto attlii. Te tassa vassitasaddena uttbaya
slppaiii sikkbaiiti. So kalara akasi. Te anilam kukkotam
pariyesanta caranti. Atli’ eko niaimvako''^ susanavaiie”^ daiTini
iiddharanto ekaiii kukkuUih disva anetva pafijare tliapetva
patiJaggatL So susane vadcihitatta „asukavelaya iiaina vassi-
tabban^' ti ajananto kadaci atirattiiii vassati kadaci arunuggaiimne.
Manava tassa atirattiiii vassanakale sippaih sikklianta yava am-
iiiiggamana sikkbitiiih iia sakkonti, niddayamana galiitattliilnain pi
na passanti, atipabbate vassitakale sajjbayassa okasam eva na
iabbanti. Manava 5,ayaih atirattiiii va vassati atipabbate va, imam
nissaya ambakaiii sippaih na nittbayissatiti^^ tarn galietva givaiii
valetvii jivitakkbayaih papetva, 5,akalaravikiikkiito ambelii gba-’
tito*^' ti acariyassa katbesiiih. Acariyo ovadaih gabetva ,,avad-
dbitabhavena maranaiii patto*^*^ ti vatva iinaiii gatbam aba:
Aniatapitarisaihvaddbo anacariyaknle vasam
iiayaih kalaiii akalaih va abbijanati kukkuto ti. 115 .
Tattha amafcapitarisaiii vaildlio ti mfitapit.-Jro nissaya tesaiii ovadaih
agahetva samvaddiio, aniicariyakule vasan ti aeariyakule pi avasarnaiio
acariyasikkhapakaiir'^ kafici^’ nissaya avasitatta ti attho, kalam akaiarii vfi ti
imasmiih kale vassitabbaiii ^ imasuiiih kale na vassitabbaii ti evaih v&asitahba-
yuttakalaih vS akfilarii va esa knkk’ato na janati. aj’ananabbavena ca JTvitakkhayaiii
patto ti r-
idaiii karanam dassetva Bodhisatto yavataynkaih tbatva
yathakaminaih gato.
Sattba imam dbammadesanam aliaritva jatakaiii .samodhanesi :
„Tada akaiaravikukkuto ayam bliikkhn aliosi, antevasika. Buddhapari.sa,
acariyo pana aham eva“ Ti. Akaiaravijatakaiii,
^ K ixianave. ^ K maua-. ^ K suyana-. ^ K gbiitino. ^ Bp ^sikkhipadani,
both K and B.P kinoi ^ K -tabbanti coi*i> to -tabban,
437
!0. Bandliaiiamokkliajatalsa. (120 )
10. Baiidhanamokkliajataka.
Aba del ha tattlia bajjhantiti. Idaih Siittha Jetarane
viliaranto CiScamanavikam^ arabblia katliesi. Tassa vatthum
J3YadasaDipate Mabapadiimajatake ayibhavissati. Tada pana Sattlia
, 5 na bliikkhave GincaraanaTika idan’ eva mam abhiiteiia abbhacikkliati.
pubbe pi abbiiacikkhatitk* vatva atitam ahari:
Atite Baranasiyaiii Bralimadatte rajjam kareiite
Bo dll is at to pnroMtassa gelie vayappatto pitu accayeiia nass’
eva puroMto aliosi. Tena aggamakesiya varo dinno: blioti*'^
bliadde yam iccliasi® taiii vadeyyasiti“, Sa evaui aha: mayliaiii
anno varo nama na dullablio, ito pana te pattbaya aiifia^ ittH’’
kilesavasena na oloketabba^"' ti. So patikkhipitva pnnappuna
nippiiiyamano tassa vacanaiii atikkamitum asakkoiito sampatic-
cliitva tato pattbaya solasasii natakisahassesu kilesavasena
ekittbim pi na olokesi. Atb’ assa paccanto kiippi. Paccante
thitayodha corebi saddhiiii dve tayo samgame katva ,4^0 iittarim
mayaiii na sakkoma/^^ ’tbpannam pesesum. Raja tattba gaiitu-
kamo balakayaiii saiiiharitva taiii pakkositva ^^bbadde aham
paccaiitam gaccliami 5 tattba nanappakarani yuddbani bontij
jayaparajayo pi- anibaddbo, tadisesu tbbnesu matiigamo duppari-
baro, tvaiii idh’ eva nivattabiti“ aha. Sa 5511a sakka deva
inaya nivattitun“ ti puiiappuna ranna patikkbitta aba: „tena
bi ekekaiii yojanaiii garitva mayiiam sukliadiikkham jananattliaiii
ekekarn maniissaih peseyyatlia^^ ’ti. Raja jjSadbu^^ ’ti sampatic-
cliitva Bodbisattaiii nagare tliapetva maliantena balakayena
liikjjlianiitva gacebanto yojane yojane ekekaiii pnrisaiii jjamhakam
arogyaiii arocetva deviya snkhadukkharh janitva lagacclia"^ ’ti
pesesi. Sa agataiii piirisaiii „raja i^ih kiniattbam peseslti^^
puccliitva jjtiimbakaiii sukliadukkliam jananattbaya^^ ’ti vutte
55teiia 111 ebiti^^ tena saddhiiii asaddhammam patisevati. Raja
dvattiiiisayojanamaggam gacclianto dvattmisa jaiie'*^ pesesi.
* K -na-. ^ K liotl. icebati. ^ K amnam. * KittMiii. ® so K dvattimsa™
mayo-. K Janaiii.
438
I. Bkanipata. 12. Hamsivagga*
Sa sabbeM pi telii saddhim tatli’ eva akasi. Baja paccaiitam
vupasametva janapadaiii samassasetva pana agaccbanto pi tatb’
eva dvattimsa jane pesesi. Sa tehi pi saddhiiii vipatipajji yeva.
Raja agantva jayakkbandhavaratthane tliatva s^nagaram pati-
jaggapetd^* ’ti Bodhisattassa pannam pesesi. BodMsatto
sakalanagaraiii patijaggapetva rajanivesanaiii ^ patijaggapento
deviya vasanattbanaiii agamasi. Sa Bodhisattassa rSpaggap-
pattaiii kayaiii disva santliatum asakkont! jjehi bralimanaj sa-
yanaiii abhiruha^^ ’ti aha. Bodhisatto 5,1113. evaih avaca, rajapi
garu, akusalam*^ pi bhayami, na sakka maya evam katiin*'^ ti
aha. „Catusatpiiya padamnlikanam n’ eva raja gam na akii«
salaiii bhayanti, tav’ eva raja gam tvaiii yeva ca akusalaih
bhayasiti^^ jjiLma, sace tesani pi evaiii bhaveyya na evarupaih
kareyyuih, aham pana janamano evariipam sahasiyakainmaiii^
na karissamiti^^ ^Kiiii balimii vippalapasi, sace me vacanaiii
na karosi sisan te cliindapessamlti^^ ^Titthatii, ekasmiiii
attabhave sisaiii attabhavasatasahasse pi sise cliiiidante'’, na
sakka maya evarupaih katun^^ ti. Sa ^hotii janissamiti^^ Bo-
dhisattaiii tajjetva*’ attano gabbhaiii pavisitva sarire nakhava'^
lahjaiii dassetva telena gattani abbhahjetva kilittliadhatukam ^
vattliaih nivasetva gilanalayam katva dasiyo anapesi: ^ranna
diaham deviti’ vutte ^gilana’ ti katheyyatha^^ ’ti aha. Bodlii»
satto pi ranno patipatham agamasi. Raja nagaram padakkliinam
katva pasadaiii abhiruyha deviiii apassanto ^kahaih deviti^^
piiccH. jjGilana deva‘^ ’ti. So sirigabbliam pavisitva tassa
pitthim parimajjanto ^kiih te bhadde aphasukan'^ ti piid'clii.
Sa timhi ahosi, tatiyavare rajanaiii oloketva „tvam pi maharaja
jivasi nama, madisapi itthiyo sassainika yeva nama'*' ’ti. 5, Kim
etaih bhadde“, ti. „Tamhehi nagaram rakkhanatthaya thapito
purohito hiivesanaih patijaggamlti’ idhagantva attano vacanaiii.
^ K raja-. * K akulasam. ^ K sabliasiya-. so both K aud BP instead of
cbindaritu? ^ so K tajjetvaiia. K kilittba-.
1 0. Baiidliariamokkliajataka. (120.)
439 .
akarontim laaiii , pakaritva , , attaao manarn pHretva gato^' ti.
Raja aggimhi pakkliittaloiiasakkliara viya koclhena tatatatayaBto
sirigabblia nikkliamitva do varikapadamSlikaday o pakkositva
,,ga^'chatlm bliane/ piiroliitam pacchabaham bandhitva vajjlia»
bhavappattaiii katva nagara nlliaritva agbataiiaiTi netva sisam
assa cliiadatlia/'^ ’ti. Te vegena gantva taiii paccliabaliaiii
baodMtva vajjhablierim vadapesum^^ Bodliisatto ciiitesi: „addha
taya dattiiadeviya raja puretaram paribliinno, a.jja dan’ ahaiii
attano baleii’ eva attanam mocessamiti^^ so te piirise aha: jjbho
tiimlie aiaiii marenta raSno dassetva va raaretha^^ ’ti, ^Kimka-
rana‘'^ ti, „Aliam rajakammiko, balmm me kammaiii kataiiij
baliimi malianidhanaiii' janami, rajakutumbaiii maya vicaritaiii,
sace maii) rahho na dassessatha bahiiiii dlmnaiii nassissatij
maya raniio sapateyye'^ acikkhite paccha katabbaiii karotha*^
’ti, Te taiii raniio dassayimsu. Raja taiii disva ca“ j^kasma
biio brahmana mayi lajjaiii na akasi, kasma te evariipaiii papa-
kainmam katan^^ ti aha. ^Maharaja, ahaih sotthiyakule jato^
maya kunthakipillakamatto pi paimtipato na katapubbo, tina-
salakainattam^ pi adionaiii nadinnapubbaih, lobbavasena paresam
ittbi akkhini nmmlletvapi na olokitapubba, bassavasenapi^
miisa na bliasitapubba ^ kusaggenapi majjam na pitapubbaih,
abam tumbesii niraparadbo, sa pana bala lobbavasena maiii
hattbe gahetva maya patikhitta main tajjetva attana katapapaiii
nttanam katva mama acikkbitva antogabbbam pavittliaj aliaiii
iiiraparadho, pannaiii gahetva pana agata catusattlii jana*^ sapa-
racTfia., te pakkositva "^tassa vo vacanam kataiii na katan’ ti
pnccba deva^"^ ti. Raja te catusatRii jane bandliapetva deviiii
pakkosapetva ^taya etebi sacldbiiii papain kataih na katan^^ ti
puccbi, jjkatam deva,^' ’ti viitte taiii pacchababam bandhapetva
„imesam” catusattbijananam® sisani cbindatha'^ ’ti anapesi®. iltba
^ K “iiiccaoani. ^ K sapeteyya. •'* BP va. ® Bi^ hasitabhavenapi.
K Jana. ^ K jme. K -jiinanam. ® K anapesi.
440
I. Ekanipata. 12. Haiiisivagga.
naih ‘ Bodliisatto aha atthi maharaja etesaiii. dosoj devi
attano ruciiii karapesi, niraparadha ete, tasma tesam khaiiiathaj
tassapi doso n’ atthi, itthiyo nama niethunadhaBiiiieBa atitta,
jatisabhavo hi esa, etasaiii bhavitabbayuttakam eva hoti, tasma
etissapi khamatha^' ’ti nanappakarena rajanarii saSnapetva te
catusatthi pi jane tan ca balaiii mocapetva sabbesaiii yatha-
sakani thanani dapesi. Evaih te sabbe mocetva patitthapetva
Bodhisatto rajanam npasamkamitva ^maharaja, a^dhabalanam^
nama avattluikena vacanena abandhitabbayiittaka pandita paccha-
baham baddha, paiiditanam karanayiittena vacanena pacchabaliam
baddhapi oiutta, evaib bala nama abandhitabbayuttake pi
bandhapenti V pandita baddhapi^ mocentiti*^ vatva imaiii ga-
tham aha:
Abaddha tattha bajjhanti yattha bala pabhasare,
baddhapi tattha miiccant! yattha dhfra pabhasare iL 116 .
Tattha abaddha ti abandhitabbayutta j p a b li a s a r <5 ti pabhasaoti vaclanti
katheriti.
Evaiii Mahasatto imaya gathaya ranho dhammaiii desetva
„maya imam diikkhaih agare vasanabhavena laddhaih, idani me
agarena kiccam n' atthi, pabbajjain me anujana deva^^' ’ti pab-
bajjaih anujanapetva assuiuukham natijanam inahantah ca viblia-
vam pahaya isipabbajjaiii pabbajitva Bimavante vasanto abhihhe
ca samapattiyo ca nibbattetva Brahinaloka-parayano ahosi.
Sattha imam dhaniniadesanam abarltya jatakam samodliafesi:
>,Tada dutthadeTi Gincamanavika ahosi, raja Anando, purohito pana a ham
eTa“ ’ti, BandhanamoSikhajatakam. Hamsivaggo^ dvada-
,samo. .
^ K balanam ® K baddhapenti. ® BP baiidhapi. Bp hassitavaggo.
441
1. Kusanalijataka (121.)
IS.
1. Kusanalijataka.
Kare sarikkho ti. Idam Sattha Jetavanc vibaranto Ana-
thapindikassa nicchayamittam arabbha katliesi. Anatbapindikassa
bi iBittasahajjanatibandbava „maliasetthi ; ayam taya jatigottadhaaa-
dbaSnadilii eva sadiso na uttaritaro, kasma etena -saddbim santbavam
karosi, ma karobitkV puuappana nivaresum. Anatbapindiko pana
„inittasanthaTo iiama binebi pi samehi pi atirekebi pi kattabbo yeva“
’ti tesam ?aca.imm agabetya bbogagaamm gaccbanto tarn kiitumbarak-
kbakam ’ katva aga-masiti sabbam Kalakannivatthiiiiibi viittaDayeRV eva
veditabbam, idlia pana Anatbapindikena attano gbarapayattiya arooitaya
Sattba ,,gabapatij niitto nama kbuddako n’ atthi, mittadhamniam rak-
kbitum samatthabbayo c’ ettba pamanam\ mitto nama attana samo pi
hino pi yisifbbo gahetabbo, sabbe pi bi te attano pattam bbaram”
nittbaranti yeya, idani taya tyam attano nicchayamittam nissaya kutum-
bassa samiko jato, porana pana niccbayamittam nissaya yimanasamika
jata“ ’ti yatya tena yacito atitam ahari:
Atite Baranasiyaiii Brabmadatte rajjaiii karente
Bodhisatto ranno iiyyane knsanaligacclie devata butva
nibbatti. Tasmiiii neva pana ny^ane inam nissaya
ujugatakkhandlio pariraandalasakliavitapasampaiino'* ranno sail-
tika laddliasainmano rucarukkbo® atthi, mukkliako ti pi vuccati.
Tasmim eko mabesakkbadevaraja nibatti. Bodliisattassa tena
saddhiiii mittasantliavo abosi. Tada raja ekasmim ekattliain-
bb^ke pasade vasati, tassa so tbamblio call, atb’ assa calita-
bliavaiii ranno arocesum. Raja vaddbaki® pakkosapetva ,,tata%
inama ekattbambhakassa® inamgalapasadassa tbambho calito,
ekaiii sarathambhaiii abaritva taiii niccalaiii karotha^' ’ti aba.
Te jjsadhn deva‘‘ ’ti ranno vacanam sampaticchitva tadannc-
^ K -rakkiiamkam. ^ K »nam. ® Bi^pattabharara. / K parimandasakha-. Bp
iwailgaiarakkho. ® K vaddhakim. ^ both K and Bp tata. ® Bp ekathambhassa=
442
I. Efeanipata. 13. Kusanallvagga,
chavikaiii riikkliaiii pariyesamano annattlia adisva iiyyanam
pavisitva tam iixukkhakarukkhaBi Vdisva raiiiio saiitikaiii agantva
jjkim tata dittlio VO tadaniicchaviko rulddio*'*' ti vutte sjdittlio
deva, api ca klio naih chindituiii na visaliama'V 'ti aliaiiisu*
jjKiiiikarana^ ti, Mayam M afinattha riikldiaih apassaiita uyyanaiii
pavisimlia, tatrapi thapetva mamgalarukkhaiii anSam na pas-
samaj iti tam maihgalarukkhataya cMiiditiiiii na visallama^^ 'ti.
jjGaccliatha, chinditva pasadaih thiraiii karotha, raayaiii ailnaili
mamgalarukkham karissama^^ ’ti. Te ^sadlifi*^ ’ti balikamiiiaiii
galietva uyyanaiii gantva ,jsve cliindissama^^ ’ti rukkhassa ball-
kammaiii katva nikkliamimsu. Riilddiadevata tam karanam
natva jjsve mayliam vimanaiii nasessaiiti , darake galietva
kiiliim gamissamiti*' gantabbattlianam apassanti^ puttake
givaya gahetva parodi. Tassa sandittliasainbliatta vanadevata^
agantva ,jkiiii etan^*^ ti piiccliitva taiii karanam siitva sayani
pi vaddliakinam patikkliipanaupayaiii apassantiyo taiii parissa-
jitva roditiiih arabhiriisu. Tasmiiii samaye Bodhisatto ^riikklia-
devatam ^ passissamiti^^ tattha gantva tain karanam sutvjl ^botii^
ma cintayittlia, aharii rakkhaiix cMnditiiiii na dassamij sve vad-
dhakinaiii agatakale mama karanam passatlia^' ’ti tava devata
samassasetva ptmadivase vaddhakinaiii agatavelaya kakaii*^
takavesam galietva vaddhakinaiii purato gantva mamgalaruk-
kliassa mrilamtararii pavisitva taiii riikkliaiii susiraiii viya katva
rukkharaajjliena abliinlliitva kliandhamatthakuno nikkliamitva
sisaih kampayamano^ nipajji. Maliavaddliaki naih kakantakafn
disva rukkliaih liatthena paharitva jjsusirariikkho eso niss^’o,
iiiyyo anupadliaretvji va balikainmam kariuilia^^ ’ti okaghanaoi
0 .
nialianikkliaih garaliitva pakkami. Eukkhadevata Bodliisattaiii
nissaya vimanassa samini jatir. Tassa patisantharattlulya sail-
' K inukkliarukkliaiii, BP. sumiikkhakam-. ^ K -tL nikkliadevat.if K ruk
kbadevata vanadevata. ^ K upasantiyo. ^ so Bi*; K -devata, ^ both K aotl
Bp kampamano.
I, Kusanipjataka. (12!).
■44a'
dittliasambliatta [ baM devata sannipatiiiisu* Rukkiiadevata
jjvimanam me laddlian^^ ti tutthacitta tasaiii devatanam majjlie
BodMsattassa gunaiii kathayamaiia „blio elevate, iiiayam malie-
sakklia liutvapi dandhapaMataya imaiii upayam iia janimlia,
kusanalidevata pana attano nanasampattiya amlie vimanasamike
akasi , mitto nama sadiso pi adhiko pi hfno pi kattabbo
va, sabbe pi M attano tliamena sahayanaiii nppannam dnkkhaib
nittliaritva suklie patitthapenti yeva*^ ’ti mittadliamnmm vanna-
yitva imaiii gatham aha:
Kare sarikkho athavapi settho
nihlnako capi kareyya eko,
kareyyun te vyasane uttamattliam
yatlia aliaiii^ knsaiiali^ rncayan ti. 117.
Tattba kare sarikkho ti jatiadihi sadiso pi niittadhamm<am karej’ya,
athavapi settho' ti Jatiadihi settho adhiko pi kareyya, nihitiako ciVpi ka-
reyya eko ti eko Jatiadihi hino pi mittadhammam kareyy’ eva, tasma sahbe
pi^ ete mitta katabba yeva ’ti dipeti, kliiikarana: kareyyuih te vyasane
iittamatthaiii sabbe p’ ete sabayakassa vyasapa tippaniie attano attano patta-
bhiraih® vahamaOti nttamattham kareyyura, kayikacetasikadukkhato taih sahayakarh
moceyyum eva ’ti attho, tasma Mno pi mitto katabbo yeva pag eva Hare, tatr^
idaih opammaiii: yatha aharii knsanal! rucayam yatha ahaiii rucayam nib-
battadevala ayaii ca kusanalidevata appesakkha mittasanthavaiij karimha, latrap^
jihaiii mahesakkhapi samana attano uppaimaiii dukkhaiii balatSya anupayakusala-
laya harituih iilisakkhini, imaih® paiiaappesakkham pi samanaiii panditaiii devataih
Tiissaya diikkhato mutto ’inliiti.
5 , Tasma afinelii pi dnkkha mnccitukamelii pi samavisittlia-
hhavaiii ' aiioloketva hlno pi pandito mitto katabbo^^ ti riicadcvata
imaya gatliaya devasaiiighassa dliammam desetva yavatayukaih
tliatva saddhiiii kiisanalidevataya yatlijikainmairi gala#
Sattha iinaiii dliammadesanam aharitva jatukum sanioflhdnesi :
tsTadii. rncadevata Anando ahosi, kusanaiideTata pana aluiin eva"‘ ’ti.
Kusaiiaiijatakam.
^ so Bi>; K sail di ft ha-. * so both JK ■ and BP ■instead of ayaiii ? K. -nali. * so
BFj K hi. ^ K pannabhitnirii. ® so BPj- K -idaih. ^ so .BP, K samani-. .
. , 444, . , I, Ekanipata: ,13,. Kiisanalivagga. , . ■ . .
2. Dummedhajataka* ^ ^
Yasam laddliana dammedlio ti. Idarii Satihl Yeliivanc
yiharanto Devadattam arabbba kathesi. Dhammasabliayam lii bliik-
khii ,»avuso DeTadatto Tatbagatasi?a piimiacaiidasassirikaiii inakharii
asitiaimyya5jaiiadyattimsamalmpiirisalakklmnapa,timanditam byamappa-
bbaparikkliittam avelaveiaya yaniakayamakabluita glianabuddbarasiHiyo
yissajjeatam paramasobhaggappattam attabliaYan ca oloketvi cittaiii
pasadetuffi na sakkoti, usuyani eva karoti, ‘Buddha nania eTaripena
sileua samadbina pannaja vimuttiya Timuftinanadassanena samaniiagata’
‘ti vuccamane Vyannam saliitiim ua sakkoti, iisiiyanr' era karotiti“
Beyadattassa agunam kathesum* Sattha agantya j^kaya im Hlha
bbikkliaye etaraM katbaya samiisiniia** ti puccbitya sjimaya nania“ ’ti
yutte „na bhikkhaye idan’ eva Devadatto mama vanne bhannaniane
usuyaiii karoti, piibbe pi akasi yeya“ ’ti yatya atitam ahari:
Atite Magadharattlie Rajagahanagare ekasmiiii Maga-
dharaje rajjam karente Bodhisatto Iiattliiyoniyaiti nlbbat*
titva sabbaseto aliosi hettlia vaniiitasadisaya'^ rOpasampattiya.
samannagato. Atha naiii j^lakklianasampamio ayaii®^ ti so raja
mamgalahatthiiii® akasi. Ath’ ekasmiiii chanadivase sakalaiia-
garaiii devanagaraiii viya alaiiikaritva sabbalamkai\apeitiioanditam
mamgalahattliim abhiruliitva maliaiitena raj axuiblia vena iiagaraiii
padakkliinaiii akasi. Mabajano tattlia tattlia thatva maihgala”-
hattliino rupaggappattam sariram disva ^alio rdpam alio gati
abo lila* aho lakkhanasampatti, evariipo iiiima sabbasetuvarano
cakkavattiranho aiiucchaviko*' ti mamgalahattliim ova vanneti.
Raja maiiigalahatthissa vannam sutva sahitiuii asakkonto usilyAiii
appadetva ' j^ajj’ eva taiii pabbatapapat?! patetva ,jivitakkliayam
papessamiti^® hatthacariyaiii pakkosapetva 5 j,kin ti katva taya,
ayaiii nago sikkliapito*^ ti aha. jjSusikkhapito devfi“ ’ti.
susikkhito^ diissikkhito*‘ . ti. ■ ,.,Siisikkiiito deva“ ’ti. „Yadi
^ K *ne. ® K usoyyav. ^ K -iio. varmita-. K lakkbaua- K -Itattbi'
^'Kpla.
445
2. Diimmedhajataka. (122).
siisikkhito sakkhissasi tarii Vepallapabbatamattliakam aropetmi*'*
ti. jjAma deva“ ’ti. „Tena hi ehiti^^ sayarii * otaritva liattha-
cariyam aropetva pabbatapadam gantva hatthacariyeiia liattlii-
pittlie iiisiditva va iiatthimhi ^ V epullapabbatamattliakaih aropite ^
say am pi amaccaganaparivnto pabbatamatthakaiii abliiriiliitva
liattliim papatabliiraiikhaiii karetva „tvam ‘^maya esa susikkhito'
ti vadesi/ till! yeva tava naiti padelii thapeMti^^ aha. Hattba-
cariyo pittliiyam iiisiditva va „bho tilii ptMelii ’ti hat-
thissa pajpiikaya sauhaiti adasi. Puna raja j^dvihi porimapadelii
tliapehlti®^ aha. Mahasatto dve pacchimapade ukkhipitva purima-
padehi atthasi, 5,pacchimapadehi yeva^^ ’ti viitte pi dve
pnrimapade iikkhipitva pacchimapadehi attbasi, ,,ekena^* ’tl
vutte pi tayo pade iikkhipitva eken" eva atthasi. Ath’ assa
apatanabhavam natva „sace pahosi akasena thapeliiti^*^ aha.
Acariyo ciiitesi: 5,sakaia,]anibudTpe imioa sadiso susikkhitahaithi
llama n’ atthi, nissariisayaih pana naiii esa papjite patetvji mfi-
retokamo bhavissatiti^^ so tassa kannamille mantes!: ,,tata»
ayaih raja taiii patetva maretukarao^ ua tvaiii etassa annccha-
viko, sace te akasena gantmii balaiii atthi mam yathanisinnani
yeva adiiya vehasaih abbhuggantva Bilranasiih gacclui^'^ ti.
Punfiiddhiyjl samannagato Mahasatto tain khanaih fieva akase
atthasi. Hattliacariyo ^jinaharaja, ayaih hatthi pimniddhiya
samannagato na tadisassa mandapniifiassa diibbiiddhino aiuie-
chavikOj, panditassa piinfiasampaiinassa rafiho anncchavikos ta-
disa llama mandapiulha evarfipam vahanam labhitva tassa giinaiii
ajaiianta tail c’ eva® vahanam avasesah ea yasasanipattihi
iiasenti yevil^^ ’ti vatvi:'. hatthikkl|pndhe iiisiinio va iinaoi
gatham aha:
Yasaiii laddliana clnmmedho anatthaiii earati attano^
attano ca paresah.;ca /hiihsiya patipajjatltL ■ A, 18 . ■ ^
^ k yaiu ^ sn K hattiji.mpi ' K aroivito,- ^
k “iiaslyajii. '' Iv (*f?
446 I. EkanipatA* 13. KusanaHvagga.
Tatr^yaiii samkhepattho : maharaja tadiso dummedho nippaimo piaggalo
parivarasampattim labhitva attano anatthaiii carati, kimkarana: so hi yasaniada-
matto kattabbaiii ajananto attario paresan ca hiiiisaya patipajjati, hiihsa vuocati
kilaioaiiam diikklmppadanam, tadatthaya evaiii pajjatiti.
Evaiii imaya gathaya ranilo dhaininam desetva jjtittlia daiii
tvan'^ akase appatitva^ Baranasim^ gantva rajamgaiie akase
atthasi. Sakalanagaram samkliubhitva jjamliakaiii raiifip aka-
seiia varavarano agantva rajangaiie ti ekakolahalam aliosi,
Vegena raiiilo pi arocesum. Raja nikkiiamitva ^sace mayliam
upabliogattliaya agato si bhumiyam patitthabiti^^ aba. Bodhi-
satto bhumiyam patittbasi. Acariyo otaritva- rajaiiaiii vanditva
„kuto agato si vutte „Rajagahato^' ti vatva sabbaiii
pavattim arocesi. Raja 5 >manapan te tata kataih idhagacchan*-
tena‘‘ ti haRhatuRbo nagaram sajjapetva varanam mam gala-
hattbittliane thapetva sakalarajjaiii tayo kottliase katva ekaiii
Bodhisattassa adasi ekaiii acariyassa, ekaiii attaua aggahesi.
Bodliisattassa agatakalato patthay’ eva pana ranno sakala-Jara-
biidipe rajjam hattliagatam eva jataiii. So Jambudipe aggaraja
hutva danadini punnani katva yathakamraam agamasi.
Sattba imam dbammadesenaik abaritYa jatakatii samodlianesi :
„Tada Magadliaraja Deyadatto ahosi, Baranasiraja Sariputto, hattlia”
cariy 0 Anaiido, battbi pana abam eva** ’ti. Bummed b aj‘ a t a k a m .
3. Nangalisajataka.
Asabbattbagamivacan ti. Idaiii Sattba Jetavane viba*’
ranto Laludayittheram arabbba katbesi. So kira dhammaiij
katbento ,,imasmirii thane idjam katbetabbam, imasmiiii Bianc idaiii na
kathetabban“ ti yuttayuttaiii na janati, mamgalc a.Taiiiamgalani Tadauio
,,tirokuddesu titfchanti sandhisimghatakesu ca‘*“ ti inuitn aTamuiiigalyaiii
animiodanam katbesi, avamamgallesii anumodanaiii karooto „ba!ul deva
manussa ca niaibgalani acintayun'’‘‘ ti ratya .,eYarupniiaiii maibgalanaiii
^ add: vutteV * K uppattitva. * K -nasTyarii. ^ <‘fr. Ohnders' Klmdd, PfifhE
p. II. ^ cfr, Childers’ Kh. P. p. 5.
3 . Kailgalisajataka. ( 123 .)
447
sataiii pi sabassaai pi katum saniattha liiotba“ ’ti yadati. Atk’ ekadi-
Tasaiii dlianuuasabbayam bhikkliti „ayusd Laladayi yuttayufctam oa
jaimti. sabbattha abliasitabbavacaiii ^ bhasatiti“ katliaiii samuttbapesiiiii.
Sattiia ag'antTa ,,kaya nu ’ttha bbikkbaye etarabi kathaya saBiiismaa'V
ti piiccbitya „iuia.ya nania“ ’ti yutte „iia bbikkhave Laludayi idao’
e^ya dandhaparisakkano kathento yattayuttam na janati, piibbe pi eva-
rupo abosi. niccalalako yeya hi esa‘* ti yatya atitarii abari ;
Atite Baraiiasiyaffi Brahmadatte rajjam karente
B 0 d li i s a 1 1 0 b r a li m a ii amahasarakule nibbattitva vayappatto
Takkasilayam sabbasippam iiggaiihitva Baranasiyaiii disapa-
inokkbo acariyo iintva pancamaiiavakasatam^ sippaiii vacesi.
Tadil tesu iiianavesu eko daiidhaparisakkaHO lalanianavo dliam-
raaiitevasiko biitva sippaiii nggaiiliati, dandliabhayena paiia
ugganhitnm .na sakkoti, Bodliisattassa paiia upakaro hdti, daso
viya sabbakiccaoi karoti. x4th’ ekadivasam Bodhisatto saya-
inasaiii bluinjitva sayane siinipanno taiii nianavarh hatthapada-
pittbiparikammani katva gaccliantaiii aha-b 5 ,tata niancapade
npatthamblietva yaliiti'^^ Manavo ekaiii padaiii opattliainbljetva
ekassa npatthambbanam alabhanto attano urnmhi tbapetva rattiiii
kliepesi. Bodhisatto paccusasamaye ntthaya taiii disva ^^kim
tata nisinno pncchi. ^Acariya nmncapadassa upatthani-
bhanam alabhitva lirumhi tliapetva nisinno ’mbiti^^ Bodhisatto
saiiivigganianaso Imtva „ayam ativiya nmyhaiii npakaro, otta-
kanaih pana niana,vakaoaih‘^ antare ayam eya dandho^ sippaiii
sikkhitum na sakkoti, katham nn kho ahaiii iinaih panditam
kareyyan^* ti cintesi. Ath"-. assa etad ahosi: *^atth' eko iipayo,
a'liaio imaih munavaiii darimtthaya* p'aiinatthaya gantva ilgataih
'ajjo to kiiii dittluini kiih kataif ti paccMssanii, naina
ajja inaya ditthaih idaiii katair' ti ficikkhissatis atha natli Hayfi
ditthad ca kataa ca kidisaif ti pncdiissiini , so, /'evarOpairi
^ K adds sabbaffJia ® K -iiKuiaya", ' Jv' maiiava-« ■ li d.iruhattbSya,
448
f. Ekanipata. 13. Kiisanalivagga.
oama’ ’ti iipamaya ca karaneiia ca kathessati, iti naiii navaiii
navam iipaiiian ca karanan ca katllapetva imiiia cpayeiia paii-
ditaiii karissaraiti^^^ so tarn pakkositva ,,tata iBaimva ito^^p
thaya daruattlmya pannatthaya va gatatthaiie yaiii te tattlm
dittliam Va bliuttam va pxtaiii va khaditaiii va lioti taiii
agantva mayhaiii aroceyyaslti^* alia. So ,jsadhfi^‘' ’ti patisoiiitva
ekadivasarli laanaveki saddhirii dariiatthaya arafinaiii gato tattlia
sappaiii disva agantva j^acariya sappo me dittlio^^ ti arocesi.
5,Sappo nama tata kidiso Iiotiti^^ „Seyyathapi nafigallsa*'’'^
ti. So „sadhii tata, raanapa te upama aliata, sappa nama
nangalisasadisi® va lionti^^ Atha Bodliisatto ,,inanavakena
inaiiapa upama aliata, sakkhissami nam panditaih katiin*'^ ti
cintesi. Manavo puna ekadivasarii aranfie hatthim disva „Iiatthi
me acariya dittlio‘'‘ ti aha. „Hattlu nama tata kidiso^^ ti.
,,Seyyathapi iiangalisa*^ ti. Bodliisatto ,jliattliissa soiida nan-
galisasadisa lioti, daiitadayo evarupa, ayam pana balataya vi-
bhajitva’^ kathetuiii asakkoiito sondam saiidliaya katliesi, mande*^
ti tiinhl ahosi. Atli’ ekadivasam nimantane ucchoiii labliitva
„acariya ajja mayarii ucchiim khadimlia*' ti, ,,ucclur’ nama
kldiso^^ tivutte 5,seyyatlia.pi iiangalisa^'^ ti ilha. Acariyo „tliokam
patirupakaraiiaih katheslti^^ tanlii jato. Pun'’ ekadivasam ni-
mantane ekacce maiiava® gulaiii dadlihm bhunjiiiisu ekacee
kliTrena. So agantva „acariya aJja niayam dadliina klilrena ca
bhunjiulha” ti vatva ,,dadliiklHram nama kldisaiiP liotiti'^'*' vutte
„seyyatliapi nangalTsa^^ ti alia, Acariyo „ayani manavo'' ^sappo
nailgaiisasadiso’ ti katheiito tiiva siikatliitaih kathesi, ''Iiattlu"
nailgalisasadiso’ ti katheoitenapi® sondaih sandhaya lesena ka-
thitam, 'ucchum nangalisasadisaif ti katliane pi kso attlii,
dadhikhlrani pana nlccam pandarani pakkliittablnljanasanthanani.
1 so K -ssamati.^ ^ K nangalasisasadiso. ^ K nailgalislsatlisa. li vlliajilvil
^ K ucehu. K -mana-. K kidiso,' Bj^ klmdisaui, K liafiliiiii ® K ka-
thento nama pi corv, to kattientenapi?
4. Arnbajataka, (1*24.)
449
idlia sabbeim sabbaib upamam na katliesi, na sakka imam
lalakam sikkhapetiin” ti vatva imam gatbam alia:
Asabbattbagaraim vacaiii balo sabbattba bliasati,
iiayaiii dadhiih vedi na nangallsamj
dadhim p’ ayaiii^ mannati nailgalTsan ti. 119.
Tafruyaiii saihkliepattho: ya vaca opamraavaseria sabbattha iia gacdiati taia
asabbatiliagfimivacans' bulo daiidhapuggalo sabbattba bbasatl, luuiui
kulisair*^ ti piifiho jjSeyyatbapi nailgalisa" ti vadat* eva, evarii vadaiito iirsyanr*
d a (1 h f ih V o. i \ I n a n a li g a I T s a rii , Idrakdraiia : yasm a <1 a d In ni j) ' a y a lit
inanuati'’ na figalTsaiit yasma ayarii dadhim pi nafigailsam eva mannati
afbavu dadbiti dadhim eva payan ti kbiram, dadhin ca payafi ca dadhipayaiis
yasmii dadbikhlrani pi ayaiii nafigailsam eva mafinati®, tiidiso cayaiii' baio kiiii
imiiia ti antevasTnaiii gatbaiii kathetva paribbayam datva tain iiyyojesi.
Sattiui inia.iii dhamniadesanam aharitva jatakain samodliaoesi :
.,Tada laiamanavo Laludayif ahosi, ■ disapanmkkliacaidyo , pana abaiii
eva“ ’ti, Naiigadisajat'akam. .
4. Arnbajataka.
Vaj^ametlieya puriso'. ti, Idaiii S a Hit a Jetarane viharanlo
ekaih vattasampannam brabmanam arabliba kathesi. So kirn
SaYattluyasikiilapatto sasane araai ■ datva pabbajitva vattasainpainio
abosi , acarijupajjliayamttani' paaiyaparibbojaniyaaposathagarf^jantii-
gdiaradivattaiii''^ ca ssadlmkara, karoti," 'cuddasasu rnaliavattesii asitikbaii-
dbakavaiiesu ea parlpra’akan^-. ',yeva abosi, viharaiii saraiiiajjai n
parivenaiii rikkaniamalakam vibaraniaggam sammaljati, mannssaiiaiit
paiuyadi deii. Maniissa tassa vattasaiiipattiyam pasiclitva pnilcasatamatiani
dlii^vabbattani adaibst!, Maliilibbasakkaro ‘uppajji, Tani iii.ssaja ba-
buniiaiii plnisuvibaro jito, Atb’ ekadivasaib dbaiimia-sablnijan'i bbikkha
katkiiii saRmfibapesiim : ^avaso /.asako i^nia bbikkhu attaiio vatta-
sainpaitiya imiluintaiii labliasakkaraiii nibbatosi, tajii ckaiii nissaya
babiiniiaiii pbasuvibaro jato*‘ , ti. ■■■Sattba agaaivii „k5ya na "it ha
^ both K and BiMladhippayaih. ® so. -Ik; K -gamivammraiii, K
^ K dadbippayaiiii Ik diidbipi, ^ K mailneti, ^ so K dadhippayadn ^ K
raya, * K -jaiiiyaiimposatlulgrtrajannugbara*, ® K -ri. K -innh. K vikka-
mfdakann Bt' vltlkamalakaiii. Ab^ dhimi-;. K ■dhata-. ■ . .
, 211
450
h Ekanipala. 13. Kusaualivagga.
bliikkliare etarahi katbaja saunisinna^* ti piicchitya ,,imaya iiania*^ ’ti
Yutte „Ba bhikkliave idan’ eva piibbe p’ ayaiii bbikklm yattasampanno,
pubbe p' etarh ekam aissaya panca isisatani phalaplialatthaya agantya
etcii' eva aintapbalapbalelii yapesun“ ti yatva atitaiii aliari:
Ante Biiranasiyam Brahiiiadatte rajjam karente
B 0 d h i s a 1 1 0 n d i c c ab r a li m a n a kiile nibbatti tva vayappatto ^
isipabbajjam pabbajitva pancasataisiparivaro pabbatapade vibasi.
Tada Himavante cando nidagho ahosi, tattha tattha panlyani^
cliijjimsuj tiracchana. pamyam alabhamana kilaraaoti. Atba
tesu tapasesii eko tapaso tesaiii pipasadukkbam disva ekaih
rakkbaih chinditva donim^ katva pfiniyam ussincitva doniih^
puretva tesaih painyam adasi. Bahusti sannipatitva paniyam
pivantesu tapasassa phalapbalattlmya ganianokaso iia liosi, so
niraliaro pi pamyam deti yeya. Migagana. cintesiiih: 5,ayam
amliakaiii paniyam dento plialapbalattliaya gaiitiim okasaiii
na labliati, niraliarataya ativiya kilamatij Iiaiida inayaih katbi-
kam V karoma/' ’ti te katbikam'^ akaiiisu: jpto pattbaya paniyarfa
pivanattbaya agacchantena attano balanunlpena plialaiii gahetva
va agantabban^V ti. Tato^’ pattbaya ekeko tiraccbaiio attano
balanmTipena madburamadhiirani ambajambiipanasadmi gabetvi
agaccbati, ekassa attbaya abbataih phalapbalaih addbateyya-
sakatabharappamanam ahosi j pailcasata tapasa tad era pari*
bliunjanti, atirekaifa chaddiyitthab Bodliisatto taih disva j^ekaiij
nama vattasampamiam nissaya ettakanaiii tapasanaiii pbala-
phalatthaya agantva yapanaiii uppainiaiii, Tiriyaih nama katabliam
Qygii yatva imam gathaui aba:
Vayametb’ eva pnrisOy nibbindeyya paiiditOj {Ctr.supra p.vtjs.)
vayamassa pbalarii passa; blmtta*^ amba amtiluin''* ti. 120.
Tatrayaiii samkhepattho: pandito attaiio vattapuraiuidike kamniaiiihi ^fiya-
meth’ ova Jia ukkantheyya, kiriikarana: vayfimassa nipphaiataya abhavato in
^ K vayapatto. ^ K pamyati. K doiii. ** K doniiii. K katikaui. K tatiato,
' both K and chaddayittha, ^ K bhutta. anitiha
451
5. Katahakajataka. (1254
Mahasatto ,,vriyamo nama saphalo va liQtiti** isiganarh alapaiito v ay am ass a
pbalam passa ’ti aha, kidisaih: bhutta amba aintlham ^ tattha amba ti
desanamattaih^, tehi pana nanappakarani phalapbalani abhatani, tesu sampan na-
tarauani ussariiiatarariarn va vavSena amba ti vuttarii, imehi yeva® pancaM isisatehs
sayaih arannam gantva ekassa atthaya anTta amba bhutta, idam vayaniassa
phalaih, tai ca kho pana anitiham, iti ha asa iti ha asa ’ti evaiii itihitihana*^
gahatabbara na hoti, paccakkham eva tarn phalaiii passa ’ti,
Evam Maliasatto isigaiiassa ovadam adasi
Sattha imaiii dhammadesanam aharitya jatakaiii saiiiodbaoesi ;
,,Tada vattasampamio tapaso ayaiii bhikklm ahosi, ganasattlia pana
aliam eva** ’ti. Ambajatakam,
5. Katahakajataka.
Baliuni pi so yikattlieyja ’ti, Idam Sattha Jetayane
viharanto ekam yika.ttliikam'' bliikkhum arabbha kathesi. Tassa
vatthinii hetthakathitasadisam eva.
Atlte Baranasiyam Brahmadatte rajjaiii karente
Boclhisatto maliavibhavo setthi ahosi. Tassa bliariya puttam
vijayi. DasI*' pi ’ssa taiii divasaiii yeva puttaih vijayi. Te
ekato vaddliimsu. Settliiputte’ lekham sikkhante va** daso pi
’ssa plialakaiii vahamano gantva ten’ eva saddliiiii lekhaiii sikkhi.
Dve tayo volulre akasi. So anukkatnena vacaiiakusalo yiiva
abhirupo aliosi nfunena Kataliako nama. So setthigliare bhanda-
garikakainmaiii karonto cintesi: ,,na inaiii ime sabbakalaiii blian-
dagfirikakaminaih'** karessanti, kincid eva dosam disva taletva^^
bandhitva iakklianena aiiiketva dasaparibliogena pi paribliiuljis-
santi, paccante kho pana settMssa saliayako setthi attlii^ yan
iiunahaili setthissa vacanen’ eva- leklmiii ildaya tattha gantva
baliaiii setthiputto’ ti vatva taiii setthim vaficotva tassa dlilta-
raiii galietvfi sukhaih vaseyyaii^*^'' so say«‘im eva paniiaih
Mb'; aiiitlha, K nltihahi. Mv dt^saiKiiiinialtanij Bf dc^sanasTsainattafii. so 10^ :
K ye Imo. ^ so li; Bf aiiititam iti ha -..asa' iti " 0 '?am:' itiheua ; read . ..evafn iiihn,
ltlhena‘? * K vikatthakaiii. Bf vikatihitam, K ddsl. Mv -piitto. K ra. K
-gaiikammaiii. K trdetva.
20 ^
452
I. P^kanipata. 13. Knsaiialivagga.
galietva 5,ahani asukam nama mama puttaiii tava santikam
paliiiiiiii, aviihavivaliasambandbo iiama rnayiiaiii tayil tuyliaii ca
maya^ saddhiiii patirfipo^ tasiua tvaih imassa darakassa attano
dliltaraiii datva etaiii tattli’ eva vasapelii, ahara pi okasaiii
labhitva agaiiiissamlti** likhitva setthiss’ eva muddikaya lailjetva
ytatliarucim paribbayafi c’ eva gandliavattliadini ca galietva pac-
cantaiii gantva settliim vanditva atthasi. Atlia nam sett.lii jskuto
agato si tatiV^ ’ti pucclii. „Baranasito‘'. ^/Kassa pntio^^ ti\
5,Baraimsisetthissa'‘ ’ti, jjKeii’ attheiiagato siti^', Tasmiih
kliane Kataliako ^^idam disva jaiiissatha“ ’ti paniiaih adasi.
Settlii pannaih vacetva j^idan’ abaiii jivami iiama*'' ’ti tuttlia-
citto^ dhitaram datva patittliapesi. Tassa parivaro malianto
ahosi. So yagakhajjakadisa va vatthagandhadisu va iipaniteso
j,evam pi iiama yaguiii pacanti"^ evaih kliajjakaih evaiii bliattaiii,
abo paccantavasika nama‘‘ ’ti yagioidini garaliati%
cantavasibliaven’ eva satake valetuiii^ na jiirianti5 gandiie piih-
siturii pupplmiii gaiithitam' na janantiti^^ vattliakammantikadayo
garahati, Bodhisatto pi dasarii apassarito ^^Katahako na dissatij
kaliaiii gato, pariyesatlia nan'* ti samanta maoiisse payojesi.
Tesu eko tattlia gantva taiii disva saiijanitva attnnam'" ajana-
petva® gantva Bodliisattassa arocesi. Bodhisatto taiii pavattiih
sutva ^^ayiittaih tena kataih 5 gantva galietva agacehissamiti*'
I’ajaiiaxh apucchitva mahantena parivarena iiikklianii. jjBettlii
kira pacoantam gacchatltP^ sabbattiia pakato jato. Kaiahako
5,setthi kira agaccliatiti^' sutva cintesi: ^jiia so aiineiia karanena
agaccliatij maiii nissay’ ev’ assa iigamanena bliavitabbaiii, sace
panahaiii palayissaini puna jigantiuii na sakka bliavissatij althi
pan’ esa upayo: sainikassa pi^‘ pathaiii gantva dasakanimaiii
katva tain eva aradhessamitp^ So tato pattbaya parisaiiuijjbe
evaiii bbasati: ^Anhe balamanussii. attano balabbavena imltii-
^ K adds ca. ® K titi K tutthamitto. ^ K pavaiiO. K garalifui. in> \a"
lancetuih. both K and B3> gandhituiih K atta. *' K ajana-. K ayuntaii). ^ ^ K ppl.
45H
5. Katabakajataka. (125).
pitiiiioaiij guiiaiii ajananta tesaiii bliojaiiavelaya apacitikammaiii
akalva tohi saddliiih yeva blmnjautij mayaiii pana liultapituiinaiii
bhojanakale patiggaliam upanema klielasarakam upanema blmja-
iiani ’ upanema paniyam pi vijanim^ pi galietva upaoittliama*''
’ti yava sarlravalaiijanakale udakakalasam adaya paticchannat-
thanagamana sabbam daseH samikaiiaiii kattabbaldccaih pakaaesi.
So evam parisaiii ugganliapetva Bodhisattassa paccantasamTpaih
agatakale sasiirain avoca: ^tata mama kira pita tiimhakam
da,ssanatthaya agaccliati, tumlie kbadanlyabliojanlyam patiyfida-
petiia^ ahaih pannakaram galietva patipathaiii gaccliamiti^'^. So
jjSadliii tata^^ ’ti sampaticchi. Katahako baliinir* pamiakararii
adaya maliaiitena parivarena gaiitva Bodbisattaiii vaiiditvi panna-
karaiii adasi. Bodliisatto pi pannakarani galietva texia saddliiih
patisantliaram katva patarasakale kliaiKlliavaraiii iiivasetva san-
ravalanjaiiattliaya paticcliannattlianarh pavisi. Katahako attauo
parivaraiii nivattetva kalasam ildaya Bodhisattassa saotikam
gaiitva udakakiccapariyosane padesu patitva j^sami ahaiii tmii-
liakaiii yattakaiii icchatha tattakaiii dlianaiii dassami, nia me
yasaiii antaradliapayittha^^ *ti alia. Bodliisatto tassa vattasam-
padaya pasiditva 5,ma bliayi, n’ attlii te mama saiitlka. antanlyo^*^
ti samassasetva paccantanagaram pavisi. Malianto sakkaro aliosi,
Katahako pi ’ssa nirantaraiii dasena kattabbakiccaih karoti.
Atlia naih ekaya velaya sukliaiiisimiam paccaiitasettlii aha:
5,mahasetfhi maya tiimhakam pannam disva tumhakaih piittassa
darika. dhiiia/* ti. Bodhisatto Katahakam puttain eva katva
aiiucchavikaiii piyavacaiiaih vatva setthiiii tosesi. Tato patthaya
Katahakassa mukhaiii ulloketum saiimttlio nama nahosi. Ath’
ekaJivasaiii Mahasatto settMdhitarai^^^^ pakkositva ,,ehi amma,
si'se me Oka vicina"® ’ti vatva tarn : agautva ilkil galietva tliitaia
piyavacamuh vatva kathesi: j>,kaeci V te mama putto sokliadukklie
^ K ludaiuliu. ^ K bijauim. ^ K. bahfi. ;sa | J1 aeti.
•154
]. Ekanipata. )3. Kusanaliv^^iga,
appaniattOj ublio Jana sammodainana samaggavasaiii vasatlia^
’ti pucchi. jjTata, setlMpiittassa anno doso n" attlii, kevalam
aharaiii garalmtlti**. ,>Ainma, niccakale p’ esa dukkliasilo vaj
api ca aliaiii tassa mukliabandliaimmantaiii tvaiii
sadlmkaiii ngganbitva mama pnttassa bliojanakale garaliaotassa
uggaliitaniyamen’ eva pnrato tbat?a vadeyyasiti^^ gatliam iigganlia™
petva katipahaiii vasitva Baranasim eva agamasi, Kaiabako pi
baliuiii kll^ldan^yabllojanlyam ^ adSya aiHimaggaiii gantva balimh
dhanam datva vanditva nivatti. Bodhisattassa gatakalato pat-
thaya atirekamani abosi. So ekadivasaiii settbidbitaya nfinag-
garasabhojanam upanetva katacchiiiir' adaya parivisantiya
bliattaiii garabitniti arabbi; Settbidluta Bodliisattassa santike
uggaliitaniyamena imam gatham aba:
Bahum pi vikattbeyya (Cfr. Upbam, Mahay. 3,3oi.)
annaiii janapadam gate,
anvagantvana^ duseyya^
bhunja blioge Katahaka ’ti. 121.
Tattha bahum pi so vikattbeyya annaiii janapadam gato tl yo
attaiio jatiblulmito aShani janapadam gato hoti yattli’ assa jatiiii iia jaiiattii so
babum pi vikattbeyya vambanavacanarii varioanavacanaih vadeyya, an vagaiuva-
na*' duseyya ’ti imam iava varaih samikassa patipathaiii gantva dasakifcassa
katatta kasahi pabaritva pitibicammuppatanato ca lakkhanabananato ca mutto si,
sace anaearaiii karosi puna annasmirii agamaiuivare '■ tava sdmiko anvagantvuiia
duseyya imaiii gehaih aim agantva kasfihi gbotebi'^ c’ eva^ iakkbanabaiiauena ca
tarn jatippakasanena ca duseyya npabanevya, tasina irnarn anrtcarajii paiiaya
bbunja bhoge Kat.ihaka ma paeeba attano dasabbavaih j-akafaih karctul
vippafisarT abositi, ayam ettha setfhino adluppfiyOj seuhidhTta pana ctam atthaiii
ajananti® uggahitaniyamena vyanjanani eva paylmdrtbasi.
Katabako 5 ,addha sdctbiiia mama namani ficikkliitva etissa
sabbaib katbitarh bhavissatiti^'-' tato pattbaya- puna bbattairi
garabituiii. ma visabi, nilunammio yatbaladdbaiii hliunjitva yatfui-
kammaiii gato.
^ K khadanibbojaniyaih. ^ K katuecbiniu K anatvaganatvd. K dnsscyya.
K antvagantvii. K -varena. ^ so K; ghaitebi. Mv meva, B ca. ^ K -ti
6. Asiiakkiiauajatafea. (i‘26.)
455
Sattiia imam (IliaiinEadesanasii aharitva jatakam .saaiudhauesi :
ijTada Katahako vikalthanabhikkliu ahosi, Baranasi-settkj pana aluuii
eya“ ’ti . K a t a h a k aj a taka m .
G. A s i I ak kli an aj a t ak a.
Tatlievekaftssa kaljanan ti. Idam Sattiia Jetavane yi-
haranto Kosaiai*anno a s i 1 a k k li a n a p a t h a k a b r a b ra a n ji lii arabbha
kathe-si. So kira. kamiEarebi raSno asinaiii abatakalo asiri! upasiih™
ghitTa asilakklianaih udaharati. So yesaiii liattbato labharii iabliati
tesasii ,,asi lakklianasampaimo mamgalasamyiitto*® ti yaclatk yesaiii
■hatthato na labiiatJ tesaih asiiii nn.valakkliano‘* ti gavahati. Atld eko
kanimaro asiiii katva kosiyam sukhurnarh maTicacuiinaiii pakkliii)itva
rarjfio iLsiiii filiaik Raja brahmanam pakkosapetra ,.asidi Tiiiiamsa.'*
'ti aim. Bralimanassa asiih akaddhitra upasimgliantassa maricaciinnani
nasaiii pavisitva kbipitukamatam uppadesiiith Tassa khipaotassa luisika
asidliaraya patihahi dvidlul cliijjik Tass*' ova iiasikayu cbinnabbaro
bbikklmsadiglio pakaiojato, AtlR ekadirasaih dlmninia.^abliayaiu bbikklui
katbaiii .samiittha pe.su iii : j^avuso ranSo kirn asilakkhanapatbako asilak-
klianadi ]>apia.nio naslkam ebindapesiti**. Sattba againtva „kaya im
’ttlia bbikkliave etaralii kathaya sannisinaa'* ti puccliitva ^raifiya naiiia**
ti vutte ,a'ia Idiikkljaro idan' eva so brabmano asidi ii|>asiiiigbaiito
iiasikacbeclaiik' paito, piibbe pi patto yeva*' ’ti yatva atitaiii almri;
Atite Barriiiasiyam Bralunadatte rajjaiii karente
tassa asi la kkha iiapa-tba ko brahma no aliosi. Sabbairi
paeeiippaunavattbusaclisam eva- Raja paiia tassa ' vejje
ciatva nilsikukotiiii pliasnkam karapetva lakbaya patina sikam
kfwetva puna taiii iipattbakam eva akasi. Baniimslrafifio paiia
piitto ii' attlii., eka dbita e" eva bhagineyyo ca ahesuiiu
pi iiblu) pi attano santike yeva va*ddlKlpesi, Te ekato vatB
dliita afijlainafiilaiii patibaddhacitta ahesiiin. Raja pi ainacce
pakkositva ,^!iiayliaiii bluTgineyvo iinassa- rajjassa samiko va,
cliiitaraiii etass" eva ciatva abbisekam assa karcnnitk' vatva piuia
* K ctililjji- Iv -echedaw.
456 L Ekanipata. 13 Kusanalivagga.
cintesi: ^mayliam bliagineyyo sabbatliapi iiatako yeva, etasisa
anfiaii} rajadhitaram anetva abliisekarii katva dhitaraiii auilassa
raiiiio dassami, evam no nataka baliu bliavissariti, dvinnain^ pi
rajunam^ mayam eva samika bliavissama^^ ti so amaccelii saddliini
samniantetva j^ubho p’ ete vismii katmii vattatiti^' bliagineyyaih
annasmim nivesane dlutnram aMasmim vasesi. Te solasika-
vassuddesikabliavam patva ativiya patibaddlmcitta aliesiiih.
kumaro „kena nn klio upayeim nmtuladlutaram rajageba niliara-
petuih sakka bhaveyya“ ’ti cintento jjatth’ eso upayo^^ ti
nialiaikklmnikam pakkosapetva tassa sahassabhandikaiii datva
5,kim niaya kattabban*"' ti vutte ,, amnia taya karontiya anippliatti
nama n’ attlii, kiiicid eva karanam vatva yatha mama ixiatulo
rajadhitaram antogeha mharapeti tatha karoliiti^* aha* ^jSadliu
sami^ aham rajanaiii upasamkamitva evaiii vakkliami : ^deva raja-
dhitaya upari kalakanm^ atthi, ettakaiir'^ kalaiii nivattitva olokeiito
pi n’ atthi, aham rajadhitaram asukadivase nama rathaiii arope-
tva bahu^ avudhahatthe purise adaya^ maliantena parivareria
sasanaih gantva mandalapittliikaya lietthamahce inatamaniissam
nipajjapetva uparimaixce rajadhitaram thapetva^ gandhodaka-
ghatanaiii atthuttarasatena nahapetva. kalakannim pavrihessamiti*'
evaiii vatva rajadhitaram siisanaiii nessami, tvaiii amhakam
tattha garaanadivase amliehi puretaram eva thokaih marica-
cunnam adaya aviidhahatthehi attano manusselri parivuto rathaiii
aruyha susanaiii gantva rathaih vsosanadvare ekadese thapetva
avudhahatthe maimsse siisaDavanaih pesetvu sayaiii susaoe
mandalapitthikam gantva inatako^ viya patikujjo hiitva, nipajja,
ahaiii tattha agantva upari maiicakaiii attliaritvil raja-
dhitaraih ukkhipitva thapessami, tvaiii tasmiiii khane inarica-
cunnaiii nasikaya pakkhipitva dve tayo vare khipeyyasij taya
\ so K dinnam. ^ BjP rajanam. ^ K samT. K -i.ini* so K etla-
K balui. K adaya. ® K thapetthfu ^ K inafnke. K uava.
457
0. Asilaklcbanajataka. (126.'
kliipitaluile aiayaiii^ rajadhitaram palmya palayissama% atliagaa-
tva rajadliitaraih sisaiiriiakapetva sayam pi sisaiii naliayitva taiii
adaya attaiio nivesanaih gacclieyyaslti^^ So j^sadliu^ sundaro
upayo^V ti saiiipaticchi. Sapi gantva ranilo tarn atthaih arocesis
raja sampaticehi. Rijadliitaya pi taiii antaraiii acikklii ^ sapi
sampaticchi. Sa nikldiamaiiadivase kmnarassa safifiam datva
iiialmiiteBa parivarena susanam gaccliant!*^ arakkhanianiissanaiii
bliayajanaiiattliam rilia: 5jEmya rajadlntaya mailce tbapitakale
Itetthamaiice iiiatapuriso kbipissati kHpitva va lietthamafica
nikkbamitva yaih patliamam passissati tarn eva galiessati, appa-
mattji bliaveyyatiia^^ ’ti. Rajakiimaro pnretaram gantva vutta-
nayen’ eva'‘ tattba nipajji. Maliaikklianika rajadhitaraih
iikkhipitva maiidalapittbikatthanaTh gacclianti ® , jina bbayiti^^'
safinapetva inance tliapesi. Tasiiiiili kliaiie kiimaro marica-
cuiiiiam nasaya pakkliipitva kliipi. Tena kliipitainatte yeva
maliiikkbanika rajadhitaram pahaya mabaravaiii ravamaiul
sabbapatliamaiii palayi. Tassa palatakalato patthaya eko pi
tliatmii' sainattho naina na liosi^ gahitagahitani ayudliani chadde-
Iva sabbe palayiiiisu. Kamaro yathasammantitara^ sabbaiii
katva rajadhltaraiii adaya attano mvesanam agamasi, Ikkhanika
gantva tarh karanaiii railfio ilroeesi. Raja j>pakatiyapi sa inaya
tass" ev” attbaya pnttha, payase chadditasappiih viya jatan“ ti
sampaticcliitva aparahlulge bbagineyyassa rajjaiii datva dhltaraih
nialiadeviih karesi. So taya saddhim sainaggavasani vasamano
dhammena rajjam karesi. Asilakkhaiiapatliako tass’ eva
upmtbako aiiosi, Tass" ekadivasam rajupatthanam agan*
tva patisuriyaiii thatvfi iipatthahanta^sa lakba viliyi , pati-
aasika hhilmiyani pati, so lajjaya adbomakbo atthasi. Atha
naiii raja |♦a,ribasa^^o „acariya, ma eintayittha, kbipitaiu
llama ekassa kalyaiiaih boti ekassa.. papakaih, tnmhehi kbipitena
’ m K amyri. ® so Br; K rssaml.: y. E. "M, . K -ianaiia-. K -iiayeta.
K -ti. ^ K tfluitudi. ^ m Ba; K -tfkam.
458
I. Ekauipata. 13. Kusaiialivagga,
nasa* iwayaiii pana matuladliitaram labliitva rajjam
papiuiimba^^ ’ti vatva iniaiii gatliam aha:
Tatli’ eva® kassa kalyanam, tatli' eva*' kassa papakaiii^
tasraa sabbaiii na kalyanaiii, sabbam vapi'^ wa papakaii ti. 122.
Tattha featheva® kassa Hi tad ev’ ekassa, ayain ova vfi patlio, dutiyapade
es eva nayo.
Iti SO imaya gathaya taiii karanam aliaritva daiiiidTai puil«
naiii katva yathakamnmni gato.
Sattha imaya desaiiaya lokasanimatanani kalyanapapakaiiam ane-
kariisikabhaYam pakasetva jafcakam samocihanesi : „Ta(Ia asilakkhana-
patliako etarahi asilakklianapatbako, bbagineyyo raja pana aliam eva
’ti, Asilakklianajatakam.
7, Kalancliikajataka.
Te desa tani vat than iti. Idaiii Sattiia Jetavane vibaranto
ekaiii yikattbikam bbikkhnm arabbba kathesi. Tattlia dve pi
vattbiini Katahaka-sadisan’ eva.
Idha pana esa Baranasiset.thino daso Kalanduko niima
aliosi. Tassa palayitva paccantasetthino dbitaram gahetva
mabantena parivarena vasanakale Briranasisettlii pariyesapetvapi
tassa gatattlianaih ajananto ,,gacGlia, KalaiHlukaih pjxriyesrp®
’ti attano pnttaih siikapotakaih povsesi. Sukapotako ea ito c’
ito caranto imih nagararii sampapiiui. Tasniim ca kfile Kalan-
duko nadikilam kilitukamo balmm inalagandhavilepanafi c'^^eva
kbadainyabhojaniyani^ ca galiapetva nadiih gantvfi settlddhT-
taya saddhim navarh araylia udake kT|ati, tasmin ca dese nadi-
kflam'’ kilanta*^ issarajitik?1 tikliinabhesajjaparivaritaih khlraiii
pivaiiti, tena tesam pi divasabliagam pi udake kljamtanaiu ’’ sTtaiii
^ both K and BP nasara. ^ Bp <.‘hijjayittha. Bi> tad eva. ^ Bp sabbaueaf.ii.
K. “niyabhojaniyani. * K. -kU*.
7. Kalanclukajataka. (127.) ^59
na badhati. Ayaiii pana Kalanduko kliiragandusaiii ^ galietva
iiiukliaili vikkbaletva tarn kliiraiii nuttlmbliati^ niittbiiblianto^ pi
iidake anutibubitva set.tliicllutaya sTse nuttliiibbati^ Siikapotako
pi iiaditlraih gaiitva ekissa udiimbarasakliaya nisiditva olokeoto
Kalandukaiii^ sanjfinitYa settbidliTtaya sTse nuttlmbliaiitam disva
j,are Kalandiika dilsa, attano jatin ca vasanattbanan ca anus-
Sara, kliiragaiidusaih * galietva niiiklmm vikkbaletva jatisampan-
naya sukhasaddbaya settbidbTtaya sise ma nnttbubba, attano
pamSaam janabiti^^^ vatva iaiaiii gatbara aba:
Te desa tani vattluinij aban ca vaaagocaro\
anuviccakbo tain ganlieyy'^di, pipa*’* kblraib Kalandnka ’ti, 123.
Tattiia te desa tan! Tattlruniti matukucchira sandhaya vadati, ayam
ettka adhippayo: yattha te vasitaii) na te khattiyadhitadinaih kuccliidesa. yattka
vast patittkito tail i na kkatttyadMfadinam kucckivatthuni , atka kko dasikuceh!-
yaih tvaiti vast c* eva patiithito ea ti, akan ca Tanagocaro'^ tirac-
ckanagato pi etani attkaih Janamiti dipeti, aniivicca kko talk gankeyyitn ti
evaih anucfiiaiii caramanaiii® maya gantva arocite armvicca Janitva tava samika
trilatva e’ evu iakkkaiiakanaiian^ ca katvii taih gankeyyniii gaketva gamissaiiti,
iasmd attano pamaiiaih fiatva setthidkTtuya sise annltkukkitva*^ pipa^’ khirarh
Kaiandiikd ’ti taiii nfiaiena alapati.
Kalandnko pi siikapotakaiii safijtinitva ^^inam pakataiii
kareyya*‘ ’ti bliayena Selrai, kada agato siti“ aha’k Snko
j,na esa niaiii liitakrunataya pakkosati, givaiii pana me valetva
maretnkamo^'' ti fiatva va „na me taya attho** ti tato nppatilva
Barana»im gantva yalliridittbaih settbino vittbarena katbcsi.
„Ayattan tena katan^* ti vatva tassa anam kilretva
Baranasim ova anetva dasaparibbogena paribbnnji.
Sattha imadi dlinniiiiadcsanam aharltva Jatakam .samodiianc.si :
,,Tada Kalanduko avarn hliikkhu ahosi. Baranasisettlii paiia aham eva'^
’fi, K a I a n d u k a j ii t a kaiit.
^ K -gan-jnsaiin -kautlusaiii. ^ K nuttku-. ^ K ka|-. ^ K pamariaiii na jana-
hlti, Bi* pamananaui na jilnati and pamanaiit janaki. pana-. Ri^ piva. ^ add
ti? ^ so BiO K -nil, ^ K iakkkanahaimn. K -tthiikitva. ” K iigatosiakaih.
** K omits set I hi.
460
I. Ekaiiipata. 13. Kusauajivagga.
8. B i 1 a r a j ii t a k a.
Yo ve dhammadhajam katva ti. Idaih Sattha Jciavane
viharanto ckaiii kuhakabliikkhum arabbha kathetsi. Tada hi 8aiUia
tassa kuJuikabhave arocite „na bhikkhave idan’ eva, piibbe p" c\sa
kuhako yeva“ ’ti vatva atitam almri:
Atite Baranasiyam Brahmadatte rajjaiii kfireiite
B 0 d h i s a t to mu s i k ayoaiyaiii patisandliiih galiet va biiddhi m
anvaya maliasariro sukaraccliapakasadiso hiitva anekasataiiulsika-
parivaro arailile viharati, Atli' eko^ sigalo ito c' ito ca vica-
ranto taiii nmsikayuthaiu disvH j^ima miisika vaficetva kluidisya-*-
ciiitetva musikanam asayassa avidiire suriyabliinuikhu
vatam pivanto ekena padena attliasi. Bodhisatto gocaraya*'* cara-
mano taiii disva ^silava eko bbavivssatiti^^ tassa santikaiii gaiitva
„bliante tvaiii ko nama^^ ’ti piiccbi, 5 ,Dhamraiko nfima'^ ’ti.
jjCattaro pade bbumiyam atthapetva kasma eken’ eva tliito
„Mayi^ cattaro pade pathaviyam tbapente** pathavi*’ valiitiuii
na sakkoti, tasma eken’ eva tittbam'iti^^ s^Miikham vivaritva
kasma thito sifei^b ,jMayam anfiam na bhakkliayama, vatam
eva bhakkhayama^ ’ti. jjAtlia kasma siiriyabhimukho pi tittha-
jjSuriyam namassamiti^^ Bodliisatto tassa vacanam sutva
jjSilava eko bhavissatiti'^ tato patthaya musikaganena saddbini
sayapataiii tassa upattbanaiii gaccliati. Ath’ assa opattbanaih
katva gamanakale sigalo sabbapaccbimaih mOsikain galietva
mamsaih kbaditva ajjlioliaritva miikbaiii piificliitva'’ tittbati.
Anupubbena musikagaiio tanuko jato. Musika ,jpubbe ainbalCaih
ayaiii asayo ua-ppahoti, uirantara titthamaa idani sithila, evam
pi asayo na purat’ eva, kin nu kho etan^' ti Bodhisattassa, taiii
pavattim arocayiiiisu. Bodhisatto „kena nu kho karaiiena
miisikii tanuttaiii gala“ ti cintento sigalo asainkaiii tlmpetva
^ K atha geka corr. to athaka, ^ so ; K iiyo. ^ both K arid inaya. ^ BP
thapento. ^ K -vi* ^ K pucchitva.
8. Bilarajataka. ( 1 28 ) 0. Aggikajataka. (120.)
461
5 ,vTinamsissami nan*'^ ti iipattMiialvale sesaiimsika piirato katva
sayaiii pacchato aliosi. Sigalo tassa iipari pakkhandi. Bodlii-
satto attano ganliaiiattliaya pakkliaiitam disva nivattitva 55 l)ho
sigala , idan te vatasamadaDam iia ^ dliamiiiasudliammataya,
paresaiii pana vihiihsanatthaya dliaiiiniadbajam katva carasiti'^
vatva iiBabr gathiiiii
Yo ve dbamiDadliajaib katva riigulho papain acare
vissasayitva l:dnltaiii Idlaram iiama tam vatan ti. 124.
Yo ve li khaltiviiiiii^n yo koeid feva dhammadhajam katva^ dasakusafa-
IvamJiiaiiaihadhiumiiasii diiajam karitva tarn karonto'^ viya ussiipetva dassento }!ii|
attiiOj vis-sasayitvil ti sTlava ayaii ti sanfiiiya sanjatavissasani katva, Inlaratii
naina tam vatan ti taiii evani dhanimadhajam katva raho papani karonta«s’
eva vatam'* keratikavataiiv inanna hotiti attho
Miisikaraja kathento'* yeva uppatitva tassa*' givaya
|>atitva lianiikassa bettba antogalaiialiyam * dasitvil gala-
nillim plialetva jivitakkhayaih papesi. Mdsikagano nivattitva
sigalaih miinunura ti kbaditva agamasi. Patbamarn agata va
kir* assa maitisam labhimsii, paccha. agata na labbiiiisa. Tato
pattbaya, iiiusikagano nibbliayo jato.
Satlha imam clbamiiiadesanam abaritva jatakam samodhanesi :
.,,Tada sigillo kidiakabhikkbii abosi, musikaraja pana aham eva'^ ’ti,
B i I a r a j a t a k a itr\
9 . Aggikajataka.
* N a y a m s I k k b a |) u a S a b e t u .■ ’ti. . Idaib, S a 1 1 h a J e t .a v, a= iie ' ;.?i*
liaraata kabakam kleva arabbiia katbesi.
•
Atltasmiiii hi Barripasiyaib Brahmadatte rajjam ka-
rente Bndbisatto niusikaraja hutva arailfie vasati. Atb’ eko
sigalo davacbike iittbite palayitaiB asakkoiito ekasiniiti nikkbe
' K ia. karitva oorr. to katva K kamnto eorr. to karoiito, ^ K idiii
' K kalhoiiio kallumto K fassatba ^ K -nuHyam. Bp hilaravataja-.
462
I. Ekanipata. 13. Kusanallvagga.
sTsarh aliacca atthasi. Tassa sakalasarlre lomani jliayiiiisn.
Rukkhe aliacca thitattMne pana iimttliake cilia ^ viya tliokani
lomani attliaiiisn. So ekadivasam sondiyaiii paniyam pivanto
cliayaih olokento ciilaib disva jjuppannam dani me bhandamfilan
aranne vicaranto tarn imisikadariiii disva ,,imi iiifisika vafi-*
cetva khadissi-mlti^^ liettba Yiittanayen’ eva avidure attliasi. Atlia
nam Bodliisatto gocaraya caranto disva s^silava^*^ ti safnlaya
iipasaiiikaniitva ^^tvam ko nama^^ ’ti pucchi. ^Aliaiii Aggika-
Bharadvajo nama^^ ’ti, Atha j,kasma agato „Tiimhakaiii
rakkhanattliaya'^^ ’tL ^Kiii ti katva amhe rakkhissastti*". ^Ahaiii
angutthagananaiii janaml, tumhakaih pato va nikkiiamitvix goca-
raya gamaiiakale ettakaiii gaiietva paccagamaiiakale pi ganes-
sami, evaiii sayaiii pMam ganento rakkliissamiti^^ ^Tena lii
rakkha mMula‘* ’ti. So yjsadliu^* ’ti sampaticchitva nikklia-
manakale ^eko dve tayo^V ti ganetva paccagamanakale tath’
eva ganetva sabbapaccliimaiii gabetva khadati. Sesaiii pnrima-
sadisam eva, idha pana inusikaraja nivattitva tliito „blio Aggika-
Bliaradvaja, iiayam tava dhammasudliammataya matthake cfila
thapita, kuccliikarana pana tliaplta^^ ti vatva imam gatbam aha :
Nayaiii sikkha punnahetu, gliasahetu ayaiii sikklia,
n’ angutthiganaimm^ yati, alan te hotii Aggika ’ti. 125,
Tattba iiarigutthiganaium^ yatiti, iulgutrhiganana'* ti aiigutfhaganaiul “
vuccati, ayarii musikagaao angiitthagauanaiii iia gawliati ua upeti iia pfiruti,
parikkhayam gacchatlti attho, alan te liotn Aggika ’ti slgaiiuh tiamena ala-
panto uha, ettavata^ te alaxii hotu, na itoparaih musikil khadissasi, amhehi va
tehi^ va saadliiiii samvaso alaiii botu., na mayam iduni tayd saddhiiii vasissama
’ti attho, sesam purimasadisam eva.
Sattha imam dliammadesanam aiiaritva jatakadi .saiuodhaue.si :
„Tadapi sigalo ayaih bMkkhii abosi^ mfisikaraja pana aham eviV* ’th
Aggikajatakaiii.
^ K nula. ^ BP nanguttba-. » BP nanguttha-. ^ Bp nanguttbagariaiiasli, K nangiittbi-
gaiianfi. *K afigutthigauaiia, B2Mia%utthagananatii, K fttovata, • so K layalu
46B
1 0. Kosiyajatafea. (1 30. )
1 0. Kosiyajataka,
Y a til a vac a va^ bliunjassu ’ti. Jdaiii Sattha Jetavane
viharanto ekaiii Savattbiyaiii luatagamam arabbha kathesi. Sa kir’
ekassa saddhassa pasannassa apasakabrabmanassa brahniani dussila paj^a-
dbaiiima rattim aticaritva^ diva kinci kammam akatva gilanalayaiii dassetva
nittbananialia^ iiipajjati. Atha aam brabnmno ,,kiri te bhadde aplia-
sukair‘ ti pacchi. ,,Vata me vijjbantiti^S ,,Atba kiiii laddhuih yatia*
Siiiiddhamadhiirani panitani yagubbattateiadiaiti‘k Brabiiiano
yarii yaiii .sa icchati tai’u tarn abaritva dati, daso viya .sabbakiccani
karoti, Sa jiana brahmanassa geliaiii pavifcthakale nipajjati, bahinik-
khantakiiie jarebi saddliijii vltiiiameti, Atha brahiiiaiio „imissa sanre
vijjhamivatanaiii pariyanto iia paii5ayatifci'‘ ekadivasaiii gandbamaladini
adaj’a Jetavariam g'antva Saitbaram piijetya ekamantarii nisiditva „kim
brahmana ua pa55ayasfti“ viitte „bhante brahmaaiya kira me sarire
yata yi^jhanti, sv-aliarii tassa sappiteladini c' eva^ panitabbojanani ca
pariyesami. .saiiram assa" glianam yippasaiiiiaechayivannam jataih. yata-
rogassa pami pariyanto lui paaSayati, ahajii tiuii patijagganto va
idbiigamas.sa okasaiii iia lablmmiti^b Sattha bnihmaniya papabliavarii
natva ,, brahmana ‘evaiii nipannassa ^ matugamassa voge ayupa-
sante"^ idah c’ idaS ca bhesajjaiii katum vattatiti’ pubbe pi te pandi-
ielii kathitam bhaYasaiiikliepagatatta paiia na sal]akkhes'iti“ yatva
tena yilcito atitam ahari:
Ati te B fi r a n a s i y a iii B r ali iii a d a 1 1 e rajjaiii karente
B 0 d li I s a 1 1 0 h rah ni a n a niahasarakule eibbattitva Takkasilayairi
sabbasippiini iigganliitva Baranasiyaiii disapamokklio acax'iyo
aliosi , rajadhani^u*" khattiyakiiiBlira ca brahmanakuniaru ca
yebkiyyeaa^*'* tass' eva santikevsippam ugganhaotL Atli’ eko
janapadavasibrahmanoBodhisattassa santike tayo vede attliarasa
ca vijjatt'liaiiaiii iiggalietva Baranasiyfim ileva katiimbam sap-
tliapetvil divase divase dvattikklmfctiiiii- Bodhisattassa santikaiii
^ K ya. ticaritvii. ^ K nitth&ikt- corr. to nitthana-. ^ K ce, ^ K -sari-
rav. ^ K eippa-. * K nipp-. ^ K aviipasampaime. ’* K -dlianisalc, B rSfa-
tlsiliHsii, K ycldiujfyyena. ** K -sfi. K adds ca.
464
I. Ekanipata. 13. Kiisanalivagga.
agaccliati. Tassa brahmam dussila. ahosi papadliamma, Sabl>arh
paccuppannavatthusaclisan) eva. Bodhisatto pana^ jp'mina ka-
ranena ovadagamanaya okasaiii na, labliamiti^^ viitte j,sainika^
imam vancetva natva ^tassa rogiliiucebavikam
bliesajjaiii acikkbissamiti^' cratetva aha: ^^tata, tvaiii ito par-
thaya tassii sappikhTrarasadfni ma adasi, gomutte pana paii(?a
vaniiani ® phaladini ca pakkliipit va ^ navatambaloliabha ja!! a
pakkliipitva loliagandliaih galiapetva rajjuih'’ va yottaiii va riikklia-
latam^’ va galietva ‘idarii te rogassa aniicchavikaih bhesajjaih,
idaiii va piva’ iipatthaya va taya bliuttassa bliattassa anuc-
chavikam kamnuim karohlti’ vatva imam gatliaih vadeyyasi,
sace bhesajjam na pivati atba iiaiii rajjuya va yottena^ va
lataya va katihici pahareln*' paliaritva kesesu gahetva akaddhitva
kapparena potheyyasiti taiii khanaih heva utthaya kanimam
karissatiti’^^b So 5 ,sadlni‘‘^ Hi sampaticchitva vuttaiiiyamen’ eva
bhesajjam katva ^^bhadde imaiii bhesajjam piva*'^ Hi aha. ^Keiia
idaiii acikkhitan^^ ti. Acariyena bhadde^' ti. ^^Apaiiehi tarn,
na pivissamiti“. Manavo „na tvaiii attano ruciya pivissasiti
rajjuiii^ gahetva „attano rogassa aniicchavikaiiii bhesajjam vii piva
yagiibhattanucchavikam kammam va/ karoliiti'^^ vatva imam
gatham aha:
Yatha vaca va^’* bhuiljassii, yatha bhiittaii ea vyahara,
iibhayarii te na sameti vaca bhuttao ca Kosiye ti, 126.
Tattha yatha vaca bhuujassu ’ti yatha te vaca tatha va bhiifilasso,
vata me vijjhantUi viicaya amicchavikam eva katva bhnfijassu ’ti attho, yatha-
vacaiii va ’ti pi patho yujjati^ y athfivaCaya hi pi pafhaiifi, sahbatflia ayatn
ev ettha attho, yatha bhuttail ca vyahara ti yan te bliUttaih tassa aisnc-
^ so BP] K pannam. ^ BP sa manavika. so Bp; K vaimani. Bp a«hi.s
koftatva va. K rajju. ®K rukkhatalam, ' K pi. ^ K yoteiiana. H/'kai!-
tlhitapaharehi, K kaeitipaharc. K karissatlli corr. to karissati K -ssasBi,
Rp ca.
ehavikain eva vyaliara, arog’ vatva gehe battabbakanimaiii karohiti atthOj
y atb abhfitaii ^ (;a pi pafliO, athava arog’ amhitP yathabhiltam eva vatva
kammarii karobiti attbo, iibhayan te na sameti vaca bhuttafi ca
ti ya ca te ayarii vaea^ vata maiii vijjhantiti yan ea te idarh panitabbojaoam ^
bhiittam , idaiii ubliayam pi tnyham na sameti, tasma utfbaya kaminam karobij
Kosiye. ti nam gotteua alapati.
Evarn , ¥utte Kosiyabralimani ■ .bhita acariyeBa iissukkaiii
apaiinakalato pattMya® 'j^na , sakka maya esa' vailcetuiii®*^ ti
iittlulya kaiBBiam akasi. j^Acariyena. me 'dassiIablKlvo nato, na
claoi'' sakkil ito patilmya ■pana.'' e'variipam ti acariye
giravena papakaiimmto pi- viramitya'^.' sllavatl aliosi.
Sapi .bmkmam j,Sambuddliena kir aniM 5ata®*‘ ti,, Sattliari gartv
-yeim na '■ puna ' .a.n:acaraiii ® akasi. ■ ,
Sattha iuiatn dliammadesanam aharitva jatakaiii samodhanesi :
,,Tada jajaiiipatika .pana idaiii .. jayainpatika , acariyo paoa aiiaiii
’ti,. K 0 s i j a j a t a k a m , , 'K u s a n a 1 i y a'g’g O' -terasamo.
14 -, ,
1, Asampadanajataka.'
A if a in p a d a ii e ii i t a r i fc ar a s s 5 ’ti. ' Idarii S a fc fc li I V e 1 ii y a n e
yiliafaiitn 13 1 * y a d u 1 1 a ni arabbba. katlie-si. - , Tasiniiii hi kiile Wiikkliil
tliafliimasaiihayaiii katharii sanmttMpes-um : ,,ayuso Deyadatto akatailoii
Tatii%atas>a guiiaiii iia janatiti**. Sattha agaiitva ,,kaya nu ’ttha
liliikkhave etarahi kathaya sa-miisiiitia^’ -'11 puccidtvd ,,imayu naina" hi
luttu ..na blilkklniye idaii’ eva Deyadatio akataiiSu, pubbe pi akalailiul
yeva*' ti vatva atitaik iiiuiri:
^ K drogambltui. K -hbattah. ''^K adds tl. adds idaili. ^ aeaiiyen;i
siitakdiatu panhaya Ii dasini-' vorr. to dani, * 1C virantvfi. K luito-
K ^earliii. . - ^ ■
■M'
1. Ekaiiipata. 14. Asampadiuiavagga.
46f>
Atito Magadliaratthe Rajagahe ekasniiili Magaclharaiifie
rajjaiii ka rente Boclliisatto tass" eva settki aliosi asitikoti-
vibliavo Saiii khasettliiti nilmena. Banuiasiyaiii Piliyasetthi
nama asitikotivibhavo va ahosi. Te amiamannaiii salmya alie-
sum. Tesu Baranasiyaiii Piliyasettliissa kenacid eva karaiiena
mahantaiii bliayaili uppajji, sabbam sapateyyaiii pariliayi. So
daliddo appatisarano hutva bhariyaih adaya Samkliasettliim pac-
cayaiii katva Baranasito nikkliamitva padasa va Rajagaliam
patva Samkliasetthissa nivesaiiaih agaraiisi. So taiii disva va
5jSaliayo me agato*^ ti parissajitvil sakkarasammanam karetva
katipaliaiii vitinametva ekadivasaiii jjkirh samma ken’ attlieiia
agato pucchi. j^Bhayam me samma uppaiinam, sabbaiii
dhaiiaiii parikkhinaiii, upatthambho me boh^ti*^ jjSadhu sammaj
raa bhayiti’^* bliaiidagaraiii vivarapetva cattalisa hiraiinakotiyo
dapetva sesam pi paricchadaparivaram sabbaih attaiio santakaiii
savin fianakaiii aviniianakam majjhe bhinditva upaddham^ eva
adasi. So tarn vibliavaiii Jidaya puna Baranasiiii gantva nivasaiii
kappesi. Aparabhage Saihkhasettliissapi tadisaiii bhayaiii uppajji.
So attano patisaranaiii upadharento ^^sabayassa me malia upakaro
kato, upaddhavibliavo *' dinno, iia so maiii disva pariccajissati,
tassa santikam garaissamiti‘‘ cintetva bhariyaiii • adaya padasa
va Baranasiiii gantva bliariyaiii aba: ^^bbadde tava maya sad™
dbiih antaravitbiya gamanaiii nama na yuttaih^ maya pesita-
yanam aruyba mabantena parivarena paccba agamissasi, yava
yanarii pesemi tava ettb’ eva bohiti^^ vatva tarn salayaiii thape-
tva sayam nagaram pavisitva settbissa gbaraiii gantva ,, Raja-
gabanagarato tumhakam sahayo Saiiikhasettbi nama agato^® ti
arocapesi. So^ 35agacchatu'^“ ’ti pakkosapetva taiii disva n’ eva
asana vuttbixsi na patisantbaraih akasi, kevalaiii ^skimattbani
agato siti^^ puccbi. ^Tumhakam dassanattbam agato
^ K bhayi. so K -upattham.
^ so K agacdiantu.
so K upattha-. B/' so pi, K yo.
467
1. Asanipadana.]ataka. (161.}
5 5Niva,so:1caliairi galiito''^ ti./ 3,Na tava' nivasanattlianam att'hi,
settliigliaramiii ’ pi silaya thapetva. va/agato sjTnmha-
kaiii idlia nivasaiiattliaiiam n’ attbi, nivapam*'^ gahetva ekasmiiii
tbarie pacapetva^ bbaiijitva gaccbatba, ptina amhe ma pas-
sittba^^ ’ti vatva j,,mayliam sabayassa dasaute bandhitva ekaiii ba-
lialapalapatiiaibarh dehiti^^ dasaiii anapesik Tam divasaiii kira so
rattakasaliiiam sakatasahassamattam opunapetva kotthagaram®
pSrapesi, cattalisakotidhanam gahetva agato akatanmi mabacoro
sabayassa tumbamatte palape dapesi. Daso pacchiyam ekaib
palapatuiiibaiii pakkbipapetva Bodbisattassa santikaih agamasi.
Bodhisatto ciotesi : 5,ayam asappuriso mama santika cattalisa-
kotidbanavibhavam labbitva idani palapatiimbam dapesi, ganliaini
nil kbo, ma ganliamiti^^b Atb’ assa etad aliosi: jjayaiii tava
akatanfifi raittadubhi '^ katavinasakabbavena*^ maya saddbirii mitta-
bhavaiii bbiiidi, sac' aliam ^ etena dinnaiii palapatiimbaiii lania-
katta, iia ganbissanii aham pi mittabhavaib bhindissami, andba-
bala^JJ parittakam laddbaiii aganhanta mittabbavam vinasenti,
abam pana etena dinnam palapatumbaiii mama vasena mitta-
bbavam patittbapessamiti*^ so palapatumbam dasante bandhi-
tva pasada oriiyba salaiii agamasi. Atha naiii bliariya ^kin te
ayya laddban^^ ti puccbi. ,jBbadde ambakaiii sahayo Piliya-
settM palapatumbam datva amhe ajj’ eva vissajjesiti^b Sa
5,ayya, Idmattham aggahesi, kiiii etaiii cattalisakotidbanassa
anucchavikan^* ti rodituiii arablii. Bodhisatto ijbbadde, ma^^
rodi, aliam tena saddhiiii mitfabbavabbedanabhayena mama
vai^iia mittabbavam thapetuiii gaahim, tvarii kimkarana soca-
vatva, imaiii gatham .aha: ,
balassa mittani kalibhavanti.
K -naiii. ^ so K nivasaiii. ^ so j K ekasmim thapetva. K dananesi, ^ K
koddhagaram. ® K pairilatioiibaiji. ^ K -dubiib Bf -diibblii. ® Bp katarhvina-,
^ K svahaiu. K -ia. K na. 11* K -taiii.
30 ^'' .
468
I. Ekanipata. 14. Asampadanavagga.
tasiija harami bhiisaiii addhaEiana:m
)na me mitti' Jlyittha*, sassatayan ti. 127.
Tattha asampadanena ’ti asampadanenaj saralopena saddhiiii, agahaiifiia
'ti atthOj itaritarassa ’ti yassa kassaci laniakalamakassapi , biilassa mittaiii
kalibhavantiti dandliassa apafinassa mittani maiinani* kalakannisadisaoi
lionti, bhijjaiititi attlio, tasma bar ami b hits am add ham an an ti tena kara-
rieiiiiham sahayeria dinoaih ekarii'^ paiapatumbaili harami ganhamiti dasseti,
Hianari^ ti atthamiaih ® nalinara namam, catuonaiii .addhamanain, catasso naliyo
tumbo llama tena vuttaih palapatumbaii ti, mamemlttijiyittha® sassa-
tayaii ti mama sabayena saddhiiii raetti ma bhijjittha, sassata va ayaiii hotu ti attho.
Evam viitte pi settldblmriya rodat’ eva. Tasmiiii Idiane
Samkliasettliina Piliyasettliissa diniio kaiiimantadaso saladva-
reiia agacchanto setthibliariyaya rodanassa'^ saddam^* sutva
saiaih pavisitva attano samike disva padesu patitva roditva
kanditva jjkimattham idhagat’ attha samiti‘‘ pucclii. Settlii
sabbam arocesi. Kaminantadaso jjliotu sami, mtl cintettlia^’*^ ’ti
ubho pi assasetva attano geharii iietva gandhodakena naliapetva
bliojetva ^^samika vo agata“ ti sesesan nipatetva dassetva kati-
pahaiii vitinametva sabbe dase galietva rajanganaiii gan.tva
uparavaiii akamsid’. Raja pakkosapetva j^kiih etan^‘ ti pucchi.
Te sabbam taiii pavattiiii raniio arocesuih. Raja tesaih vaca-
iiairi sutva ublio pi setthi*^ pakkosapetva Samkliasetthim pucchi:
„saccaiii kira taya mahasettlii Piliyasettliissa cattalisakotidlianam
diiiuan*'* ti. ,, Maharaja mama saliayassa mam takketva^^ Raja-
galiaih agaccliantassa na kevaiaiii dlianaih sabbam vibbavajataiii
savifinanakaiid® aviiin^akam dve kottliase katva samabhagam
adclsin'^ ti. Rdja j^saccam*^ etan‘‘ ti Piliyasetthiih puccTii,
5,Ama deva^‘ ’ti. 5,Taya ^aii’ assa tarn fieva takketva agatassa
attlii koci sakkaro va sammano va kato“ ti. So tunlii ahosi.
jjApi parui te etassa palapatumbamattaiii dasante pakkhipapetva
^ K mitta, Bp miti (metri causa?). ^ rjyittha, Bp jiyyatha, ^ K manmirii.
^ K eka. K manen. ® K atthaiitaih. ^ K na. ® K citti jiyittha? BP miti
jiyyatha. ^ K rodatassa. K dadam. K cintetha. read akasi? K
setthi. K take katva. K -ka. K. paccam,
2. PaneagATOjatalia. (132.^ 469
dlpiteiii/'' Tam pi'sutva tiiiilii yeva ahosi. Raja ^,kim
katabban'^ ti amaccelii saddhim mantetva taiii paribhasit?a
jjgacchatha, PiliyasettHssa gliare sabbaiit vibliavaih Saiiikba™
settMssa detlia^^ ’ti aba. llodbisatto ^mabaraja^ maybam para-
saiitakena^ attbo n’ attbi, maya dinnamattam eva pana clapetba/^
’ti. Raja Bodbisatassa saotakam dapeti. Bodbisatto sabbam
attana diiinavibbavam patilabbitva dasaparisapari viito Raj agabam
eva gantva kutmiibaiii santbapetva danMmi piiilnani katva
yatbakamraaiii gato.
Sattba imam dhammadesanarii aharitva jata-karii samodbanesi :
,,Tacla Piiiyasettbi Devaclatto ahosi, Samkhasetthi pana aham eva“ ’ti.
Asampadanaj atakam.
2. Pancagaruj ataka,
Kusaittpadese dhitiya dalbaya 'ti. Idam Sabtha Jeta-
vane vibaranto AJ apalanigrodbe M a r a d li i t a n a m p a 1 o b h a ii a s ii ttantam
arabbha kathesi. Bhagavata Iii adito patthaya
Daddallamana agancbnnr Tanlia^ ca xtoti Ha,ga,
ta tattha panudi'^ Sattba tulaiii bhattham va maluto’^ ti,
evam yava pariyosana tassa suttantassa katliitakale dliamma.sabhayam
samiipatita bbikkhii katliam samuttliapesum: ,,aTuso, Sammasambuddho
Maradliitaro anekasatani dibbarapani inapetva palobbanatthaya iipasam-
kamaiita akkhmi pi ummiietva na olokesi, alio Buddliabalan nama;
acobariyan“ ti. Sattba agantva „kaya im ktha bhikkbave etarahi
katbaya sannisimia‘* ti puccbitva ,,iiiiaya nama 'ti viitte ,,na bhikkbave
id^i maybam sabbasaye khepetva sabbannataiii pattassa Maradliitanam
anolokanani nama ua*' accbariyaiii, abarii hi pubbe bodliiiii pariyesaiuaiio
samkilesakaie pi abhisamkiiatam dibbampan^ jb indriyani bhinditva kilesa-
vasena anoloketva va gantva raaharaj jam papunin“ ti yatva atltaib ahari:
At ite Bar a u a s 1 y a lii B r a b iii a d a 1 1 e raj j am karente Bo-
dbisatto bbatikasatassa kanittbo ahositi sabbam liettlm'^
‘ K parasattakena ^ BP agacchuiii. ^ so Bi? ; K tanhaya. Bp paiiiidi,
K maluko. so both K and BP , ^ see Jat. 96.
470
I. Ekanipata. 14. Asampadanavagga.
Takka,silajatake vuttariayen’. eva' vittharetabbam.,, : Tada paea'
^Takkasilaiiagaravasihi baliinagare salaya' Bodliisattaiii upasam-
karaitva yacitva rajjaiii paticcliapetya abhiseke kate Takkasila-
nagaravasino iiagaram devaiiagaram yiya rajabliavanan ca Inda-
bliayaaam viya alamkarimsu. Tada pana Bodliisatto nagaraiii
payisitva rajabliavaiie pasade aiaiiatale samassapitasetaccbattaiii^
ratanayarapallaiiikam aruylia deyarajaliliiaya nisidi , amacca ca
braboianagaliapatikadayo kliattiyakumara ca sabbalaiiikarapati-
maiiclita parivaretya attliaiiisu, devaccharapatibhaga solasasaliassa
natakittiiiyo naccagftayaditakusala uttamayilasasampanna nacca-
gitavaditaQi^ payojesmh, gitavaditasaddena rajabliayanaiii
nieghattliaBitapilrito mahasamnddakuccM^^ viya ekaniniiadaiii
abosi. Bodhisatto attano sirisobbaggaiii olokayamano cintesi:
jjsac’ aham tasaiii yakkbininam abbisamkbatam dibbarupam
olokessaiii jivitakkhayarii patto abbayissaiii, imam sirisobbaggaiii
na olokessaiii, Paccekabiiddliaxiam pana oyade thitabbavena
idaiii maya pattan^^ ti, evafi ca pana cintetva iidanaiii iidaneiito
imam gatbam aha:
Kusalupadese dbitiya dalbaya ca
avattliitattabhayabhirutaya ca
na rakkliasTnaiii vasam agamimlia,
sa sottbibbavo maliata bliayena me ti. 128 .
Tattha kusalTipadese ti kasairinam upadese Paecekabiiddhanarii ovade tt
attho, dhitlya dal hay a (.‘a ’ti dalbaya dbitiya yasatMreii a abbboccbiniianiran-»
taraviriyeiia ca ’ti attho, avattbitattabbayabblrutaya ca ’ti abhayabhirii-
taya avattliitattaya*’"^ ca, tattha 'bbayaii ti cittuttasamattam parittabhayam, bbirt^a ti
sanrakampaiiappattajii® inahabbayani, idaiii ubhayam pi MabSsattassa yakkhiniyo iiam'
eta maniissakbadikd ti bberavarao;imanaiu disva nabosi, ten aha: avatUutatta bhaya-
bhirutaya ca ti, bhayabblrutaya abhaveii’ eva bheravaramnianaiii disvilpi anivattaisa-
bhavena ’ti attho, iia rakkhasTaam vasam agamimlia ’ti yakkhakautare tasaiii
rakkbasiiiam vasaib iia agamimha, yasma amhakaih kusalupadese dhiti ca dalhd
abosi bhayablui'utdbhaveria ca anivattariasabbava ahiimha tasma rakkliasTnaiii
^ K -sesacchattain. ^ K-viIdinati? •'* K -kucchirii, K abbocch-. K avattita-,
K sarTraiiikaai-.
3. Ghatasanajataka. (133). 471
vasam na agamtmlia . ti viittam hoti, sa soitkibhavo mahata, bbayeiia m.e
t! so me ayam ajja maliata bhayena rakkbasinam santika pattabbena dokfehado-
manassena sotthibhavo khemabhavo pitisomanassabhavo yeva Jato ti attho b
Evaiii MaMsatto imaya gathaya dkamraaiii desetva dliam-
raena rajjaiii.karetva danadlni punnani katva yatlmkanimam gato.
Sattba imaiii dliammadesanam aharitya jatakam samodlianesi :
5 j Allan tena samayena Takkasilam gantva rajjam pattakumato abosiV,
ti. , Pa'Scagarnjatakaih®,
3. Gliatasaiiajataka.
K b e m a m y a h. i n ti , Idam S a 1 1 h a J e t a v a n e vihaTanto an -
nataram bhikkhnm arabblia katliesi. So hi bhikkbu Satthii santike
kamniatthaiiaiii galietya paccanta ii gantya ekarii gamakaiii iipanissaya
arannasenasane vassam iipagahcbi. Tassa pathamamase yeva pindaya
payitthassa pannasala jhayittlia. So vasanattbanabliayena kilaraanto
•upatGiakanam^ acikkbi, Te .^botii bbante, pannasalam karissama
taya‘‘“ ’ti adiiii vadaiita temasam yitinamesum. So senasana-
sappayabliayena kammattbaiiaib mattbakam papetum iiasakkhi. So
nimittamattam pi aniippadetya yiittbavasso Jetayaiiarii gantya Sattbaram
vanditya ekaraantam nisidi. Sattba tena saddhiiii patisantharam katya
„kin nu kbo te bhikkbu kaiiimattbanairi sappayam jatan“ ti puccbi*
So adito patfcbaya sappayasappayam katbesi. Sattba^ „pubbe pi kbo
bbikkbu tiraccbanapi attano sappayasappayam natya sappayakale vasi~
tya asappayakale yasaiiattbanam pabaya annattba again aiiisii , tvarii
kasiiia attano sappayasappayam na an5asiti“ yatyi, tena yacito
atitaiii abari : ,
Atite Bari/nasiy aiii' " Bralimadatte ' rajjam , karente
B 0 d li i s a 1 1 o s a k u ii ay oiiiyam iiibbattitva yiiaiilitam patva so-
liliaggapatto sakiinaraja Imtva ekasiiiiiii arafmayatane Jatassara-
tire Scikliavitapasampaiioaiii balialapattapalasam iiialiariikkliam
Iipanissaya saparivaro yasairi kappesi, Balifi, sakiiiia tassa
^ so Bi'; K omits attbo. Bi? bblrukajatakani dutiyaiii. * so BP; K upattha-
Danam. li tavapamatava. so BF j li omits sattba*
472
1. Ekarnpata. 14. Asampadanavagga.
riikkliassa udakamattliake ’ patthatasakkasu : vasanta sarira-
valanjam udake patenti. Tasmbi ca jatassare Cando nagaraja
vasati; tassa etad '.aliosi: ' „ime sakiina mayliaiii iiimse jatassare
sarfravalafijaiii patenti., .'yan nfina.'' udakato,. aggiih iitthapet¥a
nikkliaiii jliapetva ete palapej'yan^^ ti so kiiddliamanaso rattibhage
sabbesaiii^ sakmmiiairi saunipatitva rukkliasakliasu iiipannakale
pathamam ta?a uddhanaropitaiii^ viya udakaiii pakkattliapetva^
dutiyavare dlmmaih utthapetva tatiyavare talakkliandliappamanaiii
jalaiti nttliapesi. Bodliisatto udakato jilam utthahamanaiii disva
jjblio sakuna, aggina adittaiii nama udakena nibbapenti, idani
paiia udakain eva adittaih, na sakka amlielii idlia yasituiii,
annattha gamissama'^ ’ti.vatva gatham aha:
Khemaiii yahiiii tattlia ari udirito :
udakassa majjlie jalate* ghatasanOj
im ajja vaso mahiya mahmihe,
disa bliajavlio, saran’ ajja no bhayan ti. 129 .
Tattba klieniaiii yahiib tattha ari udirito ti yasmim udakapittbe
khemabhavo nibbbayabhrivo tasmim sattu paecattliiko sapatto^’ utthito, udakassa
'ti jalassa, ghatasaiio ti aggi , so gbatani asanati tasma gbatasano ti viiccatl,
na ajja vaso ti ajja no vaso n’atthi, mahiya mahiruhe ti'^ mahiruho vuccati
rukkho tasnuiii imissa rnabiya jate^ rukkhe"*^ ti attho. disa bhajavbo ti disa
bhajatba gacdiatlia, saranajja no bhayan ti ajj’ amhakam saranato va bhayaih
jataih, patisaranattlianato bhayarh uppannan ti attho.
Evaiii vatva Bodliisatto attano vacanakare sakuiie adaya
iippatitva ahfiattha gato. Bodliisattassa paiia vacanam agalietva
tliitasakuua jTvitakkhayaih patta. at
Sattha imaiii dhanimadesanam ahaTitva saccani pakasetya jatakarii
samodhanesi : (Saccapariyosane so bhikkhu arahatte x>atitthasi) ,,Tada
Bodhisattassa yacanakara sakuna Buddhaparisaf sakunaraja pana aliam
eya“ ’ti. Ghatasanajatakam.
’ K adds mama. ^ K sabbe. ^ Bp uddhane ropitam. ^ Bp pakkutthapetva.
^ K jalato, **’ K sampatto. d K omits mahiruhe ti. ® K te. Bp jato. ® Bp
ukkho. K pati-.
4:73
4. Jhanaaodbariajataka. (134.)
4. Jhanasodlianajataka.
,Ye 'saSnino ti.:, Iciam Sattha Jetavane Tiliaran'to,.:Samkassa-
nagaraclyare attana samkliittena puocliitapanhassa Dhariitna s en a*
patino vittharaYyakaranam arabbha katliesi. Tatr’ idaiii atita-
Yattkarii ; ,
Atl'te kira Bralimadatte Baraiiasiyaiii -pe- Bodhi-
satto arannayataiie kalam karonto „n’ eva -saiifii- iiasamiiti’^^
aha -pe-. Tapasa jetthantevasikassa kathaiii na gaiiliimso.
Bodliisatto Abliassarato aganfva akase tliatva imam gatham
aha:.
Ye sahiiino te pi duggate\
ye pi asanhiiio te pi duggata,
etaiii ubhayam vivajjaya%
taiii samapattisukliaiii ananganan ti. 130.
Tattha ye safinino ti thapetYa n’ eva -sanni- nasannayataoalabbino^ avasese*
sacittakasatte dasseti, te pi duggata ti tassa samapattiya alabhato te pi duggata
nama, ye pi asanniiio ti asannabhave nibbatte adttakasatte dasseti, te pi
duggata ti te pi imissa yeva samapattiya alabhato duggata yeva nama, etam
ubbayam pi vivajjaya ’ti etam ubbayam pi sannibhavari ca asaunibbaVan
cavivajjaya pajaha ti antevasikam ovadi, tarii samapattisukham ananganan
ti tarii n’eva -safiria- nasaririayatanaiabMno sattatthena sukban ti sainkbaiii gatarii
Jhanasukharh anailgaiiaih ti niddosarii, baiavacittekaggatasabhavena pi tarii anari-
ganaiii nama jatarii.
Evaiii Bodhisatto dliammara desetva aiitevasikassa giiiiam
kat^^etva Brabnialokam eva agaraasi. Tada sesa tapasa jetthante-
vasikassa: saddaliimsii.
■ *
Sattha imam dhammadesanam aharitTa jatakaih sainodhaiiesi :
„Tacla jettliantevasiko Sariputto ahosi» Mahabrahma pana aham eva"‘
’ti. Jhanasodhanajatakam.
so K neva sarimti, ^ K yivajjiya. ® K nevasanni-. so E avase.
47,4
I. Ekanipata, 14* Asampadanavag^a.
5. Can dabhaj ataka.
■ : ■ C.aiulab'liaii ti.' . Idani pi' Sattha,' JetaYane. viliaranto Sam*'
' kassaDagaradyare theras's.a pankaYyakaranam rarabblia. kathesi.
Atite Baranasiyam Brahraadatte rajjarii kareete
Bodhisatto araiinayatane kalaiii karonto antevasikehi piicchito
caiidabhaiti suriyabhan ti vatva Abliassaresii nlbbatto. Tapasa
jetthaiitevasikassa im saddahiriisii, Bodhisatto agaiitva akase
thito iniaiii githam Sia:
Candabhaiii suriyabhan ca yo dlxa pamiaya bhavati^
avitakkena jhanena hoti abhassarfipago ti. 131.
Tattlia candabhaii ti odatakasinarh dassetl, suriyabhan ti pltakasinarfaj
yo diia panfiaya bhavatUi^ yo puggaio idha sattaloke Idaiii kasiiiadvayam
pahhaya bhavati^ arammanaiii katva anupavisati tattha va patitthahati, athava
candabhaiii suriyabhan ca yo ’dha panhaya bhavatiti® yattakarh thanaiii caiidabha'^
ca siiTiyabha® ca patthata tattake, thane ^ patibhagaiii kasinarii varldhetra tarii
arammanaiii katra jhanaih nibbattento ubhayam p’ etarii pafuiaya bhavati ^ nama,
tasma ayam p’ ettha attho yeva, avitakkena jhanena hoti abhassarupag o
ti so puggalo tatha katva patiladdhena dutiyena jhanena abhassarabrahmaloktl”
pago '^ hotiti.
Evaiii Bodhisatto tapase bodhetva jettliantevasikassa giinam
kathetva Brahtnaiokam ova gato.
vSattha imaih dhammadesanam abarlfcya jatakaiii saraodhanesi;
j.Tada jetthautevdsiko Sariputto, Maliabrahma pana ahani eya^ ’ti.
Candabhajatakam.
6. Suvaiinahamsajataka. #
Yam iaddhaiii tena tutfchabban ti. Idam Sattha Jeta vane
viiiarauto Thullaiiandam^^bhikkhuniiii arabbha kathesi. Sayatthi-
yarn hi ailSataro upasako bhikkhunisamghajii lasuiiena payaretva
khettapalam aniipesi^: .,sace bhikkhuniyo agacchanti ekekaya bhik-
khuiiiya dye tayo gandika dehiti“. Tato patthaya bhikkliuniyo tassa
^ so K; giidhati. ^ so K*, BP gadiiatitj. Iv -bhan. ^ so BP\ K abhassarupabra-.
475
6. Siivaiiiiahamsajataka. (136.)
gebam pi kheitani pi iasiiiiatthaja gacehatiti. Atli’ ekasiniri^ ussavadivase
iassa gehe fas imam parikkhajam agarnasi. Thullananrla bhikklnmi sa-
parivara^ gehaiii gantva „lasunenaYuso attho“ ti yatya ,,n’ atth’ ayye ^
vatliabliataih lasuimm parikklunam . khettaiii gaccliat]ia“ ’ti yiitta khet“
taiii gaiitya iia mattaiii janitya lasti.naiii aharapesi. Kliettapalo ujjhayi
,,katham hi aama blilkkliuniyo na matt a rii janitya lasiiiiam harapessan-
titi'’* tassa yacanam ^ siitya ya ta bliikkhuiiiyo appiccha ^ tapi tasam ya-
canaiii'* sutvtl bhikldm pi ujjhayimsn ajjhayitya ca pana Bliag^^ etam
atthahi arocesiiih, Bliagaya Thullaiiandaiii bhlkkhunim gamhitva ,,bliik-
khaye mabicclio ptiggalo nama yijataintoyapi appiyo hoti amanapo,
appasaniie pasadetiihi pasaimanam ya bhiyyosomattaya pasadaiii janetum
anuppannaih labhaiii uppacletiiiii iip>paimaiii va pana thirara katiim na
sakkoti, apj^icclio pana appasaniie pasadetiiiii pasannanaiii bliiyyosomat-
taya pasadam janetum aniippannam labliam uppadetuiii uppannaiii ya
pana tliiraiii kiltuib sakkotiti“ adina nayena bliikklmnam tadaiiucchavi-
kaiii dhaminarii kathetya ,,na bhikkbaye Tlmllananda idan’ eya niabic-
clia, pubbe in mahiccha yeya‘V ’ti yatya atitam ahari;
xitite Baranasiyaiti Braliniadatte rajjaiii karente
Bodkisatto afinatara b r a h iii a n akiile nibbatti. Tassa vayap-
pattassa samajatika knla pajapa;tim aliarimsii. Tassa Nanda^ ti
tisso dhitaro aliesum. Tasii parakulam agatasu yeva Bodhisatto
kalaiii katva savaiiiialiamsayoniyam nibbatti jatissarain nanan
c’ assa iippajji. So vayappatto lintva siivaniiapattasanchannam
sobliaggappattaiii maliantam attabbavaiii disva j^kiito nn klio
cavitva aliaih idhupapanno“ ti avajjento ^jinanussalokato^* ti
fiatva puna ,,katban nu me bralunam ca dhitaro ca jivantjti^'
upadliareiito ^paresaih bhatiiii katva kicclieiia jivantiti^^ iiatva
cin?esi: ,,niay]iaiii sarfre sovannainayani ptattani kot.tanagliat"
tanasabbfivani^ ito ekekaiii pattam dassami, tena me pajapati
ca dliitaro ca snkliaih jivissantiti^Vso tattlia gantva pitthavaiii-
sakotiyaih niliyi. BrabmanI ca dhitaro ca. BodMsattaih disva
^ K “Taro. K nnttheyye. ^ so Bi-'; K omits vacanaiii. appiccha.
yantassa tassa vacanam sutva ya ta bli. appiccha tapi njjhayaiiti tassa vacanam
siitva bhikkhu pi u. pasannara. adds NaTulayatl Siindarinai^
’■ K “bhaviiti, so Bi?: K pitthimvarasa-.
;,; 47,6 , Ekanipata. L'.. 14. Asampadanavagga.
,„'kiito agato ^ samlti^*' puccliiriisii, „ Aham . tuinliakaiii pita, ' , kalaiii
katya siivaiiiialiamsayoniyam iiibbattim , tumlie datthiiiii agato,
ito pattbaya tiiniliakam paresaiii bbatirh katya clukkliajiyikaya
jlvanakiccaiii n’ atthi, aharii vo ekekarii pattaiii dassaiiii, tarii
vikkinitva siikbeiia jivatlia'^ ’ti ekaiii pattaiii datya agaroasi.
So eten’ eva iiiyamena antarantara agaiitva ekokaiii pattaiii deti.
Bralimaniyo acldlm sukliita^ aliesmii. Atli’ ekadivasaiii sa brali-
iiiani dhitaro amantesi: „amiiia tiraccliananarii iiama eittaiii
diijjaiiam, kadaci vo pita idlia liagaccheyya, idani ’ssa agata-
kale sabbani pattaiii Imicitva ganhaiiia“ ’ti, Ta „evam no pita
kilamissatiti^^ na sampaticcliiiiisii. Bralmiani pana mahiccliataya
puna ekadivasaiti suYannarajahaihsassa agatakale „ehi tava
samiti®V vatva taiii attauo santikaiii upagatarii ubhohi liatthelii
gabetva sabbapattani lunci. Tani pana Bodlrisattassa niciiii
vina balakkareiia gabitatta sabbani bakapattasadisani abesuiii.
Bodbisatto pakklie pasaretva gantuiii nasakkbi. iitha naiii sa
mahacatiya pakkbipitva posesi. Tassa puna uttbabantani pat-
tani setani sampajjimsu. So sanjatapakkbo uppatitva attano
vasanatthaiiam eva gantva na puna agamasfti.
Sattha imam atitaiii aharitva „na bbikkbaye Tbubananda idaii’ era
mahiccha, pubbe pi maliiccba yeva maliicchataya fca pana siivamiamba *
parihina, idani pana attano nialiiccbataya eya iasnnambapi ^ parihayissativ
tasma ito patthaya lasunam kliaditmii na labhissati b yatha ca Tbulla-
nanda eyam tarn nissaya sesabMkkhuniyo pi, tasma bahum'' labliit-yapi
pamanam era jMtabbam, appaiii labhitva pana yatbaiaddhen’ eya san-
toso katabbo, uttarim na patthetabbair^ ti yatya iinarh gatliam al^:
Yam laddiiani tena fcuttbabbam, atiloblio hi papako,
hamsarajam gabetyana*suvanna parihayatba ’ti. 132.
Tattha tutthabbaii ti tnsitabbaih,
Idam pana vatya Sattha anekapariyayeua garahitya ,,ya pana
bhikkhmn lasunam kbadeyya pacittiyan“ ti sikkbapadaiii pannapetya
^ K sukhinfi. ^ K suvannamaha. K lasmiainahapi. ^ so BP\ K iabhati. K bahu.
477
7. Babbujataka. (137.)
jatakam samodbaxiesi: „Tada bralimani ayam Tlmlianamla akosiv tisso
dhitaro idaoi tisso yeva bhaginiyo, suyannarajaliamso pana aliam
/.Siiyannaliamsajatakam.
7. B abbujataka.
Yatth’ eko labliate* babbii ’ti. Idarii Sattlia Jetayaae
yiharanto Kanamatasikkhapadam arabbha katliesi. Sayattbiyam
lii Kanamata iiaina dbituyaseiia pakata^ nama upasika abosi sota|)anna
ariyasayaka. Sa dbitaraiii kanam annatarasmiiii gamake samanajafci-
yassa purisassa adasi. Kana kenacid eya karaniyena iimtu ghararh
ag’aniasi. Atb’ ssa samiko katipabaccayena dutam pabesi : ,,agaccbatii
kana, iccliami kanaya agamanan^“ ti. Kana dutassa yacaiiam sntya
,, amnia gamissamiti“ mataram pucchi. KanamM „ettakam kalaiii
yasitya katbam tuccbahattba ya gamissasiti“ puyaiii paci. Tasniiiii
kbane eko |)indacariko bbikkbu tassa niyesanaiii agamasi. Upasika
tarh nisidapetva pattapnram . puyam dapesi. So nikkliamitva annassa
acikkbi, tassa pi tatb’ eya dapesi. So pi nikkbamitya annassa acikkbi,
tassapi tatb* eya ’ti eyam catunnaiii jananam dapesi. Yatbapatiyattarii
pnyam parikkhayam agamasi, Kanaya ganianaiii na sampajji. Atb’
assa samiko diitiyam pi tatiyam pi dutam pahesi. Tatiyam pabento
ya ,,sace kana n%accbati abaiii annam pajapatirii anessamiti** pahesi.
Tayo yare ten’ eya npayena gamanam na sampajji. Kanaya samiko
annaiii pajapatirii'* anesi. Kana tain payattirii sutya rodamana atthasi.
Sattba tain karanaih natya pubbanbasamayarii niyasetya pattaciyarani
adaya Kanamataya niyesanarii gantva pannattasane nisiditya Kanaina-
tararii puccbi: ,,kissa kan%arii’^ rodatiti“ ,,iinina nama karanena“ ’ti
ca sutya Kanamatararii samassasetya dbammakatbarii katbetya uttba-
yasana vibararii agamasi. Atba tesarii catunnaiii bbikkhunaiii tayo
vare yatbapatiyattarii puyam gabetya kanaya'* gamanassa iipacciiinna-
bhayo ^ bhikkhusariigbe pakato jato. Atb’ ekadiyasarii bbikkbri dbamma-
sabbayaiii katbarii samuttbapesurii : „avuso catubi nama bbikkhulii tayo
yare Kanamataya pakkapriyarii kbaditya kanagamanantarayarii katya
samikena pariccattarii dhitarain nissaya mabaupasikaya domanassarii
uppaditan** ti. Sattba agantya „kaya iiu ’ttha bbikkbaye etarabi
^ so Bi-'; K iabhati. K pataka corr. to pakata. K agan. 4 K patiih. “ K
kissa karaiiaya; kissa ayarii kana. 4* K karanaya. so BP; K iicchiuiia-.
, ■478 . ■ I. .Ekanipata, ''y.Asampaflarjavagga-
iatliaya: saiinisiiuiS*‘ ■ ti- .pu^ ,,imaya Tiitte , bliik-
kliave klan’ e?a cattaro bliikkbu Kanamatiiy-a saiitakarii kbaditya tassa
cloaianassara uppadesarii, pubbe pi nppadesiim Teva“ ’ti TatY«a afcitam abari :
Atite Baraiiasiyaiii Brahmadatte rajjaiii karente Bo-
dliisatto pasanakottakakiile^ iiibbattitva vayappatto pari-
yodatasippo^ aliosi. Kasiratthe ekasmirii nigame eko inahavi-
bliavo setthi aliosi. Tassa nidhaiiagata yeva cattallsaliiraniiakotiyo
ahesam. Ath’ assa bliariya kalam katva dliaBasinelieiia gantva
dhanapitiMyaiii musika hatva nibbatti. Evaiii aniikkameiia
sabbam pi taiii kidarii abbbatthaiii agaiiiasi, Evam so iiccliljji.
So game pi cliaddito apannattikabliavaiii agamasi. Tada Bodlii-
satto tasmiiii piiranagamattbaiie pasJine iippatetva kot4eti^ Atlia
si. musika gocaraya caramana Bodhisattaiii punappuna passant!
uppaimasineba liutva cintesi: 3 ,maybam dlianaiii bahiuii ^ aikka-
ranena nassissati^ imina saddhiiti ekato hutva imaiii dliaiiarh
kliadissamltl** ekadivasam ekaiii kaliapanaiii miikheiia dasitva
Bodhisattassa santikarii agamasi. . So tarii disva piyavacaya
samalapanto^’ nu klio amnia kaliapanam gahetva agatasiti®^
alia. jjTata imaiii galietva attanapi paribhimjas iiiayham pi
mamsaiii aliara‘* ’ti. So ,jsadhfi^^ ’ti sampaticcWtva kaliapanaiii
adaya gliaraiii gantva ekena masakena mamsam kinitva aliaritva
tassa adasi. Sa tarn gahetva attano nivasanatthanaih gantva
yatliaruciya kliadi. Tato patthaya imiiia va iiiyamena divase
divase Bodhisattassa kaliapanaiii deti. So pi ’ssa mamsaiii
aharati. Ath’ ekadivasam tarn mCisikaiii bilaro aggaliesi. Atha
iiaiii sa evain aha: ^samina ma niaiii mareslti'^ ^^Kimkaranaj
ahaiii hi cliato mamsam kliaditiikamo, na sakka maya na maretun^^
ti. „Kiih paiia ekadivasam eva mamsaiii khaditiikamo c’ asi
udahu niccaka]an^‘ ti, ,jLabhamano niccam pi khaditukamo
’nihltb^ „Yadi evaiii ahan te iiiccakalam maiiisam . dassamiti '
^ K -koddhaka-. '•* K -sippa. ® K koddheti. K baliu. -‘soBi?; K satb so
BP; K -peiito. ^ so K; daasami.
479
7. Babbujataka. (137.)
vissajjelii iTian‘‘ ti. Atlm imiii bilaro ^jtena M appamatto
vissajjesi. Tato pattliaya attano abliatamaiiisaiii dv^e
kottliase katva ekaiii bilarassa deti ekaiii sayaiii kliadati. Atlia
iiaiii ekadivasaiii anno bilaro aggahesi, taiii pi tatli’ eva sanna-
petva attanam vissajjapesi. Tato patthaya tayo kottliase katva,
kliadaiiti. Puna anno aggabesi, tarn pi tath’ eva saiinapetva
attanaiii mocesi. Tato pattliaya cattaro kottliase katva kba-
danti. Puna anno aggaliesi, tam pi tatb’ eva saniiapetva at-
tanam mocesi, Tato pattbaya panca kottliase katva kliadanti.
Sa pancainaiii kotthasaiii kliadamana appabarataya ^ kilanta kisa
abosi appamamsalobita. Bodbisatto taiii disva ^amnia kasma
milatasiti*^ vatva 5,imina iiama karaiiena^^ ti vutte ,5tvam etta-
kaiii kalaiii kasma raayiiam nacikkhi, abam ettiia kattabbaiii ja-
nissamiti^^ taiii samassasetva suddliapbalikapasanena guliaiii katva
abaritva ^jamma tvam imaiii guliaih pavisitva nipajjitva agatagata-
nam pharusabi vacalii santajjeyyasiti^^ aba. Sa gubarii pavisitva
nipajji^. Ath’ eko bilaro agantva ^debi me mamsan^' ti aha. Atba
naiii musika j,are diittha bilara, kin te aliaiii maiiisaliarika^ attano
pnttaiiam maiiisam khada^^‘ ti tajjesi. Bi|aro plialikagubaya ni-
paiinabbavaiii ajananto kopavasena 55musikam ganbissamiti^^ sa-
basa pakkbanditva badayena phalikagnbayam^ paliari^ tavad
ev’ assa"^ badayaiii bbijji, akkbini nikkliamanakarappattani jMaiii.
So tatth’ eva jivitakkbayaiii patva ekamantaiii paticcbannattbane
papati. Eteii’ npayena aparo pi aparo piti® cattaro pi jana
jivitakkbayaiii papiiniiiisn. Tato pattbaya mtisika nibbliaya
ImtvH Bodbisattassa devasikarii dve tayo kabapane deti. Evaiii
aiiukkamena sabbam pi dliaiiam Bodbisattass’ eva adasi. Te
nbbo pi yavajivaiii mettim abbinditva yatbakammaih gata.
Sattlia imam atitarii aliaritva abhisambnddbo hutva imam ga«
tham ■aba;'. ,
^ K appaiia-. ^ K nippajji. ^ E mamsamlja-. * K kliada. so Bp; K. -ya
^ so Hi*; K paliiira. " K tavassaj BP tavad eva assii. ® K pi.
' .„;.4S() . - l/Ekanipata. 14, Asampadanavagga. ,
Yattli’ eko labhate babbu diitiyo tattba jayati
tatiyo ca catiittho ca, idan te babbiika bilan ti ^ 13o,
Tattlia yattha'ti yasmiih thane, babbu ’ti bilarOj diitiyo t a it ha jaya-
titi yattha eko musikam va mariisam va iabhati dutiyo pi tattha bi|aro jayati
iippaJJatij tatha tatiyo ca catuttho ca, evan te tada cattaro biiara ahesuiii , imtva
ca pana divas e divase mamsam khadanta te babbu ka i daub phalikamayam bilam
udarena paharitva aabbe pi jivitakkhayara patta ti.
Evaiii Sattha dbammarii desetya jatakaiii samodlmnesi : ^Tada
cattaro biiara cattaro bbikklm ahesiiin , mtisika Kanamita , pasana-
kottakamanikaro ^ abam eYa‘V ’ti, Babbujatakaiii.
8. Godhajataka.
Kin te jatahi dumniedha ’ti. Idam Sattba Jetarane vi-
Imranto ekaiii kuliakam arabbba katbesi. Paccnppannavatthiim bet-
tbakatbitasadisam eya,
Atite pana Baranasiyam Brahmadatte rajjarii karente
Bodliisatto godh ayoniyam patisandhiiii ganlii. Tada eko
paiicabhinno iiggatapo tapaso ekaiii paccantagtoam nissaya
arannayatane pannasalaya vasati. Gtoavasino sakkaccaih ta-
pasaih upattbalianti. Bodhisatto tassa camkamaiiakotiyaiii
ekasmiiii vamiiaike vasati, vasanto ca pana divase divase dve
tayo vare tapasam upasaiiikaniitva dhanimupasaiiihitaiii atthd-
pasaiiiMtan ca vacanarii sntva tapasaiii vanditva vasanatthanaiii
eva gacchati. Aparabhage tapaso gamavasino apuccHtva pak-
kami, pakkante ca pana tasmiih silavatasampanne tapase anno
kfitatapaso agantva tasmim assamapade vasaiii kappesi. Bo-
dliisatto jjayam pi sila^** ti sallakklietva purimanayen’ eva
tassa santikaiii agamasi. Ath’ ekadivasaih nidagliasamaye akala*-
samaye meghavatte® vammikehi raakkbika nikkliarnimsu. Tasaih
khadanattham godha ahindiiiisu. Gamavasino nikkhamitva bahu
^ so both K and ® K pasaimkoddhaka-, ^ K ‘•vaddhe,
S. Godiiajataka. (138.)
48!
godlm^ galietva isiniddhasamblmrayuttam^ ambilaiiambilarh
godliamamsam sampadetva tapasassa adaihsu. Tapaso godlia-
iBaiiisaiii klmditva rasatanbaya baddlio iiiaiiisaih atinia^
dhuram, kissa'^ mamsaiii nama etaii^*^ ti puccliitva/jjgodbarnamsaiii'^^^
ti sutva 3 , mama santikaiii mabagodho agaccliati, tain maretva
mamsani kliadissauuti“ ciotetva pacanabhajanaii ca sappilonadini
ca jlbarapetva ekamante thapetva iimggaraiii adaya kasayena
paticcliadetva pannasaladvare Bodhisattassa agamanam oloka-
yamano upasantupasaiito viya hutva iiisidi. Bodhisatto j^sa-
yanhasamaye tapasassa santikaiii gaccliissamiti^^ nikkliamitva
iipasamkamaiito va tassa iiidriyavikavaiii disva cintesi: jjiiayam
tapasOj amiesti divasesii nisidanakarena nisiiiiiOj ajj’ esa maiii
olokeuto pi duttliindriyo buiva oloketi, pariganbissaini iian^^ ti
so tapasassa bettba vate thatva godbainamsagandbaiii gbayitva
j jimina kiitatapaseiia ajja godbamaiiisam kbaditaiii bbavissati,
tena rasatanbaya baddlio ajja mam attano santikaiii upasaiiika-
mantaiii muggarena pabaritva mamsaiii pacitva khaditiikamo
bbavissatiti^V tassa santikaiii anupagantva ca^ patikkamitva vi-
carati. Tapaso Bodbisattassa anagamaiiabbavaiii natva ^jimina
'ayaiii nama maretukamo’ ti nataiii bliavissatij tena karaneiia
nagaccbati, aiiagacchaiitassapi kuto luuttiti^ muggaraiii mliaritva
kbipi. So tassa aggananguttbam eva asadesi, Bodhisatto ve-
gena vammikanr" pavisitvil amiena cbiddena sisaiii ukkhipitva
3 ,ambbo*'’ kutajatila, aiiaiii tava santikaiii upasamkaman to ‘silavir
ti sannaya iipasamkamim, idani pana te maya kutabbavo nato,
tadisassa mabacorassa kiiii imina pabbajjalingena^'^ ti vatva
tarn garaiianto iaiaiii gatbam aba: *•
Kin te jatabi dummedba, kin te ajinasatiya^ (Dbp, r.
abbbaiitaraii te gabanaiii, baliiraiii parimajjasiti. 134,
^ godhe. " so BP; K slniddham-. ® Ba^ kassa. ^ IBP oiiuts ca. ^ K, vaoi
Diikena^ Bp dhainDiikam. ® K amho. ^ K -lingenana.
31
482 I. Ekaaipata. 13. Asampatiaiiava^ga.
Tattba kin ie Jatahi dunrmedha ’ti ambiio^ dummedha iiippanfia, eta
pabbajitena dharetabba Jatii/ pabbajjagnnarahitassa kill te tahi“ jataliiti atthO;
kin te ajinasatiya ti ajinasatiya^ anucchavikassa^ samvarassa abhavakiilato
pattbaya kin te ajinasatiya, abbhatitaran te gabanaiii ti tava abbhantaram
hadayarii ragadosamobagabanena gabanaiii paticdiaiiiiam, bahiraih parimaJJ a-
siti so fcvaih abbbantare gabane* nahanadihi'^ e' eva lifigagabanena ea bahiraiii
parimajjasi, taiii parimajjaiito kanjikapuritalabii viya visapuritacati viya asivisa-
pilritavammiko viya gfitbapuritacittagbato viya ca babimattho^ va bosi , kin taya
corena idha vasariteiia, sfgbaiii ito palayabi, no ce palayasi gamavasinarb te acik-
kbitva niggahaiii karapessamiti.
Evam Bodhisatto kutatapasam tajjetva vammikam eva
pavisi. Kfitatapaso pi tato pakkaini.
Sattha imaiii dliamniadesanam aharitva jatakaiii saniodhanesi :
,,Tada kutatapaso ajam kuhako aliosi, purirao silavantatapaso Sari-
putto, godho pana aham eva^ ’ ti. G o d h a j a t a k a lii.
9. Ubhatobiiatthajataka.
Akklii'^ bhiniia pafco iiatfcho ti. Idam Sattlia VeliiYane
viharanto Devadattam arabbba kathesi. Tad a kira dhammasabhayaiii
bhikkhu kathaiii samutthapesum : ,,aviiso seyyatliapi mama chavaiataih^
ubliato padittam majjhe giithagatam n’ evaranSe katthattliam pbarati
na game kattliattham pliarati evam evam Devadatto evarupe iiiyyanika-
sasane piabbajitva ubhato bbattlio ubliato paribaliiro jato gihipariblioga
ca pariluno saniannattan^^ ca iia paripiiretiti“. Sattlia agantva „kaya
nu ’ttha bbikkhave etaralii kathaya sannisiniui“ ti puccliitva 4,iraaya
nama“ ’ti vutte „na bhikkliave Devadatto idan’ eva ubliato paribhattlio
hoti, atitc pi paribhattbo abosi yeTa“ ’ti vatva atitam ahari:
Atite Baranasiyaiii Brahiiiadatte rajjaih kar^ate
Bodliisatto riikkhade^ata Iiutva nibbatti. Tada ekasmirh
gamake balisiktl vasanti. Ath’ eko balisiko^' balisaih'^ adaya
daliarena putteaa saddhiiii yasmim sobblie pakatiyapi balisika^^
macclie ganlianti tattha tattlia gantva balisam kliipi. Baliso
^ K. ambo. K nahi. ® K -yaya. ^ K anacch-. ^ so K’, Bi’ galiaiiam. K
nagabu-, nba-. so K babiddho ^ K akkbi. ^ so K: cbalavataih.
so K samaufiatthan. ball-. K bali-.
0. Obhalabhatthajataka. (130.)
Mn
iidakapaticchaiiiie ekasmiiii khauuke* laggi. }3alisiko tarn akad-
dhltuiii asakkonto cintesi: ^ayaiii baliso maliamacclie laggo
bliavissati, piittakam main santikaiii pesetva pativissakelii sad-
dliiiii kalaliaiii karapenii, evaih ito na koci kottlmsaiii pacca-
simsissatlti^^ so puttaiii alia: „gacGlia tata, maliamacchaiii no
laddlialdiavam matii acikklia pativissakelii saddliim kalaliaiii
ka,roliiti“ so piittaih pesetva balisaiii akaddliitaih asakkonto
rajjucliedanablmyeiia iittarisatakaiii tliale tlmpetva udakam
otaritva macchalobliena nmccliam iipadharento kliaiiukelii pa-
liaritva dve akklii bliiudi. Thale tliapitasatakam pi ’ssa coro
liari. So vedaiiamatto Imtva liattlieiia akkliini iippiiiyamano
galietva iidaka uttaritva kampamano satakaiii pariyesati. Sapi
’ssa bhariya kalaliam katva 3 ,kassaci apaccasimsanabliavam
karissamiti‘‘ ekasmiiii yeva kanne talapannaiii pilaiidhitva ekaiii
akkliiiii ukklialimasiya anjetva kukkuraih aihkenadaya pativissa-
kagliaram agauiasi. Atlia naiii eka saliayika evam aba: j^ekas-
miiii yeva te kanne talapannam pilandbaiiam ekaiii akkbiiii
afijitaiii^ piyaputtam viya kukkuram amkeimdaya gharato gliaraiii
gaccliasij kiiii uinmaltikasi^ jata‘^ ti, jjNaiiaiii uminattika, tvaiii
pana maiii akaraneiia akkosasi paiibliasasi, idani taiii gamabho-
jakassa santikaiii gantva attlia kahapane dandapessainiti^^^ evaiii
kalaliaiii katva iiblio pi gamabliojakassa santikaiii agamimsu.
Kalalio visodhiyamano tassa yeva mattliake dando pati. Atlia
naiii bandbitva jjdandam deliitb*' potlietum'^ arabhimsu. Ruk-
kliadevata game tassa imam pavattiiii arafme c’ assa patiiio taiii
vy^asaiiaih disva khandliantare tbita j^blio purisa, tuyliaiii iidake
pi kamraaiito paduttbo thale pi^ bliattbo jato^*' ti vatva
imaiii gatbam aha:
Akkhi'’ bliiima^ pato nattbo sakhigehe ca bliandanaiii,
ubbato paduttbo kammaiito ' udakamlii thalambi ca ’ti. 135.
^ K khanuke. ^ K “kayi. ^ K damlapessamiti, dande karissami iti. ^ K pottbe-
tniii. both K and akkhi. ^ so K ; bbinno. K padutthakainmento, pa-
dutthakamimmtri.
31
4 8 1 X, fSkaiiipata. 14. Asampadaiiavagga.
■ratUui sakhigeli e ea’ bhandanan ti, sakM sahayikii, tassa gehe lava
bhariyaya bbandanaiii katarii, bbandanam katva baiidhitva pothetva dandaiii da-
riyyati^, nbbato padiittho tl evarit tava dvisii pi tbaiiesu kammaiita padiiiflm
yeva bbinnii yeta, kataresu dvTsu; xidakamlii tbalambi ca ’ti akkliiblicHiana
pataiiasena ca udake kararoanta paduttba sakbigeho bbaiidaiiena thale kammaiita
paduttba ti.
Sattlia imam dhammadesanam aharitYa jatakam samodlianesi : j,Tada
balisiko^ Deyadatto ahosi. rukkliadeyata pana aham eva“ ’ti, Ubha-
tobli at til a jatakam,
10. Kakajataka.
Niccam ubbiggakadaya ti. Ham Sattha Jetarane vi-
liaraiito Satatthacariyam arabbba kathesL PaccuppaiinaYattharh
Bv,Hasanipate Bhaddasalajatake avibbaYissati.
Atite Baranasiyam Bralimadatte rajjaih karente Bo-
diiisatto kakayomyath nibbatti. Atli’ ekadivasaiii raiino puro-
hito bahinagare nadiyaiii nahayitva gaiidlielii vilinipitva^ nialam
pilaiidbitva^ varavattliaiiivattho nagaraiii pavisi. Nagaradvara-
torane dve kaka nisinna lionti. Tesu eko ekaiii aha: jjsamnm
aham imassa bralmmnassa mattbake sariravalanjaiti patessa •
Itaro „ma te etam riicci, ayaiii bnxhmapo issaro, issara-
ja,neiia ca saddhim veraii nama papakam, ayaiii hi kuddho sabbe pi
kake vinaseyya^ ’ti. sjNa sakka iiiaya na katiin“ ti, j/Fena
hi panfiayissatiti“ vaiva itaro kako palayi. So toraiiassa hettlia-
bhagaiii aanipatte brahmane olambakaiii carento’' viya tassa
matthake vaccaiii patesi. Bralimano kujjliitva kakesii verarii
bandlii. Tasniiiii kale eka bbatiya vihikottikadasi® vihiiii gella-
dvare atape pattharitva rakkhanti’ nisinna va niddaih okkaini.
Tassii pamadam natva eko digbaloinako elako agautva vTliim
kliadi. Sa pabujjbitva taiii disva palapesi. Elako dutiyara pi
tatiyain pi tassa tath’ eva niddayanakale agantva viliim kliadi.
^ so K-, dapessati and da]iiyati. ^ K bfili-* ^ so ?j'P] K gandhe vjlumpitva.
^ K pil-. * so K; Bp olampanaiii karonto. ® K -koddliika-, Bp vihikottika-.
K "ti. ’ '
485
1 0. Kakajataka ( 140. )
Sapi tikkhattem palapetva cintesi: ^ayam puoappuna kliadanto
upaddhayiMiii khadissati, bahu * me eliedo bliavissatij idaiii ’ssa
puna anagamanakaranaiii karissamiti^® si. alatam gabetva nidda-
yamana viya iiisiditva viMm khadanattbaya eiake sampatte
nttliiya alatena elakam pahari. Lomani aggiiii agaIlbimsll^ So
sarire jhayante ,5aggim iiibbapessamiti^'' vegeoa gantva liatthi-
salaya samipe ekissa tinakutiya sariram gbamsi^ Si pajjali, tato
iitthitajala ^ hattbisilam ganbi. Hatthisalasn jbayantisii battbi-
pitthiiii jliayimsu , baba liatthi vanitasarlra ahesaiii. Vejja
hatthi iroge kataih asakkonta ranno arocesiiiii. Raja purobitam
aha: jjicariya liatthivejja battbi tikiccbitniii iia sakkonti, api
kinci bbesajjam na Janasiti*^ ,,Jananii mabaraja^^ ’ti. „Kim
laddhiim vattatiti^k sjKakavasi mabaraja^^ ’ti. Raja jjtena bi
kike inaretvi vasaiii ibaratba^'^ ’ti aha. Tato pattbaya kike
maretvi vasam alabbitvi tattba tattli’ eva rasiih karonti. Kaki-
riam mahabbayam nppajji. Tada Bodliisatto asTtisabassaparivaro
mabasusinavane vasati. Eko kiko gantva kakanam uppannain
bhayaib Bodbisattassa arocesi. So cintesi: niaiii
anfio mayham natakanaiii iippannaiii bbayaiii barituiii saniattho
llama ii’ atthi, harissanii nan“ ti dasa paramiyo avajjetva metta-
paraniiiii piirecarikaiii katvi ekavegeiT eva pakkhaiiditva viva-
tamabavatapanena pavisitvi ranno asanassa hettbi pavisi. Atba
naiii eko maniisso galietakamo abosi. Raja® raj as an aih pavittbo
jjma ganbiti^' viresi. Mahasatto tbokam vissamitva inettapara-
mim avajjetva^ het.tbrisana iiikkbaniitva rajanam aba: jjinabaraja
railna nima cbaiuladivasena^ agaiitva*'* rajjarh karetum vattatiti,
yam yam kammaiii kattabbaiii hoti labbaiii nisamma npadbare-
tva katurh vattati, yail ca kayiranianaih nippaijati tad eva katuiii
vattati na itaraiii, sace rajaiio yarn kayiramanam na nippajjati
taiii karonti mahajanassa maranabhayapariyosinaiii mababbayam
^ so K bahum. ^ so K; Bp aggi ganhimsu. d so K gliasi. K “Jala.
® K -tisu. ^ K omits raja. ^ K avajjitya. ® s BP; K cchandadivasena.
^ K agantva, BP agantva corr. to agantva.
486 I. Kkauipata. 14. Asaiwpadaiiavagga.
lippajjatij puroliito veravasiko hutva masavadaiii akasi, kakanam
vasa nama n’ atthiti^^ Taiii sutva raja pasannacitto Bodhisat-
tassa kaScanablmddapTtliam dapetva tattha nisinnassa pakklian*-
tarani satapakasaliassapakateleM makklmpetva kancanatatiake
rajaraliaiii siibliojanaiii dapetva pamyaiii payetva suliitaiii vigata-
daratlmiii Maliasattam etad avoca: s^pandita tvarii ^kakaiaaiii
vasa naiiia n’ attWti’ vadasi, kena karanena iiesam vasa iia
liotiti''. Bodliisatto va^ karanena^^ ’ti sakalanivesanam
ekaravarh katva dliammam deseiito imam gatliaiii alia:
Niccaiii ubbiggahadaya sabbalokaviliesaka,
tasma tesaiii vasa n’ attlii kakan’ asmaka iiatinan ti. 136.
Tatr^yaiii sariikhepattho : makaraja, kaka riama niccam ubbiggamaiiasa bha-
yappatta ca viharanti, sabbalokassa ca vihesaka kliattiyaciayo marmsse pi ittbi-
purise pi kumarakumarikadayo pi vihethenta kilamaiitii ca vicaranti, tasma imehi
dvihi karanelii nesani ambakam natinara kakanam vasii ndma n’ atthi, atite pi
abhutapubba, an agate pi na bhavlssantiti.
Evaiii Maliasatto imaiii karanam uttanam katva jjmaharaja
ranna nama anisamma anupadharetva kammaih na kMabban^®
ti rajanaiii bodhesi. Raja tussitva Bodhisattassa^ rajjena pfijesi.
Bodhisatto rajjaiii rafmo yeva patidatva rajanaiii pancasn sliesu
patitthapetva sabbasattanam abliayaiii yaci. Raja dliammade-
sanarii sutva sabbasattanaiii abliayaiii datva kakanam nibaddliaiii
daiiaiii pattliapesij divase divase tandulammanassa® bhattaiii
pacitva nanaggaraselu oniadditva kakanam danaiii diyyati.
Mahasattassa pana rajabliojanam eva dlyittlia.
Sattha imam dhammadQsanam aharitya jatakam sainodbanesi :
j/Iada Baranasiraja Anando ahosi, kakaraja pana ahaiii eva“ ’ti.
Kakajatakarii. Asampadanavaggo caddasamo.
^ K ca. ® so both K and Bp. K -nassa, -ambanassa.
1. Godhajataka. (141.)
mr
15v
1. Godhajataka,
Na papajanasaiiiseviti. Idaiii Sattlia Veluvane yiharanto
Yipakkiiaseviiii bhikkliiiih arabbha kathesi. Paccuppannayattliam ^
Mahiiamukbajatake kathitasadisani eva-
Atlte Baraiias'iyam Bralimadatte rajjaiii karente
Bodliisatto godliayoiiiyam patisandMiii gaiiM. So vayap-
patto naditire maliabile anekagodliasataparivaro vasaiii kappesi.
Tassa putto godliapilliko ^ ekeiia kakant-akena saddliiiii santhavam
katva tena- saddliiiii sammodamaiio viliaranto kakaiitakaiii „pa*-
rissajissamiti^^ avattliarati. Tassa tena saddliiih vissasaiii godlia-
rajassa arocesum. Godliaraja puttakaiii pakkosapetva
tvaiii atthane vissasarh karosi, kakantaka nama incajatika, telii
saddliiiii vissaso na kattabbo, sace tvaiii tena saddliiih vissasarii
karissasi tarn kakantakaiii nissaya sabbain p’ etaih godhakulaih
vinasaiii papunissati, ito pat4liaya etena saddliim vissasam nia
kasiti‘‘ aha. So karoti yeva. Bodliisatto puiiappuna kathento
pi tassa tena saddliiiii vissasam varetiuh asakkonto ^atli’ assa
ainbakaiii etaiii kakantakaiii nissaya bliayam iippajjissati, tas-
iniiii uppaniie palayanamaggaiii sanipadetmii vattatiti'^^ ekena
passen’ eva vatabilaiii karapesi. Patto pi ’ssa aniikkamena
maliasarlro aliosi, kakantako paiia purimappainano yeva. Itaro
kakantakaiii ^jparissaj issamiti^ antarantara avattliarati yeva,
kakaiitakassa pabbatakutena avattliaranakalo viva lioti. So kila-
iiianto cintesi : „sace ayam ahhaiiT katipayani divasaiii mmii
evaih parissajissati jivitani me n’ attlii, ekena liuidakena saddliiiii
ekato liutva imaiii godliakiilam vinasessamitP^ Atli’ ekadivasaiii
nidaglie^ meglie vatte'^ vamniika^ niakkliika uttbabim^ Tato tato
• K -vatthti. “ so K; godhalvippilliko ^ so K niclugha. ^ K ^-’addhe,
Bp viifthe. ^ so BP; K -ka. . ; ^
488
I. Ekanipata. 15. Kakaritakavagga.
godh:l. iiikkliamitva makldiikayo klmdantL Eko godlialuddako
godlulbilaiti^ bhindanattlmya ktiddalani gahetva siiDakliehi sad-
dhiiti aranfiaih pavisi. Kakantako taiii dis%^a „ajja attano mano-
rathaih piiressamiti^^ upasamkamitva avidfire nlpajjitva^ jjbho
parisa, kasma aranne^carasiti"^ pucclii. So ^^godlmnam attbaya^^
’ti. sjAliaih aiiekasatanam godhanara asayaio janamii aggin ca
palalan ca adaya ebiti®^ tattlia netva jsiraasmiih tliane palalaiii
pakkliipitvil aggiiii katva dliunmm katva samanta sunaklie tlia-
petva sayaiii mahaouiggaraiti gabetva nikkhantanikkbanta godlia
paliaritva maretva. rasiiii karoMti^^ evafi ca pana vatva ,,ajja
paccamittassa pittliim passissamlti^bekasm thane sisarh ukklii-
pitva nipajji. Liiddako pi palaladlmmam akasi. Dliumo bilam
pavisi^ Godlia dhumandha^ mranabliayatajjita nikklianta palayi-
tuiii araddha. Luddako nikklmntanikkbantam paliaritva maresi.
Tassa battbato mntta sunakha ganbiihsn. Godbilnaih mahavinaso
uppajji. Bodhisatt-o „kakantakaiii nissaya bliayarii iippannan^^
ti natva 5 ,papapurisasamsaggo nama n^ kattabbo^ pape nissaya
hi sukhaih nama n’ attlii, ekassa papakakantakassa vasena
Cittakanam godhanaiii viiiaso jato‘^ ti vatabilena palayanto imam
gathani aba:
Na papajanasaiiisevi accantasukham edhati,
godhakiilaiii kakanto® va kaliiii papeti attanan ti. 137.
Tatr^aih samkhepattho: papajariasarnsevl puggalo accantasukliarh uiran-
taraih sukbam nama na edhati na patilabhati, yatha kiiii: godhaknlam ka»
kanto-'^ va yatha kakantato godhakulam siikharii na labhi evaiii papajaiias^vi
siikham na labliati, papajanaiii sevanto ekanten’ eva kalim papeti atta-
n am , kali vuccati vinaso, ekanten’ eva kalirh papasevi' attanan ca afine ca
attana saddhim vasante vinasani papetiti. Paliyam pana phalaih*^ papetUi ii-
kbanti, taiii vyanjanarh Atfhakathaya n’ atthi, atthn pi ’ssa na yujjati, tasma
yathavuttam eva gahetabbaih®.
^ K giidhabilaih, BP godhabilarh, ^ K nipajji, Bp nippajitvd. ^ K pfivisT, Bf
pavisi. ^ K dhfimadha, BjZ> dhumanta. ® so K instead of kakanta? Bv godha-
kulaih kakandako. K kaliiii. K -vi. . » BP kuiiiii >tabba.
489
2. Sigalajataka. ll42.)
SattM; imam dliammadesanam aharitYa jatakam samodhanesi :
,,Tada kakantako Devadatto aliosi, Bodhisattaputto anovadakagodhapii-
lako V TipakkhaseYi bliikkkii, godharaja pana almm eya^ ’tk Godlia-
.jatakam:
2 . Sigalajataka.
Et aril hi te^ durajanan ti. Idam Sattlia Teliivaiie yiha-
ranto Beyadattasaa vadhaya parisakkanam arabblia kathesi,
Dbammasabhayam bhikkhunam katham sutya Sattha „na bhikkhaye
Deyadatto idan’ eya iiiayham yadhaya parisakkati, pubbe pi parisakkati
yeva, na ca main maretnm asakkhi, sayam^ eya pana kilanto* ** ti yatya
atitarii ahari :
Atite Baranasiyaiii Bralimadatte rajjaih kareiite Bo-
dhisatto sigalayoniyam nibbattitva sigalaraja liutva sigala-
ganaparivuto susanavane yihasi. Tena samayena Rajagalie ussayo
aliosi. Yebliiiyyena maniissa siiram pivanti, suracliano yeva
kira so. Atli’ ettlia sambalinla dliiitta balmiii suraFi ca maiiisam
ca aliarapetva manditapasaclbita gayitva suraiii pivanti maiiisam
kliadaiiti, tesam patliamayamavasane marhsam khiyi sura pana'^ba-
huka va, ath’ eko ^mamsakliaiidarh dehiti^^ aha 5,mamsam kliiimn,
n’ ca vutte „mayi thite mamsakklmyo nama n’ attMti®^®
vatva 55amakasusaiie matamaiiussamamsam khadaiiatthaya agata-
sigale^ maretva mamsam almrissamiti^^ muggaram gahetva nid-
dhamanamaggeim iiagara nikkhamitva susanaih gantva moggaraiii
gahetva matako viya uttfino va nipajji. Tasmim kbane Bodhi-
satto sigalaganaparivuto tattha gato taiii disva matako**
ti hatvapi ^sutthutaraih iipaparikkhissamiti** assa adhovate gantva
sariragandham gliayitva tattato c’ assa^ amatakablulvam hatva
jjlajjapetva^ naio uyyojessamiti** gantva muggarakotiyaiii dasi-
tva akaddlii. Dlmtto niuggaram na vijalii. Upasamkamantam^^
* Bi^ -godhakippiliko. ^ K omits te. ® K ssayam. ^ so K pana.
omits nattbiti, K nattid. ® so BP; K attbiti- -sigiilaih. ® K vassa.
^ so K -possami. K -kamariitam.
490
I. Ekariipata. 15. Kakantafcavagga.
pi na olokeato pana galliataram aggahesi* Boclhisatto patik-
kaniitva „bho purisa sace tvaiii matako bluweyyas^^^ mayi’
muggaraiii akacldhante galliatararii ganlieyyasi, imiiia karanena
tava matakabliavo va araatakabhavo va dujjano^^* ti vatva imam
gMiam alia:
Etaiii M te^ darajanam yaiii sesi matas^ikaiii^
yassa te kaddhamanassa liattlm'bdaEdo iia muccatiti. 138.
Tattha etam Iii te® durajanan ti etam karauaiii tava duvinueyyanij
yaiii sesi matasayikan ti yena karanena tvarh matasayikaih sosi matako viya
iiutvii sayasi, yassa kaddhamanassa ’ti yassa tava daiKlakotiyaiii M'ahetva
kaddhiyamanassa hatthato dando na muccati^ so pana tvam tattato matako® nama
na hositi''*,
Evaiii vutte so dhutto ^ayam mania amatakabhavam Jana-”
utthaya dandaih khipi, Dando virajjH. Dliiitto ^jgacclia,
viraddlio daiii si maya^* ti. Bodliisatto iiivattitva ^jblio purisa^,
‘inaih virajjlianto pi tvaiii attlia inalianiraye solasa ussadaiHraye
aviraddlio yevasiti'^ vatva pakkami. DImtto kiiici alabliitva
siisana nikkiiamitva parikhayaiii naliayitva agatamaggen’ eva
nagaraih pavisi.
Sattha imam dhamniadesanam aharitya jatakani saniodliaiiesi : ,,Tacla
dhutto Beyadatto ahosi, sigalaraja pana ahara eYa‘ ‘ ’ti. S i g* a i a j a taka lii.
3. Virocanajataka.
Lasi ca te nipplialita ti. Ham Sattlia Vein vane viha-
ranto Deyadattassa Gayasise Sugatalayadassitabhayam arakbiia
kathesi. lOevadatto hi antarahitajhano labhasakkaraparihino e.sa
npayo** ti cintetya Sattharam panca ratthuni yacitra alabhamano
dyinnam aggasavakanaiii saddbiviharike adhuna pabbajite dhammayina-
yamhi akoyide pancasate bhikkhii gahetva Gayasisam gantva samgharii
bhinditva ekasimaya ayenisamgliakammani akasi, Sattha tesaiii bhik-
khunam nanaparipakakaiaiii natya dye agga.sayake pesesi. Te disya
^ K ta masi “ so both K and B2>. » K omits te. IC -sayitaiii. ® K hattha.
® K omits te, ’ K ne. ® so Bp,; K uiatamatako. ^ BP hoti Hi attho. K -Utd.
491
3 Virocaiiajataka* (143.)
Beyadatto tutthamano rattim dlmmmam desayamano „Baddiialiiirdih
karissaiiiiti“ Siigatalayam da-sseato „vigatatlnnamiddlio klio aruso Sari-
|)utta bliikkhiisamgiio, patibhatu naiii bliikkliunam dhamrnikatlia \ pitthi^
me %ilaya-ti^ tarn abam ayamissamiti“ vatya iiiddam iipagato. Dye
aggasayaka tesam bliikkliiinam dhamraam desetya maggapbalelii pabodhe-
tya sabbe adaja Veluvanara eya paccagamimsu. Kokaliko yiliaram tuccham
disya Beyadafctassa santikam g’antya ,>ayuso Deyadatta parisan te bbindityi
dye aggasayaka viharam tuccham katya gata, fcyam paiia nlddayasi^ yeya“
’ti yatva uttarasamgam assa apaiietya bhittiyaiii pitthikantakaiii pas-
santo^ viya panhikaja naib hadaye pahari, tayad ey’ assa mukhato
iohitam uggaiicbi, tato pattliaya gilaao aliosi. Sattha therarii puccM:
,,Sanputta tumbakaiii gatakale Beyadatto kiiii akasiti“, ,3hante
Beyadatto amlie disya ,Buddbainham karissamiti^ Sugatalayaiii dasse-
tya mahayiiiasam patto*‘ ti. Sattha ,.iia kho Sariputta Beyadatto
idan’ eya mama aiiukaronto yinasam patto, pubbe pi patto yeva“ ’ti
yatya tlierena yacito atitaih ahari;
Atite Baraiiasiyam Bralimadatte rajjaih karente
Bodiiisatto kesarasiiiilio liutva Himavantapadese Kancana-
giilmyam Yasam kappesi. So ekadivasam Kaiicaiiaguhaya® nik-
kliamitva vijambliitva/^ catuddisam oloketYa silianadam naditva
gocaraya pakkanto. Mahamaliisam vadliitva varamamsam kliadi-
tva ekam saraiii otaritvfi maiiivaniiassa udakassa kucchiiii puretva
gubaiii sandhaya payasi. Atli’ eko sigalo gocarapasuto saliasa
Ya sihaiii disva.. palayitiiiii asakkoiito siliassa purato padesu
patitva nipajji jainbiika*'^ ’ti ca Yutte „aham sarni pade
upattliatukamo^*' ti aha, Slho jjSadhii, eiii mam npatthaha,
vp’^naihsani kliadapessamiti^' yatva sigalaiii adaya Kancana-
giihaiii agamasi. Sigalo tato patthaya sihavighasaih^ khadati.
So katipahass’ eva thiillasarlro aliosL* Atha naiii ekadivasam
gnluiyaiii iiipanriako va sllio aha: j^gaccha jambnka. pabbata-
sikhare tliatva pabbatapade® saiicarantesii hatthiassaraalusadisu
" so K; palibhritii tvaiii bMkkhiinarh dhammakataya patibhati^ read:
bhatu tesaih bbikkhunaih dhaminakatha? ^ K pittbim, BP pittbi. ^ K agilayati-
Ri> gilfmati. ^ K -sk ® so K; BP bhittiyarh vikaiidakam p1ssaT\to. K -hfiyam,
‘ K vijamhitva. ® so K -gh.^sadam. ® Iv -padesu.
492 I. Ekanipata. 15. Kakaiitakava^ga. •
yassa maiiisaih ^ kbaditukamo si taiii oloketva agantva 'asnka. '
iiiamsam kbiditukamo ’mbiti vatva maiti vanditva ‘viroca sa«
inlti’ vada, abarii tarn vadbitva mamsaiii kbaditva tuybam pi
dassaniiti*^ Sigalo pabbatasikbaraiii abhiriihitva nanappakare
mige oloketva yass’ eva inamsaiii kbaditukamo boti Kancana-
guhaiii pavSsitYa tarn eva sjbassa arocetva padesu patitva ,jvi*
roca samlti'^' vadati, Sibo vegena pakkbanditva sace pi
mattavaravarano boti tatth’ eva nam jivitakkhayam papetva
sayam pi vararaamsam kbadati sigalassapi deti, Sigalo kiicchi-
puraiii inamsaiii kbaditva gubam pavisitva uiddayati. So gac«
chante gaccbante kale nianaih vaddhesi: jjahani pi catuppado
va, kinikarana divase divase parebi posiyaaiaiio viharami, ito
patthaya abam pi battbiadayo paliaritva mamsam kbadissamiti^
sibo pi migaraja ^viroca samiti’ viittam eva padaiii nissaya
varaiie vadheti, abam pi sibena ^viroca jambuka’ ’ti mam va-
dapetva ekaiii varavaraiiaiii vadliitva mamsam khadissamiti*^ so
siham upasaiiikamitva etad avoca: jjSami maya digharattam
tumlielii vadbitavarayarananam^ mamsam kbaditam, abam pi
ckam varanam paliaritva mamsam kbaditukamo tiimliebi uipan-
natthane Kancaiiagubayam nipajjlssami, tumbe pabbatapade
vicarantaiii varavaraiiam oloketva mama santikaiii agantva S;i-
roca jambubr ’ti vadetba, ettakamattam pi maccberaiii ma
karittba“ ti. Atba uaih sibo aba: ,, jambuka varaiie vadliitum
samattbo sibakule uppaniio, yaraiiam paliaritva mamsam kha--
danasamattbo sigMo nama loke n’ atthi, ma te etaiii rucci,
maya vadbitavaravaranauam iieva mamsam kbaditva vasassd^
’ti. So evaiii vutte pi oi^amitmii na icclii, punappuiia yaci yeva.
Sibo tarii iiivaretiim asakkonto sampaticcliitva j,tena lii mama
vasanatthanam pavisitva uipajja'* ’ti jambukam Kaficanagubayaiii
nipajjapetva pabbatapade mattavaranaiii oloketva guhadvaraiii
gantva ,,viroca jambuka‘‘ ’ti aha. Sigalo Kaficaiiagubaya^
' K maihsa. ^ K vadhitvavara-. * K -gulia;^am.
‘1. NafigufthyStaka. (144.)
493
iiikkliamitva catuddisam oloketva tikkliattuih vassi-
tva 5 ,mattavaravaranassa kuoibhe patissaniiti^^ virajjhitva pada-
mule pati. Varano dakklimapadam ukkbipitva tassa sisaiii
akkami, sisattliini ciinnavicunnani abesum. Atli’ assa sanraiii
varapo padeiia samgbaritva rasim katva upari landaiii'^ patetva
koncanadaiii nadaiito arannaiii pavisi. Bodliisatto imaiii pavat-
tlm disva ,pdam viroca jambuka'^ ’ti vatva imam gatham aba:
LasT ca te iiipplialita^ matthako ca vidalito^
sabba te pbasuka bhagga, ajja kho tvam virocasiti. 189.
Tattha lasiti mattliaiufiga, iiipphalita'^ ti nikkhanta.
}3odbisatto imam gatbam vatva yavatayukam thatva yatlia-
kammaiii gato.
Sattlia iniarii desanaiii aharitya jatakam samodhanesi : ,,Tada
sigalo Devadatto abosi, siho pana abam eva“ ’ti. Yirocanajatakam.
4. Nangutthajataka.
Bahum petam asabbhi jataveda ’ti. Idaiii Sattlia Jeta-
yane yiharanto ajiyikanam^ uiicchatapam arabbba katbesi. Tada
kira ajivika'* Jetavaiiapitthiyaiii nanappakaraiii uiicchatapam earaiiti.
Sambalmla bbikklm tesaiii ukkutikappadbanayagguliyatakantakappas-
sayapancatapanadibiiedamiccbatapam'' disya Bhagayantam piiccbimsu:
,,attlii nil kbo bhante imaiii miccbatapam nissaya kaci vaddbiti.^
Sattlia ,ma bhikkhaye eyarupaiii miccbatapam nissaya kusalaiii ya
vad^ii*^ ya atthi, piibbe pandita ‘evarupam tapam nissaya kusalaiii ya
vaddbi'^ ya bbayissatiti’ sannaya jataggiiii gabetya arannaiii payisitya
aggijuhaiiadiyasena kinci^ yaddliim apassantia aggirh udakena nibbapetva
kasinaparikammam katva abbinna ca samapattiyo nibbattetya
Brahmaloka»parayana a}iesun“ ti ratya atitam abari;
^ K vijambitva ^ soB2^j K laddham. ^ K -iUa. ** BJP ajiva-. K -ppadba-
nariivagguHvatakanfakappasayapaficatapanappanadi-| -ppatthariavaggulivata-
kaadakappasayaiiapancatapanadibliedam-. ® K vaddhim* so both K og ViP.
* K omits ca.
494 L Ekainpata. !5. Kakairfaiicivagga.
Atfte Baraiiasiyaiii Braiimadatte rajjam karente
Bodliisatto iidiecabra liman aknle nibbatti. Tassa jatadivase
matapitaro Jataggim galietva tbapesiuii. Atlia iiaiii sojasavassa-
kale etad avocum: j^mayaix te putta Jatadivase^ aggiiii ganliimlia,
sace si agaram ajjliavasitukamo tayo vede ngganba , atlia
Bralimalokam gantukamo aggiiii galietva arannaiii pavisitva
aggiiii paricaranto Maliabrabmaiiam aradlietva Brabmaloka-pa-
rayano lioliiti^^ So 5,na mayhaiii agarena attlio^^ ti aggiih ga-
lietva arafmaih pavisitva assamapadaiii mapetva aggiiii paricaranto
araiine viliasi. So ekadivasaiii paccantagamake godakkliinaiii
labliitva taiii gonam assaiiiapadaih netva ciiitesi: „ Aggiiii"
Bhagavantam goniamsaiii khadapessam'iti''^ Atli' assa etad
aliosi: 5,idlm lonaiii a’ attbi, Aggi Bliagava alonam Idiadituiii
na sakkliissatiV gamato lonaiii aliaritva Aggiiii^ Bliagavantam
salonakaiii kliadapessamiti*^^ So taiii tattli’ eva bandliitva
lonattliaya gamaiii agamasi. Tasmiiii gate sambaliiila lucldaka
taiii tlianaiii agata goiiaiii divsva vaciliitva maiiisam pacitva kliadi-
tva nafigutthan ca jaiiiglian^ ca cammafi ca tattliVeva cliadde-
tva avasesaraaiiisaiii adaya agamamso. Braliniano agaotva
nangiitidiadiniattaii ca disva cintesi: jjayaiii Aggi Bliagava attano
santakam pi rakkliitum na sakkoti, maiii kada rakkhissati,
iiiiina Aggina pariliaraiieua nirattliakeiia bliavitabbam, n’ attlii
itonidaiiaiii kusalam va vaddlii'^ va‘* ti so aggiparicariyaya
vigataccliaudo j^hambho"’ Aggi Bliagava, tvaiii attano pi santakam
rakkliitum asakkonto maiii kada rakkliissasi, mamsaiti n’ atthi,
ettakena pi tussalilti nanguttliadini aggimhi pakkliipanto imam
gatham aha;
Balmm p' etaih asabbbi Jataveda
yan taiii valadhinabliipujayama,
i K, pat, a- 2 agiii. » so both K and Rp. K vatjahini. ^ K haiaho.
5. Radhajiilaka. (115.)
495 -
inaiiisarahassa n’ atth’^ ajja maiiisaiii,
iianguttliam pi bliavarii patiggaliatu ’ti. 140.
Tattha bahiim p’ etan ti ettakam pi balmiii , asabbliiti asappurisa
asiidhnjatika, jataveda ’ti aggi hi jalamatto va vediyati nfiyati pakafo hot!
lasnia jatavedo ti vwccatij yan taiii valadhinabhipuj ayama ti yam ajja
mayani attano pi santakaiii rakkhitiiiii asamatthatii Bhagavantam valadliina abhl-
piijayama etaoi^ pi te bahum eva ’ti da'sseti, mamsarahassa ’ti maihsarahassa
tuybaih n’ atthi ajja maihsaiii. riariguttham pi bhavaiii pa tig gab at fi ’ti
attano santakam rakkhituui asakkonto bhavaiii iniina sajaihgbacammaiii naiignt-
tham pi patiganhatu ’ti.
Evaiii vatva Mabasatto aggiih udakena iiibbapetva isipab-
bajjaiii pabbajitva abliinna ca samapattiyo ca iiibbatteiva Brabma-
ioka-parayano ahosi.
Sattha iinam dhammadesanam aliaritva jatakam samodhanesi: ,,aibbu-
taggi tapaso aliain eva tena samayena“ • ’ti. N a fi g u 1 1 li a j a t a k a m.
5. Eadhajataka.
Ka tvaai Radha vijanasiti. Idaih Sattlia Jetarane tI-
haraBtd p u r a n a d u t i y i k a p al o b h a n a lii ^ arabblia katbesi. Pacciip-
paiinavatthum Indriyajatake avibhavissati. Sattba pana tarn bhikkhiim
amantetra ,,bhikkbu, inatiigamo nama arakkliiyo, arakkhaiii tliapetva
rakkhantapi nam rakkhitum na sakkonti, tvam pi pabbe etam arak-
khaiii thapetva rakkbaiito jd rakkliitum nasakkbi, idani katliam rak-
kliissasiti“ vatva atitaih ahari;
Atite Baranasiyaiii Brahmadatte rajjam karente
Bodliisatto sukayoniyaiii nibbatti, Kasirattlie eko brahmaiio
Bodbifiattan ca kanittbabliataraiii c’ assa puttattbane tliapetvii
posesi. Tesu Bodliisattassa PotthapMo ti namaih ahosi, itarassa
Radlio ti. Tassa pana brahmanassa bhariya aiiacan hoti dus-
sila. So voharatthaya gacchanto ubho pi bhataro aha: „tata
sace VO mata brahraanl anacaraih acarati vareyyatha. nan^^ ti.
Bodliisatto aha: „sadliu tata, varetum sakkonta vareyyama,
^ so botii K and read n’ atthi? ^ K cvam, K -dutikapalobbauaiii.
496 I. Ekanipaia. 15. Kakaniakavagga.
asakkoDta tunln bliavissama^^ ’ti. Evaih brahmano bralimaniiiii ^
sukanaiii niyyadetva A^oliamttbaya gato. Tassa gatadivasato
pat.tbaya bralmiani aticaritum araddha^^ pavisaiitaiian ca nikkba-
niantanan ca ante if attbi. Tassa kiriyarh disva Radbo Bodbi-
sattaiii alia: jjbbatikaj ambakam pita ‘sace vo iiuita anacaraiii
acarati viireyyatba’ ’ti vatva gato^ idani c’ esa® anacaraiii aca*-
rati, varema naif‘ ti. Bodhisatto jjtata, tvaih attano avyatta-
taya balabbaven’ evaiii vadesi, matugamam iiama nkkbipitvii
carautapi rakkbituiii na sakkonti, yarn kaniinam katuiii na
sakka na taiif katmli vattatiti^^ vatva imaiii gathani aha:
Na tvam Radha vijaoasi addharatte aiiagate,
avyayataiii vilapasi, viratta Kosiyayane ti. 141.
Tattha na ivaiii Eadha vijanasi adrlharalte aiiagate ti tata Radha
tvaih na janasi adejharatte anagate pathamayame yeva ettaka Jana agata idani ko
Janati kittakapi agamissaiiti , avyayataiii vilapasiti tvaiii avyattavilapaiii vila-
pasi, viratta kosiyayane ti mata ho kosiyayanl brahmam viratta amhakaih
pitari nipp^ma Jata, sac’ assa tasmiih siueho va pemam v?l bhaveyya na evaruparii
anacararij kareyya ’ti imam attharh etebi vyanjanehi pakasesi.
Evam pakasetva ca pana brahmaniya saddhiiii Radhassa
vatturii nadasi. Sapi yava brMimanassa anagamana yatharuciya
vicari. Brahmano agantva Pottliapadam puccM: 5 ,tata kidisl
te mata^‘ ti. Bodhisatto bralunanassa sabbaiii yathabbutam
katlietva ^jkin te tata evarupaya dussllaya/' ’ti ca vatva ,,tata
ambebi matuya dosassa kathitakaiato pattbaya na sakka idba
vasitun^ ti brabmanassa pade vanditva saddhiiii Radhena ngpa-*
titva aranhaiii agamasl.
■ r
Sattha imam dhanmiadesanam aharitva cattari saccani pakasesi.
Saccaiiariyosane ukkanthitabliikklm sotapattiphale patitthaJii. „Tada
pana brahmano brahinani ca ete yeva dve jana ahesum, Badho
pan-Anando, Potthapado pana aham eva'‘ ’ti. Radhajatakaih.
^ K -ni. 2 K vesa. » K katara.
497
6 . Kakajataka. (14(>.)
6. Kakajataka.
Api nil lianuka santa ti. Idam Sattha Jetavane viharanto
,sambaliuie mahailake bhikkhn arabbba kathesi. Te kira gihikaie’
Savatthiyarii kutiimbika adclha mahaddhana annaraannaih sahayaka
ekato- liutva punnani karonta Sattliu dliammadesanaih sutva ^mayafu’'^
inahailaka, kin no gharavasena, Sattliu .santike ramaniye Biiddhasasane
pabbajitya dukkhass’ antaiii karissaina** ti .sabbam .sapateyyam putta-
dhitadinam datya assumiikham natisaibgdiaiii pahaya Sattharaiii pabbaj-
jam yacitva pabbajiihsu, pabbajitya ca pana pabbajjaiiiirupam samana-
dhammaih na karimsii, niaballakabhaveiia dhammain pi na pariyapunimsu,
gihikale yiya'^ pabbajitakale pi viba-rapariyaiite pannasala karetva ekako"^
va vasimsii, pindaya carantapi afmattha agantya 'yebliuyyena attano
puttadarass’ eva gebarii gantva bbimjimsu. Tesu ekassa puranadutiyika
sabbesain pi mahallakatheraiiam upakara ahosi ^ tasiiia sesapi attana
laddliam aharaiii gahetva ta.s«a yeva gehe nisiditya bhunjaiiti, sapi
tesaiii yathasannihitarii suxiavyanjanam deti. . Sa annatarena abadhena
phuttlia’’^ kaiam akasi, Atlia te niahallakathera viharaiii gantya anna-
niannaih givasu gahetva ,,madhurahattliai*asa upasika kaiakata“ ti vi-
harapaccante rodaiita vicariuisu. Tesarii saddam sutva ito c’ ito ca
bliikkhu sannipatitva ,javuso kasma rodatM“ ’ti puccbimsu. Te „amha-
kaiii sahayassa puranadutiyika niadliurahattharasa kalakata , amhakaiii
ativiya upakara, idani kuto tatbarupam labbissama, imina karanena
rodimha“ ’ti ahamsu, Tesaih tarn vippakaram disva bbikkbu dhamnia-
sabiiayaiii kathaih samutthapesum: ,,aviiso imina nania karanena ma-
hallakatthera annamannaih givaya gahetya vibarapaccante rodanta
yicarantiti‘\ Sattha agantva „kaya nu ’ttha bhikkha,ye etarahi ka-
thaya sannisinna“ ti piiccliitya „imiiya nama‘' ’ti yutte „na bhikkhaye
idan’ eva te tassa kalakiriyaya rodanta vicaranti, pubbe p’ ete imam
kakayoniyaih nibbattitya saiiiudde mataih iiissaya ‘samuddaudakaai mssin-
citya" etaiii niharissama’ ’ti yayamanta pandite nissaya jiyitam labhimsu**
’ti vatva atitam ahari: •»
Atite Baranasiyaiii Brabmadatte rajjaih karente Bo-
dhisatto samudde devata lintva nibbatti Atli’ eko kako at”
tano bbariyaiii kakim adaya gocaram pariyesamano samuddatTraih
^ K gilil-. ® K mayhaih, * so BP 5 K gihikale pi, ^ so both K and Bp in-
stead oi' ekato? so BP; K puttha. ** K
32
498
I. Ekanipata. 15. Kakantakavagga.
agamasi. Tasniiih kale nianussa samuddatire khirapayasamaccha-
mamsasuradihi nagabalikaniinam katva pakkaniiiiisii. Kako ba-
likaiiimattlianam gantva kluradmi^ disva saddliim kakiya klilra-
payasamacchamaihsadini paribliunjitva baliiim suraiii pivi. Te
ublio pi suramadamatta* j^samuddakilaih kilissania^^ ti velante
iiisiditva naliayituiii arabliiiiisii, Atli’ eka umi agantva kakiiii
gahetva samuddaiii pavesesi. Taai eko niacclio niamsam kliaditva
ajjholiari. Kako j^bbariya me niata‘‘ ti rodi paridevi. Atb’
assa paridevanasaddam sutva baliu^ kaka sannipatitva jjkiiii-
karaiia rodasiti‘‘ pacchimsii. ^^Sabayika vo velante nabayaniana
uraiya hata“ ti te sabbe pi ekaravam ravanta rodiiiisu. Atha
iiesam etad aliosi: ^imam samuddudakam nanm amhakaiii kiiii
palioti, udakam ussiilcitva samuddaiii tuccbam katva sahayikaiii
nlharissama^^ ’ti te mitkbaiii puretva puretva udakam babi
cbaddentia lonudakena ca gale sussamane utthay’ utthaya tbalaih
gantva vissamanti. Te hamlsu kilantesu mukhesu sukkbantesii
akkbisu rattesu niddakilanta'* butva aniiainaiinam amantetva
jjambbo*^ mayam samiiddaudakam gabetva babi patema, gabita-
gabitattbanaiii puna udakena purati^ samuddaiii tuccham katuiii
na sakkbissaiiitV' ’ti vatva iniaiii gatham abaiiisu:
Api nu banuka santa, inukbaii ca parisiissati,
oramama na parema% purat’ eva maliodadlnti. 142 .
Tattha api nu banuka Santa ti api no baimka santa ti, api amhakaiii
banuka kilaiita, oramama na parema® mayam attano balena mahasamudda-
udakam akaddbema osarema, tuccbarn paiia iiaih katuiii na sakkoma, ayaiii bi
pfirat’ eva^ mabodadbi.
Evan ca pana vatva sabbe pi te kaka „tassa kakiya eva-
ruparii nama tundam ahosi evarupani vattakkhTni evarupam
cliavisantbanaiii evarupo madhurasaddo, sa no imaiii corasa-
muddaiii nissaya nattha^^ ti baburii vippalapimsu”. Te evaiii
^ K biradlni. ® so K suramandamattii. ^ K balm. ^ so K dina-
kliaiita. 5 so Bl'j K amho. « K pureti. ’ B2> haroma. ® BjP barema. ® K
pureteva, K vaddhakkliTni. K -iaviiiisu.
7. Puppbarattajataka. (147.)
499
vippalapafiiine saiBiidde^ clevata blieravarupam dassetva palapesi.
Evaiii tesaiii spttlii ahosi,
Sattiia imam dhammadesanam aharitva jatakaih samodhaiiesi :
„Tada kaki ayam piiranadutiyika ahosi, kako maliallakatihero, sesa-
kaka maliallakatthera, samaddadeTaia pana ahani cva^ ’ti. Kaka-
j aiak aiix.
7. Puppliarattajataka.
Na idaih diikkliam adum dtikkhan ti. Tdaiii Sattka do-
lava no Tiharanto ekaik iikkanikitabliikkli lira arabblia katliesi.
So lii Bliagavata 5,saccaiii kira tvarn bliikkliu ukkanthito*^ ti vutte
,,saccau“ ti vatva ,,keiia iikkantbapito siti“ ca puttbo ,,puranadutiyi-
kaya“ ’ti yatya „madliura.liattliarasika' bliante sa ittlii, na sakkoini
tarn vina vasitun“ ti aha. Atha naiii Sattha ,,esa te bliikkhu anattha-
karika, piibbe pi tyaiii etaiii nissaya siiie uttasito, etaih heva parideva-
inaiio kalaih katva niraye nibbatto, idaiii taiii kasma puna patthesiti“
vatya atitam abari :
Atite Baranasiy am Bralimadatte rajjam karente
Bodhisatto akasattliadevata ahosi. Atha Baraiiasiyarh
kattikarattivarachano sampatto hoti, imgaraiii devanagarahi viya
alaiiikarimsu, sabbo jano chapakilanissito ahosi. Ekassa pana
diiggatamannssassa ekam eva ghanasatakayngaiii ahosi, so tarn
sudhotaiB^ dhovapetva obhahjapetva satavalikam sahassavalikam
karetva thapesi. Atha naiii bhariya evam aha: jjiccham’ aham
saiiii kusumbharattam niveasetva ekam parupitva tava kanthe laggH
kattikarattivaram caritun'^^ ti. ^tito amhakam dalidda-
iiaih kusumbham, suddhavatthaiii niv^setva kflahiti^'. jjKiisuni-
bharattaiii alabhamana chanakilam na kilissama, tvaiii ahnaiii
itthim galietva kilassu''^ ’ti. ^Bhadde, kimmaiii pilesi, kuto amha-
kam kiisumbhan^^ ti. „Sami, pnrisassa icchaya sati kiih miman’
atthi, nanu ranho kusiimbhavatthusmim bahiim kusumbhan^^ ti.
^ Bp sanmdda. BP sutthui'u and sudhotami K suddhotam.
32 ^
500
I, Ekaiupata. 15. Kakaulakavagga.
jjBhadde , taiii tlmnam rakkbasapariggaliitapokkliaranisadisam,
balava rakkliaj na sakka upasamkamitum^ ma te etaiii rucci,
yathaladdhen’ eva tussassu'V ’ti. j^Sami rattiblmge aiidliakare
sati purisassa agamanlyatthanaih iiama n’ Iti so taya
punappuna katheixtiya kiiesavaseiia vacanaiii galietva jshotu
bhadde, ma cintayittlia^^ ’ti tarn samassasetva rattibbage jivitaiii
pariccajitva nagara iiikkiiamitva raiino kusuiiibliavattliiuh gaiitv^fi
vatirii madditva antovatthum pavisi. Arakkhaaianussa vati-
saddaiii sutva j,coro^^ ti parivaretva gahetva paribhasitva kotte-
tva^ bandhib Pabliataya rattiyi raMo dassesiim, raja ^^gaccha-
tha, nam sale uttaaetha^^ ’ti alia* Atlia naiii paccliabaliam
bandliitva vajjablieriya vajjamaiiaya nagara nikklianiitva sale
attasesaiii. Balavavedana -vattanti, kaka sise iiiiiyitva kana-
yaggasadiselii tuadehi akkliini vijjlianti* So tatliarapam pi dak-
khaih amanasikaritva tarn eva itthiiii auussaritva j^taya naiiiapi''*
glianapuppbarattanivatthaya kaiithe asattabahuyugalaya sad-
dhim kattikarattivarato pariinno''‘‘ ti cintetva imaiii gathani aba:
Na idam dukkhaiii aduiii dukkhaiii yaiii mam tudati vayaso
yaiii sama puppharattena kattikaiii nanubliossatiti. 143 ,
Tattha iia idaih dukJiham aduiii diikkiiaiii yaiii maiii tudati
vayaso ti yafi ca idam suic iaggaiiapaccayam kayikacetasikadukkharii yafi ca
lohainayelii viya liiuijohi vayaso tudati idam sabbaiii maybaiii na dukkhaiii,
aduiii diikkhaih, etaih yeva pana me diikkhan ti attlio, kataraiii: yaiii sama
puppharatteiia kattikam nanubhossati yam sa piyarigusdma mama bhariya
ekam kusumbharattaui nivasetva ekarii pdrupitva evaih glianapuppliarattena vattha-
yugena accbanna maiii kaiithe gahetva kattikarattivaraih rianubhavissati in^aiii
mayhaiii diikkliaiiiy etad eva hi luaiii badhatiti.
So evaiii matogamaii^ arabbba vippalapanto yeva kalarh
katva niraye nibbatti.
Sattiia imaiii diiaminadesaiiam aiiaritva jatakaiii samodhanesi : „Tada
jayanipatika idani jayampatika, tarn karanaiii xmccakkbani katva tbiia-
akasatthadevata pana ahani eya‘" ’ti* Puppliarattajatakam*
* K koddhetvii. ^ K namam pi. ® K parihliia, fii* parihiiiiio.
8. Sfgalajataka. (148.)
501
8. Sigalajataka,
Nail a ill punaiii iia ca pun an ti. idaiii Sat t- ha Jetavaiie
viharanto kil osaniggaliara arabbha kathesi. Savattbiyaiii kira panca-
fc;ataniatta sahayaka niabavibbava settbiputta Sattbii dhamniadesaiiani
sutva savsane iirahi dafcva pabbajitva Jetavane antokotisantbare viharimsu,
Ath’ ekadiyasaiii tesarh addliarattasamaye kilesanissito samkap].)o uppajji.
Tc ukkantbitya, attana jahitakilese puna ganbitura cittarii uppadayiiiisu.
Atba Sattha addharattasamanantare sabbannutananada.ndadipikarii ukkhi-
pitya j.kataraya im kbo ratiya Jetavane bhikkhii vibarant']ti“ ajjha-
.sayadi olokento tesam bbikklmnam abbbantare kamaragasaihka>ppassa
iippannabliavam annacsi. Sattha ca nama ekaputtika ittlii attano puttarii
viya ekacakkbuko jiuriso cakklmm viya attano savake rakkbati,
pubbanliadisu yasmiiii yasmiiii samaye tesaiii kilesa uppajjaiiti te tesaiii
kilese tatoparam vaddbitum adiitya tasmiih tasmiiii yeva samaye niggan-
liati, ten’ assa etad aliosi: ,,ayam cakkavattiranno antonagare yeya
eoranam uppannakalu viya vattati , idan’ eva nesam dbammadesanarii
kathetya^ te kilese nigganlu'tva araliattaiii dassaraiti’' so surabhigandba-
kutito nikkhamitva raadburassaTena »>Ananda‘* ’ti ayasinantam dbaniraa-
bbandagarikarh Aimndattlieram amantesi. There „kim bhante'^ ti
agantya vanditva attbasi. ,,Ananda yattaka bhikkliu untokotisanthare
vibaraiiti sabbe va gandhakutipariyene sannipatebiti“. Evam kir’ assa
aliosi: ,,sac’ aham te yeva paheasata bhikklm pakkosapessann *Sattbara
no abbbantare kilesanaiii uppannabbayo Sato’ ti saiiivigganianasa dbamma-
desanaiii paticcbituib na salddiissantiti‘‘, tasina ,, sabbe sannipatebiti“
aba. Tlicro .,sadhu bliante’* ti avapuranaih adaya parivenena parive-
nani ahinditva sabbe biiikkhS gandbakiitiparivene sannipatetva Buddha-
sanaih paSSapesi. Sattlia pallainke cibbii jitva njiim kayaiii panidhaj^a
sil^patbaviyaih patittbaharnano Sinem viya paSnattabuddliasane nisidi
avelavelayaiiiakayamaka ebabbannabuddbarasmiyo vissajjento, tapi ras-
raiyo patiinatta cliattaniatta kutagara}5;|iccbimatta cbijjitya chijjitva
gaganatalaib vijjuiiala viya samcarimsu. Annaya-kucchim kbobhetya
balasuriyugganianakalo viya abosi. Bhikklmsanigbo pi Sattharam
vanditva gariicittarh paccupatthaiietya rattakambalasaniiTi parikkliipanto
viya pariyaretya nisidi. Sattha brahniassaram nicebarento bhikkini
so K katva. ^ K abUuDjitva.
502 r. Ekampata. 15. Kaka
amantetva owa bhikklmve bliikkhuna nama kamavitakkaiii vyapada-
vitakkam vihimvsavitakkan ti ime tajo akusalavitakke yitakketum
yattati, antouppaiinakileso bi parittako ti natiim na yattati, kiieso
nama paccamittasadiso , paccaniitto ca kliuddako nama ii’ attbi,
okasaih iabhitva yinasam eva papeti, eyam evam appamattako
pi Idleso Ui)pajjitya vaddhitum iabhanto inabayiiiasam papeti , kiieso
nama esa baiabalayisupamo Tippaditaccliayikandunibbo * asiyisapati-
bhago asaniagg'isadiso allfyitnm na yutto, asamkitabbo, nppanimpaniiak-
khane yeya patisaibkbanabalena _ bbayanabalena yatha mubut-taiu pi
badaye atbatya paduminipatta udabindtirii yiya viyattati eyam pajahi-
tabbo, poranakapandit^i appamattakam pi kilesam garabitya yatba
puna abbliantare n’ iippajjati eyam nig’ganbimsu“ ’ti vatya atitam abari:
Atite Baranasiyam Bralimadatte rajjarii karente Bo-
dhisatto sigalayoniyaiii patisaiidbim galietva aramie naditlre
iiivasam kappesi. Atli’ eko jaraliattbi Gangatire kalam akasi,
Sigalo gocarapasnto taiii sanraiii disva 5,malia me gocaro up-
panno^^ti gantva sonde dasi, nailgalisaya dattbakalo viya aliosi,
So jju’ attli’ ettha khaditabbayuttakan^^ ti dante clasi, attbimbi
dattbakalo viya abosi. Kaniie dasi, suppakotiyam dattbakUlo viya
abosi. Udare dasi, knsnie dattbakalo viya abosi. Fade clasi, nduk-
kbale dattbakalo viya abosi. Nanguttlie dasi, miisale dattbakalo
viya abosi. ^jEttbapi ii’ attbi kbaditabbayiittakau^^ ti sabbattba
assadaiii alabhanto vaccamagge dasi, mudupfive dattbakalo viya
abosi. So jjiaddhaiii dani me imasmiih sanre miiduih kbadi-
tabbayuttattbanan"^^ ti tato pattbaya khadanto antokncchira
pavisitva vakkahadayadmi khaditva pipasitakale lohitaiii pivitva
nipajjitakale ndaram pattbaritva iiipajjati. Atb’ assa etacl abosi :
„idam liattbisanram maybaiii nivasasiikbataya gebasadisaiii,
klnlditiikamataya sati pahiitamamsam , kiih dani me afinattha
kamman^^ ti so annattba agantva battbikiiccbiyam yeva maiiisam
kbaditva vasati. Gaccbante gacchante ki^e nidagliavatasam-
pliassena* c’ eva suriyarasmisantapena ca tain kunapam
^ Bi> uppaditaohavikanclusadiso, K uppatTnataocliavigaihjanibho, ^ K -phasse.
S. Sigalajatalia. (148.)
50:^
sussitva valiyo gaiilii. Sigalassa pavittliadvaram piliitaiii. Aiito-
kiicclii andhakaro aliosi. Sigalassa lokaiitarikanivaso viya jato.
Kunape sussante mamsam pi sussi. Lohitani pi pacciiijji. So
iiikkliaiBanadvaram alablianto bhayappatto hutva saiidbavanto
ito c’ ito ca palmritva nikkhamanadvaram pariyesamano vica-
rati. Evam tasraim ukklialiyaiii pittbapiiidi viya aiitokiiccliiyain
sijjamane ^ katipabaccayena iBahameglio pavassi. Atlia nairi
kuiiapam temitva uttbaya pakatisaptbaiieiia attliasi. Yacca-
maggo vivato biitva taraka viya pannayi. Sigalo tarn cbiddaih
disva nie jivitaiii laddhan^^ ti yava batthislsa patikka-
iiiitva vegena pakkhanditva vaccamaggam sisena pabaritva
nikkbami, Tassa sambbinnasariratta^ sabbalonmni vaccamagge
alliyiiiisu. So talakkhandhasadisena nilloniena sarirena iibbigga-
citto iinihuttam dhavitva nivattitva nisinno sariraiii oloketva
jddaiii dukkbam mayliarh iia annena katam , lobliabetii lobba-
karana^ lobhaiii nissaya maya etaiii kataiii, ito daoi pattliaya
na lobbavasiko bbavissaiiii, puna battbisariram naina na pavisis-
sainiti^^ samviggahadayo butva imam gatbam aba:
Naliaiii punam na ca punaiii na capi apunappuiiam
battbibondiiii pavekkbami, tatba bi bhayata-jjito ti. 144 ,
Tattha !ia capi apuii appunaii ti akfiro nipatamatto. Ayam pan’ ctissii
sakalaya pi gathay’ attlio: ahaiii hi ito puna tato ca punan ti vuttavarato puna
tato pi oa^ punap|iunam varanasarTrasarhkhataih hatthibon diiis na pavek-
khami; kiriikarana: tatliii iii bhayatajjlto tatha hi aliaiii imasmim yeva
pavesane bhayatajjito, maranabbayena santasaiii saravegam apudito ti.
» Evan ca pana vatva tato ca palayitva puna tain va aniiaih
va battbisariram |>i nivattitva na olokesi, tato pattbaya na
lobbavasiko ahosi. ®
Sattha imaiii dhammadesauarii abaritva „bbikkluive aiitoup-
paunakilesassa nama vaddhitimi adatva tattlia tatth’ cva nigganbitiim
^ K sijjamano. ^ K saihsinna- corr, to samjinna- over the line and to sam-
bhinna- under the line, B saihbhinna- and sanchinna-. ® so K panalo-.
^ so BiMti vuttain tato puna tato pi ca. ® K na bhikkhave.
Mi.
I, Ekanipata, If). Kakanf;aka\af^.ga.
Tatfcatiti'‘ vatva saccani pakasetva jatakaih Stiniodhanesi : (Saccapari^
yosane paScasatapi te bhikkhu arahatte patitthabiihsii, anise.sesu kec-i
sotapaiuui keci sakad%amino keci anagamiiio aliesiiiB) ,,Tacla sigalo
aham cva ahosiii** ti. Sigalajatakam.
9. Ekapaniiajataka.
Ekapanno ayarii rukklio ti. Idam Sattha Ye,saiiyam
iipaiussaya mahavane kiitag’arasalayara viliararito vesalikaih duttha>»
TJccIiavikuniarakam arabblia kathevsi. Tasmim hi kale Yesalinagaram
garutagavutantare tihi pakareM parikkhittaiii tisii tbanesu gopuratta-
lakayuttaiii ^ paraniasobhaggappattam. Tattba niccakalaiii rajjaih karetva
vasantaiiam yeva rajuDam sattasabassani sattasatani satta ca litjano
lionti, tattaka yeya iiparajano tattaka senapatino tattaka bliaiidagarika.
Tesaih rajakiiiiiaranam antare eko duttha-Liccliavikumaro nama abosi
kodhano cando pbaruso dandena saddhim nasiviso viya niccaiii pajjalito.
Kodhena tassa purato dyo tini vacanani kathetiim samattbo nama n’
atthi, tam n’ eya matapitaro na natayo na mittasuhajja sikkliapetiim
nasakkbmisu'^ Ath’ assa matapitunnam etad abosi: ,,ayam kimiaro
atipharuso sahasiko, tliapetya Sammasambiiddbam anno imaiii yinetum
samattbo nama n’ atthi , Buddbaveneyyena bhavitabban'- ti te nam
adaya Sattlm santikam gantva vaiiditva ,,bbante ayaib kiimaro cando
pbaruso kodbena pajijalati, imassa ovadaiii detha’^ Hi. Sattba tarn
kumaraiii oyadi: „knmara imesu nama sattesu candena pbaruseiia sa-
basikena rihetbakajatikena na bbavitabbaiii, pbarusavaco nama yijata-
raatuyapi pituno pi puttassa pi , bbatubliagininam pi pajapatiyapi mitta-
bandbayanam appiyo boti amanapo, dasitiuh agacchanto sappo viya
atayiyam ntthitacoro yiya khaditnm agacchanto yakkho viya ca iibbe-
janiyo^ butva dutiyakacittavare V nirayadisu riibbattati, dittbe yeva ca
dbamme kodhano puggalo manditapasadhlto’' pi diibbanno va boti,
pnnnacandasassinkam, pi ’ssa rnnkbam jalabliibatapadiimam viya malag-
gabitakancanadasamandalam vJJ^a virupaiii boti, duddasikam kodliaiii
nissaya hi satta sattham adaya attana va attanam paba-ranti yisani
kbadanti rajjnya iibbandbanti papata patanti, evaiii kodbavasena kalani
katva nirayadisu nppajjanti, vihethakajatiyapi dittbe yeya dbamme
* K gopiiraddhalaka-. ^ Bi* na sakkh-. ^ K «niyo. ^ so K; Bi> diitiyadtta-
vare. K -pasadhito.
9. Kkajiaiinajaiaka. (J49.)
505
garaliam patva kayassa blieda nirayadiau uppajjanti, puna iiuiimssattam
labhitva jatakalato patthaya rogabahiila ra honti\ cakkliiii’ogo sota-
rogo ti adisu ca rogesxi ekato patthaya ekasmim patanti, rogena apari-
iimtta va iiiitva niccadukkhita va Iioiiti, tasma sabbasattesn metta-
cittena liitacittena bliayitabbaiii , eyarupo hi puggalo nitayadibliayena
parimuccatiti^“. So kumaro oyadam labhitya ekovadeii’ eya iiihata-
mano danto nibbisevano mettacitto nmducitto ahosi, akkosantam pn
paliarantain pi nivattitya na olokesi» uddhatadatho viya sappo alac-
chinno yiya kakkatako^ cliinnayisano viya ca usabho ahosi, Tassa tarn
payattiiii natva bhikkhii dhammasabhayam katham samiittbapesiim :
i,ayuso duttha-Liccbavikumaram sucirani pi ovaditva ii’ eya matapitaro
iia natimittadayo danietiim sakkhiihsut Sammasainbuddlio pana eko-
vaden’ eva dametva nibbisevanam katya mattayarayaranam viya samiig-
gahitanan clia^ karanarii akasi, yava snbhasitaiii idam ‘hatthidamakeiia
bliikkhaye hattludammo sarito, ekaiii yeva disaili dhavati puratthimam
va pacchimaiii ya uttaram va dakkhinam va, assadamakena -pe-, go-
damakena -pe- dakkhinaiii va^ Tathagateiia bhikkhave arahata Sannna-
sambuddhena purisadanimo sarito, attha disa vidhavati, rupl riipani
passati, ayam eva tadiso*^ -p>e-, so yuccati yoggacariyanam^ axiuttaro
purisadammasarathiti’, na hi avuso Sanimasarabuddhena sadiso purisa-
dannnasarathi ' nama attluti**. Sattha agantva j,kaya nu ’ttba bhik-
khave etarahi kathaya sannisinna“ ti pnccbitva „imaya nama*‘ Hi
vutte ,,na bhikkhave idaii’ ev’ esa maya ekovaden’ eva dainito, piibbe
aham imaiii ekovacleir eva damesin“ ti yatva atitaiii ahari:
iUite Baranasiyaiii Bralnuadatte rajjam kareiite
B 0 d li i s a 1 1 0 ii d i c c a b r a hm a n a kule nibbattitva vay ap patto
Takkasilayaiii tayo vede sabbasippani ca ugganliitva kanci kalaiii
gliaravasaiii vasitva matapitiiiinam accayena isipabbajjaih pabba-
jitva abliinna ca samapattiyo nibbattetva Himavante vasam
kappesi. Tattha ciram vasitva Ioi>ambilasevanatthaya jana-
padaiii agantva Baranasiiii patva rajuyyane vasitva punadivase
sunivattho soparuto tapasakappasanipanno bhikkhaya nagaraiii
^ K va hoti, Bp ca iionti, ‘ K na parimuccantfli, BP muccati iti. ^ so K
kakantako. so K ? BP samuggahitanaTii. ® K katlisa. ® BP yog.ivacariicari-,
‘ K ~thj K omits ca.
506
I. Ekanipata J5, Kakantakavagga,
pavisitva rajadvaraiii papuiii. Raja siliapaiijareiia’ olokento
taiii disva iriyapatlie pasiditva j^ayam tapaso sautindriyo santa-
maiiaso yugamattadaso^ padavare padavare saliassattliavikaiii
fchapento viya siliavijambhitena agaccliati, sace santadhamnio
nam’ eko atthi imassa ten’ abbhantarena bhavitabban^^ ti cinte-
tva ekaiii amaccam olokesi. So „kim karonii deva“ ’ti aba.
jjEtaiii tapasaiii anehlti^b So 5,sadliii deva ’ti Bodbisattaiii
npasamkamitva vanditva hatthato bbikkhabhajanam gahetva
^jkiiii mahapiinna^'' ’ti vutte „bhante raja pakkosatiti^*' aha.
Bodliisatto mayarii rajakulupaga, liemavataka nam’ amlia“
’ti alia. Amacco gantva tam attharii ranno arocesi. Raja 5,anno
amliakaiii kuldpako n’ atthi, aiiehi nan^^ ti aha, iimacco gantva
Bodhisattam vanditva yacitva rajanivesanaiii pavesesi. Raja
Bodhisattam vanditva samussitasetaccliatte kancanapallamke
nisidapetva attano patiyattaih imnaggarasabhojanam bliojetva
jjbliante kuhiiii vasatha‘‘ ’ti pucchi. „Hemavataka mayaiii niaha-
raja“ ti. ,,Idani kahaiii gacchatha” ’ti. jjVassarattauimipam
senasanaiii upadharema maharaja*" ’ti. „Tena hi bhante amhakaiii
iieva uyyane vasatha** ’ti patinnaiii gahetva sayam pi bhunjitva
Bodhisattam adaya uyyanaiii gantva pannasalaih liiapetva rattit-
thanadivathanani^ karetva pabbajitaparikkhare datva uyyana-
palarii paticchapetva nagaram pavisi. Tato patthaya Bodliisatto
uyyane vasati. Rajapi ’ssa divase divase dvatikkhattum iipat-
thanaih gacchati. Tassa pana rahho dutthakumaro nama piitto
aliosi cando pharuso, ii’ eva raja dametiiiii asakkhi na sesaiia-
taka. Amaccapi brahmanagahapatikapi ekato liutva „sami,
ma evaiii kari, evaih katuiii na labbha** ti kiijjhitva kathentapi
katliam gahapetuiii na sakkhimsu. Raja cintesi: „tliapetva
mama ayyarh silavautam tapasaih anno imaiii kumaraiii dametiiiii
samattho nama n’ atthi, so yeva nam damessatiti** so kumaraih
adaya Bodhisattassa santikaiii gantva „bliante ayaiii kuiiiaro cando
^ K siihhapafijareiia.
Bi* -dasso. ^ both K and hP -divaltliii-.
0. EkapaiuiajtUaka. ({40.)
507
pliarusoj luayaiii iaiaiii danietuiii na sakkoma^ tumlie tani ekeiia
opayena sikkliapetba^ ’ti kiimaraiii Bodliisattassa iiiyyadetva
pakkami. Bodliisatto kumaraiii gahetva uyyane vicaranto '
ekafo ekena ekato ekena ’ti dvihi yeva pattelii ekaiii i
iiimbapotakam disva knmaram aha: ^^kumara etassa tava riik- |
khassa potakassa pannaih kliaditva rasaiii jaaahiti^^ So tassa I
ekarh pannaiii samkliaditva rasam natva dhiti saha klieleiia
blmmiyam nuttliublh^j sjkiiTi etaiii kumara^ ’ti vutte j^bliante ;
idan’ ev’ esa rukklio lialalialavisilpamo, vaddhanto paiia baliu
maiiusse maressatiti^^ iiimbapotakam uppatetva hatthelii pari-
madditva imaiii gatham aha: I
Ekapanno ayaiii rukklio iia bhiimya caturangulo
phaleiia visakappena^ mahayam kirn bhavissatlti. 145 .
' ' ' ' '"'^"1
Tattlia ekapanno ti iibhosii passesu ekekapanno, na bliiiinya caturafi*-
gulo ti bimmito caturafigulamattam pi iia vaddkito, phalena ti palasena, ;
visakappena ti halahalavisasadiseiia, evam khuddako® pi sainano evarupeiia
tittakena paniiena samannagato ti attho, raahlyam kim bhavissatiti yadii
panayaiii vuddhippaito maha bhavissati tada kim. nama bhavissati, addha raarmssa- |
maranako^ bhavissatiti evaiii uppatetva madditva chaddesin^ ti alia. '!
Atlia naiii Bodliisatto etad avoca: 5,kwitiara tvaiii iniaiii I
Iiimbapotakam 4 daii’ eva evaih tittako, mahallakakale kiito imaiii ?
nissaya vaddluti’ uppatetva madditva chaddesi% yatha tvaili
etasiiiim patipajji evam eva tvaiiri’ ratthavasino pi ‘ayaiii kumaro s
dabarakale yeva evaih cando pharuso, raaliallakakale rajjaiii i
pabva kim nama karissati, kuto amhakaiii etaiii nissaya vad- 1
(iliiti’ tava kulasantakam rajjaih adatva iiimbapotakam viya taiii® j
uppatetva rattha pabbajaniyakammaiV karissaiiti, tasnia nimba-
rukkhapatibhagatam liitva, ito patthaya khaiitimettanuddayasam-
paimo hohiti^^ So tato patthaya nihatamano nibbisevano
khantimettanuddayasampanno liutva Bodliisattassa ovade thatva
^ K nutthabhi, B nitthubhi. ^ so K khuddakena. ® K mauussa-. ^ K
ehadi.ihesin, chattesi. ^ K chaddhesi, Bi> chattesi. so both K and Bp.
50S
I. Ekanipata. 15 , Kakanfakavagga,
pitu accayeiia rajjaiii patva daiiadini punnakaniinani katva yatlia-
kaiiimaih agaiiiasi.
Satfclm imam dhammadesanam aliaritva ,,na bhikkliave idau' ev'
esa chittha-LicchaYikiimaro niaya daniito, pub be pi akaiii etaiii damesi
yeva“ ’ti vatva jatakaiii saraodhanesi : „Tada dukkliakumaro a, yam
Liccbavikumaro abosi, raja Anando, oyadadayakatapaso pana ahain
cYtv' ’ti. Ekapannajatakam.
H. ■■■ ■
10. Sailjivajataka.
Asantam yo pagganhatiti. Idam Sattlia Veiuvane vi-
baranto Ajatasattussa ranno asantapaggaliaiii arabbba katliesi.
So lii Buddhaiiaih patikanfeakablmte diissile papadhamme DeYadattc
pasiditya tarn asantam asappurlsam paggayha „tassa sakkaram karis*
saiuiti“ balmiii dhanam pariccajitya Gayasise viliaraiii karetya tass’
eva vacanaih gahetya pitaram dhaminarajanaih sotapannaiii ariyasaya-
karii g'liatctya attano sotapattiraaggassa upanissa^uirii cliinditva nialia-
yinasam patto. So hi ,,'Devadatto paOmyipavittbo'* ti siitya ,,kacci
nu kho mam pi pathavi gileyya“ ’ti blntatasito rajjasiikliam na la-
bhati, sayaiie assadam na yindati, tibbakaranabhitiiuno ^ hatthipoto
yiya kampamano yicarati. So pathaviiii plialamanam viya ayicijalaiii
Bikkbamantam viya pathaviya attanaiii giiiyamanam yiya adittaya loha-
pathaviya iittanakam nippajjapetya ayasiileiii kottiyamanarh viya ca
samannpassi. Ten' etassa''^ pahatakiikkutasseya nuihuttam pi ka,iupa-
raanassa avatthanam nama na hosi, Sammasambuddbam passitukamo
khainapetukamo panham piicchitukamo ahosi, attano aparadhamahaiita,-
t%a upasamkamitiim na sakkoti. Ath’ assa Hajagahanagare katti-
karattivare sampatte deyanagaraiii yiya nagare alamkate laahajade
amaccaganaparivutassa kaficanasane nisinnassa Jivakam ^ Komarabhaccaih
avidure nisinnam disva etad aho^i:, „Jiyakam^ gahetva Sammasamhuddham
passissami, na kho pana sakka maya ujiikarn eva vattiim: ‘aharii
sanima Jivaka sayam gantiim na sakkomi , ehi luam Satthii .santikaiii
nehitT pariyayena pana- rattisarapadam yannetva^ ‘ka«‘ im kho ajja
‘ K ‘-tuuuo. ^ K tetetassa. •* K -naiigare. ^ K Jlvikaiii. ® K -bhainjaiiu
* K yannetva, ^ K kin.
10. Saiijivajataka. (150.)
509
mayam .sainanam va bralinianaih va pajirupaseyyama yan no payirii-
pasantanam ^ cittaiii pasideyya’ ’ti yakkhami, turn sutya amacca attano
Sattbaraiiam vainiaiii kathessaiiti, Jivako pi Samniasanibuddhasjsa vaanaih
kathessati, atlia iiarii gahetva Satthii santikaiii g-accliissainiti‘* so paFi-
cahi patlelii rattiiii vannesi:
jjLakkhanna yata bho dosina ratti,
abhirupa yata bho dosina ratti,
dassanlya^^ yata bho dosina ratti,
pasadika vata bho dosina ratti,
ramaniya^ yata bho dosina ratti,
kam nu khy-ajja inayhaih'^ samanam va brahmanahii va payirupasato
cittam pasideyya“ ’ti. Ath’ eko amacco Puranassa Kassapassa vannaiii
kathesi eko Makkhaligosalassa eko Ajitakesakambalassa eko Kakiidha-
kaccayanassa eko Sanjayabelatthiputtassa eko Nathaputtaniganthassa
’ti. Raja tesaiii kathaiii siitva tunhi ahosi. So hi Jiyakass’ eva maha-
amaccassa kathaih paccasimsati. Jivako pi ,,ranno main arabbha ka-
thite yeva janissaiiJiti“ avidure tunhi iiisidi, Atha nam raja aha:
,,tyam paiia sanuna Jivaka kiiii tunliiti^. Tasmim khane Jivako uttha-
yasaiia yena Bhagaya ten’ anjaliiii panametya ,,eso deya araham
Sammasajnbnddho amhakam ainbavane viharati saddhim addhateiasehi
bhikkhusatehi , tan ca pana Bhagavantam eyam kalyano kittisaddo
abbliuggato“ ti nava arahadigime vatya jatito jiatthaya , pubbanimitta-
dibhedam Bhagavato anubhavaih pakasetva ,,tam Bhagayantam deyo
payirupasatu , dliammaib sunatu, panhaiii pucchatu“ 'ti aha. Raja
sampunnamanoratho Imtva ,,tena lii samma Jivaka liatthiyanani kappa*
pehiti“ yanani kappapetva mahantena rajaiuibhavena Jivakambavaharh
gantva gandhamandalamaielu bhikkhusamghaparivutarii Tathagatam
disya santavicimajjhe niahannayam yiya niccalam bhikkiiusainghaiii
ito'*c’ ito ca anuyiioketva ^eyariipa nama me parisa iia ditthapubba'^
ti iriyapathe yeya pasiditva saihghassa anjalira pagganhitya thutiih
katya Bhagayantam vanditya ekamantarii* nisinno sarnannaphalapanham
piicchi, Ath’ assa Bhagava dvihi bhanayarehi patimandetva Samanna-
pbalasuttanlaiii kathesi. So suttapariyosane attamano Bhagayantam
khamapetya ntthayasana padakkhlnam katya pakkaini. Sattha acira-
pakkantassa raSno bhikkhn amantetya „khat’ ayaih bhikkhave raja,
^ so K -pasento. ^ K -inyya. ® K niayaih. ^ K -malehi.
510
I. Kkaiiipata. 15. Kakantakavagisa.
.sac’ ayarii bhikkhave raja issariyakarana pitaraiii dhammikam dliamina”
rajanaiii jivita iia voropessatha imasmiiii yeva asane virajaiii vitamalam
dhammacakklnim uppajjissatha, Devadattam pana nissaya asantam
paggaliam katya sotapattipliala parihino“ ti aha. Pimadivase bhikkhu
dbanimasabhayam katham samutthapesum : ,,avuso Ajatasattii kira asan-
taih^ paggaliahi katva dussilaiii papakammaiii BeYadattaiii nissaya pitu-
ghatakanimassa katatta sotapattipliala parihino Devadattena nasito raja‘‘
ti. Sattha %antra ^kaya nu ’ttha bhikkhave etarahi kathaya sanni«
vsinna“ ti pucchitva „imaya naina“ ’ti Tutte ,,na bhikkhave Ajatasattii
idau’ eva asantam^ paggaham katva inahaviiiasam patto, piibbe p’ esa
asantapaggahen’ eva attanam nasesiti** vatva atitahi ahari:
Atite Baranasiyam Brahmadatte rajjaiii karente
Bodliisatto maliavibhave b rah man a kale nibbattitVii vaya-
patto Takkasilaiii gantva sabbasippani iigganliitva Baranasiyaih
disapamokkho acariyo hutva paficanianavakasataui sippaiii vaceti.
Tesu manavesu SanjTvo nama manavo atthi. Bodliisatto tassa
matakutthapanamantam adasi. So utthapanainantam eva galie-
tva patibahanarnantam panaagahetya/^ ekadivasaiii manavelii sad-
dlrim daruattliaya arahnaiii gantva ekarii matavyaggham disva
nianave aha: „bho imaiii matavyaggham utthapessamiti^. Ma-
nava ^na sakkhissasiti*^ ahamsu, jjPassantanam heva vo iittha-
pessamiti^*. 5,Sace inanava^ sakkosi iitthapehiti^' evah ca pana
vatva te manava rukkhaih abhirfihimsu. Sahjivo niantam pari-
vattetva matavyaggham sakkhariiya pahari. Vyaggho iitthaya
vegenagantva Sanjivaiii galanaliyaih dasitva Jlvitakkliayaiii pape-
tva tatth’ eva pati. Sahjivo pi tatth’ eva pati. Ubho pi ekat-
tbane yeva mata nipajjihlsu, Manava daruriP adaya gantva
taiii pavattiii) acariyassa apcesupv^ Aeariyo manave amantetva
„tata asantapaggahakarana nania ayuttatthane sakkarasammanaiii
karonto evarupam dukkhaiii patilabhati'^ yeva^^ ’ti vatva imam
gatham aha:
^ so BjP; K asaiita. ^ so K #J:a]ietva, ® K -vu. ^ K daru, daruni.
^ K arocesi. ® K -lahbanth
511
10. SanjmJilaJia. (iSO.’l
Asantam yo paggaiiliMi asantarii c’ upasevati^
tain eva gliasam kuriite vyaggbo Sanjiviko yatlnl ti. 146.
Tattha as an tan ti tihi duccaritebi saraann^ataih dussTlaih papadhamiiiaiii,
yo pagganhatiti yam khattiyadisu yo koci evaimpam dussilaih pabbajitaiii va
civaradisampadiiiiena gahattham va tiparajjasenapatitthaiiadisampadanefia paggaii-
bati sakkarasamriianam karodti attho, asantam oVupase vatlti ^ yo ca evarupaiii
asaiitaiii dussnam upasovati bhajati payirupasati, tarn eva ghasaiii kiirute ti
tarn eva asantaiii sampaggahantaiii yo dussilo papaptiggalo gbasati saihkhadati vina-
sam pilpetij katbaiii; vyaggbo ^5anj^viko yatba ti yatha Safi}lvena manavena
mantaiii parivattetva matavyaggbo Sanjxviko^ juitasampadaneiia sampaggabito attaiio
JIvitadayakaui ^ Safijivain eva Jivita voropetva tatth'' eva piitesi evam anno pi yo
asantasampaggaham karoti so dussilo taih attano sampaggubaiii eva vinaseti, evaih
asaiitasampaggabika vinasaiii papunantiti.
Bodhisatto imaya gatliaya iiianavanam dhaniniam desetva
danadliii punnani katva yatbakaiiimam gato.
Satthapi imaiii dhanniiadesanam aharitva jatakaiii sautodlianesi :
,,Tada matavyaggliupatthako nianaTO Ajatasatt^ ahosi, disapainokklio
aca,riyo pana aliani eya“ ’ti. SaSjivajatakam. Kakantakayaggo
pannarasamo. Ekanipatavannana mttbita.
^ so BP: K vupa-. ^ K jiviko. ^ K jitadayakaiii.